SS SSeS ares =

<-> eer ns ee ET eee reese

— PERE De | 5th EKER

Beene ae . deel At ee

» meet

eek

OLED w:

eel

eR .

ott cre

ON at near hg mre

a Latael

as wee

+ ne SAS

———

OO eae 1S

SS ee anil

SEES RT TR oY

mae .

mee ey oe hd SAS Oe

woe oe AK hae A eee

ERY SO8b CEM REVLE

eS TT nl wrubdsseth aera |

—~—- >

«ow 5 PTE RAM Be EAS

nee Ese eens ates cree tas eeres

Oe Ra, KITE

rece awh Tres

pages mes in

paodeartws fore

3 dae aay oe

arte

ie me ee

ved Ey=3 mrss ae

Jigae rene

aa Stites

Teed rn gat ad ke om porn S et ate eh nye eet

Seta ee ere ie een 8 tee

ere eer ess ee

Pong >t Array e

« Oetisk OPS

bie ite we.

ne wre COS OU OF ore PTO ER EIR MT EER

(pooner y Reb EN PEAT ROIS CPO RL PET I

Ta Sea he Rs Riek A ee

RET BREAD © LPR MGLILE p FOE A. te

ce pote oe en ene

Serres Crriee (teers

aan oe AE

rar’ eas

worsen eed = eee cee ne

Feet d he eK ¢ SCREENER

PRK eee AEE EIS &

~ 5 ok ee rem TE

a : FPascrewo tke

Ot hea TRAST we

euqawt

et te teshes de

ie i¥ COR ee

keecra rye ores

¥ ae nie

eer

ate trae

Fein eal

Bua secre

Saerad

—

i exces B48

een Trees

RV EAE COREE

er Pew Ha vee EE CIR MOREA

wae

letbe

“Ss

pants TCL

twas

ee mat ee

PHTUP Gadoc:

ene od Here ee

Sot ise tes

ongyre ey

igead eas va

EAE YS OUI

poaneneteretyez.

ast om

Fe reeniat

ead }

C Saedcnatee!

Kec ee ORR

: pie prep ie)

— pes

ett hesatess> atpelnooaeee

Sree Toa nbente?

See AY rene rear

psabtoed

SR ved EER

ee AB re

S catata’

> ST TA

se reed

hee RS Saw Som eo SIRES

retr.

ee santa de eckbes bE

a ©

at KR Ae

SP OEE ee eee eS

SEPK IY OR SRAMT EET ©

ewer ee Eee eet eee

Sepak peer eae 4 >

$3 St AES Stn ened

eee

. 2d eer re 2 Pee BRET ESO KK ROS FO

Rea OOM ee ene ee

RIK ear Oe

Smee ag Pa ona Re ne 6 nee et

Seeded

i”

TS 55

CASE Pre eRe Sr

Mh A bd beer end Od OOS Fs ome

owt Mert Aer Gl

, naepdoal 4,

oe eT

ee Sn PRR Od ne

Pe FAB

ree * .

mett,| RYO BAe Eos.

Led § ORE ASOT LOS OTSA.

hed ee OR ES

eed

™

Ree Aan ee SEK EST Cree

. eT. dno bee- piras 20

DPS AER Gre TREE IN CE ERE SPE PES

PAE Ohba rar’ FR a

ten >

wee einer a) es errese

ee ae ete Oe

ppp eet;

see wetet

46 AU

=< aed Sa biepne :

Le WEEE DLR GR Eee Rt ene rs PAM are?

CR ere ee 92 M6 eee Cad

en ng RS Os my

Geel eae

nih ob OE CPE Oey

nf oreee See es

eS at ool -

in Cries 6 RRO Td =

peat pes

* ad

sesetsbstsstne=s

wdwer tks ne)

peter)

moat

pide be >

CP ERS ses KKTE OPES FER

om eee E Fe TRL OT PE ROTI SFER

Ve St 2 5 tees

plcetpelkgcs

pod Sede te Ye) oes AES CTE eR Rr oF

: nd dp sur -

Oe et cme ta” uel

pease ST 4 caeres

Sad erent iuavaewies

SS et eae

ae ae Feat greater

ee te al

pan) tend ron or.

art rarruy

“a

late aN maine oh Soe aN

eetes 3 ri

im bb >e5 39 Me

ee oh dtindediapened

Signer

uted tet

err et on teres OF

reer Re

sou

Ty ewe TY

ert

te aw

fesetc

[neti ni th ore @

——

dereare

Lamia ne «ee

‘tol band

MRS Oey isos Go reste aE

eee POGD TE EL HORD TO KIKO SY | SN ET?

A nt int EEE ol ed hat CUE

emt a ae ae penn PO PAA

poG cre em hie rad’

prem Cee Orne EY

(SSL EE cis ale es ae nee res

(Paes pre CF rec e¥ KP Pe

OM OE Mee Rood KORE

oat hte ht

starr

ne eee

a eer

bad bema vp) he)

ee has-teet

ae hee os me Ae

Pe re

ott ere wet

wee 4 ote mae

Lge ete ewe CUP ert 6 re

ake EROS ok Ore Start P eX ~

aoe xD nae

padligoniohho>gosoh tere

ona

fanaa

BRITE APSE

ase = 5 Ay mm

= meas wiaene

TAR k en ra oe

PERTk rare a aeetat _ bon bie

. r 4

minwteet $ratsicier ys ce bos na poo omen p: Serres}

wie (2. oo mt

pam ehy

33} Pee IO Re CORRE

8b DEO O54 Ch OPE RT R

rT > oaledn aha dale Gere

etre bed <7 ry oe ett bo gp mp eg

wien far = oe

reo’

—-

Net DAE R ETPS:

AI eee EEE

—se

cS eal

F meg PERL verte.

Ahk ee AO Oe tat JOE OE

ae —

we ee A ee

1 Oar

ad >

Leds BOM ERIE Oe

~-———

ecas)

(ee

eee wie ee

Shoes Hie cat

ecbouree

ieee

prensa

Ss aesnayivwntaas

eerie haat hietctec!

“4 *

SR PEER KAN SY eee

“rn dpambe saree

ae Ke AR re

eet fe oes

Call ?

Taine

oer eal

ae eaaireeiend

oeoe

A fe bee

onAn

wae

ee ae

pees er ene

1 >I

eres:

Ste ee

works

Seoustel

ate Annee oe ae

6 ene Sst

tere ne

A Otnre

wre genre

eSoekintectoebiont

Tat pamiebes pede

x Tiss

MA fue > & WEE IES

iy a hee

HEIR

Varn tome tel

“*

‘er

OAS ae aS

wren PRD LS GAA pews esene

a SS «xine

GREK PR POR A RIE GLE

ae ee Ou re SEAS ED € I

; i

‘é

yy .

- =

LL ’

‘ *

{

“i f

‘

\ |

. h

)

‘ ih.

; r ns

’ t

i .

Moe § h

\ i 1 , "

’

} i

Af } i

Pi }

* 1

j ' t

"ew

*), \

eer

ical }

\ , \

} i

M }

ay 17}

i L

i ‘

1, i ‘a

‘ Beit ic

1 a 4

rag

v 5 MI

a mn wet

} " Wi \

' ¢

4 i ay

' Wy he

" ' a Wa

nie ty

welt

‘ é i. ri

( : Y 1

hi i A

We q i

tte ny 4 ,

f ‘ ,

it) } a?

Aiki ;

5) i een

\ iy l

4 on,

. ie.

i i he u

ee i

Mo : an ‘ ‘ ap!

“4 7 \ Clea

fe r in . é

1 ney } val

/ Va La Lt

; ’ it }

}

ty f , ;

‘ | f

1 ni \

f i ant ie? a

} ; oo 4

AD Cat

; i Nine sstadiisgiht

Way = \ a ‘

f h rs

sa 4 ,

i . A, i

'y. Pt

Bil, A Senne Ata

an i Ma Tone

li ae oe ee

, A a i Pi

ie; “

hily hig by Ay

iy Nain \ Ww Peete

7 ey } :

: poi ihr

eet

Beiter 155

AY ay

: “aa a

mr 24

f We a ae Je

eid: elie a

dC. WeRoNe A L

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

—Q—

‘VOL. XXXIX.

PART I.

{Nos. I ro 1V,—1870.)

(With thirteen plates.)

EDITED BY

THE HONORARY SECRETARIES.

PAW SLI

“Tt will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men

of science in different parts of Asia, will commit their observations to writing,

and send them to the Asiatic Society at Calcutta.

communications shall be long intermitted; and it will die away, if they shall

entirely cease.”

Sir Wm. Jones,

PRINTED BY C. B. LEWIS, BAPTIST MISSION PRESS.

1870.

It will languish, if such

Cone ree " aie e

' 4 S

’ - A

iit ae Lee rh ee > oy,

YS a 7.

7 °S:7 ==

ize Bre

BES hs aA Pw Oe mae

§ Bq: the wie bee

gent bow .ooqondidg ‘seats yest). it

squadtrn el eusyitectid® ghads, Toigmers tive pret

toils Uorpinet Taw 1h cabinet 4s aid

Peay Mode st rieeke tal, beat hess

er bg ae

° .

‘ ‘

> }

7 | 4

~ 1 d 7

“Hrs a ; ,

i h + 4 :

, So « , (78

. 7

ae t

em A ape

Ke “ s

ean

“ey

r *

a ee

: a

aii,

> ‘

T° _

CONTENTS

of the Journal, Part I, Nos. I. to IV., for 1870.

No; E

Translations from the Tarikh i Firiz Shahi.—By the late

Mason A. R. Fuuzer, Director of Public Instruction,

Panjab, - - - - -

Rejoinder to Mr. Beames.—By F. 8. Growss, Hsq., M. A.,

ot ed ; : ; f

Note on a Circle of Stones in the District of Ytsufzai.—By

Colonel Sir A. Puayre, (with a plate), - -

A Covenant of’ Ali, fourth Caliph of Baghdéd.—By J. Avpat1,

Esq., M. A. S., - - - -

No. II.

Memorandum on and Tentative Reading of the Sue Vihar

Inscription from near Bhéiwalptr.—By E. C. Baytzy,

Hsq., 0. 8. I., OC. S., (with two plates), ~ -

Notes on Old Delhi.—By J. D. Tremtert, Esq., M.A., C.S.,

Notes on Archeological Remains at Shah ki Dheri, and the

site of Taxila.—By J. G. Detmericr, Esq., - -

Kashmiri Test words.—By W. J. Exustiz, Esq., M. D.,’ -

Gondi Words and Phrases.—By Rev. Jamus Dawson, -

Notes on Sanscrit Inscriptions from Mathura—By Basu

Ra/senpDRALA’tA Mirra, (with four plates), - -

Contribution towards Vernacular Lexicography.—By Basu

PRATA’PACHANDRA GuosHa, B. A., - - -

No. III.

Extracts from letters addressed by the Rev. T. Foutxss,

Chaplain of Vepery, to the Chief Secretary to Govern-

ment, Fort St. George, dated 29th May, and 26th June,

1869, regarding three sets of Copper Sasanams dis-

covered in the Vizagapatam District, - :

Page

108

117

181

153

lv : Contents.

Page

Notes on the Antiquities of the Nalti, the Assia, and the

Mahabinayaka Hills of Cuttack.—By Banu CHanpra-

SEKHARA Banunrgi, Deputy Magistrate, Jajpur, - 158

Additional Gondi Vocabulary.—By Rery. Jamus Dawson,

Chindwara, C. P., - - - Satay Fs

The Vastu Yaga and its bearings upon Tree and Beanie

Worship in India.—By Basu PRAaTAPACHANDRA GHOSHA,

B.A, - - - - aa, oO

Extracts from my Diary regarding the Bonhara Temple

near Omerpore, Behar, and other Antiquities of the

place.—By Basu Rasupinart Bosz, Sus-DIivisiona

Orricer, BanKA, BHAGULPUR, . - - 2382

No. ‘EY,

The Funeral Ceremonies of the Ancient Hindus.—By Basu

Ra’JENDRALALA Mirra, - - - - 241

Notes on Kashmiri Hermits.—By Lieut.-Col. D. J.F. Newatt,

RAs - - - - - 265

Facsimiles of Autographs of Jahangir, Shahjahan, and Prince

Dara Shikoh, with notes on the Literary character, and

the Capture and Death of Dar4 Shikoh.—By H. Buocx-

MANN, Hsq., M. A., Calcutta Madrasah, (with a plate),- 271

Notes on Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Hiagli

District—By H. Buocumann, Esq., M. A., Calcutta

Madrasah, (with five plates), - - - 279

Index, - - : - - - 3805

LIST OF PLATES TO PART I. JOURNAL, FOR 1870.

Plate I. (p. 58). View of a Stonehenge near Sung Buttee

(Kusufzye District).

is II. (p. 68). Inscription found at Ste Vihar near Bha-

walpur.

» ll. (@. 69). The Tower at Sie Vihar.

IV.

ay to > (p. 180). Mathura Inscriptions.

VII.

» VIII. (p. 300). The Interior of the Mosque of Panduah.

Ss IX. The niche of ditto ditto.

‘9 X. The Basalt Pillars of ditto ditto.

is XI. View of the Tower of Panduah.

» XII. Entrance to the Tower of ditto.

», XIII. (p. 271). Facsimiles of Autographs of Jahangir,

Shahjahaén and Prince Dara Shikoh.

DATATAYA AAA ALATA A Ah al aA aa

SATS alk

“2

J ea ak T

: S Ape oy — <r)

fl Mi tube

Y. VS ae peer}

Orit Gain tei rend #2 rleemaetS,

ae sini ne 3

T=” eel ieonamnile yeseewigi =)

ic i : na = with bk 73 cin See gat nee HO. Ri 4 — :

( aprns: Upon

line

ERRATA

in Part I., Journal, for 1870.

—

14, after ‘corruption of the Sanscrit,’ supply

vayas.

9, Raddhati read Paddhati.

6, Azardirachta read Azaddirachta.

34, for Buat read Wye.

»» for TARGA read FTATHIMA.

25, for WEI read QSt.

31, for Brahman (dead) read twice born dead.

5, for or read nor.

32, for Brahman read twice-born.

35, for Sudra read a Sudra.

37, for mouth read a month.

34, for Taaqea read fyaaeaen.

9, for Vaidya read Vaisya.

39, for afaaat: read afwarat

11-14, for award read reward.

35, for Ba read Sa.

28, for to look read when looking,

21, for war read 4a:

22, for ae fara read ae frat.

Sate een ae

ashsPh abd Yo meg ircing.” wdlo

nae Prt ihc s:

bat ed i ions

it yy a. seh Se

PEPE Ae. 9 rotor, nt Nyse

ene ee rnd weit re a

OS at,

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Part I.—HISTORY, LITERATURR, é&e.

No. I.—1870.

PLP LILO LILO LI IOS

Translations from the Tarikh « Firdiz Shahi, by the late Mason

A. R. Fouier, Director of Public Instruction, Panjab.

(Communicated by T. W. H. Totzort, Hsq., C. S.)

[ Continued from No. LV. of Part I., for 1869. |

| Edit. Bibl. Indica, p. 282.]* When Sultan ’Alauddin had witnessed

four consecutive revolts, commencing with that in Gujrat which was

raised by the new converts to Islam, up to that of Haji Maula, he awoke

from his slumber of apathy and oblivion, and recovered from his various

insane fancies. While using his utmost exertions in the prosecution of

the siege of Rantambhir, he held privy councils both by day and night,

to which were convoked Malik Hamiduddin, and Malik A’azzuddin, the

sons of Ala Dabir, and Malik ’Ainulmulk of Multan, every one of

whom was an Acaf and a Buzurjmihr in soundness of judgment, as well

as some other sage advisers. With these he held consultations and

conferences, as to the cause of the revolts, in order that when their

origins and causes had been correctly ascertained, they might be

altogether removed, so that hereafter no revolt might possibly occur

again.

After several days and nights’ deliberation, the conclusion arrived

at by these councillors was, that the cause of the revolts was comprised

* The foot notes and passages in [ ] are additions made by the Editor of this

Journal,

2 Translations from the Tarikh i Firtiz Shaht. [No. 1,

in four things; first, the king’s disregard as to the affairs of the

nation, whether they are prosperous or adverse; secondly, wine,

for people are in the habit of having parties for the purpose of wine-

drinking, when they disclose their most secret thoughts to each other,

make confederates and hatch conspiracies; thirdly, the friendship,

amity, relationship, and constant intercourse existing among the

Maliks and Amirs, and their close connexion with one another ;

so that if any accident befals one of them, a hundred others on account

of their connexion, relationship, and attachment to him, become his

confederates; and fourthly, wealth, by reason of which the ideas of

treason and disaffection enter their brains, and disloyalty and ingrati-

tude come to a head; for, were people destitute of wealth, every one

would attend to his own business and employment, without giving

heed to conspiracies and rebellions; and were no means at their

disposal, such ideas would never enter the minds of poor and

impoverished folks.

Some time after Haji Maula’s revolt, Sultan ’Aléuddin succeeded

with immense toil and difficulty in capturing the fort of Rantambhar,

whereupon he put Rai Hamir Deo, and the new converts, who had

fled from the Gujrat insurrection and taken shelter with him, to

death. Rantambhir, together with the surrounding country, was given

to Ulugh Khan, and whatever was in the fort became his.

The Sultén then returned from Rantambhtrto Dihli, and being

greatly incensed against the inhabitants of that city, sentenced many

of the chief men to be exiled from it; and he himself would not

enter the town, but took up his quarters in the suburbs.

Ulugh Khan for four or five months during the Sultan’s absence

enlisted an immense force, purposing to effect the invasion of Talinga

and Ma’bar [Malabar]; but fate happened to overtake him, and he

was seized with death about the time of his approach to the capital.

His corpse was accordingly brought into the city, and interred in his

own mansion. The Sultan was deeply grieved at the sad event [and

distributed a great deal of alms to the memory of the departed ].

- [The Sultan ’Alauddin* then took active measures to render revolts

in future impossible. First of all, he commenced with confiscating

, * Here is a blank in Major Fuller’s translation, extending from p. 283, 1. 5,

from below, Ed, Bibl. Indica, to p. 285, last line, The text of this portion is

1870. ] Translations from the Tdrikh ¢ Fira Shahi. ‘3

the property of certain classes, and gave the order that all villages

which people held as mzlk, or in’ dm, or wagf, should forthwith be

resumed and made Imperial Domain land. ‘The officers, moreover,

were to treat the people as tyrannically as possible ; they should think

of pretexts for extorting money, and leave no one in possession of gold.

After a short time matters had gone so far, that only in the houses of

the Maliks, and Amirs, and officers, and Multani merchants, and... . not

even so much money remained .....and from his excessive demands

only a few thousand tankahs...... to him in Dilhi...... all pensions,

grants of land,......and legacies in the whole kingdom they opened (?),

and the whole people had so much to do with earning their livelihood,

that no one had even time to pronounce the word ‘ rebellion.’ |

[ Secondly, with the view of making revolts impossible, the Sultan

appointed informers (/munhiydn), and their number was so great, that

he knew the good and bad things that men did. People could not utter

a syllable without his knowledge; and whatever happened in the

houses of the Amirs and the Maliks, of wellknown and great men, of

the officers and collectors, was, in the course of time, brought to the

full of blunders, and a few words have remained untranslated. Ed. Bibl. Ind.

p. 283, 1. 2 from below, for SMES, read QUL&Ss bikashdnand For ul,

in the last line, read 4ly) ; andas 03% la) 135 SCs has no sense, we may

perhaps read gitS lay 1y)} ete or Pe 53, and leave no one in possession

of gold. .

P. 284, 1. 2, séhdn is unclear to me. After an qadre, a sentence with

&S is wanting. For khdnah we expect khdnahd, though it is in accordance

with the clumsy style of Zid i Barani, Mafréz on 1. 3is a queer word,

and should be either 3} ob badrozah, or bA3}9) rozinah, daily allowance,

the same as wazéfah. Another queer word is co}ys on 1 14, for which

we have perhaps to read 40] 56 fine, mulct. For wos} 5 lala onl. 4 from

below, read W135} colgdla as on p. 285, 1.2 frombelow. For midddand on

)

1. 9 of the same page (284), we should perhaps read middd, if daur be the sub-

ject ; for the plural mékardand in the following line is used honoris causdé, of the

Sultén. The word yl4 is doubtful,

The word daur is evidently the name which ’Alauddin gave his corps of

spies, and is the same as naubat, a watch, a patrol. ;

On p. 285, 1.13 dele » before ff An amusing alteration by the printer’s

devil and his ‘superintendent’ may be found on p. 287, 1. 3, where for goes

angezt, we read fitnah i Angrezi!!

4 Translations from the Tiritkh « Firtz Shahi. (No. 1,

Sultan. Nor did he treat indifferently (faru naguzasht) whatever in-

formation was brought to him by the patrol (daur/), but he made the

patrol responsible for it. The spies were so intruding, that the Maliks

in Hazar Sitan could no longer say a single word openly, and if they

had to say anything, they made use of gestures. Day and night they

trembled in their houses, lest the patrol of informers should come ;

and they no longer spoke, nor did they do anything which might sub-

ject them to reproof, fines /gharamat), or punishments (ta’ztr).*

Every Bazdr news, sales and purchases, and the doings of the people

in the markets were reported by the watch, and inquired into by the

Sultan. ]

[ Thirdly, with the view of preventing revolts in future, the drink-

ing and the sale of wines were prohibited. Afterwards the Sultan

also prohibited bagni}+ and hemp (danq/, as also gambling. Great exer-

tions were made to carry out the prohibition of the sale of wine and

bagni, and special wells were constructed to serve as prisons. Drunkards,

gamblers, bagni-vendors, were driven out of the city into the country,

and the enormous taxes which the state had derived from them, had to

be struck off the revenue books. The Sultan, first of all, gave the order

to remove from the social assembly rooms of the palace all decanters,

ma baris,{ the porcelain vessels painted with gold, and the glasses and

* Taser ( yp? ) is a punishment not fixed by the Qoran, and is opposed to

hadd ( oa ) when the Qordn fixes the punishment, as stoning for adultery.

In the former the judge may use his discretion, and control the degree of the

punishment according to circumstances.

+ I do not know why the ‘superintendents’ of the Ed. Bibl. Ind. have

written bugné. The word is only given in the Majmaulfurs by Surtri

(vide J. A. S. B., 1868, p. 16), who has—

da Gaye! LIT a OSL U1 5! fs! ow) sls wes \ ot ih

ON ¥ reat wlab (gle @ 1d

SRinwsd Sis 3 pole Ben) ht & KS >} pied Wia/0

it} so] ES 53 [ st Cpr ] awl colt 5

From this Burhdn has copied, though he has left out the form ss pagnt,

which has also come under Surari’s observation.

{ The text (p. 284, 1. 1) has ¢¢ syheo, a word not to be found in our diction-

aries. From the context it is clear that a vessel for holding wine is intended.

It may come from x0 ma’ bar, Malabar,

1870. ] Translations from the Térikh « Firth Shaht. i)

bottles. All were smashed, and the broken bits were thrown in

heaps before the Badaon gate. The bottles of wine were also taken

from the assembly rooms and poured out, and the quantity of wine

thus thrown away was so great, that pools and puddles were formed as

in the rainy season. The Sultan ’Aléuddin also discontinued his wine-

assemblies, and he told the Maliks to mount elephants and go to the

gates of the city, and into the streets and the districts, the bazars and

sarais, and proclaim that it was his order that no one should drink or

sell wine, or have anything todo with wine. Decent people gave up

wine drinking as soon as the order was published, but shameless ill-

disposed wretches, pimps and panderers, erected stills (znd. bhatti),

and distilled spirits from sugar, and drank and sold wine in secret;

or they filled leather bags outside the town with wine and put them

between loads of grass or fuel, or had recourse to other tricks of con-

veying wine into the city. The spies made strict inquiries, and the

guards at the gates and the runners (barid) posted there examined

every one, and seized the wine and the owners, and took them before

the Palace. It was then ordered to give the wine to the elephants

of the Imperial stables to drink; and such as had sold it, or smuggled

it into the city, or had drank any, were beaten with sticks, and

. fettered, and put into prison, where they were detained for some time.

But as the number of the prisoners increased very much, they made

wells before the Badaon gate at a place where all people pass by, and

into these wells all were thrown that drank or sold wine. |

Some from the distress and misery they suffered in the wells

died there, while others who were released after a time, came out

half dead, and it took ages for them gradually to recover their health,

and pull up strength. Many, therefore, through fear of imprisonment,

abjured the use of wine, andif they were unable to control their

appetites, they used to go [to the fords] of the Jamnah, and

the villages ten or twelve fos off, and drink it there. In Ghidspiar,

however, and Indarpat,* and Kiluk’hari, and the villages four or five

* Ghidspar and Indarpat are portions of Dihli, Kilok’hari had been noticed

before. Ghidsptr is that portion of Dihli where Nizimuddin Aulia lies buried.

It is also called Mughulptr, from a party of Mughuls that were converted to

Islam and settled there; Baddon¢I., p. 173,1.4. Iam not quite sure whether

this Mughulpiar is not the same as Afghdnpur, mentioned before (J. A. 8. B. for

1869, p. 214, note ) ; for the parganah and the town of Afghanpir in Sambhal

also were called both Afghanpir and Mughulpar.,

6 Translations from the Tiritkh i Kirke Shahi. [ No. 1,

kos away, as well as in the Sardis outside the town, the sale and

purchase of liquor was no longer feasible. It is nevertheless cer-

tain that some reckless individuals continued to distil wine at their

own houses, and to drink and to sell it; and ultimately suffered

disgrace and infamy, and were cast into prison.

When the prohibition of the use of wine began to press too severely,

the Sultan gave orders that, if any one distilled spirits privately, and

drank the liquor in seclusion, without having a party or assembly,

and without selling it, the spies were not to interfere with him,

nor enter his house, nor apprehend him.

From the day that the use of wine was interdicted in the city, trea-

sonous conferences and conspiracies began to decrease, and thoughts

and ideas of rebellion were no longer agitated by the people.

Fourthly, with a view to obviate the causes of revolt, it was direct-

ed that the Maliks and Amirs, and all the noble and confidential

officers of the crown, should not go to one another’s houses, and give

parties and entertainments, nor should they, without first reporting the

matter before the throne, enter into family alliances with one another,

nor permit the people to have constant intercourse with them at their

houses.

This order also was enforced with such strictness that not a stranger

was permitted to stay in the houses of the Maliks and Amirs;

and feasts and entertainments, when a great concourse of people would

be gathered, were altogether stopped.* The Maliks and Amirs,

though fear of the patrols, behaved most cautiously, and never

held an assembly, nor uttered an imprudent expression, nor allowed

any rebellious, infamous, or disaffected character to come near them

When they repaired to the palace, moreover, it was no longer possible

for them to put their heads close to one another's ears, and to utter

and hear whispered conversations, nor could they sit down in close

proximity at one spot, and give vent to the sorrows of their hearts,

and to complaints against the world.

* So perhaps in Major Fuller’s MS. The last line on p. 286, of the Edit.

Bibl. Indica has no grammar. Page 287 of the same edition is dreadfully dis-

figured by blunders and typographical errors. Line 3, read angezé for angrezé.

For mushattit? with a } , we expect mushatiiti, with a w, Line 15, for

dwardan read awardand. Line 17, for khitdn read khiidnrd. Line 18, for

yd read td. Line 19, for chardi, read chardit ; for bistdnéd read bisténand ; and

sukdnatgart should not be broken up. Line 20, for ghubbate read ghabane.

1870.] Translations from the Térikh i Firka Shahi. t

Owing to this prohibition also, no information of a treasonous con-

ference ever reached Sultin ’Alauddin, nor did any revolt again occur.

After settling the above regulations, Sultan ’Aléuddin requested his

councillors to suggest some rule or regulation, whereby the Hindts

might be ground down, and their property or wealth, which is the

source of rebellion and dissaffection, might no longer remain with

them; and that one law respecting the payment of revenue might be

instituted for all of them, whether landlords or tenants,* and the re-

venue due from the strong might not fall upon the weak; and that

so much should not be left to the Hindis as to admit of their riding

horses, wearing fine clothes, and indulging in sumptuous and luxu-

rious habits.

In furtherance of the above object, which is indeed the chief of all

objects of government, they suggested two regulations. First this, that

whatsoever the Hindts cultivated, whether great or little, they should

give one half agreeably to the measurement and [the full value of the

produce per deswah |, without any distinction, and that they should leave

the landlords nothing beyond their proprietary rights [?]. Secondly,

that they should levy a grazing tax on every animal that gives milk, from

a cow to ashe-goat, and that they should collect thein in a fold in rear

of every dwelling house [?]7, so that no opportunity might be left for

* The text has ,oJh, Kbye. Lower down we find W1y25b, Whkgd, Baldéhar

may be Hindustani, and signify a low-caste servant. Khit is a rare Arabic word

signifying a fine, strong man. from the passages below it is quite clear that

these terms mean the strong and the weak, and most probably landlords and

tenants, as translated by Major Fuller. If I did not know that Major Fuller’s

MS. had &£98 with a é — he says in a foot note that the words _zdthys Kbyd

are unintelligible to him —, I would say that &byS wasa blunder for &bys,

with acs,

I have never seen these terms used in any other book.

+ The text has bahukm i maschat 0 wafd % biswah bikunand,—very unclear

terms. Major Fuller left a blank. ’Aléuddin wants to grind down the Hindis ;

they are to pay taxes amounting to one-half, 7. e. 50 per cent., and their lands are

to be measured, and not even a biswah of their grounds is to escape taxation.

The words from without distinction to dwelling house, with all due deference

to a scholar like Major Fuller, are wrongly translated, though I am not sure

whether the following is absolutely free from objections. Translate—

‘First this, that they (the officers) should measure, and tax to the full value,

even the last biswah, whatever grounds the Hindus cultivated, whether great

or little ; and that the Hindus should pay 59 per cent. without distinction, and

that there should be no difference between the powerful and the weak, and

that they (the officers) should remit the powerful nothing of the sums due by

them for their wealth. Secondly, they should levy a grazing tax on every

8 Translations from the Térthk i Fira Shaht. [No. 1,

evasion or subterfuge in levying the tax, andthe burden of the strong

might not fall upon the weak, but that both to the strong and to the

weak there might be but one law for the payment of the revenue.

On this duty, and in calling to account those functionaries, clerks,

overseers, and agents, who were in the habit of taking bribes and

committing embezzlements, Sharif i Qayini,* Naib Wazir of the Em-

pire, who had not his equal in the art of caligraphy throughout the

whole Kingdom, and was conspicuously distinguished for his judg-

ment. and ability and his elegant composition, was several years

employed. He used the greatest efforts, until he made all the villages

around the capital, the towns and districts in the Dudb, from Biyanah

to Jhayin, from Palam to Deopalpir, and Luhur, all the territories

of Saménah and Sunném, from Rewari to Nagor, from Karah to

Kéanodi, and Amrohah, Afghanptr, and Kabar, from Dabhai to Ba-

daon, and K’harak, and Koelah, and the whole of Katehar,;—until he

made all these places, with regard to the payment of revenue, subject

to one standing regulation of measurement and [the full value of the

produce per drswah, and of a house tax, and] the grazing tax, as if

they were but one village.

He carried out the system so well too, that contumacy and rebel-

lion, and the riding} of horses, carrying of weapons, wearing of fine

clothes, and eating of betel, went out entirely among the Chowdries,

animal that gives milk, from a cow to a she-goat. And this grazing tax was

established. Also, for every house, they should demand a dwelling tax, so

that no opportunity, &c.’ The difficult words are az pas 7 har khdnah sukinat-

gart talab numdyand. Zia,as shall be shewn below, is a most miserable

writer, as far as style is concerned. His language is Hindi literally translated

into Persian. Hven in his work on the History of the Barmakides his style is

very poor. Az pas t har khdnah is idiomatic Hindi or Hindtstani, har g’har

ke pichhe, behind every house, 7, e. for every house, per house. That a new

tax is meant is clear from p. 288, 1. 10 and p. 323, 1. 10, where cs® > 5 is either

-7 g -Zg Z Z

2S, or osx, from 835 (855), or _4¢5, a house.

* So according to Major Fuller’s MS. Qayin ( Gyls ) is the well known in

Persia.

+ Samanah and Sunnam occur often together. They belong to the Sirkar of

Sarhind ; Dabhai ( psilato , or with a nasal n, csikexo ) belongs to the Sirkar

of Kol, and must not be confounded with Lagay, Dehba, (now &% y Dahmah) in

the Sirkar of Ghazipir. Kdnaudé, or Kdnaudah, belongs to the Sirkar of

Narnaul; Katehar is Rohilcund. Kabur is in Sambhal; another Kabur belongs

to the Sirkar of Bihar in Bihar. Amrohah lies in Sambhal. For 5) J 5 Major

Fuller’s MS. had \S);sS (?).

t{ Compare J. A. 8. B., 1869, I., p. 121, 1. 15.

‘

1870. ] Translations from the Taritkh i Firtiz Shaht. 9

landed proprietors, and other opulent men. In collecting the revenue he

made one law applicable to all of them, and to such a degree did their

obedience extend, that a single constable of the revenue department in

exacting the taxes would seize some twenty landed proprietors, chief

men, and agents, and minister kicks and blows to them. It was not

possible in fact for a Hindt to hold up his head, and in their houses not

a sign was left of gold and silver [and tankahs and jetals |, and articles

of luxury, which are the main incentives to disaffection and rebellion.

In consequence of their impoverished state, the wives of the landed

proprietors and chief men even used to come to the houses of the

Musalmans, and do work there, and receive wages for it.

The same Sharaf of Qayin, the Naib Wazir, also carried out the

business of investigating and recovering the embezzlements of all the

superintendents, overseers, revenue officers, and functionaries, agents,

and collectors, to such an extent, and effected such a close scrutiny,

that every jetal standing against the name of each of them was extract-

ed from the ledgers /dah2) of the patwdrés (or village accountants),

and in accordance with that, the sums were levied from them under

pain of torture. It was no longer possible, therefore, for any one to

take one tankah or any single thing indeed from either a Hindu

or Musalmaén by way of bribe.*

He thus reduced the revenue officers, collectors, and other function-

aries to a state of poverty and destitution; for he used to commit them

to prison, and kept them for years in irons for the sake of a thousand or

five hundred tankahs, so that these appointments were regarded with

greater disgust by the people than a plague. The office of revenue clerk

too fell into bad odour, so that no one would give his daughter in mar-

riage to such a person, while the post of superintendent would only be

accepted by one who had no regard for his life; for these officials

and collectors passed most of their days [on suspicion] in confinement,

suffering from blows and kicks.

* In the Hd. Bibl. Indica, p. 289, 1. 8 dele the words barishwat before chéze,

On 1. 9, the word ,% has either the meaning the jail situated in the shiqqah of

a shiqdar (?), or it is blunder for .¢%%. and dar shakk means on suspicion,

In Shakespear’s Hindistani Dictionary I find odes shiqqddér given in the

sense of perplexing, uncertain ; but surely, this is a mistake, or an Indian spel-

ling, for yJoS* from 6% shakk, doubt.

10 Translations from the Térikh 1 Firtz Shahi. [ No. 1,

Sultan ’Aléuddin was a monarch, who had not a particle of education,

and had never cultivated the society of intelligent persons.

On attaining to the sovereignty, he formed the opinion in his own

mind, that the business of ruling and governing was a totally distinct

affair from giving efficacy to the statutes of religion, and that royal

mandates appertained to Kings, but the commandments of the law of the

Prophet to Qazis and Muftis. In accordance with this idea, therefore,

whatever measure in the course of government pleased him, or ap-

peared advantageous to the State, that he invariably adopted, no mat-

ter whether it was consonant with the precepts of religion or not;

and never, in the transaction of state affairs, did he ask for an ecclesi-

astical verdict or decree on the propriety of any measure. Very few

intelligent persons had frequent imtercourse with him; but of those

who used to visit him were, first, Qazi Ziduddin of Biyénah; second,

Maulana Zahiruddin Lang, and third, Maulana Mushayyid of Guhram.*

[They were ordered to sit at the table, and sat together with the

Amirs outside]. Qazi Mughisuddin of Biyaénah also had constant

communication with the Sultan, and used to attend both at public

and private audiences.

One day, about the time when a great deal of trouble was being

taken with regard to levying heavier taxes, and imposing fines and

recoveries on revenue officers, Sultan Alduddin told the Qazi Mughis

that he intended asking him for his professional opinion on several

subjects, and required him to state the exact truth in return. Qazi

Mughis said in reply: “It seems as if the hour of my death

were near at hand ;”’ whereupon the Sultan enquired, ‘“‘ Why should you

think so?” ‘‘ Because,” exclaimed the Qazi, ‘when your Majesty

asks my opinion on religious points, and I state the truth, your Ma-

jesty will get enraged and put me to death.” ‘‘ Rest assured,” said

the Sultan, “that I will not harm you; only reply with truth and sin-

cerity to whatever questions I may put to you.” Qazi Mughis

answered, ‘‘ Whatever I have read in theological works, that will I

assert.”

The first question proposed by Sultan ’Aléuddin to the Qézi Mu-

ghis was: ‘‘ Under what circumstances can the epithets of Khirdj-

* Guhram isa town and parganah in the Sirkar of Sarhind. In Elliot’s

works, alsoin Prof. Dawson’s Edition, the name is wrongly spelt Kohradm.

1870. ] Translations from the Tivikh « Firda Shahi. 11

dih, and Khiréjguzdér be properly applied to a Hindi?’ The

Qazi replied, “‘ By the ecclesiastical law, the term ‘ Khiréj-guzar’ is

applicable to a Hindu only, who, as soon as the revenue collector de-

mands the sum due from him, pays the same with meekness and

humility, coupled with the utmost respect, and free from all reluc-

tance; and who, should the collector choose to spit in his mouth,

opens the same without hesitation, so that the official may spit into

it, and under such circumstances continues to pay him homage. The

purport of this extreme meekness and humility on his part, and of the

collector’s spitting into his mouth, is toshew the extreme subser-

vience incumbent on this class, the glory of Islam and the orthodox

faith, and the degradation of false religion. God Almighty himself [in

the Qoran | declares with regard to their being subjected to degrada-

tion ’an yadin wahum ¢caghirina,* and thus he expressly commands

their complete degradation, inasmuch as these Hindus are the dead-

liest foes of the true Prophet. Mustafa, on whom be _ blessing

and peace, has given orders regarding the slaying, plundering, and

imprisoning of them, ordaining that they must either follow the true

faith, or else be slain and imprisoned, and have all their wealth

and property confiscated. With the exception of the Imém i A’zam

[Aba@ Hanifah], whose doctrines we uphold, we have no other

great divine as authority for accepting the poll tax (/jazyah) from a

Hindi; for the opinion of other learned men is based on the [ Hadis |}

text, “either death, or Islam.” Sultan ’Alduddin burst out laughing

at Qazi Mughis’s answer, and said: ‘‘ I know nothing of the subjects

that you have been talking about; but it had often struck me, that

the landed proprietors and chief men used to ride fine horses, wear

handsome clothes, shoot with the Persian bow [7. e., cross bow], fight

among themselves, and follow the chase, and yet never paid a yetal of

their taxes on lands, persons, flocks and herds, although they took their

proprietary share of the produce separately, and that they were further

in the habit of having parties and drinking wine ; yet some of them

would never come to the collectorate, whether summoned or not, nor

pay the least respect to the revenue officers. My anger was roused

at this, and glowing with passion, I said to myself: Here am I de-

sirous of conquering other countries, and bringing more realms under

* Qoran 9, 29. Sale’s Qoran, 1857, p. 152, Vide Ain translation, p. 237, note 1.

12 Translations from the Tarikh ¢ Firiz Shahi. [No. I,

my subjection, while a hundred classes, in my own Kingdom, do

not shew that obedience to my rule that ought to be shewn; how can

I then expect to bring other countries properly under my subjection ?

For this reason I have established laws, and made my subjects tho-

roughly submissive, so that under fear of my commands they would

all escape into a mouse hole; and now you tell me that it is inculcat-

ed in the divine law, that the Hindi should be made obedient and

submissive in the extreme. You are a learned man, O Maulana

Mughis, but you possess no experience; while I have no learning,

but a vast stock of experience. Rest assured, that the Hinda will

never be submissive and obedient to the Musalman, until he becomes

destitute, and impoverished. I have, therefore, directed that so much

only shall be left to my subjects as will maintain them from year to

year in the produce of the ground, and milk and curds, without ad-

mitting of their storing up or having articles in excess.’

The second question proposed by Sultan ’Alauddin to Qazi Mughis

was this: ‘ As to the robbery, embezzlement, and bribery, going on

among officials, and the way in which they falsify accounts and de-

fraud the revenue; is this mentioned anywhere in the divine law?”

Qazi Mughis replied: ‘It has never occurred to me, nor have I

ever read in any book, that when officials receive a sufficient salary,

and yet rob the money of the public treasury, which contains the

aggregate of the national income, or receive bribes, or defraud the

revenue, they cannot be chastised by their superiors, either by fine,

imprisonment, or other infliction as may seem most advisable ; but for

such a delinquent, who robs in his official capacity, amputation of the

hand has not been authorized (7. e., the recognized sentence awarded

to a common thief.)”’

The Sultan said: ‘* Well, I have ordered the revenue commis-

sioners to recover by means of various kinds of torture whatever sums

may appear on investigation against the names of the agents, superin-

tendents, and other officials; and ever since they have been called so

strictly to account, [ hear robbery and bribery have greatly diminish-

‘ ed. I have, however, also directed, that the salary of super-

intendents, and other officials shall be fixed at sucha rate as to

allow of their living respectably ; and if, notwithstanding this, they

still commit frauds, and decrease the actual sums received, it shall be

1870. ] Translations from the Tarikh « Firiz Shahi. 13

recovered from them with stripes; and accordingly you yourself can

see how it fares in the present day with persons holding these ap-

pointments.”’

The third question proposed by the Sultén to Qazi Mughis was

this: “‘ As regards the wealth that I brought from Deogir with

so much trouble, on my gaining the sovereignty ; is that wealth my

private property, or does it belong to the national treasury of all

Musulmans ?” Qazi Mughis replied: ‘Ihave no option but to

speak the truth before the royal throne ; the wealth that your Majesty

brought from Deogir, was gained by the force of the army of Islam ;

and whatever is gained by such means, becomes the national treasure

of all Musulmans. Had your Majesty acquired the wealth from any-

where by yourself, it would be a satisfactory reason according to

divine law, and the wealth so acquired would be Your Majesty’s pri-

vate property.”

The Sultan getting testy with Qazi Mughis, then exclaimed, “ What

is this you say ? and are you thoroughly aware of what you are speak-

ing about? How can the wealth, for which I staked my own life

and that of my followers, and which at the time of my gaining the

sovereignty I took from certain Hindts, whose name and designation

even were not known at Dihli, reserving it for my own use without

placing it in the royal coffers; how can such wealth (I say) belong

to the national treasury ?”’ Qazi Mughis replied: ‘‘ Your Majesty

has proposed a question in divine law to me, and if I speak not agree-

ably to what I have read in the Scriptures, and your Majesty should,

by way of test, enquire of other learned men also, and they give a

different opinion to what I have given, while I speak in accordance

with the royal inclination, how could your Majesty retain any confi-

dence in me, or enquire of me as to the statutes of the divine law?”

The fourth question proposed by Sultan Alauddin to Qazi

Mughis was this: ‘‘ What portion of the national treasury belongs

by right to myself and my children? Qazi Mughis exclaimed ;

** Surely my hour of death has arrived ;” to which the Sultan replied ;

‘Why should your hour of death have arrived?” ‘ Because,’’ said

the Qazi, “if I answer this question which your Majesty has put to

me, according to the truth, your Majesty will get into a passion,

and put me to death; and should I tell an untruth, on the day of

14 Translations from the Tartkh ¢ Firiz Shahi. [No. 1,

judgment, I shall have to enter into hell.” The Sultan replied:

‘‘ State whatever is authorized by the divine law, and I shall not harm

you.” Then said Mughis: ‘“‘If your Majesty intends following the

example of the virtuous Caliphs, and desires the highest honours of a

future state, you should take for your own use and that of your family

just as much only as you have assigned to each of the soldiery,

viz., 234 tankahs, But if your Majesty prefers following a middle

course, and considers that that sum would not suffice to maintain the

dignity of your exalted position, you might take for your own use

and that of your family as much as you give to the chief dignitaries

of your Court, such as Malik Qirén, Malik Qirbak, Malik Naib

Wakilidar and Malik Khag Hajib. Or should your Majesty adopt

the opinions of the sages of the world, in taking a sum from the

national treasury for your own use and that of your family, you should

take a portion that is larger and better than that of other nobles of

your Court, in order that a distinction may be drawn between your-

self and others, and the dignity of your exalted position may not be

lowered. Whatever your Majesty takes from the national treasury

however, in excess of these three modes which I have represented, and

for all the lakhs, and krors, and gold jewels you bestow on your

family, you will have to answer for at the day of judgment.”

Sultan ’Alauddin flew into a passion, and exclaimed: ‘‘ Do you

not fear my sword, that you dare to say, all the wealth which is spent

on my family is unauthorized by divine law ?”’ Qazi Mughis replied :

““T dread your Majesty’s sword (I assure you), and lay before you

my shroud, which is my turban; but your Majesty having asked me

a question on divine law, I have replied to it according to what I

know. Were your Majesty to seek information as to its political ex-

pediency, I should say that whatever is expended on your family

should be increased a thousand fold, in order that the royal dignity

might thereby be enhanced in the eyes of the people ; for this enhance-

ment of the royal dignity is essential to political expediency.”

After discussing the aforesaid questions, Sultan ’Aléuddin said to

Qazi Mughis: ‘‘ After the way in which you have stigmatized my acts

as contrary to divine law, listen to this: Ihave even established a

fine of three years’ pay for every horseman, who does not stand muster ;

I cast into prison all who indulge in wine or sell it; when any one

1870.] Translations from the Tarikh « Firtz Shahi. 15

commits adultery with another’s wife, I cut off his (offending) organ

and put the woman to death ; in revolts I slay both the good and the

bad; embezzled money I recover by means of various kinds of torture,

and keep the delinquents in prison and in chains so long as one

jetal of the sum remains unliquidated, and revenue defalcators I

make prisoners for life. Now, do you mean to say all these acts are

contrary to divine law ?”

Qizi Mughisuddin then rose from his seat, and advancing to the

foot of the throne, bowed his head upon the ground, and cried in a

loud voice: “O monarch of the world! whether you permit your poor

slave to live, or whether you order me, this instant, to be removed

from the world, I must declare that all are contrary to divine law,

and in the tradition of the Prophet, (on whom be peace !) and in the

doctrines of the learned, it is nowhere stated that a sovereign may do

whatever he chooses with regard to the promulgation of orders.”

Sultan ’Alduddin offered no reply on hearing the above speech, but,

putting on his slippers, retired into his private apartments. Qazi

Mughis also returned home, and next day, having taken a final adieu

of his family, dispensed alms, and performed ablutions, entered the

royal Court, and came before the Sultan, prepared to undergo execu-

tion. Sultdén ’Aléuddin, however, summoning him to the front, treat-

ed him with great kindness, and giving him a robe and a thousand

tankahs, said: O Qazi Mughis, although I am not versed in learn-

ing, yet for many generations have my ancestors been Musalmans;

and in order that insurrections may not occur, in which so many

thousands of Musalmans are constantly destroyed, [I adopt such mea-

sures towards the people, as seem most to their advantage. The peo-

ple, however, shew a rebellious and contumacious spirit, and will not

fulfil my commands; and I am, therefore, compelled to make such

severe laws as will reduce them to obedience. I know not whether

these laws are sanctioned by our faith or not; but whatever I con-

eeive to be for the good of the State, and whatever appears expedient

to me at the time, that I order, and as for what may happen to me

on the approaching day of judgment, that I know not.”

[But stop, O Maulana Mughis! One thing I do not forget in my

prayers to God, and I often say, ‘‘O God, thou knowest that my

kingdom suffers nothing, if any man sleeps with the wife of his neigh-

16 Translations from the Tarikh « Fériz Shahi. (No. 1,

bour ; or that it is no loss to me, if any one drinks wine ; and that I

feel no grief, if any one commits a robbery, for he won’t steal anything

from my inheritance; or that if any one takes advances of money and

does not go to his work, the work will yet go on, even if ten or twenty

people are lazy. With regard to these four things I certainly act

according to the orders of the Prophets. But the people of these times,

from one to a lac, nay to five hundred lacs and one thousand lacs, do

nothing but talk and boast, caring neither for this warld nor the world

to come. Now I am ignorant and do not know how to read and

write ; in fact my whole knowledge consists in saying an Alham@u

(the first chapter of the Qorén), a Qul hua-llahu (Qor., Sur. 112,) the

prayer Qunit (as described in law books), and the formule of blessing

the prophets ; but it is I who have given the order in my realm that a

married man who commits adultery with the wife of another, shall be

castrated ; and yet, notwithstanding this harsh and bloody order,

several men stand before the Palace who have slept with the wives of

others. ]

[ And those who take advances of money and then do not go to their

work, are made liable to refund advances of three years.* But in

every employment there are hundreds, two hundreds that are made

liable to refund three years’ advances, and yet people will take

money and not work, and prefer to live broken down in the jails.

And for thefts committed in the city, I have reduced to beggary

about ten thousand clerks and collectors; nay, I have made their flesh

so sore, that worms eat up their bodies, in order to see whether that

bad lot will keep their fingers from stealing; for keeping accounts and

stealing at the same time is what a clerk, in these days, is born to. |

[ And as regards selling and drinking wine, I have killed and am

now killing people in the wells. What do they care for being inside ?

What is a jail to them ?—They will drink wine, they will sellit. No

one has ever managed God’s ‘ pious subjects,’ and I can’t either. |

[In the same year in which the Sultan Alauddin asked Qazi Mu-

ghis on some questions of the law, Maulana Shamsuddin Turk, a very

* On p. 296, Ed. Bibl. Indica, 1. 15 read bé zani yake for zan 7 yake, and

kunad for kunand; on 1, 18, read bistdénad for bisténand, and bandmzadi for

namzadt.

Bad i burtt zadan (1. 12) is said, of men, to boast; of women, we say bdd i

gest zadan.

The whole page is about the most difficult and doubtful page in Barani.

1870.] Translations from the Tarikh v Kirdz Shahi. 17

excellent and learned teacher of the Hadis, had come to Multan,

bringing with him a collection of four hundred works on the Hadis.

He would not go beyond Multan, because he had heard that the Sul-

_ tan said no prayers, nor attended the Friday-prayer in the mosque.

Fazlullah, son of Shaikhul Islam Cadruddin, became his pupil. This

learned man, while at Multan, wrote a commentary on the Science of the

Hadis, which he sent, together with a pamphlet in Persian, to Court.

In the preface, he had said much to the praise of the Sultén. In the

pamphlet the following passage occurred. ‘I have come from Egypt

with the wish of seeing your Majesty and the city of Dihli, and my

intention was there to establish a school of followers of the Hadis,*

and to deliver the Musalmans from acting upon the traditions of

learned but irreligious men. But when I heard that your Majesty

Says no prayers, nor attends the mosque on Fridays, I returned from

Multan. However, I heard of two or three qualities which your

Majesty possesses in common with pious kings, and I also heard that

your Majesty has two or three qualities which do not. belong to reli-

gious kings.’ |

[‘ Now, the good sides of your Majesty are these. I am told that

the wretchedness and the misery and the despicable condition and the

worthlessness of the Hindis are now so great, that Hindu children and

women will go about begging at the doors of the Musalmans. Hail,

king of Islam! the protection which thou affordest the religion of

Muhammad (God’s peace rest on him !) is such that, if for a single act

done by thee to the glory of Islam, a measure of sins filling Heaven

and Karth be not forgiven thee, thou mayest grasp the hem of my

garment on the morrow of resurrection.’ |

[ Secondly, I have heard that thou hast made grain and apparel and

other things so cheap, that no one could improve matters by the

breadth of the point of a needle ; and it is a matter of astonishment

how in this important matter also, which interests all men on earth,

and which other kings of Islam have striven to bring about by labours

extending over twenty, thirty years, and yet have failed, thou, O king

of Islam, hast so well succeeded.’ ]

* I. e., the Maulana rejected the decisions of the early lawyers, unless based

apon the Qoran and the Hadis.

18 Translations from the Tarikh 1 Fira Shahi. [No. 1,

[‘ Thirdly, I have heard that your Majesty has banished every-

thing that intoxicates, and that the lust and the lying of the lusty

and the liars have turned bitterer than poison. MHail, hail, bravo,

bravo, O king, that thon hast brought about this result.’ |

[‘ Fourthly, I have heard that thou hast driven the trades people

with their voluble tongues into mice holes, and hast taken the cheat-

ing, and lying, and falsifying out of them ; and yet thou thinkest*

it little that, in this regard also, thou hast managed bazadr-people

as no king ever has done since the days of Adam. O king, bless God

that thou sittest for such deeds in the company of the prophets !]

[‘ But the other things which I have heard of your Majesty, are

such as neither God, nor the prophets and the saints, nor even the

rationalist, can approve of. First, for the office of Qdzé of the realm

(a most critical office which suits no one, except he despise the world)

thou hast appointed Hamid of Multén, whose family from the times

of his grandfather and father have lived on usury. Nor dost thou

carefully enquire into the belief of thy other Qizis, and thou givest

the laws of the Prophet into the hands of the covetous, the avaricious,

and the worldly. Be on thy guard, lest thou shouldst not be able

to bear thy sinful drowsiness on the morrow of resurrection.’ }

[‘ Secondly, I have heard that people in thy city give up walking

after the tradition of the Prophet, and walk after the sayings of the

‘wise.’ It is difficult for me to understand why thy town, the people

of which have the tradition but do not follow it, has not long ago

become a heap of rubbish, or why the visitations of heaven do not pour

down upon it. ]

[‘ Thirdly, I have heard that ill-starred, black-faced, learned men in

thy town sit in the mosques with abominable law books and deci-

sions before them, making money, and perverting the right of Musal-

mans by interpreting, and cheating, and adopting various ways of

swindling. They drown the accuser and the accused; but they too

shall be drowned.’ |

* On p. 298, in Bibl. Ind. edition, 1. 4, read bamanaji’ for mandji’, and on

1. 11, méshwmaré for mashumart. It looks as if mashwmdri had been taken in

the sense of nashumadré, because the same grammatical blunder is perpetrated

three times on p. 327.

On p. 302, 1. 8, read lashkar for shukr ; 1. 11, ndgirift for té girift ; 1.17, az

for ar.

1870. | Translations from the Tarikh « Férdz Shahi. 19

[‘But I have also heard that these two last things are not brought

to thy notice, on account of the impious and shameless Qazi who

stands near thy throne ; else, thou wouldst never give thy sanction to

such a rebellion against the religion of Muhammad.’ |

[ Now the book and the pamphlet written by this teacher of the Hadis

came into the hands of Bahduddin, the Counsellor ; and Bahauddin, the

ungrateful Counsellor, gave the book to Sultan ’Alauddin, but the

pamphlet he did not give and kept it hidden, on account of his par-

tiality for Qazi Hamid of Multén. But I, the author of this book,

have heard from Malik Qiré Beg that the Sultén learned from Sa’d, the

logician, that such a pamphlet had arrived ; and he called for the

pamphlet, and he wanted to make away with Bahauddin and his son,

because he had not given up the pamphlet, and the Sultan was very

sorry that Maulana Shamsuddin Turk had returned from Multan dis-

appointed.] (Hd. Bibl. Ind., p. 299.)

Death of Ulugh Khan. Conquest of Chitor. Invasion of the Mughuls.

Not long after Sultan ’Alauddin had returned from Rantambhur to

Dihli, and begun pursuing this parsimonious and cruel conduct to-

wards the people, and had thrown open the gate of fines and chastise-

ments; Ulugh Khan fell sick, and while proceeding to the Capital, he

died at one of the halting-places on the road.

Malik A’azzuddin Abirja, [Bur Khan (?), Zd. Bibl. Ind.} was ap-

pointed Wazir in [Shahr i Nau (Jhayin)] the revenue of which was

now levied, like that of the environs of Dehli, according to measure-

ment and the exact value per biswah.

Sultan Alauddin then took the army away again from the Capital,

and marching to Chitor, invested that fort, and speedily reduced it,

alter which he returned to the Capital. Just about the time of his

return, an invasion of the Mughuls took place; for the Mughuls

had heard in Mawarannahr, that Sultan Alauddin had marched with

his army to a distant fortress, and was engaged in besieging it, and that

Dihli was consequently unprotected. Turghi accordingly got together

two or three twmdns of horse, and reached Dihli by a series of rapid

marches with the utmost celerity.

During this year too, in which the Sultan had proceeded to capture

the stronghold of Chitor, Malik Fakhruddin Jina Dadbak i hazrat, and

20 Translations from the Tiritkh ¢ Firdz Shahi. [ No. 1,

Malik Jhujha, Jagirdaér [mugta ] of Karah, the nephew (brother’s son)

of Nucrat Khan, together with all the Amirs of Hindtstén, had been

dispatched to Arangul ; but by the time they arrived there, the rains

had begun to descend from the sky, and the season became most un-

propitious, so that the army of Hindéstén could effect nothing at

Arangul, and ultimately returned about the beginning of the cold

weather, totally disorganized, and with all its stores and equipments

lost and ruined.

It was during this very year, when Sultdn ’Alduddin had returned

to Dihli after the capture of Chitor, and the army that had started

along with him, had lost all its stores and equipments during the rainy

season, and a month had not elapsed since the time of the Sultdn’s

return, so that the soldiery had not yet been mustered, nor their

kits renewed, that the invasion of the Mughuls took place, and the

accursed Turghi, advancing swiftly with 40,000 horsemen, encamped

on the banks of the river Jamnah, and blockaded the roads of ingress

and egress of the city.

A strange incident was this that befel the soldiery during this year ;

for Sultan ’Aléuddin, after returning from the capture of Chitor, had

not sufficient time to provide the army with horses and arms after the

loss of equipments they had sustained at Chitor, and Malik Fakhr-

uddin Jéind, the Dadbak, having returned with the army of Hindustan

broken and disorganized from Arangul into the provinces, not a horse-

man or footman out of it could force his way into the city, on account

of the blockade kept up by the Mughuls on all the roads, and the

piquets they had stationed. In Multan, Samanah, and Deopalpir,

moreover, there was no force of sufficient strength to overthrow the

Mughul army, and join the Sultan’s camp [at Siri]. The army of

Hindustan was summoned to advance, but in consequence of the hostile

presence of the Mughuls, they remained at Kol and Baran. [The

Mughuls moreover had occupied all fords (of the Jamnah)].

Sultan ’Alauddin, therefore, with the few horsemen that he had at the

Capital, came out of the city, and fixing his head quarters at Siri,

pitched his camp there. The Sultan was then under the necessity of

having a trench dug round the camp, and palisades, formed of the

planks of house doors, erected along side the trench, whereby he pre.

vented the Mughuls from forcing an entrance into the camp. He

1870.] Translations from the Térikh ¢ Firhz Shah. pa!

_ also kept his troops ever alert and vigilant, and constantly on the guard

and watch, and in every [trench, alanq]| under arms ready to receive

any assault of the Mughuls; but he deferred engaging in a pitched

battle. With each division and in each trench too, were stationed

five elephants incased in armour, and a party of infantry to keep guard

and watch over them. On the other hand the Mughuls used to go

round and round the camp, longing to make a sudden irruption on it,

and destroy it.

So formidable an invasion of the Mughuls as this, had never before

been witnessed at Dihli for many ages; for did Turghi remain but a

single month longer on the banks of the Jamnah, he would inspire such

dread, as to create utter desolation in Dihli. During the present

blockade, however, whereby the supply of water, forage, and firewood

was rendered very difficult for the people, the entrance of caravans of

grain totally prevented, and the dread of the Mughuls so widely spread

that their horsemen used to advance up to Chautrah Segani, [{ B2d/.

Ind. Subhéni, as on p. 320] and Murdodhi [Mori “and Hadht, Bodl.

Ind.|, and the reservoir, and alight at these places, and drink wine

there; grain and stores were sold at a moderate price out of the

royal depots, and no great scarcity was felt.*

On two or three occasions desultory conflicts and skirmishes occurred

between the outposts on either side, but neither party gained any

decided advantage. By the grace of God, Turghi found himself un-

able to force his way by any means into the Sultdin’s camp; and by

virtue of the supplications of the poor, after a period of two months,

the accursed wretch marched off with his army, and made the best of

his way back to his own country.

This occasion, on which the army of Islam had received no injury

from the Mughul force, and the city of Dihli had escaped unharmed,

appeared one of the miracles of the age to all intelligent persons; for

the Mughuls had arrived in great force quite early in the season, and

had blockaded the roads against the entry of reinforcements or sup-

plies; and the royal army was suffering under the want of proper

equipments, while they were in the most flourishing and hearty con-

dition.

* Vide a plan of ’Alauddin’s Intrenchment in Campbell’s ‘ Note on the Topo-

graphy of Dihli,’ J. A. S, Bengal, 1866, Pt. I., p, 217.

22 Translations from the Térikh it Firtiz Shdaht. [No. 1,

As soon as the danger threatened by Turghi, which indeed appeared

most appalling (for the time), had passed away, the Sultan awoke

from his lethargy, and gave up carrying on wars and sieges. He built

a palace at Siri, and took up his abode there, making Siri his capital,

and rendering it populous, and flourishing. He also directed the fort-

ress of Dihli to be built up, and issued orders that the forts on the

line of march of the Mughuls, which had gone to ruin, should be re-

paired, and that new ones should be erected wherever they were

required, and distinguished and able governors appointed to all these

strongholds in the direction whence the inroads of the Mughuls

occured. He further commanded that they should make up numerou

warlike engines, enlist expert marksmen, establish magazines for arms

of all kinds, and accumulate stores of grain and fodder after the man-

ner of granaries, within the ramparts; that numerous picked and

chosen troops should be enrolled at SAmanah, and Deop4lpur, and kept

ready for service, and that the districts in the direction of the Mughul

inroads should be confided to experienced nobles, and firm and energe-

tic chiefs.

Administrative Measures of ’Alduddin. (Ed. Bibl. Indica, p. 308

to p. 326.)

After Sultan ’Aléuddin had taken care to make these preparations

against another inroad of the Mughuls, he used to have discussions

with his councillors both by day and night as to the means of effec-

tually resisting and annihilating these marauders; and on this point

he was most particular in procuring the best advice. After prolonged

deliberation, it was agreed and determined by the Sultén and his ad-

visers, that an immense army was required for the purpose ; and that

all the troops should be picked and chosen men, expert archers, well

armed, and well mounted ; so that they might be always fully equipped

and [well-mounted.] With the exception of this one plan, none other

appeared feasible for resisting the Mughuls.

The Sultan then took counsel with his advisers, every one of whom

was unequalled and eminently distinguished, saying: ‘‘ To maintain

an immense picked and chosen force well mounted, so that they may

be fully equipped and efficient at all times, is impossible, without the

expenditure of vast treasures; for one must give regularly every year

1870. ] Translations from the Tarikh « Firdz Shahid. 23

whatever sum is fixed upon at first; and if I settle a high rate of pay

upon the soldiery, and continue to disburse money to them at that

rate annually, at the end of a few years, notwithstanding all the trea-

sure I possess, nothing will be left, and without treasure it is of course

impossible to govern or deliberate.”’

*‘T am accordingly desirous of having a large force, well mounted,

of picked and chosen men, expert archers, and well armed that will

remain embodied for years; and I will give 234 tankahs to a Murattab

and 78 tankahs to a Du-aspah ; from the former of whom [ shall require

two horses with their corresponding equipments, and from the latter

one* with its usual gear. Consider now and inform me how this idea

that has entered into my mind about raising a large force, and main-

taining it permanently, may be carried into execution.”

The councillors, endowed with abilities like those of Acaf, exercised

their brilliant intellects, and after some reflection unanimously ex-

pressed the following opinion before the throne: ‘* As it has entered into

your Majesty’s heart, and become implanted} there, to-raise a large force

and permanently maintained on small allowances [ ba mawajib 1 andak, |

such can never be accomplished unless horses, arms, and all the equip-

* T.e., one horse. The Hdit. Bibl. Ind. has yak aspah, one horseman.

_ This passage is unfortunately unclear and useless, because Barani has not

supplied acommentary. First, it is clear from the following that the wages of

78 and 234 (7. e.,78 % 3) tankahs were unusually low, and Barani has not

stated what the ordinary rates were, Secondly, it is also clear that ’Alaéuddin

takes the terms Mwrattab and Duaspah in a new sense, because he defines them

for his councillors, and Barani has uot stated what their usual meanings were.

The word Murattab does not appear to occur in later histories ; it may mean

equipped, though murattib would give a meaning too. To call a man duaspah,

because he joins the army with one horse, is extraordinary, and against the

meaning which the word has in the Akbarnamah, Badaoni, the Padishahnamah,

&e. Vide the annotator’s note on Akbar’s Mancabs (Ain translation, p. 238 to

247). Thirdly, we expect in the wages a proportion of 1 : 2, not 1: 3, because

’Alauddin’s Murattab furnishes two, and his Duaspah one horse ; but this diffi-

culty may be explained away (vide Ain translation, p. 251, 1. 3, where also the

rates are given which Akbar gave his Yakaspahs.

Badaoni’s interesting remark that Akbar’s Ddgh-law had been the rule under

*Alauddin i Khilji and Sher Shah (Ain translation, p. 242, and J. A. 8S. Bengal

for 1869, p. 126) can but little be verified by a reference to Zia’s work, though

the word ddgh (in Akbar’s sense) occurs on p. 319, 1.2 from below (Hd. Bibl.

Ind.), and p. 477, 1. 6, (Muhammad Shah’s reign)—also an interesting page for

the military history of India, inasmuch an army of 380,000 troopers is men-

tioned, a statement which may advantageously be compared with Ain trans-

lation, p. 245.

+ The text has jdégtr, which is taken in its etymological meaning of jd-girif-

tah, having taken a place, having taking root, vide Ain translation, p. 256, note,

The earliest passage at present known to me, of jagiv being taken in a sense

24 Translations from the Térikh i Firdz Shahi. [ No. 1,

ments of a soldier, as well as subsistence for his wife and family, become

excessively cheap, and are reduced to the price of water; for if your

Majesty can succeed in lowering the price of provisions beyond measure,

a large force can be raised and permanently maintained according to

the idea that has entered your august mind ; and by the aid of this vast

force all fear of danger from the Mughuls will be averted.”

The Sultan then consulted with his trusty and experienced coun-

cillors and ministers, as to what he should do, in order that the means

of livelihood might be made exceedingly cheap and moderate, without

introducing capital punishment, torture, or severe coercion. The

Sultan’s ministers and advisers represented, that until fixed rules

were established, and permanent regulations introduced for lowering

prices, the means of livelihood would never get exceedingly cheap.

First then, for the cheapening of grain, the benefit of which is

common to all, they proposed certain measures, and by the adoption

of these measures, grain became cheap, and remained so for years.

These measures were as follows: a fixed price current ; a magistrate

(to carry out the provisions) of the law; royal granaries; prohibition

against all sales at enhanced prices; consignment of the caravans

of grain into the hands of the magistrate of the market; sale of

grain by the cultivators at their own fields; publication of the price

current daily before the throne.

By the adoption of the seven measures detailed above, whatever

was the price current determined before the throne, it never rose a

dang, whether there was an excess or a scarcity of rain.

[For the last two paragraphs, the Ed. Bibl. Indica, p. 304, 1. 4 from below

to p. 305, 1, 10, has the following :—

Regulation I.—The price of grain to be fixed before the throne.

approaching its later (Indian) meaning of lands assigned to military commanders,

occurs in Barani (Ed. B.I., p. 40, 1. 13)—

cls elhSt w slay paSle sla sh50 lee

‘He had 4000 troopers as jdgir, and held Badéon as agtdé’; for which later

Historians would say

ad Me 4 ‘ e

aBty pSle wy! Org cio y}yae 50 lem

The word mangab, like zaminddr, is old, and occurs even in the Tabaqdt i

Nacit. ;

It is of interest to watch the changes of meaning which the word jdgér has

gone through,

1870.] Translations from the Térthh 4 Firiiz Shdhé. 25

Regulation II —The Sultan to store a large quantity of grain in gra-

naries. 3

_ Regulation ITI.—To appoint a Shihnah (inspector) of the market (mandZ)

and trustworthy men with full power and dignity.

Kegulation IV.—The merchants (kdrwdnidn) of all parts of the empire

to be registered in a Daftar. They are to be in charge of the Shihnah i

Mande.

Regulation V.—The revenue of the Dudb and the country to a distance

of 100 kos so to be settled, that the subjects cannot even lay by 10 sans of

grain, and the subjects to be ground down to such an extent, that they sell

the grain on the fields to the merchants. (For ddglb, 1, 2, p. 305, read

ddglbs 1) :

Regulation VI—To take certificates from the Collectors [kdrkundén]* of

the country to shew that the merchants get the grain on the fields. (For

V9 WUS IS read eyy WUS;If, as is clear from p. 307).

Regulation VII—To appoint a trustworthy travelling agent (barid)

who, together with the Shihnah, is to report to the Sultan on the state of

the market, |

Regulation VITI. for rendering produce cheap.—tIn times of drought,

no produce, not even for a ddngq, uselessly to be sold in the markets.

In consequence of these eight rules, the price of grain did not rise a ddng,

whether there was an excess or a scarcity of rain. (The last regulation is

not enumerated separately on p. 308 of the text). |

The first regulation was of this description—Wheat, 74 jetals per

man; barley, 4 j7.; gram, 5j.; rice, 5j.; mash, 57.; and mot’h,

39. The above prices held good for years, and as long as Sultan

’Alauddin was alive, grain never did rise a ddng above that, either

during an excess or a scarcity of rain, and this establishment of a fixed

price in the market was considered one of the wonders of the age.

* We should not forget that Karkun was the title of a class of Revenue

officials under the ’?A’mil, or Collector. During the reign of Akbar, the ’A’mit,

had two bitikch?¢s or ‘ writers’ under him, whose titles were Kdrkun and Khéc-

nawts. Abulfazl specifies their duties in the Akbarnamah (beginning of the

27th year).

The Baréd (pr. ‘ runner,’ from the Latin veredus), in time of Barani had to

perform those duties which the Wdq? ahnawés under the Mughuls had to per-

form. Vide my Ain translation, p. 258, Abulfazl, indeed, says that the office

of the Waqi’ahnawis was an innovation by Akbar ; but from Barani (Hd. Bibl.

Ind., p. 40, 1. 6 from below) it is quite clear that the office existed as early as

in the reign of Balban, though the ‘ Waqi’ahnawis’ was called baréd. Hence

news agent would be perhaps a better term than travelling agent.

¥ Professor Cowell, I think, observes very correctly that these price lists

would be more interesting, if the coins and their value were better understood,

But they may be compared with the price lists in the Ain, p. 62,

26 Translations from the Tirikh « Firiiz Shahi. [No. 1,

The second regulation for effecting a cheapness in the price of grain

was, that Malik Qabul [a servant of Ulugh Khan], who was a wise,

discreet, and trustworthy noble, was appointed magistrate (shthnah) over

the market. The official in question was granted a large estate, and a

large body of cavalry and infantry to support his power and consequence.

A deputy, shrewd and experienced, was also appointed from the throne,

out of the cirele of his friends, and a distinguished travelling agent

[ baréd | with a due sense of respect for royalty was also installed in the

market.

The third regulation for the same purpose was, the accumulation of

vast hoards of grain in store-houses. Sultan ’Aléuddin gave orders that

throughout the crown lands in the Dudb, they should take the grain

itself in place of money payments for revenue, and send it into the

royal granaries at the capital, while in [Shahr i nau] andits adjoin-

ing territory, they should take a moiety of the royal share in kind, and

that in Jhayin and its several districts also, they should form depots

for grain, and forward it by the caravans to the capital. In short,

so much of the royal grain reached Dihli, that there was scarcely a

street, which did not contain two or three of the royal store-houses

filled with it ; and when there was a scarcity of rain, or the caravans,

from some cause or other, failed to convey sufficient grain into the

market, they used to bring it into market from the royal stores, selling

it at the regulated price, and supplying the people according to their

wants, while in Shahr i nau they used to consign the grain out of the

royal depots to the caravans. By these two arrangements, there was

never a dearth of grain in the market, nor did it ever rise one dang

above the regulated price.

The fourth regulation for the same purpose was, the consignment

of the caravans to (the charge of) Malik Qabul, magistrate of the

market. Sultan ’Alauddin gave orders, that the whole of the cara-

vans from all parts of the kingdom should be subject to the magis-

trate of the market, and their leaders should be [fettered and chained].

The magistrate also was directed to keep the leaders of the caravans

[fettered and chained | ever present before him, until they became of the

same mind, and agreed to sign a deed on mutual security, and that until

they brought their wives, children, cattle, and property with them, and

set up their abodes in the villages bordering on the Jamnah, where the

1870. ] Translations from the Térikh 1 Firtz Shahi. 2

jurisdiction of the magistrate would extend over them and their wives

and children, and the caravans would be completely subject to him, he

should not remove the chains from their necks. By the establishment

of this regulation, so much grain began to pour into the market, that

there was no need for the royal stores, and the price never rose a

ding above the fixed rate.

The fifth regulation for the above purpose was, the prohibition

against the hoarding up of grain and selling it at enhanced prices.

This check was so rigorously enforced during the ’Alai reign, that it

was not possible for any one of the various classes of merchants, traders,

grain-dealers, &c., to hoard up a single man of grain, or sell it

secretly at their own houses for one dang or dirvam above the fixed

price; and if any hoarded grain was discovered, it became confis-

cated to the crown, and the proprietor was fined. Written agreements

were also taken from the superintendents and agents of the territory

lying within the Duab, binding them not to permit any one within

their jurisdiction to hoard up grain, and engaging that if anybody

was detected at this practice, the officials themselves should be

considered at fault, and have to answer for it before the throne.

Owing to the enforcement of this prohibition therefore, the price

current in the market never rose a single ddng or diram either during

the greatest superabundance or scarcity of rain.

The sixth regulation for securing the cheapness of grain, was the

taking of written agreements from the superintendents and agents of

districts to this effect, that they would cause the grain to be delivered

to the caravans by the cultivators at their ownfields. Sultdn ’Aléud-

din accordingly gave orders, that at the chief office of revenue, writ-

ten engagements should be taken from the magistrates and ‘collectors

of the country lying within the Dudb, which is nearest to the city»

binding them to exact the revenue due from the cultivators with the

utmost rigour, so that it might be impossible for them to carry off any

large quantities of grain from the fields to their own houses, and hoard

it there, and that they might thus be induced to sell it to the caravans

at the fields at a cheap rate.

By the establishment of the above regulation, no excuse was left to

the caravans for not bringing grain into the market, and constant

supplies consequently were continually arriving, while the agricul-

turists also found it to their own advantage to convey as much of their

28 Translations from the Tirikh i Firdiz Shaht. [No. 1,

grain as they could, from their fields to the market, and sell it at the

regular price.

The seventh regulation for the above purpose [ consisted* in this that

reports had to be furnished of the prices current in the Bazars. The

continuance of the prosperity of the Bazars was ascertained in three

ways. rst, the Shihnah « Mandi had to furnish a list of prices and

report on the condition of the Bazar. Secondly, the Barid i Mandi,

reported on the quality of the articles. Thirdly, the informers who had

been appointed for every Bazar made reports. If there were discrepan-

cies between the reports of the informers and that of the Barid and that

of the Shihnah, the Shihnah got for it what he had to get. But as

the officers appointed in the Bazars knew that the Sultén got his

reports on the transactions and the state of the market from three

sources, it was impossible to deviate, even in the least, from the Bazar

regulations. Experienced people that lived during the reign of ’Ala-

uddin were astonished to see how firm the prices of articles re-

mained; for though it is nothing uncommon to see prices remain

firm during years when the season is good and there is plenty of

rain, it was most remarkable that during the reign of ’Aléuddin no

famine occurred at Dihli, not even in years when there was a draught

and people thought a famine unavoidable. Neither the grain of the

Sultan, nor the grain of the merchants could indeed rise a single

* Here is a blank in Major Fuller’s translation, extending from p. 308, 1. 3,

Ed. Bibl. Indica, to p. 312, 1. 4 from below. On page 308, 1.5 from below for

jf read gf ; 1.3 from below, dele 9, and for 4\Cycrmy read wKimas, Page 310

l. 5 read &LiS for 4145; the Hamzah cannot be left out, as the word is an adjec-

tive ; 1. '7 dele the Hamzah, and read oy 9 Sao for pe : l. 10, csit tes for

piashe 51. 12 read 3 88 for (6,3 Sd; 1. 14. dw for yo, and peaga for

Sty O29; 2.19, gsilas| § 53 for csolol, Paje 311, 1. 4 the second word is.

birasdnand; 1. 6, dele the Hamzah of &&43{; J. 13, dele 35 l. 1g, read

is > pias (of Shushtar or Shustar) for is gee, Page 813, 1.3, read cs lege!

or Jlgaml for pslaol ; and compare lines 14 and 15 with 1.20. Page 314, l. 6,

eee ? Line 10, read Oa[,& for oafys’; 1.11, ce dy yy for ec My Ss

1.12 read ¢jay guide jt OMS for the absurd—_faru!jae jf y aii s 1 1%

yey for 150, Page 815, 1. 10, read ys5io for ),Sdvo; last line, cya.

for Gea} , and x}, for y,0, The pages from 308 to 332 of the Bibl. Indica

Edition look like uncorrected proof sheets. 7

1870. | Translations from the Tartkh + Firks Shéhe. 29

déng, and it is certainly a matter of astonishment that no other king

besides ’Alauddin ever did effect such results. If even once or twice

the Shihnah i Mandi petitioned the Sultan to raise the price of grain

by half a jetal on account of a season of draught, he got twenty

lashes ].

[In seasons of draught, the merchants of each quarter of the town

received daily a supply of grain according to the number of the in-

habitants in each quarter, and they issued grain to the common people

at a rate not exceeding half a man per individual; but rich people

also and notables, who were not in possession of villages and lands, got

grain from the Bazar. If during a season of drought poor and helpless

people crowded to the Bazars and got crushed to death, and the officers

neglected to pay attention to the influx, the matter was immediately

reported to the Sultan, and the Shihnah had to suffer for it].

[Five regulations were also given to keep all articles at low prices,

as cloth, common sugar, refined sugar (nwbat), fruits, grease, oil; and

on account of the continuance of these five regulations, the cheapness

of the articles continued. The prices fixed by the king did not rise, and

the people got what they wanted. These five regulations referred to

1. The establishment of the Sardi ’Adl.

2. The fixing of prices. :

3. The registration of all merchants in the Empire.

4, Advances made from the Treasury to rich and respectable Mul-

tani traders, who were put in charge of the Sarai ’Adl.

5. Passes to be given by the chief of the town (rais)* to great and

rich people when they wanted to purchase costly articles ].

[The first regulation for keeping the prices of articles low, consisted

in the establishment of the Sarai ’Adl. The open space inside

the Badéon Gate, in the direction of the Koshak 7 sabz, which

for years had not been used, was called Sardi ’Adl, and ’ Aldud-

din gave the order that no article belonging to the Sultan or to

merchants of the town and the country, should be stored up in

any other place but the Sard: ’Adi. Every article should there be sold

at the price fixed by the Sultan, and if any one should store up wares

in his own house, or sell them, or sell them a etal dearer than was

* Perhaps the Diwan, as below, in the third regulation, Barani uses Raés

as equivalent to Diwan i Riydsat.

30 Translations from the Tarikh i Firkz Shahi. (No. 1,

fixed, such wares should lapse to the Sultan, and the owner should be

liable to severe punishment. On account of this regulation all wares

were deposited in the Sard: ’Adl, whether in value from one hundred,

or from thousand to ten thousand tankahs. |

[The second regulation for the above purpose fixed the prices of

sundry articles. Thus the prices of silk, &c., were as follows :—

Dihli Khazz Silk, ..... Micah iules Saks Uae 16 Tankaks.

Orange coloured, raw silk, Khazz « Kaunlat

(Migs YR en keyetaag cot ae ct ule) 6 7.

Half silks mixed with hair, as edonciiball

in the Muhammudan law, fine, ......... “Mae! bi

Red striped stuffs, ...........00. a it Siebel Me Ry Oa

Common'stuilis; socdist AUO Pe re oe

Red lining as woven at Nagor, ..... {ot RA

Osarse Lining). siis. Duxee.s eis ae SRRt 12 J.

Shirin b4ft, fine, ..iieW i. ee Tee ee

Doi -Maddiing7.ccceniet Jn eae Sik

Doi hj Coarse, pos aoa aa il Ga UY cot tea ee

Siléhadi,} finess..02 Aad es ie. a), OT

Do.j 4 Middiing., seks aust eee

Do., > »\. Comppe ye" Wess es 2

Long cloth (Kirpds), fine, ............... 1 T., for 20 gaz.

Do: ,9h i Conmmeas tn stk. sveusbeche. Vocecciesseat) Ly S27 LS IeanmNO aes

Again, White sugar, ..... eft Mas ees sevscoee 24 Setal, per ser.

Light brown sugar (shakar 7 tar), ......... 13 J.,. » Do.

Brown sugary: y.0icis.eudel nud eet ie tlt ota e a) ee ee

Grease, of different eee ary: one TL) Fes foun:

Sesame oth ail alten. cen Oe

Salt; Reeose es a Ri ete A a

* Regarding Khazz silk, vide Ain translation p. 92, note 4. The word

&L S must be written with a hamzah above the 8, asin all other adjectives de-

noting colour; @.9., kien pistat, looking green like the pistachio nut, § nugrat

looking like silver, 36> chihrat pink, &c. VideJ. A. S. Bengal, for 1868, p. 41.

Hence KLigS, looking like a dbs ( Hind. an orange), as raw cocoon silk looks.

ae price mentioned is very high. The stuff which people now-a-days

call Sildhaté is a kind of cloth made of cotton, and was even at the times of

Akbar very cheap. Ain translation, p. 95. Compare the above list with Briggs

I, p. 356.

1870.] Translations from the Tarikh i Firka Shaht. 31

[The prices of other fine and coarse articles may be inferred from

those which I have given }.

[The Sardi ’Adl was open from early morning till the time of the

last prayer. People thus got what they needed, and no one returned

disappointed ].

[The third regulation for the above purpose was this that the name

of the merchants of the town and the country had to be registered in

the book of the Diw4én (rats). The Sultan ’Alauddin ordered that

the names of all merchants, whether Musalmans or Hindts, of the

Empire should be registered in the book of the Diwén (Diwdn i

yiyasat), and further that a regulation should be made for all merchants

in the town and outside. According to this order a regulation was made,

and merchants had to sign engagements, whereby they were compelled

to bring a certain quantity of wares to town and to sell them at the rates

fixed by the Sultén. When the latter provision of the regulation was

carried out, the articles which the Sultén had to furnish, fell off in

in number, and the merchants that came within the regulation,

brought a great deal of wares to the Sarai ’Adl, where they were

stored up for a long time without being sold ].

[The fourth regulation for the above purpose provided that

advances from the Treasury should be made to Multani traders, so

so that they might bring articles to town, and sell them in the

Sara ’Adl at the rates fixed by the Sultan. The Sultan ’Al4uddin

ordered that advances within twenty lacs of tankahs should be made

to rich Multéni merchants from the treasury, who were to be put in

charge of the Sardi’ Adi; and he told the Multanis to bring articles

from all parts of the Hmpire, and sell them at the rates fixed by the

Sultan in the Sara. Whenever merchants did not bring articles to

town, this regulation was applied, and articles remained cheap].

[The jfi/th regulation for the above purpose consisted in this that

the Diw4n (rats) was ordered to grant passes for the purchase of costly

articles. The Sultan ’Alauddin ordered that no man should be allowed

to buy in the Sardi ’Adl costly stuffs, as Tasbih, Tabrizi, embroidered,

cloths with gold threads, Dihli flosedle silks, kamkhabs, Shushtar silks,

Hariri silks, Chinese silks, Bhiram (?) silks, Deogir silks, and other

stuffs which common people do not use, without first obtaining a pass

from the Diwan, and writing out a receipt for them. The Diwdn then

32 Translations from the Tértkh i Firiz Shaht. [No. 1,

used to give Amirs, Maliks, great and well known men, passes according

to his knowledge of their circumstances ; but if he knew that some of

them, though not merchants, had merely applied to him for permission

to take costly stuffs from the Sardi ’Adl, in order to sell them in the

country at four or five times the price at which they had got them from

the stores of the Sultan, he refused to give passes. The very reason why

the pass system had been introduced, had in fact been this, to prevent

merchants, both in and outside the town, from obtaining costly stuffs

from the Sardz’ Ad] at the rates fixed by the Sultan, and then taking

them to the country where they could not be had, and selling them at

high prices].

[In consequence of the continuance of these five regulations, all

things remained so cheap in Dihli, as to astonish old experienced

people. Politicians of the age used to ascribe the low prices prevailing

during the reign of ’Aléuddin to four reasons; first, the harsh way

in which he enforced his orders, from which there was absolutely no

escape ; secondly, the oppressiveness of the taxes and the rigour with

which they were exacted, so that people had to sell grain and other

articles at the rates fixed by the Sultan; thirdly, the scarcity of

money among the people, which was so great that the proverb got

en vogue, ‘acamel (may be had) for a dang; but where is the dang

to be had?’ fourthly, the impartiality and consequent harshness of

the officials, who would neither take a bribe, nor pay regard to the

rank of any man].

[Four regulations also were given to maintain cheap rates for

horses, slaves, and cattle. They were introduced in a very short time,

These four regulations were— |

Specification of quality, and its corresponding price ; prohibition of

purchase by dealers and monied men ; coercion and castigation of bro-

kers, dealers, and monied men; investigation into the sale and purchase

of each market at certain intervals before the throne. By the institu-

tion of the four laws mentioned above, at the end of a year or two,

such a reduction in the prices of horses, slaves, and cattle ensued as

Was never witnessed subsequent to the ’Alai reign.

First, with respect to the specification of quality and the correspond-

ing price of a horse, it was determined thus. Horses coming under the

designation of taxable animals, were divided into three qualities, with

1870. | Translations from the Tavikh « Firiz Shihé. 38

fixed prices [?]* ; that of the first quality varying from 100 to 120 tan-

kahs, the second from 80 to 90, and the third from 60 to 70; while

such as did not pass through the custom house [or rather, the Diwdn’s

muster |, were called tattoos (ponies), averaging from 10 to 20 tankahs.

The second regulation for securing the cheapness of horses was the

prohibition of dealers and monied men from purchasing animals in

the market, or employing any one to purchase on their account.

Sultan ’Alauddin directed, with regard to the establishment of the

above regulation, which is the very basis of all laws for the cheapen-

ing of horses, that no dealer should be allowed to go about the horse

market. Such strictness was observed in carrying out this reeulation,

that no dealer was accordingly permitted to frequent the horse mart,

and several of them, who for years had been getting a profit and gain-

ing a livelihood by traffic in horses, and were in league with the chief

brokers of the market, were fined, and overthrown, and both them-

selves and the chief brokers were banished to distant fortresses. By

the establishment of this regulation for the suppression of purchasing

on the part of dealers, the current price of horses began to be very

much reduced.

The third regulation for the above purpose, was the coercion and

castigation of the chief horse brokers, who were a most arrogant, rebelli-

ous, and audacious class of people. These they treated with immense

rigour and severity, and expelled some from the city, until the price

of horses began to get cheap; for these chief brokers are in reality the

rulers of the market, and until they are brought into order by coercion

and castigation, and cease taking the bribes which they receive from

both parties, and abstain from mediating between the buyer and the

‘seller, the price of horseflesh can never fall. It was a matter of some

difficulty to bring these bare-faced brokers into order, nor would they

have behaved themselves properly except through fear of the Sultan’s

* T do not know what Major I Fuller's MS. had. The Hdit. Bibl. Indica, p.

813, 1. 3, has (reading asphdi for the absurd asdmt)—

‘ Horses which under the desionation of hasham (i. e. fit for war) passed the

muster of the Diwan, were divided into three classes, and (patiern horses)

were shewn to brokers with the prices fixed for them.

The passage may be compared with my Ain translation, p, 234, bottom.

Akbar also prohibited the export of horses (Bad. II, 390, 1, 4 from below);

but he encouraged the import by wise regulations Xin, p. 133).

34 Translations from the Tartkh « Firhz Shahi. [ No. 1,

harsh disposition, whereby it was no longer possible for them to pre-

varicate and tell falsehoods.

The fourth regulation for the above purpose was, the investigation

into the quality and price of horseflesh before the throne. Every

month or six weeks, Sultan ’Aléuddin used to summon before him [ for

a day or two] a specimen™ of all these qualities of horses, together with

the chief brokers, when he both examined and tested the quality of the

animal, and ascertained its prices. If any variation appeared between

its sterling worth, and the specification of its quality and price, the

brokers suffered penalties and punishments accordingly. Owing to

this scrutiny, inasmuch as the chief brokers were liable to be summoned

quite suddenly before the throne, it was impossible for them to set up

a price and quality of their own, or to take any thing from the buyer

and seller, or to enhance or diminish, or to exceed the standard [and

yet pass in muster before the throne].

The institution of laws for cheapening slaves and cattle was manag-

ed on the same principle, as that which I have just written regarding

the cheapening of horses. It was not possible for dealers and monied

men to go about the market, and shew [get a glance even at the hair

of] a slave in any way. The standard value of a working girl was fixed

at from 5 to 12 tankahs, and the price of asinging girl at from 20 to

30 or 40, while one or two hundred tankahs was a price seldom

fetched by any slave; and should a slave, such asis not to be procured

in these days for a thousand or two thousand tankahs, appear in

the market, who was there that could buy him for fear of the watch ?

The price of a handsome young slave boy+ ranged from 20 to 30 tankahs,

* Major Fuller’s MS. seems to read Byes for (seg? (?) which the Ed. Bibl,

Indica, p. 314, 1. 6, has. *

+ Major Fuller passes mildly over the obscene phrases of the text (p.

314, the last six lines.) Kanizak i kindrt means, of course a girl for

embracing (kindrah), a concubine, not necessarily a singing girl. The words

Ghuldmdn tkdrkordah and bachagén i naukért, which Major Fuller translates

‘working mev and il-favowred boys, have another meaning. Kérkardah is the

same as maf'ul, not ‘working, but worked upon,’ a catamitus; hence ghuld-

mdn % karkardah, slaves that are practised and may be used by sodomites,

Sect bachagan % naukdr?, who fetched of course less money, are ‘novices in

the art.

To the great joy of Barant ‘ beardless slaves, beautiful eunuchs, pretty slave

girls fetched (during the next reign) 500 to 1000 Tankahs, and even 2000 TY ;

vide Hd. Bibl. Indica, p. 384, where, passim, we have to read on the last lines

aay (prices) for the absurd ag (on one line) and rishtahdi (onthe other

ine.

1870. ] Translations from the Tarikh ¢ Fiviz Shahi. 35

and that of working men [?] from 10 to 15, while ill-favoured boys [?]

were procurable at 7 and 8.

Such penalties were inflicted on the chief brokers, that life even

became distasteful to them; and they longed eagerly for death.

In the cattle market, by the introduction of these regulations, the

price of the best beasts of burthen which in these times fetch 40 tan-

kahs, was 4, or at the outside 5 tankahs. A cow for slaughtering fetch-

eda tankah and a half, while a milch cow was valued at from 3 to 4,

The price of a cow buffalo in milk averaged from 10 to 12 tankaks,

{one for slaughtering, from 5 to 6 tankahs], and that of a fat kid from

10 to 12 [and 14] jetals.

The cheapness of all the three markets mentioned above was so

securely established, that it would be impossible to improve upon it ;

and as further precaution, police men were stationed throughout the three

markets, who used to take cognizance of all the good and bad, obe-

dience and disobedience, and fair and unfair dealing that was going

on in them, and were bound to furnish daily reports of the same

to the Sultan. Whatever therefore reached the Sultén through the

reports of the police, it was impossible that it could escape the

most rigorous scrutiny and investigation, nor could the culprit’s guilt

fail to be brought to light, and punishment to be inflicted upon

him. From fear of the police, people both high and low, whether

belonging to the market or not, became very careful of their be-

haviour, obedient, and submissive, and subdued with fear and awe;

nor did any one dare to swerve a needle’s point from the letter of the

law, to increase or diminish any of the royal standard prices, to in-

dulge in vain desires and excesses of any sort, or to accept anything

from buyers and sellers.

In the establishment of laws for the market people, which belongs

to the financial department [dzwan 7 riydsat] of the State, and for the

establishment of the price of articles sold in the stalls of the market,

a great deal of trouble was taken; and with immense toil, everything

connected with the markets, from caps to socks, combs to needles,

sugar cane to vegetables, [Harisah to broth, Cabin? sweatmeats to

Reoris,* cakes and baked bread to rice bread and fishcakes, from pdn-

* Réoré is perhaps familiar to all in India. For Havtsah, we have Abulfazl’s

recipe, Ain translation, p. 60, 1.18; and p. 33, Note.

36 Translations from the Térikh « Firiz Shaha. [No. 1,

leaves| to betel nuts, roses, and greens, was put thoroughly in order.

Sultan ’Alauddin effected this and reduced everything to cheapness

by instituting of his own accord the following measures: the ap-

pointment of a superintendent of ability and judgment, with a stern,

relentless disposition and parsimonious* character; the strict super-

vision and control over the traffic of every person in the market;

the appointment of a magistrate in every market on the part of

the finance department; and the severe coercion, intimidation, and

castigation of the market people, even to the cutting of the flesh

of both cheeks.

For the establishment of regulations for the public markets too, the

advantages of which extend to the whole population at large, Sultan

’Aléuddin made strenuous efforts, and was constantly employed in ap-

praising every article, however slight it might be, such as needles,

combs, slippers, shoes, cups, pitchers, and goblets; and the prices of

all these he determined according to the estimated cost of the articles,

with a fair profit to the seller ; and schedules of the prices fixed before

the throne were given into the office of finance.

The first measure for establishing the cheapness of articles, apper-

taining to public markets, was the appointment of an able superinten-

dent, and a stern harsh-tempered magistrate ; [for the people of the

markets are shameless, bold, cunning, and debauched, they ‘burn’

fools and lie, and ......(?) ; they arbitrarily fix the prices of articles

themselves. Kings have been unable to reduce them to obedience

by laying down price lists, and ministers have failed to devise laws and

regulate the transactions of this forward set of people. After much

reflection, ’Alauddin appointed Ya’qtib, the superintendent (nézir/, to

the new office of Déwén i riydsat ; for he knew the whole town, and the

transactions and the sales and purchases of every class, and was not only

a trustworthy and upright man, but also ill-tempered, hard and close,

cruel and coarse. But on account of the respect in which he was held,

and the obedience which people shewed to his orders, the Sultan gave

him the riydsat, in addition to his duties as ndézir, and the IMZuhtasib-

ship of the Empire. Such a ras conferred indeed every honor on the —

office. From the numerous corporeal punishments which he inflicted

and had inflicted, from the imprisoning and fettering, and the

* Kotahdast.—Barani means a man who will not take a bribe,

1870. | Translations from the Tarikh i Firdz Shahi. 37

ignominies which he heaped on the bazar people, every one of them

stood in awe of him, and sold his things cheap; but notwithstanding

all severitiés and scoldings, they could not keep from giving less, or

shewing purchasers one thing as a pattern and then giving something

inferior, or from burning fools, and cheating and falsifying. ]

[ The second regulation for keeping bazar prices low was this, that

the Sultén should continually make enquiries ; for ifa king wishes to

regulate the doings of baz4r people who never were subject to regula-

tions, he should not befriend ......... (?)* nor neglect continually to

enquire into their doings; for kings of olden times have said that it

* The misprints in the Hd. Bibl. Indica are again so numerous, that it is

difficult to get any sense at all. P.316,1. 6, read byfy.d for &bifys ; 1. 11,

os Ils for sid ; 1. 14, S39 Ty! (an estimate) for yyotpyy ; 1. 18, dy for yy ;

cslayijy for Loytyly cess) wera) for oes) Pipe 0) O35 go &sQu for SASve

BOI} g40 9: 5 $4498) isa word, which very likely has no meaning. P. 317, 1. 5,

read wiely, wb & for ty Bi eanalsy ly, 1.9, dary aestoes for ba9(62305

LAQ.. Wdg+ for O39 943, and day for &gro : ea a Ss ae\S3 uly nae for gf war

Pals ; l. 14, either wt is wrong, or a word has fallen out before it, as

bd ghaflat ulfat nakunad ; 1.15, read duletas for dish 31. 17, oi Tib for BSS .

1.19, Laks} for cg arin! - 1,20, iby! oa ls i os biyls er l, and dele

way » 2, 22, wermet for ate »P.) 818,. t. 1,, read: for wl, and cs la Sd5

for 8,503 : 1, 3, the word css} is twice written witha is, though no ads

jective follows ;1. 4, for gyl,j read oyly, and wos, x for wif og ,% ~; 1.6;

the whole line has no sense; 1. 7, again gots} with an iia sas OS

1. 16, kibér is doubtful; 7. 20, the first word is ghuldm-bachagdn, P. 319,

1.1, read aosy oylay for as yylay ; - l. 3 dele the first ; and for 33)! read yl; :

l. 5, read cs tae with a C6 for rd » Btoas for gyty ; 1.9, put the

words was 3 Iygf at the end of ie line, and dele the y re wf, which

is moreover a bad Indian spelling for wo : 1. 12, sla.d} has received a Ham-

zah, the editors being doubtful as to the propriety of a final CS 5 syle LO, for ge

read 15 jf; 1. 16, for wf read wyat and dele la - -1, 17, read Lye 9st games

t I, 21,deles, The sentence, moreover, is. alte. one of Barani’s bad. ine

as there are two different subjects, Sultén Alauddin, and on p. 3820, Ul. 1, tho

Mughuls; or the editors have not looked up the MSS. P. 320, 1.1 dele 9 after

dyh40 ; l. 10, the 9 before isle has no sense; J, 11, read em for ye

4,18, for S136 read GU} as on p, 241; but the chance is that even that is

38 Translations from the Tirikh ¢ Firdz Shaht. [No. 1,

was an easy matter to clear the outskirts of a jungle, and subject dis-

tant nations, but it was difficult to clear a jungle from within and

suppress rebellious bazar people. But Sultin Alauddin inquired per-

sonally so carefully into the sales and purchases of the articles of every

bazar as to astonish every one; and in consequence of his minute

examination of the prices, the prices of the bazar—a very difficult

matter—did get low. |

[The third regulation for keeping prices low referred to the appoint-

ment of Shihnahs on the part of the Diwani Riydsat. Ya’quib, the

Nizir and Rais of the town, selected and appointed Shihnahs for each

bazar, gave each Shihnah a copy of the price lists which had emanated

from the throne, and ordered them, whenever bazar people should sell

things, to write down the prices at which they had been sold; and

should they have no opportunity to write down the sales, the Shihnah

should always enquire from the purchasers how much they had paid for

anything. Should then a marketman be found out to have sold

things at a price not sanctioned by the price lists, he should be taken

before the Raés, and the responsibility of that béz4r which if they

give less weight...... (?) the Shihnah ...... (?). The appointment of a

Shihnah for each bazar was very conducive to keeping prices low. ]

[The fourth regulation calculated to keep prices low, was this, that

the Nazir Ya’qub should illtreat and beat the people of the bazars

and cut off pieces of flesh from their cheeks, if they did not give proper

weights. Young and old people in the city were unanimous that no

Diwin i Riydsat, in any age, could have been harsher than the Nazir

Ya’qub ; for in every bazar he used (daily) ten, twenty times to enquire

into the prices at which articles were sold, and at each enquiry he dis-

covered deficiencies in weight and lashed the tradespeople mercilessly,

and illtreated them in every possible way. But notwithstanding his

harshness and his lashes and punishments, the bazar people would not

desist from giving short weight ; for though they sold things at the

wrong, for on p. 323, 1, 17, the editors have put Tdtak; 1,15, read SU,3 for —

Sey 5, as on lines 10 and 18, unless again both are wrong ; J. 17, read 8&3 ot

for xls Sym ; 1.21, read way Ot, P, 321, 1.1, dele the Hamzah, whichis against

Persian Grammar ; l. 7, dele 35 l. 15, read cole y for ps aly ; an cs ley for

lgaly ; 1. 20, yyd for y99,

1870. ] Translations from the Tarvthh ¢ Firiz Shahi. 39

fixed rates, they would cheat in the weights and decrease the quantity

of the wares (?), and would ‘burn’ the buyers, especially such as were

simple or young. When the Sultin ’Alauddin enquired and saw that

the people of the bazar would not be submissive as behoved them, and

did not desist from giving short weight, falsifying, and ‘ burning’ the

simple and the young, he called sometimes simple slaves from his

pigeon houses, gave them ten or twenty dirhams (7.¢., tankahs), and

told them to go to the bazar, ordering one to bring bread and roast-

meat, and another to fetch bread and Yakhni, a third to bring Halwé,

a fourth to bring Reor?, a fifth, melons, a sixth, cucumbers, and so on;

and when the boys returned with the things they had bought, the

Sultan sent for the Rais, and had the articles brought by the boys

weighed in his presence. Whatever was found to be deficient in the

articles the boys had brought, was given to the Rais, and he went and

stood before the shop of the fraudulent seller, cut a quantity of flesh

equal to the deficiency from his two cheeks, and then kicked him out

of the shop. These punishments were continued for some time till, at

last, the bazar people become quite submissive, and discontinued

giving short weight, and cheating and falsifying, and burning inex-

perienced purchasers and cheating the young ; nay, they even gave so

much and so correct weights, that on enquiry it was found out that

they had given above the fixed quantity. |

[But this rule, these enquiries, the strictness with which the orders

were carried out, and the punishments inflicted on the bazar people,

came to an end with the death of ’Alauddin, and of all the thousand

regulations of the ’Alai reign, his son Sultén Qutbuddin could not

enforce this regulation. |

Lffect of ’Alauddin’s Administrative Measures. (Hd. Bibl. Indica,

p. 319 to 326.)*

[ As soon at the prices had become low and things were cheap, a

Muratiab (p. 23) could be enlisted for 234, and a Duaspah for 78

* The following errors occur on pp. 322 to 325 inthe Hd. Bibl. Indica :—

P, 322, 1, 2 read ds,tJ ; 1- 6 read 29> ; 1.9 the name is wrong (vide below)

P, 328, 1. 1, we expect ri for pies ; transfer the last Alé to the end of the

third line ; 1. 12 dele .bls ; 1.13 read x3S or 545 JSi ; 1. 14 read ylay for lay,

and yasidle or yytdle for yeaidls: 1.17 read cst for (5 bey 1.18 Gyslger for salgcr

40 Translations from the Térikh i Firls Shdht. — [No. 1,

tankahs, and the army was numerous and was never disbanded. The

recruits also of the whole empire in passing muster before the ’Arz

4 Mamdlik were examined in archery, and such only were entered —

(cahih shudan) as were archers and had good armours. By order of

the Sultan also, the prices of horses and the brand (dégh) were re- —

gulated. |

[ As soon then the cheapness of all necessaries of life had been

secured, and a large standing army could be entertained, the Mughuls

were defeated each time they invaded Dihli or the Dibli territory, and ©

were slain, or captured, and the standard of Islim obtained one signal

victory after the other over them. Several thousand Mughuls with

ropes on their necks were brought to Dihli and trampled to death by

elephants. Of their heads, they formed a large platform (chautarah/,

or made turrets of the Mughul skulls, and the stench in the city of

the dead bodies of such as had been killed in battle or had been exe-—

cuted in Dihli, was very great. The army of Islam gained in fact

such victories over the Mughuls, that a Duaspah would bring in ten

Mughuls with ropes on their necks, or a single Musalman trooper would

drive one hundred Mughuls before himself. |

[ Thus on one occasion ’Ali Beg and Tartak (?) who were the leaders of |

the Mughul army (the said’ Ali Beg was supposed to be a descendant of ©

Chingiz Khéan, the accursed), occupied with thirty, forty thousand Mu-

ghuls the foot of the hills in the district of Amrohah, and Sultan ’Aléud-

din sent against them Malik Atabak(?), the master of horse. He attacked —

them in the confines of Amrohah, and God gave the army of Islam the

victory. The said ’Ali Beg and Tarték were both caught alive, and the ~

ereater part of their army was slain and completely overthrown ; on the

battlefields heaps were erected of dead Mughuls, and a rich harvest q

(a blunder which goes through the editions of Barani and Badaoni) ; PP) yeh

according to Fuller’s MS., is a mistake for sie ; 1. 21, insert ag after ws,

and write lf for sul, P. 324, 1.9, dele after whlys which, like srl,

has the Izgdfat ; 1. 16, camel gee » is very doubtfal for slp : for Kimo}

read yodshjoi . 1.18, Ley is absurd. P. 325, 1, 5, read o2J for dxf ; 1. 10,

read _,6) yb.0 for _yb! only ; 1. 11, read ails ; 1.12, read out ; Ul. 13, read

K1d2h0 nvute addiyah for & dai, or &) dix0 mu’tad bihi (many) ; 1. 22, dele the —

g before laa, where the apodosis commences.

1870. | Translations from the Térikh 1 Firdz Shahi. 4i

_ was brought in. ’Ali Beg and Tarték and several others, with ropes

on their necks, were taken before Alauddin, who had given orders for

a splendid darbar to be held in the Chautarah i Subhani, from which

place as far as Indarpat the army stood drawn up in two lines. The

crowds that were present were so great, that on that day people gladly

paid twenty jetals, and half a ¢ankah, for a goglet of water. ’Ali Beg

and Tartaék, together with the other captives and the spoils, were

brought:to this Darbar and marched past the throne, and all the captives

were trampled to death by elephants in this very Darbar, and torrents

of blood flowed along. |] —

- [On another occasion, in another year, the army of Islam engaged the

Mughuls under Gung (?) the accursed, at Khekar (on the G’haggar ?

vide p. 45, 1. 12,) and God again gave the Musalmans the victory, and

Gung, the accursed, was captured alive, taken before the Sultan, and

trampled to death by elephants. On this occasion also, a great number

of Mughuls were killed, both on the battle field and in the town, and of

their heads a tower was raised before the Badaon gate, at which tower

people look at to the present day and think of Sultan ’Alauddin. |

[In the following year, three or four commanders of twmdns fell

blindly with thirty, forty thousand Mughuls over the districts in the

Sawalik Hills, plundering and carrying off spoil. ’Aléuddin sent an

army against them, and ordered it to occupy the roads by which the

Mughuls would return, and to encamp on the banks of rivers, in order to

chastise them on their return, when want of water would bring them to

the rivers.] The army of Islam seized the roads by which the Mughuls

would have to return, and bivouacked on the banks of the river. By

the will of the Almighty, it chanced that the Mughuls having overrun

the Sawaliks, and performed a long journey from thence, arrived at the

river bank with their horses and themselves both parched with thirst,

and disordered. The army of Isl4m, who had been looking out for

their arrival for several days, thus gained a most advantageous oppor-

tunity over them; and the Mughuls putting their ten fingers into their

mouths, begged for water of the army of Islam, and the whole of them,

together with their wives and children, fell-into the hands of the latter.

A glorious victory accordingly fell to the lot of the army of Islam,

who carried several thousands of the Mughuls as prisoners to the fort

of Nardinah, and conveyed their wives and children to Dihli, where

42 Translations from the Térikh i Firiz Shahi. [No. 1,

they were sold in the [slave] market, like the slave boys and girls of

Hindéstén. Malik Khag, the Hajib, was deputed from the throne to

proceed to Nardinah, and on his arrival there, the whole of the Mughuls

were put relentlessly to the sword, and their polluted blood began to

flow in torrents.

Next year Iqbalmandah headed an invasion with a large body of

Mughuls, and Sultan "Alauddin despatched an army to repel them.

On this occasion also the army of Islam joined battle with the Dard-

mandah force of Amir Ali [?]* and gained the victory over them.

Iqbalmandah himself was slain, and some thousands of the Mughuls

fell a prey to the sword. Such of the Mughul Amirs as were {com-

manders of one thousand or one hundred] and were taken prisoners

alive, were conveyed to Dihli, and there trampled under foot by

elephants.

After this victory, in which Iqbaélmandah was slain, and not one of

the Mughuls managed to return alive, they conceived such a dread

and terror of the army of Islam, that the desire of invading Hindi-

stan was altogether erased from their hearts; and until the close of

the Qutbi reign, the Mughuls never again allowed the name of Hindi-

stan to escape from their mouths, nor did they wander about the

frontiers. Through fear of the army of Islam, in fact, they could not

enjoy a satisfactory sleep ; for during sleep even they used to see the

swords of their adversaries hanging over their heads.

The incursions of the Mughuls were thus totally removed from

Dihli, and its adjoining districts, and perfect peace and security pre-

vailed throughout the country, so that the inhabitants of those quar-

ters which were usually invaded by the Mughuls, engaged to their

hearts’ content in farming and agriculture.

Sultan Tughlug Shah, who in those days was called Ghazi Malik,

acquired a great name and reputation in Khurasén and Hindistan,

and became, until the close of the Qutbi reign, the great bulwark

against the advance of the Mughuls in [his] districts of Deopalpur, and

-* So Major Fuller. The Ed. Bibl. Indica (p. 322, 1,9) has joined battle at

a place called wy&ty (gleywof §4.15 which has no sense. If Badéoni is correct,

we might expect a phrase to avenge the death of Amtr’ Ali Beg. My MS. of the

Tabaqat, however, has at wT ute > v0} $Oi9). Dihandah (Bad. I, p. 274, 1.1.)

was the name of a river near Ajodhan (Patani Panjab), 8. W. of Deopélpir,

Ghazi Malik’s aqtd@’.

1870.] Translations from the Térthh + Firda Shahi. 43

Lahor. He was appointed in the place of Sher Khan, the former*

commander, and every year during the cold season he used to march

out of Deopdlpir with a select force of his own, and advance to the

Mughul frontiers, and there publicly challenget them to an engage-

ment ; while the Mughuls could not even approach their own frontiers

for the purpose of guarding them, Such security prevailed at. last,

that not only did no outbreak of the Mughuls occur at Dihli,t but

their name even never passed any body’s lips.

*,.* Note by the Eprtor.

{ Synopsis of the Mughul invasions which took place during the reign of

’Aléuddin, according to Zia 1 Barani, Nizim 1 Harawit,

Badaéni, and Firishtah.

Barani’.

(Major Fuller’s translation in J. A. S. B. for 1869, and 1870.)

1, A. 8... 696 Ulugh Khan, and ?

1869, p.189) A. H. Zafar Khan. Jarimanjur,

2. (p. 198) 3rd year of

’Alauddin’s

reign. Zafar Khan. Caldi. Siwistan.

3. (p. 194) End ofthe *’Alduddin, Zafar Qutlugh-

3rd year. Khan, and Ulugh Khwajah

Khan. and Turghi. Kili.

Pee cn.o, Bb. ? ’ Alauddin besieged

1870 p. 20) by Turghi. In Siri.

5. (p. 40) ? Malik Ataébak (?), ’Ali Begand

the Master of Tartak (?)

Horse. Amrohah.

6. (p. 41) ? ? Gung (?) Khekar (?)

(on the G’haggar ?)

* The words of the Text (Hd. Bibl. Indica, p. 323,1.1) ba jdt Sher Khan

gadim o mustagim gashtah have no sense. If theo is correct, we must read

qawtm for qadim. Fuller leaves out the 0, and reads Sher Khan i gadém,

‘Sher Khan the former Commander ;’ but this is doubtful.

+ Or rather, he advanced to the Mughul frontier, and having kindled the lamp, he

searched for the Mughuls (an Indian phrase for searching carefully for anything),

and the Mughuls found vt impossible to approach thew own frontiers by way of

visiting them.

{ So perhaps Major Fuller’s MS. The Hd. Bibl. Indica reads, not only did

outbreaks of the Mughuls occur to no one (dar dile—not dihléi—miguzdsht), but

their name, Jc,

44 Translations from the Térikh + Firtz Shih. (No, 1,

TC SAL ae. Pi ? Near some

river beyond

Nardainah,

8. (p. 42) ? ? Tqbélmandah. 4

Besides these, there were several attacks made by Ghazi Malik

(later Sultan Tughluq) on the Mughuls near the Indus.

pci Firishtah, (Briggs, Vol. 1).

1. (p. 326) 2ndyear of Ulugh Khan. Amir Daid. Lahor.

’ Alaéuddin’s

reign.

2. (p.329) 697 Zafar Khan. Chaldi Khan. Siwistén.

3. (p. 329) 697 Zafar Khan, Ulugh Qutlugh Khan,

Khan, Alauddin, son of Amir

Nucrat Khan. Dand. Dihli.

4. (p. 354) 703-A.H. ‘Alauddin besieged Turghi Khan. Dihli.

5. (p. 361) 704 A.H. ‘Tughlug Khan. Ali Beg and

KhwajahTaésh.Amrohah.

6. (p. 363) 705 A. H. Ghazi Beg Tugh- Aibak Khan,

luq. toavenge On the

* No. 5. Indus.

7. (p. 864) 706 ? Ghazi Beg Tughlug Iqbdlmandah. ?

| Badaoni’.

(Hd. Bibl. Indica, 1., p. 184 to 186.)

ft 698 A. H.. Ulugh Khan, Tugh- ? Jaran-

luq Khan. 7 Manjiir.

2. ? Zafar Khan, Qutlugh

Ulugh Khan. Khwéjah,

sonof Datd. Kili.

3. Malik Fakhruddin,

relieved by Malik Turghi Baran.

| Tughlug. captured.

4, ? Malik Manik "Ali Beg and On the

(= Kaéafir Naib Muhammad Rahab.

Hazar Dinari.) Taryaq (?),

princes of

Khurasan.

1870. | Translations from the Tartkh « Firdz Shahé. 45

D. ? Malik Naib, and Iqbdlmandah,

Malik Tughluq. and Kapak,

to avenge

No. 4. ?

Niza’m i Harawi’.

Nizam, in his Tabagat « Akbaré, follows Barani. The first expe-

dition, according to MS. 87 of the Asiatic Society of Bengal—a very

fair MS.—took place at Jéran Majhur (sic) in Sind (!). The names of

the Mughul commanders of the second, third, and sixth expeditions are

given as Qaldé and Qutlugh, son of Daud, and Kaptk or Kabik. He

calls ’Ali Beg (fifth expedition) the grandson (nabisah) of Chengiz

Khan. For X’hekar (sixth expedition), he has K’hak’harah, in all

probability the river G’haggar near Patiala (Sarhind) ; and he says that

the river mentioned in the seventh expedition was the Rdvé (Lahor).

Thus we see that Barani and Nizam have more than ezght, Firishtah

has seven, and Badaoni jive invasions. Firishtah agrees more with Zia

i Barani than Badaoni. The Mughul leader Kapa, in expedition No. 5,

is evidently the same as Gung in No 6 of Baranf, as 24S and sks

only differ in the diacritical points. As Badaoni’s events differ

materially from those of the other two historians, I subjoin a

translation of Badaoni (I., pp. 184 to 186).

‘In 698, Chataldi /szc/, a leader of the Mughuls crossed the Indus,

and invaded Hindustan. Ulugh Khan and Tughlugq Khan, governor

of Dipalpir (Panjab), who is the same as Ghazi Malik, were sent

against him. They met him in the confines of Jéran Manjhir,

defeated him, killed some, and captured others, and ’Alauddin’s army

returned victorious with much plunder.

‘The second time Qutlugh Khwajah, son of Datid, came from Mé-

warannahr with countless hordes to conquer Hindtistan, and came as

far as the environs of Dihli to Arah (?) ; but he did not ravage the

districts. In Dihli things got very dear, and the condition of the

inhabitants was miserable, Sultan ’Alauddin appointed Ulugh Khan

and Zafar Khan commanders, and sent them with a large army to

fight the Mughuls. A battle took place at Geli (Kil), in which

Zafar Khan was killed. In his death also ’Alauddin saw an advan-

tage, Qutlugh Khan fled to Khurasin, where he died.’

46 Translations from the Tirikh i Firiz Shahi. [No. 1,

‘ The third time Turghi Mughul, who belonged to the markandn (?),

7. €., unerring archers, of his country, came with a lot of foot soldiers,

and 20,000 intrepid and renowned horsemen, occupied the foot of the

hills and the districts lying there, and advanced as far as Baran, whose

governor Malik Fakhruddin, the Mir Dad, shut himself up in the Fort. —

Malik Tughluq* was sent to his relief from the capital, when Malik

Fakhruddin left the Fort and effected a junction with Malik Tughluq.

Both fell upon the Mughuls at night, defeated them, and captured

Turghi, who was taken by Tughlug to Dihli.’

‘The fourth time, Muhammad Tarydq (?, Tartég ?, Targiq?) and

"Ali Beg, who were princes royal of Khurdsan, advanced with a large

army, one corps of which plundered Nagor, and the other occupied the

Sirmdr mountains as far as the Bayah, or Kéli, river. Sultan ’Alaud-

din sent his slave Malik Manik (?), who is thesame as Kéfar Naib Hazar

Dinari, and Malik Tughlug, governor of Dipalpdr, towards Amrohah ;

and when the Mughuls with their cattle and spoils arrived at the

Rahab, Malik M4nik fell over them from the rear. A great battle

ensued ; both princes fought bravely, but were at last captured and

executed, Most of these accursed invaders were killed, and those that

escaped fled in a wretched condition to their country. The heads of

the two leaders were fixed on the battlements of the Fort at Badéon,

The following Ruba’i was composed by a poet of that time, and may

now be seen inscribed on the southern gate of that town (Badéon)—

O Fort, may God’s protection be thy friend,

And may the conquests and the victories of the Shah be thy standard !

The present King has built thee up again,

May Turghi also, like ’Ali Beg,t be thy prisoner.’

‘And Mir Khusrau also has described the war of Malik Manik, who

had now received the title of Malik Naib, in his history entitled

Khazainulfutih, the language of which is a miracle and exceeds human

power, though, in fact, every thing written by this Prince of poets, is of

the same kind, so that it would be idle and wrong to make. distine-

tions and preferring one poem to another.’

‘The fifth time Iqbalmandah and Kapak (?) collected an army of ©

* The Ed. Bibl. Indica, p. 185, l. 9, has wrong Malik Tughlug and Ghazi Malik.

It is one and the same man.

+ The text has wrong ’Aldé Beg. Besides, did Tughlugq release Turghi, whom

he had captured in the third Expedition ?

1870. ] Translations from the Térikh i Firka Shahi. 47

Mughuls, and invaded Multan, to avenge the death of Muhammad

Taryaq (?) and’Ali Beg. ’Alauddin sent this time also Malik Naib

and Malik Tughlug against them. When the Mughuls returned,

?Aléuddin’s army followed them in forced marches. Kapak was

caught in the fight, but he was exchanged for the prisoners and the

spoils which had fallen into the hands of the infidel Tatars.’

‘From that day the desire of invading Hindustan grew cold in the

hearts of the Mughuls, and the teeth of their rapaciousness were all on

edge.’—

Of the five invasions mentioned by Baddoni, the third is not to

be found in any other historical work. It is a matter of surprise that

-Barani should have said nothing about it, as Baran was the centre

of the expedition. For the fourth invasion also, Badaoni has a few

new particulars.

I have not seen a MS. of Khusrau’s Khaztin ulfutih, though it

would be of interest to examine that book as also his Qirdn ussa’dain

from a historical point of view.

. Brigg’s Firishtah has only a few differences in the proper nouns,

and his variations might be increased by comparing the Bombay and

the Lucknow editions.

Badaéoni complains that ‘historians, in narrating these invasions,

have let the thread of chronology slip from their hands;’ but it is

not only the chronology which is unsatisfactory : the geographical de-

| tails of this period have been as much neglected by the historians,

as in other parts of Indian History. From Firishtah and from p. 827,

| 1. 1, of Barani’s text edition it is, however, clear that the Mughul

| invasions all took place before A. H 708 or 709. |

Thus had Sultdn ’Alduddin eradicated the Mughuls, and stopped up

| completely the road of their invasions, while the soldiery from the

| establishment of a cheap price for every military equipment, and arti-

| ele of consumption, were in a flourishing condition. The provinces

| in every quarter were under the administration of trusty nobles and

| worthy courtiers, the rebellious had become obedient and submissive,

and the system of imperial taxation* | according to measurement, and

* ?Aléuddin’s house tax (gharz) and grazing tax (chard¢) corresponds to the

Khénahshuméart and Gdoshumdari of later reigns. Both taxes were looked upon

asillegal and odious. Vide my Ain text, p. 301, 1. 5.

48 Translations from the Térikh « Piriz Shahi. [No. 1,

the house-tax] and the grazing duties having entered into the minds of

all the people, all ideas of rebellion vanished from their hearts, and they

pursued cheerfully their several avocations and trades. Rantambhir,

Chitor, {[Mandalgadh ], Dhar, Ujain, Mandi, ’Aléipir, Chanderi, rij,

Siwdénah and Jalor,* which are all strong places beyond the limits of

the empire [?] had fallen under the control of various provincial gover-

nors, and jaégirdars [muqta’]; while the territory of Gujrat flourished

under Alan [Alp?] Khan, Multan and Sistan under Tajulmulk Kafart,

and Deopalptr and Lahor under Ghazi Malik Tughluk Shah, SA4ménah

and Sunném under Malik Akhurbak Nanak (?), Dhar and Ujain under

"Ainlmulk of Multan, Jhéyin under Fakhrulmulk of Mirat, Chitor

under Malik Abii Muhammad, Chanderi and Irij under Malik Tamar,

Badaon, Koelah, and K’harak under Malik Dinar, superintendent of ele-

phants, Audh under Malik Takir [d. Bibl. Ind., Baktan], and Karah

under Malik Naciruddin Sauteliyah. Kol, Baran, Mirat, Amrohah,

Afghanptr, Kabar, and all the districts lying within the Duab, were

under the influence of the same law, as if they were one single village ;

they were crown lands, and applied to the support of the soldiery.

The entire revenue was paid into the treasury, even to the last dang

and diram, and in the same way was pay issued to the soldiery from

the treasury, and the expenses of all establishments defrayed.

In short, the imperial administration of Sultan ’Alauddin had reach-

ed such a state of perfection that vice and crimes were totally expelled

from the capital, and the safety of the highways throughout the pro-

vinces had become so great, that the Hindi landed proprietors and

tenants [ Mugaddiman 0 Khitdn| used to stand on the highroads, and

keep watch over way-farers and caravans, while travellers with goods,

fabrics, cash, or any other property used to alight in the midst of the

* Mandalgarh (the Ed. Bibl. Indica, p. 323, 1. 13, has wrong Mandalk’ hr) is

the name of a town and Parganah in Chitor. Siwdnah or Siwand (Ail gue or Ut aw)

is the name of a town and Parganah in Jodhpir. For Mandi, Major Fuilers —

has Mandé and Kahdr(?), and the Ed. Bibl. Indica has re, goile for x3S gale ;

but Mdndiigarh is the same as Mandi or Mandi.

For ’Aldiptir the MSS. of the Ain have ’Aldpir. It is a town with a fort,

and also a parganah, in the Sirkar of Gwaliar. Abulfazl Says that before tha

time of ’Alauddin it had another name; but none of the thirteen MSS. in my ©

possession gives the old name legibly; the MSS. have jlgs}, yleS, and haw,

Major Fuller’s words, which are all strong (mazbit) places beyond (kharij) the

limits of the Empire, are scarcely correct. Translate, which do not belong to

mazbiut districts, 1,e., they were not yet under Musalman Zdbits or Governors.

1870. ] Translations from the Tdérikh ¢ Firkz Shah. 49

plains and deserts. From the excessive rigour of his rule,the good

and evil, favorable and unfavorable transactions of the inhabitants

in the capital, as well as the affairs of the whole of the residents

in the provinces, were never unknown to him. The hearts of all his

subjects both high and low were deeply impressed with awe and re-

verence for his severe rule and harsh disposition, and the royal seed*

having settled in the breasts of the public generally, the roots of his -

empire had sunk deep.

It never crossed the minds of people on beholding this state of

things, that the sovereignty would pass away from his house so spee-

dily, and revert to another family ; and when by the aid of the acci-

dental luck and good fortune, which attended him, the measures of his

government turned out satisfactorily, and his enterprises, both preme-

ditated and unpremeditated, were accomplished as speedily as he could

wish, worldly-minded persons, who consider greatness to depend

upon the attainment of worldly prosperity, and the success of one’s

designs, attributed the favorable results of Sultan ’Alauddin’s mea-

sures to his consummate ability, and imagined that the expres-

sions which used to fall from his lips regarding the execution of state

affairs, and the victories and triumphs of his armies, proceeded from

inspiration. ‘Those, however, learned in civil and religious law, and

versed in the irresistible decrees of God Almighty, [and those] whose

far-seeing judgment penetrates the realities of things, and whose con-

clusions are more certain that the revolution of the heavens, and the

immobility of the earth, used to remark on beholding the frequency of

Sultan ’Alauddin’s victories and triumphs, and the constantly success-

ful issue of his undertakings, that every triumph and victory which

accrued to the standard of Islam in his age, and every undertaking of his

and of all his subjects which turned out well, and every measure of ad-

vantage and improvement which was apparent throughout the kingdom,

arose from the virtues and benedictions of Shaikhul Islam Nizémuddin

of Ghidsptir. He, (they said) is the beloved and chosen of God, and on

his head the divine grace, bounty, and beneficence is being constantly

showered ; and in consequence of the continual favours that are pour-

* Verbally, the hearts of men were generally (’ématan) settled regarding his

rule, and the roots of his kingdom which he himself had caused to sink (into

the hearts of men), on beholding them (the roots), it never crossed, &c. This

is one of Barani’s bad sentences,

50 Translations from the Térikh i Firiz Shahi. [No. 1,

_ ing down upon his head, and owing to the blessings of his auspicious

existence, which has been eternally and perpetually the object of

divine affection, the undertaking of both the rulers and the ruled of

this government have been accomplished satisfactorily, and the stan-

dard of Islam has been exalted time after time with celestial victory

and triumph ; whereas what relation can virtue and divine inspiration

have to Sultan ’Aléuddin, who is polluted with so many sins, both

active and passive,* and from indulgence in cruelty and bloodshed, has

become a habitual and bloodthirsty murderer. All the comforts,

general prosperity, and perfect peace and security of people from perils

of every kind, and the inclination of the people to obedience and devo-

tion, have arisen from the blessings of Shaikh Nizamuddin.

The author’s object in noticing the stability which Sultan ’Alaud-

din’s government had acquired, and the satisfaction he enjoyed from

the success of his undertakings, is this, that as soon as the Sultén’s

state affairs and negociations were settled, and his mind was satisfied

with the condition of every quarter that belonged to him, he [built

Fort Siriand peopled it. Sultén ’Alauddin then] engaged in territorial

conquests. With the view of overthrowing the Hindu chieftains

and lords of other principalities, and carrying off wealth and elephants

from the kingdoms towards the south, he organized and equipped

another force besides the one which he maintained for the Mughul

inroads. —(Hd. Bibl. Indica, p. 326.)

(Here ends Major Fuller’s translation.)

*,* Barani then proceeds to narrate ’Alauddin’s expeditions to the Dak’hin,

which extend from p. 326 Edit. Bibl. Indica to p. 337. The text is, however,

so carelessly edited that without the help of several MSS. it would be useless

to attempt a translation. On p. 327 alone, there are sixteen blunders, gram-

matical, historical, and typographical. The following list of corrections may

prove acceptable.

P, 326, l. 20, read gist for gabast; 1, 22, khidmatihd for khidmdt; and

for duwum (the second) we have probably to read duwazduhwm (the twelfth).

P. 327, l. 1., tis’a watis’amiyah (909 A, H.) is nonsense, as ’Alauddin

lived 200 years earlier; perhaps we should read tis’a wa sab’a miyah 709,

or better samdéni wa sab’amiyah, 708; 1,2, read Arangul for Aratgul; 1. 5,

* Ma’ dct i ldzimah o muta addiyah, ‘active and passive, inherent and passing

on to others. Crimes are ldzimah when they are (,i}§, 7. e. attach to the sinner

himself ; and muta’addyah, when a man causes others to sin.

1870. } Translations from the Tartkh « Firds Shahe. dl

_ nabasht for mabdsht, a grammatical blunder which is repeated four times on

_ this page in different verbs! 1. 9, read murd’ dt for murd’at ; 1. 10, napardazt for

maparddzt ; 1.12, dele kih; l. 13, read naydyad for biydyad, which would be

_ the opposite; khiydnathdi for khiyanathd ; and put a Hamzah over the last

letter of this line; J. 16, read khiié for khiii, as required by Persian grammar ;

l. 17, a waw has been omitted before nek; and read nabdshé for mabdshé ; 1.19,

read ta’ arruz for ta’azzuz, or tanaghghuz ; l. 20, read chand for chatad ; l. 22,

spell | 5, for | a5 2,

P. 328,1.1 read dar for do; 1. 2 for bA hamchundn read hamchundn ya;

1. 5, for Rébré read Rapré; 1.10, khidmatéhdi for khidmathdi ; l. 22, yahtajw for

yahtidju ; and for rishtah on p. 328 and qdbé the first on p. 329, read rishtatabt !

P; 329, 1. 15, read ba for az; l. 20, for nairah read naizah ; 1. 21, for bastand

read bisitadand.

P. 330, 1. 2, read khidmatihd for khidmatiydn; 1.11, Jhayin for Jhabin;

lL. 16, dardngah kth for dardnkih; 1. 22, dele the first wdéw, and put kih after

anja.

P. 331, 1.10, read barkhastah for bikhdstah; p. 14, insert ard after Nizam-

uddin.

P. 333, 1. 2, read Réprf for Rdbr7; 1.5, read lagdmrez for lagdmztr; 1. 6, sv

o shash; 1.8, raftamnd has no sense; l. .9, for the absurd qaranhdi read az

qaranhd ; l. 11, strike out either anddzah or baydn; 1. 12, for bid read bidand ;

1.19, for namikdn read némgan ; U. 22, read bidah ast for ast.

P. 334, 1.15, for 9] read only 3 and for hakim read hukm ; l. 20, dele the waw.

P, 335, 1. 3, read migoyand for migoyad ; l. 12, mimadnad for minumdyad; 1,

17, dardim for dardim (a clever spelling); 1. 18, matwwdnim for mituwénam.

P. 386, 1. 8, dele 9{ ;1. 7, the word badhkdn has no sense; 1, 11, read ’aldé for

*aldi; 1.14, delethe two u vowel signs, they are wrong; J. 17 read ’ald¢ for

aldi; and naddsht for naddshtant; 1. 18, fareb for qariyat; 1.19, for the

third time on this page, read ’ald¢@ for ’aldt.

P. 337, 1.3. Here read’aldi for ’ald¢; 1. 4 andl. 5, Qayint for Qanéni ; 1. 11,

here read ’ald¢for ’aldi, and dele the waw before pany ; 1. 16, read again Qdyiné

for Qénint, and perhaps riydsat for risdlat ; 1.17, a few words are left out after

inshdéd; 1, 19, the Arabic word is lé yuflih, with the Persian plural, a c h not a

> kh.

52 Rejoinder to Mr. Beames. [No. 1,

Rejoinder to Mr. Beames, by F. S. Growst, Ese, M. A., B.C. S.

(See Vol. XX XVIII. for 1869, p. 176.)

Mr. Beames in replying to my criticisms on his translation, has

evidently written under great excitement ; but at this I am not sur-

prised ; it must be very annoying for a translator of Chand to be con-

victed of not knowing some of the commonest Hindi words. I am

aware that nsdn will not be found in Forbes, or any similar dictionary

of modern Hindisténi ; but it occurs repeatedly in the Ramayana of

Tulsi Dis, and in the glossary appended to most native editions of

that poem is explained by the words nagara and dankd, The deriva-

tion is no very recondite mystery ; since the root is simply the Sans-

crit swan (Latin sonare/) with the prefix nz. In the same glossary,

Mr. Beames will also see the word dais explained by avastha, and the

Hindi form is so evidently a corruption of the Sanskrit, that I should

have imagined the fact would be obvious to the merest tyro in philo-

logy. But to discuss Mr. Beames’s reply in detail :—

I.—I am dissatisfied with his reproduction of the text, since I

detect in it several conjectural emendations, I should much prefer to

have seen it precisely as it stands in the MS. and with the words un-

divided. I also miss the concluding stanza, which I was particularly

curious to see, as the English version of it is anything but lucid.

Il.—Mr. Beames’s sarcasms are quite innocuous, being mainly

directed against the imperfections of my text. Lalways stated it to

be a mere fragment, never vaunted its accuracy, and am even willing

to follow Mr. Beames in stigmatizing it as a ‘ bad, faulty garble and

jumble.’ Still the question remains, which of the two translators has

made the better use of his materials? And further, if the differences

are so exceedingly great, how comes it that I at once discovered in

my copy the parallel passage to Mr. Beames’s specimen? The diffi-

culty ought to have told equally against both of us.

TIL.—Assuming my text to be faulty, my translation of it at least

appears to be tolerably correct. Mr. Beames, with natural anxiety to

discover the joints in my harness, has hit only upon four vulnerable

points, which I now proceed to examine.

1st.—He says Bijay, or subyay, as it stands in his text, (sw being

merely an expletive) cannot be a proper name as I translate it, but

1870. | Rejoinder to Mr. Beames. 53

must be an epithet, since the king’s real name is given lower down as

Padam-sen. To this I reply that Padam-sen is not the king, but the

king’s son, as is sufficiently indicated by the title ‘ Kunwar,’ a title

which is never given to the head of a house, but always to one of. its

subordinate members.

2nd.—He says mahdbhuj (as it stands in his text) cannot mean, as

I should translate it, ‘ very exalted,’ but must mean ‘long-armed.’

To this I reply, 1st, that the Sanskrit for ‘arm’ is not bhuj, as Mr.

Beames imagines, but bhwja ; and though a palatal at the end of a

word is liable to be changed into a guttural, a palatal in the middle of

a word and with a vowel following it is not so liable. 2nd. One of

the MSS. reads abhang : now this rhymes neither with durg nor drug,

and has all the appearance of being a gloss: it is a very good gloss on

mahabhuj in my sense, but not at all so of mahabhwy with the sense of

‘long-armed.’ 3rd, Whether my text correctly represents the origi-

nal or not, it is certain that the copyist intended the words to convey

some meaning. Now bhwy, as a corruption of bhris’ fits in equally well

with either reading ; with Mr. Beames’s interpretation of the word,

my text would be absolutely untranslateable. 4th. Whether in

this particular case, bhuj really represents bAris’ or not, it is certain

that by the recognized rules of Prakrit formation, it might represent

it. Hven Mr. Beames will scarcely deny this, when he reflects that

buddha is the Hindi equivalent for the Sanscrit vriddha, and dis’ is as

often as not represented by dig. If the above explanation be not

accepted, I fall back upon my old alternative and take bhug in the

sense of bhugat ; forming it from bhu precisely in the same way that

khag is formed from kha. Thus his charge of ‘simple nonsense’ re-

coils upon himself.

3rd.—He says sevahin must be a dative plural, and is exceedingly

amused at my regarding it as a verb. To this I reply, by merely

taking a copy of the Ramayana and opening it at random. On the

very first page that presents itself, I find the following line—

qsit asic ety werar|— ach

And again a little lower down—

at yaa arate eee ache Bear aa

May I ask Mr. Beames if bhentahin, karahin, barakhahin are also

datives ? Ifso I should be glad to see his rendering of the lines quoted.

54 Rejoinder to Mr. Beames. [No. 1,

There is of course a dative with a similar ending of very common

occurrence—thus on the very same page of the Ramayana faq trate

aaat: but if ‘to servants’ were the meaning intended, the word would

have to be not sevahin, but sevakhin from sevak, as seva means not

‘a servant,’ but ‘service.’ Certainly my respect for Mr. Beames’s

scholarship (in spite of his reference to Lassen) is not enhanced by

his remarks either here or on the word dais. I strongly advise him

to adhere to his resolution of not again attempting to answer my

criticisms.

4th.— He says with regard to the line in my MS.

We AIT BC VI We Alea WI STAI

* Your text as it stands is not intelligible, and I should like to

know by what process you get your English out of it,” and proceeds

to be facetious about my expression ‘shimmering like a fish in a

stream.’ LTreply that the text to my simple intelligence appears

tolerably clear. It admits of two constructions, but both yield pre-

cisely the same sense. If jhakh joti be taken as a compound adjective,

its most literal translation possible is ‘shimmering like a fish ;’ the

words ‘in a stream’ were added simply because, according to English

usage, it would not be considered complimentary to style a woman

‘like a fish.” If jhakh and jote be regarded as two distinct words,

jhakh wust be taken with hir, kér and hans as forming the subject of

the verb chhdrat which will then govern jot?, and mdnwu will stand for

the imperative mdno ; whereas under the alternative construction, it

stands for the substantive mdn.

These are the only four blots which Mr. Beames flatters himself he

has detected in my translation : it has not been very difficult to dispose

of them.*

IV.—On reading Mr. Beames’s text, I find that the verbal differ-

ences are more considerable than I had anticipated (the number I

imagine would be reduced, were the conjectural emendations expunged).

* Referring again to Mr. Beames’s onslaught, I find there is yet one more —

point on which he attacks me. In line 4 of my text I translate prabal bhip by

‘ puissant chiefs ;) upon which my critic writes, ‘‘ The puissant chiefs of Mr.

Growse’s translation are evidently a creation of his own brain, or of his Pandit’s,

for I do not see how he gets it out of his own text even.” It is difficult to

answer a remark of this kind: however much Mr. Beames may disparage his

own intelligence, I cannot believe him to be so utterly unversed in the

language, as to be ignorant of the meaning of two such ordinary words as prabal

and bhip.

1870. | Rejoinder to Mr. Beames. 55

The general sense remains the same in both MSS, and thus I have

| been to some extent misled, and in several places have too hastily con-

demned the translator for carelessness and inaccuracy. All such criti-

cisms I very gladly cancel. Still it is only the minor premiss of my

argument that requires modification, the conclusion remains unaltered.

Thus, taking Mr. Beames’s text as he gives it me, and comparing it

with his translation, I find in the very short space of 19 couplets

(even after omitting the lines which his alterations have made obscure

or unintelligible) the following formidable list of errors :—

Hindi. True meaning. Mr, Beames’s rendering.

nisan a kettle drum a standard

sevahin they serve to servants

nag a jewel : a horse’s hoof !

khanjan a wagtail (omitted)

ras a heap or bundle perfection

kok a swan (anas casarca) a lotus !

‘sudes ° well arranged fair to see

pik betel juice a koil !

bay sandh girlhood (omitted)

-makarand ~ nectar god of love.

Further, on Mr. Beames’s translation of his 7th stanza, I would

observe that as ang is often used to denote the numeral 6, I hesitate to

believe that Chand speaks of 14 angs. He might speak of 14 vidyds,

If Mr. Beames will look at his text again, I think he will find that

what he has printed as chatur das is in the MS. chatur dis.

pleased to render the words ‘ Gai khel sab bhil’ by ‘she went to

play forgetting all about him.’ Surely he must see that the words

quoted can, with equal grammatical propriety, be translated ‘ she forgot

all her play’—and as this is the only translation which harmonizes

|with the context, it must be the correct one. Again, in his conclud-

ing stanza, after the word pik, the mistranslation of which I have

already noted, comes the word sad, which he explains by ‘voice.’

My impression is, that there is no such word in the language as sad :

56 Rejoinder to Mr. Beames. [No. 1,

but, however, that may be, it is quite certain that the word here in-

tended is rad, the teeth, and if Mr. Beames will only look a little

more closely, he will probably find it in his MS.

In Mr. Beames’s own phrase, ‘Is not this enough ?? Yet one word

more : since he speaks of me as a self-constituted interpreter, let me

remind him that the MS. was in the first instance made over to

me by the chief authority in these Provinces. Subsequently I

received a requisition from another quarter that the book might —

be sent to Calcutta to be photographed. As soon as it reached

Calcutta, Mr. Beames volunteered to edit it, and I have since seen

no more of it. Whether of the twain, I would ask, seems to be

rather the self-constituted interpreter ? Still, if the literary world

are satisfied with Mr. Beames’s proficiency, I have no wish to

interfere with him; and if he will only stay quiet for a year or two,

and in the mean time extend his knowledge of old Hindi by reading

a few books of the Ramayana under the guidance of any intelligent

native—whether Brahman or Baniya, it matters not—I see no reason

why he should not eventually produce a very creditable performance,

Mainpuri, Dec. 29th, 1869.

Postscript.— Within the last day or two Ihave had an opportunity

of seeing Mr. Beames’s new edition of Sir H. Elliot’s Supplementary

Glossary. The additional matter supplied by the editor, is not very

considerable ; but under the word Gahlot, I notice that he quotes 4

lines from Chand, and refers the passage to the place which it oc-

cupies in his MS. of the Prithiraéjraés. Singularly enough, it happens

that these very 4 lines, with some verbal differences, were included in ©

a specimen of the Hindi text given in an article of mine contributed

to this Society’s Journal in February, 1869. I mention the coin-

cidence, because Mr. Beames has excused himself from criticising my

translation by saying that the Hindi, from which I translate, is not

traceable in either of his copies. It is of course quite possible that

Mr. Beames may not have seen the parallel passage as quoted by me,

and may not have read any part of my article (since I have no

pretensions to rank among European scholars) but, under the word

Chandel, he apparently quotesfrom the very article, though without

acknowledgment.

1870. ] Rejoinder to Mr. Beames. 57

Since the immediate subject of discussion at the present moment is

Mr, Beames, as a translator of Hindi, it may not be out of place to_

notice a few more specimens of his skill. In the original edition of

the Glossary occur several curious local proverbs, which were nearly

all left untranslated. Mr. Beames, in his new edition, has very pro-

perly essayed to supply this omission; but his explanations are

scarcely so brilliant or even so accurate as the public has a right to

expect from a scholar of European celebrity. Thus in the couplet

Nanak, nanhé ho raho jaisa nanhi dub

Awr ghds jal jaenge dub khitb ki khib.

| to translate the last words by “déb remains fresh and fresh” seems

| neither literal nor idiomatic. It should rather be ‘the dib remains

fresh as ever.’ This, however, may be a mere question of taste and

style; but (under the word guma) to translate the words sab rang rdti

| by ‘all coloured red’ is absolutely wrong.

| Again, the lines—

Des Malwa gaihir gambhir,

Dag dag roti, pag pag niér.

are translated by Elliot correctly enough, while Mr. Beames renders

them thus: “ The land of Mélwéis deep and rich; at every step

bread, on every path water ;’’ apparently confusing pag with pagdandi.

I would suggest the following equivalent :—

Rich and deep is the Malwa plain ;

At every step water, at every foot grain.

Again, ** Hairy ears

Buy these, do not let them go”

is certainly rather a feeble representation of the lines

Kar, Kachhauta jhabre Kén

: Inhen chhaéndi na lijiye an

Which might be rendered thus—

When buying cattle, choose the black,

With bushy ears and hollow back.

And, to conclude, under the heading akhtij occur two lines, which

Mr, Beames leaves unaltered in their original obscurity and does not

attempt to translate :

Poi mavas mil bin, bin rohini khetij,

Sravan salono bari kyun bakhere bij.

58 Note on a Circle of Stones. [No. 1,

It may help him over the difficulty to suggest that the first word @

should be corrected to Gx.

Mainpuri, March 9th, 1870.

F. S. Growse.

Addenda.—In the 40 Hindf verses occurring on pages 162, 163 of

Part I. of the Journal for 1869, correct as follows :—

Line 5, for 33 asq read aaa asa, sajje bayje ; 16, for 7e read

Hx, aru ; and for ara read area, chharat ; 19, for Bl read TH,

rachi ; 20, for ate read safe « dsi ; 27, for @ara read mea, chak-

rat; 28, for @eat read Weel chahutyan ; 31, for aa read @@,

khelu ; 82, for @sen read seat chahutyo ; and for uife read aie

ohne 37, for aim read aim, mutti ; 38, for W@ read §&, sukhn ;

and for atfe read acta, murti ; 39, for ik read @{c her.

Note on a Circle of Stones situated in the District of Husoofzye, by

CotoneL Sir Artuur Poayre, Member of the Asiatic Society of

Bengal. (With a plate.)

(Vide Proceedings A. S. Bengal, for January, 1870.)

About fifteen miles east of Murdan, the head quarter station of the

corps of guides, in Husoofzye, near a place called Sung Butté, is a

remarkable circle of tall upright stones. These stones, or masses of

rock, consist of rough slabs of granite, with a few squared, or other- |

wise worked pillars of the same material. Only ten of what appear

to be of the original size, are now in an upright position. The rest

lie upon the ground, some broken and some half buried in the

ground. - Two or three though still upright are the mere stumps of -

the original stones. The accompanying plate will render detailed

description unnecessary, but a few remarks may be acceptable.

The circle has been over fifty feet in diameter. The highest of the

pillars which remain upright, is about eleven feet. The largest of

the rough slabs, which have the appearance of being in the state in

which they were quarried from the rock, is about the same height,

two and a half feet-broad in its broadest part, and two feet thick.

Journ:Asiat: Soc- Renéal Vol: KXXIX. Pi: 1. 1870. PLL

J. Schaumburg Lith

VIEW OF A STONE-HENGE NEAR SUNG BUTTE (EUSUFZYE DISTRICT.)

(From a photograph)

1870. | Note on a Circle of Stones. 59

The squared stones are from twelve to fourteen inches square. The

stones are placed from three to four feet apart. There is no appearance of

any stones having been placed across the tops of the uprights. On

the north side, two short upright stones are placed against the taller

ones, as if to mark an entrance to the circle. Inthe centre of the

circle, there has once stood an upright pillar, now thrown down and

half hidden with earth. A hole some four feet deep shows that this

pillar has been undermined, probably in search of treasure.

There are traces of an outer circle of smaller stones having once

surrounded that now described, at a distance of fifty or sixty feet.

The people of the country call this stone circle in the Pushto language

Lukki Tiggi, signifying, I am informed by Colonel Keyes, C. B., Com-

manding the Guides, ‘‘ Upright stones.”’

The only tradition or legend they have regarding the fabric, as far

as I could learn is, that the members of a marriage, while passing over

the plain, were changed into these stones, by some powerful magician,

or malignant demon. Within a mile or two there are indications, in

the shape of granite slabs, smaller than those in the large circle, lying

about in the fields, of other similar monuments having once existed.

It may be mentioned also, that many Muhammadan tombs in the

vicinity, have unusually high slabs of stone, placed at the head and

foot of the grave. Some of these slabs, though thin, are from eight

to ten feet high. Whether any of these have been appropriated from

ancient ircles is doubtful; but in an adjoining village I saw two

massive squared granite pillars about five feet high, put up as gate

posts to a house. These apparently had once belonged to a smaller

stone circle, such as those already alluded to.

The country of Kusoofzye is full of Buddhist remains, such as ruined

stone monasteries, topes, idol temples, carved images, and so on.

These stone circles are believed to be in no way connected with them,

and they probably existed before the Buddhist era. The present po-

pulation is almost entirely Muhammadan. They take no interest in the

ruined buildings or monuments of the Kafirs, and cannot help the

enquirer with trustworthy traditions.

BP LE OOO OOOO?

60 A Covenant of? Ali, fourth Caliph of Baghdad. [No. 1,

A Covenant of Ali, fourth Caliph of Baghdad, granting certain Immu-

nities and Privileges to the Armenian nation.—By Jonannes

Avpat, Esq., M. A. S&S.

[Received 23rd September, 1869. |

An authentic historical document is extant, originally written in

Cufic characters, and purporting to be an Hdict or Covenant of ’Ali,

the Lion of God, fourth Caliph of Baghdad, and son-in-law of the Pro-

phet, bestowing certain immunities and privileges on the Armenian

nation. The Edict was given in the year of the Hijrah 40, or A. D. 660,

just a year before ’Ali’s death. It was first translated into Armenian

by Gregor Campan, on the 15th January 1767, in Astrachan, and

afterwards by M. Saragian, authenticated by Joakim Gregor Bagratuni

of Constantinople in the year 1804.

I was in possession of a copy of the original document, written in

Cufic characters, which I lent some years ago to the late Henry Torrens,

Esq., Vice-President of the Asiatic Society, for translation and

insertion in the Journal. It appears that this rare piece of antiquity

was lost or mislaid among his unpublished papers. The following is a

correct and faithful version from the Armenian translation of the Edict

or Covenant of the Caliph ’ Ali.

IN THE NAME OF GOD, THE BENEFICENT AND THE MERCIFUL FROM

WHOM WE SOLICIT HELP.

‘ Praise and thanksgiving to the Creator of the universe, and

blessings upon the great chief and benign Muhammad and his sacred

tribe.

‘¢ After all this, it is the purport of the translation of the Covenant,

which was written by Hashim, the son of Athap,* the son of Valas,*

according to the command of the blessed chief of the Arabians, and

of the Lion of God, of the holy of the holies, of ’Ali, the grandson

of Abutalib, the exalted, in Cufic character, in the celebrated domicile

of Kharanthala,* in the magnificent palace, in the month of Cafar,

in the fortieth year of Hijrah.t}

‘¢ Whereas certain of the Armenian nation, men of distinction, famous

for their erudition and honoured for their dignity, namely, Jacob

* Soin the Armenian text. For Hdshim the Armenian has Hdsham, ac-

cording to the Persian pronunciation of all Arabic Part. Present.

+ June, July, 660.

1870. | A Covenant of Ali, fourth Caliph of Baghdéd. 61

Sayyid ’Abdul-Shuytikh, and the son of Sahan, and Abraham the

Priest, Bishop Isaiah, and several others, forty in number, having

communicated with me, and being present in the enactment of this

Covenant, solicited me to do this, and have rendered every assisance

in their power to our agent whom we had sent to our forts and

frontiers, (which was the occasion of our conference and the enactment

of this Covenant)—Therefore I have made this Covenant with them

on my behalf, as well as on behalf of all tribes of Islam, from

east to west. ‘To this end they are, in reality, fully under my

fostering care and protection, as long as I live, and after my death,

so long as the religion of Islam shall prevail, and the doctrine of

Christianity shall continue. It shall be the duty of all potentates and

of all princes, and of all men to carry out our Covenant by the help

of God, so long as the sea shall be capable of wetting wool, tufts

and briers, and rain shall descend from heaven, and grass shall grow

from the earth, and stars shall give light, and the moon shall rise

upon aliens and strangers. No man shall dare to violate or alter

this my Covenant, nor increase and decrease or change the same,

because he that increases it, increases his punishment, and decreases

our patience.

‘And those who violate this Covenant, shall be considered intriguing

infringers of that which I have bestowed on them (the Armenians),

and in league with those who do not profess loyalty to me. They

also become transgressors against the divine ordinance, and thus

incur the just indignation of the only God.

‘Moreover, the testimony of the Sayyid (Arch) Bishop and of

the others, whose names have been written above, is a binding

and sufficient authority. Because the principal followers of Chris-

tianity requested me to establish a Covenant and a treaty among all

the Christians, placed under the shadow of the rule of the Musalmans,

now, by virtue of this Covenant, there shall be perpetual peace and

tranquillity between Christians and Musalméns. The contents of

this Covenant are indubitable and true, and I have given it to them

(the Armenians) of my own accord and with a cheerful countenance.

I shall abide by this Covenant and act accordingly, so long as the

Armenians shall be faithful to me and continue in their loyalty to my

government, and take no part in opposing the religion of my people,

62 A Covenant of? Ali, fourth Caliph of Baghdad. [No. 4,

If they remain steadfast in the observance of this Covenant, they

shall resemble the Musalmans and the J/umins.

. ‘Moreover, I have convened together the grandees of the Musalmans

and the leading men of my elders and dignitaries, and in their pre-

sence have established my Covenant, which the Christian nation

requested of me and desired to possess. J have written down and

recorded for them conditions and stipulations, which are hereafter to

stand firm and remain in force. Should, in future, any monarch or

prince, or any person of rank and authority, oppress them and treat

them with cruelty, they should produce and present this record

of my Covenant, because it is incumbent on monarchs, and on

all Musalmans to act according to our behests; but the Armenians

also, by acts of fidelity and loyalty, should comply with our

mandates and obey our will, in conformity with the contents of the

treaty which I have made and established with them. There shall

be no disobedience or opposition to my commands and wishes.

Moreover, it is politic and expedient, not to molest and oppress

the Christians, so that by the adoption of a conciliatory course, they

might be induced to comply with the stipulations contained in this my

Covenant.

‘This my Covenant is a burden and an obligation to its recipients,

and wearisome and irksome to maliciously disposed and evil-minded

persons, and I desire that there should be no contention between the |

Christians and my exalted nation. But if any one shall act against all

that I have written concerning the Christians, who have proved them- —

selves worthy of my favor and benevolence, such a person acts against —

the will of God, who inspired me with grace to do this act of goodness

to that nation and to save them from troubles and vexations; for

I have entered into a Covenant with them, because they requested

and solicited it from me and from all my friends. I have thus given

them a divine Covenant, a Covenant of patriarchs, of prophets and of —

all holy men from the first to the last. And the word of God to the —

holy prophets, which was brought down from heaven by the angel,

enjoins obedience to the laws and performance of duties, and also faith-

fulness to this my divine Covenant. Because the Christians under my ~

authority are my subjects, and I am ruler over them, it is my duty to

have a paternal eye over them, and to protect them from all evils and —

187 0. | A Covenant of Alt, fourth Caliph of Baghdad. 63

troubles; and thus a good reward shall be given in heaven both to

me and to my nation which is scattered in different parts of the world.

*‘ And the scale of taxation fixed by me for these nobles should

be strictly adhered to. No demand should be made from them beyond

what has already been written down and sanctioned. They should

not be molested or oppressed. Their country should not be taken

from them. They should not be alienated from their country. The

priests should not be deprived of their holy calling. The Christians

should not be converted from Christianity. The monks and hermits

should not be disturbed in their solitudes, nor removed from their

monasteries. Their preachers should not be prohibited to preach.

Their habitations and their hereditary lands should not be devastated.

Their property should not be meddled with when they build Churches.

Nobody should remove or to pull down the bells from the steeples of

their Churches. This is the law which I have made for them. But,

those who shall infringe my Covenant, by disobeying my behests,

shall be transgressors of the ordinance of God, and shall suffer severe

punishments and eternal penalties.

‘Let no crowned head or man of authority of the Musalmans or

believers, compel the Christians to profess the religion of Musal-

mans. Nor let them hold any controversies with them on matters

of religion, but let them treat them with kindness and tenderness ;

and, under the shadow of their mercy and clemency, protect them

from all sorts of oppression and tribulations, wherever they may

be found or wherever they may reside. And if the Christian people

be in want of money or in need of pecuniary help for the building of

Churches and monasteries, for their national and social assemblies,

and for their civil and domestic purposes, the Musalmans ought to

assist them and supply them with the necessary means, by grant-

ing them a portion of their superabundant and disowned property.

And this should be done not by granting them a loan, but by way of

charity. They should also aid them by good advice and suggestions

in their transactions, because doing so is pleasing and acceptable in

the sight of God and his apostle. But, if any one should infringe

the contents of this my Covenant, he is an unbeliever and an apostate

from the divine prophet, and he will assuredly be deprived of his

merits, and the prophet shall look upon him with anger and

64 A. Covenant of’ Ali, fourth Caliph of Baghdad. [No.1, 1870.

displeasure. If the stubborn and refractory shall prove themselves

unfaithful and disobedient to the Covenant which I have established,

they cannot remain faithful and obedient to the son of Abutélib, the

exalted. For, whatever he may command and ordain, it is the duty

of Musalmans to carry out his orders, by succouring and com-

miserating them (the Armenians) at all times, so long as this world

shall last. Glory to the Creator of the universe !” :

The tragical events of the last twelve centuries, recorded on

the pages of the history of oriental nations, and in the ecclesiastical

chronicles of eastern Christendom, sufficiently testify how far the

contents of this Covenant of the pious and humane ‘Ali, fourth

Caliph of Baghdad, have been kept inviolate by his successors and

his co-religionists.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASTATIC SOCIETY.

—

Parr L—HISTORY, LITERATURE, se.

No. I1.—1870.

LODO DDDOOODDOOPILLLLPAAALIILems

Memorandum on and tentative reading of the Sie Vihar Inseription from

near Bhawalpir.—By EH. C. Baytzy, Esa., C. 8. 1, C. S.

(With two plates.)

I enclose a tracing of an inscription and the accompanying note

from Major Stubbs, R. A.

The place ‘Ste Vihar’ in which this copper-plate inscription was

found, is situated about sixteen miles 8. W. of Bhawulpur, and the

plate formed the bottom of a small arched chamber in which the

vertical shaft which pierced the tower, terminated at the level of the

summit of the mound.

Major Stubbs says—

‘Thename of the place, where the tower stands, is Sde Vihar.

Its present height is about 45 feet; but report says that6 or 8 feet

have recently fallen. Upon approaching it from the north, it is seen

that but half of it is standing, having been cut, asit were, right down

the diameter, passing from N. E.to 8. W. Half the exterior height is

made up of a mound; and about 20 feet above the place where the

tower rises from the mound, there are the remains of a large square

chamber, about 8 feet square, its sides facing the cardinal points.

Above the floor of this, the walls rise at present about 11 feet size.

in the centre of the floor, there is a square hole of 16 inches, opening

66 Memorandum on and tentative reading of the [No. 2,

into a shaft of the same size down to the top of the mound. This

shaft is quite exposed from about 3 feet of the floor down to the

top of the mound, by the falling away of half the tower, whenever

that occurred. The tower is built of very large sun-dried bricks,

17 x 138 * 3:5”. But in this chamber was formerly a flooring

of burnt bricks of the same size as the sun-dried ones, laid in lime

cement with the copper-plate bedded in the middle, while round

the plate on the four sides, walls of the same kind of brick and

mortar were raised, about 2 feet high, forming a sort of chamber

with the copperplate at the bottom. In this, the coins, mixed with

some pieces of iron, a few beads, fragments of ornaments, all mixed

up with ashes and earth, were found. The men who were charged

with the clearing out of this, unfortunately pulled the whole of the

masonry down.’

‘The mound upon first sight appears to be merely a heap of earth

covered with the debris fallen from the tower; but upon closer

examination, it turns out to be a regularly built tower, formed wholly

of the sun-dried bricks above described.’

‘When we arrived on Monday about noon, such was the state we

found it in, the workmen already assembled had dug a few holes

here and there in the mounds, and had come upon some loose

bricks (pucca) at the 8. E. After some consideration, we divided

the men into two companies, and thinking there might be a second

chamber at some distance under where the first was found, as in the

tope of Manikyala, we set one of the companies to sink a trench at the

middle of the mound, carrying it right at the centre of the tower as

shewn by the dotted line in the plan. (Vide Pl. III.) The others were

set to work to excavate the mound where the bricks had been dis-

covered. The result ofthe two days’ labour was the cutting of the

trench into the heart of the tower to a depth of 10 feet below the

original level, or 25 feet below the floor of the chamber, but as yet

some 10 or 12 feet to the ground level remained unexplored. No-

thing, down to this, had been found. The whole had been remarkably

well built of sun-dried bricks of unusual compactness. The other

work proved more interesting by uncovering a considerable portion

of a piece of well built foundations arranged as shewn in the plan,

consisting in some places of a double wall, 35 feet thick, with a

1870. | Sue Vihar Inscription from near Bhéwalpur. 67

space of 1 foot between them. These were built of burnt bricks

of the same size as the others, but not cemented with mortar.

Excavation at this place was very difficult, owing to the quantity of

loose and broken bricks which overlaid the foundation. Three

fragments of curved bricks were found among these.’

‘T hear that there is another tower similar to this in another part

of this state about 100 miles still S. W. of this, at a place called

Noshera.’

I read the first nine words as follows (vide Plate I1)—

Maharajasa rajatirajasa devaputrasa Kanishkasa samvatsare

ekadase (here follows the cipher for eleven, as to which more here-

after) Daisikasa Masasa. ‘That is ‘‘In the eleventh sambat of the

great king, the king of kings, the god-born Kanishka,—of the

month Daisik.” |

Then follows the number of the day of the month, written

in cipher. The tracing here is not clear, and I have failed to read it.

So much for the first line. The important points are, first, the use

of the samvat of Kanishka. I have long thought that the frequent

occurrence of this king’s name evidently in connection with a date,

betokened the existence of a Kanishka era. It seems clear now

that it does. The question is, what wasit? Was it the year of his

reign only, or was it a new era? Was it the Saka era which dated

from the death of a Saka king? Perhaps the coins found with the

plate, might help; they show at least what coins were current in

the eleventh year of the era.

Next comes the symbol, evidently standing for ten. This is

the symbol which has been hitherto conjectured to stand for a con-

traction of ‘‘Samvatsure.’’ This discovery will render needful cor-

rection of some dates as hitherto read, in this class of inscriptions.

Lastly, the name of the month, evidently the Macedonian

“ Deesius,” or an attempt at it, confirms Cunningham’s conjectural

reading of the month on the Taxila plate, and shows that in some

parts of India, the Macedonian months were in use. I now read

the name of the month in the Wardak inscription as ‘‘ Athwami-

siyasa for ‘‘ of Artemisius.”

This is one argument, I think, fairly deducible from the first line.

The second line I attempt to read as—Atreswarasa Bhichusa

68 Memorandum on and tentative reading of the [No. 2, —

Naganatasa Dhakha kélisa atreyura matravisishtasa d4treyubhrate —

prasishtasa yatri éva puyie iha Daémane (third line) vihar,—and

tentatively I would read this as follows :—

‘‘This vihaér, in Damana, for the religious advantage (puyie)

equivalent to a pilgrimage (yatri éva..yatra-iva?) of Dhakakélis

(Dhakukelis ?) the .... excellent mother and .... very excellent —

- brothers of the Bhikshu Atreshwara of Naganata.” 4

The verb must come in the third line, which I have not as yet

had time to work out ; butI do not like to keep the papers longer. ©

I will copy out the tracing, however, andif I can make any further

probable guesses, will send them afterwards. The only impor-

tance which attaches to the second line is that which is derived

Gf my reading is correct) from the mention of pilgrimages, as show-

ing that they were in use among the Buddhists of the early date

to which this inscription apparently belongs (not later than the

Jrst century, A. D.), and that they were considered as conferring

religious merit.

If the Society publish the inscription, they should, I think, get'a

loan at least of the plate. Itis much more satisfactory to read f

the original than from the best tracing or copy.

May Ist, 1869.

Major Stubbs having kindly sent me the original copper-p :

found at Ste Vihar near Bhawalptr, I am now in a position t

add somewhat to the tentative readings before submitted to he

Society, though I regret to say that I am still unable to complete

the whole inscription. This mainly arises from doubts as to the

value of certain characters which appear to occur here for the first

time. If my readings, however, are right as far as they go, they

seem to indicate that the pillar was set up as a gwasi expia' 0 ]

offering by some one who had at some period of his career lapsed

into heresy, or into the commission of some grave crime. The

only other point of importance brought out is the date of the day

of the month, which is clearly the nineteenth ; but as will be s we

there is some difficulty as to the cypher for this, which hardly acee ved

with that given for the date of the year eleven. The first fig

A is either a contraction for At e: ? (11), or else there is

some omission in the engraving.

EP . o ,

¥ *

JOURNAL ASIAT. SOC. BENGAL, VOL. XXxIX. Pt. I. 1870, p. 65. pl. il.

cr = 7 « : SBOE Mer oyrnay =

agentes ul ; pre X oon, Bt is , 2 as hi : oe

a i a : 4 i

bid

1s hs sganpip PISA 4s ea yy ht TT FP Pf MND: sep. Me

Lpqy sbopetyvet

(40

VE f

Fae Ws. n2

SEG 5%

; a Te: wk If F 4g as thd oysécl

<2 n 2 y ied ¥, ' Z

ew a , , wail :

INSCRIPTION found al SUL VIHAR, near BHAWALPUR. Five decane uncon eee asomie hs Gmanas colo

PU: dil

XXXIX -P4:1, 1870.

Journal Asiat: Soc: Bengal, Vol

\n i

+= — '

eas

Jato

\ vas j

The Tower at Sue Vihar near Bhawolpur

oe eee a niga on gp ws,

eae Satine pe i

. ne

1870. | Ste Vihar Inscription from near Bhawalpur. 69

The transliteration which I would now propose is as follows :

Ist line.

Maharajasa rajatirajasa devaputrasa Kanishkasa samvatsare

ekadase, 11. Daisikasa masasa divase anullvimsate x x ? 19?

2nd line.

“ 9 ? ?

Atreshwarasa bhichhusasa Naganatasa Dhakhabhalisa. Achha-

yuda matata vasishtusu achhayu bhrataprasishtasa yati evu puyie

iha démane

ard line.

5; PE PRE Dh Ur ao Preneires

Vihara samine upasika ananénda. Swasi — — — lajaya matata

app 4 oe. OP ?

chha imraya vipatita anupatrimra anupatitata, dadati sarva budha

4th line.

Strasa sukhaya bhavatu. |

Translation of the 1st line.

The translation of the 1st line cannot be mistaken, I think. It

is merely ‘“‘On the 19th day of the month Diisik (Aaiws) in the

‘“1ith year of the divinely descended great king, king of kings

*¢ Kanishka.”

2nd.

‘‘ For the religious benefit (equivalent to a pilgrimage) of Dhakha-

bhalisa the good the excellent mother and of the good and pre-

excellent brother of Atreshwara of Naganata the religious mendicant,

(this) for the holy lord (‘‘samine” for swamine) the vihar, this

worshipper gives (dadati), turned back (vipatita) from his maternal

(virtue ?)—fallen away (anupatitata) from his ancestral....? May

it be for a cause of happiness to all Buddhism (?).”

In the second line, I have some doubts as to the reading of the

8rd, 4th, 5th, 7th, 9th and 10th words, and my version of the 5th

and 7th is purely conjectural. It may be a corruption of the word

‘¢ 4charyya,”’ or more probably perhaps from the same source as the

Hindi term for ‘ good.”

ord and 4th lines.

The third line is extremely ‘dublous both as to reading and

version, but the last compound letter of ananénda is new, though

‘*‘d” evidently enters into the compound, and the other letters may

70 Notes on Old Dethi. [ No. 2,

well be “‘n.” The letter next after ananénda, I can only guess

at. One seems an ‘n” or ‘“m.” The word “irma” or ‘imra”

(most probably the latter), may have some connection with ‘‘ amrit’’

which becomes in some Hindi dialects ‘‘ imrit.”’

The end of the third and the fourth line contains a common

Buddhist formula employed at the end of dedicating inscriptions ;

the word which I have rendered ‘‘ Budhastrasa” is alone doubtful.

I am sorry to have the version so incomplete, but send itso rather

than detain the plate longer, as I have no prospect of being able to

give that attention to it which amore complete version would

necessitate.

1st April, 1870.

LLDLLALLD LLL LLL LLDPE EPP

Notes on Old Dellii—By J. D. Tremuxrt, Esa., M. A., C. S.

[Received 12th March, 1870. ]

In the present paper I purpose restricting my remarks to such |

ancient Hind and Pat’haén buildings as have a historical or archi-

tectural interest, and are situated in or around the site of old Delhi.

As, moreover, I intend these notes to be merely supplementary to

the learned Paper of General Cunningham on the same subject,

published in Vol. XX XIII. of the Journal of the Asiatic Society of |

Bengal, I pass over in general all matters therein discussed.

The Tank of Siraj Kundh.

For the reasons given in the previous paragraph, I omit alluding

to the two Pillars of Asoka, the iron pillar at Mihrauli, and the

Hind period of Indrapat (Puréné Qil’ah). As, however, Cunning-

ham’s description of the tank of Siraj Kundh is confined to a few

lines (p. xix) and that of Sayyid Ahmad in his Asér-uccanadid

contains one or two inaccuracies, it may be well to dwell on this in

some detail. |

Sayyid Ahmad attributes the construction of this tank to Siraj Pal, ©

the fifth son of that Rajah Anekpél, who was the first king of the

Tunwar dynasty, about 676 A. D. General Cunningham, however,

holds that the popular date should be referred to the Balabhi era,

which would give A. D. 1061, during the reign of the second

1870. | Notes on Old Delhi. Ten

_ Anekpél or Anangpal who restored the city of Delhi, making it

| again the capital of his kingdom.

| The tank which is situated on high ground in the Delhi Hills a

| mile or so south of Adilabad, is not round as stated by Sayyid Ahmad,

| but is rather in the shape of an arc of a circle, since the west side is

| a straight line for very nearly its whole length, until at its north end

it turns with a re-entering angle, and is continued a short distance

_ towards a gorge which here meets the tank, and pours into it the

| drainage of the hilly ground. Except at this corner, where the

| stone-work probably was entirely discontinued to receive the hill

| streams, the tank is surrounded by a series of steps formed by large

_ blocks of smoothed stone. These steps for a height of nine or ten

| feet are about the ordinary width of tank steps, but higher up, the

) space between successive steps becomes much wider, and the floor

|. between is covered with cement, so as to form a succession of spa-

cious terraces, running one above the other round the water ; the

upper terrace which was on a level with the adjacent country, being

surrounded with a massive stone wall. In the centre of the western

wall, is a broad staircase with side walls of simply sculptured stone

leading to the Fort, or fortified Haweli rather, of the constructor of

the tank. The ruins of this building are still distinctly visible,

occupying the hill top, which is here of no great size. The outer

wall which crowns the crest of the ravine at the North-West

corner of the tank before referred to, is very thick, and seems very

singularly to be constructed as two walls standing side by side and

forming one a lining to the other. In one spot on this face, I obser-

ved the ground had been taken advantage of to build a circular

projecting tower. Immediately opposite the staircase leading to

this fort, a precisely similar one was carried up to the top of the

tank enclosure, where stands what is now a confused ruin of no

great size, but probably once was a temple. Towards the northern

portion of this curved side, is a sloping way for the use of cattle.

Although this fine work now stands in a desolate and apparently

hopelessly sterile portion of the hilly range, there are numerous

wells and relics of ancient buildings scattered around, showing it

was once a populous lozality. Do not the broken or dried up wells

and ruins found so frequently in the Delhi hills, where the

72 Notes on Old Dethi. [No. 2,

country is now seemingly sterile as well as deserted, point to a pro-

cess of desiccation going on there, or in the country at large, and

felt the sooner in these Highlands ?

The Great Mosque of the Qutb.

The Colonnade.

The features of the colonnades in the mosque of Qutbud-din, as

detailed by General Cunningham are, I conceive, such as to settle

finally the question that the pillars are not in their original posi-

tions, but have been removed by the Muhammadans, as recorded

over the eastern gateway, from the Hindi temples of the town.

The fact that these beautiful Hindt columns were covered with

plaster by the idol-hating conqueror does not rest on an inference

from the presence of one or two groups of sculptured figures, as

Cunningham appears to put it at p. xlix of his Paper, but in

sheltered spots the plaster can even now be picked from the more

deeply carved stones: besides the columns, and especially the capi-—

tals, are constantly adorned with human or divine figures which

although usually mutilated in the face must still have stunk in the

nostrils of Qutbud-din and his savage hordes.

In reference to Cunningham’s remark at p. x, that “a single

pillar amongst the many hundreds that now form the colonnades of

the Qutb Manar, may perhaps belong to the old city, that is the town

anterior to the Tunwar dynasty, as it bears a figure either of Buddha

the Ascetic seated in contemplation, or of one of the Jain hierarchs,”

I would remark that in the south colonnade, and in the roofs of the

S. EH. and N. E. galleries, are several figures of seated Buddhas, or

figures which answer exactly to the seated Buddhas of Benares and

Ceylon, (I add this as I have unfortunately no knowledge of Jain

sculptures). I should therefore be inclined to believe that, besides

the column alluded to in the foregoing extract, no less than six of

the lozenge-shaped roof compartments belong to the Buddhist

period of Delhi. The pillars from the temples to which these roof

compartments belonged, probably stood in that portion of the south

cloister which has now been destroyed.

_ The sculptures on these Hindi columns give us some light,

although but little, on the garb and appearance of the people of

1870.) Notes on Old Delhi. 73

Delhi at the time of the Muhammadan conquest. The capitals of

the columns are frequently formed by female figures which spring at,

the waist from the pillar, and with their heads support the roof:

these figures appear to wear the same covering for the breasts

which is stillin use (angiya), and a waist cloth, the stomach being

bare ; they wear as ornaments bracelets, armlets, chains round the

neck, often with lockets attached, and a singular looking chain

passing from the necklace over the left breast and reaching to the

waist covering ; also waist chains, and in one group, of dancing girls

apparently, pendant chains depend from this waist chain over the

thighs. These female figures have usually a kind of coronet on

their heads, but I am inclined to think this was added to give a

larger space of support to the beam above. The workmanship of

the ornaments is very varied, and many of the patterns are highly

artistic. The men appear to wear dhotis, with the end hanging

down in front. Elephants covered with a pad and horses are seen

ridden ; the head-gear of the latter is much like that now in use,

but the riders seem to have no stirrups; there are-chains round the

animals’ necks like the chains of white shells still in fashion. The

riders on the elephants are strangely enough depicted as riding ~

across the creature’s back, as if it had been a horse. Over the

north gate is a car with a heavy, clumsy wheel. I have observed

no instance of a camel being introduced. Among the articles of

furniture, may be seen round earthen pots and beds like those now

in use, and round ottomans apparently of open cane-work. IfI be

right in identifying certain pyramidal carvings as temples, they also

were in shape much like those erected now-a-days; that they were

low buildings, the height of the columns now standing in the cloisters

clearly shows. So far therefore as these glimpses of a past age

serve us, the subjects of Prit’hvi Rajah differed little in appear-

ance from their descendants of to-day.

_ Before quitting this subject I would mention that besides the

two slabs described by General Cunningham at page xlix, there

are numerous similar narrow slabs containing groups or processions

built into the wall or roof, but usually so mutilated or filled with

plaster, that itis difficult to discover their meaning ; perhaps though

the greatest difficulty is caused by our ignorance of the occurrences

or history of which these are the dumb records.

74 Notes on Old Delhi. [No. 2,

On the construction of the Mosques. .

At p. xlvii General Cunningham speaks of Qutbud-din’s

mosque as a wall pierced by a line of seven arches. This must

surely be a lapsus calami for five, which is the true number, the

colonnade being carried into the mosque by a continuation of the

straight roof of the arcade.

A great difficulty I conceive with regard to these buildings is the

manner in which the body of the mosques was roofed over.

Enough, however, remains to show clearly that the line of the roof

cut the arches, and that even columns stood in, and on the line of

the open arches. Barbarous as it may appear that these noble

arches should have their beauty marred, by being cut at about half

their height, by the line of the roof of the room behind, there can

be no doubt from an inspection of the ground, that such was the

case; and it should be remembered, that there is no connection

between the arts of sculpture and architecture, and that it is in no

sense improbable that the men, who could carve the pillars of the

so-called ‘ But-khanah,’ and cover the mosque wall with its elaborate

and delicate tracery, would be still quite incompetent to attempt

the feat of raising the body of the mosque to the height required

to correspond to the lofty wall which the conqueror directed to be

built: in fact, the whole mosque is clearly the work of men who

did not know how to extend the appliances and skill which sufficed

for Hindf temples, low in height and limited in area, to the more

difficult task now imposed on them; while many proofs can be

drawn from the early Pat’hén buildings to show that at the time of

the conquest they had to depend on their Hindu subjects, and that

the glories of Pat’hén architecture were the results of the subsequent

progress of a race now enjoying the wealth of India, and the

leisure which such fortune brings. One other question anent the

roof remains; vz., whether the mosque itself was a two-storied

building or not. On mature consideration, I am inclined to

believe not, as in one place, a dome still remains above the first

floor, which is coated on the outside in the same manner as the

other domes are, which were exposed to the weather ; whereas, if a

second floor had been superimposed, this would probably have

1870.] Notes on Old Delhi. 75

been left without a special coating in the midst of the material

intervening between the roof below and the floor above; and se-

condly, I am not aware of any case of a story being built above the

story on the Court level. The only thing to support the theory of

a double story is the bad effect of arches opening below into a

room and above to the sky ; and a block of stone projecting on the

back of the front wall of the north mosque at a height above the

level of the roof, and looking as if it belonged to the support of a

roof or other erection at that higher level. As to the first of these

reasons, the remaining features of the building, as already discussed,

show how unsafe it would be to apply our notions to the way in

which these arches were treated ; and as to the second point, although

I have no theory even to offer as to the purpose to which the pro-

jecting stone was applied, it seems less difficult to admit this than

to hang on it alone the anomaly of an upper story.

Extent of the Mosques of Shams-ud-din Altamsh.

From the language used by General Cunningham at p. 2, it is

clear that he considers the whole of the longer and outer southern

cloister as belonging to these mosques. With all deference to his au-

thority as an archeeologist, I more than doubt whether the cloisters

of Altamsh extended further than the Qutb Manar itself, and the

portion to the east, I believe, belongs to a later period, probably

that of ’Alé-ud-din Khilji. I found this on four reasons; jirsf, the

pillars to the west of the Manéar are all of one pattern, and this the

same asin the fragmentary colonnade before the east door of the

lesser mosque, which I consider belongs to this erection, while the

columns to the east of the Manar, which are also all alike, are of a

different pattern; secondly, the line of the columns to the east and

west of the Maniar is slightly different; ¢hirdly, the stones facing

the wall at the east end are larger and better cut than those in the

west part; and Jastly and principally, the windows in the wall

near the mosque are oblong, and generally resemble those in Qutb-

ud-din’s building, whereas to the east from the Mandar downwards

they are arched and filled in with trellis work in red sandstone,

and closely resemble the windows in ’Alaud-din’s porch. I infer

therefore that Shamsud-din’s north and south walls reached only

76 Notes on Old Dethi. [ No. 2,

to the line of the Manér, and were connected by a triple colonnade

without a wall, which was probably omitted owing to the close

proximity here of the east wall of the inner mosque. Considering,

however, the admirable taste with which the ground was cleared

by Major Smith of rubbish (!!), to make way for paths and flower-

beds, it is possible that a wall may have stood at this end, of which

all traces are now gone. I conceive that ’Alaud-din added, not

only his gateway, but also enlarged the cloisters by the columns to

the east of the Manar, possibly altering or pulling down a little of

the S. E. corner of Altamsh’s arcade, in order to join on his new

additions. |

Sultan Ghari.

About three miles to the N. W. of the Qutb are some remains of

eonsiderable historical interest, known in the neighbourhood as

Sultan Ghari. The principal building is said by Sayyid Ahmad to

be the tomb of a prince Sultan Nacir-ud-din Mahmid, the eldest

son of Altamsh, who died in his father’s lifetime, and by whom

this tomb was erected in his honor in 1229, A. D. The tomb is

approached by a lofty flight of steps which leads to a door sur-

rounded by an inscription in white marble in the old Kufic charac-

ter. This gate enters on a small court; in the centre of which

stands a large octagonal vault rising about four feet above the yard,

the outer sides being coated with slabs of marble; in one side is a ~

small door which opens on a flight of 15 steps leading to the bot-

tom of the vault. This crypt which is only lighted from the door

is faced with the stone of the neighbourhood, and supported by

massive columns of the same. In it are the tombs of three adults

and one child, all massively built, and covered with chunam, in the

style of those in the mausoleum at Tughluqabid. Atthe west end

of the court, isa marble giblahgdh, handsomely carved: along both

the east and west wall, is a single covered colonnade of fluted pillars,

and in front of the entrance, and opposite it, in front of the qiblah-

gah, the roof of the colonnade is raised into a low dome lined with

projecting rows of carved stone in the Hindi fashion, as seen im

the domes of Qutbud-din’s mosque. The pillars which support

the giblahgéh dome are, like the qiblahgah itself, of white marble

1870. | Notes on Old Delhi. ay

and project slightly beyond the line of the rest of the colonnade.

At the four corners of the tomb yard, are small circular towers sur-

mounted by low domes, built in the Hindi fashion, by layers of

stone projecting .one above the other. If the learned Sayyid have

rightly interpreted the inscriptions on this tomb, this will be, I

believe, the earliest in India of any interest in the eye of the histo-

rian. The popular name is probably a corruption either of the

word Ghort, a not inapplicable race-name to give to a son of

Altamsh, or is derived from the vault ()l¢, ghar) in which the

tombs are built.

At the south side of this tomb, and on the natural surface of the

ground, stand two monuments, each consisting of eight columns and

surmounted by domes. These tombs stand each in a small enclo-

sure, consisting of a low rough stone wall, entered on the east sides

by narrow gateways. These tombs, Sayyid Ahmad considers to be

those of Ruknud-din, the son and successor of Altamsh, and of

Mw izzud-din Bahram, another son of the same emperor. I presume,

he identifies these tombs from the account given of their repair by

Firtz Shah ; for there is not a vestige of inscription on or about the

tombs themselves, so far as I could discover. The pillars in the

more eastern tomb closely resemble those in Nacirud-din’s. ‘The

domes, as they exist at present, I have no doubt are the work of

Firtz Shah, who is said to have repaired both buildings, as their

shape and size points to a much later era than the Hindti-lke

domes of their brother’s tomb hard by; and the rubble masonry of

which they are constructed, while quite in the style of Firiz Shah’s

time, contrasts unnaturally with the massive stone slabs by which

_ the columns are surmounted. I greatly doubt if in the early portion

| of the 13th century, the Pat’hans had acquired the art of surmoun-

| ting a spacious building by a dome, and am inclined to believe that

| ‘they finished them off by a few projecting layers of stone, leaving

the centre open to the sky, much in fact as in the case of the tomb

of Shamsud-din Altamsh, which there appears to be little reason

| for considering to have ever been domed over, Firiz Tughluq’s

| annalist notwithstanding. Ata short distance from Nécirud-din’s

‘tomb is an interesting specimen of the mosque of those times, when

| Hindt temples were not at hand to be plundered. The mosque

78 Notes on Old Dethi. [ No. 2,

roof, which is flat, rests on parallel rows of columns, from each one

of which, excepting of course the outside rows, spring four narrow

arches, two resting on the two adjacent pillars in the row parallel

to the west wall, and two on the two adjacent pillars in the row at

right angles to that wall, the spandrels of the arches forming a

part of the solid roof, which is built of rubble masonry.

Tomb of Ghiasud-din Balban.

Just beyond a mosque known at the Qutb as that of Jaméli —

Kamali, stand the remains of the tomb of this famous slave king.

It is situated in a small yard, surrounded by a low wall, pierced

by a row of arched openings. Under the north door, which is

approached by two flights of steps parallel to the wall, is an aper-

ture, out of which water seems to have flowed through a pipe, as a

slab of stone worked into the ordinary honey-combed pattern, is

placed under the pipe. The tomb itself is a square building of

masonry, covered with plaster and painted. ‘The four corners have

been cut off on the exterior by a six-sided recess becoming circular

at the top. Inside over the east and west doors are inscriptions in

Arabic. There is no trace now of the actual grave, and the inside

is encumbered with massive fragments of the dome which has

fallen in within recent memory. The qiblahgah is constructed

in the wall of the court, which, opposite to the west door of the

tomb, is raised to about double the height of the rest of the wall.

The gateways in the court wall are narrow and flat at the top, but

arched over with masonry. Ibn Batité, who visited Delhi about

fifty years after Balban’s decease, says (p. 113, Lee’s Translation),

*“Qne of his (Balban’s) pious acts was his building a house, which

was called the House of Safety ; for, whenever any debtor entered

this, his debt was adjudged; and in like manner every oppressed

person found justice ; every manslayer deliverance from his adver-

sary ; and every person in fear, protection. When he died, he was

buried in this house, and there I myself visited his grave.’ If the

Dar ul-aman were no larger than the tomb or even its court, the

skirts of Balban’s protection were but scanty ; I should be inclin

however, to think that the tomb was erected in the grounds of

house, both because the present area seems too limited for

1870. | Notes on Old Dethi. 79

Alsatia, and also because it was not the custom for these Pat’hans

to be buried within actual dwelling-houses, and I take it, the Dar-

ul-aman was probably such, or a row of such dwellings, possibly in

the form of a Sarai. Sayyid Ahmad who was perhaps unacquainted

with this almost contemporary statement of the Arab traveller,

places the tomb at Mihrauli (the Qutb) and the House of Safety

some miles off, close to the shrine of Nizimud-din, where is a

village called Ghidspir. As is his wont, the Sayyid does not give

his reason for the identification, but if it rest at all on the name

of the village, that seems too common a one to be worth much.

” A’ dilibdd.

This fortress, attributed to Muhammad Tughluq, lies on the

southern side of the tank, in which the tomb, erected by this king to

his father, was situated. Although on a much smaller scale, this

place, like Tughlugabad itself, consists of a strong fort on the

highest ground and an outer line of fortifications probably enclosing

a small town or bazar. These outer fortifications diverge from

the Fort wall close to the main gateway, and after enclosing a

considerable space of ground to the south, approach close to the

Fort at its east end, and then by a double line of walls cross the

head of the tank on an embankment and join the walls of Tugh-

lugébad, Inside the citadel of this place are still to be seen the

foundations of the palace.

At ashort distance to the west of ’Adilébad stands another Fort

with its dependent fortified suburb. This place which is very much

smaller than even ’Adilabad, goes in the neighbourhood by the

‘unintelligible name of the Sweeper’s Fort, or the Washerman’s

‘Fort. Inside the Fort, and scattered over the hill on which it

istands, I found numerous fragments of red sandstone, showing that

‘an ornamental building of some nature had once stood within the

‘fortress, but all other traces of it have now disappeared. Both this

\place and ’Adilabad are built in the style of Tughluqdbad of enor-

jmous blocks of stone. It seems difficult to believe that Firtz

‘Tughluq succeeded the builders of these works, which embody the

highest ideas of simplicity joined to strength.

80 Notes on Old Delhi. [No. 2,

The Palace of Firkzabad.

The ruins known as ‘ Firdz Shéh ké kotilah’ close to the Delhi

gate of the modern city, undoubtedly constitute only the palace of

Firtizabad, which itself reached far into the modern town of

Shahjahén, and on the other hand it, or its suburbs, are said to have

stretched to the present village of Hauz Khac, and to Indrapat.

I have carefully searched, and I believe not a single inscription

can be found throughout the whole palace, probably because time

has kindly removed or blackened the plaster in which this king so

delighted. Immediately to the south of the pyramid, on which

Asoké’s pillar has been set up, is the mosque, which Sayyid Ahmad *

identifies as the Jami’ Masjid of Timur Lang’s days, and its size, —

situation, as well as the absence of any other ruins on the old river |

bank, which could be the mosque in question, render this highly

probable, notwithstanding its position inside the palace. If, how-

ever, it be the mosque, then that gracious monarch seems to have

been guilty of exaggeration in describing it as a “ noble mosque of

. polished marble” (Elphinstone’s Hist. of India, p. 358), as it is only

built of masonry, covered with plaster, and can never have been

anything else, since in one or two places, ornamental medallions of —

raised plaster work still remain on the walls, and bear due testi-

mony that the building was not raised in a reign of marble and

sand-stone.

Mosques of Jahin Khan.

General Cunningham speaks of the Hd/é Masjid, now within the

enclosure of modern Delhi, as a characteristic and favourable speci-

men of the architecture of those days. It is a trite saying De

gustibus non est disputandum, but it seems difficult to see what

_ there is to admire in low colonnades, surmounted by rows of hemi-

spherical domes of small diameter, each one touching its fellow,

with one of larger size here and there over a gateway. It may be

doubted too, if the sloping walls which crown so proudly the crests

of the Tughlugabad hills, are much adapted for crowded streets,

especially when for huge blocks of squared stone are substituted

paint and plaster. However, for admirers of the later Tughluq

style, 1 may observe that the mosque at the village of Khirkhi by

1870. | Notes on Old Detha. 81

Muhammad Tughluq’s hand, and that of Begumpur near the

road from Delhi to the Qutb, are both much finer specimens of

Jahan Khan’s erections than the Black Mosque. Whatever may

be the architectural beauties, however, of these mosques, they have

a certain historical interest, as they were the fruits of Jahan Khan’s

desire to ingratiate himself with the people, when he was taking

advantage of his master Firtiz Shah’s age and consequent imbecility

and his own position as vazir, to intrigue for the succession to the

already almost vacant throne.

Tomb of Firuz Shah Tughluq.

This monument stands in the village of Hauz Kha. It isa

square lofty building of masonry. The principal entrance is on the

south, where a stone wall of grey sandstone about two feet high

with a broad coping stone forms a diminutive court by which to

approach the door, which is raised by three steps, and is wide and

oblong, but set in an arch, the upper portion being filled in with

stone lattice work ; the lintels and side-posts of the door are of grey

stone, and at the top, the side-posts are made to project and carved

slightly. ‘The east doorresembles the one just described; at the

west and north are recesses in the wall, resembling those in which

the opposite doors are set. At the side of the north recess is a

narrow pointed arch now blocked up, but leading apparently to the

Madrasah. At a considerable height above the floor, the shape of

the walls is changed from a square to an octagon and then to a six-

teen sided figure and so on, by filling up the corners with masonry

worked into a beautiful honey-comb kind of pattern, and richly

painted. The dome, a hemispherical one, is of considerable dia~

meter, with a large circle painted in an elegant pattern at the top,

from which belts cutting each other are drawn down to the bottom

ofthe dome. In the intersections of the belt are three rows of

_ medallions of different sizes and figures : the belts and medallions

| being all painted on the white ground of the dome. Outside the

_ south door is an Arabic inscription. Round the top of the square

| building, and around the low cylinder, from which the dome springs,

| is a narrow band of red stone, carved in a graceful pattern. Inside

_ are three marble, and one masonry tomb, all much injured. Sayyid

Egg

82 Notes on Old Dethi. [No. 2,

Ahmad states that Nagirud-din Taghluq and ’Aléud-din Sikandar

Shah (the Huméytin Tughluq apparently of Elphinstone) also lie

buried here. Adjoining the tomb to the north is a range of low

masonry buildings, probably the Madrasah which Firiz Shah erect-

ed here; although at present unoccupied, this building is blocked up

by the walls by which the villagers have adapted it to the wants

of their modern civilization. Around the royal tomb are numerous

open monuments of the common form of cupolas resting on pillars.

Tomb of Mubarik Shah.

Near the tomb of Qafdar Jang, stands the little village of Muba-

rikptr. This is built in the midst of a large yard surrounded by

a stone battlemented wall. The gates leading into this Court have

the side posts and lintels of grey stone, and are oblong in shape

except at the top where the side posts project in the usual fashion. _

About the actual doorway, is a narrow line of plain blue encaustic

tiles, and below two full blown lotus flowers in white marble. A

short approach from this gate leads to the tomb itself, a massive

octagonal building constructed of the grey stone of the country.

It stands on a plinth, approached by an ascent of two steps with a

sloping way of stone between. The tomb is surrounded by a

covered colonnade ; the pillars, twenty-four in number, stand on the

edge of the plinth. These pillars are of a highly peculiar form,

being oblong, and so cut as to present the appearance of two oblong

shaped pillars joined by a narrower belt; at each corner of the

octagon, the outer pillar is strengthened by a buttress of solid stone,

which greatly contributes to the general appearance of strength

and solidity which characterize the building. The dome springs —

from a low cylinder, ornamented with colour and with sixteen finials.

The dome itself is crowned with an open octagonal lantern of red —

stone; around the dome are eight octagonal cupolas resting on

low pillars. There is only one door into the tomb, that to the

south, which is of similar construction to the one in the outer

court. In the space between the lintel of the doorway and the |

apex of the arch in which it is set, is a fan-light of lattice work in

stone. The other six apertures, except the west one, answer to this —

south doorway, except that the doorway in their case is filled up

1870. ] Notes on Old Delhi. 83

with stone lattice work, divided by two horizontal bars of solid

stone. The west side is filled up with a handsomely carved qiblah-

gah, also in stone. This niche wall is also carved on the reverse.

Above the range of the doors are four arched windows in stone

openwork and over them springs the dome. This is of ample

diameter and is painted with belts of colour running diagonally

from the bottom up to a circle of colour which fills the centre. Im-

mediately under the centre of the dome is a tomb of a man, and to

the right two women’s graves, while in arow nearer the south

door, are the tombs of two females, and two male children. All

these graves are of stone ; but owing to the tomb having been

formerly utilized as a dwelling-house, I was unable to discover the

stone of which the tombs and the qiblahgaéh were constructed, but

I rather think it was marble. Ata short distance to the south-

west inside the court-yard stands a three-domed mosque evidently

of the same period. The wall of this building is pierced with five

arches resting on low square pillars of grey stone plainly cut.

There is a second row of columns running down the centre of the

mosque.

This tomb is considered to be that of Mubérik Shah, the second

of the Sayyid dynasty ; Sayyid Ahmad, however, doubts whether this

be the tomb of the king, as the town which he was building when

murdered, and where he was buried, was on the banks of the Jam-

nah, which Mubarikptr never can have been. Unless indeed, the

historical evidence be express that the monarch was buried actually

within, and not in the vicinity of his unfinished town, I think the

tomb itself affords strong evidence that the tradition is right, and

that the name of the site relates to the hapless Sayyid. The shape

of the dome, the limited use of encaustic tiles as a decoration, the

fashion of the door ornaments, all point to the early part of the

fifteenth century as the date of the building, while the costly

nature of the tomb, the ample court in which it stands with its

accompanying mosque, seem to place it beyond ‘the means of a

mere nobleman, especially at a time when Delhi was at its lowest

point of depression. Unless therefore there be strong contemporary

evidence against it, I am inclined to think that the principal tomb

is that of the second Sayyid king.

84 Notes on Old Delhi. [No. 2,

At ashort distance from Cafdar Jang’s tomb, close to the road

leading to Nizdmud-din, is the tomb of Muhammad Shéh, the next

Sayyid. It resembles, however, Mubarik Shah’s so closely, as to call

for no special description, The surrounding court here has perished.

Tomb of Buhlil Lodhi.

This tomb stands close to the shrine of Nacirud-din Raushan

Chiragh i Dihli, and is now unfortunately occupied by the lomberdar

of the village. The interior is therefore dark and dirty, but the

gravestone of carved stone is still visible ; it is now a dark brown

colour, the result I presume of discoloration. Above, the tomb is

surmounted by five domes, the centre one being somewhat higher

than the rest and ornamented with vertical fiutings,

Tomb of Sikandar Lodhi,

About a quarter of a mile from Cafdar Jang’s tomb, close to an —

ancient bridge which probably stood on the road leading from —

Firtizaibad to one or other of the towns stretching from Siri to Lal-

kot, stands the mausoleum of this greatest of the Lodhfs, who, though

he died at Agrah, is said to have been buried here by his son and

successor. The tomb closely resembles in style that of Mubarik

Shah, but the increased perpendicularity of the dome indicates a

somewhat later period. There is a large court surrounded by a

battlemented wall, with a gate in the south wall. This gate is

protected by a square outwork in front, the means of egress being

by turning to the right and passing through an aperture in the

west side of this advanced work, the south side being a continuous —

wall, At each end of this last named wall, are two cupolas adorned

with encaustic tiles,

Dihli Sher Shah.

In regard to the southern limits of this city I entertain great

doubt if, as General Cunningham considers, it ever reached so far

as to include within its walls the Mausoleum of Humayin. My

reason for holding this view is, that just opposite the west gate of

Puraéné Qil’ah stands a gate, now known as the Lal Darwézah, in

the same style, though larger and finer than the Lal Darwazah

opposite the jail, which latter is generally admitted to be a north

1870.] Notes on Old Delhi. 85

gate of this city. On bothsides of this southern gate, are protect-

ing towers and a little of the wall, both the gate and the walls

being to all appearance those of an important city from the size

and appearance, and yet their direction is such as to make it in-

conceivable, especially as Purana Qil’ah was then standing, that

they could have been part of an enceinte including Humayin’s

tomb ; this argument rests on the narrowness of the space between

the gate and the old course of the river compared with the distance

southerly to Huméytn’s tomb, and also on the fact that the wall

to the east of the gate turns northward and not southward. If too

I be right in identifying the masses of masonry between the north

gate of Puréné Qil’ah and the road as being a part of the wall of

~Dihli Sher Shah, the argument is considerably strengthened, as

then the wall would be found running more than half amile north

of the mausoleum. I think too the authorities quoted by General

Cunningham at p. lxxix of his paper may be interpreted consistently

with the view Iam taking. Finch’s statement of ‘two kos’ was

undoubtedly his own approximation, or else the popular distance,

and I think if allowance be made for the windings of the streets,

for there seems no reason, from the nature of the ground, for

believing that the two gates which chance to remain were connected

by a straight road, the distance between them might be set down

roughly at two sos, though undoubtedly somewhat less. Again

it seems a somewhat arbitrary assumption, that the gate near the

jail was the chief north gate: there can be no doubt that many of

the gates must have perished, and this particular one is by no means

on so grand a scale as the one opposite Purina Qi’ah. The bridge

might well be said to be only a short distance from Dihli, even if

the walls stopped at Purana Qil’ah, as the suburbs would beyond

question extend some way beyond the wall along so important a

road as the Mat’hur4 one must then have been; and this considera-

tion seems to meet Purchas’ statement that Humayin’s tomb was

in the city. At any rate before the southern limits be fixed below

Humayin’s tomb on the authority of this writer, for the quotations

from Finch seem quite inconclusive till we know where his

north gate stood, it seems to me essential that some satisfactory

account should be given of the great gate opposite Purana Qil’ah

86 Notes on Old Dethi. [No. 2,

and its adjoining walls, as well as of the wall opposite the N. W,

corner of the just named fort.

Purdné Qil ah.

Although the walls of this Fort are attributed to Humayin, both -

the buildings now remaining in it, are attributed to Sher Shah Sir, ~

and exhibit Pat’han architecture at its highest perfection.

The Jami’ Masjid which has recently been repaired by Govern-_

ment with great success, is a large building of grey stone, of five

arches. These arches are all more or less elaborately adorned with

inlaid stones of marble, red sandstone and a kind of black basalt,

the stone-work being elaborately carved with passages from the

Qoran, and scroll work. Nothing but a painting can do full justice

to a result in which colour and workmanship alike contribute to the —

charm which the spectator cannot but feel. The qiblahgahs are

also carved in marble and adorned with inlaid patterns and red sand-—

stone, the ceiling and dome have been covered with painted patterns.

It may suffice to point out certain characteristics of this style of

mosque. Above the doorways, in the upper portion of the arch in

which they are set, are introduced small arched window-like aper-

tures: at the north and south sides, oriel windows are constructed,

surmounted with cupolas resting on pillars. These oriel windows are’

also introduced into the back wall of this mosque, while each end of

the back wall terminates in a rounded tower running to the top of

the building. Mosques belonging to this period and exhibiting

the style, will be found in the Jamali Kamali mosque at the Qutb,

in the North Masjid near Mubarikpér and in a nameless mosque

at Khairptr, about a third of a mile from Cafdar Jang’s tomb.

This last mosque is noteworthy, as being perhaps the finest

remaining specimen of the success with which the Pat’haéns worked |

inscriptions and tracery in stucco.

The other building in Purdéné Qil’ah, the Sher Mandal, which

derives its interest from being the place where Huméyén met with

the fall which caused his death, is an octagonal building of red

stone standing ona plinth. The first story is solid, but in the

second there is a room panelled with encaustic tiles to the height of

about 3 feet and painted above. This room is a square from which

lesser squares have been cut off at the corners, as shown in the

1870. | Notes on Old Dethd. 87

- figure. On the roof is an octagonal cupola; the supporting

wr pillars of red sandstone have their shafts richly carved with

chevron work, and the bases are also worked with an elegant

pattern.

Proposed Criteria towards fixing the dates of Pathan buildings at

Delhi.

Although there is a very wide difference indeed between the

barbarous simplicity of the Sultan Ghari mosque, and the stately

Jami’ Masjid of Sher Shah’s days, a very little observation will

show that these changes have taken place in successive periods and

not arbitrarily, and so regularly as to enable the date of any

building of size to be very closely approximated to.

One of the most conspicuous parts of Pat’han building is the

dome, and in the shape and fashion of the dome, these successive

developments of Pat’han architecture are very clearly marked.

I have already pointed out that the first conquerors were compelled

to use Hindi builders; accordingly, the dome of the early slave-

kings is constructed of successive concentric rings of stone, the

diameter of each layer being somewhat less than that of the layer

below it, the whole being capped by a circular stone, covering the

small remaining aperture. This Hindi looking dome, which is

of small height and usually of trifling base-diameter also, is coated

on the outside with masonry and stucco. Instances are the domes

on the Qutb mosque and in the tomb of Nacirud-din at Sultén

Ghari.

I conceive it was the coating just mentioned which taught the

Dihli Pat’hans the secret of building their domes on truer principles.

They found that this masonry coating would stand without the

layers of projecting stones below; and then I assume that all

subsequent advances were mere questions of the natural develop-

ment of the secret just obtained. Accordingly in the lower part of

Mihrauli is now standing an old mosque rudely built, in which the

domes resemble in diminutiveness those of the Qutb mosque, but

are constructed without any under-coating of stone-work.

Towards the end of the slave dynasty and in that of the Khilji

princes, the dome is broader and higher in a considerable degree.

It springs, however, still directly from the flat roof, without any

intervening cylinder. The remains of Balban’s tomb and the

88 Notes on Old Dethi. [No. 2,

gateway of ’Aldud-din Khilji at the Qutb may be instanced as —

shewing the style of this half century. a

The dome of the early Tughluq period is marked by the intro-

duction of a low cylinder of a slightly larger diameter than that of —

the dome, from which the latter springs: the domes too are of a —

somewhat peculiar shape, as seen in the well known tomb at —

Tughlaqabad, and in that of Shaikh Qalaéhud-din between Shahpir

and Khirkhi. In Firtiz Shah’s time, the cylinder has considerably

increased in height, and becomes a conspicuous object in the

dome-construction ; the curved portion of the dome is still continued,

however, down to the place where it springs from the cylinder.

Under the Sayyid and Lodhi lines (the fifteenth century), the

changes consist in increasing still more the length of the cylinder,

which is now adorned with dimunitive pinnacles, and in bringing

the dome down to the cylinder by a curve which for a greater and 2

greater distance from the base tended, as time went on, towards a

straight line as its limit.

I may add that this lengthening of the cylinder and strength-

ening of the lower lines of the dome, was the direct cause which

led to the introduction of the ‘‘ false dome,” (witness Humiyiin’s —

tomb, and those standing near it); the graceful forms of Shah :

jahaén’s day being a later improvement. x

Among the other criteriamay be mentioned the doorways, and

these are often useful in distinguishing between buidings from

Firtiz Tughluq’s time and downwards; the aperture was always

oblong, though usually set in an arch (I do not now speak of the

arches in mosque walls), and ornamented at the top by side-posts

being made to project. These doorways, which are wide an¢

ample in Firiz Shah’s days, became subsequently more and mo: @

narrow, while the ornamentation at the top became more finished

and elaborated, until specimens are found to rival even the

beautiful workmanship of Fathpur Sikri and the Agrah Fort.

Besides the foregoing tests, buildings belonging to the —

dynasty, may be recognized usually by the slope of the we

described by General Cunningham ; those of Jahén Khan by the

sloping walls and multitudinous small hemispherical domes, while

during the fifteenth century, there was a gradually i increasing use

of encaustic tiles.

1870.] Notes on Archeological Remains at Shah ki Dhert: 89

Notes on Archeologteal Remains at Shéh ki Dheré and the site of

Taxila.— By J. G. Detmertcr, Esq.

[Received 18th April, 1870.]

(Vide Proceedings for June and July, 1870.)

I have the pleasure of sending you a photograph of certain heads

and images recently dug wpenear Shah ki Dheri-

The images are of stone, but the heads are of common plaster,

and are evidently those of Buddha; for they closely resemble the

figure of Buddha as depicted on the cover of Beale’s new transla-

tion of Fa Hian’s pilgrimage.

Shah ki Dheri is about three miles from Ké4lé-Serdi on the Lé-

hor and Peshawar road. Near it are-still to be seen the remains

of fortifications several miles in circumference. The area enclosed

within the walls is known to the people as Kot Atval.* The soil

is rich and is covered with mounds and the debris of ancient habi-

tations.

Indo-Scythic and. Indo-Bactrian coins are commonly turned up

by the plough, and on former occasions very interesting Bactro-

_ Buddhist relics have been brought to. light by actual digging of the

mounds.

In 1859, a plate or plates of copper covered with Bactro-Pali in-

| scriptions were found by Nur, a:4hadim or servant in the masjid

| of Ghilé adjoining Shah ki Dheri. Nur presented this plate to the

| late Mr. A. A. Roberts, then Commissioner and Superintendent of

| the Rawal Pindi Division.

| Again in 1861, the same Nir found a stone trough, a crystal

| figure, representing: a duck ora turtle anda gold leaf bearing a

short Bactro-Pali inscription, all of which are fully noticed and de-

| scribed in the Journal of the Bengal Asiatic Society, No. 2 of 1862.

| * Probably Atelites. ‘‘ According to De Guignes, their name was properly

“Te-le or Tie-le to which, from their inhabiting the banks of the Oxus, the

| “syllable ab, “ water” was prefixed. They are commonly confounded under

| “the denomination of Indo-Scythi with their predecessors, the Sakas, and

| * Yu-Chi; as is done by Gibbon when he observes that the Indo-Scythz

| “reioned upon the confines of India from the time of Augustus to that of

| © Justin the Elder, A. D. 530” (vide note 3, page 388 of Wilson’s Ariana Anti-

qua),

90 Notes on Archeological Remains at Shah ki Dhert. [No. 2,

In 1863, Nur likewise discovered a bar of pure gold, worth about

400 Rs. which, although it was not interesting in an archeological

point of view, led to the inference that the city, which once existed _

in the neighbourhood, had not only been very large but very weal-

thy. |

The plate of copper discovered in 1859 was sent to Calcutta by

Mr. Roberts, and was described by him to have been found at

Hasan Abdal. I am not aware of the reason why Hasan Abdal

was selected above all other places, perhaps because, though sever-

al miles away from the place of discovery: it is on the Grand Trunk

road, and is the nearest town best known to Europeans, or more

probably because Nur brought this curiosity to Mr. Roberts, while

he was encamped at Hasan Abdal.

I have visited the locality, and have personally inspected the

‘mound where the plate of copper was found. The name of the

place is Topi, a small tope having existed here once. It is situated

midway between the village of Mohra Moradi, and Mohra Mal-

liar, and is on the boundary of the lands belonging to the village

of Gangu Jumma. It is about two miles to the north-east of the

ruins of Kot Atial.

Professor J. Dowson of Sandhurst College, in a letter* address-

ed to Mr. E, Thomas, translates the inscription on the plate as

follows :—

‘In the year seventy-eight (78) of the great king Mogo on the —

‘‘ fifth (5) day of the month Panzmus, on this notable occasion the

‘¢satrap of Chhahara and Chukhsa by name Liako Kusuluko de-

‘‘ posits a relic of the holy Sakyamuni in the Sepatiko, which he had

‘‘ established in the country called Chhema, north-east of the city

*‘of Taxila in honor of the great collective body of worshippers,

‘¢ and of all the Buddhas, for the honoring of his father and mo- |

“ther, for the long life, strength and prosperity of the satrap’s son

‘¢and wife, for the honoring of all his brothers and relatives and

‘‘ for making known his great liberality, fame, and success.”’

The great king Mogo is identified by General Cunningham and

Professor Dowson to be the same as the Moa or Mauas of the coins

which are frequently found in the neighbourhood.

* Published in the Bengal Asiatic Society’s Journal, No. 4 of 1863,

1870.] Notes on Archeological Remains at Shah ki Dheri. 91

Liak, the name of the satrap, is still acommon name among the

Hindus of this part of the country.

Kusuluko represented probably the family name or title a Kusu-

lu Kadphises.

General Cunningham believes Chharhara and Chukhsa to be

Chuch and Huzara. There are, however, about 15 miles to the

north-west of the spot where the inscription was found, in the

"laqah of Haroh, two villages within a couple of miles of each other,

still known by the name of Chahar and Chukshaia or Shai. There

are extensive ruins near both these villages, where Indo-Bactrian

and Indo-Scythian coins are often found. Iam of opinion there-

fore that Liako Kusuluko was the satrap or governor of the "Il4qah

or district of Haroh, of which Chahar and Chukshai were the chief

towns.

Moreover I think that the ruins near Shah ki Dheri can be

no other than those of the celebrated city of Taxila, and, in addition

to what has been stated above, my reasons for believing them to be

so, are as follows :—

I.—According to Menu,* the King is recommended to fix his

capital in a fertile part of his dominion, but in an immediate neigh-

bourhood, difficult of access, and incapable of supporting invading

armies. Any one looking at the site of Kot Atial would at once

preceive that the city must have been builtin strict accordance with

the precepts of the Dharma Shastra.

II.—Taxila is described by the Greek writers} to have been

the largest city between the Indus and the Hydaspes. The ruins

are very extensive, having still the appearance of a very large forti-

fied town. ‘There are no ruins at any other spot in the Sind Sagar

| Duab covering even half as much ground.

II.—Pliny{ calls Taxila a famous city lying on a low, but level

plain, the general name of the district being Amenda. Chhema was,

however, the name of the country where the relics, according to the

inscription, were deposited. No such country is now known, but

chhema is a Sanscrit word, signifying pardon, forgiveness, absolu-

* Chapter VII. of the Code.

+ Arrian, Chapter VIII, Book V., et passim,

{ Book VI., Chapter 23,

92 Notes on Archeological Remains at Shah ki Dhert. (No. 2,

tion. Perhaps then the locality or country was expressly set apart

forthe deposit of propitiatory offerings “to all the Buddhas” par-

ticularly as the whole of the surrounding country from Khurram

Gijar on the one side and Khanptir on the other, is dotted with

small topes,* the majority of which have been almost entirely de-

molished by zamindars and others, in search -of coins and relies

which are eagerly bought by dealers in the town of Rawal Pindi.

TV.—General Cunningham has translated the word wtarena pra- —

chu in the inscription, as Worth West, for no other reason as far as |

I can see, than because the inscription was stated to have been —

found at Hasan Abdal, north west of Manikyéla, which he then}

believed was the site of Taxila; but the inscription was not found —

at Hasan Abdal at all, as has already been stated, but at a place —

called Topi to the North Hast of Kot Atial, which is now believed to —

be the spot where Taxila once existed. Professor Dowson asserts

that the letters ‘‘of the word prachu (east) are as perfect and dis-

“tinct as any in the whole inscription and they form most untequa

*‘ vocally the word prachu.” 4

'V.—In the itinerary of the Chinese traveller, Hwan Thsang, Tan-

chashilo, or Taxila, is described to be on the boundary of India —

towards the north, and a dependency of Cashmere. Certain slokas

in the Ramayana also allude to Taxila (Takshilla) as a dependency

of Cashmere, and in the latter itis stated that the name of the

town is derived from the founders of it, vzz., Takshan, the son of

Bharata; but itis possible that the name may be derived from

Taksh, a eelebrated serpent-god, and sila a stone or rock: the hill

overhanging the valley of Kot Atial having a serpentine appear-

ance, as viewed by me from Khurram Gijar. Or the name of the

town may have originated from a passage cut through the hill like

the Margalla Pass in the vicinity, from taksh, to cleave, and sila,

a stone. ‘

VI.— When Alexander the Great halted at Taxila to refresh his

-* General Cunningham in 1864 found the remains of 58 small topes at and

near Shah ki Dheri, “

+ Subsequently in a letter, dated 23rd January, 1864, to the address of Col

R. Maclagan, Secretary to Government, P, W. D., Punjab, the General declar-

ed that the ruins in the neighbourhood of Shah ki Dheri were almost certail-

ly the remains of Taxila,

| 1870.| Notes on Archeological Remains at Shah ki Dhert. 93

| army, the brother and ambassadors of Abisares* who was king

_ of Abisara (the Abhisara of the Hindus) or the modern Hazérah,

| waited upon him with tribute, and Pliny} distinctly states that

| above Taxila, among the mountains, is the territory of Abisares.

It is therefore apparent that Taxila must have been near Hazarah

| to menace the safety of his kingdom, and to render it expedient for

Abisares to propitiate the Macedonian. It is hardly worth while

to mention that Shah ki Dheri is on the borders of the Hazdrah

| district.

| VIL—In excavating a mound near Mohra Malliar, there was re-

| cently found part of an upright column of a temple, probably the

' temple of the sun which Apollonius after crossing the Indus is

| said to have visited at Taxila. The column was of sandstone and

| clearly belonged to the Grecian style of architecture, and it has

| been ascertained that General Cunningham discovered in 1864 at

this very spot the remains of a similar pillar which was removed

to Lahor, and is now on the grass plot in front of the Museum. In

describing the pillar, the General in a letter dated 23rd January,

1864 to Colonel Maclagan, states “‘ that the base is a specimen of

‘¢ what is called the Attic base, and as it is unornamented, I believe

it to have belonged to an Ionic column. The only difference

‘*‘ between this Taxila specimen and those of Greece, is in the upper

‘fillet which at Athens was made of smaller diameter than the

‘“upper torus, but which in this specimen is made of exactly the

«‘ same diameter as the upper torus.”

VIli.—Hwan Thsangt states to the south-east of Tanchashilo

at 30 1i{(5 miles) was a monastery built by Asoka.

To the south-east 5 miles from Kot Atial near the village of

| Khurram Gijar almost half way up the hill, there are ruins still

| existing, probably ofthis very monastery. ‘These ruins are called

_ Nara.

Hwan Thsang further adds that to the south-east of the town

| was a stupa built by Keu-lang-nu, the son of Asoka.

* Arrian, Chapters VIII. and XX. Book V., and Quintus Curt. Chapter XIII,

| Book VIII.

+ Sec. 28, Chapter XXVIII. Book XV.

t Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for July 1848.

94 Notes on Archeological Remains at Shah ki Dheri. (No. 2,

To the south-east of Kot Atial near the village of Shahpur a

large tope still exists. It was opened by General Ventura in 1832,

with what result is not known.

IX.—Fa Hian* a Chinese traveller in the beginning of the 5th

century after Christ states that ‘‘ at this place (Takshasila) and at

another place to the eastward, two days’ journey from it, the people

have raised great towers, adorned with all the precious substances.”

The second tower to the eastward is very probably the Great

Tope of Manikyala which is at the present time by the shortest

route over the Shah Aladitta hill, notless than 35 miles or two

days’ journey from Shéh ki Dheri.

X.—Pliny{ gives the distance of Taxila from the Indus to the

Hydaspes at 120 Roman miles or 110 British miles. By the

ancient road of the country abandoned for the present Grand Trunk

road, the distance from Shah ki Dheri to Rawal Pindi was 30

miles, avoiding the old Margulla cutting which, according to the

inscription still existing there, was completed in A. H. 1083 cor-

responding with A. D. 1672, or about the time when the Emperor

Aurangzeb marched to Hasan Abdal and sent his son Prince Sul-

tan with an army against the Khattaks and other Trans-Indus

tribes ; and from Rawal Pindi to Jhelam, the distance was 80 miles

via Maniky4éla, Dhamak and Rahtas. The whole distance there-

fore exactly agrees with Pliny’s statement.

* Beale’s Fa Hian, Chapter XI., page 32.

+ Book VI. Chapter 21.

a —

1870.]

List of Kashmiri words. 95

List* of words and phrases to be noted and used as test words for the

discovery of the radical affinities of languages and for easy comparison,

drawn up by Ur. Justice CAMPBELL.—Translated into Kashmiri, by

W. J. Exsmure, Ese., M. D., Srinagar.

Rules for the pronunciation of the vowels and consonants made

use of in this list. |

oo kw

as the u of ‘ but.’

represents a sound which must be learned from the lips of

a native of Kashmir.

as the a in ark.

nearly as the au of ‘ cause.’

as al in aisle.

as ou in sound.

as y in my.

in sounding this letter, the tongue is turned back and made

to strike the roof of the mouth.

as e in pet.

as a in spade. |

as fin fall. Kashmiris nearly always change the sound of

f into that of p aspirated.

as g in goat.

as g aspirated. Kashmiris cannot pronounce the letter

ghain correctly.

asiin pin. The Final i is pronounced very slightly.

as ee in glee.

as k aspirated ; £4 is generally incorrectly sounded by the

Kashmiris.

as n in the French mon.

as 1 in the Spanish Coruna.

as o in not.

’ aso in tone.

* The two Kashmiri and Gond Vocabularies given in the following pages

have been drawn up according to Mr. Justice Campbell’s Model Vocabulary.

Their distinguishing feature lies in this that the words are expressed in

the Persian and Nagiri characters, which removes every doubt as to the correct

pronunciation, THe EDItox,

ph asp aspirated. 7

r in pronouncing this letter, the tongue must be rolled bask )

upon itself.

t in sounding this letter correctly, the tongue is rolled back

and made to strike the roof of the mouth.

- és as in cots.

u as in pull.

ui as u in rule.

Meanings of Contractions.

f feminine.

H used chiefly by Hindis.

a indeclinable,

M used chiefly by Musalmans. A. Arabic:

m° woasculine. P. Persian.

n nominative. ;

p.-p. past or perfect participle.

pl. plural.

prp. present participle.

8. singular.

Numerals. 1 SII Ak.

2 8) Zah.

3 3, Trih.

4 BS3) Tsor

) par] Pantsh

6 roe Shih

v4 eno Sat.

8 ay Ath

9 ws Naun.

» Nau. ,_

10 BS Dal |

20 89 Wuh.

50 Bly Pantsah.

List of Kashmiré words. [No. 2, |

100 . wile Hat.

1870. | List of Kashmiri words. 97

Pronouns.

I & Boh.

. ( Wx Myon (n.s. m.)

}

i Ties ams vig | These are

Of me or mine < ae am pused adjec-

whys Myani (n. s. f.) | tively.

| &3lye Myanih (a. pl. f.)

We cel Ais.

(fer Son (n. s. m.) a

Of us or our ae me Gaph mt) ‘ Used ad-

| Ww Sani (n. Ss. {) | jectively.

(Bln Sanih (n. pl. f.) J

Thou 85 Tsah.

( We Chon (n. 8. m.) ]

| wle Ani (n. pl. m.

Ofthee orthine < cary Pa Ge) >» Used ad-

e | wle Chani (n. s. f.) | jectively.

: Ges Chanih (n. pl. f.)

You a3 ae Loni.

( Sas.) Eiaiemd: (i. s./ ms), 2 <=)

ddg3 Tuhandi (n. pl. m.) Ee

Of youor your: <.... 3 + Used ad-

| ae Tuhanz (n. s. f.) | jectively.

: 85443 Tuhanzah (n. pl. f.) .

He p00 St (when a person is absent and out

of sight.

died Tasund’ n. 8. m.)

FPisind Tasandi (n. pl. m.)

1 jiu3 = Tasanz (n. 8. f)

LL Bg Sand Tasanzah (n. pl. f.)

Other forms of the above genitive are

Of him or his

> Used ad-

| jectively.

digs Tahund, &e. Used ad-

odned Taimsund, &e. jectively.

~ Tim (m.)

They . 8&3 Timah (f.)

c di ,03 Timan hyund (nu. s. m.))

| | | sia.,e3 Timanhindi(n. pl. m.) |

i ecm ae ; Used ad-

oa a 542u;03 Timan hinz (n. s. f.) ( jectively.

| 844.543 Timan hinzah (n. pl. f.) J

98 List of Kashmiri words. [No. 2,

Another form of the above genitive is—

oug3 Tihyund, &e.

He 3® Hi (where person spoken of is pre-—

sent, but distant from the speakers

Of him or his Med Humsund, &e.

e* Hum (m.)

es | & Humah (f)

Of them or their oad 54 Human hyund, &e. $

He & Yih (when the person spoken of is

present and near the speaker).

Of him or his odes Yimsund, &e.

q Yim (m.)

ss | Ses Yimah (f.)

Of them or their Md.,e Yiman hyund, &e.

Hi and yih are also used as demonstrative pronouns for ‘ that”

and “ this” respectively.

Nouns.

Hand &iT Athah.

Khor (M.)

F a

ee | es Khér (H.)

Nose eee) Nast.

Eye Km} Achbh.

Mouth cnt _ As.

Tooth eSK) Dand

Ear we Kan

Hair Ji, bes

>) Rum (H.)

Head aly P Kalah

Tongue 3) Zéo 2

Belly 2 Yad

Back | mt Thar.

Iron _phonsts Shistar.

Gold we Sdn.

Silver =) Rop.

1870.]

Father

Mother

Brother

Sister

Man

Woman

Wife

Child

Son

Daughter

Slave

Cultivator

Shepherd

God

Devil

Sun

Moon

Star

Fire

List of Kashmiri words.

Mol.

Bab (M.)

Pita CE.)

Méj (ML)

Dad.

Mata (H.)

Boe.

Bini.

Bagani.

Méhni.

Mard (M.)

Porush (H.)

Manush (H.)

Zananah.

Kolai.

Ashaini.

Shur,

Néchu.

Farzand (m.)

ur.

Ghalam (m.)

Tsonz (£.)

Grost.

Pohdl.

Khuda.

Dai (H.)

Shetan.

Aftab (M.)

Seri (H.)

Zun.

Tsandramah (H.)

Taruk.

Nar,

100

Down

Before

Near «

Far

Behind

List of Kashmirt words.

Ws Poin (i)

| Pe De a Ab (M.) |

win 5 es Garah.

oe Lar

| s Gur. *

lf ve Gao.

W52 Han.

yy Brar.

rss Kokur.

SES) Batuk.

> Us Khar.

coy Wianth.

ygbla Janawar.

Verbs.

8%, Gatsh.

bas Biah

wy Walah.

& Yih.

sd Lae.

| je Mar.

By With.

y Mar

£0 - ‘Dih

we Pét.

> Hyur.

ce Bon.

Kg, Bénth.

| Sig 9! Bronth.

aS) Nakhah.

99 Dur

oy Pat.

com ‘Yus

| ee Kus?

1870. | List of Kashmiri words. 101

What ure Yus.

What g Kus?

or us ¢

) 2

What ¢ eS eye

Why? Bias Kyézih ?

nd As Tah.

3 noe) Biyih.

But Lo} A, - Ama.

ol dia Hargah.

Re. :

Ai.

Auwah.

Yes On.

Addasa.

No Nah.

om Afsus.

! Cre 3| P.

al ie Yo8s Wahbwila..

| A father Mol.

€ euch Mali sand (n. s. m.) )

ise ope Mai pandi (nepl ™).)- j Yaed od

| jlo Mali sanz (nu. s. f.) | jectively.

| LL 8hwJle Mali sanzah (n. pl. f.))

| To a father uo lo Malis.

From a father din) yJlo Malis nishih.

| Two fathers Jlos; Zah Mali.

| Fathers Jlo Mali

| \ ( deMdyJlo Malin hyund(n. s.m.)

| et Wee ua-aedt soe

| Of fathers } es ri ane ate Phe Used ad-

| | te Lo Malin hinz (a. s. f.) | jectively.

| | 8id.Jlo Malin hinzah(n. pl. f.) )

| To fathers ule Malin.

| From fathers &injytlo Malin nishih. ™

A daughter 395 a,

( dh4ay,5 Kori hyund (an. s. >)

Of a daughtex 4 me sal eaog ph + Used ad-

Lo eS 9S Kérihinz (n.s.f.) | jectively.

| -84Ady9° Kori hinzah (n. pl.f.))

102

To a daughter yy

From a daughter Sindy gS

Two daughters 3) 953}

Daughters X95

( SatwyyS

Of daughters yj ae Sg

mish), 5s

LL sp hduyS

To daughters Wy95

From daughters BAIL yg

A good man gown)

Of a good man — Aw gg ody

To a good man LP P4 Lye)

From a good

man Bnd wg hg yo )

Two good men pgrus 3}

Good men perry

Of good men DAD gh G05)

To good men W9G0 53)

From good men = Sw 4%Q55)

A good woman 830} 5)

Good women L583,

A bad boy past

A bad girl yp ost

Good ey

Better ws Sve

Best cy"

High Xx

Higher dy Sb See

Highest Moy

A horse ss

Horses B

A mare i

Mares 55

List of Kashmiri words.

[No. 2,

Kori.

Kori nishih.

Zah korih.

Korih,

Korinhyund(n.s.m.) }

Korin hindi(n. pl. m.)

Kérin hinz (n.s. f}) cou.

Korin hinzah(n. pl. f.)

Korin.

Kérin nishih,

Rut mohniu.

Ratis méhnivisund, &e.

Ratis mohnivis.

Ratis méhnivis nishih.

Zah rati mohnivi.

Rati mohnivi.

Ratin mdhhivén hyund, &e.

Ratin modhniven.

Ratin méhnhiven nishih.

Raés zandnah,

Ratsah zananah. :

Yachh nécha. |

Yachh kir. |

Rut. |

Séthah rut, (when shotah (than) —

is expressed, sethahis dispensed.

with.

Yats rut.

Thod.

Séthah théd.

Yats théd.

Gur.

Gurl.

Guir.

Gurih.

1870. ]

A bull

~ Bulls

A cow

Cows

A dog

Dogs

A bitch

Bitches

A he-goat

A female goat

Goats

_ A male deer

| A female deer

| Deer

I.) am

Thou (m.) art

| Thou (f) art

| He is

| We (m.) are

We (f.) are

You (m.) are

You (f.) are

| They (m.) are

They (f.) are

I (m.,) was

I) was

_ Thou (m.) wast

| Thou (f.) wast

| He was

We (m.) were

| We (£.) were

| You (m.) were

| You (f.) were

They (m.) were

List of Kashmiré words. 1038

fo Dand.

oiJ9 Dand.

af Gao.

3S Gao.

Wee Hin.

ws Huni.

Ww» Huin.

&Jg2 Honih.

J,laj Zshawul.

id ghey Tshawaj.

&alo5 Tshawajih (pl. f.)

C9) Ris.

wn! eS)) Riuskat.

=" Crd) Ris kachih (pl. f.)

ute & Boh chhus.

cree Boh chhas. .

Sead5 Tsah chhuk.

Sa33 Tsah chhak.

&é= ¢w Suchhu.

& =»! Ais chhih (ih = e anglice.)

& = ow! Ais chhih (ih = e in pet anglice.)

85265 Tohi chhiwah (i = e anglice).

$5424) Tohi chhiwah (i=e in pet ang-

lice).

&=~3 Tim chhih (ih=e anglice.)

&=Si05 Timah chhih (ih=e in pet ang-

lice.)

tent Boh. osus.

Tes Boh Asas.

chov9/85 Tsah osuk.

Nao 85 Tsah asak.

Hale Su os.

ort! Ais dis.

&wJ cw! Ais dsah.

$y0)63 Tdhi dsiwah.

S765 Tdhi dsawah.

Tim Ais.

104

They (f.) were

List of Kashmivré words. [No. 2; |

&ue[&es Timah asah.

Be | ut

[mf

To be wT

wlvef

Bej

eing | ae

( rdw of

, | very |

Having been. 4

I (m. & f.) may be

I (m. & f.) shall be | Kuo Ss

I (m. & f.) should be

cod

Beat i

oP)

To beat wd

Beating why

f (sary!

| } res)

Having beaten <_ L etd

| syed

Se)

I (m.) beat DEY mee hd

I (£.) beat EN pre ed

Thou (m.) beatest WhkY i235

Thou (f.) beatest whk$elyo 3}

He beats VLISs Cy

‘We (m.) beat OLY Sea Cpl

We (f.) beat WLYS a

You (m.) beat WV 84-a65

As (s.)

Asyt (pl.)

Asun.

Asan (present participle, inde-~

clinable.)

Asit (conjunctive participle, in-

declinable. ) '

O’smut (n.s.m.) f{ Past or

Asmati(n. pl. m.) | Bee ia

ticiple.

Asmats (n. s. f.) |

Asmafsah (n. pl. f.) L

Boh dsah.

Lae (s. m. f.)

Laya (pl. m. f.)

Layun.

Léyén (present participle, inde-

clinable.) |

Loemut (n.s.m.) } Past or

Liemati (n. pl. m.) a Pare

Laemats (n.s. f.) { adjectively.

Layimafésah n. pl. f.

Layit (conjunctive participle, in- —

declinable.)

Béh chhus laydn.

Boh chhas layan.

Tsah chhuk layan.

Tsah chhak layan.

Su chhu layan. Se

Ais chhih léyaén (ih = e anglice.)

Ais chhih layén (ih=e in pet |

anglice.) |

Tohi chhiwah layén (i= eanglice.)

1870.]

You (f.) beat OL 3,065

They (m.) beat OLS a3

They (f.) beat LYS a do5

I(m.) am beating WY wes

I(f.) ambeating WLI py

I (m.) was beating OLY, pews! &

Tf.) was beating WL, prof &

I qm. f.) had beaten prog eadyd

I (m. f.) may beat KY Ks

I (m. f.) shall beat SYK

I (m. f.) should beat KI YK

I (m. f.) am beaten eTayy

‘I (m. f.) was

beaten ag frmof Ey

I (m. f.) shall be beaten psy

Im.) go WS meas

I (f.) go wlayS nee

Thou (m.) goest wlayfelo3}

Thou (f.) goest ular Sela 3}

He goes lary Sé>

I (m.) went cy

I (f.) went pS

Thou (m.) wentest 55583

Thou (f.) wentext L535

He went nies

| x5

Go | rs ¢

Going wlas$

(ices

. wal¥

Gone 1 yale

3 Bol?

List of Kashmiri words.

105

Tohi chhiwah layéan G=e in pet

anglice.)

Tim chhih layén (ih=e anglice.)

Timah chhih layén (ih=e in pet

anglice.)

Boh chhus layan.

Boh chhas layan.

Boh osus layan.

Boh asas layan.

Loemut osum.

Boh layih.

Layinah 4m.

Layinah 4mut osum.

Layinah yiyam.

Boh chhus gafshan.

Boh chhas gaéshan.

Tsah chhuk gaf¢shén.

Tsah chhak gatshén,

Su chhu ga¢shan.

Boh gos

Boh gayas.

Tsah g 6k.

Tsah gayak.

Su gau.

Gatsh (s. m. and f.)

Gatshyt (pl. m. and f.)

Gatsh4n (present participle inde-

clinable).

Gomut (n.s.m.) )

Gamati (n. pl. m.) . ae or

Gamats (n. 8. f.) ticiple, a

Gamazsah (n. pl. f.)

106

( Se &Sshoye

What is your | AZ AS Bogs

name ? { ‘

| abe A885

| sis AP

How old is this

horse ? Ke dy 855,58 &

How far isit from

here to Kashmir ? -cwbyasSaiyssy Yitih péthah Kashiri tam 7

29083 ,5

ie ~ oda Jeupile

are 555

oduoJ Lo orgs

How many sons Sea gatS e:

are there in your ¢

father’s house ?

I have walked a S343) 9953 oS 5

long way to-day.

(29 obese gules

prot hgide

sevayS yeh

The son of my un-

cle is married to{ 4acck edge |

her sister, Werdwooyd gd

ney S gh

L pp oleploulys

In the house is the » Sahiba pie, ye yS

saddle of the

white horse.

(yz) Odwe

List of Kashmiri words.

3 Tuhandis milis kats

[ No, 2,

Chon nao kyah

chhu ?

Tuhund nado kyah

chhu ?

Tsih kyah chhui

nao ?

Toshi kyah chhu-

wah nao.

Not idio-

matic. am

Idiomatic.

2 a

Yih gur kafsah wohur chhu %

kétah chhu dur?

Chinis mali sandi gari }

kéts néchivi chhih ? eZ

Tuhandis mali sandi \j dio-

gari kats nechivi | matic.

chhih ?

Chinis mialis kats)

néchivi chhih ?

. +

néchivi chhih? J

Az pokus boh diérih péthah. —

Myani pitar sandi néchivi chhu

tahanzi bini set ne

kurmut.

or j

Myani pitar bayi chhu toll ns

bini set nethar kurmut.

a mamasandi ndchivi, & a

Gaetan manz chhu nilah gu

sund zin.

1870. | List of Kashmiri words. 107

( Ig ded ped phe Tahanzi thari pét thau zin

(not idiomatic),

yy wi) Zin kar tas.

cron) Zin ladus.

| Put the saddle

upon his back.

Idiomatic.

yim tahandis né-

Lore wr dhgl gdacee Shee Séthah kamchih 1a-

I have beaten his chivis,

son with many < atch: ° or

stripes. Jane emsielner: Siw Séthah kamchih di-

tim tahandis né-

L chivis.

[He is grazing cat- C4 plSS yayel asda iw Su chhu gupan ra-

tle on the top of chhan koh-kalas

the hill. : pét.

He is sitting on a wy, S She UG_ wh “ Hut kulas tal chhu

horse under that guris khasit.

tree. |

Hisbrotheristaller ogi Sup 5ig3Sacogoig) Tahund boe chhu-

than his (not his tahanzi bini kh6-

own) sister. tah thoéd.

| The price of that is B43) 15 Saclorses Humyuk médl chhu

two rupees and dayih ropayih.

a half.

| My father lives in Wl ina JSoadeaclyowys0 Myén mél chhu hut

| that small house. larihanimanz basan.

w i i es f

Give this rupee to eye? 8d e4)%3 Yih ropai dih humis.

if. him. crt? gtd ced%¢ Yihropai diya humis.

'Take those rupees cred 4D dy) 64 Humah ropayih hih humis.

from him.

BAY | yr DB Seg > yt} ar chob dih humis biyi

| Beat him well and | a s<azr) Zab ass

| bind him with :

ropes. | woSarmyy cyt) Zabar liyit razau set gan-

dun (more idiomatic).

WAS Craw 95) razau set gandun.

| Draw water from wes x yO] B yd Krerih andrah khar ab.

| the well.

| Walk before me. Shhh Mih bonth pak.

108 Gondi Words and Phrases. [No. Z

Whose boy comes wly3Shy455x5 Bag oigS K6éhund néchu chhu ésih

behind you ? patah patah yiwén ?

From whom did kd KO) S58 Hu kas nishih hétut ?

you buy that ?

From a shop-keeper 443, ywJ| rb ors li~S<¥ Gamakis akis wanawélis

of the village. | nishih.

LOO OOO

Gondi Words and Phrases.—By Rev. James Dawson, Missionary to the

Gonds, Chindwara, Central Provinces.

[Received 7th June, 1870. ]

Numerals.

One undi wat

Two rand cw

Three mund qs

Four naling ATS j

Five salyting a

Six séring aTea

Seven yertng aga

Hight armur aT

Nine unmak Sara

Ten pad 72s

Twenty visa avat 4H.

Fifty pachas gata H.

A hundred nir BAS

Ist Personal Pronoun, Sing.

Nom. i anna Sat

Gen. Of me, mine, nawor, nawork, aTatt, Aare

srutere . nawa, nawang arat, araia

Dat. Acc. ; nak, nakun aa Circ %

187 0. | Gondi Words and Phrases. 109

The Genitive has four forms which are determined by the Gender

jand Number of the noun following, ¢. g. :—

Nawor tammur aTaTe AT my brother.

Nawork tammurk arate THR my brothers.

Nawé selar aTaT Gare my sister.

Nawang selark aaa Sara my sisters.

This rule is applicable to the Genitive case of all nouns and

pronouns.

. Plural.

| Nom. we ammot _ ware

Gen. of us, our maéwor, mawork AAT ATA.

mawa, mawang Tat ATaya

Ace. us mak, mékun ara HT

2nd Personal Pronoun, Sing.

'Nom, thou imma <a ;

| Gen. of thee, thine, niwor, niwork, alae, Aaa

| niwé, niwang alat, asia

| Ace. thee nik, nikun ata, MHA

Plural.

' Nom. you immat sae

Gen. of you, your, miwor, niwork alae Tata

| miw4, niwdng alat alaia

| Acc. you \mik, mikun ala ager

37rd Personal Pronoun, Sing. Mase.

Nom. he or Bc

Gen. of him, his _—onhor, onhork GeV, Beery

| onha, onhéng BIER Srezia

Ace. him on Sra

Plural Mase.

Nom. they ork | Sra

Gen. of them, their orknor, orknork GRAAL WHAT e

orkna, orknang BRAT Sra aha

Ace. them orkun SIE I

110

Gondi Words and Phrases.

Third Personal Pronoun, Sing. Fem.

she

of her, hers

her

they

theirs

them

Hand

Foot

Nose

Eye

Mouth

Ear

Tooth

Hair

Tongue

Belly

Back

Iron

Gold

Silver

Father

Mother

Brother

Sister

Man

Woman

Wife

Child

Son

Daughter

tannor, tanna

addenor, addena

tan

Plural Fem.

aveknor, aveknork

avekna, aveknang

avekun

kai

kal

massor

kan

tudi

kavi

pal

chuting

wanjer

pir

murchul

kachi

sono -H.

chandi H.

dhaa

dhai

tammur

selar

maéanwal

chauwa

matrri

miar

aTalt aval, or

Beat, Beat -

ala

StI

FARA, Wana

aKa, BATT

a" 4

1870.)

Slave

Cultivator

Shepherd

God

Devil

Sun

Moon

Star

‘Fire

Water

House

Horse

Cow

Sit

Come

Beat

Stand

Die

Give

Run

barskélyal

not known

gadri

Ishwar

daitur

suriyal

chandarmal

suku

kis

yer

ron

koda

mura

nal

bilal

gogoti

not known

gadhal

utum

pitte

han

tin

udha

wara

jim

nita

sisi han

sim

vita

Gondi Words and Phrases.

TATA

Taat

aat wa

aia

Taat

111

| The above are in the singular, as, Go thou, imma han, gat wa.

Pl. Go ye, immat hant, gate wee. The plural imperative is

formed from the singular by adding t, z.

Near

Who

And

parro

karrum

bor

unde

UXT

HVA

112 Gondi Words and Phrases. [No. 2,

Yes inge za

Down khalwa GIST

Far lakh wa

What bang aia

But unde UW

No halle a

Before munne aa |

Behind pia fast

Why bari art

abe unde ww

Alas hai hai wie ere H.

Declension of Nouns. Sing.

Nom. a father dhat area

Gen. ofa father, m. dhatnor-nork UTBAT-ATH

— ofafather, f. dhdiné-ning STHaT- AT

Dat. toa father dhatin yaa

Abl. from a father dhainsin yaaa

Plural.

Nom. fathers dhaétrk Tsay

Gen. of fathers, m. dhétrknor-nork ‘ wraqalt-aTa

—— of fathers, f. dhairkna-néng BSAA Aa

Dat. to fathers dhaurkun asa

Abl. from fathers dhatrksin Brana

There is no dual.

Sing.

A daughter miar aa

Of a daughter, m. mfdénor-nork MAA K-aTar

Of a daughter, f. miané-néng @srat-aiat

To a daughter mian aareat

From a daughter miansin aararaat

Plural.

Daughters miark aaa

Of daughters, m. miarknor-nork AAA IC-a Tae

Of daughters, f. miarkna-néng ASaal-aiat

To daughters miarkun aaa

From daughters miarksin Aaa aT

1870. | Gondi Words and Phrases.

Sing. with adjective.

A good man chokho manwal STAT ATT

Of a good man,m. chokho ménwanor Sat APaTATT

Ofagood man, f. chokhoménwanaé - SIT BTATAT

To a‘good man. chokho manwaén STI aTaret

From a good man _ cliokho ménwansin Sal BATT aT

The Plural of Genitive as above.

Plural Noun with Adjective.

Good men: chokho manwalk STAT AAT

Of good men, m. chokho ménwilknor STAT ATHTAATT

Of good men, f. chokho manwalkna SST ATTRA

_ To good men chokho manwalkun STAT AAT CHT

From good. men chokho maénwalksin Sal Aaa

The Plural of Genitive as formerly.

_ A good woman. chokho ar TST BIT

Good women: chokho ask STS BTA

A. bad boy. burtor pedgal. FATT qealea

_ A bad girl burtai pedgi qa Gsm

| Good chokho STS

| Better tan sin chokho ara Stat ray

| Best sabrot sin chokho Gala Vat Arar

| High dhongél etara

_ Higher tan sin dhongal aa aa ciara

| Highest sabrot sin dhongél asta ta Sidley

| A horse - koda AIST

| A mare koda ATST

| Horses., kodang asia

| Mares kodang asia

A bull kurra HU

| A cow mura gst

| Bulls kurrang Aria

| Cows murang HsTa

| A dog cts TAL a

| Dogs naik aa

| Bitch nai a

114

Bitches

A he goat

Goats

A female goat

Female goats

A deer

Deer

A female deer

Iam

Thou art

He is

We are

You are

They are

I was

Thou wast

He was

We were

You were

They were

To be

Being

Having been

I may be

I shall be

T should be

Beat

To beat

Beating

Having beaten

I beat

Thou beatest

He beats

We beat

You beat

Gondi Words and Phrases.

naik

bakral

bakralk

yeti

yeting

mao

maok

mao

anna andan

imma andin

or 4ndur

ammot andom

immat andit

ork andurk

anna mathona

imma mathoni

or mathor

ammot mathoram

immét mathorit

ork mathork

aidna

ateke, or

dsode

dsikun

aiaka

diaka

alata (2)

jim

jiana

jiteke

jisikun

anna jidtona

imma jidtoni

or jiadtor

ammot jiatoram

immat jidtorit

ast 34 Ls

AISA

ATs

BWA SIT

Sal Breer

GMT aIET

BAS Beara

sare arate ~

Ha MUSH

Sal VSrat

<a aareat

BC HAC

GAS HACa

are wacia

Bae Bara

STA

UBT

Baa, or

Sas

aan and aaTS

sifeger

GA StSrarat

Sa Baraat

BIC TBAT

Bae SNVATa

1870.]

_ They beat

I am beating

I was beating

T had beaten —

I may beat

I shall beat

I should beat

I am beaten

I was beaten

I shall be beaten

I go

Thou goest

He goes

I went

Thou wentest

He went

Going

Gone

Gondi Words and Phrases.

ork jidtork

anna jidtonaé

anna jindén

anna jisi mathona

anna jiaka

anna jidkaé

anna jiatona (?)

anna mar tindétona

anna mar titan

anna mar tindaka

anna handatona

imma handatoni

or handator

anna hatan

imma hatin

or hatur

han

hateke, and

hanjode

hanjikun

What is your name ?

Miwa parol bang 4ndu ?

Hat asia aia Br?

How old is this horse ?

Id kodaé bachaéle warsén na andu ?

T= AIST TUS FaTA A wre?

How far is it from here to Kashmir ?

Tgétél Kashmirtun bachale lakh andu ?

were aig’ se Wa we P

How many sons are there in your father’s house ?

Miwor dhai na rot te bachdéle mark Andurk ?

HAT UH AT Ura a SaaS AH Brea ?

I have walked a long way to-day.

Nend anna lakh taktona.

aw Wa WA AAA.

115

Trae STATA

Wal SATA

Wal ware

Sar site warat

Wal SITAR

Wal Saat

Wal SSTATAT (?)

Bal actfaararatr

Bat arclarara

Wal acrazrar

Wal SAAT

Zeal Vatratat

TNT SATATC

Wal Cala

<a walt

GIT qT

San and

aie

etesraat

116 Gondi Words and Phrases.

The son of my uncle is married to her sister.

Nawor kak4 nor marri ténna seléné marming kitur.

ATaT ATH ATC BLY ATA Al Gat Al Weela Hlae.

In the house is the saddle of the white horse.

Pandri kodé ta khogir rot te andu.

West] HIST AT GAC Ta a Bre.

Put the saddle upon his back.

Tan na murchut parro khogir ira.

ATA AT AGA GL GAT Ter.

I have beaten his son with many stripes.

Anna onhor marrin walle korang jitan.

Bal Bese atha aa areia stare.

He is grazing cattle on the top of the hill.

Or matta ta chendit parro miréng kondéng mehtator.

Ort wat at Ghee GU agin arian HATA.

He is sitting on a horse under that tree.

Or ad marrat khalwa kodat parro uditor.

Ft Be ata Bw Areva Gor wieare.

His brother is taller than his sister.

Onhor tammur onha selaén sin dhongél andur.

WSL AAC Bee Hara A Stara BAe.

The price of that is two rupees and a half,

Tan na mola arhai rupidéng Andu. |

aa AT ATS FETs WAST WI.

My father lives in that small house.

Nawor dhat ad chudor rot te mandator,

TATE UTR GT SIC Ue WRATT

Give this rupee to him.

Id rupia on sim.

ze WS Bra sea.

Take those rupees from him.

Au rupiang on sin yena.

St Vaya Bra Mat Far.

Beat him well and bind him with ropes.

On walle korang jisikun nune te dohat.

Slat aa aria sifageT a @ Slee.

1870. | Notes on Sanskrit Inscriptions from Mathura. 117

Draw water from the well.

Kia ta yer imat.

LA At AC Ware.

Walk before me.

Na munne takat.

al Wi aTaTZ.

Whose boy comes behind me ?

Miwa pija bonhor chauwa waidtor ?

Har fas Fest Bar THAT

From whom did you buy that ?

Immat tin bon sin mola te yetit.

SHS ata Sta Sta FTA a Bata.

From a shopkeeper of the village.

Natenor undi baniyan sin.

ale A1t Ut afaara Sra.

| Notes on Sanskrit Inscriptions from Mathuré.—By Babu RA/TENDRA-

LALA Mirra.

[Read 2nd September, 1868. ]

In the Proceedings for May, 1862, mention is made of some sculp-

| tures and inscriptions which the Lieutenant-Governor of the N. W.

| Provinces had placed at the disposal ofthe Society. These had been

| found by Mr. Best, Collector of Mathur4, while engaged in clearing

| away, in 1860, a large earthen mound for the site of a new court-

| house at the entrance of that station by the main road leading from

it to Agra. :

At one time there stood on this mound ‘‘a masjid of some anti-

quity which had been blown down for military reasons during

the mutiny,” and under it there existed the remains of what was

once a Buddhist monastery. Noattempt was made to ascertain the

extent of the building or to trace its ground-plan, but from the

size of the mound, and the quantity of stones and building materials

found, it was evident that the monastery must have been a large one,

and included at least two temples dedicated at different times.

Among the articles found, were a number of sculptures in the coarse

118 Notes on Sanskrit Inscriptions from Mathura. [No. 2, ©

red sandstone, so common in Delhi and Agra, and including a lot

of statues, cornices, bas-reliefs and pillars. ‘‘ These were,” accord- —

ing to Mr. Best, “all more or less mutilated, and appeared to be of —

varying antiquity.” ‘It was probable,” he therefore thought, “ that

the building had passed through several stages of decay, repair and _

additions, before its final destruction.” Although most of the sculp- 4

”” says General

Cunningham, ‘‘ very interesting on account of their variety, as they P

comprise statues of all sizes, bas-reliefs, pillars, Buddhist railings, —

votive stupas, stone umbrellas, and many other objects peculiar —

to Buddhism, of a date as early as the first century of the Christian

era. Amongst the broken statues, there is the left hand of a colos-

sal figure of Buddha, the teacher, which measures one foot across —

the palm. The statue itself, therefore, could not have been less than —

from 20 to 24 feet in height. Stone statues of this great size are so

difficult to move, that they can be very rarely made. It is

true that some of the Jain statues of Gwalior are larger, such as

the standing colossus in the Urwdhi of the fort, which is 57 feet

high, with a foot 9 feet in length, and the great-seated figure on the —

east side of the fort, which is 29 feet, with a hand 7 feet inlength. —

But these figures are hewn out of the solid rock to which they are q

still attached by the back.’’* * ‘TI look therefore with great interest —

to the discovery of other portions of the Mathura colossus, especially

to that of the pedestal, on which we may expect to find the d

name of the donor of this costly and difficult work.’* Some of

them are interesting also, from the circumstance of their bearing

inscriptions in the ancient Gupta character with dates in figures of

anew type. One of the sculptures is thus described by General —

tures are of very inferior workmanship, ‘‘ they are,

Cunningham.

‘‘The most remarkable piece of sculpture is that of a female of 4

rather more than half life size. The figure is naked, save a girdle

of beads round the waist, the same as is seen in the Bhilsa sculp-

tures and Ajanta paintings. The attitude and the positions of the 4

hands are similar to those of the famous statue of Venus of the

Capitol. But in the Mathura statue, the left hand is brought ©

across the right breast, while the right hand holds up a small portion

* Archeological Report for 1862-63, p. 4,

1870. | Notes on Sanskrit Inscriptions from Mathura. 119

of drapery. The head is slightly inclined towards the right should-

er, and the hair is dressed in a new and peculiar manner, with

long curls on each side of the face, which fall from a large circular

ornament on the top of the, head. The back of the figure is

supported by a thick cluster of lotus stalks covered with buds and

flowers, which are very gracefully arranged and boldly executed.

| The plump face with its broad smile is the leastisatisfactory part

of this work. Altogether this statue is one of the best specimens

of unaided Indian jart that_I have met with. I presume that it

| represents a dancing girl.’’*

. Mr. E. C. Bayley who was, at the time of the discovery, Judge

_ of Mathura, had the inscriptions removed to his bungalow, and facsi-

miles prepared of some ofthem. These were early placed at my dis-

posal. Major General Cunningham who saw the inscriptions soon

after, also prepared reduced transcripts of a number of them, and

placed them in my hands. I had been assured by Mr. Bayley that

_ he had taken immense pains in transcribing tie inscriptions with

_ his own hands, after testing each letter by holding the unwieldy

| stones in different lights, and I well knew the care and attention

which General Cunningham devoted to such work ; I was prepared

| therefore to find that the two sets of facsimiles would prove to be

| exactly alike. But on examination, I found them to differ in

some material points, and I was obliged to lay them by, until |

got an opportunity of comparing them with the originals, which I

expected would soon be sent to the Society’s museum. These were

| received in 1863,{ and on comparing them with my facsimiles, I

* Thid, p. 5.

+ These include—

| lst. The feet of a large image supported by male and female figures at the

sides and smaller figures between the feet (No. 830 A.)

| 2nd. Figures representing portion of a procession in honor, apparent] ff

Buddha (No. 830 B.) i Rane ie 4 RT

I 3rd. The feet of a small image, apparently, of Buddha, bearing an inscription

| (830 C.

| 4th. A stone ladder which, apparently, had been used as a drain-pipe, bear-

| ing part of a very interesting inscription (876 A.)

} Oth, Twelve bases of round pillars bearing inscriptions.

| 6th. A fragment of red sandstone about 3 feet high with Buddhist figures in

| relief on two sides, One of these sets of figures represents the bi

| Buddha, No. 880 A. - r 4 Rogen

| ‘7th. A very perfect figure of Buddha, about 6 feet in height, the head

| encircled by an ornamental halo (887 A.)

120 Notes on Sanskrit Inscriptions from Mathura. [No. 2,

found that out of 10 facsimiles of Mr. Bayley, the Society had

received the originals of only 8, and out of 18 transcripts of

General Cunningham, only 11 were forthcoming, the rest being

missing, most probably converted into ballast for the repair of

roads by some Benthamite overseer in the Public Works Depart-

ment; for in reply to my enquiry on the subject, Mr. Bayley wrote

to me, ‘‘I fear some of Cunningham’s are hopelessly gone, as I

could not find them, and a good deal of stone-breaking had gone

on in the meanwhile.”’

Among the missing stones was a most important dated one,

which in the two sets of facsimiles appeared to differ in their details.

There were, however, among the stones sent to the Society, two

originals which were not included in either set of the facsimiles.

The inscriptions were all more or less defaced, worn out and

smudgy, and it was by filling up the interstices of the letters with

powdered black-lead, that I could read some of them. Others it

was impossible to decypher, and the facsimiles now presented to the

readers of the Journal (plates IV, V, VI and VII.) are, to a great

extent, imperfect. They are taken from General Cunningham’s tran-

scripts, with such corrections and emendations as a careful ex-

amination of the original and comparison with Mr. Bayley’s

transcripts would warrant, leaving all doubtful letters as they

were read by the General.

Fourteen of the inscriptions are inscribed on bases of pillars,

three occur on the pedestals of statues, one on a stone ladder, one on

an oblong slab, and one on a stupa or chaitya, i. e., model of a funer-

al monument. According to General Cunningham “ altogether

the bases of 30 pillars were discovered, of which 15 were inscribed

with the names of the donors who presented the columns to the

monastery.” But, he says, ‘‘as one of these gifts consisted of 6

pulars, a second of 25 pillars, and a third of 26 pillars, there still

remain 40 columns to be discovered, which will bring up the total

number to 70.”* The inscriptions from which these facts have been

F ate yf figure similar to the above, but with the halo broken, about 5} feet

9th. A Buddhist naked female figure about 4 feet high.

*. Loe. cit. p. 4,

1870. | Notes on Sanskrit Inscriptions from Mathura. 121

collected are, however, not before me, or if they be mentioned in

any portion. of the inscriptions communicated. to me. by the General,

they are not legible to me.

The plinths of the: pillars: are~ squares of 233 to 24 inches

each side, having on each corner the figure of a lion, half pro-

jecting from the base moulding. Little can be said of the exe-

eution of these figures, but their style is characteristic. From

above their body rise the shafts, which are not, as.is usual among

| purely Indian. columns, polygonal and. cylindrical at intervals,

_ but cylindrical throughout, as is the case in some of the columns

in the temple of Martand and other. structures in Kashmir. The

diameter of the shafts may be roughly given at 18 inches. Ordinarily

the length of Indian pillars varies from. 7 to 9 diameters, and

taking 8 at an average, the height of the veranda to which the

pillars were attached, may be assumed at 16 feet. The temples

themselves must have. been considerably higher to make room

for statues, one of which was 24 feet in height.

The inscriptions. on the pillars are in several instances repeated,

first inscribed on the torus and then on the plinth. But in more

than. one instance, the two inscriptions appear to. be different.

The statues call for no remark. They are of the usual Sdrnath

type, two being standing figures with one hand lifted as in lec-

turing, and the other holding the hem of a, light drapery thrown

over the person; the third is a seated figure: the head in all the

three instances is encircled by a halo,

The stone ladder is peculiar. Mr. Bayley describes it.to have “ ori-

| ginally formed part of a sculptured drain pipe, which was subse-

| quently made to do duty as part of a stone ladder, and the ruthless

| hands which fitted.it for the latter purpose, had unfortunately hacked

| away a great portion of a very interesting, inscription which it

| originally bore.’ Possibly it was originally a drain. pipe ; if so, it”

| could not have then borne any inscription, for the inscription ap-

| pears to have been incised after its conversion into.a ladder, be-

| ginning at the bottom of the left hand bar and carried from above

| downwards on the right hand side, the feet of the letters on the

| opposite sides being reversed. Had the inscription been cut be-

| fore the making of the steps, the writing would have all run in the

122 Notes on Sanskrit Inscriptions from Mathura. [No. 2,

same direction. The ladder as we now possess it (Plate VI. Fig. —

xIv) is only a fragment, the upper half being lost. This circum-—

stance, and the injuries which the letters have received from time —

and ill-usage, render the complete decipherment of the record

quite out of the question. From the few words that I have been

able to read, I take the steps to have been presented by a mendi-

cant, named Buddha-dasa, for the use of the pious, or, to quote his.

own words, ‘ for the good of all mankind” (sarvasatta hitdya).

The inscriptions on the pillars are likewise records of gifts

to the monastery, and in language, style and grammar differ not

in the least from similar records in Sanchi and other Buddhist

sanctuaries. The shortest inscriptions of this class simply say “the —

gift of so and so ;” others add the purpose for which the gift is made,

being the good of one’s ownself, or that of his parents, or of mankind

at large; and the more elaborate include the date of the gift,

the name of the monastery, and perhaps the name of the reigning

sovereign, The nature of the gift is sometimes mentioned, but

not often; and the question may be raised as to whether in the

case of inscriptions, recording gifts (dana) without specifying their

nature, they are to be taken as mere records of gifts, or of the gift

of the objects on which they occur? General Cunningham is in favour

of the latter alternative, and is of opinion that the things on which

donative inscriptions occur, are themselves the objects of these —

inscriptions. There is generally, however, no pronoun of any kind

in such inscriptions to fix such a meaning, and it often happens, that

a single bar of a railing, records two or three or more gifts of

different dates, each in the usual form of gifts of so and so

—amukasya danam. Of the two inscriptions given on plate V. (No.

v,) that on the torus records the gift of some Dasa, the son

of Vasumihira, while the one on.the plinth, gives the name

of Vis‘vasika Vikramahara, son of Sinha. They cannot possibly

be intended to record the gift of the pillar, but of some gif

in money or other article to the shrine. Had the object been

the joint gift of two or more persons, their names would have

been given, not in separate inscriptions, but in one record, as

is the case in many inscriptions which have come under notice.

I am disposed to think, therefore, that the dina inscriptions were

1870. } Notes on Sanskrit Inseriptions from Mathura. 123

designed partly by wily covetous priests who, for a consideration,

dispensed sanctity to ordinary mortal names by recording them on

sacred edifices, and partly by a desire to buy celebrity or immor-

tality at a cheap cost by having one’s name recorded on buildings

frequented by millions, and which were supposed to last to all but

eternity ; a counterpart of that feeling which makes the modern

tourists scribble their names under the dome of St. Peter. The late

Major Markham Kittoe availed himself of this idea, and recorded

the name of each subscriber to the Benares College Building Fund

over or around a separate arch or doorway of the College Building

as the donor of that particular object, and not as a contributor to

the general fund.

In the case of the inscriptions on statues (Nos. x1. XIII. XVII.

the language is throughout different, and they leave no doubt in

, the mind as to the ebject of their writers.

_. One of the pillar inscriptions describes the edifice in which it was

| found as the monastery (vthdra) of Huvishka, whose titles were “ the

_ great king, the king of kings, the son of God,” following closely

the numismatic Greek legend Basileus Basileun theodotoy. Major

| General Cunningham first identified this prince with the Hushka of

the Rayatarangini and the Ooerki of our Indo-Scythian coins. He

reigned in Kashmir in the middle of the first century before Christ,

and from the circumstance of a monastery dedicated by him existing

| in Mathura, we may fairly infer that his dominion extended, at least,

| as far down as that ancient city.

A second inscription (Plate XI. No. xv.) gives the name of

| another prince with the same ultra regal titles of Maharaja, rajitirda,

_read. The first two syllables are unmistakeably Vasu, after which

| there is space in the facsimiles for three letters which Mr. Bayley

veither Vasumitra or Vasudeva. As the mark of the long vowel is

|distinct and Vaésumitra is not strictly correct, I take the name to be

Vasudeva. That this prince was a successor of Huvishka, must

| follow as a matter of course, if our inference about the date of this

inscription be correct: if it be doubted still, judging from the

character of his inscription, his time was not much removed from

that of the S ‘aka king. 7

124 Notes on Sanskrit Inscriptions from Mathuré. [No. 2,

Some of the inscriptions, as already stated, are dated, and the

figures of these dates are by far the most interesting, and at the

same time the most puzzling elements in their composition. Ge-

neral Cunningham, some time ago, commented on them at great

length in this Journal,* but without coming to a satisfactory con-

clusion. Nor can I congratulate myself upon having raised the ques-—

tion much above the region of mere conjecture, though the conclu-

sions I have come to, appear to be much more probable and consistent, —

After the decypherment of the dated inscriptions of Nasik by the —

learned Dr. Bhau Daji,} the values of most of the figures must now be

accepted as settled ; but they cannot be read in the ordinary decimal —

style, without producing very doubtful results, I propose, therefore,

to read them from the right in arithmetical series as numerical

notations without reference to their local values. This may, at

first sight, appear objectionable in a writing which proceeds from

left to right, but seeing that the Arabs and the Persians read their

figures, borrowed from the Hindus, from left to right, though their

writing proceeds from an opposite direction, it may be presumed

that the ancient Buddhists, who evidently took their figures from

the Aryan type, did not alter the original style of the figures —

and wrote them from right to left. Hence it is that even in modern

chronograms, a rule is observed which says ‘“ figures, proceed

to the left.” =A aTavafa! Raghunandana, the author of the

28 Tattvas, in his treatise on astrology, Jyotis Tattva, three

hundred years ago, quoted a s/loka to the effect that ‘in writing

many figures of one denomination the progress should be to the left.”

PHAAA HABIT aluar afa:; and to this day all chronograms

in Sanskrit are read in that way. Brown, in his Essay on Sanskrit

Prosody, notices the practice, though he does not quote any autho-

rity. Following this rule, the four figures of No. 1, (plate IV.)

may be read as 40 + 10-+-5-+ 4 = 59. Reading from left to right

the result would be 4 + 5 -++ 10 + 40, which would be absurd as

progressing from small to large figures. If the third and the fourth

letters be taken for 9 and 6, and the whole be read decimally accord-

ing to their relative position, the date would be 4596, which would

* Ante Vol. XXXI, p. 426.

+ Journal, Bombay Branch Royal Asiatic Society, Vol. VIII. p. 228.

1870. | Notes on Sanskrit Inseriptions from Mathura. 125

correspond with no known or probable era. The value of the first

figure is unquestionable; the second is somewhat lke a 7, and the

counterparts of the third and fourth are so exactly reproduced in the

Nasik records, that they cannot be gainsaid. Reading from right

to left, I am unwilling to read the third letter as a 7, for it is not

at all likely that eleven would be indicated by 7 + 4 whena figure

for 10 wasin use. The only material objection to this reading

would be, the figure for day, which looks very much like the last

figure of the year read from the left. But the difficulty is not in-

superable. Something very similar to it occurs in the Nasik caves

for a6, but the two are not exactly alike. I am disposed, however,

_ to take it to be the same figure which occurs in the year, 2. ¢., 40.

Such a figure for the day of the month would, no doubt, be in-

admissible, but as no month is named in the record, the 40th day

of the year 59, would not be an unreasonable way of expressing

_ the date.

Inscription, No. 1, read from the right in the way indicated above,

| would give the date the 80th day of the year 59. In No. vi

there are only two figures, one of which is the same which I have

| taken for 40 in Nos. 1 and 2, but the other is very doubtful and

I cannot positively say whether it is that figure or 100. It looks very

like a7, but a 7 before a 40 would be inconsistent, and it is probably

| therefore a mutilated remnant of the figure for a 100. If so, the date

would be 140. No. xrv has a single figure which occurs repeatedly

in the Nasik caves No. 23, for 10, and its date therefore may be

without any hesitation taken for the year 10. No. xv has two figures,

| one of which is 40 and the other 4—=44. The word for the era

| in it is given in full, samvatsare, and then follows the word varshe ‘in

| the year,’’ very much in the same way, as if a man were to say ‘‘in

| the year 44 Anno Domini.” This repetition, however, is common in

India, and such a mode of expression as Yq (Re¥ BTe is frequently

|metwith. The last letter in the third line is ma, after which, three

| letters are missing, which contained the name of the month, on the

| lst of which ( prathama divas’e) the record was inscribed. The sub-

| sequent lines are so full of lacunae, that it is impossible to make out

| the purport of the document. The last three lines (8th, 9th, 10th)

are completely obliterated.

126 Notes on Sanskrit Inscriptions from Mathurd. [ No. 2,

The era to which these several years belong, would at first sight

appear to be the same which is used in the Wardak, Manikiyala,

Hidda and other Aryan inscriptions ; but No. v1 has the word, s ‘ake,

‘‘in the year of Saka,” distinctly given, the / being indicated by an

upright cross with a mark on the top for the vowel-point, differing

thus from the figure for 4 which is formed like an oblique cross in

Nos. 1 and 2, and it may be fairly asked if the word sam in the

other cases is not an abbreviation of s ‘ake, the usual mode of indi-

eating the elision of a letter being a dot or an anusvara after the

preceding letter: in many instances, thes alone is given without

the dot. No. xv uses the word samvatsare which means “in the full

year,”’ probably of the prince named, or possibly, but not likely, in

the samvat year. ;

It is not at all likely, however, that different eras would be used

in documents of one class, and arguing on this premiss, it would not —

be unreasonable to conclude the dates of all the inscriptions to refer

to the S/aka era. The character, style, language, the princes

named, and the circumstances detailed, all point to the first two cen- |

turies after the birth of Christ, and by reading the dates as belong-

ing to the S’aka era, we bring the documents exactly to that epoch ;

the earliest 44 being equal to 120 A. D. and the latest 140, to 216, —

A. D. Dr. Bhau Daji, in his valuable paper on the ancient Sanskrit

numerals in the cave Inscriptions, has already pointed out that the

S ‘aka was a Scythian era, and if this inference be tenable, and, as far —

as I am aware, there seems to exist no very cogent argument to

bring against it, the Aryan records may all be assigned to the same

epoch. No. xv would suggest the idea of that document being dated

on the 44th year of Vasudeva’s reign, but the record is so full of

breaks that we cannot by any means positively declare that the

genitive Vasudevasya relates to samvatsara and not to some other —

word. If it be excluded as belonging to the era of Vasudeva, still —

the argument would remain unaltered in regard to the others.

I have appended to the plate a reduced facsimile of an inscrip-

tionon the pedestal of a statue of Buddha found in the village —

of Sahet Mahet in Oudh. The village has been identified by Ge- —

neral Cunningham with the Sravasti of the Buddhist records. It

bore a date, which is now completely obliterated. The General reads

1870. ] Notes on Sanskrit Inscriptions from Mathurd. 127

_ the last word of the first line as S’ravasti, but it appears to me to be

| very unlike it. After a very careful study of the original for some

hours, I make it out to be bhikshusya, the last two letters correspond-

| ing with the sadya of the next line. The figure is 7 feet high, and is cut

| in the same material (red sandstone) of which the Mathura sculptures

are formed. It was dedicated by two Buddhist mendicants, Mihira

_ and Tripitaka, with funds received for the good of mankind from

_ one Bakrateya. The grammatical connection of the third line with

| the second is not obvious, and the meaning had therefore to be

| guessed from the instrumental case of the phrase Bakrateya

| sucharyena.

Transeripts and Translations of the Mathura Inscriptions.

_ Plate IV. No. 1.—Round the base of a Pillar (deposited in the

| Museum of the Asiatic Society.)

duc fee arse wifacsy eaqay sfaqy fart ert

fad sttany sfeqang ANAT as Vase Sa GaNad «He Wqeu

A present, on the 40th day of the year 59, to the Vihara of the

great king, the king of kings, the divinely born (or the son of a

Deva) Huvishka, by the mendicant (Bhikshu) Jivaka Udiyanaka,

known by the name of the breath-suspended.* May it prove a

blessing to all mankind! The fourteenth congregation. ¢

| Plate IV. No. 1.—Round the base of a Pillar (deposited in the

| Museum of the Asiatic Society.)—

ard efafee efuquetrafeae due feae o it

The gift of Devili of the race of Dadhikurna Devi, on the 80th

| day of the year 59.

_ Plate V. No. 11.—Round the base of a Pillar (deposited in ite

| Museum of the Asiatic Society.)—

art feae sqcey datiag ata aur afaEY watt fraTa

seu ft

_ The gift of the mendicant (Bhikshu) Buddha-dasa Sasahea.

' * The words in the original are Kubhaka sania, which I take to be a corrup-

tion of Kumbhaka-sainjna from Kuwmbhaka, suspension of breath in religious

meditation, and savjnd a name.

_ + The reading of the figure is doubtful.

ve The reading of the last word is conjectural,

128 | Notes on Sanskrit Inscriptions from Mathura. — [No. 2,

mitra, (or the friend of the congregation), (and) of the Devi

Parosapachatris‘a * * * *

Plate V. No. 1v.—Round the base of a. Pillar (deposited in the

Museum of the Asiatic Society. }—

crf fue aque we * *

The gift of the mendicant Buddha-ghosha. The fruit of—

Plate V. No. v. a.—Round the base of a Pillar (deposited in the

Museum of the Asiatic Society.)

arf TEraret yay oa (?) wars

The gift of Patrama (?) the son of Vast-mihira.

Plate V. No. v. b.—Round the Plinth of the same Pillar.

ara faateney qa(ue fatece foeqa ** cara * ** * aa Sata-

ara fcaw * * *

The gift of Vis’vasika, and Buddha-mihira, the sons of Siiha—

Plate V. No. vi.—Round the base of a Pillar.

art uae? qufateca faega * * * * * 4

* * wale Ke ¥

The gift of Budha-mihira, son of Sinha, on the 140th 8 /aka year.

- Plate VI. No. vu.—On the base of a Pillar (deposited in the

Museum of the Asiatic Society).— ,

ara fade qatfary wa frag F |

The gift of the mendicant S‘akya Bhikshu, the protected of

Buddha—or of the mendicant Buddha Rakshita a mendicant of

Sakya Buddha.

Plate V. No. vuit.—On the base of a Pillar.

arjauua * * * | The gift of Sangha-putra.

Plate V. No. 1x.—On the base of a Pillar.

eaddustace * * * 1 The gift of Sangha-pravira.

Plate V. No. x.—On the base of a Pillar.

art fay aqctare ata |

The gift of the mendieant Mabhikshu, the protected of Buddha—

or of Buddha Rakshita, the unworthy mendicant.*

Plate V. No. xt.—On the Pedestal of a statue.

square wou fear facnsafaee yea GU aAQag waar 7

WAAC HTATATAa |

* The word mabhikshu translated “ unworthy mendicant” is ungrammatical.

1870.] Notes on Sanskrit Inscriptions from Mathura. 129

This virtuous dedication to Saékya Bhikshu, (is) by Bhidatta

Brahma Sitha. Whatever fruits will proceed from this act of

religion, may be for the acquisition of a hundred-fold knowledge on

the part of all mankind.

Plate V. No. x11.—On the Pedestal of a small statue.

Sa ward we fear wHeeE yea TU atest (ag waves ¥.

This virtueus dedication to Sakya Bhikshu (is by) Dharma-dasa.

Whatever fruits will proceed from this may be enjoyed by my

father, mother and all mankind.

Plate V. No. xu1.—On a small stupa.

autres Gcay Ste |

The gift of Surana* to Nasapriya.

Plate VI. No. x1v.—On the side of a flight of stone steps

(deposited in the Museum of the Asiatic Society).

**aqe waar a fray qeaqe ** waqarai ** aa

saat **| |

In the 10th year: the gift of the mendicant Buddha-dasa, to

_ Buddha for the good of all mankind and

Plate VI. No. xv.—On a block ef sandstone.

ABtsey Tt (Ifacrst)

w <ayay ae(<aw)

waaut ge aaa * * *

w waa feay * *

fae we yaa

eatay Hees

* *yqag a*

fare ag afte

Here three lines are illegible.

The text is too corrupt to admit of an attempt at translation.

Plate VI. No. xv1.—On the Pedestal of a seated figure.

The first line of this record is illegible, the second has the words

aVise tatratme eaqay ay * *, “of the great king, the king

of kings, the divine born Vasu,’ shewing that it was inscribed in the

time of the same prince whose name has been conjectured to be

Vasudeva in No. xv.

* The reading of this word is quite conjectural and very doubtful.

130 Notes on Sanskrit Inscriptions from Mathura. [No. 2,

Plate VI. No. xvir.—On the base of a Pillar (deposited in

the Museum of the Asiatic Society).

fere a a * * gaa erat fray waar |

Gift of the mendicant Dharma-datta to ? Purva, on the 5th

day of . If the compound letter before Purva, be read as sha-

shtha, the meaning may be the fith preceding the sixth, a form of

expression still current in Nagari hundis or drafts, but this form

would scarcely be used in monumental records.

Plate VII. No. xvu1.—On the base of a Pillar (deposited in the ~

Museum of the Asiatic Society.)

Saat Tat (ee 2) feaqay T4(?)ara ere fur waene ’

Gift of the mendicant Dharma-datta to —— the great Buddha

on the 5th day of ?

Plate VII. No. xrx.—On the base of a Pillar.

art fame qqving afvage *** |

The gift of the mendicant Buddha-bhima ——— the unworthy

Bhikshu,

Plate VII. No. xx.—On the base of a Pillar.

eufaay ert daze wit aaa * * *

equa ta waa * * *

The gift of Datta-bhikshu, son of Sangha, the rest illegible.

Plate VII. No. xx1.—From the base of a colossal statue found

at Sahet Mahet, and deposited in the Museum of the Asiatic

Society.

KR KOR feared qua fuew sy

vq faery fawe acy afteny ari squeey erraerana

waraal GAA

HY THSY GTAV VIQaeTa TEU | !

The gift of the mendicant (Purya Sadya) Mihira and the noble

mendicant Tripitaka, for the relief of involved mortals, and the

attainment of the fruit of (such a) gift, (as also) for the enjoyment

(lit. movement) of Bhagavan—(from) the donation of the well-be-

haved Bakrateya for the good of mankind.

The document is very puzzling; the translation here given is a

mere guess. ’

Journal As. Soc. Bengal, XX XTX. for 1870,

Part I. Plate IV.

—-

7 Reyne

fay NS ee a

N° LL. Base of Fillar.

eA L22AA rd yes $22 puqya x1) Yerrqy

T BLACK BCH LITHRE

Journal As. Soc. Bengal, XX XIX. for 1870,

Part I. Plate V.

N° lll. Base of Pillay. |

=x2G HY q gee ayetar Lae Yu uss Hey

AE PEUA ABs ey

N°IV. Base of Pillar.

APE Ly Parry (Ho 112%,

N°V. Base of Pillay.

vRay kOoqynryy ete

N° VY. Plinth of Base

= 2 FT aUFyAagsH py # YT MAT RIN il

~X2zA EU PAA pide = Cs nee

N° VL Base of Pillar

aru+ Wy ae Brgy ay, OT ET ae =

WAR DUN MLARRAAB RA GS er —

NVI. Base of Pillar.

cA RUT HAM O UM >

; : N° VIL. Base of Pillars. a et |

LRUVW A sai joi x ZA fu AJ WAM

NUkY Base of Pillar.

PRB AAT ROUSSE

AL Squ ave Pedestal of Statue.

Vouy Lela ZRY Fz Poe youz yy 4HIge Be F* 5% 44 BIELS tone ft

N° X11. Pedestal of Small Statue

ear Mics FSA I Levayour

ERAFD In MHPBLAra

N° XI. Saal Stupa

a Yor ai v4 EBLE

JOURNAL AS: SOC: BENGAL, FOR 1870, PART 1

Piet ev

INS RIV.

ces a MS le as I 7 7,2 7 f

vue lt TTT EET LED PRL

OSs SSS SESS SSD WIRPSSSS SS

TUM Ly LLL LE

ot A A ©)

will

AES YA

PYOey Zaye

(Qo WA emp)

tia # af

Bay,

»>

sl Ave

aos a 1 oa

Se ve pie Oe

10 (7 a eee —o

N° XVI. Pedestal of Seated Figure.

Maat wAAX wera urate CORdA | hie — LW x 84 bP

SO Ey PRE YY HYAM Vet

N° XVU, Base of Pillar.

ama BAT EU Me Y ROR GY BO SEND,

Journal As. Soc. Bengal, XXXIX. for 1870,

Part I. Plate VII.

N° XVI. Base of Pillar.

SAT TAT ER CR HY yh Og5 gay sy |

N° XIX. Base. of Pillar.

| i in ae)

N° XX. Base of Pillar.

CRAG ENA MU egy ET AFT Rae

PAAR UTTIAA UUM UY Ghy Mow

N2XXI. From Base ofa Colossal Statue from Sahet. Mahet.

ZZ Adu yxar o & fy 4

Xt) WF, y OAH HUE yraee ya AegeeratpuatorXe Ts

1870. ] Contributions towards Vernacular Lexicography. 131

Contributions towards Vernacular Lexicography, No. I—By

Babu PRatTa'PACHANDRA GuHosHa, B. A.

[Received 19th May, 1870; read 1st June, 1870. ]

Like other subjects of study regarding the Hindus, the history

of the Bengali language and literature is obscure. There is

however, no lack of internal evidence to lead if not to an

accurate at least an approximate idea of the real state of things

in the earlier days. The science of the history of language

is of modern date, and even if it had been in existence in

the days of the rshis and munis of ancient India, their habitual

silence with regard to history would have added but little to

our meagre knowledge of the subject. The Muhammadans in

painting the portrait of a prince give a minute representation of

the dress and the ornaments, but they scrupulously avoid giving

any features to the face, which they leave blank, an oval space

without eyes or nose. The Hindus in the same way are prolix in

poetical and other irrelevant descriptions, but when they come

to historical facts, they are studiously silent. A dull description of

sober and unexaggerated facts is not compatible with their highly

imaginative and over-poetic disposition. The wonderful and mar-

vellous is the back-bone of their themes. Exceptions are rare and

unique, but even in them, foreign influence is not unfrequently seen.

The inquisitive eye of the antiquarian, however, penetrates the

thick veil of the marvellous and the hyperbolic, and grasps at once

the real image. Facts are chained together in the relation of

cause and effect, and the willing mind with a little labour traces link

after link, and thus reaches the first cause. Experience of modern

eventsin the way of analogy leads much to the elucidation of

antecedent facts. Written history may sometimes mislead, but

internal evidence cannot be altered by the prejudices of contempora-

neous historians or by the colour of legendary tales. Internal

evidence, however, is weak on some points. Several dissimilar

causes sometimes lead to the same or apparently the same conse-

quence, and considerable judgment and discrimination is therefore

required to connect the sequel with its real and only cause. Hasty

132 Contributions towards Vernacular Leaicography. {WNo. 2,

generalization and faint analogy are serious impediments to this

mode of enquiry. Serious consideration and careful weighing of

the evidence ought always to accompany the tracing up to real

antecedents and the distinguishing of proper relationship. Paucity

of language and the frequent oecurrence of synonymous terms cloud

the real meaning in obscurity, and alliteration in sound isa great

misleading element in the feminine language of the Bengalis.

Theories often precede the actual collection of facts, and the

brilliant ideas once taken hold of, are seldom abandoned till there is

an absolute dearth in the finding of the most distantly related sup-

porting facts. Every flutter of the wing or the rustle of the leaves —

is an alarming sound to an imaginative mind. Indeed theories

are first formed and facts are next collected and twisted and turned

to suit or to support or prove the foregone conclusions.

Bengali works earlier than the fourteenth century after Christ

are not to be met with, and inscriptions and MSS. in the present —

Bengali character scarcely go back earlier. Tradition in this parti-

cular is silent, so much so that there is no legend pointing directly |

or indirectly to the relation of the Bengali to other languages. The

compound word Vangabhashé is so recent, that a distinct name of the

Bengali language cannot be found in earlier works. Abul Faz

once uses it, but it is not certain whether any books were then in

existence in the language. Bdngld is an older term, it stands for

the name of the country, as well as for the dialects spoken by its

people. These dialects were numerous in earlier days, and traces of

their differences may still be seen in the language of obscure villages

of distant districts. The gradual extension of commercial inter-

course has introduced changes in the spoken language of the

people, and differences in accent, pronunciation, and terminals,

and initials, slowly but steadily disappeared, till all became one and

identical. Radical changes in the orthography, proper pronun- )

ciation of words, go on increasing till people settle into a habit of

writing, the inconvenience of the want of which is felt with increas-

ing intercourse and business. Private, and lengthy messages are

better sent in writing than by verbal instructions. It is superfluous

to dwell here on the circumstances and necessities which led to the

practice of giving ocular shape to the meaning of sounds uttered by

1870. | Contributions towards Vernacular Lexvcography. 133

man for conveying his ideas to his fellows. Ocular evidence is

more easily comprehended, and is less lable to be misunderstood

than auricular ones. Permanent marks or an enduring collection

of signs conveying ideas are more advantageous and useful than

temporary and evanescent figures by a move of the hand or

a nod or a wink. Words are permanently fixed by writing,

and then they are susceptible of such changes only as the forms

of the characters admit of. Roughly speaking, however, the

Bengali language and the Bengali characters are contempor ane-

ous, they are derivations of the Sanscrit and Nagari respectively,

and the difference between the derivative and the original languages

is so well proportionate to that between the original and the deriva-

tive characters, that excepting a few exotics and lately introduced

foreigners, the progress of the language may be said to be always

cotemporary with that of the characters.

The characters, as they are now, are more true to the original

stock, the Nagari of the Gupta type, from which they have been

derived, than the language; and the reason for this difference is

obvious. The Bengali recension of the Nagari characters is of later

date than the Bengali recension of the Sanscrit language. Both,

however, have gradually receded from the original stock, and this

difference in the degree of divergence in the two, the language and

the characters, can only be explained by supposing that the charac-

ters were later adopted than the language. The characters again

were less frequently used, and this, though true of all the languages

of the world, speaks of a low state of civilization in the earlier history

of Bengal. Since the breaking up of the petty Hindu dynasties that

ruled in Bengal, and the arrival of the Muhammadans in this country,

it sank into the position of a third class subordinate province.

Excluded from the sunshine of the Emperors of Delhi and governed

by everchanging Subahdars and Nawabs, Bengal occupied an

obscure corner in the empire of Hindustan, and would have dwindled

into a jungly forest, had not fate brought the Briton to its shores.

Energy had failed the Bengalis for some centuries, and literature

was a mere name.

The signs are about eighty in number, and are therefore quite

_ sufficient to represent all the sounds which had to be represented.

134 Contributions towards Vernacular Lexicography. [No. 2,

When the people came in contact with the Muhammadans who

were then the rulers of the land, sounds like G, és 5 puzzled the

people, and they would have been obliged to invent if not new

letters, at least such modifying signs as to indicate the peculiar

sounds, had the real pronunciation of the same been preserved. The

Urdu had occasion to represent the Hindi sound 6 and it soon

adapted itself. The enervating influence of the climate, however,

so far affected the Hindus, that soon after the period of the

Vedas, the big @ that guttural sound so much resembling the Ara-

bic @ was lost, and not even a trace of its existence could now

be found except in the very oldest works of Wirukta. It is not

for me to trace the several shades of change through which the Na-

gari has passed before it assumed the Bengali form. Suffice it to

say that the connecting link is the character known as Gaudiya

found in some inscriptions.

The language, however, has undergone serious changes, and in

its way has adopted so many foreign elements, that to eliminate

them now is more than impossible. As the adoption of foreign

words to represent new and foreign ideas rests with the common

people, they are faster adopted and modified in sound than the

adoption of foreign characters. All new words of a scientific or

philosophical nature are formed in the laboratories of the learned,

and the Sanscrit roots are the elements of which they are com-

pounds. Every nation with which the Bengalis came in contact

contributed more or less according to the duration of contact, to the

enrichment of the language.

The great bulk of the words of the language is Sanscrit, so

slightly modified that the original Sanscrit words are in many in-

stances identical with them, and in some may be easily detected,

there being only three cases in the Bengali and scarcely any varia-

tion in the terminal modifications of tenses or persons of verbs.

Tt is not very far from the truth to say that the Bengali language

originated in the hearth with the illiterate women of the country,

whose shortness of breath and ignorance of the laws of grammar

and untrained tongue and hasty utterance soon modified the original

Sanscrit into a distinct, coarse and feminine dialect. The Pali and -

the Pradkrit are the immediate degenerated descendants of the

— ee ee

1870. ] Contributions towards Vernacular Lexcography. 135

Sanscrit, And to these we must look for a clue to the inexplicable

forms of modern Bengali words. The Gatha language, however, is

found useful to explain such cases where the segregation of the

consonants of a compound and the interposition of an WI after q

occur. Thus {ai is Naw in GAthd4, Prikrita and Bengali, «tI—<«ay,

@MI—Gay, WH—Haaq. Wa, “aN and such forms are evidently

much older than @3% and «st. of which I shall speak hereafter.

Properly speaking, they are the real Bengali forms of the Sanscrit

words and these contain in them a more permanent form than @3

and #3 which are slang, provincialisms or effects of bad pronun-

ciation. To the GAtha* may be traced all the variations of the

verb to be, which the several derivative dialects of the Sanscrit have

given rise to. Sanscrit Safs is in Gath4 cotfs, in Magadhi cats,

in Kharikoli ¢atca, in Mahirdshtri S1tz. in Hindi czts) tz, and in

Bengali gz. Can we trace to the Gathi the Bengali case ter-

minations? ABTA in Githa is acy, Ata! is ATf@cs. The Hindi <fa

and the Bengali @faca are derived from the Gatha. fotai, is it

from the Gatha fotaital and Sanscrit sta ? ;

The Pali andthe Prikrita were in use as early as the second and

third centuries before Christ. They have their distinct grammar,

though in many instances the grammarian has failed to point out the

reasons for modifications in several words. They have derived all

their words from the ‘Sanscrit, though many of them have lost the

original import, and it is difficult to explain how the later meanings

have arisen.

- Opinions differ as to the proper limits of the Bengali language.

With some every Sanscrit word or compound without the case affix

is Bengali. Others again confine themselves to the more commonly

used terms. From the general tendency of modern Bengali writers,

it appears that the former opinion has the greater number of sup-

porters. With reference to the words imported or derived from

foreign languages, some writers eliminate them altogether. Thus

the word ¢qiG@w¥H1 is rejected by the more orthodox writers, while

others of amore utilitarian tendency adopt it for the sake of its

common and frequent use. Indeed it involves a serious linguistic

question which has yet to be solved. - Excepting the slang and the

* J, A, 8. vol. XXIII, p. 604.

136 Contributions towards Vernacular Lexicography. [No. 2,

technical terms of the poorer trade, are words of other than Sanscrit

origin, used by the people generally, to be considered as legiti-

mate Bengali or such of them only as are in use in writing by the

learned and the pedantic ? It must be noted here that the learned

and the higher classes use in ordinary conversation many words which

they would not like to see in writing. The discussion has hither-

to been limited to the use of Persian and Arabic words, but if those

which have been long incorporated in the language, are to be con-

sidered as part and parcel of it, surely it cannot be right to condemn

the use of words which have come into fashion, simply because

they have been derived from foreign languages other than Persian

and Arabic. The Bengali language is so very modern, and the

works written in it are much more so, that the length of the period

of the use of a particular word cannot be considered an argument

either for or against its adoption.

The oldest works in Bengali are the Kavikankana Chandi, the Chai-

tanyacharitémrta, and the abstracts of the Mahabharata and the Réa-

mayana. The first two contain a great many words so awkwardly

distorted that to a Bengali of the present age, they are unintelligible.

Many of these monstrosities have too much of the Udid and Rddha

form in them. The refined composition of Bhératachandra, the

popular poet of Bengal, who flourished in the beginning of the

present century, is not free from such barbarisms. The tendency

of present compositions, however, is towards purity.

Lexicography in the true sense of the word is unknown in the

Bengalilanguage. Several dictionaries have been compiled within

the last sixty years, and only a few can be said to go back still earlier.

The idea of preparing a dictionary of the Bengali language, and

that alphabeticaly arranged, was derived from the Europeans,

who felt the want of it in studying the language. Before the advent

of Europeans in this country, there was no dictionary, in short no

literature except a dozen commonplace books. Short vocabularies

were first formed, and they were in Bengali and English. An exclu-

sively Bengali dictionary originated with the School Book Society,

and it was more of an elementary nature than of a comprehensive

character. Within the last twenty years we have been furnished with

several volumes of dictionaries of the Bengali language. In the

1870. | Contributions towards Vernacular Lexicography. 137

formation of these, no system or plan has been followed. Princi-

pally they are compilations from Sanscrit dictionaries, and the com-

mon colloquial distortions of many Sanscrit and foreign words have

been inserted, without rhyme or reason, to swell the bulk of the

work. Indeed so little attention has been given in the selection of

words, and so little care has been taken in arranging them, that the

several modifications of a word as pronounced by the illiterate have

been putin, as so many distinct and independent words. No compiler

of an English dictionary would dare put in zdear as a distinct word

from idea, though it is so pronounced by many. The compiler of

a Bengali dictionary, however, puts in the following atal, ata, att,

4@, aie, and 411 as so many distinct words. Words that have

not retained the entire Sanscrit form have been by some regarded

as Prakrit, though such forms are never to be seen in that lan-

guage and others with equal carelessness been introduced as original

Bengali. Indeed the negligence is so great, that in one dictionary

I find the word =a (wine) marked as a Prakrit word.

It is held by some that the language of the aborigines of Bengal

has largely contributed to the formation of modern Bengali, and

that though Sanscrit forms the nine-tenth part, or even a greater

proportion, of the whole bulk of the language ; the case-terminations

are the relics of the aboriginal Bengalis. This is not the place to

discuss the origin of the language; it must, however, be admitted

that many of the case-terminations can be traced to the Prakrit,

a derivative of the Sanscrit, and the rest may be explained without

recourse to fanciful suppositions.

With these few prefatory remarks on the formation of words in this

language, I propose to give here a list of derivations which I

have endeavoured to trace to the Sanscrit or other languages,

and from time to time in subsequent papers to discuss the genealogy

of different words.

In common conversation, it may be observed that the illiterate,

and especially the women of the lower classes, eliminate the r —

from words which contain. it, or insert one in words having none. In

Prakrit this is arrived at by a more comprehensive rule,* wiz., that

sharp consonant compounds are filed off by the elision of the final

* Cowell’s Prakrit Grammar,

138 Contributions towards Vernacular Leaicography. —[No. 2,

letter and the reduplication of the second. Thus for W& in Sanscrit,

we have s{Gm in Prakrit, as well in the older dialect Pali; so for

@w-Got ; <3t-¢st. In short, this application of the laws of eupho-

ny is to be found in all strong vocalic languages, and in those in

which pronunciation is slurred, indistinct, and hasty. And though

we know every educated Bengali calls the mirror in common con-

versation wtafa, from St"*f, the vulgar pronounce it as wTafH.

Some again go so far as to transpose ther and call it atafH. Simi-

larly s{Taa1 becomes ATAAI. His common both to the high and the

low, though it is derived from Prakrita %, Sanscrit col. Here it may

be noticed that in Prakrit and Bengali, the diphthong vowels @ and

€ are simplified into distinct sounds of w® and “¥ constituents

of the compound sound, and sometimes one of these simple sounds

is even elided, as @atfH in Sanscrit is 6? in Prdkrit, and t@ in

Bengali. This elimination of the ¢, as in WtafH, is used by the

very lowest classes. The @ is left out in such words as aut and

astq, and they are in Bengali formate, famla, “mtr, and As or aTz,

as also ITH SIT or wiz. The double yin fama is evidently

owing to the rule of pronunciation in Sanscrit, which lays

down that the consonant preceding a compound is always to

be doubled; so also consonants following a visarga. As regards

ait from ajty, in Bengali and ¥@ are generally interchan-

geable, as cCaTNb1 from wassa. The same may be said of §

and %, B and ¥. Compounds of a liquid and an aspirate are gene-

rally modified in Pali, Prakrit, and Bengali by elision of the former.

The Sanscrit *{7™ becomes 1% in all three, as also HM, Hm, and

afayi, afaml. Here in the derivation of the dialectic form 1% we

find a clue to the custom peculiar in Bengal of pronouncing conso-

nant compounds of W in a manner so as to give a nasal sound to

it. The only exceptions to this are orata, staat, aiaste. In

Sanscrit and modern Hindustani, the q after @ is distinctly pro-

nounced.

To the Prakrit many of the Bengal forms may be traced which

cannot be so easily referred to the Sanscrit. |

Thus the Bengali numerals :—

1870. | Contributions towards Vernacular Lexicography. 139

Sanscrit

Faint

pata

ASAT

aay

ATA

ala*t

acuta

Bam

“A A8H *1

CATE

Asal

Spit

Daas

HUI

Splat

fearie

Bafana

Prakrita

BTS

HEAL

fefa

btia

ATI

AST

IANTAR

ates

- COATS

Colma

“Aqacat

CATATRI

Hatacal

BAPTA

Gfacal

Harscat

APTA

Sttal

BUSTA TA

Bengali

ATG

Xt}

BATA

Als

Bifoy

SPB

ATTSs TATA

ata

Coa

com

ATIL

cata

ACSA

stota

Giant

ALS

SIDA

fat

cotatfan

Such words as 4@*t and ale“ are evidently derived from IBA

and «tas. In 4g*t the anusvira is first elided as in 4 from

faaxifs, and the final vowel of @ being elided, it assumes the

form of fax (4efet). This form is found in Hindustani,

which has aa@\*t for twenty-one.

In Bengali, a less masculine

and more euphonic language, in the strong sound of kvi the long ¢

is slightly and gradually flattened, till it becomes 4@™, which again

140 Contributions towards Vernacular Leaicography. (No. 2,

by a slight modification becomes 4@*t. Indeed, when the Bengalis

speak amongst themselves, it is very difficult to catch the very flat

sound of u, which they simply use to connect the consonants @

and *{. ale“t is aiffael or WI21, where % is elided. The numerals

from fifty-one to fifty-eight are all formations with 71%, standing for

fifty and ae, 4% (41-21), fea (fa fe), diz (51) &c., preceding. In eu-

phony #7 after @, %, <, and Sis harsh, and hence instead of QarTy

we have aaty, aiata feortta slate Weta &e. In Terria the 1 is

doubled as the original form fa*tq had a compound fq preceding

aiq. The Prakrit rule is: before two consonants a long vowel is

sharpened, and if the long vowel is retained, one of the consonants

is elided as watst for ate, festa for We, % for 4, and #*Ia for

34a, and a short vowel before two consonants is occasionally

lengthened, and one of the consonants omitted, as St21 for faxl. The

Hindustanis, however, have retained the forms 467fe,a/aia {Gena

aAipvia. The Bengali form %&t (a group of five) is evidently a

corruption of the Sanscrit #981 ; of such forms as 5{%31, @124,897, &c.,

more hereafter. From the above derivations, it appears that the

Hindi has derived all its numerals from Prakrit, while the Bengali, |

though not from the Sanscrit direct, yet not from the Prakrit either.

It has to be decided whether it is justifiable to draw the conclusion —

that Bengali is a language independent of the Prakrit and con-

temporaneous with it? But the mass of evidence on the other side

is so great as to leave no doubt whatever of its drawing largely

from the Prakrit. That the Bengali is an independent derivative

of the Sanscrit, is tenable under the supposition that the rules of

derivation in Bengali are similar to those of the Prakrit. At all

events the subject is open to discussion. | |

Many distortions met with both in Prakrit and Bengali words

may be traced to the laws of Sandhi of Sanscrit grammar. Thus,

when an aspirate consonant becomes doubled, one of them become

a simple one.

Sanscrit SITbJ, in Prakrit instead of being Wtptbl is BWIVCed1, an

in Bengali S1¥—so is Bat—wacai—wae, wfeet—mafaat

fa, wA\—FAr-—He. Similarly, a simple consonant is chang

into an aspirate, JR—UtAl—aa.

In the Bengali numeral yi@ derived from 4@, the vowel & iz

1870. | Contributions towards Vernacular Lexicography. 14t

Prakrit or # in Bengali hastaken the place of 4. Thus 4@te!—

WCAG S— ACS — Haatl—-- aia71. The study of these forms is to Phi-

lology what the science of Embryology is to Natural History. The

classification into genera is greatly assisted by the embryonic forms

which the animals undergo, and it is then only that their resemblance

to the allied genera or species is most vividly exhibited. The

other day, some small seedlings of Artocarpus indicus, the Jack-

fruit, in my garden threw out leaves so perfectly serrated in the

manner of those of the bread-fruit, that I was at once struck with

the similarity, and on exhibiting it to a friend of mine, he observed,

that though not himself a scientific man to appreciate the close re-

lation which existed between the two dissimilar leaves, it had always

been a puzzle to him. Returning to y1@ from 4, this form can be

explained asin Sanscrit Sandhi ; for & is formed in the place of 4 and

there isa rule in Mugdhavodha, stating that the consonants formed

in places of vowels can again be transformed into those vowels.

For = we get X—for 3,4 — for 4, 4, for 8, as also conversely for

H—%, for a—B. It is interesting to note that 45 —¥ is pronounced

as ya and G+ S|=—Z va. From this it may be observed that the

sound of { is not 7, but ya, and that the Bengali custom of pro-

nouncing it as 7 is to be traced to the Prakrit where Wat is SHCA ;

and though in Yajurveda the F is always pronounced asj. May we

hazard a suggestion that since the aboriginal brdhmans of Bengal

were wholly Yajurvedic, they have given to the Bengali the 7 sound

of 7? A learned bréhman being asked why 2 in Sanscrit became

& in Prakrita, very coolly replied, ‘‘It is because the women were so

much addicted to pan-chewing.” Thus again Waj—Aw—wsts,—

U{—Foa—cala, RRA FIA — eal cATGx— CHiSA— CBIST.

It has been noted about that ihe Sanscrit rastay is FEA in

Prakrit. Instances of such breaking up of the particles of a word

are not rare. They are in conformity with Prakrit rules. Thus

the Sanscrit mefae is in Prakrit maraleicy), and Aty is +at4 in

Bengali and Att i is fairs, 7 serefatiq i 1S waaay, also AtCAHA Aiea,

caantis foratfa and cy is NcAtR. Similarly ot is biwal

in Prékrit and styGi in Bengali. cvijea, is #3fFH, WA is qin,

er is ofan, SB, Ata is Gaamla and ep is GHD, Taq from ata

and fai from Prakrit fea srx and Sanscrit aK Ay.

142 Contributions towards Vernacular Lexicography. [No. 2,

Then by Sandhé forte consonants are changed into lenes as also

fortes or lenes of one class into lenes or fortes of another.

focal from Prakrita fafoca from Sanserit ffera;,acma—acafaa—

ASU, BW BWE—BHSyis, ay —ao—aty—abF—Basafy,avi-

—SUICAI—SHIZ, Si is Hindi, sal—Ay, Focyi—aaary1—

Gms, UA —guttai—Puata, sa cat pi—caty, etti—ax—

CGB, AWMUtHI—sME, wl —attp—waca.

In many of the above, Hindi forms may be detected, several of

which point to a greater intimacy with Prakrit than Bengali. The

Hindi form 21, meaning sub-acid in taste, has a close resemblance

to att} meaning to eat. The word appears to have been extended

to the later meaning sub-acid in taste, as to the Hindustani it is a

stimulant toeating. The word bivat literally means that which

is to be eaten or licked. Its present meaning, however, is a sub-acid

acrid pie. In Bengali, words are easily contracted and harsh

sounds often eliminated, ft! is from the Prakrit #fatte#1 from the

Sanscrit Aaa, cat from aq and atxat from aap.

Words ending with a compound consonant and the vowel ?, in

passing from Sanscrit to Prakrit and Bengali generally drop the

consonant ; as, 12 from sttfS, st from sitafS, at? from attafs, are

—ault—avfs; thus o?—gfa1—afaal, aiei—aet—artafs—

mena, we—afe—afe, “pass esawle—qearstel, a1e—

on BS— ACAI — AMG, CHS VISAS Casa.

In compliance with the general rule about the fortes and

lenes of one class changing into fortes or lenes of another,

the following changes may be observed ; Utfeai—wtfeai—afr.

The Hindi form ¢Utaal is evidently from the Prakrit cut,

Sanscrit catai. It is important to notice how the original

meaning has been lost. Again wtfey—aifas—atfex are in-

stances of © substituted by @. The Prakrit has only changed

the G into @; such change is still observed in Sanscrit grammar,

and several Sanscrit words up to the present day are spelt in

both ways ze @ifa is also a, and very often the @ stands for <,

as in tiax and wTax. As an instance of Y=, we have the word

Sats (Hindi) from the Prakrit Sig, Sanscrit SUTe. In this

we find that + in Sanscrit is changed to 8 in Prakrit. But

most peculiar is the change of @ into 4, and B into J. In tracing

1870. | Contributions towards Vernacular Lexicography. 143

the change of = to , we have to suppose an intermediate step

viz., that of changing it into U. Now amongst the cerebrals U has

the same value that # has amongst the gutturals and, as stated

before, lenes of one class are changed into lenes of another. Now

since §¥ =, and % being equal to U, 7 is also equal %. In the

change of sf to UW we have only to notice that the fortis is

changed into a lenis of the same class. Thus the Sanscrit BAN is

wrt in Prékrit and Bengali.

The following is a list of words similarly derived :—

Sanscrit Prakrit Bengali

BIBI SITCBII BAI

CHIG |

cate ‘are cHTa

CUTS CUtGl

ap ql

cater CTS CBTG

UIs Use brs

ATO ADT. AGI

ALA AG AG

atbt atfy

a1 a1 afea ate

zs WGI TU

qa ag 2¥,29

gal aupt cut

teat foat hat

In deriving #t¥1 from the Sanscrit R31, we observe that the

Sanscrit D is changed into § in Bengali and B in Prakrit, and‘

that both derivative languages have elided the anusvéra, the

liquid < after D, as well as w, and have instead lengthened the

vowel into S(T; “1G1 Bengali, wIb1 Prakrit.

From the word ¥% is the Bengali infinitive Wal, and {91 is

exclusively used to indicate a dead body.

In the following the aspirate §, a dental fortis, is changed in-

to the simple G, a cerebral fortis.

aro—ais— Td, I—dI—dta, BtaA—diz—dr2.

In the following, 4 and the liquid < are eliminated.

144 Contributions towards Vernacular Lexicography. [WNo. 2,

GWS—AP—UAF, T-3F-W, aH a$H—waP AFiI—AIP -zP?,

BHlae— API — ab. Here the s/loka for which the poet Kalidasa was

abused by his spouse may be cited as an example of bad pronuncia- —

tion “GH AHS Tal Val SIA Weal ops Moa.”

The following is an instance of a lenis standing for a fortis, 4tS-

aiv.— acnfarx—acnd, SHVA—SanI—AA, SE.

The aspirate 2 is sometimes found to stand for the aspirate S-

telaq—a fzax—atzal; and in some instances for a, exifa—

GSZ—LS or VY

Sanscrit

SAI

saith

Tat

AAAATACS

In Sandhi, & takes the place of the palatal 1. But as in Pra-

krit a great confusion exists between the three ses, we have the

following—

Sanscrit

SAHA

ana

ATIS

The compound * is pronounced in three ways, as ksh, kkh, and —

chebh, 2. ¢., GA, Gel, and as wy.

Thus we have :—

Sanscrit

BBOT

STAX

aQq

In #Y, the w is changed according to the rule above meiitioalal

into 6 and the liquid < is dropped.

As stated before, such harsh compounds are softened in the

derivative languages, as—

Prakrit Bengali

SE] G2]

afe fe (Hindi)

ast Ste1 (Hindi)

aaacafa ataara

Prakrit Bengali

SBA SAGA

Uetz Bw

QIZs Bilal, CBCA

Prakrit Bengali

ASAE

Beal Boy

CBID CaID

BAX wta, wiz

mpRat maaatt

21 RI 21%

aud

“Ata

Boor

Wer]

SUBTA

aye

1870. Contributions towards Vernacular Lexvcography. 145

graply

AT OT

Boor

Geel, Gary

Std, TB

ate

FISATS

SCHSlAT, Aor

In the word oitaan, or ta WG, the law of transmutability of letters

is carried to the maximum: it is evidently a corruption of utriafer,

where % is changed to , and # to a, and lastly % to% or &; some,

however, derive it from *ftsa *fa. |

| In some cases, $ stands for 5, as SIX AW ATS, and in others for

af, as 2t1e) from eass—PHfS

The @ is changed into % or @, as—

cua CREE

atax GCAUTS

CHE GA HOA

aa au

a CATS

| In the following a stands for S—glisi—alea, Sxl. In the word

ffaztz the second 4, being va, is changed into a in Bengali, faats-

Ratei—fa.

| The following is a list of some words traceable to the Prakrit.

STF S11 BT i

DiAFE DAAFS BAtlas

FI FLIX ea

anat Saat ae]

ea Gz te

afrra SSCA SACL FT

Bow GR a@ifaq

BIFA BPA BIN

2°) ae } Tq

vee Tal

HIT @CHI eT (aerF)

GR oTq aT4

146

Contributions towards Vernacular Lexicography.

ITT

cATTA

atte

DEtant

fatant

facaat

BIBS

AGA

at (Se)

Aira

Cale

ery

aay

TAX

cHaa

yfast

ATAN

ATATIS

agar

aatam

wfatart

crTBICeT

CHICGI

ButHat

Brae

Ball

BAAR

fam

fata

Staat

lal

CoISs

ACA

aAVTfatAl

cata)

Sxaifacal

Gar

CSA

wWatat

yal

STH, ATS

ATA

ATATES, ATSTS

cara

2SctAt

{ aati

afafrati

ott

cataa

CATT

Cala

cbita

cosatfa

caica

BTal

sw efaA

cont

fofa (oa)

cag

cata

BIeI

CaAGaA

ap (#tz)

Agta, ATST

cal

S121

gh, gy

GUTS, ColNTS, CSTs

Com

CHET

qCal

fast

aATIAI

Cea

taa (Hindi)

Cag

afas

[No. 2,

(Hindi)

1870.]

Contributions towards Vernacular Lexicography.

Adal

Sal

Ste

ATT

age

ASAT

TQJ

WALSS

CIB

Caleatat

aatra

wettal

OTR

TSsar

WGA

Toa

TCR

THAN

TMASA, WAC SA

WIANATStT

TIA

ASA

AQA

TDA

SATS

faa

BCA

BAH

BTAS

AGA

COlea

TBCUI

RSIS

COT? 7Itai

faaaae

fexrtcal

abba

TTS

aaut

STStaz

rail

fsoa

cuter

cuta

Wat, NR

cuTaaty

aTaT31

oie

BIBTPY

fariat

AGA

AID

BWalA

dtl

fay

Sigcat

STR

Sul

TATA

Coto

MAS

BT, Sta

AGTH

(Hindi)

atte (Hindi)

ate

cbiata

faaa

ate

wtf

cat

147

148

Contributions towards Vernacular Lexicography. [No.2

ara

AMET

ats

JROT

aga

aafe

afe

@T2IX

fase

foal

fava

COGN

gure

Wei

“Tal

“Jo Ta

vce

Tae

ATAN

ik Zz

aot

cata

ats

fay

Uifeat

Ara

Gass

Bx)

Wes

cme

amat

BAA

abet

faq

cats

cata

GBA

aye

ame

atfe

Fass

fafan

faatcat

CaBX

CAA

caatae

aifaal

Asta

fax

targa

faata

Asta

Rael

Qtal

area

a fata

zaml

aTsat

fea

qqe

cao

CATSI

afa

catai (Hindi)

ast

Caal, ASA

atel

afa

atfaa

faafe (Hindi)

fai

faata

Cae

Cab

AAI, ATA

HITT

(fara, sa

faa

fasi, cab

faata

aad, cata

21s

ats

ofaH

aan

UIFat

fam

1870. | Contributions towards Vernacular Lexveography. 149

In the following the original meaning has been lost. Thus

acu literally means ‘information,’ and its present meaning is

a kind of sweetmeat, a confection of chhdénd, which is always

carried by persons sent to enquire after the health of friends and

relations residing ata distance. Similarly, the word §@ meant to

enquire, but it now means ‘ presents of sweetmeats, fruits, clothes,

&c., made to friends or relatives.’

Amongst five brothers, the first is designated 49, meaning eldest,

the second ¢N& literally intermediate, the third ¢cH& (is it a derivation

from the Persian siywn=third ?). The fourth is 4, evidently derived

from Aq=new, and the last cztP. It is interesting to notice how

the word 4 came to be applied to the fourth of a group consisting

of more than four members.

The Sanscrit word wb as well as its two derivatives Upt, Ul

are in use in Bengali, but they indicate three distinct objects. The

up, the original Sanscrit word, is applied to the old form of the water-

pot now in use, only for religious purposes. Hdt is a metal water-pot

smaller than the {Ui, and bual, cAIP1, SIzUVyI, ays, Geta, and

aipcal are differently formed water-pots. BNGt is derived from

B44 to kiss, to drink with the lips or rather to sip, Yl a pe-

culiar sound used for quieting horses by drawing air through tightly

closed lips. The infinitive BYUIq is evidently a contraction of

ENG, though some by a slight modification in spelling make it

bWal, and have tried to derive it from 51, and the proverb cacwte

BIcAaASzi being misunderstood has caused the idea. atta comes

from cecil spherical, the shape of the pot. s1yfS appears to be the

oldest among these, and this form of a pot is out of fashion. It

means sweetened, and the brim of the vessel being turned into a

lip, it sweetens as it were the liquid drawn from it. ft and catvl

(ca) both literally mean pieces of stone, their present application,

however, is toa set of grinding apparatus, the slab of stone is faa

and the grinding roller ¢ats1. BIS1 again, a derivation of Xy¥ a ma-

chine, is a pair of circular grinding stones.

ATSt and 4 are from Zeal and Gfxw respectively, meaning

made by one’s own hands, and the ofifals of one’s dish. Boiled rice

is therefore HY¥t, and a remnant of a piece of bread after a part of it

has been eaten is 40 (GBI in Hindi),

150 Contributions towards Vernacular Lexicography. | No. 2,

cbtvi, as stated before, is a corruption of the Sanscrit ¥V,5, a

water-snake. It isnow used to indicate the innocuous water-snake

as well as a powerless man. @f%Gcomes from @t7fTH, cotton, and

here the material has given name to the cloth made from it. Its

present signification, however, is more extensive. Itisin Bengali —

a generic term for cloth. gst means that which is washed, and as

the piece of cloth round the waist of a Bengali is the only part of his

dress which he has to change about four times or oftener in a

day, that piece of cloth is by par excellence called ¢ st. HS comes

from HG a thread. Itis now used exclusively to represent cotton

thread, and cloth made of cotton is Fold HAY, as distinguished

from CLACHL SIT. |

|i is cHTYi in Hindi, and appears to be part of the Sanscrit

word ust ieel, a pair of shoes.

wtal means cassien of milk, separated by boiling it with an acid.

It is derived from faa to break up, to tear asunder, and the com-

pound ceut %¢ supports this derivation.

focam atwtw (Chinese almond), fatf gyzvi (English gourd),

Sud atl (Guzrat elephant), appear to be misnomers. The first

is no more an almond than it is Chinese. Its more rustic name

is WivaiwiT or WiP SYTz (field almond, or field lentils), which ex-

presses its nature better than the other term. The fMaife Gayl —

is called fat, because crews of vessels store them up before they

leave the port for the sea, as it can be preserved as long as the ©

potatoe without getting rotten. The name, however, may mislead,

were we to consider it as an introduced fruit, as also the word featfS

ap (Indiarubber tree). The Hindi word #wfa $3241 (traveller’s

gourd) isa clue to its origin. The people of obscure villages have —

preserved its real name facs$_Vi, sweet-gourd.

CBGi and ¢ba1, as stated above, are both derived from the Sanscrit

Tau, but CZY1 in Bengali is ‘ to tear,’ and cba1 is to divide lon- |

gitudinally. Thus the slit of a pen is its for. Std, zbt CBIbI,

D- @Ate are derivatives of the Sanscrit >eEb. wtbi to crack,

CBIb1 to boil, as also to break by frying, as in BHAT, a kind |

of lentil that cracks when fried. Bip i is a cucumber which bursts

when ripe. ;

1870. | Contributions towards Vernacular Lexicography. 151

Basy and 7G are derived from eb, which word is also in

use in Bengali. ZaSY in Bengali is a hackney—carriage, and TG

a cart on two wheels drawn by bullocks.

I will conclude this my first paper on vernacular derivations with

a few words derived from the modern European languages.

From the Portuguese, “tf, SBls a, could, frau and seatfa.

From the French, ASS) (pain = bread).

From the English, @1wiaa, eit, 95, fofs,fontin, fer, age,

fd, Vie, and wt>ita.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

—@—

Part —HISTORY, LITERATURH, &c.

No. I1I.—1870.

Extracts from letters addressed by the Ruv. T. Fovurxes, Chaplain of

Vepery, to the Chef Secretary to Government, Fort St. George, dated

29th May, and 26th June, 1869, regarding three sets of Copper

Sasanams discovered in the Vizagapatam Districts.*

** T have the honor to return the three sets of copper-plates and

the package of printed impressions, together with the letters of the

Collectors of Vizagapatam and Nellore, which were sent to me with

that memorandum, and to send herewith, a translation, of the oldest

of the three copper-plate inscriptions which accompanied that letter.

“In referring to these copper-plate sets in this letter, I will call

them No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3, in the order of their date.

‘No. 1, which may be distinguished by its thinner plates, and

the greater boldness of the characters inscribed on them, is a grant

of a village called Kalvakonda, in the district of Dimila, made by

| Vishnu Vardhana Maharaja to two brahman brothers, Vishnu

Sharmma and Madhava Sharmma, to be converted into a brahman

| settlement, in commemoration of an eclipse of the moon.

* Published in the Journal by order of the Council. Impressions taken

_ from the three Sasanams described by the Rev. Mr. Foulkes, as also a large

set of impressions of other copper Sasanams in the Central Museum, Madras,

| have been received from the Madras Government through the Government of

| India, and are now preserved in the Society’s Library. THE Hpitor,

154 Notes on Three Copper Sasanams. [No. 3,

‘Several princes of the name of Vishnu Vardhana have reign-

ed in Southern India; but the present grantor is identified in these —

plates as the younger brother of Satyashraya of the Chalukya dy-

nasty.

‘This dynasty was founded by Jaya Sinha, who invaded the Dec-

can about the beginning of the fifth century, A. D., but was defeat- |

ed by Trilochana, king of the Pallavas, who were then the domi-—

nant race in those parts. Jaya Sinha’s posthumous son, Vishnu

Vardhana, subsequently reversed his father’s misfortune, and esta-

blished himself in the kingdom of Kuntala, the capital of which

was Kalyan, which still exists in the neighbourhood of Beder in

the Nizim’s territory, where his descendants reigned down to

the close of the twelfth century, A. D. His great-grandson,

Kirtti Varmma, had two sons, Satyashraya, who succeeded to the

throne of Kalyan, and Vishnu Vardhana, the donor of inscription

No. 1.

*‘On the death of Kirtti Varmma, there appears to have been

some political disorder at Kalyan; for Satyashraya did not succeed

his father until after his uncle, Mangalisa, had reigned for some

time. It was probably in consequence of this usurpation, that the

younger son, the grantor of No. 1, was induced to push his own

fortunes at a distance from the scene of the family troubles. What- —

ever may have been the cause of the emigration, this Vishnu

Vardhana, who is surnamed Kubja, or Little, went eastwards into

the Telugu districts below the ghauts, and conquered Vengiparam

the capital of the country, between the rivers Godavery and Kistna,

and founded the dynasty of the Western Chalukyas, whose capital

was subsequently fixed at Rajahmundry, and whose territory ulti-

mately extended from Ganjam to Nellore, over which they reigned

down to the latter half of the eleventh century A. D.

“The Agraharam of Kalavakonda which was bestowed by gran

No. 1, appears to have been swept away during this long interval,

or its name has been changed. I have made several inquirie:

about it, from persons acquainted with the neighbourhood of its

probable site, but unsuccessfully.

1870. | Notes on Three Copper Sasanams. 155

has been kind enough to make inquiries for me in his district, and

I have received the following letter from him :—

‘ Vizagapatam, 12th May, 1869.

‘ After making all inquiries on the subject of your letter of the

4th March, I regret to be unable to assist you in your researches.

‘The Sasanam in question was found near the village of Cheeparu-

pilli, but there are no traces in the neighbourhood of any Agraha-

ram called Kalvakondah.

‘There is a village called Dimila in the talook of Sarvassiddy,

about five miles from the coast, and about eighty-five miles to the

south of Cheepurupilli, which at one time was of more importance

than now, and may have been the head-quarters of a district.’

“The present grant is not dated, but the period of Vishnu

Vardhanna’s conquests is ascertainable from other sources. A

grant made by his grandfather Pulakesi, which is in the British

Museum, bears the date 411 of Salivahana’s era, corresponding with

489, A. D., and a similar grant by his own brother, Satyashraya, is

in the possession of a Jaina Guru at Haidardbad, and bears the

date 534 of Salivahana, or A. D. 612. The date of No.1 may

thus be fixed about the beginning of the 7th century A. D., and

this set of copper-plates will, therefore, be about twelve hundred

years old. |

“The language of this grant is Sanscrit, and the character in

which it is written, is a developed form of that which is found in

the inscriptions on the topes and caves of Central and Western

India.

*““Tt appears from Mr. Master’s letter to Government of the 30th

October, 1867, forwarding these copper-plates, that he had ‘ tried

every means of deciphering the characters by sending them to some

of the learned Pundits in the Maharaja of Vizianagram’s service,

but without success.’ Before attempting to decipher the plates

myself, I also similarly tried to find some one in Madras or the

neighbourhood who could read this character; and I have been

equally unsuccessful. It is much to be regretted, that this and

other cognate ancient alphabets of India, should have become so

generally a dead letter, and that consequently the inscriptions on

grants like the present one, and on the walls of temples, &c., should

156 Notes on Three Copper Sasanams. [No. 3,

be incapable of being read by learned natives, who could most

readily turn these almost solitary memorials of the ancient history

of their country to proper account.

‘Plates No. 2, and No. 3, are similar grants of villages to

brahmans. Both of them are written in the Sanscrit language, and

the mixed characters used in them are of two somewhat later forms

of that in which No. 1 is written; but the engraving of No. 2 and

No. 8, is of an inferior kind and carelessly done, and, therefore,

the forms of some of the letters cannot always be fixed with cer-

tainty. Several of the letters are also partially or wholly obliter-

ated. Some of the letters of the Devanagari character are intro-

duced in these two grants, while the corresponding letters of the

‘cave alphabet,’ seem to be quite familiar to the engraver. This

seems to show that, at the time when these grants were made, the

Devanagari alphabet was growing into use, but had not yet super-

seded the older characters.

‘‘ No. 2, which is the shorter of the two inscriptions on the

thicker plates, having only three sides of writing, is a grant of a

village, the name of which I have not been able to make out, by

Shri Ananta Varmma Deva, the son of Shri Jaya Varmma Deva,

.to a brahman named Vishnu Sharmma of the Gautama Jatra, to

commemorate an eclipse of the moon.

‘‘No. 8, is a similar grant of the village of Pankipachri to

Ajyashthamayya Sharmma, the son of Susugaya Sharmma, of the

Sohita Gotra, by Shri Rajendra Varmma Deva Raja, the son of

Ananta Varmma Deva, (the donor of No. 2,) the son of Jaya Varm-

ma Deva, to commemorate an eclipse of the sun.

‘‘T have not been able to identify the series of princes here

named. A king of the name of Jaya Varmma Deva, the only one

of this name which I can find, reigned in Malwain A. D., 11483

but his pedigree does not correspond with that of these grants.

‘Deva Raja’ was a common title of one of the dynasties of the

Orissa princes; but the donors of these grants are not amongst —

them.”’

Translation of Inscription No. 1.

Prosperity. The royal moon risen above the ocean of the

glorious Chalakya race, whose two lotus-like feet glitter with the

1870. | Notes on Three Copper Sasanams. 157

radiance of the gems of the crown of rival kings bowing down

before him like creeping plants, defeated by his frowns, is the illus-

trious Satyashraya Vallabha Maharaja.

His beloved younger brother, the surmounter of difficulties, who

has succeeded in penetrating inaccessible fortresses situated in the

midst of plains, lakes, forests, and mountains; the cow of plenty,

raining down showers of wealth upon distressed and poverty-

stricken brahmans; the crocodile bannered one, (the Hindu Cupid,)

who by his beautiful form inspires young maidens with love; the

destroyer of the spirit of misery, (Kali) drowning it in the whirl-

pools ofthe ocean of his benefactions ; adorned with unsullied and

highly distinguished glory arising out of its many wars and con-

quests; reverenced throughout the world like Manu, full of renown

like Prithu, and accounted wise as Vrihaspati; an orthodox wor-

shipper of supreme Brahma, the illustrious Vishnu Vardhana

Maharaja issues his commands in this present matter to the assem-

bled heads of families inhabiting the village of Kalvakonda, in the

district of Dimila, as follows :—

In order to promote his own religious merit, length of days,

good health, and fame, on account of the eclipse of the moon which

took place in the month of July, the above-named village has been

granted to Vishnu Sharmma and Madhava Sharmma of the Gautama

tribe and the Jaittiriva sect, of the village of Chejhuplara in the

district of Plaiki, learned in the Vedas, Vedangas, Itikasas, Pura-

nas, Dharma Shastras, and many other technical books, the sons

of Durga Sharmma, zealous in the performance of the rites of his

order as prescribed in his own section of the Veda which he has

thoroughly studied, and the grandsons of Brahma Sharmma, a

successful student of the Vedas and Vedangas, to be converted

into a brahman settlement (Agraphara) free of all taxes.

Let no one molest them in the enjoyment of it; in accordance

with the following two verses of the Jyana Gita:

First, Lands have been bestowed by many persons ;

By many also they have continued to be protected ;

Whosoever and whatsoever those lands may have been,

He has obtained a corresponding reward.

158 Antiquities of the Cuttack Hills. [No. 3,

Secondly, The bestower of land shall be happy in heaven,

For sixty thousand years :

And both he who resumes it,

And he who concurs in the act,

Must dwell in hell for the same number of years.

Notes on the Antiquities of the Naltr, the Assia, and the Mahdbindyaka

hills of Cuttack.—By Bdbu Cuanpras’EKHARA BAnursi, Deputy

Magistrate, Jajapir.

[Read 8rd August, 1870. ]

The following notes are taken from my diary of an official tour

during the last cold weather, when I had scarcely any leisure to

devote to antiquarian researches. My object in putting them

together, is more to stimulate, than to satisfy, the curiosity of th e

reader regarding a few of the out-of-the-way antiquities of a dis-

trict which has been, for the last two thousand years, famous for its

peculiar architecture and unrivalled temples. -

The ruins inspected, occur on the summits of three ranges 0 of

hills, two of which are situate in the centre of the district, and the ™

other on its western border. The names which the natives give

to these ranges are—(1) Assia (marked Assiah in the maps). (2)

Nalti, and (3) Mahabinayaka.

The Assia range runs in a south-easterly direction in

’Alamgir estate of Parganah Alti, throwing out spurs towar¢

the west and the east. Near the centre of the range, there is

an open space, lower than the surrounding heights, and whiel

communicates with the plains towards the east. This passagt

forms, as it were, the key to the fortified places on the peaks

The rangs is accessible from the village of Bar-chan4 on the Trunk

Road, and is about 27 miles to the N. E. of Cuttack. :

The Nalti Hill is merely a spur of the Assia range, but

separated from the latter by the stream of the Birupaé, which flows

between them ; the hill stands on the north-western borders of the

Matcadnagar parganah.

1870. | Antiquities of the Cuttack Hills, 159

The Mahdbinéyaka Hill has also another name, Barunibanta.

This is the high hill of Qil’ah Darpan which, in almost all weathers,

is visible from the banks of the Mahanadi near Cuttack.

Nélti Giri. The name Nalti is said to be merely a corruption

of the Arabic word Ja’nat (2) or “ curse,” so named from a tra-

dition hereafter detailed. The hill has two peaks of unequal

height, bearing little vegetation, except a few sandal trees, being

the only places in Orissa where that valuable plant is met with.

On the lower peak, I found the ruins of two very ancient struc-

tures, placed at the distance of about four hundred yards from each

other. One of these stands on a bold prominence, the heads and

sides of the rocks around being bald, moss-covered, and jagged. The

ruins appear to be the remains of an old Buddhist temple ; they con-

sist of massive slabs of granite whitened with age. The ‘‘ mandapa”’

or porch, is a complete ruin, portions of monolithic pillars 7 to 8

feet in height, only standing on the corners of the basement with the

figure ofa Hindu (?) god cut in the pedestal of one. The structure

had been raised on a substantial foundation, and it is probable

that some other force than the wasting influence of time only, has

been at work to pull it down. This appears the more probable

from the ruins of a Musalmén’s tomb standing by, perhaps built

from the debris of the more ancient building.

The other structure, which stands on the pass between the two

peaks, was built on precisely the same plan as the first, consisting

of a porch and a cella, surmounted by a small pyramidal tower.

This is in a better state of preservation. The roof of the porch

has given way, but that of the cella still stands. It has no

columns, and is formed of solid walls with niches in the interior

for the figures of Buddha or ‘‘ Ananta Purushottama,’’ as the people

on the spot call them. The figures are all erect, about five feet in

height, holding in the left hand a lotus with a long stem, cut in

high relief. The other hand is mutilated; so is the nose. The

eyes have all a meek expression, and the curled hair is tied with a

fillet round the middle of the head. The ears, breast, arms,

and wrist have ornaments similar to those of the figures in the

Bhubanesvar and other old temples of Orissa; the style of their

| execution point clearly to the same age and the same state of the

160 Antiquities of the Cuttack Hills. [No. 3,

art. ‘There are inscriptions on the stone behind the shoulders,

and in one instance near the feet. I found it difficult either to

decipher or to copy them, but I thought the style of writing to be

the same as I found in another part of the hill and which will be ~

noticed below. In front of this temple, there is a brick pillar. It-

is round, but encircled at places by raised rings, and has also smal

niches, and projecting bricks intended for ascension.

On the higher peak and on the highest point of the Nalti Giri, —

at an elevation of about 1000 feet above the surrounding country,

I found the ruins of a round building. Three circular layers of

stone are alone to be seen now, which formed the base of the

temple. In the middle of this platform, there are traces of three

other layers, and a number of cut stones le scattered round it,

among which I found a slab, bearing an inscription of ten lines. I

had not time enough to copy the inscription, but I found no diffi-

culty in removing it to my tent, and hope to submit it to the Society

shortly.

About five hundred feet below the above Bu on the western

slope of the hill, there is a place called the ‘‘ Hathi-khal” or the

elephant hole or cave. I have no doubt there was formerly a large

cave cut in the rock at this place, the roof of which must have

come down, the hill itself having been disturbed by an earthquake

whence the tradition at this place of its being cursed. I saw six

figures of Buddha of the same size and height, standing in a line, —

portions of their legs up to the knee having gone down or been

filled up by the fall of the cave, in front of which they must origi-

nally have stood. These figures are four feet in height (from knee

to head) and cut in slabs of sandstone, two feet three inches in

breadth. They appeared to be very old, and enveloped in milk-

white moss that had very nearly filled up the lines of an

inscription which, after some difficulty, I succeeded in recovering

from one of the slabs. The inscription contains the Buddhist

.creed Ye dharma’ hetu, &c., in the Kutila character.

A few yards from the above figures I found a broken pedestal

ornamented with two lions-couchant with a lotus in the middle, on

which a Devi was sitting whose feet and dress up to the wais

only were visible. The pedestal is elegantly cut and exhibits a

1870. ] Antiquities of the Cuttack Hills. 161

good style of art. There can be no doubt that more images are

concealed in the brushwood and jungile around.

The people in the vicinity informed me that the images and the

temples on the Nalti hill had been constructed by Raja Bashokalpa ;

but I should think, that was an attempt to transfer the tradition of

another (the Chulia) hill, and localise it in this place. The inscrip-

tion, being unmistakably Buddhist, leaves no doubt as to the origin

of the shrine.

Evident traces of buildings, scattered bricks, broken capitals,

cornices, and images of gods with inscriptions now daubed with

vermilion by the villagers, lie scattered on and at the foot of the

hill, which clearly shew that a better people once lived there than

those who at present inhabit it.

Assia Giri. These hills cover a larger extent of the country

than any other in the district. The locality is now known as

’Alamgir, a name given to it by its Muhammadan eonquerors. The

ancient Hindu name was Chatushpitha, subsequently corrupted

into Chdr-pulie, or the ‘‘four seats” or “shrines,” and was so

called after the four highest peaks of the chain. One of these

peaks, which overlooks the stream of the Birupa, is now known

as the ’Alamgir hill, on which stands a mosque on the summit

of a precipice, about 2,500 feet above the level of the country,

one of the most prominent and commanding spots in Orissa:

| The mosque is a plain building, consisting of a single room,

| 29 X 19 X 9-4, surmounted by a dome, and bearing an inscription

| of three couplets in Persian engraved on three slabs of black

| chlorite which form the freize.

| ‘The inscription has been partly read by Mr. J. Beames, and from

| his reading, it would appear that the Térikh of the Mosque is given

| in the words

writ Leds? ELS)

Rashk « Firdaus ¢ barin.

‘It vies with Paradise.’

The sum obtained by adding the numerical values of the letters

composing the Zérikh is 1132 of the Hijra era, corresponding with

| A. D. 1719-20, when Shuja’uddin reigned in Orissa as Deputy

| of Nawab Murshid Quli Khan.

162 Antiquities of the Cuttack Hills. [No. 3, ©

The tradition connected with the building of the mosque runs as —

follows :— wy

Once upon a time the prophet Muhammad was winging his way in

mid-air on his celestial throne, with a large retinue. When the hour

for prayer arrived, he alighted on Nalti Giri. The throne was too —

heavy for the hill, and the hill too small for the retinue. Hence the —

hill commenced to shake and sink. The prophet got annoyed, pro-

nounced a, Ja’nat, or curse on it, and repaired to the more elevated —

and spacious mount of Char-pitha, on the precipitous rock, where ~

the mosque now stands. There he addressed his prayer, and the

print of his knees and fingers are pointed out on the stone which

is preserved in the shrine. His followers rested on the four peaks.

No water being accessible on the hill, Muhammad struck the rock

with his wand, and a bubbling spring of pure water at once rose

up; traces of which are still shewn to pilgrims. A darvish, by

virtue of his prayers, came to know this sacred spot, went up to it,

and, on a Khirni tree which stood close by and still stands,

hoisted the prophet’s flag made of his handkerchief.

When Shuja’uddin was marching to Cuttack, he was Sucampel

at Erakpur, whence he heard the voice of prayer chanted on the

top of the hill at the distance of six miles. The followers of Shuja’

became anxious to visit the shrine, but he dissuaded them, taking ~

the vow at the same time to come back, and pray on the spot witk

them, should his march prove successful. Successful it proved.

Shujé’ returned, made the road of about two miles in length up the

hill on foot, through one of its easy slopes, and built the mosque

which still bears his inscription. 4

The mosque faces the Hast. In front there is a platform sur-

rounded by a thick wall with a gate. Towards the west, high

and rough rocks overlook the building. But to its north, a high

terrace has been raised for the reception of darvishes and

pilgrims.

The tradition narrated above, may be construed merely to refer

to the conquest of the Moslem over Hinduism, the demolition of

Hindu temples, the mutilation of Hindu gods and goddesses, and ‘he

yveduction of the Hindu supremacy on the Nalti hill by the followers

of the prophet, and the hoisting of the prophet’s flag on a rival anc

1870. | _ Antiquities of the Cuttack Hills. 163

more elevated spot, perhaps already sanctified by the residence of a

pious Musalman: the old name Nalati affording an easy transition.

to lw’ nat. But whatever might have been the origin of the tradition,

the popular belief still remains, that the bald and barren Nalti Girt

is a cursed hill, and the prophet still reigns on Alamgir. The

expense of the shrine is covered by the profit of sixty acres of land,

endowed by Shujaé’uddin. The mosque is lighted every evening,

| the rocks resound with the voice of prayer every morning and

evening, and the people in the neighbourhood, both Hindu and

Moslem, offer homage at the shrine.

The Hindu name of the ’Alamgir peak was J/andaka, from the

'village of that name at its foot, where the manda or the primitive

| system of ordeal by fire or boiled oil, &c., was held during the

Hindu period.

Udaya Girt. This is one of the Char-pitha or four peaks of the Assia

| group. The spur on which old ruins are found, is-an elevated ter-

race, sloping from one hundred and fifty feet above, to the level of

theplain. Itis situated towards the north-eastern extremity of the

group, surrounded by a semicircular range of pointed boulders,

| leaving an opening towards the east. On the latter side it overlooks

| the Kalié river, which runs about two hundred yards from its base.

| It appears that this, the only side from which it was accessible from

| the plain, was at one time protected by an entrenchment cut in the

| rocks from precipice to precipice. It was appropriately termed

| Udaya Giri or the “ Sunrise Hill,” from its being the most eastern

extremity of the group and of the Cuttack district. At one time

| the sea, according to local tradition, laved its foot. This tra-

| dition is still preserved in a saying which the Uriyas repeat, to

signify an impossibility : ‘‘ You cannot expect it. The sea is now

far off from Udaya Giri.” The soil beyond the Udaya Giri is pure

alluvion. Between it and the sea, scarcely astone can be seen. The

| country is a flat, arid, sandy plain, in most places devoid of all

| vegetation, and the tradition, therefore, appears very probable.

| The more so, as it receives peculiar support from two passages in

| Messrs. W. T. and H. F. Blanford and W. Theobald’s Report on

| the Talcheer Coal Field. “From this plain, the alluvion from

“the coast to the foot of the hills in Cuttack,” say those gentlemen,

164 Antiquities of the Cuttack Hills. [No. 3,

small isolated and steep hills rise in afew places to the north

of Cuttack and, taken in connection with the bosses and whale-back

ridges which stud the surrounding country, present all the features

of an upraised archipelago, and lead to the belief, that, at no very

remote geological period, the water of the western portion of the Bay

of Bengal dashed against many a rugged cliff, and rolled around ~

clusters of islands which studded over what is now the Province of —

Cuttack: indeed a comparatively trifling depression of the country

might reproduce the same phenomena.” In a subsequent part of

their report, they state ‘‘ around the gneiss hills which have been —

mentioned as rising suddenly from the alluvial plain, a quantity of

water-worn pebbles are always found, evidently the remains of an

old beach. Although, owing to weathering, these pebbles have

somewhat lost their rounded form and smooth surface, yet this

mode of occurrence and the absence of large angular blocks, prove

that they are of beach origin, and not merely rolled from the ©

hills,’’*

It must be added, however, that what the men of science suppose

to have accrued at a former geological period, the tradition brings

within the history of man. Anyhow the table-land of Udaya

Giri must have been peculiarly adapted to the Buddhists for a

sanctuary; a variety of hills and dales, green-woods and plains,

a limpid stream in front, combined with the solitude of the place,

amply inspiring a devotional feeling, ‘‘the vision and the faculty

divine.”

At the foot of the hill, the eye is caught by a colossal image of

Buddha, half covered in jungle, and a portion buried under the earth.

It is fully nine feet in height, the length from the knee to the head

being seven feet. The figureis cut in high relief on a single slab of

rough chlorite, holding a large lotus in the left hand ; the nose and

the right hand are mutilated. The ear, arms, wrist, and breast are

decorated with ornaments, and the cloth round the waist is fastene

with three chains answering to the gote of the present day, wo

tight like a belt. The breast-plate furnishes an excellent pattern,

more elegant than any that I remember to have seen in the

* Memoirs, Geological Survey of India, I. pp. 33 and 70.

1870.] Antiquities of the Cuttack Hills. 165

Bhuvanesvara, Khanda Giri, or any other temple in Orissa.

Between this image and the Bapi or large well, situated about

fifty feet higher up the ground, the place is spread with the

ruins of ancient edifices, the ground plans of which may still be

traced.

Passing over the ruins we come to the Bapi or well cut in the

rock. The Swarga Ganga on the Khanda Giri hill is insignificant

compared to this reservoir. It is 23 feet square, cut 28 feet deep

from the top of the rock to the water’s edge, surrounded by a stone

terrace, 94 feet 6 inches long, and 88 feet 11 inches broad. The

entrance to the terrace is guarded by two monolithic pillars, the

tops of which are broken. The edge of the well and the extremity

of the terrace are lined with battlements of large blocks of

wrought stone, rounded on the top, and three feet in height,

leaving a wide passage or walk behind. The well is situated

towards the southern extremity of the terrace. -—From the north

and in the middle of the terrace, a few yards off the en-

trance, a flight of steps (8 feet in breadth, and 31 in number)

runs down the rock as an approach to the water. The rock be-

| tween the lowest step and the well has been cut into an arch, and

on its face there is an inscription of which a transcript is given

| below—

aiae Danata atat.

The same inscription appears in another part of the rock on the

| right side of the steps, and also on the eastern wall of the terrace.

| The rock appears to have been quarried, marks of the chisel

| being evident; but I should suppose from the cracks and smoky

| stains on the rock down the well, that fire or some other force was

| also used to split it.

About fifty feet higher up in the jungle, there is another platform

on which once stood a sanctuary of Buddha. Numbers of images

of gods and goddesses, engraven on slabs of different shapes, are

scattered around. A group, with the heads and arms mutilated,

is still worshipped by the people who had succeeded in effacing

all trace of its original character, by painting the figures with

| repeated layers of vermillion and turmeric. These images,- no

166 Antiquities of the Cuttack Hills. [No. 3, 4

doubt, belong to a subsequent period, when Buddhism had lost its

influence, and was passing into Brahmanism. ‘The chief interest

of the place, however, lies in the ruins of a gate and the figure of a

Buddha. The place was so enveloped in jungle, and the ruins SO

buried in earth, that it was difficult for me to form an idea of the

edifice which once stood there, but from the gate in front and the

rock in the rear to which the figure of Buddha is engaged, I

have little doubt that the sanctuary was partly constructed and

partly excavated. ©

The Gate is composed of three heavy rectangular blocks of —

stone. One of them is placed transversely over the other two, to

form an entablature. The height of the gate, omitting the

portion that has been buried by accumulation of rubbish, is 7 feet

8 inches.

The upright blocks have been cut into five bands highly ornament- —

ed with sculpture, which appears fresh and sharp as if just cut by

the chisel. The innermost band contains wreaths of the true lotus

(Nelumbium speciosum). There are altogether 12 groups of the

flower. The second band is divided into

pannels, bearing male and female figures

in armour. ‘The middle one contains a

wreath of flowers. On the fourth band —

there is a continuous winding wreath,

encircling figures of men and women. The

last or the outermost band is a wreath

of large flowers of great beauty. The

middle band is capped by a capital, of

which a rough sketch is shewn in the

margin. : A

The architrave and the freize are em-

bellished with a great number of grotesque

figures. On the middle of the frieze, there

are two niches containing figures of Buddha. In the middle of the

architrave, another figure of Buddha appears, over whose head twa

elephants twist and wave their trunks from opposite sides. On

both sides of the group, small, grotesque male and female fig :

have been cut into the form of a wreath; the waving hand and

1870. | Antiquities of the Cuttack Hills. 167

forefinger of each touching a point on the shoulder of the figure

preceding, and the toe placed on the projected knee of the one

following.

- I am disposed to think that this gate was provided with doors.

There are two big holes in the corners, which were no doubt intend-

ed to receive the hinges.

The image of Budha. About 16 feet beyond the gate, behind a

narrow passage blocked up by brambles, I came to a cell, 9 feet

square and as many feet deep. In this a large image of'Buddha is

placed in a sitting and meditating posture. It is 5 feet, 6 inches

long from waist to head. The face itself is 1-6 by 1-5, and the

breast, 3 feet 6 inches broad. It is made of three pieces of

bluish chlorite. The head is formed of one piece, the neck down

to the breast of another, and all below of a third. The joints have

cracked a little now, but they could not originally have been dis-

cerned. I paid a passing visit to this image, nearly three years ago,

when employed in enquiries connected with the late famine, but I

do not remember to have then observed these joints. The rock

behind the image has been smoothed with layers of small bricks.

There are four huge stone pillars, two standing near the cell, and

two near the gate, which must have at one time supported a roof and

formed a porch in front of the cell. |

There is an expression of strength and boldness about the

straight gait and broad breast of the image which contrasts stri-

kingly with the meekness of the eyes. The left arm has been

placed carelessly over the thigh, the palm being visible; the right

hand has been mutilated ; so is the nose.

Scarcely one image was met with on these hills, which had

Beeaped the ravages either of time or of fanaticism. The tradition

| regarding the mutilation of the nose, is the same everywhere. Ask

| the humblest Uriyé of the cause, and the reply is: ‘it drop-

| ped atthe sound of Kalapahdr’s kettle-drum,” thus significantly

| pointing out the origin, but superstitiously veiling the manner of

its destruction. One thing, however, is certain, that there is no

3 spot in Orissa, however remote or secluded, to which the arms of

| the Moslem conquest did not reach, or which did not suffer from

‘its ruinous influence. ‘he lover of antiquity cannot turn to these

168 Antiquities of the Cuttack Hills. ['No. 3,

images, without wishing confusion on the Moslem banner, and ruin —

on those fanatic hands which raised it.

The two other peaks of the Char-pitha are Achala Basanta or

‘ternal Spring,’”’ so named, perhaps, from the luxuriance of its

ever-green trees and flowers; and the Baro Dehi, or ‘‘ seat of the

Great.” *

At the foot of Achala Basanta lie scattered the ruins of

Majhi Pura, the residence of the brethren and the relatives

of the old hill-chief. Dilapidated remains of old gates, stone

platforms, and broken walls are all that are now visible: they do

not suffice to give any idea of the size of the original edifice.

The Baro Dehi, or the seat of the chieftain, is at the foot of

the highest peak. There are the ruins of an old fort in the jungle, |

which I had not an opportunity to visit, but the tradition connected

with it, as given to me by a native, runs as follows :—

In olden time, the fort was held by a chief who was a washerman

by caste. From Khalicoti (Calicut) in the far south, came an out-—

law, by name Lokanath Bhumija. He besieged the fort by night,

surprised the old chief, put him with his family to the sword, and

established his sway over the hills. He then assumed the name of

Bali from the fact of his having taken possession of Baro Dehi by

mere bal, or strength, a name yet retained by his family. During

the Musalmain and Mahratta periods, the hill estate of Alamgir

ranked among the Qul’laljdts of the permanently settled estates

of Cuttack. At the time of British settlement, the Raja proved

recusant from a mistaken notion of his own superiority, and the

estate was therefore included within the J/ughalbandi, or revenue-

paying temporary settled estates. It is stated that the Raja-

subsequently made his submission, but his title could not be

recognised by the Settlement Commissioner as his title-deed ap-—

peared to be suspicious. The ’Alamgir estate has now been split

up, and has passed into the hands of different purchasers, and the

representative of the old Raja’s family is a pauper, living on the

produce of a few acres of land, which has been assigned to him by

the gratitude of an old servant of his family, the Garh Nayaka or

governor of the fort.

1870. | Antiquities of the Cuttack Hills. 169

Amardvatt. This Hill is now known as the Chatia Hill from its

proximity to the village of that name on the Trunk Road to Cut-

tack. Its ancient name was “Amaravati Kataka,’ and I am

disposed to think that this was one of the Katakas, or fortified

places of the Ganga Vansa kings of Orissa, to which Mr. Sterling

assigns no locality. On the eastern foot of the hill there are the

remains of an old fort, the broad and extensive rampart of which,

made of the laterite of the hills, forms the most prominent

feature of the ruins. The stone wall is 4 feet deep, and the people

say it ran one cos square. Within the rampart there is a high

platform, accessible by a flight of steps. The wall over it, made

entirely of stone, is broken. A number of broken pillars and capitals

was also observed, but the place on which the inner apartment

stood, is covered with such thick jungle and thorny brambles that I

could not form a conjecture as to the plan of the edifice. On ano-

ther platform, I observed the images of two goddesses (Indrani)

cut in alto relievo out of two blocks of slate-stone ; they are remark-

able for their elegance and beauty.

The people in the neighbourhood informed me that before the con-

struction of the Cuttack Trunk Road, the ramparts were in a much

better condition than in what they now are: the Vandals of the Pub-

lic Works Department having demolished them for the sake of the

stone, with which they metalled the road. Nor was their conduct

in this case singular, for, whether at J4japur, Chatia, or Cuttack,

they have everywhere proved equally destructive, and what

escaped the ravages of time and of Muhammadan bigotry for cen-

turies, have yielded to their sacrilegious hands. This is much to

be regretted, the more so as it appears altogether inconsistent

with that enlightened spirit in which Government has called the

attention of its servants to the collection of facts and traditions

which may tend to throw light on the past history of the country ;

any how such conduct, on the part of any class of its officers,

however unintentional, cannot be too highly reprehended.

_ There is a spacious and magnificent tank, covering about 20 acres,

within half a mile of Amaravati Kataka. The people call it Mu

Pukhar, evidently a corruption of Milaya Pushkarini or ‘ tank with

a dwelling;” for in the centre of this tank, there are the ruins of

170 Antiquities of the Cuttack Hills. [No. 2,

an old building, of considerable dimensions, partly covered with

shrubs, and partly whitened with moss, and the refuse of aquatic

birds. There is a curious tradition connected with this building of —

about the age of Kalapahar, the general of Sulaiman Afghan, (A. D.

1558,) who, it is said drove out Bashu Kalpa, the chief of the

Barunibanté (Darpan) Hill and compelled him to take refuge in

the Dhanabant hills (Chatia). Bashu Kalpa became subsequently

the lord of the Amaravati fort. The structure in the tank was

built to protect his grandson on his wedding-day, when it was

predicted a tiger would kill him. I do not give the anecdote at

length, as it resembles in all its details the story of Chand Sadagar, ~

as sung by one of our early Bengali poets. The enemy of Chand

Sadagar of Chémpénagara was the serpent, as instigated by the

goddess Manasa ; that of Paddalochan, the Uriya prince, the tiger, as

instigated by Satya Nar4yana. Evidently the authors of the Bengali

and the Uriya poems got the idea of the enemy to their heroes from ~

the nature of the country they inhabited: Champanagara stands

on a flat plane near Budbud, not far from the Damuda, and is

subject to floods. The serpent is still dreaded there, and a meld is

annually held to worship it. Chatia is close to the forest, and still

suffers from the ravages of leopards. It is curious that there is a _

place near Chatia also known as Champa Hat.

Maha-vindyaka. Thisis one of the peaks of the highest chain

in the district of Cuttack, viz., the Barunibanta hills in Killa Dar-—

pan. The country around it is wild, and inhabited by an aborignal

race known as Sawars, evidently the Savaras mentioned in Menu,

who, in physical and mental peculiarities, resemble the Sonthals of

Western Bengal. The hill is covered with primitive jungle, and sel-

dom visited by any but pilgrims. It was probably from the beginning

occupied by the Sivites, no sign of the worship of Buddha being

traceable on it. The prospect from the top of the hill is glorious. The

Sivites could not have selected a better spot for their Bhajana Manda-

pa or temple of worship. From the point where I ascended, the

country around seemed a magnificent panorama of light and shade,

diversified by carpets and crests of evergreens. The sun was just up,

and under its rays far below in the distance, every patch of water

appeared like a mass of blazing diamonds; every running brook,

‘ cl ll a

st rt

1870. | Antiquities of the Cuttack Hills. 171

a rich gorget on the breast of emerald earth. The high level canal

with its numerous curves appeared like a silver girdle nicely set

round the waist of the chain. The course of the Birupd, a distance

of 24 or 26 miles, through all its windings from Mandaka, perhaps

Chowdwar near Cuttack, could be traced like a thread of melted

silver. It appeared to be a spot pre-eminently fitted for ‘ medita-

tion and sacred song.’”’ On the northern slope of the hill, about

400 feet above the level of the country, there is an Asthala or

_ monastery now occupied by Vaishnavas, who have evidently super-

seded the Sivites of old. The base, formed of a piece of cut

stone, is all that remains of the original sanctuary of the place. The

walls and the steeples appear to have been repaired or rebuilt

after they were destroyed by the Muhammadans. The principal

curiosity of this place is, the god Maha Vinayaka, which is a

massive piece of rock over which the modern temple has been

built. The rock must be more than 12 feet in circumference, it is

oval at the top, and has three faces in front. The middle one has

a good resemblance to the head of an elephant with its trunk, and

is accordingly worshipped as Ganes‘ha or Vinéyaka. The right

face of the rock is considered to be Siva, and what it wants in actual

resemblance, has been made up by paint of sandal and vermillion.

The left face of the rock has a knot over it, which is fancied to be

the tresses of the goddess Gauri bound up. The rock is accor-

dingly worshipped as the union of the gods Siva and Ganesa

and the goddess Gauri. The place is by no means very ancient, but

the veneration for it is increasing with the increase of age. There is

a waterfall about 30 feet higher up, which supplies water to the

_temple and pilgrims. A few steps above this fall, there are a few

images of Siva, called the ‘‘ Ashta Lingam”’ from their number.

| Besides the foliage of the trees and the canopy of heaven, there is

no other shade over these gods. The ground on all sides is cover-

| ed with dense jungle, high and ancient mangoe trees predomina-

| ting. Oonsidering the insecurity of the place, it displays a steadfast

devotion, and bold indifference for life on the part of those who,

centuries ago, first inhabited these hills for the purpose of religious

worship.

172 Additional Gondi Vocabulary. [No. 3)

Additional Gondi Vocabularyn— By Rev. James Dawson,

Chindwara, C. P.

(Continued from p. 117).

PrRonovns.

Personal Pronouns.—First person.

Zar, anna, I.

Singular.

Nom. Wat, and, I.

Gen. Tat, ATaTR, ATA, Atala, ndwor, nawork, néwa, ndwang,

my, of me. ‘ ~

D. Ac. ata, atgat, nak, or nakun, to me, me.

Ab. at ata, na sin, from me.

L. aat Stas, ndwé tpide, in me.

Plural.

Nom. Wwatz, anmot, we.

Gen. ‘aTaTx, alata, ATA, ATA, mawor, mawork, mawd, mawang,

our, of us.

D. Ac. ata, ata, mak, makun, to us, us.

Ab. lI ata, md sin, from us.

L. Bal Stas, mdwé tpide, in us.

Personal Pronouns.—Second person.

Sv, vmma, thou.

Singular.

Nom. <ait, vmma, thou. i

Gen. @fait, Fata, Alar, Aaia, néwor, néwork, néiwa, niwdng

thy, of thee. )

D, Ac. ata, aga, nth, nékun, to thee, thee. iz

Ab. = ate, xz sin, from thee. —s

aat efqs, niwé ipide, in thee.

S saat, he immd, O thou.

Plural.

Nom. <2, ¢mmat, you, ye. |

Gen. Tait, HTaTH, BTAT, BTata, mdwor, mawork, mdwé, maw

your, of you.

1870.]

Additional Gondi Vocabulary. 173

D. Ac. ata, ata, mak, makun, to you, you.

Ab.

At ata, mé sin, from you.

Wat Stas, miwé ipide, in you.

= sate, he immat, O you.

Personal Pronouns.—Third person.

Sx, or, he; that.

Singular.

SIx, or, he, that.

GleVIx, Bese, BGiear, BWieeia, onhor, onhork, onhd,

onhang, his, of him.

. Sa, on, to him, him.

Brat Bla, on stn, from him.

sites, dpide, in him.

Plural.

ara, ork, they, those.

BWR AX, ArH, at, aia, orknor, orknork; orkna, orknang,

theirs, of them.

. SHA, orkun, to them, them.

Tax Bea, ork sin, from them.

sIfas, épide, in them.

Personal Pronouns.—Third person, Feminine.

we, ad, she, it; that.

Singular.

we, ad, she it; that.

AHL, ATH, A, Ata, cénnor, tdnnork, ténnd, tdnndng, or

Fe ATX, ara, @l, aia, addenor, addenork, addenda,

addenang, hers, of her.

. ata, tan, to her, her.

ata ata, één sin, from her, from it.

Bitas, dpide, in her, in it.

Plural.

=i, au, they, 1 those.

WaRATe, ara, aT, Ata, aveknor, aveknork, hes avekning,

theirs, of them.

4 WagHa, avekun, to them, them.

Baa, da, avek sin, from them.

sIfas, dpide, in them.

174 Additional Gondi Vocabulary. [No. 3,

Demonstrative Pronouns.—Near demonstrative, Masc. Sing.

Ut er, this (man).

Singular, -

Nom. WX, ev, this (man).

Gen. UaIX, ATH, A, AIA, ennor, ennork, ennd, enndang, of this.

D. Ac. ta, en, to this, this.

Ab. = at Ste, en sin, from this.

L. efaqs ipide, in this.

Plural,

Nom. ta, erk, these (men).

Gen. Waar, aren, a, aia, erknor, erknork, erkna, erknang, of

these.

D. Ac. wy erkun, these.

Ab. a aa, erk sin, from these.

L. $fas. tpide, in these.

Demonstrative Pronouns.—Near demonstrative Fem.

<< «ed, this (woman).

Singular.

Nom. <2 7d, this (woman) or (thing). -

Gen. Walt, Ata, at, aia, fennor, tennork, tenné, tenndng, of this. ©

D. Ac. aa, ten, to this, this.

Ab. aa ta, Zen sin, from this,

iD afas, tpide, in this.

Plural.

Nom. xs, Zt, these (women) or (things).

Gen. <aRAIX, ATH, AT, Ais, iveknor, iveknork, iveknd, inckadm ng;

of these.

D. Ac. saga, cvekun, to these, these. a

Ab. <aaw Ula, evek sin, from these. |

L. efas, zpide, in these.

Demonstrative Pronouns.—Remote demonstrative.

The remote demonstrative I< or, that (man), we ad, that

(woman or thing) with their plurals $a ork, those (men), St a,

those (women) are declined like the third personal pronoun.

1870. } Additional Gondi Vocabulary. 175

Mase.

CU TAT, er mdénwil, this man.

Th arate, eri manwalk, these men.

BIT FIAT, or manwal, that man.

Sat areas, ork minwalk, those men.

Fem.

== SIX, 2d ar, this woman.

oH STE, 72 dsk, these women.

Wz FIX, ad adr, that woman.

SIT 3TH, au ask, those women.

When the demonstrative pronouns are used with nouns, they

are not declined, but are always used in the nominative case,

although the nouns which they qualify are in the oblique case.

When the demonstrative pronouns are used by themselves, they

are declined as above.

Relative Pronouns,

The Relative pronoun is the same as the Interrogative 4x bor,

who ?, and the correlative is supplied by the remote demonstrative

| STE or, that; e. g—

| 8teer Va sar RSA Seer Ba Arar WRT, bonha leng anné kenjtén

jonha leng chokho mandé. “Whose voice I heard his voice ig good.

His voice whose I heard is good,

Interrogative Pronouns.

The interrogatives are ac bor, ae bad, and ain dng, anid aro

thus declined.

§TX bor who ? Mase. Sing.

Nom. 41x, dor, who ? which ?

Gen. 9T# 81x, STA, Bt, ta, bonhor, bonhorik., bonhé, bonhdng,

whose ?

D. Ac. $ret, Jon, to whom ? whom ?

Ab. = tt ta, bon sin, from whom ?

iL. qIFGS, bapide, in whom ?

Masc. Plural.

Nom. a, bork, who ? which ?

Gen. 4THaT<, ara, AT, aia, dorknor, borknork, borknd, borknéng,

whose ?

176 Additional Gondi Vocabulary. [No. 3,

D. Ac. ata, borkun, to whom ? whom ?

Ab. = ata ata, bork sin, from whom ?—

L. aifas, bapide, in whom ?

The Feminine and Neuter is qe bad. It is declined like the

8rd person pronoun feminine ge ad, by the insertion of 4 before

it; thus :—

Nom. 42, bad, who ? which ?

Gen. ae alt, ata, at, ata, baddenor, baddenork, baddena, badde-

nang, whose ?

D. Ac. ge a, adden, to whom ? whom ?

Ab. aaa ata, badden sin, from whom ?

L. aifas, bapide, in whom?

Fem. Plural.

Nom. ‘41, baw, who ? which ?

Gen. a@aaHat, ata, AT, aia, Laveknor, baveknork, bavekna, bavek-

nang, whose ?

D. Ac. qaqa, bavekun, to whom ? whom ?

Ab. qaqa ata, bavek sin, from whom ?

i aitas, bépide, in whom ?

aia, bang, what?

Singular and Plural.

N.&Ac. aja, dang, what ?

Gen. aTaIX, Sta, ST, Eta, bandor, bindork, banda, béndéng, of

what? . ?

D. STH, batkun, to or for what ?

Ab. atTaia, batstn, from what ?

L. aifas, bapide, in what ?

Indefinite Pronouns.

Tz, bore, any one, some one.

Nom. 41%, dore, any one, some one. :

Gen. rete, Sra, Z, Eid, Jonhore, bonhorke, bonhai, bonhange

of any one, &c.

D. Ac. até, bone, to any one, any one.

Ab. ata Wa, Lone sin, from any one.

ii. Ala Cyt, Jone ropa, in any one.

1870. | Additional Gondi Vocabulary. 177

aja, bénge, any thing, something.

Indeclinable.

Phrases.

aia za, bange halle, nothing.

aia at ata, bange na bange, something or other.

ait STz, bange a2, whatever may happen, come what may.

Verb.

aHlstat kind, to do.

Indicative Mood.

Present Tense. I do or am doing.

1. Sar alsratet, anné héctond.

2. FAT RBar, emma kidtoné.

3... FIX MBTax, or kédtor,

3.f. qe atarat, ad hidta.

1. Bare aleTatcH, ammot kéatoram.

2. ware HBA. cmmat kidtorit.

3. m. Sh alatata, ork kéidtork.

3.f. St aaTata, ai kédténg.

Imperfect Tense. I was doing.

Wat Hlrara, anna kindén.

Za alata emma hindin.

m. Tc HRT, or kindur.

fe ae ay, ad kindu.

HATS eH, ammot kindom.

TalS Hl-ata emmat hindit..

Brat Ha, Sit atrRem, ork kindurk, au kindung.

Past Tense. I did.

Sar alata, anna kitdn.

za alate, dimmed hitin.

BIC Age, or hétur, we arg, ad kitu.

BATS atara ammot kitom.

GATS Hlala, emmdt kitit.

STR ata, ork kéturk ; Br alga, au hitung.

178

oh see oe

de ee

SP a

Ge seeeeae a =

Additional Gondi Vocabulary. { No. 3,

Perfect Tense. I have done.

alata, kétond.

alata, Aétoné.

atart, f. tat, Aétor, f. kita.

alata, kitoram.

atatcta, Aétorét.

MATH, Ataia, Aétork, £. kétdng.

Pluperfect Tense. I had done.

alta wera, kisi mathona.

alta ware, és¢ mathoné.

alfa wart, aifa wet, 4és¢ mathor, f. kist mathé.

alfa warca, hist mathoram.

aifa warcta, hist mathorit.

aifa warn, uta, kis’ mathork, kisi mathdng.

Future Tense. I shall or will do.

alsarat, kidkd.

alarant, 2cke.

aaTAT, kidnur ; @rare, kial.

atarata, kéakom.

alarata, keckit.

HATA, kidnurk, wrarta, kédnung.

Conditional Mood.

Present Tense. If I do.

arsrat, kidka.

alae, £2ake.

ait, al, Air, he.

alatata, héchkom.

alsrata, kahit.

ata, ata, kirk, king.

Imperative Mood.

Za ala, emma kim, do thou.

TaHTS Hla, emmat kimt, do ye.

Infinitive Mood.

RATA, ATM Aednd or kédle, to do.

1870.]

Perfect.

Present.

ae pe

eb pw

rece ae al ae

Additional Gondi Vocabulary.

Participles.

alan, alats, Léteke or késode, doing.

aifegqe, césckun, having done.

BTaTat aydana to be, or to become.

Indicative Mood.

Present Tense.

am, or I become.

Braet andan.

Birla, andin.

WSC, BI, andur, andu.

Brara, dndom.

Bara andit.

BTR, Sra, andurk, andung.

Past Tense.

I was, or I became.

BTavTa, atan. 5

Brats, atin.

BI_qrt, Arq, atur, atu.

Brara. atom.

Stata, atit.

Wgqa, Waa, dturk, tung.

Warat, manddana, to be, or to remain,

Indicative Mood, Present Tense.

I am, or I remain.

ATA, mandona.

wWatati, mandont.

ARI, Har, mandor, manda.

waita, mandoram.

wearcia, mandorit.

Warn, HAlaA, mandork, mandang:

Past Tense.

I was, or I remained.

waren, mathona.

wart, mathoné.

AUX, war, mathor, matha.

179

180 Additional Gondi Vocabulary. [No. 3,

1. @uarca, mathoram.

2. warcta, mathorit.

3. Waa, aUta, mathork, mathang.

The remaining tenses of the verb ‘to be” are formed regularly

form ¥TaTat dyana. The Gonds seem to use Hara mandand more

frequently to express ‘‘ existence,” and ‘‘ become” they always

express by YIarat dyana.

There is also a peculiarity in the language in regard to the use

of the negative wa halle with the verb. This particle causes a

change on the form of certain parts of the verb as will be seen by

using it, along with a@taremt kédnd, to do, which has already been

conjugated. It affects some moods and tenses, but not others.

Conjugation of the verb @tarat kédénd with the negation ¥@ halle,

not to do.

Indicative Mood.

Present Tense.

I am not doing.

1. STA ea MSTA, anna halle kion, I am not doing.

. Sar ea ala, dmmé halle kivi.

8. BIC Sa AAC, or halle kior.

BZ Va AM, ad halle kiod.

1. are wa atara, ammot halle kéiom.

Tale wa Alata, emmat halle kivit.

3. Sra ea MATA, ork halle kéork.

St ea Ata, au halle kéiong.

Imperfect Tense. Same as the Affirmative.

I was not doing.

Past and Perfect Tenses are alike.

I did not and I have not done.

1. War wa lat, annd halle kita.

2. <a ee tat, oma halle kita.

Sit Va Ala, or halle hitd, ad halle kita.

SATS TA Alar, ammot halle kita.

SMS ea Alar, immat halle kita.

ara, St va slat, ork, aw halle kita.

eee

| 1870.] Additional Gondi Vocabulary. 181

Pluperfect Tense. I had not eaten.

Same form as Aff.

Future Tense.

I shall or will not do.

Wa Za Mate, anna halle kindl.

Sal wa Klara, emma halle kindl.

Hit, HE Va Alara, or, ad halle kindl.

Bas Ca AlatS, ammot halle kindl.

He ea atare, emmdat halle kindl.

Sra, St ea alare, ork, au halle kinadl.

eo Sa

Conditional Mood same as the Future except in the third persons

Singular and Plural which are the same as in the SEE

Conditional,

Imperative Mood.

2. Fat Hal AAT, 2mmd manni kema, do not thou do.

2. Tale wal RATS, tmmat manni kemdt, do not ye do.

Infinitive Mood and Participles are the same as the Aff. forms.

Abbreviations used in Vocabulary.

s. substantive; a. adjective; v. ¢. verb transitive; v. 7. verb

intransitive ; ad. adverb.

k. @. kidnad Ara, to do; m. a. méyana ararat, which seems to

| be another form of mandénd #-rat, to be or to remain; s. @. stand

“Ms, to give. H. Hindi or Hindusténi.

Awake, v. i. chaile maydana ae Alara.

Awake, v. t. chaile kiana Se STAT.

Afterwards, ad. pija fast.

Amputate, v. t. narkst waétdnd aah At aTSTatt.

Alone, a. warror, f. warrai qu f. ae

And, conj. wnde ww.

Acquire, v. t. paye mayand QTY Alaa.

Appear, v. i. disané alarar.

Altar, s. bhind, pl. bhindng Hat pl. watz.

182 Additional Gondi Vocabulary. [ No. 3,

Afflict, v. t. tarse kiana ae ATA.

Ancestor, s. wal, pl. ajalk Brae pl. Braves.

Almighty, a. sabro-chisk-kidnwale TA-FlA-AAATATS.

Advance, v. i. munne vidanad ~ Wa aSTar.

As, conj. bahun qs.

Ask, v. t. piichhe kiana bi ater.

Appoint, v. t. badhe hind ae alr.

Appointed, a. badhe-kital qu-alare-

Alike, a. lekha war.

According to, a. lekha WaT.

Ashes, 8. nér ait.

Abate, v. i. ghate méyana ye Barat.

Again, ad. usode Sus.

Alas, inter]. hée H. Ta.

Angel, s. dit, pl. dithk sa pl. =e.

Anything, s. ddnge aia.

Archer, s. kamtd-irranwale HT TUTATATS.

Arrow, s. tér, pl. tirk H. ale ater.

Army, s. faw, H. Gist.

Ass, s. gadhal, pl. gadhang aware pl. waa.

Answer, 8s. yawab, pl. jawabk H. SaTa, STATEH.

Accumulate, v. t. saure k. as &.

Artless, a. svidho m. f. ul.

Among, prep. te and sometimes ne a, 4

Affliction, s. dukh, H. Sa.

Blood, s. nathur aqqt.

Brother, s. tammur aayt.

Back, s. murchul, pl. murchulk aa & pl. aI,

Be, v. s. mandana axa.

Become, v. i. dyand Tara.

Behind, prep. pya fas.

Bury, v. t. mistana , farearat.

Bind, v. t. dohtana Sreara. .

Breathe, v. t. dam yetana <u Sarat.

Blow, v. t. ukand SATaT.

1870.]

Bite, v. t. kaskana

Begin, v. t. lagana

Belly, s. pir, pl. pirk

Burst, v. t. oranda

Body, s. mendol, pl. mendolk

Breath, s. dam

Beginning, s. mothur

Border, s. siwar, pl. siwark

Burn, v. t. atand

Because, conj. bariki

Before, prep. munne

Barren, a. bahilal

But, conj. unde

Bad, a. burtor, f. burtac

Breadth, s. rundopan

Broad, a. rundo

By, prep. sin

Beneath, prep. khdlwa

Bring, v. t. tatdnd

Bread, s. sdérz

Bird, s. pitte pl. pitteng

Bear, v. t. wahtana

Bear, v. t. saddnd

Bosom, s. kord, pl. korang

Break, v. t. wrutand

Bake, v. t. atana

Butter, s. lonz

Bawl, v. i. haka stdna

Blind, a. sural, andral

Blindness, s. andralpan

Bull, s. kurra, pl. kurrang

Bullock, s. konda pl. kondang

Bottle, s. badia, pl. badlang

Bow, s. kamta

Business, s. dhandho, pl. dhandhong.

Bush, s. shir, pl. jhirk

Brushwood, s. yhir, pl. jhirk

Additional Gondi Vocabulary. 183

HATA.

wTaATAT.

WT, Tea.

SICA.

ARI, HSI.

24.

FTgT.

faarx, feara.

warat.

ast.

faz, fea.

aTeatat, to bring forth.

aratat, as a fruit tree.

HILT, ATT.

URaAtaty.

SeTat.

Slat.

START VATA.

Gist, Ware.

Salar.

HU, Fria.

ATS, ATT.

AUT, WARATA, made of

RtST. [ leather.

War, waa.

WT, ATH.

~ a’

ug; SS.

184 Additional Gondi Vocabulary. [No. 3, |

° oy, NS

Bow, v. 1. mursdnd aarat

Boundary, s. stwar, pl. stwark stare, Saran.

Bracelet, s. chird, pl. churang in Feit.

Blame, s. dosh H. SIM.

Cloud, s. dbhér BTATX.

Cut, v. t. narkand wartat, applied to wood.

Cut, v. t. koiand AI<aTat, applied to

grass, &c.

Cut, v. t. askand BATA, as with a knife.

Cloth, s. dékaré, pl. dikaring feast, feagta.

Come, v. i. waydnd aTareat.

Come out, v.i. pasitdnd afearat.

Creep, v. i. koditand, ghurse m. a@itsarat, 4a a,

Conceal, v. t. murutand ay arat.

Conceal, v. t. maksutand WASATAT.

Cubit, s. kita, pl. hitang HRS, RSA.

Cattle, s. Kondang, murang ait, AST.

Camel, s. uttum, pl. uttunk Seq, BE a.

Call, v. t. kednd RAAT.

Choose, v. t. pehekana Weare.

Count, v. t. kahtana SISA.

Chase, v. t. pia yetand fasit Sarat.

Chicken, s. pééal Ties.

Crow, s. kawal, pl. kawalk ATATS, HITS.

Corpse, s. mirda Hat.

Carcase, s. murda Het.

Cake, s. phuloré Were.

Cook, v. t. atdnd BSTat.

Calf, s. puiya Tar.

Complete, v. t. piira k. HRT a.

Close, v. t. kehché stand ACG VISITA.

Concerning, prep. hikke fea, tia.

Cow, s. mira ast.

Call, v. t. hak s. STAT A.

Cleave, v. t. pahitand ufearan.

1870.]

Cave, s. khodro

City, s. nagar, p. nagark

Concubine, s. ‘rtal ar, p. irtalk ask,

Collect, v. t. saure k.

Censure, s. chugli

Command, s. hukm H.

Command, v. t. hukm k.

Crime, s. dosh H.

Cover, v. t. muhtand

Additional Gondi Vocabulary. 185

QIRT.

ANT, AIA.

CATS WT, TASH BUH.

as &.

areal.

STM.

aeatar

Commander, s. of an army, fay tor

subdl,

Descend, v. i. ragdnda, raitand,

Descend, to cause to, v. t. rehtand

Drink, v. t. undana

Die, v. i. sdyand

Do, v. t. kiana

Dress, v. i. ponddnd

Dress, v. t. ponsutand

Destroy, v. t. mite k., nash k.

Dry, a. watal

Deceive, v. t. bahake k.

Daughter, s. mar, p. miadrk

Daughter-in-law, s. kodidr

Drag, v. t. arétand

Dust, s. dhildo

Day, s. din, p. dink

Drive, v. t. punana

Despise, v. t. utar k.

Darkness, s. andar H.

Divide, v. t. juddo k.

Deny, v. t. dadle m.

Decrease, v. i. ghate m.

Dinner, s. jawa

Direction, s. khak

Hist AIT Tale.

TaTAT, TATAT.

VATA.

Sat.

Baran.

aSTaT.

GIarat, (one’s self).

qragarat, (another).

fae a, ATH &.

qate.

aea ®.

WA, WaT.

AUSATT.

Barat.

qe.

fea, fea.

UaTaT.

HAT A.

BAI.

iu q.

aQe a.

qe a.

Sal, p. Bara.

ata.

Direction, from every, nalung te khak nal, aaa a Ga are.

186

Additional Gondi Vocabulary.

Desire, v. t. chahe m.

Draw, v. t. wmdand

Delay, s. jhel.

Delay, v. t. jhel kh.

Dream, s. kanchkand

Dream, v. t. kanchkand

Death, s. sdyan

Dig, v. t. katand, khode k.

Dead, a. murda, p. murddang

Dismiss, v. t. bida k.

Establish, v. t. nlutand

Expel, v. t. tandana

Hight, a. armir

Embark, v. 1. targana

Hye, s. kan, p. kank

Each, a. undé undé

Every, a. undi undé

Eagle, s. gidhal, p. gidhalk

Empty, a. seno

Evening, 8. nulpe p. nilpeng

Eternity, s. letu

Kar, s. kavi, p. kauk

Entertainment, s. jawa

Extend, v. t. versutand (as the arm)

Everything, s. sab-bange

Explain, v. t. vehtand

Enemy, 8. bair2, p. bhairirk H.

Evil, a. duro

Enlarge, v. t. virsutand

Earn, v. t. putsutand, kamdi k.

Envy, v. t. karvitana

Karth, s. thoré

Earth the, s. dharté

Enmity, s. dair H.

Fructify, v. t. sddustana

[No. 3,

GIS a.

Barat, as water from

ae [a well.

AT A.

RAHAT.

RAAT.

ware.

ATATAT, Ge He.

Har, Gaia.

Taat a.

1870.]

. Fear, s. warre

Form, s. chola

Field, s. nelz, p. neling

Face, s. tudi

Fling, v. t. watand

Four, a. naling

Five, a. savyring

Fifty, a. pachds, ardho mir

Flesh, s. khénk, khandum

Fill, v. t. nthtand

Fall, v. i. ardnd

Float, v. i. pongana ©

Forsake, v. t. chhore k.

Fire, s. kis, p. kisk

Father, s. dhau, p. dhairk

Find, v. t. paye m.

Family, s. got (tribe)

Famine, s. kar, p. hark H.

Additional Gondi Vocabulary. 187

‘xe

STS.

aeat, ATA.

Zet.

Ae)

ITH, FIBA.

Ula @.

ata. .

ATL, HTH.

Flock, s. yeténg, applied to sheep or'goats, ava.

From, prep. tal, sin

Flee, v. i. soditénd

Food, s. tindand, undana

Fear, v. t. waritand

Fruit, s. kaigang

Forefather, s. dja/, p. djalk

Fountain, s. jzrva

Fountain, s. mongha (as of a well)

First, a. pahilo

Fish, s. min, p. mink

Fruit-bearing, a. haiydng-wald

Foreskin, s. naddum ta thol

Flour, s. pindé

Fine, a. chokho

Finish, v. t. piro k.

Far, a. lakh

ata, ata. From a per-

son, sim, Ata, from a

place, tal ate.

aifearar.

fara, Swan.

afcarat.

watt.

GIST, BIST SH.

SCAT.

ara.

aifeeit.

ata, wea.

RaiA-aTet.

ASSA A Viz.

Tacs.

Sar.

aU a.

aq.

188

Additional Gondi Vocabulary.

Feast, s. gawd

Fell, v. t. as a tree, arutana

Fraud, s. chhal H.

Force, s. barbus H.

Full, a. pire

Feed, v. t. tihtand

Fault, s. dosh H.

Farewell, s. bzddé H.

Green, a. hirwo

Graze, v. t. mehtana

Graze, v. 1. meand

Go out, v. i. pasitand

Go, v. i. handand

Grave, s. marghat, masonté

Grow, v. i. dorsdnd, as a child

Grow, Vv. 1. pirdnd, as a plant

Grow, v. t. pursutand

STAT.

HAS, WATS.

SICaTAT.

facet.

facgqarat.

Guarding, s. markhim, applied to men We @.

Guarding, s. jagalz, applied to fields

Generation, s. velZ, p. veling

Great, a. paror, f. para

Get, v. t. paye m.

Give, v. t. stand

Grass, 8. yaré, p. paring

Good, a. chokho, m. and f.

Good, a. bhalo, m. and f.

Good, ad. bhalo

Girl, s. térz, p. tiring

Gain, v. t. putsutand

Gain, v. t. kamaé k. H.

General a, s. fauj tor subal

Hi.

Hundred, a. ni, p. mirk

are.

al, aeta.

TSX, TsT.

Ula @.

asa.

Gist At SITS.

SES

Husband, s. vot-tor the man of the house (a-ak. -

Hide, v. i. makana

Hide, v. t. maksutdénd

Fara.

aa Gat.

[ No. oo

870.]

Hill, s. matd, p. mutang

House, s. ron, rot-te in the house

Herdsman, s. mehtanwdle

Hand, s. kat, p. hack

Hand, left, dawo hai

Hand, right, jeono kat

Here, ad. igga

Hence, ad. cggatal

Hither, ad. hikhe

How, ad. bahun

Heifer, s. padda

Hinder, v. t. roke k.

Heaven, s. dyads

Heat, s. adi

Haste, s. uwtdwalé

Hasten, v. i. utdwali kh.

Heavy, a. puhta

Heavy, to be, v, i. puhtand

Hasten, v. t. yaldi hisutand

Herd, s. of cattle, murang kondang

Heir, s. adhikaéri H.

Horn, s. kor, p. kohk

Half, a. adho

Heel, s. daka

Happen, v. i. ardnd

Hatred, s. davr H.

Increase, v. i. borsdnd

Increase, to cause to, v. t. bursitand

Inquire, v. t. prichhe hk.

Inform, v. t. kenchutana

Inhabitant, s, mandanwale

Judge, v. t. nydo k.

Judge s. nydo-kianwale

Judgment, s. nydo

Journey, 8s. jatra H.

Additional Gondi Vocabulary. 189

ASI, wera.

tra, Uia-a

awalaare.

a, AA.

STAT &.

Sid eo NS

BATA H.

aT.

TATATS.

fzaR.

asa.

Tul.

TTR A.

ATA.

wat.

Valaait.

Walaa aw.

qa.

Uearat.

saat AGarar.

asta area.

ataaret.

ATT HTSH.

STAT.

STAT

ACA.

at.

aIcarat.

ag aval

qe o,

@z ata.

Aaa SE.

TST A.

SqTST- ATTA.

aa.

Sal.

190

Additional Gondi Vocabulary.

Know, v. t. pundéna

Keep, v. t. as a garden, sudhare h.

Keeping, s. markhim, sagalé

Kill, v. t. yoks? watand

Knead, v. t. piskana

Kindness, s. mihr H.

Knife, s. chhuré

Live, v. 1. pisand

Leather, s. tol

Laugh, v. i. hawvand

Leave, v. t. chhore k.

Land, s. dharte

Lift, v. t. tahtand

Light, s., a candle or lamp, divia

Light of day, s. verché

Light, a. halko

Large, a. paror, f. pura

Little, a. chudor, m. and f.

Like, a. lekha

Learn, v. t. karitana

Lamb, s. khalmanyal na pilal

Lead, v. t. munne takanad

Look, s. nigah H.

Middle, s. naddum

Make, v. t. bane k.

Morning, 8s. sakdle

Mother, s. dhaz

Meet, v. t. halitana

Milk, s. pal

Month, s. tudz

Marriage, 8. marming

Marry, v. t. marming

Mock, v. t. thatha k.

Mocker, s. thatha-kian-wale

ear.

afcaran.

AIS AT Tae.

Wa aTaTAT.

Taare.

870.]

Master, s. malik H.

Merchant, s. baipari, baiparirk

Naked, a. kurdke

Nakedness, s. hurdhepan

Nine, a. unmak

Not, ad. with imp. mood, manni

- Not, ad. with other moods, haile

Name, 8. parol, p. purolk

Now, ad. inga

Nephew, a brother’s son, 8. sanimarré

Number, v. t. kahtand

Night, s. narka

Nothing, s. bange-halle

Nose, s. massor, p. massork

One, a. undé,

Open, v. t. ugare k.

‘Open, to be, wgare m.

Open, a. wgare

Obtain, v. t. paye m.

Observe, v. t. mane m.

Obey, v. t. mane m.

Old, a. sendal, f. seno

Old, a. yunor, f. junal

Out, ad. ddharo

Outside, ad. dbaharo

Overturn, v. t. ulte k.

Ox, s. honda, p. kondang

Outstretch, v. t. virsutand

_ Occur, v. i. arand

Plant, v. t. duge kiana

Place, v. t. rraéna

Additional Gondi Vocabulary. 191

altar.

Aga p. qT.

FETA.

RSTARAaA.

BaaTH.

afta.

Sa.

USTS, TST.

Sar.

afaagy.

ATSATaT.

WaT.

aja-wa.

AI, ASST.

weal.

VIS H.

Bis a.

ware.

ala @.

ala a.

ala &.

ate, Fat, applied to

persons.

HAT, sat, applied to

things, sometimes to

persons,

ate.

are.

VRS H.

ATR, RAT.

ats garat.

QUA.

a WH.

<UTat.

192 Additional Gondi Vocabulary.

Pull, v. t. umdnd, as water from a well warat.

Property, s. dhan-daulet

Pitch, v. t. nilutand. (as a tent)

Pit, s. sora

Pursue, v. t. pya k.

Persecute, v. t. tarse k.

Prevent, v. t. roke k.

Pregnant, a. ranjiwand

Produce, v. t. sadand

Proceed, v. i. munne virdna

Place, s. thikan

Press, v. t. admana

Pillar, s. dharun

Person, 8. jan, p. jank

Proprietor, s. adhikaré H.

Prove, v. t. parkhe k.

Prince, s. subal

Price, s. mola

Pour, v. t. récht k.

Pulse, s. darz

Pottage, s. jawa

Play, v. 1. garsénda

Plain, s. chaugan H.

Pain, s. dukh H.

Quarrel, v. 1. tarutand

Quickly, ad. yapne

Rainbow, s. bhimal

Remain, v. 1. mandand

Road, s. sarrz

Rib, s. paneka

Run, v. i. vétand

Raise, v. t. ¢ahtana

Rise, v. 1. tedand

Reach, v. 1. awand

Rain, s. pir

aa-etea.

1870. ] Additional Gondi Vocabulary.

Rain, v. i. arutand

Receive, v. t. paye m.

Rebel, v. i. badle mast handand

Ram, s. mendhal

- Return, v. i. malst waéyand

River, s. dhodé

Reptile, s. ghusse-mayanwala

Rest, s. dram H.

Roar, v. i. kilitdna, as a tiger

Recline, v..i. dete m.

Regarding, prep. hikke

Rebuke, v. t. dapte k. H.

Right, a. agg, H.

Reproach, s. chuglé

Spread, v. t. pongsutand

Sign, s. chakhind

Spread, v. t. bagare k.

Shoulder, dakha

See, v. t. hurand

Son, s. mart, p. mark

Say, v. t. ndand

Speech, s. wankina

Share, v. t. tauistana

Separate, v. t. juddo k.

Stoop, v. i. mursdna

Surround, v. t. terétand

Sleep, v. i. narmana

Serpent, s. tards, p. tardsk

Shoe, s. sarpum, p. sarpuk

Shut, v. t. honde k.

Smell, v. t. muskana

Six, a. sarving

Seven, a. yeruing

Speak, v. t. endana

Stone, s. tongé

Beara.

ala a.

TEA BTA STAT.

aera

Beal STATAT.

@ISt.

ae-ATara ST.

BIta

@lierarat.

iz 4.

fea.

Sus H.

SR.

areal.

qitegarar.

qatar.

GAC &.

qTaq.

Sera. ;

aU, AK.

<aTeT.

aaqray.

aerat.

SIET @.

Saar.

faciarat.

aarat.

ACTS, ALT.

aq a, ay @.

~ x)

AWS &.

Ha.

Urea.

2S.

MON

oat.

sial.

193

194

Additional Gondi Vocabulary.

Summit, of a mountain, s. chendé

Shew, v. t. hursutana

Sojourn, v. i. mulkgiri k.

Save, v. t. pisutana

Sister, s. selar, pl. selark

Strive, v. i. tarutand

Salt, a. kharo

Salt, s. sawar

Smite, v. t. jzand

Slime, s. chikia

Steal, v. t. kalané

Stealer, s. halle

Seize, v. t. dboitana

Sun, s. suryab

Set, v. i. as the sun, mulitand

Seem, v.i. /agdnd (it seems)

Spring, s. jiria

Seed, s. via

Swim, v. i. pohe m.

Second, a. diisero

Small, a. chudor m. and f.

Star, s. sukkum, p. sukkuk

Set, v. t. crrana

Skin, s. thol, p. tholk

Sunshine, s. adé

Stand, v. i. utdnd

Salute, v. t. sewdjar k.

So, conj. chun

Surely, ad. sharo

Send, v. t. rohtana

Scream, v. i. kilitana

Similar, a. lekhé

Sit, v. i. udand

Side, s. hak

Shut, v. t. kehché stand

Shout, v. t. haka s.

Shade, s. dharmé

aah.

SSFATa.

ASaAMC H.

fagartar.

~ s

Galt, VATA.

LISalat.

war.

1870. ]

Search, v. t. parhkand

Seek, v. t. parkand

Son-in-law, s. sanne, p. sannerk

Strike, as a tent, v. t. arutand

Slay, v. t. jokst watdnd

Self, s. tana

Swear, v. t. kiriya tindand

Sheep, s. :hdlmanydl p. -yalk

Shew, v. t. vehténd —

Sacrifice, v. t. farhutdénd

Split, v. t. yalitand, applied to wood,

Shore, s. tharé

Sand, s. waru

So many, a. zchchho

Sure, a. pakko

Simple, a. seidho m. and f.

Sell, v. t. momdna

Sport, v. i. gursdnd

Spring, s. as of a well, mongha

Sorrow, s. dukh, H.

Tie, v. t. dohtand

Tent, s. pal, pl. palk

Tell, v. t. samphe k.

Throw down, v. t, watanda

Two, a. rand

Three, a. mand

Ten, a. pad, pl. path

Twenty, a. visd H,

Take, v. t. yetana

Turn, v. t. tevitana

Turn, v. t. térhuténa

This, dem. p., id, pl. zi, f.

er, pl. erk, m,

Additional Gondi Vocabulary.

195

TaTaT.

qarat.

Ua, Wan.

SRATAT.

START ATSTAT.

aa.

fatsan fararan.

QA AATS,- AR.

aearat.

asarat.

ufearar.

ust.

ara.

ae.

Uz, Te.

ata.

Sarat.

fafcarar.

fasartan.

Tz, TH, applied tov fe-

males and things.

RX, UH, applied to men,

196 Additional Gondi Vocabulary. [No. 8,

That, dem. pron., ad, pl. au, f.

or, pl. ork, m,

Touch, v. t. ¢tand

Throw away, v. t, wats? s.

Take away, v. t. woidna

There, ad. agga

Top, s. chendi, the summit of hill

Tribe, s. got

Together, ad. wndikattho

Towards, prep. hikke

Thither, ad. hakke

Thence, ad. aggatal

Thus, ad. chun

Thief, s. halle, pl. kallerk

Thread, s. nul

Tree, 8. mara

Tender, a. kawre

True, a. kharo

Truly, ad. share

Then, ad. aske

Teach, v. t. karutand

Tire, v. 1. dorand

Tire, v. t. dorsutand

To-day, s. nend

To-morrow, 8. ndrt, ninne

Truth, s. kharopan

Tell, v. t. henchutand

Try, v. t. parkhe k.

Thicket, s. jhur

Town, s. nagar, p. nagark H.

Thigh, s. jangh H.

Trough, s. donga

Thing, s. chiz, p. ehizk

Therefore, conj. ten layano

Themselves, rec. pron. dpus H.

apus te, among themselves was a

We, ST applied to fe-

males, &e. [ men,

Gt, Gra applied to

<STat.

ave 4.

STE,

AUT.

Strat.

SIGAaTAT,

ars,

SIS, WSs.

aa Salat.

STqa.

870. |

Vegetable, s. bhdspdla

Voice, s. leng

Village, s. nar, p. nark

Very, ad. par

Victuals, s. tindénad undana,

Void,.a. sino

Visit, v. t. halitand

Vagabond, s. mulk-giré k. w.

Veil, s. adam

Value, s. rokar H.

Walk, v. i. handénd

Weep, v. i. ardnd

Wife, s. rot-ta

Who, inter. pro dor

Whose, bonha

Whom, bon

Wealth, s. dhan-daulet

Why, ad. bari

Warn, v. t. indand

Woman, s. ar, p. ask

Where, ad. bagga

Whence, ad. buggatal

Whither, ad. dche

With, prep. stn

Wilderness, s. dongur

Whip, v. t. j2ana

Waterpot, s. sora

Well, ad. bes, chokho

Wash, v. t. nurdnd

Wash, v. t. sukhkand

Wish, v, t. chahe m.

Water, s. yer

Additional Gondi Vocabulary. 197

WUT.

wa.

AIX, ATR

UST.

Tata Vera.

aT.

Saat.

FSA wa.

QSa.

UaAs.

Sra.

GSAT.

Ua-at, the woman of

the house.

ae See interr.

‘aTeey.

aa,

ua-aTaa.

aT.

TTT.

GIL, ATS.

FATT.

SUTAT ST.

aa.

aia.

Stat.

STTTAT.

STU.

au, Gar. [ person.

ata, applied to the

BATA, to wash clothes.

STS a.

ax.

pronouns.

Water, v. t. to cause to drink, uhtina Sarat.

198 Additional Gondi Vocabulary. [No. 3,

Wanderer, s. mulk-giri k. w. HR-TT B. a.

Womb, s. pota UTat.

Wean, v. t. onha pal chhute k. STFST UTS ae &. |

Wander, v. i. bhule mateke wallitana wei aaa afearat.

Work, s. dhandho @uT

Witness, s. gohdé, pl. gohairk WTrETs, WES.

Wood, s. katia area.

Weigh, v. t. joke k. STR A.

Well, s. kid H., pl. kuidng RM, FAA,

Wonder, s. achambha H. Aquat.

Wonder, v. i. achambha k. BAA A.

Wearied, pp. dorsé are.

Weary, to be, v. i. dordnd SIU.

Window, 8. khirké fasat.

Wrangle, v. i. tarutana aSarer.

Year, 8. warsd aut.

Yes, ad. cnge <a.

Youth, s. ravor, p. raiork Tair, wae. [ persons.

Young, a. raion, f. raid Tax, TH, applied to

Yesterday, s. nari, ninne arg, fara. “

NvUMERALS.

The Gonds in this district count the length of ten in the Condi,

and then use the Hindi numerals.

1870. ] The Vastu Yaga. 199

The Vistu Yaga and tts bearings upon Tree and Serpent Worship in

India.—By PrarkpacHanpra GuosHa, B. A.

(Read 7th September, 1870.)

In the history of human progress, the feeling of fear has perhaps

proved as active an agent in invention as necessity. The phi-

losophy of fear is most interesting: originating in the want of

strength, or in a feeling of want of strength, fear often, to use a

paradox, concentrates, if it does not create, strength. It impels

an individual to flight, sometimes with such extraordinary rapidity

as to baffle all pursuit. The energy spent in avoiding a danger if

concentrated and better directed, might, in many cases, lead to the

overcoming of the obstacle; but as the mind shrinks within itself

at the very idea of danger, it slackens the nerves for all action

except flight. A man runs with the greatest velocity when impelled

by fear. In the very flight he may have unconsciously overcome

several difficulties, which, in sober moments, he would rather have

fled from, than manfully encountered and overcome. It is conta-

gious, because the exhibition of fear in a companion damps the hope

of relief from that quarter: it makes one feel lonely, the most

favourable condition for engendering fear. It advances as hope

recedes, after the faith in our own strength has been shaken. It

originates superstition ; for when human aid fails, the mind naturally

looks to the supernatural and the mysterious: mantras, charms,

and sacrifices are resorted to, with a view to propitiate the imaginary

evil-doers, and sacrifices are selected to suit the nature of the evil

spirits.

In the earliest portraits of the Aryan race, as delineated in the

Vedas, we find their ideas and their thoughts centred in their homes,

their cattle, their fields, and in the discomfiture of their enemies.

Their wants were few, and their prayers, therefore, were less varied ;

and their ceremonies were, probably, equally simple. But this

Simplicity bore within itself the seed of a very complex system of

| thought. Kverything that was useful in some way or other, every-

‘thing that was beautiful or awful in nature, or that excited unusual

feelings, or suggested new ideas, was estranged from the ordinary

and associated with the supernatural,

200 The Vistu Yaga. (No. 3,

A new current of thought soon after set in. In the freshness of

imagination during the primitive state of society, comparisons, me-

taphors, and allegories, were soon changed into real entities, and

mythology rapidly gained ground in men’s minds. Thus the Pu-

ranas, by a natural poetical idea, made the sun and the moon, which ~

witness all that is done on the earth, the spies of the divine —

ruler—a myth describing the all-pervading nature of their rays. In

the Vedas, they are regarded as the universal witnesses of all ceres

monies. The 2déhu, the ascending node, is derived from the verb

literally meaning to abandon, void, hence also black, darkness,

shadow, &c., and is represented in mythology as having no body :

the wmbra of the astronomers. The wnbra may be said to devour

as it were the luminaries. Later mythology makes Rahw a trunk

less head, an ingenious mythological adaptation of the umbra

which devours, but inasmuch as it has no body, the moon come:

out from the throat. Again, poetic imagination or extreme fear,

personifies qualities, and that to such an extraordinary extent,

that while describing the blood-thirsty vengeance of S’akti, she i

said to have, in the Chhinnamasta incarnation, cut off her own head

from the trunk, and with the gaping trunkless skull gluttonously

drunk her own blood which springs with the warmth of life

However hideous the conception is, it is the result of the license

allowed to poets to use partial similitudes. To such flights of

shackled imagination, the variously formed sphinxes of the Ch

deans are but mere flutters of the wings. As allegories illustrativ

of the concentration of force to overcome difficulties, and the

adaptation of means to a purpose, the achievements of Durga offe1

many interesting instances. On the occasion of vanquishing th

mighty Aswras, Sumbha and Nisumbha, and their general, named

Mahishésura,(the buffaloe-demon) the several gods are made to direel

their energy to their weapons for the purpose. The goddess Durgé

representative of this union, sprung forth with ten arms fit to crush

several Asuras at one fell swoop. Ké&li, another incarnation o

Sakti, in the war with Raktavija, a demon multiplying his race, @

his name implies, from the drops of blood flowing from his be dy

and touching the earth, is represented as having licked up the ble od

as it streamed forth from his person with a view to arrest hat

dreadful propagation, ; 4

/-_

1870.] The Vistu Ydga. 201

Many of these myths, again, may be traced partly to oriental hy-

perbole and partly to the many-sided meanings of the words used in

describing them : figurative expressions were seized and new myths

were invented in illustration of them. Others again are illustrative

‘of national customs ; thus the protruded tongue of Kali has been the

theme of several fanciful tales. With some, in the heat of the battle,

‘Kali was so maddened, that the gods despaired of the world,

and sent S‘iva, her husband to appease her. S‘iva crept among the

dead soldiers lying on the field, and contrived to pass under the

feet of K4li, who no sooner perceived her husband trampled under

her feet, than she became abashed, and, in the fashion of the

women of the country, bit her tongue as expressive of her regret

and indelicacy. |

Itis amusing to follow the line of argument put forth in the

Purdénas in support of these myths. In some instances, they ap-

“proach so near the ludicrous, that were it not for their thorough

adaptability to the state of native society of the time, their

fallacies would have been long ago exposed, and the whole Paurdnic

‘system spurned and despised.

' Sakti is Force. Originally a sect of Hindus worshipped force

and matter as eternal. The word being in the feminine gender,

its personification is a female divinity of supernatural powers,

and every occupation which called for great exercise of energy and

‘power at once selected her as tutelary goddess, and she is now

the most popular of all the three and thirty millions of the Hindu

pantheon. S‘cktaism has since imbibed so many brutal practices of

cannibalism, human sacrifice, and bacchanalian rites, that the very

name of a S’dkta, inspires horror and disgust; nevertheless the unholy

_ Tantras, which propound and explain the principles of this doctrine,

and give rules for worshipping the different forms of S’akti, are

increasing in number and popularity. They were, until lately, com-

paratively unknown beyond the frontiers of Bengal, but copies of

_ MSS. are now demanded from every quarter of Hindustan. The

Tantric system is of Bengali origin, and its rites and customs are

intimately interwoven with those of the hill tribes, especially those

of Nepal and Assam. Demonology is a principal feature in the

Saka faith, and the various nocturnal ceremonies are fixed which

202 The Vastu Yaga. [No. 3,

were much in vogue in Bengal, even as late as about “"

years ago. .

Nor did fear and superstition stop with the creation of gods ¢

of poetical objects. In men’s anxiety to avail themselves of supe:

natural aid, they did not hesitate to borrow from foreign and other.

wise hated sources.

Sattipir, Minikpir, Shahjummd Faqir, Shih Farid, Oldbibi, ax

many other similar di? minores and saints, found their places i

Hindu mythology entirely from this cause. In jungly distric

‘and infested rivers and creeks, Adlu Rdyt and Dakshin Raya ax

as commonly worshipped as the local Pérs and Ghazis. It

remarkable that Kédlu Raya and Dakshin Réya are represented by

trunkless mitred heads. They are held to be guardians of

forest, and they ride on tigers and crocodiles. On the 30th day ¢

the month of Pausha, these two forest demigods are worshipped

and with them earthen figures of their tigers and crocodile

But this is limited to the southern districts of Bengal, where the

ferocious animals abound. They are worshipped as Ashetrapa

or field gods, and are said to have originated from the heads ¢

Brahma, the creator, cut off by S‘iva. To them sacrifices of ge

and ducks are offered, perhaps more to appease the tigers and th

crocodiles than the gods themselves.

That the same principle of appeasing the <eeiihiaesia

the dreadful is the basis of serpent worship, is easy to \

monstrate. The serpent goddess is worshipped in the #

antiquorum, 'The goddess mother of the serpents, and goddess pr

siding over them, is Manasa, the object of love and devotion, and, ;

the name implies, an allegorical creation. Indeed, tree and serpet

worship may be said to have originated partly, if not entirely, in

imagination of the people, and in figures of speech. The chief

the serpents is Yaa, eternity, literally endless, of which the unive

sally acknowledged symbol is a coiled snake. Though repre

as the support of Vishnu, while floating on the fathomless sea

chaos before creation, (God in eternity), he is, in the Purdr

described as having the form of Vishnu, meaning, perhapegs

eternity of Vishnu. Thus the Puranas describe him as

1870.] The Vastu Yaga. 203

*¢ A thousand-hooded, four-armed &e.’’*

In Purénic mythology, he is the bed on which Ndr ayana is said to

have rested before creation, and will rest after the creation is de-

stroyed.

WaMas Wal FT VA WICISgAT: |

a4 ay fara Gorea ATS

AAT ARACTA BAAT SHIUT We |

BA WASTGMR GINS WVAS |

alae AST GH HRVG ya wu |

aa silaarara RIEG Wats st |

"Here Ananta, (etérnity) | in the form of a serpent is described as

‘doing menial work and waving a fan. But elsewhere he is said

‘to be an incarnation of Vishnu.

Be Tho myth of the Atlas serpent named S’esha (the end) is

peknowledged to be allegorical. Thus the Kurma Purana.

UHATAAT afrarrentearae

ASLACHaaT HT TATA AT SAHA I

feat aradargr araat wots |

forefa aaa TUat THT AA

4 RAITT |

_ Itis the Hindu form of chaos. The figure in it was, as usual,

' .

“goon forgotten, and the frequent earthquakes that visited parts

of India were accounted for by a slight extension of the idea

contained in the myth. The W9, the serpent of eternity, has a

‘thousand hoods, and upon one of them he holds the earth. At

times he relieves himself by changing the load from one to another

‘hood, and the motion caused by his replacement of the load is said

to be the cause of earthquakes.

_ Vishnu is repeatedly brought in contact with the serpent. As

the presiding god of the sun, in fact the sun himself (sun = Vish-

* quaeeden aga facifes |

e aqaanat frase |

Hareqcat f4 WF AAAITAT |

aa efaw ag wet TATA BTC 1

Ure VaMAU THHCTBHT I

204 The Vastu Yaga. [No. 3,

nu = Hari) he is an enemy of Réhu, whose stellar form is

of a serpent, and who, as a demon, was cut into two by Vishnw |

discus on the occasion of the distribution of nectar ch

from the ocean of life, alias light, the sweets of knowledg

to the gods. Radhu (to be abandoned) is, as we have said befe

also black, darkness, or ignorance. According to the Graha Yaj

Tantra, an astrological work of great importance amongst the Hinds

the presiding god of Rahu is Xa/a (Death = Time), and the subo:

dinate god (ya@faeaat) is a serpent:—an idea which reminds

us of the tree of knowledge and the serpent in the Mosaic

legend. Réhu is the lord of bones, and it presides over the

southwest quarter of the globe, (niréti) over misfortunes and calami-

ties. Rahubhedi, the destroyer, or literally the dissector, of Rahx

darkness, is Vishnu, alias Surya (the Sun), who has also tk

name of Réhuhd, the killer of Réhu. Its mythical origin is di

tinctly acknowledged in astronomical works, in one of which w

find :— |

TAU Cue TST Gage TAae |

“When the Rahn is perceptible by the eyes, it is called an eclipse.”

In the Bhdgavat Puréna, Krishna, or Vishnu incarnate, in one of his

miracles, is devoured by a great ophidian demon, in whose stomach

he plays several tricks, and at last, getting out of it, exhibits th

whole universe dancing on the tongue of the serpent (eternity), whe

he afterwards overcomes (as creator). He is also described as bree

ing the several heads of Kaliya, a Naga king of Romanak count:

whom Krishna would have completely destroyed, had not some ¢

his wives, who were Naga women, interfered. Garuda, the bird-god

is the vehicle of Vishnu, and though a step-brother to the Nagas,

their deadly enemy.

In the Mahabharata, Parikshita, grandson of the Péndavas

is described to have defiled the body of a sage while in }

meditation with a dead snake, whereupon the Muni’s son curset

him. To carry out this malediction, Zakshaka, commonly identi

fied with the_Gecko that makes a “‘ tak tak’’ noise, and sometime

with the dragon-lizard, one of the great serpents, visited Parikshi ta

attired as a Brahman, and made the usual salutation, and blessed th

king by offering him a small plum. No sooner held the king th

1870. ] The Vastu Yaga. 205

proffered fruit to his nose, than a snake, the takshaka serpent,

issued forth from it andstung him. The Raja fell a victim to the

virulent venom of the snake. Janmejaya, his son, with a view to

avenge the death of his father, instituted a Yajna, entitled sarpa-

satra, the snake-sacrifice. The priests with their mantras poured

" purified gz into the blazing altar, and snakes from all parts of the

world, coming in millions, fell senseless into it, and were soon

consumed. The sacrifice went on till Takshaka’s turn came, and

when the unswerving priest offered his ahati (oblation of ghz) with a

powerful mantra to Agni invoking Takshaka, the great serpent felt

deeply the irresistible influence of the sacrificial fire. Yet unwilling

to yield to it, and trembling at his approaching doom, he fled to

the court of Indra. But the mantras of the sacred munis were even

more potent than the lord of the immortals, and Takshaka was

_wrenched from his hiding-place. He hovered over the blazing

- flame, and was about to fall into it, when Astika, the offspring of

4 the intermarriage between an Aryan and a Naga woman, a nephew

_ of Vasuki, the serpent king, interfered. He begged of Janmejaya

"to put a stop to the sacrifice, and thereby saved the serpent race.

- Both these stories, however, appear more like poetical versions of

- border warfare with antagonistic races, than pure myths.

These stories regarding the Nagas and serpents are obviously

- mythical, and may be explained away by unravelling the allegories

upon which they are based. In none does the true reptile, the snake,

make its appearance. Nor is this remarkable, for the authors of

| Sstras have carefully separated the Vagas and Sarpas, the ophidian

race from true snakes. ‘The Nagasare a class of demigods, some of

whom at will assume the forms of men, but generally have the

lower extremities of their body ending in a snake’s tail, while

“above the waist they are shaped like gods and men. In some

eases, however, their heads are backed by hoods of serpents. But

this form of the Naga, though frequently found in sculptured stones,

appears to be a later representation. Everywhere in the Puranas,

the Nagas speak like men, and have bodies like them. The Sarpas

on the other hand are a family of reptiles not at all connected with

the Nagas, and are in no Purana found to speak or act like men.

Nor are they ever worshipped by the Brahmans, though a later

206 The Vastu Yaga. [No.

Upapurdna, one of those interpolations, which has mixed the real

with the unreal, and has complicated our meagre historical data,

describes them as descendants of Nagas, much degenerated an¢

enfeebled. if

In the whole cyclopedia of Hindu sacrifices and ceremonies,

no sacrifice connected with Nagas or Sarpas, is more frequent-

ly practised and with greater eclat than the Vastu Yaga. It is,

indeed, considered a Vaidic rite, and without it no house, temple, or

tank is fit for divine or human use. It is a ceremony that every

Hindu has to perform, and without it none can inhabit a new

house. Vastu is partly a Vaidic god. He is the tutelar deity of

the house, and is regarded by the Hindu with a peculiar veneration

for the homestead has a sanctity in his eyes which is not met with

in other countries. To have the privilege of dwelling in the hot

of his forefathers is an object of pride with him, and the greate

misfortune that can happen to a Hindu is the loss of his domicile

Few things appear more dreadful than when an incensed bréhman

_ pronounces the awful curse “ Let doves take possession of your

Vastu” (domicile), and an enemy vows vengeance by threatening

sow sesamum in the Vastu bhita, or the site of the homestead,

that is to say, to reduce the homestead to a field under the plough.

Each Vastu, or domicile, is believed to have a representative snake

called the Vastu-Sarpa, which is regarded with great awe. If

Vastu-Sarpa is seen to abandon a house, it is an unlucky omen, and

the perpetuity of the house, the continuity of the race or family, i

believed to be endangered. d

The Vastu Yaga ceremony is performed in the manner described

below. :

Va’stu YAca.—On the morning of the day previously fixed fe

entering a new house, the owner performs the usual morning

prayers and ablutions, and having thus purified himself, h

presents pieces of gold to brahmans according to his means. A

water-pot is filled with water, and on it are placed fruits, flowers,

and mango leaves. It isdecorated by Brahmans with curd and

rice, under the usual mantras. The owner then touches respect

fully the tail of a cow, crowns his head with garlands, anoints

his person with sandal-wood paste, and places his lawful wife on his

1870. | The Vastu Yaga. 207

left bearing a ghata on her loins and a kula with grains on her

head. Thus prepared, he enters his new house. The water-pot men-

tioned above, is carried by a Brahman, who leads the procession.

The Abhyudayika Srdddha and the pwé of the sixteen Mdtrikds

with the ganadhipas is performed at a separate place.

In the new house, the owner, having made the dchamana, com-

mences the Vastu Yaga.

It is begun with formally making a resolution (Sankalpa) to

complete the rite, and for this purpose the Raddhati says :—‘ Let

him sit on an 4’sana (carpet) or a mat of kusa grass with his face

towards the east, and let him pronounce “ om tat sat’’ ‘‘om, to-day

in the month of (here mention the lunar month), in the (here men-

tion the bright or the dark fortnight,) on (here mention the

number ¢ti¢ or lunar day), I, of (here mention the family) family

or gotra (here mention the name) with a view to avoid the defects

and evils of this human habitation, perform the Vasta Yaga.”

‘The Sankalpa hymn is then to be repeated. Let him next worship

Vishnu and the nine planets, and let him next let drop the Vasu-

dharais, of melted butter, against a wall so as to run ina given

number of lines. The Ayushmya hymn is next repeated.’

| The appointment of priests ( Varana) :—‘The Brahmans, previ-

‘ously selected for the performance of the sacrifices and ceremonies,

have to be seated on carpets with their faces towards the north.

‘The Yajaména is to propitiate them with sandal paste. Let hira

then pronounce ‘‘Om. I am blessed. Om. On the occasion of this

‘Vastu Yaga (enjoined by holy writ) do you, the respected three,

pronounce ‘ Om Svasti’ om, blessed be the act.”

The three priests respond “ Om Svastv.”’

The Yajamdna: “Om, on the occasion of this Vastu Yaga cere-

mony, do you three pronounce om riddim (om prosperity).

' The priests respond ‘‘ om, may you prosper.”

Let rice be scattered around by the Brahmans present with the

mantras which commence with ‘ Om, Svasti no Indra viddhasrava,

Svasti no Pusha visvaveda, Svasti, &e.” “Om, may Indra, propagator

of ceremonies, bless us; may Pusha, &ec.’’ Then let the hymn ‘“ Om

Suryah somo yamah kalah, &c. ‘‘In the presence of the sun, the

moon, death, time, twilight, bhutas (spirits), day, night, wind,

208 The Vastu Yaga. [No. 3,

dikpati (gods of the ten cardinal points), earth, sky, inhabitants

of the firmament (kashara), and gods, as Brihma witnesses, I

promise.”

The Brahma or chief priest should be appointed first.

Let the Yajaména, seated as before with joined palms, address

the Brahmé, ‘‘ Om, you are Sadhu (gentle,) be seated.

Let the Brahm4, reply ‘‘Om! verily I am sadhu.”

Yajaména :—Om, I will propitiate you.

Brahma :—Om, do propitiate.

Let the Yajaména then offer sandal wood paste, flowers, cloth, and

ornaments to the Brahma, and let him next touch his right thigh

and say, “Om, this day (as mentioned before) in my promised

Vastu Ydga ceremony, I do hereby appoint you (state the name of

the Brahma) of — family, of — pravara, worshipped with sandal

wood &c., to perform the duties of a Brahma.

eeey :—‘* Om! I am appointed.”

Yajamana:—Om ! perform the duties of a Brahma as directed (i

the Sastras). j

Brahma :—“ Om, according to my knowledge I shall.”

Should the Yajamana be not qualified to perform himself

homa, let him appoint a Brahman as a /ofd, in the same way as th

Brahma is appointed. Then let the Achdérya, Tantradhdraka, and

Sadasya be appointed in order.

The sacrificial altar, Vedi, should be eight cubits long, and eight

cubits broad, and one cubit high. It should be puritied by sprink

ling successively the urine of the cow with the Géyatri ma |

cow-dung with the mantra which commences, ‘‘ Om Gandhadvara

duradharshyam, &e.,’? cow’s milk with that which commences “ om

Apyayasva, &e.,” curds with that which begins with “om dadhi

kravno, &e.,” and lastly, ghi (clarified butter) with om tejosi, &e.,

kusa grass and water should be sprinkled with “‘ om deva satva &e.”

Then, let autumnal paddy, winter paddy, muga, wheat, mustaré

sesamum, and barley be mixed with water and scattered on the

Vedi.

The Vastu mandala is a square diagram of mystic import. It is thu

described in Vastu Proyogu :—‘“ Commencing from the north-eastern

corner of it, at the four corners four sticks of khadira, Mimosa catechu

1870. ] The Vastu Yaga. 209

each 12 fingers long are to be nailed down with the following mantra:

om Sisantu te talé naga, §c., ‘‘ om, O you serpents, fast runners, pro-

tectors of all animals, enter under this Vedi, and stay in this house,

continually bestowing on me long life and strength.” By the sides

of these sticks, with the following mantra, make offerings of mdsa

“om Agnibhyo pyatha sarpebhyo. ‘*Om to the Agnis, to the serpents,

and to those others who are dependent on them, I offer this pure

and excellent food.”

Join the four pegs with strings each four cubits long and with

these as sides describe a square. Divide this square into 64 smaller

equal squares, and with fine coloured powders fill them in the man-

ner described.”

_ Here follow directions for filling up the squares, and the names

of 45 n4gas or serpents presiding over particular single squares

“or groups of them.

3 Having invoked forty-five nagas or pitris on the squares, place by

the side of the four pegs, four water-pots decorated with cloth, gar-

a ds, &c. On the south-eastern corner close by the water-pot invoke

| Vidéri on a black square. On the middle of the eastern side of the

" square, without it, invoke Skanda on a yellow square. On the south-

Ty,

ern Aryamana, red. On southwest near the water-pot Putand,

black. On the west Jambhaka, black ; on north-west, Pépa-rékshasi

black, on the north Pli-pinja, black; on the north-east near the

“water-pot Charaki, black.

¢ The sacrifice.—On the ghata (water-pot) beyond the squares in-

yoke the nine Grahas (holders-planets) and worship them one after

‘the other. Commencing from the east towards the four sides dis-

tribute mdsa with the following mantras “om bhiténi rdkshasdvapi,

&e., om bhutis (spirits,) or rdkshasas (demons) whosoever dwell here

tay they all receive again this offering as I do my dwelling house.”

Then with rice and flowers invoke Js‘a; ‘‘om! Js’a, come hither.

This pddya is given to Js’‘a, Om! This food is offered to Zs’a, Om !

These three handfuls of flowers are offered to Js’a.”

‘Similarly let the following be invoked and worshipped in the

Several squares in order:—Paryanya, Jayanta, Sakra, Bhéskara,

Satya, Bhysa, Vyoma, Hutésa, Pushana, Vitatha, Grhakshata, Vaiva-

svata, or Yama, Gandharva, Brnga, Mrga, Pitrs, Davnvarika, Su-

210 The Vastu Yaga. [No. 3,

griva, Pushpadanta, Varuna, Asura, S'esha, Papa, Roga, Naga, Visva-—

karma, Bhallata, Yajnesvara, Nagaraja, S'ri, Aditi, Apa, Apava-

tsa, Aryamna, Soma, Vivasvata, Indra, Indratmaja, Mitra, Rudra,

Rajayakshmana, Dharadhara, Brahman, Skanda, Vidari, Putana, —

Jambhaka, Papardkshast, Pilipinja, Charaka. :

In the square for Brahman, Vasudeva is to be invoked and

worshipped with sixteen wpacharas, or articles of worship. There

also Lakshmi and Vasudevaganas, are to be worshipped. In the

same square with the same kinds of offerings Dhara (earth)

is likewise to be worshipped with the following. Om sar-

valoka dharam, &c. “ Om, supporter of all creation, female figured,

well ornamented, be propitiated.”” In the four squares of Brah-

ma is to be scattered rice, and thereon a new strong water-pot

filled with water is to be placed, and into it gold and silver pieces

and Sarvoushadhi are to be dropped, and the whole covered with a

Vardhani. In this water-pot, the four-headed deity, Brahma, should

be invoked and worshipped with sixteen kinds of offerings, upacharas.

Towards the north-eastern corner of this water-pot, another pot

full of pure water into which have been put the five ratnas (jewels

and gold and silver pieces is to be placed and, tying round its ne

a pair of new clothes, a garland, twigs of Asvatha, (the religious fig)

vata (the banian), mango, plaksha (the vulgar fig) and Udumbara

(the sacrificial fig) trees. Placing upon these a dish filled with

barley, the priest should recite the mantra ‘‘ Ajighra Kalasam, &c.””

also the invocation, Varuna, the water-god, om Varunasyotham-

bhanamas’t &ce.

Then follows the invocation of the holy places “om Gangéda

Saritah, &c.”” Om, all the rivers beginning with Ganga, oceans

-and seas, all rivers, all oceans, all seas and all lakes, destroye .

of ill-luck of Yajamana, come hither.” Then are to be droppec

into the water-pot various kinds of earth, such as earth from stables,

from where elephants live, from ant-hills, from the confluence

of rivers, from the banks of a lake, from the fields where cattl

graze, and from the ruts of chariot-wheels, also water from sé

places, and sarvoushadi and durvd grass. q

On the west of this water-pot, according to the rules of his own —

Grihyasutra, let the owner or his representative Hota establish hi

1870. ] ; The Vastu Yaga. 211

fire (sacrificial) and repeat Virupaksha ae and make Kushan-

dika.

Having finished the Kushandiké, Agni under the name of Prajdpati,

_ should be worshipped according to the rules of Aditya Purdna ‘* Om

pingebhru, &e.”” “Om! brown-browed, brown-bearded, brown-haired

and brown-eyed, high-featured, red-stomached, seated on a goat,

seed-wreathed Agni, you are powerful.”’ Then are to be offered

one hundred and eight oblations or adhutis to Brahma with a mixture

of honey, gi’, sesamum, and barley. And next, ten offerings should

be made to each of the worshipped gods.

‘The Vilvapanchaka homa, or five offerings, with the leaves of the tree

-Marmeloszeglops has then to be performed. The five hymns for the

purpose have Visvamitra for their rishi; they are in Jagatc metre,

their god is Vastu, their use lies in the propitiation of V4stu.

“Om Vastosphté prati, &ec.”

Then with ght alone, ‘‘Om Agnaye, Se. svdhé. Om to Agni, the

‘originator and supporter of Sacrifices, this is given to Agni.”

After the principal sacrifice and the Mahdvydhrti homa are over,

the tushni samit has to be offered without any mantras. Then

follow the prayaschitta homa, the chanting of the Vdmadevya

hymn, and taking a handful of curd, repeat the following, ‘‘Om

-Yajnam Gachchha, &c.” Om, the sacrifice be ended, &c. Finally

the fire is to be extinguished with curd.

_ This is to be followed by offering to the Vastu gods rice boiled with

milk with the mantra ‘ esha payasa vali om Is’aya namah,’ and so on.

“This offering of milk and rice to Is’a, and so on, to other Vastu

gods.”

_ Then uttering Svasti perform S’dnéz.

Om in the §’anti work, om, do you three pronounce, ‘‘ I am bless-

ed.” The following are the directions for the performance of the

ceremony of S’Anti.

_ Let the priest sprinkle on the Yajamana, seated with his sons

and family facing east, water from the S’4nti-ghata with the mantra,

“Om, Surdstvamabhi sinchantu, &. Om, may the gods purify you

with water; may Brahma, Vishnu and Mahesvara, Vasudeva,

Jagannatha as well as Sankarshana purify you. May Pradyumna

and Aniruddha give you victory. May Akhandala, Agni, Yama,

212 The Vastu Yéga. (No. 3

Nairta and Varuna Pavan Cuvera and Siva and Sesha with

brahmans and dikpdlas ever purify you. May all the assem-

bled gods bless you with reputation and fame, wealth, me-

mory, reasoning, health, veneration and mercy, ingenuity, modesty,

bodily comfort, quietude, and loveliness. May the planets, the sun,

the moon, Mercury, Mars, Jupiter, Venus, and Saturn, all th

planets, together with Raju and Ketu propitiated, purify you. Ma

devas, danavas, gindharvas, yakshas, rakshas, serpents, rishis,

munis, cows, devamatas also deva-patnis, adhvraas, snakes, daityas

and apsaras, weapons, all S’astras, rajas and carriers and medicines

jewels and the degrees of time, lakes, seas, mountains, holy places,

clouds, rivers, prepare you towards the attainment of piety

desires and wealth! Om, Svasti.”

The Vastu yiga, described above, is evidently a sacrifice invented

by the ancient Aryan conquerors with a view to propitiate the

aborigines or primeval owners of the land. Such a practice is not

uncommon in Hindu theosophy. Everything that has a place it

a ceremony, is worshipped or propitiated. The earth is pacified

before lighting up a sacrificial fire, and is appeased after the homa

is over. The tree from which faggots are collected is worshipped,

and is propitiated by mantras. The sacrificial goat even is first ac

dressed with a proper prayer to the effect ‘‘ that beasts were created

by Brahmé for sacrifice, and killing ina Yajna is therefore no killing

(aera oat aarsqu:! ).”” Again, “ Indra, Soma, and other gods, for the

sake of sacrifice became beasts and so forth.”’ Indeed, without a pre |

liminary archani (worship), no offering is deemed fit for presentation

and no god is prepared to receive any without it. The Vetdlas

Pisichas (the gods of the aborigines) are first propitiated, they have

the precedence in all ceremonies. In days of yore, such ceremonie

were very frequently interrupted by the dasyus and daityas, anc

the holy sages who celebrated them, were often obliged to ask foi

assistance from princes and warriors for protecting them against

such depredations. In the Ramayana, Visvamitra carries with him

young Ramachandra and Lakshmana to protect his sacrifice. In th

performance of a sraddha, the first offering is made to the Bhusva

the lord of the soil, and the Smirtis teach us that it is not lawfu

to perform any ceremony on another man’s soil without satisfy

1870. | The Vastu Yaga. 213

his claims, and though rajas and owners of their own houses perform

the srdddha on their own land, they have still to make offerings

to Vistu Purusha, which we fancy represents the aboriginal owners

of the country. The modern expounders it is true identify the Vastu

Purusha and the Bhusvami with Vishnu, but as a separate plate is

always offered along with it to Vishnu, neither Bhusvémi nor. Vastu

Pwrusha can mean anything else, but what it literally says, unless

it be a typical offering to the sovereign of the country.

In the Vastu Yaga, one of the oldest ceremonies of the Aryans,

Vastu is the principal god, and though the aborigines themselves

are not worshipped by name, the Naga is no doubt the ostensible

‘object of worship. The several gods, properly p/trs, (ancestors, )

meanes, former owners, that occupy the several mandalas, are

so the names of Nagas. The Vastu is the god Earth, quite dis-

a from Dhara, the mother-earth (terra), and in the prayer he is

presented as the supporter of the world.

e aa aTeaaT sid wa Tea Ps i

és reghUce fama 4 ayaa AAG a Il

Allthe gods are pervaded by Vdstu, Vastu pervades the creation; he is

; h e supporter of the earth. Salutation be unto you, O Vastudeva !

} a It is remarkable that nowhere in the Purdnic or Tuntrie cosmo-

‘gony, is Vastu named as distinct from Sesha, or the primal snake

Brerss, eternity).

? sae fe are: ware Hae: Aa WH TAT YI!

| The supporter of the wiiverse is air, above which is the silane tortoise (colos-

Bei ctys atlas ? ) upon which rests the Sesha, and upon it the earth,

_ The Vastu Yaga therefore, appears to be a memorial of the foun-

dation of the new Aryan home and of the Nagas, a race of powerful

aborigines of India. Their name is connected with the several

vegetable products of the soil, which the first Aryan settlers soon

found to be useful and worthy of preservation. Thus—

_ Wagapasa, or the lasso, a weapon of the Nagas ; Négavandhu the re-

ligious fig tree (Ficus religiosa), the friendly shelter of the Nagas ;

Nagarenn, Nagaja, and Naga Sambhava for vermillion, litharge, and ga-

jena, all probably first mined by the Nagas; Naga pushpika, the golden

Jasmine (Jasminum Fruticans) ; Naga Kesara, the Mesua ferrea flower ;

214 The Vastu Yaga. [No. 3,

Niga pushpa, Calophyllum inophyllum, Naga Valli, the betel-leaf

plant (Piper betle), Nagaphala (Trichosanthes diaca). Words bee

ing ample evidence not only of the Naga origin of the things

they indicate, but of the Naga influence on the Aryan settlers

The word Naga is also used for an elephant, for lead, and for tin.

Even as the word Uzbak was a term of abuse with the Mog

emperors of Delhi, so was NVagabit among the Aryan, meaning the

veriest rascal.

In the Vastu Yaga for consecrating a tank, a long pole is sunk in

the centre of the new excavation, and this pole in Sanscrit is Vaga

yashti, or the Naga pole. In course of the ceremony, several Nagas

presiding over the several quarters of the mandalas, are worshipped,

and though in later times, the practice of throwing golden images of

serpents, frogs, and tortoises, in a freshly excavated tank is observed,

the Naga yashti cannot ,be said to have any connection with reptiles

or snakes. ‘The application of the term Naga to the reptile class, is

probably due to the fact of the aborigines living in a wild jungly

country, infested by snakes, having been snake-charmers, and grea’

adepts in handling and killing such reptiles ; a figure of metonom

confounding the Naga aborigines with the Naga serpents.

Ananta is worshipped on certain days of the year, and if Anan

were a reptile and not an allegorical myth of eternity and the creato: ;

we should have had all over India, idols of serpents like those ¢

other gods. In no place, however, have we observed an idol of

serpent, made and worshipped, unless as an appendix to idols ol

some other more important gods, though Manas’ and Nagas are

common in our ceremonies. Ananta chaturdasi is a common cere

mony. It is performed for fourteen years, and after the completior

of the period, the devotee ties round his right arm a cotton strin

made of fourteen threads having fourteen knots. The ceremony t

specially serpentine in its name and forms of worship, but nowher

does the actual reptile appear. Ananta is worshipped as Vishnu

and the cord round the arm, promises perpetual enjoyment of hea:

venly bliss. é

Naga panchami is an auspicious day for the worship of the Nagas

On the occasion, Manasa is worshipped in the Ayphorbia plant. Thi

is an instance of tree-worship connected with serpents. It ma

1870. | The Vastu Yaga. 215

properly be called a case of reptile worship. But though the Hin-

du propitiates Manasa with a view to be saved from snake-bites

during the next twelve months, on no account whatever does he

worship idols of snakes. Here it may be noted that Ananta is

classed among the great snakes. The Sastra runs thus-—~

Gi WalS| a AW eR wares |

ysraaarare at qeifrerd Tear |

OTe Wa Wat Sa: WacaAy |

quaratad wa vafuet adit tl

eat Ua Tal TT AQHA A TATA, l

Waa ora aT TST AR TCA UI

SAIC |

After Vishnu has gone to sleep on the fifth lunar day of the dark fortnight,

tet the goddess Manasa abiding in the milky-juice tree be worshipped. After

Vishnu has retired, and all the other gods on the fifth wane the Pannagi

_(she- serpent) awakes. One who worships the Devi and makes obeisance to

her, and on the fifth day makes offerings to the Nagas, commencing with Ananta,

one of the great serpents, has never to fear from snakes. Devi Purana.

The several Nagas mentioned to be worshipped are: Ananta,

Visuki, Padma, S’ankha, Kamvala, Karkotaka, Dhrtar4shtra, San-

‘Khaka, Kaliya, Takshaka, &c.*

Of these the first eight serpents serve for the consecration of a

tank. Their names are inscribed on mango leaves, and these are put

* gan aaa Wa We aaa FI

AU HalSa Ae Watigy NFA tt

arty aaa fire wie afta a

Baad AMI CeAwl (LF Asa I

TTASTTTU |

WE GI AIT FAI WHITAA: |

qTefaTaays aaa aluwza: 1

TUasqaT WATE: RASHAAAAA |

AAT SAMSUT FAS GFT II

yaaataaiy ae feral Tar Aer

RTTTTT |

GAN AGA: WaT ALIGS TIA: |

FRU RAS WET el alae yatfaar

216 The Vastu Yaga. [No. 3.

in a pot full of water. A boy is made to draw one out, and the nam

that is drawn out first becomes the presiding deity of the tank.

other words, the Naga aborigines being propitiated are entruste

with the protection of the tank. The protecting Naga is then to t

well fed.*

This was no doubt an ingenious method of meeting the difficulty,

when several Nagas presented themselves as candidates for the

guardianship.

The Naga-yashti or the Naga flag-post, or the rod as it were o:

the guardian Naga, is to be made of one of the following tree

common in the Naga hills. A piece straight and free from crookec

knots is preferred.

Fug FAN YsI Yaa AAA |

te ee EN ;

aad quays faegarey afte ||

The trees recommended are: Bamboo, Varuna, the Punnaga

Messua ferrea, Mimusops elenchi, Azaddirachta indica, and Acaci

catechu.

The Naga, it appears, has to plant the post on the banks of the

tank, so that no other Naga may come and interfere. The Waga yashfi,

or Ruhi kdtha, is now made upwards of 30 feet long, and is drive:

into the ground at the geometrical centre of the tank. But such

practices, denoting a forgetfulness of the original motives, are no

at all rare among the Hindus.

The Das‘ahara is a festival in honour of the monsoons and

first freshes in the river. It is, according to Hindu mythology, the

anniversary of the day when Bhagiratha, an ancestor of Rd

* amrargaraita Patents saa saa |

aa: way fhe aaa y fares

Bara Waawat Tad AAA |

ae AWaate ae as TeTfAG: Ga: I

ay Oey WAY SET AACS Tae 1

attra: |

Having inscribed the names of the eight Nagas on separate leaves, drop thei

into a pot filled with water, and raffle them with the Gdyatri mantra. (

taking out one leaf, the name of the (presiding) Naga appears. The Naj

whose name is taken out by the boy, is the guardian of the tank. Worship

said Naga with Chandana, &c., and give him milk and rice boiled in milk, |

1870. | The Vastu Yaga. 217

chandra, brought down the river Ganges from the heavens. On

_ the same day, the goddess Manasa is also worshipped in the Zu-

_phorbia plant; and bits of green lime, uchchhe (Momordica charantia),

and jack fruit are swallowed as safeguards against the venom of

snakes. Another mythical specific for the same is a compound of

lentils and nim ( Azardirachta indica) leaves.*

A remarkable myth connected with the Nagas, is the bestowal

of the art of music by Sarasvati upon Kamvala and Asvatara nagas

mentioned in the Wirkandeya Purdna.t

This implies a toleration of the aborigines quite inconsistent with

the feeling of hatred, disgust and animosity which prevailed amongst

the first Aryan settlers, and which is so pointedly displayed in the

_ Rig-Veda, and can only be accounted for on the supposition that in

_ course of time the two races were reconciled and came to a compro-

mise. The Aryans remained engaged in intellectual occupations and

“religious worship, while such works as tilling the soil, tending the

2 q ae

- cattle, dancing, singing, and playing on the lute, &c., were left to the

_ more intelligent of the aborigines. And though the invention of a

ih 4

. 4

* wat farsa afrasara car |

afq tufaaay aaa: fa afcufa i

wHeatgqaaraty: |

He who eats lentils with Nim leaves when the gun enters Aries, what can

even the enraged Takshaka do to him ?

t Mee Hess WHA RIT TAT |

aqfad we are farsart wa aa.

= * ® oS

ata wm aa aig WaT ew Wqrad

b VARMA SA TAT BIT” Gq I.

BUM TATA CCTABAMY Fa |

ASW aa fa Mae: Ha 1!

ban Sas :

Fat ATTY WRATH Ware atta qqar |

AH SAITTT |

Through my favour you, noble chief of serpents, (bhuj agendrapara) shall learn

| the four kinds of feet, the three kinds of measures of time, the three harmonies,

| the pause, as also, &c., &c., given by me, from my favour, you noble chief of

| Serpents, shall also learn in connexion with these, the distinction between

| vowels and consonants. All these have been imparted by me to you and

| to Kamyala, in a manner, the like of which none had before either on earth

| orin the lower region.

218 The Vastu Yaga. [No. 3, —

tune or the fitting a new song to a tune, were exclusively the work —

of the Aryans, the actual art was entrusted to the Nagas. The myth

represents Sarasvati imparting the art of music to the Nagas, who

excelled in its practise both Aryan and non-Aryan performers.

According to the Purdnas, the Nagas, the gandharvas, the apsaras, —

and the kinnaras were the dancers and songsters in ancient India.

The name of a good man is always considered a good omen, and

one of the morning duties of the Hindus is to pronounce the names ~

of the most eminent of their historical personages. Among these

we find the name of Karkotaka, one of the principal Nagas. It

may be said that the name of a Naga is enjoined to be uttered with

a view to propitiate him ; yet when it is associated with such names

as Wala and Damayant?, the inference is inevitable that the person —

named was held in great estimation for some merit or other ;

possibly it was the name of a person who had acted in a friendly

manner to the Aryans.

stadt HSE RHTSa ACA |

Having bowed to the earth, let Karkotaka be remembered.

If the above be at all ambiguous as to the use of the name of this

Naga, the following from the Mahabhérata is at once positive and

conclusive.

HAH AMY CHIT TI FI

qr Uses Alaa areas (1

The uttering of the names of Karkotaka Naga, of Damayanti, of Nala, and of

Rituparna, the hermit Prince, destroys all sin.

From what we have stated above, we are led to believe, that

serpent-worship in the true sense of a creature worship, was never

prevalent in India, though the Hindus entertain a kind of respee

for the allegorical characters Ananta and Visuki. This worship

may in the present day be seen practised under peculiar circum-

stances by several hill tribes, but it must be admitted that such

practice does not obtain among the Aryans. The serpent, as 4

emblem of eternity, may be respected ; but then it is the worship o:

Vishnu, the eternal creating principle, it is the emblem, the form,

rather the curve of the serpent and not the reptile. Serpents hay

crept into our mythological legends; but in whatever form the

come, they were openly put down as enemies of Vishnu. The co

1870. | The Vastu Yaga. 219

as the ‘giver of milk from which ghi is made, is respected and tended

with care, not because she is the true goddess Bhagavati (goddess

of prosperity), but because she confers so many benefits on the

Hindus. In the month of Vaisikha, the hottest month in the

_ year, the cow is worshipped every morning, if we may so call the

practice of careful tending. The matron of the house fans the

cow, anoints her hoofs and horns with oil and turmeric, gives her

tender heads of grass and fruits and vegetables. With a napkin

her hoofs are cleaned. Some have gone so far as to raise the dust

of the hoof to their own heads.

If figures of Nagas occur in sculptured stones, they are sometimes

- mere ornaments, serving the purpose of a twisted cord, a cornice, or

4 a frieze, or forming when hooded the best fanciful supports of thick

j architraves or bases of pillars, more beautiful perhaps than horses,

lions, and elephants, subjects equally common, but of more difficult

execution. In nature, what can be deserving of greater admiration

_ than the graceful undulations, curves, and attitudes of a hooded

_ snake standing erect when enraged. If serpents at one or two

0 places appear as receivers of homage and respect, they are then in-

variably represented with human faces, and as such, they are no-

_ thing but allegorical representations of the aborigines, whose nether

parts were coils of snakes—

**The one seem’d woman to the waist, and fair,

But ended foul in many a scaly fold

Voluminous and vast; a serpent arm’d with mortal sting.”

Or they are mere fanciful figures, as the dragons, &c., of medie-

val Christianity. Their occurrence in architectural ornamentation

does not lead us to a belief that they were ever objects worshipped ;

they are what Caryatides were to Greek architecture.

Crocodiles, frogs, monkeys, parrots, and various other birds and

- animals occur in the architectural remains of India, and with the

ludicrous scenes describing the pranks of these animals and birds

_ occur several scenes in which these are represented as adored. Ne-

yertheless no Hindu ever worships a crocodile or a frog. The

hanumén, a monkey with black face and hands, is an object

of worship in the North-Western Provinces; but this monkey

represents the Mahdvira (the great hero), the allegorical personifi-

220 The Vastu Yaga. [No. 3,

cation of brutal force. In vulgar superstition the mouse ‘is the

carrier of Ganes’a, the peacock of Kartika, the owl of Lakshmi, and

so on, but the Hindu has never been seen to worship any of these as

animals, though they are respected on account of their deities,

Again, if a Naga appear in a dream, the person is said to be soon

blessed with numerous children, a myth apparently connected with

the aborigines of the soil, and their influence is still to be seen in

the surname of a family of the lower order of Kéyasthas of Bengal.

It is remarkable also that this Naga family has Vaswké for its

gotra.

It is interesting to note how advantage has been taken of the

spectacle mark on the hood of the coluber naja (the Cobra de

Capello) and the myth about the foot mark of Krishna interwoven

with it.

Kaliya, a Naga prince of Romanaka, used to live in a tank in

Vrindévana, and Krishna on one occasion broke its several heads,

and would have destroyed him altogether when his two wives in-

terfered. ‘The Naga was let loose and was ordered to return to his

country. Butas he was afraid of Garuda, the carrier eagle of

Vishnu, he prayed that he might be saved from the attacks of the

bird. Krishna then assured him that he and his tribes bear-

ing Krishna’s foot-mark should be exempted from the attacks of

Garuda.*

Of tree worship, if worship it is to be called, as it amounts to little

more than a recognition of benefits received, many instances may

be quoted in addition to what has been adduced by Mr. Fergusson.

In acountry like India, anything that offers a cool shelter from the

burning rays of the sun, is regarded with a feeling of grateful re-

spect. The wide-spreading banyan tree is planted and nursed with

care, only because it offers a shelter to many a weary traveller.

Extreme usefulness of the thing is the only motive perceivable

in the careful rearing of other trees. They are protected by

religious injunctions, and the planting of them is encouraged by

promises of eternal bliss in the future world. The injunctiol

*ameqayed aula <wared | faa aqeuretaar

fates i

1870. ] The Vastu Yaga. 291

against injuring a banyan or a fig tree is so strict, that in the Ra-

mayana even Ravana, an unbeliever, is made to say, ‘‘I have not

eut down any fig-tree in the month of Vaisakha, why then does the

calamity (alluding to the several defeats his army sustained in the

war with Ramachandra and to the loss of his sons and brother)

befall me ?”’ —

The medicinal properties of many plants soon attracted notice,

and were cultivated with much care. With the illiterate, the medi-

cinal virtues of a drug are increased with its scarcity; and to

enhance its value, it was soon associated with difficulties, and to

keep it secret from public knowledge, it was culled in the dark and

witching hours of night.

_ Trees have frequently been identified with gods: thus in the

Padma Purana, the religious fig-tree is an incarnation of Vishnu,

the Indian fig-tree (F. indica) of Rudra, and the Palisa (Butea

frondosa, Roxb.) of Brahma.*

: In the Varaha Purina, the planter of a group of trees of a particu-

lar species is promised heavenly bliss, and it is needless to point

out that from the names of the trees recommended, the extreme

utility of the act must be acknowledged. Thus it is said, “he

‘ever goes to hell who plants an as’vatha, or a pichumarda, or a

banian, or ten jessamines, or two pomegranates, a panchdmra, or five

mangoes.}

_ The Tithitatva gives-a slightly different list, substituting two

imeempakas, three kes’ara, seven tala-palms, and nine cocoanuts,

‘instead of the banian, the jessamines, the pomegranates, and the

- panchimra.t

* Saag waar fata + Py |

QHT VIFSA AZUSA TUYSIVA it

. TAIT [TITS |

+ saaaa frqacia wari <T STAT |

Za AU aiisangear veraamt aca a aifa Il

FUTSAUIY |

$ wae ua: frgad war ar wear Tifa | Aacrfe |

Gay area aa aca TeaUa ata a aia ||

fatuaaa |

222 The Vastu Yaga. [No.

As early as the Ramayana, the planting of a group of trees we

held meritorious. The celebrated Panchavati garden where Sita we

imprisoned, has been reproduced by many a religious Hindu, an¢

should any of them not have sufficient space to cultivate the

five trees, the custom is to plant them in a small pot where they

are dwarfed into small shrubs. Such substitutes and make-shift

are not at all uncommon in the ecclesiastical history of India.

Buddhist India, millions of miniature stone and clay temples, som

of them not higher than two inches, were often dedicated when mo

substantial structures were not possible. The Panchavati consists 0

the as’vatha planted on the east side, the vilva or Zigle marmele

on the north, the banian on the west, the Eimblica officinalis on th

south and the asoka on the south-east.*

The Skanda Purdna recommends a vilva in the centre and fou

others on four sides; four banians in four corners, twenty-fiv

asokas in a circle, with a myrobalan, on one side, as the constituent

of a great punchavati.}

Superstition has always been active in drawing nice distinctior

between the auspicious and the inauspicious, and it is curious ft

observe how the auspicious qualities of some plants have bee

extolled. Some are considered auspicious when planted near

dwelling house.

No tree with fruits or blossoms can be cut down, as the followi

sloka threatens the cutter with the destruction of his family «

wealth.

* qyafaameay Furst Bua |

qelqeateaa Viva wy fea © I

wae wired hy Praca: |

ae afgawrat g art efauresr i

wa afefen wry agere giafe |

} famed wont wgfea wae |

qeed VQ aes Ii

BUA aera vatdufrating |

feafafaurawaiad waa Wawa Ii

waaay wgfew era weael Waa

AIT |

1870. | The Vastu Yaga.

oe)

ATA RLV TATA YUASA RST |

qed Gustey vaefey wey |

BTTTTTe |

_ Therefore never cut down any tree that bears good flowers or fruits, if you

desire the increase of your family, of your wealth and of your future happiness.

Superstition has associated supernatural properties with many

plants, and several have been identified with the gods.

The durvd, a kind of grass very common in all parts of India,

is excellent fodder for cattle. It is an essential article in the

worship of all gods. It is said to have originated from the thigh of

Vishnu.

The religious fig tree makes one rich, the Jonesia Asoka destroys

all sorrow, the Ficus venosa is said to be useful in sacrifices,

and the Nim gives much happiness. Syzyg/wm Jambolanum, pro-

mises heavenly bliss, and the pomegranate a good wife. Meus

glomerata cures diseases, and Butea frondosa gives the protection

of Brahma. The Calotropis gigantea is useful as it pleases the sun

every day, the bel-tree pleases Siva, and the Pétalé pleases Parvati.

The Apsaras are pleased with Bombax malabaricum, and the Gandhar-

yas with Jasminum, the Zvrminalia chebula increases the number of

servants, and the Mimusops elenchi gives maid-servants. The Tul is

injurious to children, and the Mimusops elenchi productive of

large families. The cocoa-nut gives many wives, and the vine

gives a beautiful body ; the Cordva latifolia increases desires, and the

: Pandanus odoratissimum destroys all.*

* Sq asgy BRA: RHA: |

aa GHAIS: War TaaAryye: Ga it

THA AHS Ha ATITNq Sifsat wea I

SHC CAATUY THR TACTAT II

a BRIA SAT fae cafearac: |

Req WaSs: Wes rara WTA Il

fATTaTHVATS: BS AIG aTaT |

faving cwelgegerermeear il

BIUAMLAAM SA FHS? FAISA: |

ASA ACA STS FITTEST Il

Cave AAT Hat Haat Tarot

TATTIT

224 The Vastu Yaga. [No. 3,

The tamarind tree is considered most inauspicious, and, according

to the Vaidya Sdstras, is very injurious to health. The Carica

papeya plant is more so. Though an introduced plant, the natives

were early acquainted with the injurious influence of the exhala-

tions from the leaves of the plant. The Sunflower, Helianthus,

is supposed to emit gases that destroy miasma.

There is no department of Hindu literature in which the hyper-

bole has not an important part. The Haritaki, one of the myrobalans

is so much valued, that in the following sloka it is said to be more

invigorating than the milk of a mother. 3

woaal Very Care area Teaarheu |

water Artal ATaT AIST ST SAAT Il

Prince, eat Haritaki: it is as beneficial as the mother, the mother may occa

Sionally get annoyed, but never the swallowed Haritaki.

The following trees are said to have peculiar virtues.

wary qe: ya feat araarfea: |

TSAI Brey aan Trae: WA:

aagratar war faqdiaralaga |

HSH WII BIT FHF F Il

wa wits ssreifa Hater aS: FAT |

a favqrafe arraraant Qa Qars |l

THM MATH SIA SHIT TAT |

aifeatfauedterar AU FART |

HACTATATE A ATH HST ATC AAT aH Pea:

anfiaaacacanzertiy a cea vad Feaeraatta ti

wager j

The Indian fig tree, if on the east side of a house, is always auspicious ; s¢

also is the Udumvara tree if on the west, and the pipul if on the south, &c,

The following are supposed to have a peculiar influence on pa

cular spots,

aaa aifcaeyg wztware WATE: |

tatace aetHret wa TaITae I

aaa AFaSY aCe |

Treeagafagui vasa |

WUISTY Vas Glare faway

faery Gaeea SAITTSCSTT I

1870. ] The Vastu Yaga. 225

The cocoa-nut tree near the dwelling-house confers wealth on the family,

and if on the east or north-east of an encampment, the tree is the donor of

sons. The mango tree, the best of trees, is auspicious at every place, and

if situated on the east, gives wealth to men. The Bel tree, the jack tree,

and the citron tree, and the plum tree, are in all situations conducive to pro-

sperity.

The Durvashtami is one of the many vratas observed by Hindu

females. It is celebrated on the eighth lunar day of the bright

fortnight of the month of Bhidra.

aaa ware ats Were vata: |

Sat att aay warart fied sara i

Wega (a: wa: way TH: fara =

wafrraaataryaa AQEAar

TASCA |

On the day fixed for worshipping Durvé, a fast is observed, and

Durvi, Gauri, Ganec4, and Siva, are worshipped with rice, fruits,

and flowers.

Durva is described as

aaa Weeartrwat |

fraugeraat qurawacfurateai i

aqSaqratt FatHatr Frage taut

feqearadart VReaTearaet I

{ Dark as the petals of a blue lotus, held on the heads of all gods, pure, born

from the body of Vishnu, anointed with nectar, free from all sickness, immor-

tal, incarnation of Vishnu, and giver of good children and virtue, wealth and

salvation,

A thread, with eight knots, and fruits, &c., are presented to

‘DurvA, and the following prayer is then read:

a Zasearraty y yfsratta GuTee |

Fag Vata Sar adaraaet aq il

Bal Wear smuratfufaqaifa azige |

A Aa Va SCS SARTIAT I

Dury, you are called immortal, and you are worshipped both by gods and

asuras. Having blessed us with prosperity and children, fulfil all our wishes.

As you extend over the earth with your suckers and branches, in the same

way give me healthy and immortal children.

226 The Vastu Yaga. [No.

After the usual puj4, the thread with eight knots is tied on the

left arm and the worshipper listens to the legend of Durva repeat

ed by the officiating priest.

7 ~ ~ ya ~ fy j

Faamrat asaynai fauaaat fate i

waa Aa Faia Brararatanifes & |

afatweita arifa srafaafa aerac ti

Barra War Sar ta Vicar |

waa BHAT Sa faaaAar It

ae safe faqe afmareaana

When the Kshiroda ocean was churned for nectar, Vishnu had with his arm

and thighs held the Mandar hill, and the forcible rotation of the hill shed some

hair off his body.

These were carried by the waves to the other bank and became pure green

Durvé. Thus originated Durva from the body of Vishnu, and upon Durva, the

excellent nectar, generated from the churning of the ocean, was placed.

The Asokashtami, the Arunodaya Saptami, and the Madanotsavs

are three other vratas in which trees are worshipped.

From the Sakrotthana, the rising of Indra after the new moon pre

ceding the Durga puja, the whole fortnight is devoted to one or

other form of tree-worship.

Asokdshtami is observed on the eighth day of the bright fo

night of Chaitra. Eight blossoms of Jonesia asoka in water are

drunk, with the following mantra:

BRMIAATHE HIATTE AS |

*foaifa Wiaaaal HAMA FerHe |

In the Bhavishya Purana, the vrata of Arunodaya Saptami it

described.t |

+ arene weacaete ralnel

33 wife fearemi 4 a aqeTy il

+ ayrecaaifa anrdqaifc | facie fara |

Qqgaaqad WG Hal Vag Wag |

aa Care HHS ATA LY THAT

WAI TIRE FATTATT AT | 4

wursfatant wei careifeugEe

1870.) : The Vastu Yagas 227

In themonth of Chaitra on the thirteenth lunar day, the ea

g motsava 1 is celebrated and the Asoka tree is worshipped.

* But the most important instance of tree worship is the Durgd4-

puji. Although the festival is\a rejoicing at the promising crops

: the field, and although it may be traced to the solar myth and

U sm or dawn pp it is undoubtedly one of the most extensive

Be Bone with the Diddea Durga, the Nava patrica or the nine

a are worshipped. The nine are

car at eftat Tat faqaifeat |

Barat aaaga were Aqsa il

“On the morning of the first day of the puja, nine branches with

los aves are tied together with a plant of yqufsat, (Chtoria ternata,

alba) and* a twig of the fax bearing a pair of fruits with suitable

ara F BTR arty wae Alaaaat tl

HrsTaT Te |

* The following mantras are repeated before cutting the wick

quaTxcCHarapeaaf eat fact |

Se Rady @ Bfaqaratr war Tra: 4

PRA Ces aia: Awe Aha: |

waaifa wat az yaa SaaS: Il

St fameaaeTam dal @ wRTITT |

Welal aT Wary eatgstt ARCTAS I

wergergd od ay are aul Far 4h

saasiat ware Tsar sa fafasta: i

teareaitaaaya arsanteataae

fraiteteauns famed AHS &

a@ fe areata waa war fa |

wart yataais: ver fag sa a il

Briphals tree, you are eed on the mountain Mandar, Meru Kailasa and at

e top of the Himavat, you are always a favourite of ‘Ambica. Born on the

of the Sri hill Sriphala ! ! You are the resting-place of prosperity, I take

away to worship you as Durga herself.

m Vilva tree, most prosperous, always a favourite of Sankara, I worship

devi, having taken away your branch. O Lord, you must not mind the

enerated by the separation of your branch, for it ig said the gods have

shipped Durga, having taken away your branch, I bow to the Vilva tree

o on the Himalaya mountain, favourite of Parvati and embraced by Siva.

re auspicious in action and a favourite of Bhagavati; for the sake of Bhas«

words, give me all success,

serene ng A

228 The Vastu Yaga. [No. 3,

mantras, is stuck into the bundle. The bundle is then anointed wi

various cosmetics and aromatic drugs and oils, and is placed by the

side of the idols.* The several plants are then separately invokec

and the goddesses presiding over each, are worshipped. Brahmar

is the goddess of the Musa paradisaica. Kal.ka of the Coloec

antiquorum, Durga of the Cvrcuma longa, Kartiki of Sesbania Cefyp-

tiaca, Siva of igle marmelos, Raktadantika of Punica granati n

Sokarahita of Jonesia asoka, Chamundé of Obvlocasia indica, anc

Lakshmi of Oryza sativa.

The following are the mantras for worshipping them :

Si canfesrsy 7a AH |

Si ail <fa sang ofaaiire aay i

Awe waa wife Ha FATS, F li

Si wafweray arfaars az: |

at afengcyay awalyarta aad |

aA VATA qrnarta ScFHa

* With the following mantras the nine plants are anointed with water,

Si aealaadente fam eaeweiae |

aaa aagta daae qeataa |i

wi afta ff wraceifa wer fafave fafa |

Zureqw qq Qqaa fans Fa

Bi vice werent weca fra Fer |

azeaifa cfa ao aan Ia= = |i

Si wat saeuts saat waaricie |

qqarare ofa @ wa Sie WS FA Ii

ai aaeaifaaaifa ver fasrraea |

afe a (eaanrary Tear WI Bat II

wi cifemefaarra wary eer ars |

fafaat wearer wate a ecfaa t

Si featr wa war sa BUS Wreesrhe WY

war & Ufsrat Sa fee wa wafse q

Si wat arty way areata: BUGE |

@rqaita awiest ard efe FATS, Cal

ai wales urqearfa sfwat srrerfaut |

feu aT uaT WS BAIS! WA

1870. | The Vastu Yaga. 229

Si vfeaitysrsy Say aa: |

ai vita wreqife vareuta yaa |

aa fagtaary Ys we WANS GI

Si nyzafusrsey aifad Aa: |

St fauenanyay Wse sau: Vs |

BA ay Sate SF BAH ACSNT WA |

Si faeries a faa ve: |

ai aie franc argeatys: Vet |

VaNfaartr sar awa AAS, aT i

ai at’ ‘eafasrsy aR TTS TH |

ai cifsta & tI ay CaaIsTE TU |

Lae :

VAATY Ad GAS FCS We I

Si aitrafararsy Tractheara aa |

Si SCA frac Sa: BR: VrNArwes: |

SAMAR BAA ALA VAT HX I

Si aahastsy THT am |

Si we a FazaT aaa Woifss: |

aa arya erare qsit WE WS Ah

Si Waa Way Ae: ’

St saa: seca rarer fated TC |

warifaat Ud Ta Ca AT Vet Il

Om, salutation be to Brahmani, the goddess dwelling in the

plantain tree. Om, Devi Durga, welcome, come near us. In the

Brahma form distribute peace to all. Om, salutations be to

you.

_ Om, salutation be to Kalika, the goddess dwelling in the Arum

plant. Om, good-natured in the war of Mahisha demon, you be-

_ Came arum plant. Om, the beloved of Hara, come hither for my

blessing.

Om, salutation be to Durga, the goddess, dwelling in the turmeric

plant. Om, Haridra, you are Hara incarnate. Om, good-natured

you are Uma incarnate. For the destruction of my ill-luck, do re-

ceive my puja and be propitiated.

Om, salutation be to K4rtiki, the goddess, dwelling in the Sesva-

nia plant. Om, during the destruction of Sumbha and Nisumbha,

230 The Vastu Yaga. [No. #

demons, goddess of success, you were worshipped by Indra and all

gods. Be pleased with us.

Om, salutation be to Siva, the goddess, dwelling in the vilva tree

Om, beloved of Mahadeva and beloved of Vishnu, beloved of Ume

vilva tree, I salute you.

Om, salutation be to Raktadantika (blood-teethed), the goddess,

dwelling in the pomegranate tree. Om, formerly in the war, yc

became Dadimi in the presence of Raktavija demon, you acted the

part of Uma, therefore bless us.

Om, salutation be to Sokarahité (devoid of sorrow), the goddess

dwelling in the asoka tree. Om, Asoka tree, you please Siva and

you destroy all sorrow. Make me sorrowless in the same way as

you please Durga.

Om, salutation be to Chimundé, the goddess, dwelling in the

Man tree. Om, on whose leaves rests the Devi, beloved of Sachi

for my prosperity receive my puja.

Om, salutations be to Lakshmi, the goddess, dwelling in the rice

plant. Om, for the preservation of the life of all beings you we

created by Brahma. Om, preserve me in the same way as you

please Uma.

The following is a list of plants regarded by the Hindus with

religious veneration. Some of these are worshipped on certai

occasions, and others are connected with several forms of worship..

waTa—Jonesia asoka. .

34a—Ficus religiosa.

Braz —Calotropis gigantea, R.

—=Tawat—Emblica officinalis, Girtn.

a@q—OColocasia antiquorum, L.

a@<eq—Nauclea cadomba, Roxb.

afeaer—N. cordifolia, Roxb.

aewt—Musa paradisaica, L.

faa—Azadirachta indica, Ad Juss.

qeatx— Butea frondosa, Roxb.

ulfeatatet<—Erythrina indica, Lam.

stf@a—Punica granatum, L.

<eqt—Cynodon dactylon.

wqut— Datura alba, Rumph.

1870. | The Vastu Yaga.

aq@—Mimusops elengi, L.

aeul—lIpomeea reptans, Poir.

qaqadi—Ocimum adscendens, Willd.

aTaei—Acacia arabica, Willd.

qa—Aigle marmelos, Ouv.

uqeet—Salvia plebeia, R.

ata

araaite

Caaaa—Pterocarpus santalum, L.

traquiai—Adenanthera pavokina, L.

wais1—Zrophis aspera, Retz.

aawal—Sarcostema acidum, Roxb.

weaadi—Leucas martinicensis, R.

efcsai—Curcuma longa, Roxb.

stag t—Mirobalans cheduba, L.

@x.—Poa cynosuroides, Retz.

SAquai—OoO. sanctum, L.

atTx—Saacharum spontaneum, L.

wfec—Acacia catechu, L.

eTsi<— Phoenix silvestris, Roxb.

wadt—Sesbania cefyptiaca, Pers.

atictawa—Cocos nucifera, L.

fa arat—Strychnos potatorum, L.

314 —Mangifera indica, L.

qTwe—Bignonea suaveolens, L.

aast—Ficus elomerata, Roxb.

quai—Ocimum vellosum.

ai~q—Oryza sativa, L.

aiz1—Guilandina bondue, L.

qq—Agati grandiflorani, Desre.

qe—Ficus indica, L.

qaqiste—Desmodium gyrans, L.

gasit—Terminalia moluccana, Roxb.

aTazqeet—Ocimum basilicum, pilosum, Benth.

wtz—Clerodendron viscosum, Vent.

aaa ieat—Hiptage madablota, Garts.

mle ets — Phaseolus roxburghii, W. A.

— Colocasia indica.

232 The Bonhara Temple. [No. 3,

way —Luvunga scandens, Buch.

wiz —Acacia suma, Buch.

Teate—Pheenix paludosa, Roxb.

aaa qTqI—Pterospermum acerifotum, L.

431 4 — Mirobalans arguna, W.

Extracts from my Diary regarding the Bonhara Temple near Omerpe

Behar, and other Antiquities of the place.—By Basu RasHsrnar

Bost, Sus-Drvistonat Orricer, Banka, BHAGALPUR.

December 7th, 1869.—At 5 vp. m., I went to Bonhara, whic

is almost contiguous to Omerpore, to see the large dighi or tank

and the mosque on its bank, which are generally ascribed to Prince

Shah Shuja’. The tank is about 1300 feet in length and about

700 feet broad. It is gradually filling up, but is never dry; ar

in the centre, the water is said to be very deep. Traces may be

seen of the large masonry steps leading to it on the eastern ban

on which the mosque stood. Old people still remember that ther

was a covered passage leading from the mosque to the tank, b:

which Muhammadan ladies could carry water to the former, without

exposing themselves to the gaze of the multitude bathing in th

latter. The mosque has entirely disappeared, several mounds ¢

bricks embedded in the earth being all that is left to mark th

spot where it stood. But a marble slab which was placed on it b;

the founder, bearing inscriptions in Arabic, may still be seen k

the side of a tomb latterly erected near the place. The inserip

tions, I was told, had never before been deciphered,* though mam

of the learned had attempted it. But as it grew dark, lw

obliged to return to camp.

December 8th, 1869.—On enquiry, I learnt that the mosqu

which, in the language of the peasantry, had been as high as tl

tallest of the palm trees, was pulled down by Zemindar Bane

prasad Chowdry for the sake of some hidden treasure it containe

* The inscription was published in the Proceedings of the Society

November, 1870. q

1870. | The Bonhara Temple. 238

but which no one dared to touch on account of the solemn injunction,

‘said to be recorded on the marble slab, to the effect that the offender,

if a Hindu, was to eat beef, andifa Muhammadan, was to take pork,

For seven days and nights, so runs the legend, the treasure consist-

ing of gold and silver coins, was carried in carts to Baneepra-

sad’s house. He was formerly one of the greatest and richest

zemindars in the Sub-Division, but the moment the hidden wealth

was dug up in spite of the solemn injunction, the ghost of the

original owner haunted him day and night: he never after pros-

pered in whatever he undertook; he became almost insane; his

‘wealth disappeared, no one knew how; his estates were sold; the

indigo factory he had raised on the western bank of the tank with

the bricks taken from the mosque, fell into disuse; and at last he

died aruined man. This is believed to be the fate of all who mis-

appropriate hidden treasure. In some cases, the treasure is sup-

posed to be guarded by hideous snakes, wasps, or ghosts. The

treasure often appears to its intended victim in dreams, reveals the

place of its concealment, and asks him to sacrifice his son or sons

before digging it out. If he misappropriate it without sacrificing

what is wanted, his children are sure to die, or he himself

becomes blind. Few people in this country therefore run the

risk of misappropriating hidden treasure. It is then no wonder if

Baneeprasad, after committing the sacrilege, was haunted by a

guilty conscience, and was reduced from affluence to poverty, as is

"proved by the condition of his grandsons at the present day. It

must have been in a moment of deep repentance that he rebuilt a

tomb erected to one La’l Khan which he had pulled down, and

placed on it the tablet belonging to the mosque.

At 7 A. m., I went to the place with a Maulawi, in order to decipher

the inscription on the tablet. After poring over it for nearly an

hour, he declared his inability to proceed further than the first line,

especially as the ignorant mason had placed the slab upside down.

After the kacheri was over at 4 ep. m., I therefore visited the tomb

once more, and after having rubbed some ink and oil over the in-

seription, obtained an impression of it on paper, which was made

over to several learned Maulawis to decipher. Afterwards I went to

see another very old tank about a mile further north, which goes

31 |

234 The Bonhara Temple. [No. 3,

by the name of Namaz Taldo, signifying “tank for prayer.” It

is situated in the midst of a large plain, andis now used as a place

for the cremation of the dead.

At 4 p. u., I went to see the remains of the old fort of Debi Raja

at Dumrawan which is about a mile north from the town of

Omerpur. The fort was about a mile or more in circuit, consist-

ing entirely of mud walls surrounded by a deep ditch. The only

approaches to the fort were by seven large gates, some of which

are still to be seen. The walls near these gates are tolerably

high, but in most places they are scarcely more than two or three

feet above ground, while in few places they have been levelled witl

the ground by the cultivator’s plough. There was a small fe

within the fort for the accommodation of the women, and in it there

is a small tank which still goes by the name of ‘ Ranee Gurres

or the Ranee’s tank. Near this tank lie some bricks to mark th

spot where stood the palace of the Raja or his seraglio.

It was within this fort that the last struggle for independene

made by the Khetauri Raja against the Muhammadan invaders ap.

pears to have taken place. Tradition has preserved an anecdot

regarding the romantic courage and prowess evinced by Del

Raja during the contest.

It is said that being besieged by the Muhammadans in his capita

and finding himself unequal to the contest, he resolved to abando

his capital, and left it at night with his little band of devot

followers. A washer-woman, who was with child, could not

so fast as the soldiers wished. One of the latter having there

upon sneeringly observed, with reference to her pregnancy, ‘* Wh

told you to bring yourself to this pass?’ she replied :—* Tl

Raja told me to do so; for had I known he would cowardly dese

his capital, I should not have been what Iam.” This speech

ing reported to the Raja, he felt ashamed of his cowardice, imm

diately returned to his capital with his troops, contested, at fearf

odds, every inch of ground with the enemy, and was at last cut ¢

to a man. a

It is believed by some that the Raja had an improper connecti

with the washer-woman.

1870. | An Account of Copilmunt and its Antiquities. 235

An Account of Copilmuni and its Antiquities, in connection with the

Fair held there in March, 1868, being extracts from my Diaries of a

cold weather tour in Sub-Division Khulnea in Jessore.—By Ba-

Boo RAsHBIHARI Bossz, Sus-Drivistonat Orricer, Banka, BHAcAt-

PUR.

March 20th, 1868.—I examined many respectable people about

the origin of the fair, but no one could give a_ satisfactory

“account. They have lived up to old age, as their fathers did be-

fore them, without troubling themselves about the inquiry. They

even wondered why I took the trouble of asking them about it.

: According to them, the fair is held because it has been held

before. I called and examined the mohunts of the place, who are

Btho descendants of Bagnath Mohunt, a recluse of great sanctity who

is said to have buried himself alive near the temple or rather the

hermitage of Copil; but they could give me no other information

ee that the fair used to be held before the time of their great

& ancestor, though on a smaller scale than at present.

4 March 21st, 1868.—On my way back, I found a large number

of pilgrims going to bathe in the Copotuc, which, during the Ba-

“roni festival, is considered to assume the sacred virtues of the

Ganges. The vast multitude of pilgrims that come to bathe in the

stream at this time of the year,.has no doubt given rise to the

mela, or fair. But the difficulty les in accounting for the Copotuc

"being considered at the time of the Baroni to be as sacred as the

Ganges.

i On my return to my tent, I received a visit from the priest of the

temple of Copileshuri, the goddess who is supposed to preside over

the destiny of Copilmuni. He was unwilling to relate the tradi-

tions connected with the fair, they being, he said, idle stories

which were not fit for the ear of a hakim. Being, however, pres-

sed on the subject, he stated that it was on the thirteenth day after

| the full moon, (the day of the Baroni festival) that Copil became

| Sidha, or had his prayers accepted in heaven, and it was to

| commemorate that event that he instituted the fair, which had

| continued to be held on that day. This account does not satis-

—

236 An Account of Copilmuni and its Antiquities, i No. 3,

factorily explain how the Copotuc came to assume the virtues of

the sacred Ganges. ‘The priest further related that the daughter

of one Bungsi Chakrabati came one evening to light up the temple

of Copileshuri, but both the girl and the goddess thereupon disap-.

peared from the temple. The bereaved father having searched for —

his child in vain, at last fell in dhurna before the temple. On the

third day, the goddess appeared to him in his dream, and said, she

had destroyed the girl for presuming to enter her temple in an

impure dress, and that her own stone image having deserted the

new temple so profaned, had retired to the ancient temple built by

Copil, which was to be found beneath the waters of Copotuc, but

that she would continue to accept the offerings made in the former

before an image built of clay. The priest further related a story

about Bagnath Mohunt to the effect that he sent something which

cannot be mentioned with decency, enclosed in an earthen pot as a

present to the emperor of Dilhi; but when the enraged monarch

ordered it to be thrown open, he was surprised to see it filled with

the sweetest things in the world. Some of the jagirs granted to

Bagnath on that occasion are held by his descendants up to this

day.

Around the tomb of Ja’far-Aulié, a Muhammadan saint who die¢

about seventy years ago, and a few yards from those of the great

Copil and Bagnath, was gathered this day a large crowd of pilgrims,

chiefly women, who had come to bathe in the stream. These wea

men kept up singing the whole night through, almost disturbing

the bones of the mighty saint.

At night, I received visits from a large number of respectable men

of the surrounding villages. In reply to my inquiries about the

origin of the fair, one of them stated that Copil’s mother havin,

expressed a desire to go on a pilgrimage to the Ganges at the tims

of Baroni, when that sacred river is thought to become speciall

sacred, Copil said she need not take so much trouble, as he coul

bring the goddess herself to grace the stream flowing beneath he

cottage. Accordingly on the day of Baroni, Copil invoked th

Ganga, and the goddess testified her presence in the Copetue b

thrusting her hand out of the water, the rest of her body remait

ing buried under the waves. It is said that at the request of 0

1870. | An Account of Copilmuni and its Antiquities. 237

pil, she agreed in future to appear at that place for an hour at the

time of the Baroni festival, in consequence of which the stream flow-

ing under the hermitage of Copil became sacred on that particular

day, and attracted crowds of pilgrims from the surrounding villages.

March 22nd, 1868.—At dawn, I went to the river side to wit-

ness the bathing of the pilgrims. In order to have a better view of

the scene, I entered a boat on the river, and rowed up to the

place where the hermitage or the temple of Copil is supposed to lie

buried beneath the waters. To my front was the tomb of Ja’far-

‘Aulia, which both Hindus and Muhammadans revere as con-

taining the mortal remains of one who knew the past, the present,

and the future. On my right, stood the Nimba tree which is said

to have witnessed the birth, suicide, and resurrection of Bagnath

fount for three days after he had buried himself alive under its

“shade, his disciples could find no trace of his body under the earth.

On my left was the temple of Copileshuri, containing the un-

“sightly image of a naked goddess standing with up-lifted hands

and protruding tongue over the prostrate body of her divine lord,

d rendered still more hideous by wreaths of bloedy heads hang-

ing by way of ornament from her neck down to her knees. In the

‘space enclosed between these sacred monuments of by-gone ages,

x ere assembled about four thousand pilgrims, eager to wash off

their sins at the ghat where Copil’s mother is supposed to have seen

‘the Ganga. Husbands going arm in arm with their bashful wives,

and women taking their infant children on their breasts, rushed

Promiscuously to the stream. Many of them were provided with a

small piece of bark from the plantain tree containing afew grains

of rice and zee, some leaves from the tulsi, a piece or two of

ripe plantain, and some sweetmeats. Over these they pronounced

Mantras dictated by their priest, and then throwing a portion

into the stream, greedily devoured the rest. Several were seen to

Offer sweetmeats to Copileshuri, which gave the officiating priest

an opportunity of playing the part of a shopkeeper with a ven-

geance; for he had set up a shop of his own, from which the

_ pilgrims were required to purchase the sweetmeats, as being most

| acceptable to the goddess, and as soon as they were offered before

| her image, they were again transferred to his shop and sold to the

238 An Account of Copilmuni and its Antiquities. [ No. 3,

next pilgrim who called for the purpose. In this way he appeared ;

to have realized a profit of a rupee on every pice worth of goods

he had in his shop.

Among the pilgrims, I could not find a single kayast, boido, or

brahman. All the lower classes of Hindus, almost without a sin-

gle exception, were present. ‘The reason is, the three higher class-

es named above do not believe in the sanctity of the Copotuc at

the time of the Baroni. This would seem to prove that Copil

was born of low parentage. Indeed, he is suspected by some tc

be an ancestor of the present mohunts of Copilmuni, who are Ju-

gis (cloth-weavers) by caste. Hence his influence over the higher

castes of Hindus is very small. It is necessary to state that Copi

is a different individual from his great namesake who figures 30

conspicuously in the Ramayan, and is said to have destroyed sixty

thousand sons of Rajah Sagur on being disturbed by them in hi

devotions, which subsequently caused the Ganges, in compliance

with the prayers of one of their descendants, named Bhagirath, te

pour from the heavens like an avalanche over the Himalaya, and

thence thundering down to the plains, pass over the spot whe

his ancestors had been reduced to ashes.

March 23rd, 1868.—At night I received visits from the respee-

table people of Mahmiudkati, Hurridhahe, &c. One of ther

stated, on the authority of an old man who had again heard it from

his grandfather, that on the day of the Baroni festival, Copi

became Sitdha, and being anxious to test the fact by ocular demon

stration, invoked his favourite goddess. The goddess came ridin

over the waves, and when she departed, Copil threw himself into hei

waters and died praying that on the anniversary of his death she

would make her appearance on that spot for an hour. This, hoy

ever, differs from the popular account given above.

March 24th, 1868.—I heard a legend about Copil. It is sai

he used daily to bathe in the Ganges at dawn, and then perforn

his morning prayers at his hermitage on the banks of the Copotu uC

the distance travelled being about three days’ journey.

March 26th, 1868.—At dawn I took a walk towards the fa

mous old tank known by the name of Lahona Khulna. It i

perfectly dry and overgrown with tall trees, which the superstitic

1870. | An Account of Copilmuni and tts Antiquities. 239

wood-cutters dare not touch. The barren women from the sur-

rounding villages come to bathe in a well in the tank, in the belief

that a dip in its waters would make them fruitful. Almost contig-

uous to the Lahona Khulna, flows the small rivulet which goes

by the name of Magra. The readers of the immortal work called

Kavi Kunkun Chandi are aware that Lahana and Khulna are

the wives of Dhonoputty Sadager, and that the Magra is the river

where his son Srimunto Sadager encountered a terrific storm raised

by the goddess Chandi to test his sincerity and devotion to her.

It istherefore believed that Copilmuni or its neighbourhood is

‘the place where the scene of Kavi Kankan Chandi is laid. In

proof of this, people further appeal to the remains of ancient build-

‘ings found buried in the bosom of the earth at a place called Agra,

which is about a mile north-east of Copilmuni, while the Lahana

Khulna and Magra are situated about two miles towards the

_ south-east. But the poet lays the scene of his hero’s birth-place

q ‘at Ujaini, or Ujeni, which is the name of the capital of Malwa.

This discrepancy may, however, be reconciled by the supposition

- that the place was formerly called Ujani, which was afterwards

changed into Copilmuni by the famous anchorite of that name.

A pandit suggested to me the improbability of a small place on

- the banks of the Copotuc bearing the classical name of Ujaini, on

_ which I reminded him that the contiguous village was called Agra.

“It is natural for a man to associate himself with great names ; and

if Dhonoputty Sadagar or his son Srimunto chose to call his mari-

time port according to the city of the Great Akbar, he might as well

designate his birth-place the capital of the romantic and heroic

Vikramaditya.

March 27th, 1868.—At dawn I took a walk as far as Agra,

with a view to see the remains of ancient buildings supposed to have

belonged to Dhonoputty Sadagar. In several places there are little

hillocks of earth in the form of cones, whose apexes are about twenty

feet above the level of the surrounding country. In these lie

buried magnificent brick structures which have sunk entire in the

bosom of the earth,—time’s all destroying hand having as yet

worked upon them in vain. In one place are to be seen walls

about eight feet broad, which probably once formed the wings of a

240 An Account of Copilmuni and its Antiquities. [No. 3,

gigantic temple. In front of it are the remains of a pucca road whick

seem to have extended as far as the river. The cultivators in the

neighbourhood told me that for a mile or two around, bricks might

be found in various places only a few inches under ground.

Considering all that has been stated before, it is impossible to

resist the conviction that Copilmuni and its neighbourhood con-

tain the ruins of a large city whose splendours have long since

passed away.

March 28th, 1868.—At night, I heard two legends about

Ja’far-Aulia. They are as follows:—A certain man had a cow

which he prized much, but it sickened and died. Being extremely

poor, he goes to Ja’far-Aulia and cries till his eyes are red. ‘‘ Why

do you cry,” said the prophet, ‘‘ Your cow is not dead, it is only

sleeping.” Thereupon he called one of his disciples, and said,

“Take this stick which I give unto thee, and having touched the

cow with it, call the animal hither.” The disciple goes to the fiel¢

and striking the cow with the stick, says, “‘ Why sleepest thot

so long? Come, thy master calls.” The cow rose as if it had been

sleeping, and followed the disciple to the cottage of Ja’far-Aulia.

A disciple of Ja’far-Aulié once did a wrong act. The saint

said to his other disciples, ‘‘Go and throw him into the river in a

gunny bag, after closing its mouth with a string.” The disciple

did as they were directed to do, but the bag would not sink an

floated down the stream. The prophet was at the time on his way

to the Sundarbun. When he had completed a day’s journey, th

disciple within the bag cried and said, ‘‘ Master, behold I am not

dead. Take pity on a fallen creature and restore me to thy favour.”

The saint thereupon ordered his disciples to take the bag from

the river, and let out the culprit, considering him sufficiently pun-

ished. ;

a a a a i a

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Bae See

Parr L—HISTORY, LITERATURE, &e.

No. IV.—1870.

y PAPA APRADRAAAAAARALAAL ALAA AAAAALAARAAAAALRAADIIIAON

Ja ‘

On the Funeral Ceremonies of the Ancient Hindus.—B, y Babu

Ra’JENDRALA’LA Mirra,

[Read November, 1870. ]

~ Two elaborate papers have already appeared on the funeral cere-

‘monies of the Hindus. The first, by H. T. Colebrooke, was publish-

‘ed in the Transactions of this Society about seventy years ago,* and

‘an abstract of it was soon after issued in Ward’s History of the

Hindus. It contains the modern ritual as given in the Suddhi Tatt-

va of Raghunandana and other current works on the subject. The

second, entitled Die Todtenbestattung bei den Brahmanen, appeared

in the 9th volume of the Zeitschrift of the German Oriental Society,

Dr. Max Miiller, its author, gives in it the whole of As’valiya-

na’s Sutras on the ancient ritual, and quotes largely from the Rig

‘Veda Sathité and the aphorisms of Katyd4yana. A portion of it,

that bearing on the sepulchral ceremonies, has since been rendered

: into English, by that learned scholar, and published by Professor

Wilson as a part of his Essay ‘on the supposed Vaidik authori-

ty for the burning of Hindu widows.”}+ Dr. Max Miiller is of

Opinion that—‘‘ These burial ceremonies have been described

im detail by As’valayana only, and it is possible that the burial was

* Asiatic Researches, VII. pp. 232—285. LHssays, I. 155.

¥ Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, XVI, pp. 201-214.

242 On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. [No.

not considered as an essential part of that class of rites which is

comprehended under the name of Samskdra.” Such, however, does

not seem to be the case; for the whole of the funeral ceremonies,

including those required to be observed at burials, are given i

detail in the sixth chapter of the Aranyaka of the Black Yaj ur

Veda, aphorised by Baudhdyana and Bharadvdja in their Sutras,

and commented upon by Sayana Achérya. I find that Hiranya-

kes’i also has written on the subject, but I have not his work at

hand to refer to, nor has Séyana noticed him. A hand-book fo

the performance of funeral ceremonies, professing to be founded on

the rules of Hiranyakes’i, exists in the Society’s Library and

entitled :—Hiranyakes'yanteshti-prayoyamani ; but it is a compilation

by a modern author, Abhayankara Bhatta, and does not correspon¢

with the rules of the other Sttrakaras. It treats of the whole o.

the rites due on the first thirteen days after death, but it does no

anywhere quote the rules of Hiranyakes’‘i, and so simplifies the

operations detailed in the works of the early writers that it cannot

be accepted as a trustworthy guide to the most ancient ritual.

The Aranyaka describes the ceremonies under the title of Péfri-

medha, or rites for the welfare of the manes, and gives all the man-

tras required for the ceremonials of the first ten days after death,

leaving the srdddha, or the rites meet for the eleventh day, altoge:

ther unnoticed. The mantras are taken mostly from the Rig Veda

and arranged in consecutive order, but without any clue to the par-

ticular rituals for which they are intended. The two Sutrakdaras

supply this deficiency, and as they point out several peculiaritie

not to be found in As‘valayana, I propose to give here a summé ry

of the subject. The bulk of the mantras and the rules are the

same as given by As‘valayana; but as that author’s work, lately

published by the Society, has already been commented upon by

Dr. Max Miiller,* it is not necessary to notice it in detail. .

The first mantra given in the Aranyaka refers to the perfor

mance of a homa immediately after the death of a man who k ad

always maintained the sacrificial fires in his house. According . 0

Baudhayana, four offerings should be made, while touching the

)

* Vide passim Grimm’s Essay on the Burning of the Dead, and Dr. Roth

article “ on Burial in India,” via

1870. | On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. 243

right hand of the dead, to the Garhapatya fire, with a spoon over-

flowingly full of clarified butter. Bharadvaja prefers the Ahavaniya

fire, and is silent as to whether the offering should be fourfold or

not. As’valayana recommends the rite to be performed at a

subsequent stage of the funeral. All three take it for granted

that death has happened within the house, if not near the place

where the sacrificial fires are kept, and none has anything to say

regarding the taking of the dying to the river-side, or of the cere-

mony of immersing the lower half of the body in water at the

moment of death, (anrtarjali) which forms so offensive a part of the

modern ceremonial in Bengal, and which has been, by a flourish

of incisive rhetoric and at aconsiderable sacrifice of truth, called

“shat murder.’ Looking to this negative evidence against it, to its

_ total absence in other parts of India, and to the oldest authorities

on the subject being the most recent of the Puranas, it may be

fairly concluded that it is of modern origin. None of the authori-

- ties usually quoted, enjoin it as a positive duty, and it has come into

_ general practice probably since the date of Raghunandana and his

‘contemporary Smritikaras of the 16th century.*

* The authorities usually quoted are the following :—

Wigas peo | TEs WaT Twa RBefa aaa | AW aa

Aa <aita waa Ts STR

_ J shall relate to you, O handsome-faced, the merit of giving up life in the

Ganges. I give him (who does so) my own rank, and pour in his ears the

mantra of the Great Brahma.” Skanda Purdna, quoted in the Suddhi tattva.

ReR TTaTQua | Beiea gq weal faqaauaa a | aafaa

Waa AGAIN Tl WH) Berea yeu wawatata we

MARS | TRIVATA TATA Warsi arts <feat | wy aleweranty

" Re °

S14 RIA (ITSATCUT A ll SAT |

“ He who fasting dies with half his body immersed in the water of the Jah-

navi (Ganges), is never born again, and attains equality with Brahma.” Agni

Purdna, quoted in the Prdyaschitta tativa.

«The embodied who dies with its body up to the navel in water, attains the

fruit of all the sacred waters, tirthas. There is no doubt about it? Skanda

Purana.

frat) asrat asrat Se WaT ora a Teas TT! RI

_“ After giving up the body in the Gaines there is no second birth.” Kriyd-

yogasdra.

Hay Se ANA AWETa FT AAA | v4 |

* Hiven the crime of Brahmanicide may be expiated by giving up the body in

the Ganges.” kKyriydyogasdra.

244 On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. (No. 4,

After the homa, a cot made of Udumbara wood (Ficus glomarata)

is to be provided, and, having spread on it a piece of black antelope

skin with the hairy side downwards and the head pointing to the

south, the corpse is to be laid thereon with the face upwards. A

son, brother or other relative, or in their absence whoever takes the

lead, should next address the corpse to give up its old clothing, -

and dress it in a new suit.* The body is then covered with a piece

of unbleached, uncut cloth, having fringes on both sides ; the opera-

tion being performed while repeating a mantra.t| Then, wrapping

it in its bedding or a mat, it is to be borne on its cot to the place of

cremation. The removal, according to some authorities, should b

made by aged slaves; according to others on a cart drawn by twe

bullocks. ‘The mantra for the purpose, says, ‘‘ I harness these two

bullocks to the cart, for the conveyance of your life, whereby you

may repair to the region of Yama—to the place where the virtuous

resort,’’{ clearly indicating that the most ancient custom was,

employ acart andnot men. As'valayana suggests one bullock. Any

how, the ancient Stitrakéras evince none of the repugnance to the

employment of Stidras for the removal of the corpse of a Brahman,

which the modern Smarthas entertain on the subject. According tc

the latter, none but the kith and kin of the dead should perform

this duty, and the touch of other than men of one’s own caste is pol-

lution, which can be atoned for only by the performance of an ex-

piatory ceremony.§ When Sir Cecil Beadon, the late Lieutenant-

* The mantra for the purpose says :—

wine vo ufeeifaw gu) ragqnaqeaw <faut war a

asur fa 4m il 8

** Give up the cloth thou hast hitherto worn ; remember the ishta and pu

sacrifices thou hast performed, the fees (to Brahmans thou hast given) and those

(gifts thou hast) bestowed on thy friends.”

+ <SaqT Fa IGA ANAT Ii 2 Il

** This cloth comes to thee first.”

t Qyaaaqa wea ee aaa qeq a dagy era saga ae

Bat WAI Tea WAAL STA F

war qafsa a sal BETTY aes | wri aHE Bee GE

AVATT tl s il

§ This prejudice first manifested itself, though in a mitigated form, in the

time of Manu, who says, “‘ Let no kinsman, whilst any of his own class are a

1870.] On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. 245

Governor of Bengal, proposed the removal of the Hindu dead of

Calcutta by the Mutlah Railway to Gariah, the strongest opposition

was offered by the people, on the ground that it would involve a

most serious pollution and loss of caste, to allow a corpse to be

touched by other than its own caste men. They quoted a number

of texts in support of their opinion, including those given above,

and had no doubt custom—a greater authority than written laws—

to plead in their favour ; but the most revered and most ancient of

their S‘astras was opposed to them, for it recommended for the

Brahman dead a bullock cart as the most fitting conveyance, and

‘a Sidra slave as its substitute.

_ The road from the house to the burning-ground used to be di-

vided into three stages, and at the end of each, the procession used

to halt, deposit the body on its cot on the ground, and address a

mantra. As’valayana says nothing about the division of the road

into stages, nor of the mantras to be repeated, but recommends the

‘procession to be headed by the eldest member of the family. The

first mantra in the Aranyaka runs as follows: “ Pusha, who knows

the road well, has well-trained animals, to carry you, and is the

protector of regions, is bearing you away hence; may he translate

‘you hence to the region of the pitris. May Agni, who knows what

“hand, cause a deceased Brahman to be carried out by a Stidra; since the

funeral rite, polluted by the touch of a servile man, obstructs his passage to

heaven.” Chap. V. ver. 104. The following are the subsequent authorities :—

fem: | wd faci a RU ay es feenfaat! aa | GeTaTaia WaT

fy ewarsedife gy) ewaa: | aactaarerean warag faarate< |

A. 5 =~ ~ ~

ere aa saenta wae wife gar eactraraia wa ares WaE-

: ~ Seer ~ x Soa 25 Ca aes 2 8,

ep gnare ofaa ae rer are qaaed | wa saray lard WaT-

. ~ ON AN - &

aaa | aa: | fanny ace aq fanagfa feqaara| feaaa afeafac-

~ ~~ OA

fase ae: |

“The Bréhman (dead) should not be removed by a Stidra, or a Sudra (dead)

by a Brahman. Vishnu. s

‘Whoever causes fire, grass, wood, and ghi to be brought by a Sudra (should

perform an expiatory rite). Yama. I shall now relate to you the mode of puri-

fication as ordained by Manu, from the pollution caused by a dog, Sidra, an

outcaste and the low dying in the house of a Brahman. Ten nights for a dog,

‘month for a Sidra, twice that time for an outcaste, and twice that for the

low. The house should be forsaken in the case of the lowest, says Manu.

Vrihanmanu. A house becomes purified in three days after the death of a

Brahman ; the courtyard outside of the house is purified in one day by the touch

of fire, and by smearing it with cow dung. Yama.

246 On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. (No. :

is meet for you, bear you away.”* The commentator in explaining

the term Anashtapas’u “ well-trained animals,” attempts to includ

in the text the slaves recommended by the Stitrakaras by the

mark “the human bearers are two-footed animals, and the two bu

locks four-footed animals :”” vahakah manushy th dvipdt-pasavah anadva

hau chatuspdtpasi. The second and the third mantras are,

substance, very much like the first, and call for no remark.

A most important member of the funeral procession is an anim

called anustarant or rajagavi. An old cow is recommended

the most appropriate, next a black one, next a black-eyed one, nex

one with black hairs, and lastly one with black hoofs. If none ¢

these are available, a black tender-hoofed goat may be substituted,

As‘valayana recommends an animal of one colour, or a black kid, and

says that it should be brought with a rope tied to the near fore

foot. The animal is to be brought with the mantra, ‘* Protector o!

regions, this is an offering for thee.”+ An oblation is to be poure¢

on the fire in connexion with this offering with the ¢dd or cha

spoon, saying, ‘‘ May this prove acceptable to wealthy Agni.”’}

According to the Sttrakéras, the cow should be sacrificed, bw

should any accident happen at the time of the sacrifice, the fi

left foot is to be broken, and the wound being dressed with dus

* Jiantra to be repeated at the end of the first stage.

yar aaaaag y faqrraaqny sag ag | a aa:

Feaweaarrs fas aa: Sfaeaw: i vil

Mantra to be repeated at the end of the second stage.

qaat AT Wat Wat: a wai waaqaa Aua| afeer Be

Se Rinstah a qt ug sfaarsy li < Wt

“ Pusha poses ‘all these sides ; may he bear you away hence by the s

road ; may he, who is beneficent, kind to us, and mighty a all, knoy i

the road well, lead us without obstruction.”

Mautra to be repeated at the end of the third stage.

~arataare: afcarfa at aT aT Wg TH WTA | Fa €

Wa a Yaa aT Sai afaat ZaTg 9 |

* The life, the life of the world wishes to take charge of you. May Pusha,

leading, protect you in the difficult road ; may the divine sun, leading you by

the way of the virtuous, place you where the pious dwell,”

+ wate va te fa 1 = I

t wwe thaaa arene i

1870.] On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. 247

the animal is to be set free. The mantra for the sacrifice says:

“ Companion of the dead, we have removed the sins of the dead by

thee ; so that no sin or decrepitude may approach us.””* The address

after the immolation runs thus : ‘‘ Companion of the dead, we have

made thy life inert ; thou attainest the earth by thy body, and the

region of the manes by thy life. Pardon us and our children in

this world.”’+ A third address to the cow follows when her body is

being dusted, it is to this effect—‘‘ O dear one, say not that I am

so killed, for thou art a goddess and virtuous, going to the region

of the Pitris, travelling by the adorable sky: keep us well supplied

with milk in this and the future world.’’t

_ If it be necessary to let loose the cow, she is to be made to walk

thrice round the pyre, while the leader repeats a mantra each time,

then sanctified by another which simply says, ‘“‘ Mayest thou be a

‘source of satisfaction by thy milk to those who are living (in my

family), and those who are dead, and those who are just born, as well

“as those who may be born hereafter,”’§ and, lastly, let loose with the

words, “This cow is the mother of the Rudras, the daughter of the

YVasus, the sister of the Adityas, and the pivot of our happiness,

therefore I solemnly say unto all wise men, kill not this sacred

harmless cow. Let her drink water and eat grass. Om! TI let her

loose.’’|| ‘ |

_ The next operations are to dig atrench, arrange fuel thereon,

wash, shave and pare the nails of the corpse, and place it on the pyre

* gare eqaaiearha weAe | Se AT A AIT: UT ITE ST

afa ye i

Bt gery aarare fa a sTeufead | atic allah euate fyea-

| SSAA TETAS i RY Il

fed er Pa SA at fees yete | fewarc aWet Way

FEA AT ATAT TASTAATASTS |i VI

| Sama as ¥ ea y wa AY we | aT wae uefa

AAT BRAT I

| || arat agtut gfe sary earsfearraey aie | 90 are

| tefags sara a manmafefdafus | fraqea cured sia-

Qs Il

248 On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. _ [No. 4,

along with the wife. They were probably performed without

aid of any mantra, for the Aranyaka does not allude to them. The

trench, according to As’valéyana, should be twelve fingers deep,

five spans* wide, and as long as the corpse with its hands upliftec

The corpse, in the opinion of some, should be disembowelled,

the cavity filled with ghi. When placed on the pyre, it shoul

have in its hands, if a Brahman, a bit of gold, if a Kshatriya

bow, and if a Vaisya, ajewel. The wife should lie down on the

left side of the corpse according to Baudhaéyana and Sayana. As’

valdyana recommends that she should be placed near the head on

the north side. The chief mourner, or he who is to set fire to

pyre, should then address the dead saying, ‘‘ O mortal, this womar

(your wife), wishing to be joined to you in a future world, (lit.

obtain the Patiloka, or the region of husbands) is lying by th

corpse ; she has always observed the duties of a faithful wife ; grant

her your permission to abide in this world, and relinquish you

wealth to your descendants.”’+| A younger brother of the dead, «

a disciple, or aservant, should then proceed to the pyre, hold th

left hand of the woman, and ask her to come away, saying, ‘‘ Rise up,

woman, thou liest by the side of the lifeless; come to the worl

of the living, away from thy husband, and become the wife of hin

who holds thy hand and is willing to marry thee.”{ In a subse

quent mantra, she is to be asked to bring away the bit of gold above

alluded to, from the hand of the corpse. The werds for the pur-

pose are— For the promotion of thy wealth, and glory as a Brah

man woman, and beauty and power, take the gold from the hand

* Aratni extending from the thumb to the tip of the index finger.

+ a are ufaera surat faqga vo al ae Ta | frag

pioatitas ae iat sfawge AS

t vere af siveqafanginqum fe) waar fefaa

eatarnerel Prantneanta ll

Saft, Scare was, ea’ of, “wTRY wae nae FUR ,

‘sera yarafaaareine, ‘taeranfa site ntuaea tis

ae wrq | fa’, “weuree’ afwareaa:, ‘feta’ eattaieal

‘"Wq?, wid, sifted arid, ateayy afiaredt saa carte Ne :

The Rig Vedic reading of this verse will ~~ noticed farchel on,

1870.] On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. 249

of the dead, (and abide) in this (region) ; we (shall dwell) here

well served and prospering, and overcoming all presumptuous

assailants.”’* The scholiast of As’valayana says the remover of the

widow, and not the widow, herself should take the gold, and that in

the event of his being a slave, this and the two preceding mantras

should be repeated by the chief mourner, and Wilson and Max

Miller take it inthe same sense ; but Sayana’s comment is opposed

to this interpretation.t ‘The words to be addressed to a Kshatriya

or a Vaidya woman, are the same, the words bow and jewel

being respectively substituted for gold, and Kshatriya and Vaisya

respectively for Brihmana. Under any circumstance the removal

of the widow and the articles is completed. The Aranyaka con-

templates no alternative, and the Sutrakdras are silent on the

subject, shewing clearly that when the Aranyaka was compiled,

the inhuman practice of burning the living wife with her dead

husband, had not obtained currency in the country, and as we

know from the writings of Greek authors that the Sati rite

had formed an ,important part of the Hindu funeral ceremony

three centuries before Christ, and at least four centuries before that

the Ramayana and the Mahabharata, alluded to it, it may be pre-

* gquy ~warereara way fay squad aera) waa afas

- ~ =~ gn

aay gua fag war afwaratsraa il

This verse does not occur inthe 10th Mandala of the Rig Veda, but the

counterpart of it, in connexion with the bow, occurs with a different reading,

thus—

WASASISST A WAATH VATA qaqa Fara | Wat alas za BAC

Pra War afaardisraa |

Dr. iar Miller renders the last as follows: “I take the bow from

the hand of the dead, tobe, to us, help, glory, and strength. Thou art there,

we are still here, with our brave sons; may we conquer all enemies that at-

tack us.’ Dr. Wilson’s version is slightly different in words, but is in gub.

Stance the same. “ Taking his bow from the hand of the dead that it may be

to us for help, for strength, for fame, (I say) here verily art thou, and here are

we: accompanied by our valiant descendants may we overcome all arrogant

adversaries. ”— Jour. R, As. Soc., XVI. p. 202.

tate a “far? amey, “SMa” seus, “asta”? area,

“Tay? RSUSLILE ‘are? FeIg, “Care? “gam? “aTearar”?

wai, say aa fas | ae wife ce’ STR, “eas Oe Ta: aM,

Qe? Bais: ae wears, ‘faa’ afta’ aaa. HIT ‘aaa |

250 On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. |No. 4,

sumed that our text dates from at least eight centuries before the

Christian era. The allusions in the Ramayana and the Mahabha-

rata may, possibly, be interpolations, andifso, the Aranyaka may

be a century or two later, but that it was compiled long before the

advent of Alexander in India, and that Baudhéyana flourished be-

fore Bharadvéja and Katyayana cannot be questioned.

The sacrificial vessels which the defunct used to employ in his

ceremonial rites, are now to be placed on the different parts of his

body ; the Agni-hotra-havani, filled with butter and curds, on the

mouth ; the srwra spoon, broken into two, on the nostrils ; two bits

of gold or the butter spoon, (a/yasruva) broken into two, on the

eyes; the prdsitra-harana, broken into two, on the ears; the

kapadla pot, broken into fragments, on the head ; a pot-sherd on the

forehead; and, the chamasa spoon on the head. The mantra for

the purpose consists of a prayer to Agni not to injure the chamasa

spoon.* As‘valayana arranges the sacrificial vessels differently ; he

places the yuku on the right hand, the wpabjrit on the left hand,

the sphya, sacrificial knife, on the right side, the Agnihotra-havar

on the left side, the gravna on the teeth, the kapalas on the head, the

dhruvd on the breast, the sruva on the nostrils, the prasitra-hara

on the nostrils, the chamasa and the pétri on the belly, the sam

on the genitals, the pestle and mortar on the lower part of

the thighs, the arani on the upper part of the thighs, the sirpa on

the feet, and other vessels on the body as convenient. He says

further, that the fat of the slaughtered cow should be placed on the

head and on the eyes with the mantra “‘ Agni &c.’”’ and her kidney

on the hands with the mantra ‘ Ati” &c., her heart on the cardiae

region, and her flesh and organs on other parts of the body ; and

that, in the event of the cow being let loose, imitations of hei

organs made with rice and barley meal, should be placed on the

parts mentioned ; the fat being replaced by cakes. The Aranyake

* caaq wad a fasitec: fra araTaa GraTat | ww BqAa

aaa hay Sa BAT ASAT I

“* Destroy not, Agni, this spoon ; it is dear to the Devas and the performer:

of the Soma rites. This spoon is the drinking vessel of the Devas; may the im-

mortal Devas therefore make us happy.’ “

1870. | On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. PETE

says nothing about these offerings, nor recognises any substitute.

Possibly Baudhayana and Bharadvaja have provided for them ;

but I have not the necessary MSS. at hand to ascertain it. The

Avanyaka, after arranging the sacrificial vessels, gives the mantra

for covering the corpse with the raw hide of the cow, which should

be entire with head, hair and feet, the hairy side being kept upper-

most. The mantra for the purpose is addressed to the hide ;

« Quirass, carefully protect this body from the light of Agni ; enve-

lope it with thy thick fat, and marrow ; holding this impudent Agni,

desirous of seeing and consuming it by his vigour, allow him not

to go astray.’’*

The pile is now ready to be lighted, and a fire should be applied

toit with the prayer: “ Agni, consume not this body to cinders;

nor give it pain; nor scatter around its skin or limbs! O Jatave-

das, when the body is fairly burnt, convey the spirit to its ances-

-tors.”’+ A second prayer to the same divinity is due when the fire

is in full blaze, but its purport is not very different. It is follow-

‘ed by an address to the organs of the dead. It says, ‘‘ May thy

organ of vision proceed to the sun ; may thy vital air merge in the

atmosphere ; mayest thou proceed, according to thy virtuous deeds,

to heaven or earth or the region of water, whichever place is bene-

ficial to thee; mayest thou there, provided with food, exist in

corporeal existence.’ t

If instead of a cow, a goat is brought with the corpse, it is to be

| tied with a weak string near the fire, so that it may break its bond

and escape. ‘The chief mourner should then offer twelve oblations

: to the fire with a spoon made of palasa wood, for which the Aran-

yaka supplies the necessary mantras. Nine prayers next follow,

of which the first four are addressed to Agni, the fifth to

Yama, the sixth to the messengers of death, and the last three

*syea ofc afuaaedre a deer Heer 7) Aa areetar

HEU eurguaa TIFaAa Il

+ Haag fees afar wswead fafa ar WOT) Ver Va

ALA SAAS aia sfewara frees

fee a aaieg aaa are we efadt yaa) eT aT ae

\afe aaa Feasts stafeast RAE |

252 On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. [WNo. 4,

for a good region for the deceased. The one addressed to Yama

describes him as having two cerberi for warders at his gate.

‘King Yama, place this spirit under the care of thy two four-eyed

dogs, which guard the roads and your mansion, and whom mer

avoid: keep it in ease and free from disease.”* The dogs are the

offspring of Saram4; long-snouted, self-satisfied, and exceedingly

powerful ; they are the messengers of Yama and roam about in

search of men. The last three prayersI shall give entire. ‘1.

Some purify the Soma juice, others worship with clarified butter,

others again follow true knowledge (madhu vidyd) in quest o

felicity ; may this spirit attain the same (reward). 2. May the award

of those who fight in the battle-field; and of heroes who sacrifice

their lives, and of virtuous men who grant a thousand gifts, await

this spirit. 3. May the award of those who in penance pass @

blameless life, and of those who are gone to heaven by their pen

ance, and of those who have performed most rigorous austerities

await this spirit.’’}

After this, leaving the funeral pyre to smoulder, the chief mour

ner excavates three trenches to the north of the pyre, and lining

them with pebbles and sand, fills them with water brought in ar

odd number of jars. The people who followed the procession 4

then requested to purify themselves by bathing in them; whick

being done, a yoke is put up with three palasa branches stuck ir

the ground and tied at the top with a piece of weak string, and

they are made to pass under it. The chief mourner passes last,

and then, plucking out the yoke, offers a prayer tothesun. There

upon, the party proceed to the nearest stream, and without

looking at each other, purify themselves by bathing and a prayer

* oa are aa tfaara aqeart wfact eaqaers any

qfceway afe wer wattee Sie i

+ aa wae: Tad waea wITEG | Bat wy carafe ay fee

TS ATE II {

ga TTS UST Faas | Y a awachauenyfeeahy

WRLATA I *

ara | VATU Fyaiar | aa jwiat wea ayfee-

ata ARATE Il |

_—

1870.] On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. 253

to Prajipati. As’valayana says nothing of the three trenches, but

takes the people at once to the river to bathe, where “ they im-

_ merse themselves, and on rising throw a handful of water into the

air while they pronounce the name of the deceased, and that of his

| family. They then get out of the water, put on dry clothes, and

| after once wringing those that they had on before, they spread

| them out towards the north, and sit down there themselves till the

stars are seen. According to others, they do not go home before

_ sun-rise. Then the young ones walk first, and the old ones last,

| and when they arrive at their home, they touch, by way of purify-

| ing themselves, ‘the stone, the fire, cow-dung, grain, (tila seed,) oil

and water before they step in.’”’* This part of the ceremony and

the mourning which follows, have been described by Manu,

| Yajnavalkya and others, and need not be further noticed. The

| KAranyaka is entirely silent on the subject.

' For the ceremony of burial, the first operation is, the collection of

the half-burnt bones. This should be done according to As’valayana

on the 11th, 13th or 15th day of the wane ; Baudhaydna enjoins the

| 8rd, 5th or 7th from the day of cremation. The dates tritiyad, pan-

| chami and saptami are, given in the feminine gender in the text, and

| cannot imply day, as in ordinary acceptance they indicate the age

| of the moon. As the ceremonies, however, of the tenth day are given

in a subsequent part of the work, and the Prayoga noticed above

i names days, it is probable, that the morning of the 3rd, 5th or

7th day is meant, the elipse in the sutra being supplied by the

word tith¢ in the sense of aday. The first actis to sprinkle milk and

| water on the cinders, and to strike on the heap with an udum-

yara staff to separate the bones. This is done while repeating

| five mantras. The cinders are then collected and thrown to-

wards the south side, leaving the bones behind. ‘Three oblations

are next offered to Agni with a sruva spoon. Thereupon the senior

wife is to come forward, and, with two bits of red and blue strings

| to which a stone is tied, to draw out the bones with her left hand

Saying: ‘Arise hence, and assume a (new) shape. Leave none of

your members or your body behind. Repair to whichever place

you wish ; may Savita establish you there. This is one of your

* Journal Royal As. Soc. xvi, 213.

254 On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. [No. 4,

bones, be joined with the third (other bones) in glory ; having

joined all the bones be handsome in person ; be beloved of the

gods in anoble place.”* The bones should then be washed and

deposited in an urn, or tied up in a piece of black antelope skin.

The urn or bundle is then to be hung from the branch of a sami’

or palasa tree. Should the bones belong to a person who had per-

formed a Soma sacrifice, they should be burnt again; otherwise

they should be buried. For the latter purpose, an urn is absolutely

necessary, and after placing the bones into it, it should be filled up

with curds mixed with honey, and then covered over with grass:

As’valayana recommends an urn with a spout for females and one

without it for males. Two mantras are given, one for pouring

the mixture, and the other to be addressed to its droppings. |

Subsequently a proper place having been selected, a funeral pro=

cession should proceed to it in the morning, and the chief mourner

should begin the operations of the day by sweeping the spot with a

piece of leather or a broom of palasa or sami wood. Then, yoking a

pair of bullocks to a plough, he should dig six furrows running from:

east to west, and, saluting them with a mantra, deposit th

urn in the central furrow. The bullocks should now be let loose

by the south side, and water sprinkled over the place with an

udumvara branch or from a jar. The covering of the urn i

then removed, some aromatic herbs, sarvaushadhi, are put into the

urn, and subsequently closed with pebbles and sand; each of the

operations being performed while repeating an appropriate mantré

A mantra should likewise be pronounced for every one of the opera.

tions which follow, and these include, first, the putting of bricks

around the urn; 2nd, the throwing thereon some sesamum see¢

and fried barley ; 3rd, placing some butter on an unbaked plate or

the south side; 4th, spreading there some darbha grass ; 5th, sur:

rounding the tumulus with a palisade of palésa branches, and 6th,

crowning the whole by sticking on the top a flowering head of th

nala reed—arundo karka. The operator then anoints his body with

* SPEIMSTTY GUTS HE AAAS ATH | Vs HAI SUG A

we aa a ea afaal Seq | Tew AAT Va TH ealaa Bila

fae | dames qrethy fat Sarai TH SUT

1870. | On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. 255

} old ghi, and, without looking at the urn, places it on the spread

| grass, invokes the manes, wipes the urn with a bit of old rag,

| sprinkles some water with an udumvara branch, or from a jar,

| having covered his own person with an old cloth, and then buries

| the urn with bricks laid over it.

Some charu rice is then cooked, sanctified by a mantra, and while

| the chief mourner repeats five others, is put on the five sides of the

urn. Sesamum seed and barley are now scattered around, some herbs

put on the mound and more bricks added. Water should subse-

“quently be sprinkled on the place, a prayer should be addressed to

the gods, a branch of the varuna tree and a lot of brick-bats, a sami

branch and some barley, should be placed on the mound, and the

dead be invoked to translate himself to whichever region he likes.

| “Go to the earth, go to the void above, go to the sky, go to the

| “quarters, go to heaven ; go, go to heaven, go to the quarters, go to

‘the sky, go to the void above, go to the earth, or go to the iii

wherever embodied thou canst live with the good and in peace.”

_ A few holes being now dug round the mound, the ceremony of

purial ; is completed. The operations, it will be seen, though oft-

| repeated and tedious, are of the simplest kind possible ; the prayers

are throughout addressed for the sensuous enjoyment and ease of

. ‘the dead, and no where is any indication given ofa desire for spi-

| ritual benefit, liberation from the wheel of transmigration, salva-

| tion or beatitude. Even sin is lightly looked upon, and the prayer

| for redemption from it, is sight and casual. The whole ceremony

is of the most primitive type, and bespeaks an epoch of remote

| antiquity. It is worthy of note also that the double ceremonial of

first incineration and subsequent burial, was common among the

) Greeks, Romans and other ancient Aryan races, and that in the

| fifth century before Christ, the remains of S’akya Buddha were dis-

| posed of in the same way.

The last ceremony I have to notice is called s’antikarma or rites

| for the well-being of the living. It should be performed on the

| *sfadt aarafcd we fed ase fam ae gas Gary few

ae fed awerafcd ae efedt aq sae aie aa a feaary

Sfafast WAT: |

day. This is an addition to the shaving and paring of nails and

bathing, which are enjoined by medizeval and modern Smritikaras,

and are still current. As’valayana recommends that this should be

performed on the burning-ground on the 15th of the wane, 7. é., on

the day of the new moon. But our text fixes the day, and leaves it

optional with the mourners to select any place out of a town,

whether it be a burning ground or not, that may be convenient. The ~

relatives by blood both male and female, having assembled, a fire

should be lighted, and they should be requested to sit down on a

bullock-hide of a red colour spread on the ground, with its neck-side

facing the east, and its hairs directed towards the north. The re-

quest should be made in the following words : ‘‘ Ascend on this life-

giving (skin), as you wish to live to a decrepit old age. According

to your seniority attempt carefully to abide on it. May the well-

born and well-adorned fire of this ceremony bestow long life on ~

you. Even as days follow days, and seasons are attached to seasons ;

even as the young forsake not their elders, may Dhata so prolong

the life of these (people) according to their age.’”’* The assembly —

being thereupon seated, the chief mourner offers four oblations to —

the fire with a spoon made of varuna wood. The relatives

then rise up, and placing themselves on the north of the fire, —

and facing the east, recite a mantra, while touching a red bull. —

The women are then requested to put on collyrium with these —

words—“ Let these women, who are not widowed, who have good 4

husbands, apply the collyrious butter to their eyes; without tears,

without disease, worthy of every attention, let these wives enter the 7

house.”’+ The collyrium should be made of a substance called traika-

kuda which is brought from the Trikakut or triple humped peak of —

the Himalay4, meaning evidently the sulphuret of antimony or sur-

256 On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. [No. 4,

morning following the ninth night after death, 7. ¢., on the tenth

;

* Srerealasita WUTaT wae qqararafag | =e Ber Gataa

Ota tears: arty Naa a \ ;

asaya wafar waa sqraafa ama | war a qaaaer

HST AT aTATIay Chal

¢ <a wretchawan guatcrgaa ahi TT | Baa WANA

BHAT MCS HAST APT Ay I

1870. | On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. 257

ma of the Indian bazars. It should be applied with the three central

unexpanded leaves of the kusa grass which are thin, pliant, and

pointed, like a camel hair brush, and answer the purpose better

than the iron or stone style or bodkin which up-country women now

use. The leaves being afterwards thrown away on a bundle of that

grass, while repeating a mantra, the party proceed towards the east,

leading the bull and saying: ‘‘ These men, forsaking the dead, are

returning. This day we invoke the gods for our good, for success

over enemies, and for our merriment. We proceed eastward, having

well sustained long lives.’’*

The last of the party, who is the chief mourner, should then

recite another mantra, and with a sami branch efface the foot-

marks of the bull that precedes the party. On the departure of the

last man, the Adhvaryu should place a circle of stones behind him

as a wall to prevent death overtaking those that have gone forward,

praying—‘‘I place this circle (of stones) for the living; may we

and others not go beyond it in mid-life; may we all live a hundred

autumns, driving death away by this heap.”’{ The party then

repair to the house of the chief mourner and feast on kid and

barley, cooked for the purpose. Separate mantras are given for

the eating of the two articles.

The most important of all the mantras above quoted, is the one

which is intended as a direction to women to put on collyrium. It

was first translated by Colebrooke, in 1795, as “ the only Vaidik au-

thority for the rite of Sati.” Before him the compiler of the

twenty-eight Smritis had quoted it for the same purpose, and no

doubt thousands over thousands of deluded women, in the moment

_of their greatest grief, have been sent to the blazing pyre with this

* shone fa wacaafiayga cusfaat wa! TSIM ZTE

Was FTSy STS: GATT LATA:

This verse, in the original, occurs a little before the one about the applica-

tion of the collyrium. I have displaced it for the sake of consistency.

s ° = = RIN ie 5

+ <H stew: ufcfe aia at aq Baad | we stay

. ~ e ~n gman

Rte: yeuliau wy <qe Was Il

Most of the mantras quoted above occur in the 10th Mandala of the Rig

Veda, but their readings there are different, and they do not appear inthe same

order. Wilson’s translations thereof do not, therefore, in many essential parti-

culars, correspond with what I have given above. Vide Journal R. As. Soc.

XVI, 201.2.

258 On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. {No.

miserable passport to heaven. Dr. Wilson was the first to suspect,

in 1856, in a paper published in the Journal of the Royal Asiati :

Society (Vol. xvi, p. 201), that ‘it had reference to some processior

one possibly accompanying the corpse, but had nothing whatever t

do with consigning live females to the fire ;”” and, for a guess, it we

as close as it well could be. The late Sir Raja Radhakanta Dey

wrote a reply to this paper, in 1858, and in 1867, in a foot-note

about three times larger than the paper to which it is attached,

writer, in the same periodical, (Vol. II, N.S. pp. 184-191,) entere

into an elaborate verbal and punctilious criticism, but the cere:

mony for which the stanza was intended or to which it was applie¢

was left undetermined. In Raja Radhakénta’s letter to Dr. Wilk

son, a quotation was given from the Stitras of Bharadvéja whie

gave the real clue to it, but none noticed it at the time. The

true bearing is now made manifest, for, I believe, few-.will ven

ture to question the authority of Baudhéyana in such | .aatter

His words are—athaitdh patnayo nayane sarpisha sammris’anti : “ No

these women smear their eyes with butter.” Bharadvaja say

strindm anjalishu sampdtanavanayatimandaririti: ‘ For placing o

the sampata in the hands of the women the mantra Jind nérih

§-c.’’ According to As’valayana, the verse should be repeated 1

the chief mourner when looking at the women after they have aj

plied the collyrium ; ima nériravidhavéh supatnirityanjind ikshete

This difference is due evidently to the authors belonging

different sikh4s. Anyhow, it is abundantly clear that the ve

was not intended to recommend self-immolation, but to be address

to female mourners, wives of kinsmen, having their husbands livin

not the widow, to put on collyrium, or to look at them afte

the operation. The Prayogakara says, tatah sampdtapatramad

ya sabhatrikastrindm anjalishu sampatam avanayati, ‘ then taking t

sampita pitra he places it on the hands of the women who ha

husbands, with the mantra imah, &e.”

The reading of the stanza appears differently in different

sions. According to Raghunundana, as given in the Serampt

edition of his works, and in my MS. it is as follows :— |

cur aChasst waaay aga sawed |

SASUSATMT Get Bea HA fTAayF Il

|] On the Funeral Ceremomes of the ancient Hindus. 259

Colebrooke’ s version, apparently taken down from hearsay, has—

Sal aay Atay: Bree Wart Vast afta faa

BAIA FE ITT HAIMA WF |

; 4 sor Wilson’s reading, quoted from the tenth Mandala of

the Rig Veda, differs materially from these ; it runs thus :

ker ardichawar | gedicisrra efoar diay

aaa aT SUAS aaa anraag |

- Dr. Max Miller accepts this reading, correcting only suratnaro-

hantu into suratac & rohantu. Our text, as quoted on page 256 and

unded upon six manuscripts and the concurrent testimony of the

Sutrakaras, differs in one important particular. It replaces the

ast word of the first line, saivis’antu, usually translated ‘“ let them

1,” by sammris’antu, “let them smear.” It changes also suratnd

well ornamented,” into sus’éva “well served” or ‘“ worthy of

very attention.”

Wit Such differences in the text, it is not. to be wondered at

at the English renderings which have been, from time to time,

lished, should be markedly different. Colebrooke was the

to take the stanza in hand, and he translated it into—‘ Om.

these women, not to be widowed, good wives, adorned with

yrium, holding clarified butter, consign themselves to the fire.

mortal, not childless, nor husbandless, well adorned with gems,

le them pass into fire, whose original is water.”’* Ward, Mac-

haughten, Ramamohana Raya and others have adopted this reading,

mid given translations more or less different from each other.

Zui as the reading itself has not yet been traced to any authentic

£8. of the Vedas, it may be dismissed without further notice.

“Wilson’s translation runs thus: “May these women, who are

widows, who have good husbands, who are mothers, enter

h unguents and clarified butter: without tears, without sorrow,

them first go up into the dwelling.”{ Max Muller’s rendering

snearly thesame. He writes—

“Hs treten ein die Frawn, mit Oel und Batter,

Nicht Witwen sie, nein, stolz auf edle Manner.

Die Miitter gehn zuerst hinauf zur Stitte,

In schénem Schmuck und ohne Leid und Thranen,’’ f

oA Researches, IV, p. 213. + Journal R. As. Soc. XVI, p. 202.

ie Be etschrift, Band, ix. p. XXV.

260 On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. [No. 4,

The writer of the foot-note above alluded to, adopts Max Miiller’s

reading, but attempts to improve upon his translation by the fol-

lowing :—‘‘ Let these women, unwidowed, having good husbands,

and with anointing butter on their eyes, enter their houses. Let the

mothers, untearful, unmiserable, possessed of excellent wealth, go

up to the house first.” He adds ‘‘I have here followed Sayana,

save in not rendering 3 Cre by ‘‘ approach,” 3Ta=R-q. What is

meant by atf#, Sayana’s ‘ house,” is not obvious,”’*

The most material error in the above translations is due to

Sayana. That great commentator, when he took up the Rig Veda,

depended more upon the lexicographic meanings of words than

upon the relation of the mantras to the ceremonials of the Yajur

Veda, and hence many discrepancies are to be met with between

his interpretations and those of the ancient Sutrakaras, and some-

times in his own interpretations of the same verse in the Rig, Yajur

and the Sama Vedas. Nowhere is this more prominently apparent

than in his commentary on the stanza under notice, in the Rig and

the Yajur Vedas. When he met with it in the former, he wrote:

<a oadfefa | wfaea: wa ufa: wfaragfaar stagear

TUE | Bat Waagraar Tar Ach: aay Breas waassaaraaas

afuar wad Wada ve: dfawy eer slaw aa waa wz

afsrat: wee: wala: water tasfsrat aravereafsiat Tae: |

Gtar: Herrera fea: | way wagqeacafafa waar WT | aT

Baia wad wa af we Wied Bare | cates: Ta

qalaared TUTTI WesH MU Saqaa afaay ll >

Subsequently, with the light of Baudhdyana, Bharadvdja anil

Hiranyakes’i, he perceived the true bearing of the stanza, and then

interpreted it thus :—

‘gaat’ wnfes, afaaa:? Suaciean, ‘qua’ uvauie:

aan wer, “Wary weasga, ‘afaw’, ‘area? qa dyed |

re wativan:, ‘saat? Catiear, ‘Era Te afta ¥ aa,

STAa?? sat, ‘ay Ta at, ‘ata? Sere, BTS 3A a" II Y

That the last is the most consistent rendering may be accepted

without hesitation. Z

* Journal R. As. Soc., N. §., Vol. III, p. 185,

1870.) © On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. 261

| % The meaning of the stanza, word for word, would be zmdh “‘ these,”

narth irregular plural nominative of nérz, “woman,” alluding to

the ladies of the kinsmen who have assembled at the ceremony ; the

regular form is néryah. The women have for predicates, avidhavah

“not widows,” or ‘‘unwidowed” and supatni, ‘* having good

husbands.” (suzpat’). Those who apply the stanza to concre-

mation explain the first word by “ not to be widowed,” a

meaning which it cannot be made to bear, there being neither any

Tt e nor analogy to support it. The next word dvjanena is an

i adjective qualifying sarpishd, both in the instrumental case, mean-

0 ing ‘with collyrious butter.”’ The verb necessary for these ele-

ments should be one which means “ applying or “ smearing,”

and this is what we have in sammris’antim, ‘let smear,” from

the root mris’ “to smear.” The Rig Vedic reading safvis’antu,

rom the root vis’ “to enter,” can have no relation to the instru-

nental, except as entering with the butter applied to the eye,

n which case the ordinary plan would be to convert the two words

i: | the instrumental case into one epithet, serving as an adjective

) the nominative, women. It is therefore probable that the root

s’ had, in ancient times, the meaning of decorating or ue

_as we have now the same root used to indicate ‘‘ dressing,”

a, whence ves’ya ‘a woman who lives by her dress,—a harlot.”

Vaska 1 adopts this meaning when he includes ves’-atz among the

rbs for ornamentation, hintikarma. Sdyana, not perceiving this

hen he commented on the Rig Veda, took the word in its ordinary

mification, and so interpreted the stanza as to make the women

st enter their own houses—sagrihin privis’antu, and subsequently

Q , house, ‘joni,’ of the chief mourner; in so doing he had to

f ply what he supposed was an elipse, and thereby entirely to

lead his readers. The new reading of the word in the Aranyaka

w leaves no doubt on the subject.

EL EP words of the second line anas’ravéh ‘tearless,” anamivah

" liseaseless”” or free from pain either of body or mind, (it has

} I igcccly rendered in one of the above quotations by ‘ not

miserable,”’) sws’evdh * well served,” all refer to, and are epithets of,

jana yah’ wives,” which follows. In the Rig Veda the last epithet is

262 On the Funeral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. [No. 4,

changed to swratnah ‘‘ well ornamented” without in any way altering —

the construction. The verb is drohantu “ let ascend’ or “‘ proceed,”

and agrees with the nominative janayah ‘‘ wives.” The dative is

jonim ‘to house” in the singular, the house of the chief mourner,

where they are to partake of a feast, and not that of the females.

The last word agre, “ first or foremost’ is an adverb qualifying the

verb drohantu. : |

The words dnjanena sarpisha have confounded all the European

translators. Wilson has rendered them into ‘“‘unguents and

butter,” and Max Miiller into ‘‘ oel und butter.” One has dropt

the word dmanena and used only ‘ butter ;” he is particular in re-_

minding his readers that he has followed Sayana, but his assurance

must be received with some reservation, for the scholiast neithe

omits the first word nor is remiss in explaining it; his words are

anyjana-sadhanena sarpishd *‘ with butter for making collyrium’”’ or

anyanahetund sarpisha ‘ with butter the source of collyrium,” that

is, as I have rendered, “ with collyrious butter,” or collyrium made

of butter, the other element of the unguent being, as stated

in a subsequent mantra, a mineral of the name of traikakuda,

which I guess to be sulphuret of antimony or swrmd. The object

of the mantra is to prohibit the use of the ordinary collyrium, which

is differently made. The usual practice to this day is to smear a

little butter or oil in the bowl of a spoon, and to hold it over

lamp, so that a quantity of lamp-black may be deposited on it, and

when the two are mixed together with the fingers, they constitute

the collyrium. The sulphuret is still used in the North-West

Provinces.

The second mantra to which I wish to draw the attention of the

reader is the one with which a brother, student, or servant of

‘ the deceased is to remove the widow from the pyre; inasmuch

as it clearly shows that the widow at the time was not burnt, bu

taken to abide in the land of the living, and to marry if she liked.

That the removal was positive and final, and not nominal, is evi

dent from the rules of the Sitrakéras. Baudhadyana says, “ He

who approaches her should, holding her by the left hand, take her

up,” tan pratigatah savye pandvabhipddyotthdpayati, This is done

after obtaining the permission of the deceased by a formal mantra

1870.| On tho Funeral Ceremonies of the aneient Hindus. 263

ante p. 247, and on the 3rd, 5th or 7th day after the cremation, the

widow, or the eldest widow, if there should happen to be more

than one, is expected to go to the burning ground and collect

‘the bones of the dead with her left hand. As’valayana is

equally precise, and adds that, should the widow be removed

| by an old servant, the chief mourner should repeat the mantra,

| (Kartta vrishale japet, Sutra, 4.219). The author of the Prayoga,

| itis true, takes this direction to apply to pregnant women only who

should not be burnt alive, but his authority in such a case is of

little value, when opposed to that of the oldest Stitrakdras, and

the evident purport of the mantra. It may be also observed that

_ the widow is to take away the gold, bow and jewel, which are

Bout into the hands of the Brahman, Kshetriya and Vaisya dead

4 ‘tespectively—with which, according to a subsequent mantra, she

is to live in wealth, splendour and glory in the society of the

remover, in this world, and this she could not do, if she were

— immolated.

f itésu and abhisambabhuva of our text being replaced by gatdsu and

abhisambabhutha. The words, however, are synonymous, and there-

fore the difference is of no moment. The second word, a verb, is, in

| the Rig Veda, in the third person, dual irregular, having for its no-

~ minative tvan *‘thou,’”’ understood, and in our text it is in the third

person singular, both may therefore be taken as Vedic peculiarities.

_ The most important word in the mantra is didhishu, which Saya-

- Ra, when commenting on the Rig Veda, took to imply impregnation

eit garbhasya nidhitoh. In the Aranyaka he accepts it in

its ordinary well-established dictionary meaning of a man ‘ who

Biecrics a widow” or ‘‘ the second husband of a woman twice

married,” as Een Me it. The result is a material differ-

ence in the meaning. The version given by Wilson is as

follows :—“ Rise up, woman, come to the world of living beings,

thou sleepest nigh unto the lifeless. Come: thou hast been asso-

Gated with maternity through the husband by whom thy hand

264 On the Funcral Ceremonies of the ancient Hindus. {No. 4,

was formerly taken.”* Max Miiller’s reading is closely similar.

He writes—

“ Steh auf, o Weib ! Komm zu der Welt des Lebens !

Du schlifst bei einem Todten—Komm hernieder !

Du bist genug jetzt Gattin ihm gewesen,

Ihm, der Dich wihlte und zur Mutter machte.}”

In our version, following Sayana’s second and more recent com-

mentary, we take the word hastagrdbhasya ‘‘ of him who holds thy

hand,” and the other predicates in the present tense, and the didhi-

shu in its crude sense, and apply them to the party who holds the

widow’s hand while lying on the pyre. This appears the most con-

sistent and in keeping with the whole ceremony, and therefore

preferable to referring them to the dead. The only objection

to this reading is to be found in the fact that the verb is in

the past perfect tense, but seeing that Panini has laid down more

than one special rule for the use of the past for the imperative

(Linarthe let 3, 4, 7, &c.), and Sayana has accepted the Same, it

perfectly immaterial. In a pamphlet on the impropriety of widow

marriage, lately published by some of the Professors of the Benares

Sanskrit College, the word jévalokam ‘ the world of living beings”

has been rendered by martyalokdt anyam, “ other than the region of

mortals,” but such a meaning is not admissible either by any posi-

tive rule or by analogy. Sayana renders it, in one place, by—‘ the

region of the living sons and grandsons,” jévéndm putrapautradt

lokam, and in another, by ‘‘ aiming at the region of the living crea-

tures,” jrvantam prinisamihamabhilakshya, Other interpretation

of the Professors are equally open to question, but it is not neces.

sary to notice them. That the re-marriage of widows in Vedic times

was anational custom can be easily established by a variety o:

proofs and arguments ; the very fact of the Sanskrit language

having, from ancient times, such words as didhishu, ‘“‘a man tha

has married a widow,” parapurva “a woman that has taken a secon

husband,” paunarbhava, “ son of a woman by her second husbané :

are enough to establish it ; but it would be foreign to the subject

of this paper to enter into it here. |

* Journal, R As. Soc., XVI, p. 202,

} Zeitschrift, IX, p. vi.

1870.] 265

Some Account of the Rishis or Hermits of Kashmir.—By Lrevr.-Cor.

D. J. F. Newatu, R: A:

I have already in a paper on the Hindt pilgrimages of Kash-

mir* alluded to the fact of many shrines being equally held in

reverence by the Hindi and Muhammadan, and have stated as the

reason that the fragments of overthrown or ruined Hindé temples

had been used in the construction of the Moslem Zidrats or Mosques,

and also that the Kashmir Muhammadan in some degree still

clings to the superstitions of his Hindé ancestors. As an illustra-

tion of this assertion, I now proceed to give some account of an

order of recluses which in the earlier years of the Muhammadan

occupation of Kashmir attained considerable celebrity in the Mos-

lem world, I mean the order of ‘ Rishis” or ‘‘ Hermits,’’ who

from about A. H. 782 [A. D. 1380], when the celebrated Say-

yid ’Ali Hamadani, and his son Mir Muhammad Hamadani, fugi-

tives from Persia, appeared in Kashmir, and began to attract pro-

selytes from amongst the various native religious sects existing at

the period in Kashmir. Abul Fazl records that in his time 45

places of worship existed to Siva, 64 to Vishnu, 8 to Brahma, 22

to Budha, together with nearly 700 figures of serpent gods, in Kash-

‘mir; and these numbers may be taken approximately to represent

| the religion of the country at the period of Muhammadan usurp-

ation. Note that the worship of the Tree and Serpent, that mystic and

‘primitive form of superstition, entered largely into the character of

_ the religion, and may have in its sylvan proclivities in some degree

influenced these Muhammadan Rishis or Hermits in the solitudes.

I would further add that the tendency to seclusion so characteristic

of Budhism may have also influenced these solitaires. We have

an instance of the cave of Bhima Devi (near Martund),{ formerly

the residence and burying-place of the ascetic king Areer Jthyve,

who lived about A. D. 830, being adopted for a similar purpose by

| Muhammadan faqirs in modern times, and the tomb pointed

out as that of Areer Rhyie, who was probably a convert to the

* Vide Journal, As. Soc. Bengal, July, 1866.

+ The small cave temple of Bhaumejo in the immediate vicinity is probably

a Budhist temple attributed to Bhauma-jyotis—the planet Mars—as its tutelary

“Rishi.” Vide Cunningham’s Hssay on the Arian Order of Architecture, p 261,

and Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, 1848, p. 254.

266 Some Account of the Rishis or Hermits of Kashmir. (No. 4,

Budhistic schism. The said tomb, however, is probably that of |

some more modern recluse. e

Deeply imbued with the cifism of the age and country from

which they emigrated, these Sayyids and their followers seem to

have imported into Kashmir the doctrines of the Shi’ah sect,

and with them that tendency to mysticism and miracle making,

so characteristic of the sect: perhaps also shocked at the

tyranny and self-assertion of Timur Lang (Tamerlane), at

that time dominant in Central Asia, they may have sought

refuge in the regions of abstract thought as a solace for the

worldly repression under which they laboured. Be it observed that

the human mind has ever tended towards mysticism and solitude

at times when tyrants flourished, and in the present case, no doubt,

the wrath of Timur had been aroused against these Sayyids, who

perhaps may have attempted to usurp an independence of act

and speech displeasing to a barbarous oriental conqueror.

Be this as it may, they and their disciples appear to have found

in Kashmir an apt soil in which to transplant their religious dogmas ;

and in the succeeding years the remarkable sect of which I am

about to attempt some short account arose from amidst them.*

At page 6 of my “ Sketch of the Muhammadan History of Kashmir’

published in the Society’s Journal, September, 1854, I alluded to the

Historian Muhammad ’Azim as the chief authority for the chro-

nicles of this sect. They are also described in the pages of Firishtah

and Abul Fazl as a very respectable order in their time (A. D.

1600), some 2,000 in number, abstaining from luxury and sexual

intercourse, living on berries and the wild fruits of the mountains,

in the remote corners of which many of them had taken up their

abodes for purposes of meditation and seclusion. In some insta

ces they had constructed shrines or zidrats, many of which remai

to this day, attesting in their traditions their founders’ austeritie

and virtues, and forming local schools of holy men or priests, whos

influence on the whole has been beneficial to the people, as pro-

mulgating the principles of humanity and moral virtues, as contra-

* The Tuzuk i Jahangiri also contains many facts deserving of attentioz

regarding Kashmir hermits; but I have not consulted it in drawing up t

paper,

1870.] Some Account of the Rishis or Hermits of Kashmir. 267

distinguished from the religious dogmas and propaganda of the

Moslem faith. Before proceeding to enumerate a few of these

worthies and their holy acts and miracles, real or pretended, as re-

corded by the Historian Muhammad ’Azim, I must premise that

Shihabuddin, fourth (or according to some, fifth) Muhammadan king

of Kashmir, styled the Iconoclast, had died in the year 1376, A. D.,

and had been succeeded by his brother Qutbuddin, in whose reign

the famous Sayyid ’Ali Hamadani alluded to above, arrived in

Kashmir ; and his advent is recorded in the following couplet, which

also contains the date (A. H. 782):

sf 8.3} we pore 3 is39> 1) gf aoke ev J lw

corresponding with A. D. 1380; but I find I had better quote from

the pages of my Sketch of History before alluded to, to lead up to

the enumeration of the worthies I have undertaken to describe.

Page 6.‘ Sayyid ’Ali Hamadani. This celebrated Sayyid was a

fugitive from his native city, Hamadan, where he had incurred

the wrath of Timur. Seven hundred Sayyids are said to have accom-

| panied his flight to Kashmir, where he remained six years, and

which he named the Garden of Solomon (Bigh-i-Sulaiman). He

died at Pak’hli whilst on his return to Persia (A. H. 786.)

“His son Mir Muhammad Hamadani was also a fugitive, and

brought in his train three hundred Sayyids to Kashmir, where he

remained twelve years.

“These two emigrations of fugitive Sayyids fixed the religion of

the country, and were doubtless the chief cause of the religious

persecutions, which ensued in the following reign. They esta-

-blished shrines all over the country, many of which remain to

this day. They originated the sect of rishis or hermits, which

are described by Abul Fazl as a very respectable and in-

| offensive order in his time, some 2,000 in number, living upon

fruits and berries and abstaining from sexual intercourse; their

_ numbers, however, afterwards declined, until they were quite

extinguished by the courtiers and creatures of the Emperors of

Delhi. Muhammad ’Azim, the Historian, enumerates many wor-

thies of this sect. # = Kashmir having been, previous

to this influx of zealots, in a transition state as to religion, the

' 268 Some Account of the Rishis or Hermits of Kashmir. — (No. 4,

advent of a Muhammadan saint such as Sayyid ’Ali seems to have

hailed with enthusiasm, and proselytism to have commenced in

real earnest.”

Previous to the advent of Sayyid ’Ali, however, the noted Faqir

Bulbul Shah had appeared in Kashmir, and been instrumental in

the conversion of Ranjpoi (or Ranji Shah) to Islam. He is famed

as the first Moslem who appeared in Kashmir. His original name

was Sayyid Sharafuddin, and he was so holy, that singing birds

(bulbuls) are said to have nestled in his hair and beard. At his

instigation, Ranji Shah is stated to have built the first mosque

ever constructed in Kashmir. Bulbul Shah died in A. H. 727, ac-

cording to the following distich— |

8) eld WS wos Jay sli wyda ey zy dle

which corresponds with A. D. 1327. I scarcely, however, include

the three above-named amongst the number of Rishis properly so

called, and which I now proceed to enumerate. }

1. Shaikh Niruddin, whose ziarat is still extant in the Trahal

pergunnah, is stated to have ‘repented’ at 30 years of age, and to

have lived for twelve years in the wilderness, marvellously subsist-

ing on grass. After that, he sustained life on one cup of milk

daily, and finally reduced himself to water alone for 2} years, when

he died. He was born in the reign of Qutbuddin, about the time

of Sayyid ’Ali’s advent is Kashmir, as is expressly recorded in the

histories.

2. Baba Pam Rishi (Father Grey Beard) was minister of Zain-

ul-’4bidin. One day observing ants carrying grain to their

stores, he fell into meditation, and became impressed with the ne

cessity of laying up stores for the ‘life to come,’ and accordingly

renounced the world, and established his hermitage in the Bongi

pergunnah, where his monastery is seen to this day, close under

the lovely plain of Gul Murg. It is an instance of the remark

made in the preliminary paragraph of this paper as to the Mosler

and Hindu being often seen worshipping together at the same

shrine. It is a noted resort even now.

8. Shamsuddin Rishi, of the Deosir pergunnah.

4. Shakh Per Baz, of Utterhail.

1870.] Some Account of the Rishis or Hermits of Kashmer. 269

5. Raab-uddin, of Martund, was originally a soldier.

6. Haidar But, of Lar pergunnah.

7 and 8. Reygie Rishi and Naurtz Rosh.

9. Baba Bamuddin. A Brahmin, His Hindi’ name was Boma Sadi.

10. Shaikh Hamzah Makhdimit. His zierat is on the Koh i

Maran. He flourished in the time of the Chaks.

11. Sayyid Ahmad Kirmani, and

12. Sayyid Madinah (of that city), flourished in the time of Zain-

ul-’4bidin.

18. Sayyid Muhammad Micart, a Sayyid and follower of Mir Mu-

hammad Hamadani. Of him is related the following story : ‘‘ Having

fallen into a trance, a copious stream of water flowed down from

his sleeves and garments. On enquiry as to this phenomenon, the

Sayyid stated that one of his murzds (disciples) was on a voyage to

Mecca; and that his ship was sinking, whereupon he had prayed

to his Pir Murshid (spiritual director) for help; which he (Sayyid

| Muhammad Hic4ri) had accorded, having, in spirit, plunged into

| the water to his assistance ; hence the water from his garments.

| 2 14. Sayyid Muhammad Nuristant was distinguished in the build-

| ing of the Jami’ Masjid. It appears that the foundation kept

| sinking, and would not hold together, till this Sayyid appeared and

| personally applied to the work. He is also stated to have relieved

| indigent persons by converting a lump of clay into gold.

_ 15. Sayyid Muhammad Madan detected by intuition dishes com-

| posed of game improperly killed (not halal).

| 16. Mr Husain Mantige (the logician), son of Sayyid Muhammad

Amir Mantiqi, went to visit the king (Zainul-’dbidin), and found

| him surrounded by women and musicians; whereupon, being

| displeased, he plunged into a river of water and was apparently

lost; but shortly afterwards on the king’s approaching his home,

he saw the Sayyid calmly sitting reading.

) 7. Babé Haji Adam. A companion of Shaikh WNuruddin.

Produced salt by a miracle from the Pir Panjal.

| 18. Nuri Risk. A miracle similar to that of the ‘ Loaves and

| Fishes” is recorded of this hermit..

19. Bdba Latifuddin. Son of a chief of Murardwin. His

_ name before conversion to Islam was Laddy Reyna.

270 Some Account of the Rishis or Hermits of Kashmir. (No. 4,

2 Na ne | disciples of Shaikh Ndruddin.

21. Baba Qidmuddin.

22, Baba Asmdiuché gonyre.

23. Héfiz Fathullah Khikwani.

24. Rauni Babé. Tived to the age of 120, during 109 years

of which he fasted (rozah) by day.

25. Shaikh Hajé U'tur. Went on a pilgrimage to Mecca. Ate

nothing on the road.

26. Babs Zain-uddin Rishi. His Cauma’ah (cell) in the Khawlpire,

where a spring of water is said to have spontaneously gushed forth

for his use.

This brings me to the end of the notes I have taken on the sub:

ject of the Hermits or Rishis of Kashmir, and I almost regret tha

my notes on the subject are so brief.

Without having inaugurated much philosophy, or displaye

marked learning, these holy men seem in the main to have bee

actuated by motives of piety and a desire for moral advancement

We might smile at the weak credulity which has invested the

memories with the attributes of superhuman wisdom and powe

had we not parallel examples in sects of our own faith. We ma

fairly credit to many of them lives of purity and moral excellence

Dwelling amidst scenes of natural beauty and grandeur, the wil

freshness of nature seems to have touched their hearts with some

thing of its kindred influences. In them far beyond most orientals

do we recognise some germ of the romantic spirit of the nort

and love of the picturesque, which we fail to trace in the southe1

Shemitic races, but gleams of which sometimes crop out in th

Tatar and Mughul tribes. To complete this fragmentary skete

views of the localities and zérats alluded to would be requisi

as tending to shew the picturesque solitudes into which

musing spirit of these recluses led them to wander. We né

not wonder at the choice of such retreats by calm and God-feari

men, where amidst some of the most glorious scenery this ea

contains, they could taste of simple pleasures, exercise free thoug.

and ‘look from nature up to nature’s God.’ 1

Forest of Kijear, Chumba, June, 1870.

Journ. Asiat:Soc-Bengal, for 1870.2 tT

Autograph of Jahingir. i

! f w

lt ly aw f

cd w

le dD) EE : ot 564

Bia i OrCarzsi “x

ie slay CFA soy ot 91 3S:

Co (ie

CoSbpacs ce Tar

Soy

Iepiouiny, ae) UU

as ae r

7 «Os yy er ae ::

Mla SUEY! yes >

On Ll bs GULL. Wyte *S 0-5

Ub Bry

bi We, “Bernina Nec

4. Antlog a

Gra

1870.) 271

Facsimiles of several Autographs of Jahangir, Shié'yahin, and Prince

Dara Shikoh, together with Notes on the Literary Character wid the

Capture and Death of Dérad Shikoh.—By H. Buocumann Esa., M. A.,

Assistant Professor, Calcutta Madrasah.

(With a Plate.)

_ Nos. 1. and 2. (Plate XIII, 1 and 2.) Autographs of the Emperors

Jahéng tr and Shaljahén.

The splendid MS. on the fly-leaf of which these two autographs

stand, belongs to Babi Pratépa Chandra Ghosh, Assistant Secretary,

Asiatic Society, and was described in the Proceedings of the Society,

for J uly, 1869, p. 190, where the text and translation will be found,

together with a remark on the historical value of Shahjahan’s

autograph.

The facsimiles of the plate are perfect and resemble the original

n the minutest particulars.

‘The MS. has at the end the following remark—

(Sic) qyladend| GSK iUebad gle yao Gilbedt pAlb!) aast dg cgle eal

oll B Bb jec Gal oe Gib asi ped) oct

dillalw y &Sh0 coiled aU pola de pps as Glalee ost 92! EOI y

or Ig Cpe ope $ORS 55 ag! (6 ’ Bilomcnl y By CoeaiasT cg Nic els

i [ ls: Ale &5 loons 9

rom which it will appear that the book was copied in the end

f Zi Qa’dah, 945 (April, 1539, A. D.) at Bukhérd, during the reign

of Abul Ghazi Sultin Abdul ’Aziz Bahadur.

On the other fly-leaf there are numerous signatures of Libra-

‘tians and officers who inspected the Imperial Library ; hence the

Trequent 808 %025 (2,5, ’arz didahshudah, ‘inspected.’ The term ws

4 e didan, which means {fo inspect, to muster, if not a usual

Bee: appears to have been the technical term used at the Mughul

ou ¢;and if MSS. have on their fly-leaves the words 3% SodJ0 U2 5°

are sure to have once belonged to the Imperial Library.

Jahangir’ 8 spelling pzyi~, for ard, is unorthographical.

_ the value of the MS. was fixed at 8000 Rupees.

nthe Tuzuk i Jahdngiré (Sayyid Ahmad’s edition, p. 81), mention

made of another master-piece of the same calligrapher, which

8 valued at 1000 goldmuhurs (9000 Rupees)—

272 Facsimiles of several Autographs of Jahangir, Sc. [No. 4,

‘The Khan Khanan presented [in 1019, A. H.] a copy of Jami’s

Yusuf Zalikha, in the handwriting of Mir ’Ali, illustrated and gild-

ed, bound in gold, a most splendid copy. Its price is one thousand

goldmuhurs.”

This MS. was evidently the fellow to Babi Pratépa Chandra ~

Ghosh’s MS. 3

No. 3. Another autograph of Shahjahan.

Hytton to aie: bod a

3) po Gel 8% 0 do jy wr! 20 ola acliglo aly

cyl glo ol, ST Gy lool piles w Blo yy lem gle

The second volume of the Padishahnamah which belongs to this adorer of —

God’s throne. Written by Shahjahan Padishah, son of Jahangir Padishah, son —

of Akbar Padishah i Ghazi.

The MS. on the first page of which this autograph is written,

belongs to the Asiatic Society, Bengal, (Persian MSS., No. 71).

The autograph contains a correction indicated by the letters

@ (mugaddam) and ¢ (muakhkhar) above the first three words. The

first word should stand second. It also shews that Shahjahan called

the book Pddishahnémah, and not Bddshahndmah. |

The similarity between autographs 2 and 3 is striking, and

proves the genuineness of either. The former looks more flow-

ing than the latter. Shahjahan was born A. H. 1000; hence he

was 36 [solar] years old when he wrote the first (A. H. 1037). The

2nd Volume of the Padishahnamah ends with 1057 A. H. ; thus when

Shahjahén wrote No. 3, he must have been older than 56 years. —

4, An autograph of Prince Dard Shikoh.

ett 52

Sy wll Leghho

wiszt S)lr0 ” bs

B9Xto ly docs? de5})

He is the Sovereign !

The Masnawi of Sultan Walad, in his own handwriting.

The writer of these words is Muhammad Dara Shikoh.

The MS. on the fly-leaf of which this autograph is found, belon gs

to the Government of India, and was noticed in the Proceedings of

the Society for August, 1870, p. 2 ¢

‘i

ive.

1870. ] The Literary Character of Dard Shikoh. 273

The Literary Character of Daraé Shikoh.

A particular interest attaches to the religious views and the

literary character of Dard Shikoh. Aurangzib calls him an atheist,

and the historians of his reign look upon his sentence of death as a

service rendered to Islam. But from his works, it is clear that

Dara was no atheist, but had a strong leaning to Cufism and natural

religion. With the Cifis he shared the belief that the ordinances

of the Prophet are excellent for the unthinking masses: think-

ing places a man above the ceremonial law, and renders him free

(azéd). But the thinking man, whilst standing above the ceremo-

nial law, is not necessarily opposed to it; in his search for truth he

has reached a stage where revealed religion and its commands no

longer apply to him. Hence it is unnecessary that he should formally

renounce Islam; he may even outwardly conform to its ordinan-

ces. As far as he is concerned, Islam stands on a level with all other

religions, ¢. g., Hinduism, the study of the philosophy of which ceases

to be objectionable, and may even lead to further emancipation of

thought.* Hence Dara Shikoh devoted his zeal to the translation

of the Upanishads into Persian, and wrote at the same time his

Safinat-ulauliya, a biographical work on the lives of Muhamma-

dan Saints. In style and arrangement, his book does not differ

from similar works written by pious Muhammadans. Another book

composed by Dara Shikoh, treats of the principles of Cufism.t The

latter work only possesses a historical interest as being written by

a Prince of Dihli. In the former work, the *Safinah, Dara Shikoh

ealls himself Muhammad Déré Shikoh i Hanafi i Qidiri, to shew

that he was a Hanafi Sunni and a follower of the great orthodox

Saint Abdul Qadir of Gilan, whose disciples form the Qédiriyah

Sect. The only MS. which I have seen, belongs to the Government

of India, and was written in 1151, the 21st year of Muhammad Sh4h.

It contains 216 leaves, 15 lines per page, and is very worm-eaten.

it begins with an alhamdu litldhi, &e. The next sentence is—

cbs wl=-| WS abst daw yee wis 5 Jls™! & 5 OK Lof

* Bernier (Calcutta Edition, I, p. 826) also speaks of Dara’s close intimacy

_ with the Jesuit Father Buzée.

+ MSS. are rare. The only one I have seen is preserved among the Delhi

MSS. belonging to the Government of India. Its title is Risélah ¢ Hag-nwmd.

274 The Capture and Death of Dara Shikoh. [ No. 4,

Although the cireumstances and the miracles of the Lord of mankind [the ©

Prophet], and the excellent qualities of his companions, and of the twelve ©

Imams, and the sayings of the Saints, are clearer than day light, &.

The books ends with the following sentence —

ciot Huds IT Giiils GU! soS SlbS 4 cope Suyty slates 9S

# lost Lats tas tower a oox! » WS gv ;

If there should be an error or mistake in this book (for man may err), the 5

learned are requested to cover it with the hem of correction, Praise be tow

God, praise for now and ever. 7

In the Khazinat ul Acfid ( 420d} &y54 ),* a very full compilation —

in Persian of biographical notes on Muhammadan Saints by Mufti

Ghulim Sarwar of Lahor, there is a short notice of Muhammad ~

Dér4 Shikoh i Qadiri (p. 163). Besides the Safinat-ulaulia and

the Risdlah i Haq-numé, the author mentions four other works com-—

posed by Daré,—1. The Sakinat-ulaulia ; 2. The Sirr ¢ akbar ; 3

The Diwdn i Iksir i A’zam; and 4. The Risulah ¢ Ma arif.

have not seen MSS. of these works. From an extract given by

Ghulam Sarwar (p. 162), I conclude that the Sakinah, like the rs

Safinah, contains biographical notes on Saints. The titles of the

other three works imply that the contents are Cufistic. ‘

The interest which Dard took in the lives and the views

Muhammadan Saints is very conspicuous in the Safinah. He

made it a point to visit their dargahs, and has thus been enabled,

in several cases, to give valuable historical details. Thus on 4

visit to Ghazni, he tok occasion to visit the tomb of the renowned

poet and saint Hakim Sandi, and he states in the Safinah that the

epitaph shewed Sandi’s death to have occurred in 525, A. H. The

year of Sanai’s death is variously given in works on Persian Litera=

ture.

The Capture and Death of Dira Shikoh.

The sad fate of Prince Dara Shikoh deserves to be noticed.

created so much pity at the time, that the people of Dihli for once

* Lithographed at Léhor, A. H.1284- Royal 8vo., 1072 pages text, and 18

pages Index. There exists at present no other compilation that is so full of

notes on Indian Saints and their Dargdhs. é

Mufti Ghulam Sarwar has also published another Persian book, entitled

Ganj 1 Térikh, which contains upwards of fifteen hundred Tarikhs of Muham-

madan celebrities. Lithographed at Lahor, Kohi Nur Press, Royal 8vo., 256

pages, no index. a

1870. ] The Capture and Death of Daéré Shikoh. 275

went into rebellion, instead of mutely looking, as had been their

custom, on the atrocities which they called “ decrees of fate.”

The principal events of his capture and death are known from

the European Histories; but the following particulars may assist

future Historians in giving a more correct description of Dara’s fate.

Aurangzib defeated Dard Shikoh in two battles. The first was

fought on the 6th Ramazan 1068, or 28th May, 1658, A. D., at

Samogar (S50), 9 miles east of Agrah in the perganah of Fatha-

bad ; and the second, on the 27th and 28th Juméda IT, 1069, or

12th and 13th March, 1659, A. D., at Deora ( lysdo ), which lies 8 hos

south of Ajmir. Déara fled on the evening of the second day, ac-

companied by his son, Sipihr Shikoh, and a courtier of the name

of Firizi Mewéti. Darda’s wife and daughter, under the charge

Khwajah Ma’qul, waited, far from the scene of the battle, at Andes

—sagar Talio, in the neighbourhood of Ajmir. As soon as the result

of the battle was known, their Rajpit guards dispersed ; but some

came back and plundered the elephants and the mules that were

laden with treasure. Dard met his wife next day.

_ After a flight of eight or nine days, Dira arrived at Ahmadabad

in Gujrat. Finding no support, he fled to Kari, whence Kanji

: Koli (.,'55 ee) guided him to Kachh. Here Gul Muhammad,

whom Dara had made Faujdir of Strat, joined the Prince with 50

horse and 200 footmen. But as the Rajah of Kachh would not take

up his cause, Dara fled towards Bhakkar on the Indus, with the

view of passing over Qandahar into Persia.

From here the details of Dara’s flight and capture, as given in

_ European Histories, differ materially from the Muhammadan sources

| from which they profess to be taken. Elphinstone says (fifth edi-

| tion, p. 609)— Dara pursued his way [from Kachh] towards Qanda-

har, and reached the small territory of Jin or Juin, on the eastern

Srontier of Sindh. *** Déré’s wife died at this place,.... and when

| the period of mourning permitted, he set out on prosecution of his jour-

ney to the Indus. So also Marshman, who, however, adds that the

ichief of Jim was a Rajah, whilst Elphinstone correctly supposes

that he was an Afghan. |

| But the fact is that Dird crossed the Indus at Bhakkar, passed

{through the district inhabited by the Chandi tribe, where he and

276 The Capture and Death of Dari Shikoh, [No. 4,

his followers had to fight for their lives, and came to the territory of

the Magasis, the chief (mirza) of whom received him hospitably. —

The chief town of the Chandis is Chandia (also called Dehi Kot, —

Long. 67° 34, Lat. 27° 38), and the district of the Magasis, an un- —

important Baluchi tribe, lies north of Chandia, Dara then direct-

ed his march towards Dadar (Long. 67° 41’ ; Lat. 29° 26’), the Afghan ;

chief of which, Malik Jiwan, lay under obligations to the prince. —

At Dadar, a town which is notoriously the hottest inhabited place —

on earth, Dara wished to rest from the fatigues of the journey.

Malik Jiwan sent his headman Ayyub to receive him, and when the

prince entered the territory of Dadar, he arrived himself, and

took him to the town. Before they had entered Dadar, Dara’s

wife died. The corpse was taken to Malik Jiwan’s residence, but

as it had been her dying wish to be buried in Hindustani soil, Dara,

‘‘ with a disregard of cireumstances that looks like infatuation,”’ sen

away Khwajah Ma’qul and the faithful Gul Muhammad—Firtiz i

Mewiti had left him at Bhakkar—with seventy horse to escort the

coffin to Lahor, where the princess was buried in the house of the

revered Miyan Mir, whose disciple Dara professed to be. |

After staying several days at Dadar, Diri, on the 29th Ramazan

1069 A. H. (11th June, 1659, A. D.) left Malik Jiwan, and proceeded

to Qandahar. No sooner had he gone than Malik Jiwan—Khéafi

Khan says, his brother—fell on Dard, made him and his son

prisoners, and sent reports of his doings to Bahédur Khan and

Rajah Jai Singh, who had followed Dara beyond the Indus, and te

Baqir Khan, Faujdér of Bhakkar. Baiqir immediately despatched

a courier to Aurangzib at Dihli.

The name of the treacherous chief of Dadar, Malik Jiwan (Shs

ws4>) has perhaps been the oceasion of the geographical errors ix Oo

which European historians have fallen. It looks as if Elphinstone,

or the author whose work he used, read €Ule malik, ‘owner,’ instead —

of lle malik ; and as if jwan had been arbitrarily changed to J in,

in order to suit the word owner. But the name of the district and

town in Eastern Sindh to which Elphinstone refers, is ws Jon, ne 7

Jiuin. Jon, like U’ch, Daibal, T’hat’hah, and other towns of the

shifting Indus Delta, is now an unimportant place between T’hat’h h

and Amrkot ; at the time of Humaytn it was renowned for its

1870. | The Capture and Death of Déri Shikoh. 277

gardens (Akbarndmah). That Malik Jiwan was a Muhammadan,

and not a Rajah, as Marshman says, is clear from the fact that he

was chief of Dadar, and also from the title of Bakhtyér Khan, which

Aurangzib conferred upon him as reward for his treachery. There

is no instance on record that the title of hin was ever ‘“ conferred”

upon a Hindu.

Dara and Sipihr Shikoh were escorted by Bahadur Khan and Malik

Jiwan to Dihli, where they arrived on the 14th or 15th Zi Hajjah

1069. ‘They were confined in the palace of Khizrab4d (Dihli). On

the 20th of the same month, Aurangz{b ordered them to be: paraded

(tashhir) on an elephant through the streets of Dihli, the inhabitants

of which were to satisfy themselves that it was really Dard ; else

false Daras were sure to create disturbances in future times.

Behind them on the elephant sat the desperate Nazar Beg, one of

Aurangzib’s ‘trust-worthy’ slaves, and Bahddur Khan’s troopers

formed the escort.

_ Two days after Dara and Sipihr had been lodged at Khizrabad (Cr

on the 16th or 17th Zi Hajjah), the people of Dihli expressed their

sympathies for Dara by attacking Malik Jiwan and _ his Afghans,

and the troopers of Bahadur Khan, as related in the histories.

The leader of the revolt wasan Ahadi of the name of Haibat. He was

seized and executed. Aurangzib expected a general rising. ‘ His

Majesty, therefore, animated by a desire to promote the religion of

the Prophet and obey his law, and compelled by circumstances and

aregard for his own rule,” thought it necessary to kill Dara, ‘‘ de-

termined no longer to allow the Prince’s atheism (edhad) and rebel-

lousness—each a sufficient reason in itself for killing him—to

‘interfere with the peace of the country.” (’Alamgirnamah.)

The order was given the day after Dara had been paraded in the

streets, on the 21st Zi Hajjah 1069; and Saif Khan, and several

trustworthy Chelahs (slaves), as Nazar Beg, killed Daré in the

beginning of the night at Khizrabad (Tuesday evening, 30th August,

1659).* His body was taken to Humayin’s tomb, and buried below

_* The last day (29th Zi Hajjah) of the year 1069 coincides with Wednesday,

7th September, 1659. Hence the 2lst Zi Hajjah is Tuesday, 30th August.

The Muhammadan Historian say, Dara was killed on a Wednesday evening.

This fully agrees with our computation; for the Muhammadan Wednesday

commenced on Tuesday, 6 o’clock p. a.

_T”

278 The Capture and Death of Dara Shikoh. [No. 4,

the dome, where Danyél and Murad, Akbar’s sons, lie buried, and —

which was subsequently filled with corpses of other Timurides,

These details are taken from the ’Alamgirnamah, pp. 218 to 325,

408 to 415, 430 to 485, with which the Mir-d¢ ul ’Alam and the —

Madsir 1’ Alamgiré agree.

Khift Khan (Kd. Bibl. Indica, II, 82 to 87) differs from them in

several particulars.

First, he makes Dara’s wife die in the house of Malik Jiwan.

Secondly, Dara is captured by Malik Jiwan’s brother.

Thirdly, Dara is sentenced to death for heresy.*

Fourthly, Dara’s corpse also was paraded in the streets of Dilhi.

Fifthly, he says, Dara was killed on the last (29th) day of Zil-

Hajjah, instead of on the 21st.

Bernier in his Travels gives a few additional particulars. He

calls Malik Jiwan Jihon Khan; hence the correct pronuncia- —

tion may be Malik Jéion (w34>). Bernier evidently did not know —

where Malik Jion’s territory was; but he calls hima Pat’han. §

Dara’s wife, according to his story, did not die a natural death, but —

swallowed poison at Lihor, to which town Daré had been taken from :

Tattah,—which is most improbable.

The author of the excellent Miftah uttawdrikh (Mr. Thomas a

says that Dara and his son arrived as prisoners in Dihli on the —

20th Zi Hajjah, 1069, corresponding to the 17th Shahriwar of 5

Akbar’s era ; but that the day of Dara’s execution was not certain, —

inasmuch as some sources mentioned the 21st Zi Hajjah, 1069,

and others the Ist Muharram, 1070. The author evidently pre-

ferred the former date, as is shewn by his clever Zurtkh on Dir@ eo 4

death (Metre Khafif )— ,

gh OM Z98 [ty iS wVks y Wad yS yo a ic :

Peery Fr \

Wit seized the foot (last letter) of decorum (adab, the last letter of which)

iS = 2) and said, Qatl i Dard Shikoh (the murder of Dara Shikoh) is the

Tavtkh. I. é.,

* On the next day [the day after Haibat’s execution] 7. e., on the last day

of Zi Hajjah, his Majesty ordered Dara to be killed conformably to the deci-

sion of lawyers that he had stepped out of the boundary of the Muhammadan

law, had brought Cufism into bad repute, and had passed into open heresy

and schism. Khéfé Khan II, p. 87.

1870. | The Capture and Death of Dard Shikoh. 279

ESSE Si reese ana cl ae ee Be

100 + 400 + 30+4+1+200+1+38300+ 20 +6+5 = 1067,

to which ~ or 2 is to be added, hence 1069.

The Mukhbir ul Wacilin, a collection of Tarikhs on Muhammadan

Saints printed in the beginning of this century at Calcutta, has

also the Ist Muharram, 1070, and from it the MWftéh and the

Khazinat ul Agfid have evidently copied. But there is no historical

evidence for fixing upon the 1st Muharram, 1070, as the day of

Dara’s execution. Even Khafi Khan’s date (29th Zil Hajjah, 1069)

is open to doubt, inasmuch as it differs from the date given in the

contemporaneous histories the ’Alamgtrndmah and the Mir-dt ul

Alam. 3

Dara Shikoh’s wife was a daughter of Prince Parwiz (son of

Jahangir) by Jahan Banu Begum, daughter of Sultan Murad (son of

Akbar). Dara had married her on the 8th Jumada I, 1042. Her

name was Nadirah Begum, and according to Khafi Khan, Dard was

much attached to her. The disease of which she died is called in

the ’Alamgirnémah Uw ; but in Khafi Khan Jl}.

Dara’s children were (Pudishahn. II, 101, 337, 388)—

Sulaiman Shikoh, born 26th Ramazan, 1044.

Mihr Shikoh, born in Rabi’ I, 1048. Died after 40 days.

Mumtaz Shikoh, born on the last Jumada I, 1053.

Sipihr Shikoh, born 15th Sha’ban, 1054.

A daughter, born 29th Rajab, 10483. Died soon after.

Pak Nihad Bani Begum, born 29th Jumada I, 1051.

| ¢. Jahin Zib Bani Begum (married subsequently Muhammad

A’zam).

Sulaiman Shikoh married in 1065 a daughter of Rajah Gaj Singh,

Khift Khén, p. 730. His daughter, Salimah Bani Begum, mar-

‘ried Prince Muhammad Akbar, Aurangzib’s fourth son. Their

| a was Nekusiyar, who was proclaimed emperor at Agrah,

but imprisoned by Rafi’uddaulah.

| Stpihr Shikoh married Zubdatunnissé Begum, Aurangzib’s fourth

\daughter. Their son, ’Ali Tabdr, was born on the 12th Jumada TI,

1087, and died in the end of 1088 (Mads’r it ’Alamgtri, pp. 125, 160 )

eee

Sam

NS eel

230 Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higli District. (No. 4,

Notes on the Arabie and Persian Inscriptions in the Higli Dis-

trict.—By H. Buocumann, Esq., M. A., Assist. Professor, Calcutta

Madrasah.

(With 5 plates.)

The following notes form the sequel tomy paper on ‘ Places of —

Historical Interest in the District of Huglt, which was published in

the Proceedings of the Society for April, 1870. The inscriptions |

given in this article are all of Muhammadan origin; the more —

important ones are in Arabic, the Persian inscriptions being few

and modern. The originals are at Tribeni, Mulla Simla, Satganw,

Panduah, and Dinanath.

The earliest Arabic inscription mentions the year A. H. 698,

or A. D. 1298; the latest belongs to A. H. 936, or A. D, 1580.

They are all cut in basalt, with the letters raised, and the cha-

racter of nearly all of them is Tughra, which renders the reading

difficult, and has probably been the reason why these inscriptions,

though so near our metropolis, have never been collected.

Satganw and Tribeni lie N. W. and N., respectively, of Hugli;

but visitors will find it convenient to go to Mugrda, the Railway

Station next to Hugli, as both places are each only about two

miles distant from the terminus. Satgénw lies 8. W., and Tribeni

to the H. of the station. 4

Saétganw is reached by the Grand Trunk Road, Half way —

between Mugra and Sétginw, the road meets the Saraswati, 4

or Sursuttee, now varying in breadth from three to six feet, but —

a few centuries ago a broad river. The old banks are still clearly —

visible. After passing the bridge, a ruined mosque will be seen

to the right of the road. This mosque which, together with a

few tombs near it, is the only remnant of the old capital va

Lower Bengal, was built, as will be seen below, by Sayyid Jamél

Din (Jamaluddin), son of Sayyid Fakhruddin, who, according to —

the inscriptions, had come from Amul, a town on the Caspian

Sea. The Ahadim, who is attached to the mosque, knew nothing

of this Sayyid; he said, Fakhruddin had come with his friends

Shah Cafi of Panduah and Ghazi Zafar Khan of Tribeni to Bengal.

1870.| Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higli District. 281

This is, however, impossible, as the inscription on the mosque shews

that Jaméluddin lived as late as A. H. 936. The walls of the mosque

are built of small bricks, and are handsomely adorned, inside and

out-side, with arabesques. The central mchrad, or niche, looks very

fine; but the upper part of the west wall having fallen down, half

the mosque is filled with stones and rubbish, so that it is im-

possible to see the whole of the niche. The arches and domes are

in the later Pat’han style. Over each entrance, inside, there

isa crescent. Near the S. E. angle of the mosque, is an en-

closure with three tombs, where Sayyid Fakhruddin, his wife,

and his eunuch, are said to be buried. The wall forming the en-

¢losure is in many places broken down. I found two long basalt

tablets placed slantingly against the inner side of the north wall.

A third square basalt tablet is fixed into the wall; unfortunately,

it is broken in the middle, and the wall is half pierced, to allow

the customary lamp to be put into the cavity. These three in-

scriptions should be removed to a museum. It is impossible to say

how they came into the enclosure. When the public buildings in

| Satg4nw and Tribeni decayed, pious hands, probably, rescued the

inseriptions, and stored them up in holy places as Fakhruddin’s

| enclosure and Zafar Khain’s mosque and tomb, or even fixed them

| into the walls at the time of repairs, thus turning each of these

| astanahs into a sort of museum.

_ There is also an inscription on Fakruddin’s tomb ; but it is ille-

| gible, though it could perhaps be deciphered, if the letters were

‘carefully painted.

| Ashort distance higher up the Grand Trunk Road lie the eleven

\huts, which form the modern Sitgénw. The ground between them

and the Saraswati, towards a small village of the name of Lal

: Jhapah, which lies W. of it, is very uneven, and looks as if it had

been the site of an extensive settlement. At one place, not far

j\from the road, the capital of a large pillar merges from the

ground. The people called it padishahé filpéi.

From Satganw, a narrow footpath leads to Tribeni along the

old right bank of the Saraswati. The river itself appears to be

nothing else but an arm of the Ganges (Bhagiruttee), though on

the maps of the Hugli district, it looks like a river which takes

282 Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higli District. [No. 4,

its rise near the Rijahpir Jhil, west of Habrah (Howrah). A

khal passes from the Saraswati to the Ganges about five miles

below the Botanic Garden. To the north of the mouth of the

Saraswati lies the broad and high Tribeni Ghat, a magnificent

flight of steps, said to have been built by Mukund Deo, the le

Gajpati of Orisa; and S. of it, on the high river bank les Tribeni

itself with the Astanah of Ghazi Zafar Khan, generally called by th

people Gidzt Guhib ka dargéh. Tribeni is often called Tripanz, anc

by the Muhammadans, Tripant Shahpir, or Firizabid. The pec

ple refer the last name to Firaz Shéh of Dihli; but it is mo

natural to connect it with Shamsuddin Firtz Shah (1.), king o

Bengal, whose name will be found below in the inscription of Zafe

Khan’s Madrasah. The name of ‘ Tribeni,’ or ‘ Three Stream

is said by the natives of the place to refer to the junction of tl

Ganges, the Saraswati, and Jamnah. The Jamnah, or Jabune

flows into the Ganges on the left side, opposite to the southe:

extremity of the extensive island in the middle of the Ganges.

The curious legend of Zafar Khan has been related by Mr,

Money in his article on the Tribeni Temple, published in the XV

volume of the Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, for 1847, p. 39

The Astanah consists of two enclosures. The first, which lies at fl

road leading along the bank of the Hugli, is built of large bas

stones, said to have been taken from an old Hindti temple, whi

Zafar Khan destroyed. Its east wall which faces the river, she

clear traces of mutilated Hindu idols and dragons; and fixed i

it, at a height of about six feet from the ground, is a piece of i

said to be the handle of Zafar Khan’s battle-axe. The second €

closure, which is joined to the west wall of the first, is buil

sandstone. The Ahadim of the Astanah, a man not altogetl

illiterate, told me that the western tomb was that of Zafar Kh

The other three, he said, are those of ’Ain Khan Ghazi and Ghai

Khan Ghazi ( cs je wl Was, and cs jie WIE Was ), sons of Zafar oh r

and of the wife of Barkhin Ghazi. The first enclosure contains

the tombs of Barkhan Ghazi ( col wld, ), third son of Z afar

Khan, and of Rahim Khan Ghazi and Karim Khan Ghazi, sol ns of

Barkhan. Mr. Money mentions a son of Zafar Khan of the name of

Ugwan Khan, who according to the Kursindmah, or family reg

1870.] Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higli District. 288

“of the Ahidims, defeated the Rajah of Hugli, conquered him, con-

“verted the infidels to Muhammadanism, and married his daughter.

“ After some time, Ugwan Khan also died at Tribeni.”

About twenty yards to the west of the second enclosure, are the

ruins of an old mosque, likewise built with the materials of an old

Hindi temple. The low basalt pillars supporting the arches are

unusually thick, and the demes, as in the Panduah mosque are

built of bricks, of successive rings of stones, the diameter of each

layer being somewhat less than that of the layer below, the whole

being capped by a circular stone, covering the small remaining

aperture. This corresponds to the domes described by Mr. Tremlett

in his ‘ Notes on Old Dihli’, p. 87 of this volume of the Journal.

Two of the domes are broken. On the western wall, there are several

inscriptions, as described below. According to the Arabic verses

round about the principal Ihrab, the mosque was built by Khan

Muhammad Zafar Khan, whois calleda Turk, in A. H. 698, or

A. D. 1298. The ground round about the mosque is very uneven ;

several basalt pillars lie about, and there are foundations of several

Structures, as also a few tombs, which are said to be the resting-

places of former Ahddims.

~ Tnow proceed to the inscriptions which I have arranged accord-

ing to their age.

| A. Tribeni.

ae Inscription I.. (Arabic and Persian.)

| 4 esc wy! al] Gia oa

pA) (yo pai # ime 8 ae cb y Eine Uyiall 3 UST Gy

7 Te sl GEA gay Aci al aged y ally p01 wv

elec 06, > cia # 2oteell oye (SiC) uu! SA) cama all) 9)

Lear , cial sas f] whez] Bah 3 Seo | y sles cote SKS

ok 5 is, sal ‘ piladd | dale ald 5 x olds? daly (S71) shih

AU) ge 1yc03 1 AU dataell yl udled alll Jb Gls ay,

eshte Bly ebgud] Qrale esto ose] dm gies ri

284 Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Hugli District. (No. 4,

Bip 2 yhisbyan g WAI palis® pallet) Cul gD obey » pol

Biles Lally Syesie Yale Rope y fp alelsnn pypbe rh

se yaall ya l5Me ul AES) all VS Spe Fle pe 9

oped Cole abejgo all) lol, QU) ab Gd) wpe All ave

tall leuhed aU) apaiy Lilo gtelanell aad alll oils

ase a) Sym # cptallell Sy opel © Gali Gao seb tt)

a ee deri yg dS rasy 322 ugdhs esa ass eye | .

woul ly) We Ned shad dil ays ways Aly oo op) eos

% sl)o,$ F

O God, vouchsafe unto us in this world a great comfort, and in the world to

come a great comfort. [Qordan, II, 197.] A help from God, and an approachi ang

gift ; announce it to the believers. [Qoran, LXI, 13.]

God has said—‘ Surely he will build the mosques of God who believes iz

Him and in a future life, and performs his prayers, and gives the legal almil

and fears no one except God. Such perhaps will belong to those that aré

guided. [Qoran, IX, 18.] That means [Persian], every one who builds mosque

for God, is certainly and without doubt a believer and will find guidance

And he upon whom be peace [the Prophet] has said—‘ To try and to begin if

mine ; but the completion rests with God.’

God has said—‘ The mosques belong to God. Worship no one else but Ge 1.

[Qoran, LXXII, 18.]

This Jami’ Mosque has been erected by the Lord of the sword and the pen,

the hero of the age and the period, Ulugh Majlis ul Majalis, the Majlis

Ikhtiyaér, the Commander-in-chief and Vazir of the town of Husainabad

the Great, ofthe District of S4j14 Mankhbad, Commanderof the Thé

nah of Laob1a4 and the town of Hadigar, who isknown as Ruknuddii

Rukn Khan, sonof ’AlauddinofSirhat—may God grant him long

life, without end, and may He lengthen his reign over mankind, may He cause

the benefits to last for ever, which he bestows upon the faithful, may Go¢

give him victory over the Infidels, to the glory of the true faith. Amen,(

Lord of the universe. (Persian) He who repairs this mosque, will find mere}

with God; but should any one, which God forbid, dishonour this mosque, maj

God dishonour him, a

This inscription is fixed into the west wall to the right of the

northern Mchréb (niche) inthe Tribenf Mosque. Like all other im

scriptions in Tribeni and Sdtgénw, itisin black basalt, and the let

1870.] Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higli District. 285

ters are raised. The characters are not in Tughra, and look awkward.

Regarding the geographical names, wide below. I have placed

this inscription first, as it appears to be the oldest, or at least of

the same time as the nextinscription. In neither of them do we

find an allusion to the reigning king.

The Jami’ Mosque mentioned in the inscription cannot be the

Tribeni mosque, which to judge from the next inscription, was built

by Zafar Khan, although it is impossible to say when or wherefrom

the slab was brought to the place where it now is.

To the left of this inscription is another in black basalt; but

the letters are so broken and effaced, that only the words

py ladand xl werden pial yl eto | 9 (iol

“ _uddin Abul Muzaffar Husain Shah” are legible. As Husain

Shah (II.) reigned in the beginning of the 10th century of the

Hijrah, it is clear that this inscription also has been brought to

the Tribeni mosque from some other place.

_ Further to the left of these two inscriptions, we come to another

Mihrab, or niche. Although no Mimbar, or pulpit, stands within it,

it would appear that this Mchrdb was the principal one. It looks

like a walled up door; the posts are of black basalt, and on them

| there is an inscription. The post opposite to the threshold is

horizontal, and above it there is a long inscription, which, to-

gether with the words on asmall separate key-stone, forms a

part of that on the posts. Itisa long Arabic poem, a Qagidah

with a rhyme in siz. The letters are, however, in many places

| illegible, especially those over the niche. The poem commences

| on the right hand post, near the ground, goes upwards, and ends

| with a Zérikh on the lower end on the other post. The follow-

ing lines are all that I have deciphered.

Inscription II. (Arabic.)

(Zafar Khan’s Mosque).

* pais) gly ghey) pepe) ee disly een 2 yay

286 Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higli District. (No. 4

And I [Zafar Khan] hope to obtain the pious wishes of such as are learned

in the law, that God may strengthen my faith* at the time I am in the grave.

May God reward me ; for He is truly merciful, and liberal, and kind; and

[I hope that] He will honor me.+

Then follows on the top—

Lm) [del slaty ad * * a; 4

(?) nslos| sels ¢ wildly WAL Oe? y40) * «* «* «*

cots ASQ weal & Codal dame wie S # * * #

The seventh and eighth hemistichs are illegible.

ue" * # It cyo SU) 29 bl, * * * *

* * * * ut wt we ws dlasd

lest eleprea BEES LyS (gS Bdel uprbdlud} ylblwe(?) gay

The 15th and 16th hemistichs are quite illegible.

ewe tt 5% VIE Rb Sh * * * «

cle att OR opel sls One y ‘ Pa * P

x S69 Slot syiS Sou y WRI! y hall 80) eple Qld y

* * Zafar Khan, the Turk, the lion of lions, * * * * and the most excel-

lent one of builders of benevolent edifices, after the heroes, and by smiting the

Infidels with sword and spear, and lavishing treasures on every * *

The remaining lines to the 24th hemistich are illegible. Then

follow the lines on the left post— |

# pds!) pill! ple! ste) Hee Aaypid) slele poled

And by honouring all the learned of the faith, in order to elevate the stanc

ard of God (?).

The date is expressed by the Wafq letters (y, re and o according to the

reckoning of him who counts. ‘

Unsatisfactory as the deciphering is, the date of the found.

ation of the mosque and the name of the founder have escaped th

ravages of time. Zafar Khan is called a Turk, and the fo

* In allusion to the imtihdn ul qabr, or the examination in the grave. Short

ly after the burial, the corpse is visited, according to the belief of the Muslims

by two angels who examine the dead man as to his creed. c

I have substituted for the sake of clearness the first person. The text has

the third. Pt

+ The reading is very likely rt A ; silcy, ‘ that He will raise his [Zafa at

turban,’ 7. e., that he will honor him, The pr eposition of like the J? ne

seems to dinend from 9> ya,

1870.] Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higlt District. 287

ation of his mosque at Tribeni on the ruins of the old Hindi edifices

which he destroyed, is expressed by ¢ + Ue + ¢, = 8 + 90 + 600,

or 698 A. H., which corresponds to A. D. 1298. Zafar Khan’s

Madrasah, as will appear from the following inscription, was

founded fifteen years later, in A. H. 7138, or A. D. 138138.

There is no doubt that the above verses are one of the oldest

inscriptions, if not the oldest, in Lower Bengal.

Inscription III. (Arabic.)

(Zafar Khan’s Madrasah.)

us? wo) acs ‘Ne awa ind GAD Librrty wdox!l JyS sac)

om a) OBE es CU ale § wlysell og y Eble a2

Bsa!) pt § eel OU, BMe § bed AlySd1 pe phe * pa

(sic) yy} (ylaalw Slee), ‘pall 2, baling cease) orl

Sox!) «teal dell « dete) 1 <a) lel pol

Bie Fal 5 Sm) led pl) pels ‘albu pad «sll

w a f ; pi reath’y peel

pos Be a5 § (sie) Sty] bam y alae! ale alll y abl

*% BSLean dav 3 ¥ yin Ce Pe ic Soe ad esha!)

Praise be to Him to whom praise is due! This Madrasah which goes by the

name of Dar ul Khairat [house of benevolence |, was built during the reign of the

Lord of munificence, the owner of the crown and the signet, the shadow of God on

earth, the generous, the liberal, the great, the master of the necks of nations, the

sun of the world and the faith [shams uddunydé wa-ddin], who is distinguished

by the graceof the Lord of the universe, the heir of the realm of Sulaiman, [Sham-

suddin} Abul Muzaffar Firiz Shah—may God perpetuate his reign—

(second slab) by order of the distinguished Khan, the generous, the respected,

the liberal, the praiseworthy, the helper of Islam, the aider of mankind, the

meteor of truth and faith, the supporter of kings and sovereigns, the patron of

enquirers, Khan Muhammad Zafar Khan—may God give him victory

over his enemies and guard his friends.

Dated 1st Muharram, 713, [28th April, 1313].

288 Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higli District. (No. 4,

This inscription is written on two long basalt tablets which —

are now imbedded in the northern side of Zafar Khan’s tomb,

in the second enclosure of the Tribeni Astanah. The second

tablet, which commences with the words bi-amril Khdén, &e., has §

been placed by the ignorant masons first, and was pretty correctly

deciphered by Mr. D. Money. According to the Kursinamah pre-

served by the Mutawallis of Zafar’s Tomb, it would appear that

Zafar Khan came from Manrgdnw (»€>) ), in the Parganah

Kunwar Partab, Chaklah Murshidaébad (Makhcuigabad).* From the

above inscription it is clear that his name was Khan Muham-

mad, Zafar Khan being his title. Common people, as Mr. Money

says, pronounce Darap Khdén, an interchange in position of anf —

and a liquid, as in gufl (Arabic, a lock) and gulf, the pronuncia-

tion current among the people. I heard also people pronounce

Dapar.

The king mentioned in this inscription is Shamsuddin

AbulMuzaffar FirtizShah Sultan. His nameis not

given in the Tabagat ¢ Akbari, nor by Firishtah, who copied from

the Tabagit. Mr. E. Thomas, the distinguished numismatician, was

the first that assigned him his proper place. In his essay on the

Initial Coinage of Bengal, which forms the basis of our historical

knowledge of the early Muhammadan period of Bengal (Journal,

A. 8. Bengal, 1867, pp. 1 to 73), Mr. Thomas deseribes coins —

struck by this Firtiz Shah of Bengal between A. H. 715 and 722; —

another coin perhaps belongs to the year 702. The above inscription — ;

mentions 718, and it is clear that Firiz Shah must have then been

firmly established in Western Bengal. ¢

It is remarkable that neither this inscription, nor the coins

published by Mr. Thomas (/. ¢., p. 45), mention the name of the _

father of Firuz Shah, or the words wlbl. .2, which are not left

out on the coins of Ruknuddin Kai Katis; and secondly, that the

preceding inscription of A. H. 698, mentions no king at all, which

agrees with the fact that upto the present time no coins have been ij

found struck by a Bengal king between 695 and 702, 7. e. for the 4

beginning of the reign of ’Alduddin of Dihli. =

* I am told, there is a legend still current at Margdénw that Ugwdn Khan, .

Zafar’s son, defeated Manpat Singh, Rajah of Birbhim.

1870.] Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higli District. 289

In point of execution and beauty of the letters, this inscription

is superior to the preceding, which itself is vastly superior to

Inscription No. I. It looks indeed as if all following inscriptions

had taken this one as model. Lven the latest inscription of

Nucrah Shah of Satganw of the 10th century shews the same

manner of execution. With the establishment of the Mughul

government in India, the characters commence to change, and

though Tughra letters are still in use, they gradually drift into

modern Nasta’liq.

The following inscription, which stands to the right of the Ihrab

gives the same date as No. III.

Inscription IV. (Arabic.)

esey!] wy! a) ee easige ee

ee ole!) GRA tle) pel all BUS

os a, Bd iS 5) she 3 3 MEU S SdH) us] Ss

I ged appotal ae BAC ake ol yi) Jy! ru yal

JJG cet eas weil) = M3

wt)! 3 cal yowd] al, ust Bc w

| Bho nde 3 B yaine we daw nals ¥ 3 we?

Blessed is God, the great creator, the creator of the people, * *

Blessed is He in whose hands the kingdom is. His power extends over

every thing.

Blessed is He who has sent down the Qoran to His servant, that he may be

a warner to all generations.

Blessed is God, the great Creator. O God, O God of the heavens, and the

earth * *

Dated lst Muharram, 713.

Inscriptions Vand VI. (Arabic.)

cgi eo = yh Vy Fhe vdSU YD yaBll co ') ym 3) alld all

ples - wg 3} BIKE ghiing us] i) se 90 Show Sle, es prerel

Ee?

oo ey iy SL Leg i dole oa ani y, atin le , aoe t ot!

| Ke

}

290 Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higli District. [No. 4,

This inscription is of no interest, and consists in a well known

verse from the Qorin (Sur. II., 256), which is frequently used for —

inscriptions on mosques. The verse itself goes by the name of ©

A’yat ulkursi, because the word kurs¢ (throne) occurs in it. Mu- ~

hammadans have a very high idea of its beauty ; they often repeat —

it after prayers, and blow on their chests, or blow on their hands,

which are then rubbed over the arms and the body. The bles-

sings inherent in the verse are thus distributed over the whole

body. ;

The inscription stands to the right of the words uddin Ab

Muzaffar Husain Shah, mentioned on p. 285.

Another inscription of no value, to the left of the Mihrab, com-

mences with the words—

aoe ees ee wm pay! ety AUT poms

After several illegible words, we find—

ened ad} wry Lo 4 7 cyl» cl pean aly ue © ile SL5

IN Fs dit ley Ay de® gle Ue us ley

i wet bre Shy *** Sbt

Of greater interest is the following.

Inscription VII, (Arabic.)

dsl) oy elas] AU) ee Jcoi I aU oatinell yl aul QU

cst alls RY a Nae at gre Ball Ge , bed! lot

heel my Us? je IRYiEs > yl pane ws Daw wn

sh Aalee Cewlo (sic) Wye ppd y ghygkic Yalu 40,6 p39)

wf La se yk Jb) ala] | lated] Je sisJ] SALAS) (sic)

Nh da piled ow a parte | a = x us? ~ Malu) slag

God has said, ‘The mosques belong to God. Worship no one else besides

God. (Qoran LXXII., 18). d

This mosque was built by the great Khan, the exalted grandee, Ulu gh

Ajmal Khan—may God preserve him in both worlds,—the Commant

of the army of the exalted nobleman Iqrar Khan, who is the guar¢

_(jdnddr) of the honor of the royal Harem, Commander and Vazir of the Dist

of $4jl14Mank hb4d, and the town of Laobla—may his exalted qu

ties endure for ever,—during the reign of the just, liberal, learned, and F

fect king, Barbak Shah, sonof Mahmud Shah, the Sultan.

A. H. 860.

- f

1870.| Arabic and Persian Inseriptions in the Hugli District. 291

-As far spelling and grammar are concerned, this inscription is

one of the worst I have seen. Generally speaking, the Arabic of

none of these inscriptions is classic. One curious mistake occurs

on almost every Bengal inscription—the word_»| abé is not changed

to ,,1! bz, though in the genitive case. Thus in Inscriptions IIL.,

VU, IX, X.; and the word j5,#0 ‘ known as,’ is not followed by the

preposition b2, as it ought to be; vide Insc. I and X. In the above

lines we have #ildobld for Laobla, and fi-?ahd, with the article,

instead of f¢ ’ahd/ The date is so extraordinarily expressed, that I

at first doubted its correctness (Proceedings, 1870, p. 189). But the

difficulty may be got over by supplying Siw}, or kdS|.~0, between

the waw and sittin.

The inscription lies at present on the ground in the enclosure

where Zafar Khan is buried, between the entrance and the tomb.

The surface of the stone is about a square yard, and its thickness

about a foot. On turning it round, I found that the reverse con-

tained numerous serpents and dragons, cut in relief, but partly

mutilated. The stone is of the same basalt as the buildings at

Tribeni.

Regarding the king and the date mentioned in the NN

vide below No. X.

B. Mulla’ Simla’, near Biddibatt.

Biddibati is the station on the EH. I. Railway after Serampore.

_ About six miles west of it lies a village of the name of Mulla Simla,

talled on the maps Molnah Simla, where there is an old, low mosque,

and the dargih, or tomb, of ‘ Hazrat Muhammad K a bir Cahib,.’

generally called ShahAnwar (jl!) Quliof Aleppo. The

| Khadims attached to the Dargah know nothing about the saint, nor

didthey know the meaning of the inscription. They say that the

mosque was built after Shah Anwa4r’s death by some ambassador, who

_ endowed it with lands, a copy of the sanad being preserved in the

| court at Higli. They also point out two stones close to the tomb,

| where the saint used to kneel down (dozdnu) at the time of shaving,

and the stones “still shew impressions of his knees.” The saint

is said to have been fond of looking-glasses ; hence pilgrims bring

often with them small looking-glasses, which are placed on the tomb.

292 Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higlt District. (No. 4,

But after buying them, they must not look in them on their way to

the dargah ; ‘‘ else misfortunes will surely befall them, as was the

case with a man who some time ago, while on his way to Mulla —

Simlé, fell down dead, because he looked at his face in the glass

which he had bought for the saint.” |

This curious custom of offering up looking-glasses seems to be —

connected with the birth-place of Shah Anwar. Aleppo was for-

merly famous in the East for its glass wares.

The inscription is on black basalt, in Tughrd characters, and 1

is fixed over the entrance to the Dargéh, although it must have be-—

longed in former times to the mosque. The old mosque itself has —

at present no inscription. ;

Inscription VIII. (Arabic.)

dale J} lS - fost al} wo tycod Us aU dale! ot Ullal ay ls

Lad yyarne di) 3 aU Quy Woli.§ AU tae” Gy ye oll

2 tthe 9 Bre Bo (9 ylducle* hed pbeyi w= oxo us

ll cae ser)

God has said, ‘ The mosques belong to God. Worship no one else besides

God.’ [Qoran LXXII, 18.]

The Prophet—upon whom be peace—has said, ‘He who bnilds for God a j

mosque on earth, will have seventy castles built for him by God in Paradise. —

[Hadiés. | :

This mosque was built by the great Khan Ulugh Mukhlig Khan, in

the year 777 [A. D. 1375. ]

If, as the Khadims say, the ambassador got rid of certain diffi-

culties by praying at the tomb, one might think that he would

have shewn his gratefulness by mentioning the saint’s name

the king who ctttonh in 777 [Sultan-ussalatin ]. ;

I owe this inscription to the kindness of Maulawi ’Abdul Hai, of

the Calcutta Madrasah.

C. Sa’tga’nw. e

Inscription IX. (Arabic.) a

(Nagir Husain Shah’s Mosque.)

eri ay pel et All dp live soa Ul] acted ab) JG

ean gas al) d} Urs ae ¥,55/] csils isla eu) ae

1870.] Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higlt District. 293

hk 1G on pe RSet! wi, gadis! Ge Jeghy isl

a? He Je ure Is ws Co Oe? e

dale all) ugh? esau Js 5 * Jos) rau | t* cas Ys al doled] ws)

Lin al alll we Wall © last? git ope A=) 5 al ade

? ¥ ee J *

- * * * * “* sx] 33

Lioll poli rslinel) 9 plat] aye lal, igel +

ide, sible , aslo alll ala Gtblull td awe aba) ool,

tbs bls} a 65) peal) Bell wll sy x ail ,

w e J w w ~

~ he c$ Jes 4g Shee oz) yl cols] ae dla BAST Rtas ghttz,3

% laites 5 ee 5 co al='| hicas tet

God has said, ‘ That man will build the mosques of God who believes in Him

and the last day, and performs the daily prayers and gives the alms demanded

by the law, and fears no one except God. Such perhaps belong to those that

are guided [Qoran IX, 18. ]

And He whose glory is glorious and whose benefits are general, has also

said, ‘The mosques belong to God. Worship no one else besides God.’ [Qoran,

LXXII, 18.]

The prophet (upon whom be peace) has said, ‘He who builds for Goda

mosque in this world, will have a house built for him by God in Paradise’.

(* * * two lines broken and illegible) [of him

who is strengthened* | by proof and testimony, the refuge of Islam and the Mos-

lems, Nacgiruddin Abul Muzaffar Husain Shah, the Sultan.

May God perpetuate his reign and rule, and elevate his state and dignity.

This mosque was built by the great, exalted, and honoured Khan who has

the title of Tarbiyat Khan. May God preserve him from the misfor-

tunes of the end of time by His benevolence and perfect grace,

In the year A. H. 861 [A. D. 1457.]

This valuable inscription is written on a thin basalt tablet and is

| fixed into the northern wall of the enclosure of Fakhruddin’s Tomb

)

at Sateanw.

Regarding the king mentioned above, vzde Inscription X.

Inscription X. (Arabic.)

Ai SG aloe) alll po ljcot SW doles ylu Sted AU) JG

* The word d°50, muayyad, seems to have stood before burhdn.

294 Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higli District. [No. 4,

as alll gh Liao Idem che oe pa y Aale all) de

Soll ols] 25) dye us? aamel] ust! = a nis ae

gdblu whi gos” os! wrblu sls es alas! yal ue ) 5 lial Ji> .

adic] wale pps] oss”) ost) ust * ble 6) ote

sey See late d0 0. pi) 9. ght! po 9) sees ee

= 3 B.D, "ed WS, a“, Ne 4) ah? oily ) die By mec

n=l oe eal i. 3 fas * Wy s des) pic 5 giles alll eid Fe |

# Qe oso] inde dsc be? « Blobs 5 seid y ,, wphs] Bbw

4 Ww ‘

God has said, ‘ The mosques, &c.’ [Qorén, LXXII, 18.]. And the prophe

(may peace be upon him!) has said, ‘ He who builds a mosque on earth wil

have a castle built for him by God in Paradise’.

This mosque was built during the reign of the just and liberal king Jala

uddin Abul Muzaffar FathShah, the Sultan, sonof Mahma

the Sult4n, may God perpetuate his reign !

The builder of this noble and great mosque is the Lord of the sword and tl

pen, Ulugh Majlis Nur, commander and Vazir of the district of Sajl

Mankhbad, and the town known as Sim1laba4d, and Commandant of th

Thanah Laobla and Mihrbak, District and Mahall (Perganah) of Hadi

gar,—may God preserve him in both worlds!

Dated 4th Muharram, 892, [1st January, 1487.]. Written by the humbl

servant Akhund Malik.

This inscription is written on a long basalt tablet, which at pr

sent stands leaning against the northern wall of Fakhruddiz

enclosure.

Inscriptions Nos. I., VII., and X. mention—

1. The District of Sajla Wankhbdd.

2. The District of Haédigar.

8. The Thanahs of Ldobld, or Ldobala,* and Mihrbak,

first of which was called ‘a town’ in inscription VII.

4. The town of Simlabdd.

* There is a place 10 miles E. of Tribeni, on the other side of the Hagli,

called on the maps Ldopallah, near the Jamnah or Jabunah, mentioned above

on p. 282, on the border of the 24- -Parganahs. In an Arabic Inscription,

: Léopallah’ would have to be spelt ‘ Laobala.’ It is also noticeable that there

are several Muhammadan villages near this Laopallah, The maps show

Fathpar, Shahpar, Hathikhénah, &e. e

eee en

1870.] drabie and Persian Inscriptions in the Hugli District. 298

I have not succeeded in identifying these five places, although

six months of enquiry and search have elapsed since I first men-

_ tioned them in the Proceedings of the Society (June, 1870, p. 188.)

The name even of ‘ Husainabad the Great,’ mentioned in Inscr. I,

is somewhat doubtful; but the Husainébad in the Murshidabad

district may be meant. The only name which is certain is that of the

town of Sarhat (in Birbhim), which on Inscr. I. is spelled Sirhat,

with an 2.

It is noticeable thatin none of the inscriptions the words Sirkar

and parganah occur. The word ’argah (4°) may be equivalent

to sirkar, and the word mahaill is used, even inthe Ain, in the same

sense as ‘parganah.’ The term ’arcah seems also to have given

rise to the name of the parganah Arsd, to which Satganw and

Tribeni belong, though Arsé is spelt in the Ain, and by Muham-

madans now-a-days, lw)!, not 4~,©. In this case the real name of

the district would have been omitted. There are many similar

eases on record. Thus the parganah opposite to Tribeni is called

Hawelt shahr, and corrupted Hdlishahr, the proper noun having

likewise fallen away.

The word thanah meant in those days a ‘ standing camp,’ as the

Muhammadans used to erect in newly conquered districts.

The names and dates of the Bengal kings mentioned in these

inscriptions, do not entirely agree, as might have been expected,

with those given in our histories. The kings mentioned are—

1. Shamsuddin Firtz Shah (1.),—A. H. 713 (Inser. ITI).

2. Barbak Shah, son of Mahmud Shah,—A. H. 860, (Inscr.

VII).

8. Naciruddin Abul Muzaffar Husain Shah (I.),—A. H. 861,

(Inser. 1X).

4, Abul Muzaffar Yusuf Shah, son of Barbak Shah, no year.

Vide below under ‘ Panduah.’

5. Jalaluddin Abul Muzaffar Fath Shah, son of Mahmid Shah,

—A. H. 892, (Inser. X).

6. Nucrah Shah, son of ’Aléuddin Husain Shah (II.),—A. H.

936 (vide below Inscr. XI, XII).

_ The place in history of the first king, Firiz Shah (1), has been

alluded to above, on p. 288.

296 Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higli District, [No. 4,

Of Barbak Shah, Marsden (II., 573) has published a coin, dated

A. H. 873, which seems to agree with the statement of the histories —

that he reigned from A. H. 862 to 879. Inscr. VII. gives 860; but —

should no coin confirm this early date, I would almost doubt the relia-

bility of the inscription which, as I said above, is full of mistakes.

The unit might have been omitted. Besides, the year 860 seems to |

be rendered impossible by Inscr. [X., unless we assume that Barbak

proclaimed himself king during the lifetime of Naciruddin Husain —

Shih. As correctly observed by Marsden, the histories make

Barbak Shah the son of Nagir Shah, against the testimony of coins —

and Inser. VII., which call his father Mahmiid Shah. But Mahmitd —

Shah has not yet been assigned a place among the Bengal kings.*

The third king, Nagiruddin Abul Muzaffar Husain Shéh is called —

in the histories Véc7r Shah, and is said to have reigned from A. H. ©

830 to 862. Inscr. IX. mentions clearly 861, and thus confirms the ©

histories as far the end of his reign is concerned. But the histories —

are wrong in calling him Wd¢i Shah, for the full name given in the :

inscription shews that he should be called Husain Shah (1). A similar

confusion occurs in the name of ’Aléuddin Abul Muzaffar Husain)

Shah al Husaini, father of Nugrah Shéh, whom the histories call

likewise by the first name ’Alduddin, instead of Husain Shah (I1).t —

The fifth king, Fath Shah, appears like the preceding, with his |

full, or julis , name. Inscr. X. confirms the fact, mentioned by

Marsden and Laidley, that Fath Shah was the son of Mahmiid Shah, ©

and therefore brother of Barbak Shah. According to the histories,

Barbak Shah died in 879, and was succeeded by his son Shamsuddin

Abul Muzaffar Yisuf Shah, who is mentioned in Gaur Inscriptions

of A. H. 880 and 885. He is said to have died without issue, and

the throne was claimed by a member ofthe royal family, of the

name of Sikandar Shth. But he was immediately deposed, and

Fath Shah, uncle of Yusuf Shah, ascended the throne. ¥

* The author of the Sharafndmah i Ibradhfmi, a Persian dictionary, praises

Barbak Shah and calls him Abul Muzaffar Barbak Shah. But the only ( incomplete)

MS. which I have seen of the work, mentions no year. In Marsden’s reading of a

Barbak Shah coin, Area I., we find by mistake 44<” for d9o=”, though his

translation has correctly Mahmiid.

The numerous Barbakpiars, Barbak Singhs, &c., in Bengal seem to refer to

Barbak Shah. . *

+ For a similar incorrectness in Malwah History, vide Proceedings A. 8.

Bengal, for 1869, p. 267, note 3. . :

1870.] Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the ight District. 297

Inscriptions XI and XII. (Arabic and Persian).

(The Satganw Mosque.)

_ Both inscriptions refer to the building of the Sétg4nw mosque,

the ruins of which still exist. The first inscription is a long basalt

tablet, which stands in a slanting position within the enclosure of

Fakhruddin’s tomb, at the side of Inscr. X.

“ . a ry rt °

inax) (72 ws us oy) 13] |, do] ie) Lal dla a) Ss

te. . = a w = -

wy Ways Ry 1p 3 sal ty ust Baal Jv Lass .5,)]

* ur sks chy ii us? te wv pire 0 nis Enos’) fo2 9 > Sy

jee Headly OS soca wy? pal bale Sis 5% uate us re

Aid) y sof y viv! [9 15) 06] GK GUI), anna)

ust # oy BLAS ols) pri 8S) yy #8 # ES 0 de bane]

: Loe w

w= os) ier 8 yn wel prbasloal bo BS] als) wbblud) we

Dd w

dee? o,f big stihl ache (Sli al AVES asthe whhle hs

ie :

Baw pl dane wp) Jee ue sliycrstaw MA acle

Le w :

3 Conw Khaw SI Laal) Oey ype a ee? uglel win) =?

‘ SE ee een

wls,] 3,2, 5] wb)) 3 why bola BSS) yobs Pe Tee ) oe

gph ol ad, wel, dip US Jad daly ais is

peo 9 wld jy U dip isha eile as dle? }) las

#dighs Us 8

God has said,—‘O ye that believe, when the call to prayer is heard on

Fridays, hasten to the worship of God, and give up buying and selling. This

is good for ye, if ye did believe.’ [Qordn, LXII.,9]. Legacies are not to be

taken possession of. The prophet, may God’s blessing rest upon him, has

said—, ‘When thou goest out of thine house, and it be Friday, thou art a

Muhdjir (companion of Muhammad’s flight); and shouldst thou die on the road,

thou wilt bein Paradise, in the highest.? And the prophet has also said,—

‘He who wrongly takes possession of the property of a mosque and legacies,

: acts as if he committed adultery with his daughter and his mother and his sister,’

: The mosques belong to legacies * * * (illegible)—the light of his countenance on

: 38

)

298 Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higlt District. [No. 4,

the day of resurrection will be like that of the full moon. (Persian), This Jami’

Masjid was built during the reign of the just and perfect Sultan, Ab ul

Muzaffar Sultan Nucrah Shah, son of Husain Shah, the descendant

of Husain,—may God perpetuate his rnle—by the refuge of Sayyidship, Say- g

yid Jamaluddin Husain,sonof Sayyid Fakhruddinof Amul,

during the month of Ramazan, 936. [May, A. D.1529]. Because the Mullis and —

Zamindars (arbdb), if defrauding legacies, are overtaken by the curse of Gods —

it is the earnest (bajdne) duty of governors and qdzés, to prevent such frauds,

so that on the day of resurrection they may not be caught in their wicked |

deeds,

The other (Arabic) inscription is fixed into the wall over the —

entrance to the mosque. |

py) 9 ably wl we al] Solu yor tail goles al) Ju

a wos al} 3} aA 4 ase 3] oT 5 Sytal Al —

nei rj * ss us? 10s Srbaw a al) ost ey us? —

bla slat Came yl dele sls 8a) ests Joel jelady ]

ON pai 5) Lalo glice liste i a dst - Re

* Salenus elt new Rha Sathasie wi “4 =

sieeemneiatei en 5 ae

God has said, ‘ That man will build, &c.’ [Qorén IX., 18; vide Inser, IX].

The prophet has said, ‘He who builds for God a mosque in the world, will

have seventy castles built for him by God in Paradise.’

This Jami’ Masjid was built in the reign of the just king, Abul Muzaffar

Husain, by the Ba Sayyid Jamal Din Husain, son of Sayyid Fakhruddin Cf

Amul, the asylum of the Sayyids, and glory of the descendants of Tahd [the

prophet],—may God preserve him in the world and the faith,—during th

blessed month of Ramazan, 936 [May, 1529. ]

Both inscriptions call the son of Husain Shah Wuerah

( 8,24, not 82), or wy.2) ), though the word 8,4) is generally y it-

ten and pronounced wy) nugrat. For Nucrah Shah the histories,

as is well known, have Wagib Shth (34 xe). The Gaur

inscriptions and the two coins published by Mr. Laidley (Journal,

As. Soc., for 1846, Pl. V., Nos. 22 and 28, and p. 332) have

1870.] Arabic and Persian Luseriptions in the Higtt District. 299

likewise Nucrah,* and give the julis-name in full, Vaciruddin Abul

Muzaffar Nucrah Shah. The year mentioned in the above inscription

(end of 936) is important. It confirms the statement of the histories

that Nucrah Shah reigned eleven years after the death of his

father, which would make the date of his death 937 (end) or 988.

Nuerah’s brother was Mahmud, of whom Mr. Laidley has pub-

lished a coin dated 933. His julis-name is Ghiasuddin Abul

Muzaffar Mahmid Shih. The year of the coin and that of the

inscription would shew that Bengal was blessed by two rival kings.

Mr. Laidley also mentions that some of the coins have the word

Jannatabad on them, and it would be of historical interest to know

whether that mint occurs on such of Mahmiud’s coins} as were

struck before Nucrah’s death, because the possession of the capital

generally makes a rival the lawful king.

* The Arabic §,.a), assistance, victory, has a zanvmah above the nin,

not a fathah.

+ The words within the concentric circle of Mahmid Shah’s coin, which Mr,

Laidley reads pstle 3, appear to me to be (srl yo badr i shahi,

*the royal full moon.’ Silver coins are compared to the moon, and gold coins

tothesun. Hence for example, Aurangzib’s sikkah i chin mihr u mdh.

_ The correct legend on Marsden’s and Laidley’s Tajuddin Firiz Shah (Marsden,

MOlL., p. 575, and Laidley, l. c., Pl. V., No. 17) is—

gery} oul Gt wloifs deel! Wlblo

wlbludt sl 55539 Gol) 9 Lott zh

which is readily suggested by the saja’ or rhyme, of the legend.

In Marsden’s copper Fath Shah (II. p. 574), we observe the form (,ilhles

for lhl. , a8 on Jaunpir coins (vide Proceedings As. Soc. Bengal, for

1870, p. 152).

The word left out by Mr. Laidley in the obverse of his Ahmad Shah (p. 327)

looks like pbedfor pbs},

The title paleo wes, On Marsden and Laidley’s Sikandar and A’zam

Shah, should be ead cage, which is the standing epithet.

Saifuddin’s name as king is not clear on Marsden’s plate. It looks like Kibrat

Shah or Kisré Shah. The title Sultdén ussaldtin is not on the coin,

Marsden’s Barbak Shah appears to have on the obverse the word \, »yo and,

as Correctly read by Laidley, 4:3 {ye on the reverse. The margin evidently

contained the names of the first four Khalifahs. The words (¢ gta} es,

on w rs - F

aslis [ wn ] Nott, and lass} [ w wylers | are clear, The mém in ’Umar,

however, is not distinct.

Laidley’s Mahmiid Shah (Pl. V., No. 18) seems to have on the reverse the

| following words—

wleosJ} y [ reall ] es aU} KQuld wea,y! b daylis oh)

800 Arabie and Persian Inseriptions in the Higlé District. [No. 4, ©

Dr. W. Oldham, ©. 8., lately sent me a rubbing of a black |

basalt inscription in Tughr4, found near the village of Sikandar-_

pur in the ’Azimgarh District. It refers to the building ofa

mosque which was completed on the 27th Rajab, 933, and see

Shah is mentioned as the reigning sovereign.

D. Panduah.

The great mosque of Panduah has no inscription, nor did I see

one on the tower. Plates VIII. to X. shew the interior of the

mosque, its principal niche atthe side of the pulpit, and three of —

the most finished basalt pillars, with the Budhistic bells, of which —

there are also many on the outer wall of the mosque. Plates XI.

and XII. give views of the tower, east of the mosque, and its door.

The tower is drawn from a photograph; the other views are

excellent drawings by Mons. Jules Schaumberg. To complete the

series of plates, a view of the mosque itself would be required, as

also a drawing, shewing some of the numerous ornaments on the

outer walls, which are in excellent preservation.

The mosque which stands to the west of the Ast.nah of Shah

Cafi has four inscriptions, of which one is inside. They are un

fortunately very high from the ground, and it was with much

difficulty that I could get a good facsimile of one, and an impe

fect one of the central tablet. I hope at some future time to get

a complete rubbing of the latter, which is the most important of

the four. From the imperfect rubbing which I have at present, it

is clear that the mosque was built during the reign of Abul Mu

zaffar Yusuf Shah, sonof Barbak Shah (1474 to 1482).

The other inscription contains blessings on the prophet, and has

therefore no historical value. It runs—

Inscription XIII. (Arabic).

Ns le y wy Le er hen, 5 ont <a 9 yall GS Us

“pte 1s) alk Bee 7) t= be!) all she

The lém and 2é of al-zamdn are in one, and the zé touches the mim, w

has the initial form. Here we have again the saja.’

Mr. Laidley says that there are many monuments in Bengal of Husain Shah’ 4

munificence, An Arabic inscription referring to the digging of a well in-

(qor.gsaqrm ong) YOrpUDT] 40 an bsop

St SO SOP AMEAT BgsT,

Fada bumgqur Z 25°C

= ~

THA Ver

X Toa TeSuag_-o0g yersy ruanor

Ewe ~~ ae * —S

WALID. <

Pt 1.1870,

TAL

“yo

oc: Bengal, Vul:

re)

As:

Journ.

a i

WDistrict :

Hig

The Basalt pillars in the Mos que of Panduah.

ees ae Pee aa Senta tS )\t)

Se ON TO Na et ee aE \

acme nen—nmcmnnem gy VE =

“soma nn ans int tee ne weed Lo

a ee

= Sie aes

ar Re Se

ee ae

“ <5.) i *

Journ: As:Soc: Bengal, Vol:XXX1K,Pt TAls70.

Pi: XI

2 chacamb eed.

View of the Tower of Pundawah|thig li ste

(qnasig mong) youpun F 40 Jamo J. WY 07 aM gu

LPR

oat

- Bie

Sees

Tommy n<.ipey

ri Z'KIXXX ‘Ton. ‘eSueg :20$ 1 yers yao p

7 - »

oy “as patty. Chaise % “a = ~ , t -

1870.] Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Hhglt District. 301

The characters of the inscription are Tughra ; but unlike those of

the Tribeni inscriptions, they abound in round strokes (dawiéir),

which brings the writing nearer to modern Nasta’ltq.

The modern Qutb Cahib Mosque, so called from Hazrat Shah

Qutbuddin, a pious man who is said to have come from Bhagalptr

to Panduah, has the following inscription.

Inscription XIV. (Persian).

A) Joy dosall] | al} 3

“db led day ai gee (th ete yl

Bi lainy SIS Gass pe * yyw OH ula) slaty le es

Oe ted .9, gwlrao jartjemad # ral Ue by : da yg ay

o Bi ex”. A o wh ® oo) 2) 7 ¢) °

t a Fare Soy w%< ea on! as * do? dws Cryl> j jk ee?

‘ AW Le ust Kax$ Maal aa e a} cn Uy gus Big

P {jee daw

Hence the mosque was built in the 9th year of Muhammad Shah

of Dihli, A. H. 1140, or A. D. 1727-28, by one Fath Khan, son of

Shuja’ Afgh4n Stir. The poet Azad, who mentions, himself in the

last line, I am told, was the son of Munshi Shakir, of whom a

‘letter-writer exists, entitled Inshé ¢ Shakir. The first hemistich of

the second verse is faulty in metre; for in scanning the ’an of

Shwd has to be eliminated, and 4% must be read 448 futah, accord-

ing to the Hindustani pronunciation. The Zérzkh also is awkward.

The last mierda’ gives 1130; and the hamzah over the final h in kw bah

must be counted, as it does in scanning, for a yé, which gives 10

more; hence 1140.

Birbhum near the old Pddishahf road by that King, was published in

Journal A. §. Bengal, for 1861, p. 390. The inscription mentions the year

A. H. 922 (A.D. 1516). Two others of A. H. 908 and 909 (A. D. 1502 and

1503) will be found in the Proceedings for 1870, p. 112, note and p. 297.

The legend on the Husain Shah published by Laidley, Pl. V. No, 21, is very

unclear. The words after assultdn are evidently a dud on the king. The

first word looks like abgdhu or abqdhd, the second seems to be lil-kdffah ; then

‘comes a broken word, after which there is a minanuhu wa mahdmiduhw

bv inayat (7) Wdhi. The rest is clear.

302 Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higli District. | No. 4,

In the mosque of the Astdnah, there is a short inscription which

shews that it was once repaired by a Hindi.* :

Inscription XV. (Persian).

[Aap els]

ee yg Plys* yg dS 5 Ble

Je 9 yleic rt 9 92) ,

I 1VV dw @ agilirgdS (9 ploinly

Tne Kariman.

The lamp, the mosque, the niche, the pulpit, Abu Bakr, ’Umar, ’Usman,

and Haidar (’Ali). A.H.1177. [A. D., 1763]. Built by Lal Kunwar Nath.

E. Di‘na’na'th,

Dinénath lies about a kos east of Madaran, in the parganah o:

Jahanabad, which forms the north-western portion of the Hugli

District. The faridgah mentioned in the Proceedings for this yea

p. 120, has two inscriptions. The southern entrance has the follow

ing verses (metre, short Haza).

Inscription XVI. (Persian).

> % & a a of * ve

pbel Lasalle yh dos” # Jy hs sigh, dy

. : <7 : *

gore alli fre Bdges bao] j) Bia dul blaine:

: J,e ; CPL ane 3

as” JE y paily wit 2 ew PUBL gd Ake raw

” . AS bd Phe £ a Pe

ess hm ils Usagi dw) + Sis Ko gel Vai) us! ’

- % ws 4% > She ,

\ . & x . . : .

ro Ucl= J} 0 ola dit 2S x diy yS ne) F of! Spe_Silve

w -~ eo < a re

Es res \3 AL WO” II # jg?) Joe le plablatye

p> Iprctys Spee Dye * 210103 2) Gent bile ety 3

* As remarked on p. 123 of the Proceedings for 1870, dargdhs of saint

belong to the people, and the spiritual blessings attending on pilgrim

ages to holy places are distributed without reference to creed. I do no

think that Muhammadans ever contributed money to the erection of Hindi

temples, &c.; but Hindts have done so for mosques, in order to please theit —

rulers. Thus Rajah Bhagwan Das built during Akbar’s reign the Jémi’ Mas

of Lahor. The heavenly rewards which Hindés thus earn in the opinion of

Muhammadans, are somewhat limited, and all that Muslims will say is

1870.] Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higli District. 308

In the reign of Muhammad Shah, when Nawab Asad Jang had left

Orisd for Bengal, he encamped at this place which is called Dinanath, and

devoted himself to establishing order in the Stbah of Bengal, according to

the strict order of the sovereign. The hearts of the subjects rejoiced at the

happy news. This place has therefore been called Mubdrak Manzal; for the

wishes of the people were fulfilled.

When this happy spot was laid out, I (the poet) searched for a hemistich

which was to give the tdrtkh, and a voice from heaven whispered into my ear,

‘Mubarak Manzil e daulatsara ham’,

This gives A. H. 1136, or A. D, 1723-24.

On the northern gateway, there are two verses (metre Uwjtass).

Inscription XVII. (Persian).

; er Uar..

f Le Rad i - AG a a * . ie

phe bx SMe!) nyo Colyw a Gate bile eaSalase ys Shaw 5

When by order of the generous Nawa4b, this place of safety was erected, the

yoice from heaven said regarding the auspicious year the words ‘ Sardi Muta-

minulmulk malja e’dlam’, this isthe Sarai of Mutaminulmulk, the refuge

of the world.

The letters of the Zuértkh give A. H. 1148, or A. D. 1730-381.

Regarding Mutamin ul Mulk Shuja’uddaulah Asad-jang Bahadur,

vide Stewart’s Bengal, p. 261.

In conclusion I may be allowed to express a hope that the mem-

| bers of the Society will forward to Calcutta rubbings of inscrip-

| tions. It is thus alone that our imperfect knowledge of the history

| of this country can be completed. For Bengal especially, inscrip-

| tions are of great value, because old histories have perished,

| and coins and local records are the only available sources.*

repeat the words which the author of the Tabaqdt 1 Nde¢ivt has in praise of the

| Mmparalleled liberality of Lachman Sen, the last King of Bengal, ‘ khaffafa

| 0) -anhu-l ’azdb,’ may God lessen his punishment in hell! (Tabg. Ndgiré,

| p. 149).

| * Since writing the above, rubbings and copies of (Muhammadan) inscriptions

| have been sent to the Society by Messrs. Delmerick (Rawulpindi), Harrison

| (Bareli), Viery (Chaprah), Carlleyle (Agrah), Oldham (Ghazipir), and by a

Muhammadan gentleman in Bardwdén. They will be published in the next

number of the Journal. Information has also been received of inscriptions

. es Ambiké Kélnah (Culna on the Hooghly) near the tomb of one Ukul

an.

DOOD IIIS PLL LINN

p> he

er,

cae er sioesiacete(pomnacied MS

te rere ido, Be hacactiom 4

bade, aihad Sebac gi se EB lhe, dopegratclates ty Aaybyn Serae wis

. | ' oF yoifeosor feeegenodl Eee fladog. wddx. 70, eae

; } eens?

att tu Sbotoied eos arc ter Gaiaeu Aart cp heer08 tty tay

Pre ob, ie iar be bolls inode ensioiptt and aseley

‘

ni aga 10F 4

. ie RRigh wieret ate

mance x:

. . s,

doiinad B totdatloyer Oisey ailsy t eo ital part? woo

’ ‘tas er ofa barvacgatl ye tise nett cnt OGHDF; Bi. bee Att on, .8

‘ "| Lai gare sic"

E e id

yo.nett 2k LAR ee eet

=f SBR ae re () gone. OF Rete A tems Ares et sh

. ; . ; ‘ 4 ‘2

i. tag CR Roe ee

i “1 ) Lh. id. Sask | chee

y oa A

tj atl phe" . - £7, LA a a Puy, ee

m. sae! 3 "7 a Ys “4

im . ae ae ae “i , ie - ; ’

* ‘ ty balay Pty OF 1B at nae a bic Pry

Fe ds ere ee Se] tlhe Vinee ko toes wast dl weRT, <a cena aii

aed a Ww 4 7 re uh vei +4 git stinng hee Oh al 4 GBTE ve ety

O% tha gla | iin as U6 oto. 84 ee te Crea al Rae “ail! %

oo ghar shane? - ate

ro gy Pu

ont A eso at A byes PAS ca wary to .

as @ \

i ther Ria ae nes oa i [i 2 Li 3 i nit

se: S » Ss no ine

c~ Bes a »* ° ty rt 5 y

on y och }y a Aer nh 3 Cte Oe ee, Oy fb my ne ig Act ig at

‘ 4 rs '

ii it to Ba Oe GP pies) od iia i 4 ke bah 7

ie SE | val ied % ize ty ? J ; Ley mia is ise ont

« {ri Tt} own be ok hats La? " } i : thoy) Lipaky 3 ux Ber

Eyes cet eas | ave 1 Boreal tc Thom) Gly

4 ~~ ie ;

0. vee BRENT E.G 208 - OSB BO {iS6L

aly ko ay ave PORT a Wrsan kh. oils 0 20d30G 94

; 25 Laat. yyt nt ae eae Pith p itl: -5 gent dy

- ¥: 5 } bat ’ st 4 wEN trey Brat ta hae? nut

pried ered tesla iu er WTO: Faye at id hart pals atk ear

ss soieeras Fy CE sAeatorey ter LE yen Ye Lr Rane rt’ AGB OFS

eet RE {sauehe iad} Veet aed - ‘ i 44) Same LaeD i sopga

iC: Ghd ok: Le Oe oe Gear | kbp She Sis See CMR

} a CVA . iedd 404 dette $2 +h deni a,

thd Seat PE Te be tin 5 el Gath eck a

; “ Ls

{

t dt we OP ee

\ ‘ ; * . ¥ it

. 4 — - 3

. whe

5 ote

- ( r ;

= ; oe 3,

4 rene as

. ov, f. ‘uy

r- ’ +4 ‘4

INDEX TO JOURNAL, Parr I, ror 1870.

Page

A’azzuddin Aburja, Malik, appointed Vazir,............ we 19

re Palik; som e6 “Als Mabin, (a5 vs cddcees di codes es 1

Abraham the priest, ..... ar eheh shoal a Autre ee EE een ee re Be 61

Abutalib,...... Hate Fave Ae ae ee eee pieterets 0s : 60

MIME ISLOQL A Von a ota ebche’s’a cha biere olf Meee WAS R ee 23a

EE I A ors whe, ee OPE ORL SEN vw Bore ig Ss

e PURER Halal ov ehen ol sigh ota ores! a) alevalebelere Sect ar hob ate eine ete ariehe oes s 232

Achala Basanta,...... Lagmeets GAS iets ik aes 2p gee Sry Acar wee 168

PEM et ae PATOKING,.. 50 ices ce RD ee ago tleleeld ateles a 231

Adilabad, the fortress of Muhammad Tughluq, ...... jee 79

Pe MeRUPPOIMAPNOTANI (5). SSG Lieleds wee eee Saltate Pete Te

BS ALTICLOS, .. wiser sieisiee vies Sh Seen, A ny 222

2 scart SVMS ated Brera a ste! eee . 154

SNARE ie acces a we www ew nh eS Sd SS dpeeidi ee ete OR ‘ 44

*Ain-ul-mulk, Malik, of Multan,......... Fane RNG TRS 1

’Alamgir estate,....... pee rd tla nore CUPRA Aa. GR Pres ope nuhas

’Al4juddin, his measures for maintaining a standing army,.. 23

eanverdicts the use of wine, ....0..0.s ese. Pied 2 5

», prevents insurrections,........... GAEL G Shs aire Se 3

»» Oppressive measures Of, ...... eeeee eT eee 9°

,, fixes the price of grain, ...... Pare RH LN be ald 25

5, besieges Rantambhir, ..... MTT eRER CLE Tee vr L

» tolerates private use of wine, ........eee cree 6

Oo ee ee RET MPRA d Sate CHIR Hes ‘ 48

ve defeated by ’Alauddin, ...........e0000- ga ciaheed 40

*Ali, Covenant of, ............ Ew sD, 6 4 doin oats , 60

Alti, Parganna, ............ Pixnawiied te jd Su hR dees sss 158

mnie Daud, °...... pteere isaraite Ped ee pale ee eu eeu aus 44

Amrohah, Battle of, ....... SA kee Pins b> es OMe int ees 40, 43

Anantachaturdas’i, ....... oe hide e eerbhy ge ei eve ge wes x15 Sh

Ananta, one of the great serpents, ....eeeseerereeeeevees 202

9 varma Deva, eeeeveoeveeeeseev oe ee seeeaeeteteeeeoeteeeee@ 156

305 [ndex.

Anekpal, first king of the Tunwar dynasty, ......seeeee: iy

Antiquities of the Nalti hille~1c.ca.s sso salen 2 ee ee

Arunodayn Baptami, s 0. 0+ s Saegimees <n 3's hoe ‘

As okéshtamil, . cissccs badicns ae iedu a ¥ 2 uw ole i

Assia hills, Antiquities of the,........... cis a hata Pie. wi bé

HA stik, .ccehacekuncun ck gues pees Ree ieee Ae wen

Bthap,:.-cmpesnmhpene hee eee were ‘

Aurangzib dofeats and kills Dara Shikoh, . i apeiehiola ae :

Autographs of Dilhi Kmperors), «.,.).,.0:0.0.s000.eem oe cevese

Avdall, (Mr. J.,) on the Covenant of Ali, ....... ka Samii woes

Avaddirachte Inithieas os, o/s <.s:eus.sieiiesewin oo ee Seay eres

Beret... soos wed eke ee eal ‘senor heen as diaielee

Barbak Shah, King of enaet i alae ee ww wld

ar-chana,, ou sss « eset kere’ a! aie olsha Aiea ae oid

Barani’s and Nizam-i-Harawi’s accounts of Mughul invasions

MOMIpAned,: anu sap aie sa labs elec nbs a mips oa pencva pee Me

Parunlbania, ..ccevee dos ile asa wwe Seis vehioes

Baudhayana on Funeral Ceremonies, ...... sonal aeedig .

Bayley, inscription of the Sue Vih4r, ......... 2 eR Sas Te

Beames’ rejoinder to. Mr. Growse,. .... 2. 0s 0.00 eseeee er

Beder in the: Nizam’s Territory, \'.:...0s ¢.. sv ieee ae

Bénral. Kings, v.55 + a wa aoe w splklaiale aw oihaile eile ee ra

Bhardvéja on Funeral Ceremonies, .........ceccecccsvee

Bhidatta. Brahma, Sinha, <.. +06. «iy.ed sa sv |

Bhikshu. Atreswara,....vccccecs 5 ovale eee Prtdicn

Dignonia susyvoolems,: . a...6scei ve ees Cee heewe veleles shee

Birupa, Whe, -deaness< cote Ole H Vs owen OR Sold

biyanah, a district.in the .Duab, ....-.c<crebus one

Blochmann, H., Facsimiles of Autographs of I ahangir, ea $y

and. wits on: Darg Shikoh,. ..o-.0<e<sdomees oid Sb oral

7 , Arabic and Persian Inscriptions in the Higli

District): wsistivestes BSS ORC eee oe wo ieee a 06 cig

Bombax-Malaharicum, 5+ 6.4 ¢¢>0 0b eee sows ae ot ee - =

Bonhara temple, Notes on ae oe TFT CV eo nce sateeteae eae

Buddha-bhima, eseeee ereeeeeseentervrereee eee enesesetevenes eeee

ry) Ghosha, eee see eee ere eveueeeteseteeeeaanesenesrunssese ee

Index. 307

le . Page

| Buddha-Mihira,............ sy sigabintoh Miura bait cals of rH ABB

mee. Rakhita, ......... OER OR at dies

Measa SANOHAMITLA, ....cccccedscesevevcdle Feet. Lae

| Buddhist figures in Naltigiri, ........... Ag Se el Sapte 159

feeunlul Lodi, Tomb of, .......... sca ckeal yaa i silos aut BR RE es 84

Semalligraphers, ......... NaS Misietece. sia Gian wis Aaland fetin 220d

| Rema MOphyllumyjcccecc cies seca e ee sandcaees 216

} Calotropis gigantea, ............. wi OAC UME Seta od ng 223

Sapaldi Khan,....... Se sehen Bat cu ak dn de int sear Pa eds oURRd: State wee be 44

| Chalukya Dynasty, a see OL gseisincwihiesdspate Mahi oak. dU siete Aiodions

| ‘Chandra Sekhara Banurji (Babu), on Cuttack Antiquities, 158

| ‘Chhinnamasta, Imearnation of, savs.d sas ie eh kik de eae - 200

| Chitor, Investment and reduction of the fort of, ....... bee 19

a of stones in Eusoofzye, Measurements ofa ........ 59

| C erodendron viscosum, ....... isdoione altaya Pte Lary Na: e753

‘Clitoria ME I 5 se gdnvisisainedreners\Venererevra-ese esaNlaeherake viudsejayah Mamata 227

| Cocos BAEC Ec Jorn. wirbejnreyess overee tak niga tie deieiele «tehemBdiaeahat v5: 231

Colebrooke, on Funeral Ceremonies, ........00005 pera Ae 241

Meolocasia antiquorum, ..............000. aha wi ab, BA prleyeas

io ,, TRING By isahs 2, 0: xp -.arws wide ' pert seem Tra os «228, 232

| Copilmuni, Notes on the shrine of, .........ccece esse ees 235

Mee latifolia,. 1.00.0... cc cece ee omelette gh a ty Dae",

| Ourcuma MR Niece ceiikalvvcl ws oe sdehidadershareratenaterg sy tatean aad te VES ADS

- Cynodon eilon,.. d Sider ee: « Npieiesslersierere JAMO aC M Sg os 280

Dabkéi in the Sirkar of Gol eae eee ter RicoarareurBicia mera em 8

EGO 5 oa. a, 5) 0, ine seecngiiciierncenseees cee elt SBT

| Dadhikarna Devi, ....... Bish ch ohl SLRs as that hice sboaPetetet so Pie

Mekenin Raya, ........... PO Ee Ce ais ice cabhtate:sate Ys 202

| Desius, Macedonian month, mentioned in Indian inscriptions, 67

cls. os ensarosaheteroicnerer ne Gad. VS Bie ve ollie eH

TO be RARER Si At RL i>, ce 159

| Dates of Pulakesi determined,...... EE, Sear ER. Usage RRD, i 155

I cnc vane veelcee tes JD ROA Ae 130

MEGS, sw. twee eee ets decade ett Ree ee 230

Dawson, Gondi Words and Phrases, ...........c.2+ vesreveveee 108

= i Moca bulary, + se s0s2 2 pase Til ate 00S 172

308 Index.

Déhba ith.the Sirk4r of Ghazipity, - ++..5s5020seseeeeeewen

Delhi, Tremlett’s Notes on, ..........2000% 4 os eel PO Silb .

>. eatin, butldings al, ...c...ssorsncamts oe pees

» Purand Qilah of,

gc) MUL COS i li oo seein atinbs tes ents me rine

» Sher Shah

Delmerick, on the remains at Shah ki Dheri,

Demonology and Sakta faith, ............ oro wile aA ae eve

Weord, bathle Objx ci decerciometiw epee > om io ruteaa ead .

Desmodium gyrans,........ acu qi SBS NE . swede ede

Dévili, . adios SLM cea 1G wert e es

Dh armadasa, dons ucsasceaeueee ys 9 he. Shy pea PS ;

Dharmadatha,. .5<.use tea ebsa’ Jalals Weer Peo es :

Dimila identified, ....... Jive Si bie «Me SRLS CIS Moen: ae

Dindnéth, inscriptions at, .... -..000.%20. o's Osea aac

Durvashtaml, ....4<. ee Hepes pesekeee 00K NGeeeled

Hlmeslie, Kashmiri. Test words, , ......2.:.20<csesessenenunue

‘Emblica officinalis, ....... wield Ml laios wld wy why SR

tythrina Tndieay....5«svcecmceveieraces

Euphorbia antiquorum, worship of, ......

Basoofzye, Circle of stones in, ....° ssc fale Bee

Facsimiles of autograph of Dihli Emperors, ..........00.:

Fakhruddin, Malik, ....... a sips oak eae ee ono ebbatelea iwi

athshah,king of Bangal, | c..esi0.ccuwsrianeee ‘aga

PNUGUS, PIOTMOTAT A, 4 ns 0.0 scons buncennns 0-9 ond steno siete Ui wlewas

Ba UTR Ni casse ea pnose e59cesarehe, wags aera ee ees :

Ps IROL: Ape nptte iat canceanecins en eee oo wi SeeuTS ;

Firdzabad, The Palace of,.......... Mis aan he o ond aia .

Firdz Shah Tughluq, Tomb of, ............ waa aie

Firtz Shah, King Of Bengal, ...«.« «.»,0:0.0-0:0.0-0-0:0 osm ass 199

Foulkes, on copper Sasanams,....-ec«

Fuller’s Translations from the Tarikh-i-Firiz Shahi, ....

Funeral Ceremonies of the Hindus, ..... 0.10; »t:9" wai

= PTOCOSSLONG, 5/6 ci. cs es Secret

G@haggar,. The battle on the, is.kt bas eet ok peger pee:

Ghazi Beg Tughluq, eee eereeeeereeereeeeeeoeeeeeseseeese

Index.

SS ene ea ne GRIT Saeed ennai

| Ghidspur, a portion of Delhi,,........... sede wary: sana

Ghias-ud-din Balban, Tomb of, ........... RAE SHAE KE TES

Mepmidi Vocabulary ......cecccens av atiah Shah NO ok oo gua Beh

», Words and Phrases, ..... DMRS Sateen as Poe ee

Growse, rejoinder to Mr."“Beames, ......... oF NEES,

Guilandina bonduc, ....... THES He NEUE ASBR Ora%

Mrujrat, causes of the revolt in, .. v-ssae. scenes sicietsceng

Gung, the Mughul chief captured by ’Alauddin, ....... see

Rea, ROVOlt Of... i Se ciec eevee ecesercs are PEt

meamadan, ....... Se ree eee eat eee SEARS St ay!

Hamid uddin, Malik, son of ‘Als Bait, saan ee ass fa

amir Deo, Rai, put to death, ........... Pele HE SSRU PD

MES Gk Ue ec eae i ad IR SOUS EE SEER

Seeretits in Kashmir,........ssseesceene BAe eal sad toe

Hindus, Funeral Ceremonies of the, ........ bey Jawan

Mumaptagze madablota, ...........2.5. aoaaheueles ee eehis Poe etme

Memeranya kesyantesthi prayoga, ...scsscocsesssaccccens :

Hégli District, Inscriptions,..... astalaatoiore oe eereteer: pire

Husain Shih, King of al eiiremetas siicskedweh 22095,

M@itivishka, ....... é BR Sia iAanictoar ois bag iasi ‘ce BE

Indarpat, a portion of Delhi, EfadintrAeaha RNG Meletate: a¥et xislie Gilat dill ot

@ascriptions from Kalvakonda, .....sssccsesseccses Stele

iy iene Miah mma yrs aise Sins We a Rall

+ at Sétganw and Tribeni, Hugli District, .......

3 OS eS a 0 a ai act apt alidicds a

uxt of the Sue Vihar, ..... EIEN Pays hela ve 8 Satenaes

7 eee Stalag cca va viel sled oleic Dols ale alee :

Rigg Sp DIMAMALN, co ss'a's e's ie IDM A 00 Sai a hirer 5

Memizoe Toptans, ........... cece en sate tas openness

Tqbalmandah’s invasion repulsed by ’Alduddin, ...........

MM PELO STADE Ol, le cieic a dis's alos olale ole elele a's J Oe a

Pahan Khan, Mosques of,..........0020008 ppm by paatact

Jami, MSS. of his works, ....... GTR ensign ee 172,

Jarimanjur, @eeoocees ee sceocesrecoest eS Fee SS BeFFGeoeet Ferore BB eeete @

Jasminum fruticans, RemIen es iets ng. i ia iaietal ewe b's alabtalatew neni.

2 Index.

Jaya Sinha founds the Chalukya Dynasty, ....sccwsseeees

y, varia Deva; is. hii ot a ahoca: oe reer. er .

BAY IN,S Miers cen OY Ow abp ttm stare eee or eal bois ad gaRwile dn

Jivaka Udiyanaka, ....... ee ovine aceli pete ae arhnasas

Jonesia asoka, ....... Brett dhe she’ Gis! sha! st «see Ugh ubwsé

K4bur in Sambhal, ......... 606s evadt ssh cle senate

Kafar Naib Hazér Dinéri, ........000: Tit dun’ wits :

Kali, Incarnation of, ..... rete tire CNR is GE bAiatiry

Kaliya, Discomitbure:e8,. 4s. velahe tees ve heae ee EL

Kalu Réya, 6026500408 e5s sae be dae dad ce pee

Kalvakonda inscription, ....... PrTaLe inci. 10a Oa we

A in Dimila, sas. tiie iA ee eee a deswons :

Kaly4n, Capital of Kuntala, : is .¢s..0. os c8. oe

Kanaudi in the Sirkar Nérnaul, .......0s.s0005 cee baeee “a

Kanishka, ceo oy een aeke teens wey a i ei « :

uy Samvat of, siiisac cei he cuew kee eee bara’ és 6

Markotaka: 1.4 o0iu5So0t'c0 4) sawn eee dae eee et ee ‘

Kashmir, its hermits, and iti pris OUT ees

Kashmiri Test words,: : ..40s<0 0204 ecciadslvseul eee é

Katehiar'in Rohileund, 2... 6 0. so. détee dk CORRE ae

Kharanthala, ..... YS EL ET ETE wrt a scovs (EEE

Khazinat ul Acfia, a work on Muhammadan Saints,

Khekar, Battle of, : ..4.ssc4a casa %setueddvids 0 while cue ‘

Khiraj-guzir applicable by Muhammadan law to Hindu

Pax-payers; ite let hc wet hs clots ge sith oe oe wk RSE eee

Eiwajast Tash) 4 .ce ewes eae ves die a Backed ie ey eee.

Heal ree ceekaba ks TT te ‘te idee

Kiluk’hari, a portion of Delhi, ss4.+2. cee eee eeoat

Kirti varmé, king of Kalyan, ........ vod ttl eros eee

Kebotta pitas, os in cee Oe SO ESS ae she hee

Kubja, Vishnu vardhana surnamed the,..... TEereieis

Kuntala, Kingdom of Vishnu vardhana, ..... oe OTe ee

fahor, Battle ate... cise seek Sec eer wees

Landlords, The proprietory right of the Hindus under ‘Alaud-

Cine TREK eS ame eke REE OES bene ites ome 3, ae «chi

Index. 3811

“Lexicography, Contributions towards Vernacular,.......... 1d1

Library of the Dihli Emperors, .........¢...-.005 sje Lae

PER IPEATIOONS) <i. ssevee a vena ea eviscesenerseendas 232

Bt ei y. 6. 'oc-n5.Fa)'u “asTo Sain be eitaivarte laine na wale nsald wile «ee 128

“Macedonian month Deesius in the Sue Vihar inscription, ... 67

ER ONL je. us sw nc v's bo e'0rs wer ekeeduew en wis tee

menabhy, Derivation of the word, .......e.ceessusccesons 53

Mahavinayaka hill, Antiquities of the,..........eseeseeeeee 158

Mahishasura or the buffallo-demon, ..........6. Weegee 200

Meabmud Shah, king of Bengal, ......ceeeesceeces hai’ 62296

EE ee ee heel tah an nated aude rom

Ge ghd dad dee 202

m@ianes worshipped in Vast Yaga, .....0e.c0ceeeeccecces 209

Mea raneOf Kalyan, wii ceccecs sees vee cnesssaaes » 154

ENN Ey ssh a -arnoore ein ceiei dials viele Maa geld ce slash 231

I EEN ts ei uta nes 0h che abit a’ crak al aelahavehodarai'as ooh 4)st os at'e i's 44

MIDI, -, 00.0... shatalcbakeletoaace aera tone Ais SAR AD 202

Market-Laws Saba MA tT CHEN M SG occays aA ga smevanch ck sx smehanll coc wlanske ito raed 34

| Matcadnagar, 1 Ce tater ackorit acta a an AP AS, 3 158

| Mathura Reg TEL OTAS 12) pcaissi a 4th Fata toesigenoboite: le Eaatre ls alin tial altista Liv

| Max Maller on: Funeral Ceremonies, ...:.,0.0-0-00008 0s eee wees 241

| Messua BOs Vario avves chareckion o-ene tick ies ean etet Rae cette abe cae e216

| Mihira, @eeawoioveeevereeeceeseoeere ee ees ee te 8G eee eseaeeeve 130

SE I sacs. cy skchsjusepvossinradaveidisveie a plbid De dbidLa's 216

BEOMAIADS.ATCUNA,. 1.0... ccees veces Sieh betsy Rit NAS O:. Roig oe

| RMEdica charantia,. ..c.cccceccucccunenensecs sgl Line stant jaheeleg

Mosques in old Delhi, Construction of EINE: Cone ee 74

| Beer the Qutb,......60. Lae mter oP yar a Ray any tat 2 2 ale ang 72

I TOM). Of, 0:5. 0:.cieid:cviecnia v creceerersresere o sid's'slbien 82

| Mughul invasions in the reign of ’Alauddin,................ 43

Seemed ‘Tuchlug, fortress of, .........0seecsesecees 79

iat Khan, Nawab, 2... ..secccecsenenseenees 161

| Musa paradisaica, ..... SU igieshavetanay api aoe tt te etule hia ile 228

| Naciruddin Husain Shih of Boweaih WERT gS sacs eee tw tel 296

Meee distinct from Sarpas, ... 06. eee ee eed een esos 205

Nagabitha, eee ere cn e eo eee eo eee reese eee es eee eee rns evee 214

312 Index.

Naga Kosara, «...0.3,9 sees «ae eae ibis iis eae nae

1 7: a0: ro ne arene ones minn a> ae pale aap nen

Mamonata, . opasics ccie aid, Hints We in eh gga 9» « 9 ei eee ee

Napa, Panchami; s . s 2005 easisesnsaeecienedes) ee ‘

Na gapass, soit Ws pie asd dh aad sniee

Pre a a re ere pied odee: ches

Naga pushpa,..... TT Tere et wre Faia

Niea pushpika,, .seeravcs a wpthh ko mae igre stands HE id axes >

Bikers, FONT, ote ae win go ae ee ere ae 4 a bigiele sal areas roca

Pies sambhana, 3 psaneniedeen 0 0,0.4'e weld bch sie eee i ‘

Piecavalli,. winnnc eee i Pekan ee ee eee F

Nava vandhu, j5.x> (;patesra kins sees va ae Wateinc wis.

Diarra. vorbis 5. ei Sivinitewie oe eee it aT bisce wih

Nalti hills, Antiquities of the,........ eee. le ‘

Narayana, floating on the Ocean,......«».>ssss sane

Blasi priya ps oveycisssssshlp asi aa) s 1k tes i dis

Nauclea cadamba and cordifolia, ........ :, «alee .

Piers Datricd, wisn wav raele ean Pee ere it » a fp nia ben

Newall, Hermite in. Kashmir, .. ...00.ca0eeuenumien (pasate

Nisén, derivation of the word, .....+....0.- ers. Teter

Nisumbha demon,....-.. go» sikh echsid'Pte.s 5.0 ign

Nucrah Shah, King of Bengal, ..... eer

Ocimum /Aascendsns, . qs, 0,<:0.s.0:0\0.0,0,<-s.< 5» 2.20 ee

og a a SII gg laa won (San awe away eee ee eee

43 SANChUM, ..ccceeeee Bev cee cee ecens cece ccces

Pe rE ei d

Olabibi,. .... nae 5 ott 4%, cxeeAdG Dee np eS youee vd

Oryza sativa, ..... Eas SiO thin beige cag ea badd edie

PS dishsbrdialle sere). icicles hie laiemsnss cnsereie ve jn lta wate eae

Palace of Niraabad,,...etkGakis. be dinvnbe's oer bie Ran a sel

Pallavas, King of the, ....... ai Whtata aad ial ohne ei

Panchavaticcode ee..8 ain ais sale taveler axe mii diate «liana tae

Pandanus odoratissimum, ....... eee sete

Pankipachri granted by Rajendravarma, ...,.........++.

Dartkehitayiey sieve ee £6 presen és beet

Parosapachatrisa, ...ceeeesseeeec eer eeeeeseees re |

—_

Index. 313

Page

Pathan buildings at Delhi, characteristics of, ...... Hdihewe 87

BOMUTAMA,. 2 2c see's Beato te for 's ‘a's a larele “b%0 ta to'erg ode OH perry: Was

RE ui Rusbitp hii). cs. de, tte. 2 CV DIRE. ld ol RSI

Phayre, on acircle of stones in the Eusoofzye district, Sh 58

‘Phoenix paludosa, ........... nt Fa ite la Mee Pe tate ta ejrnite’e PEMA OS! 41082

2 ee sient oh a NEL 231

ee ee ee esi wean QE

MMMAGRGIAO Gs Gus k kas vv scenes s odvlesilowas y o dein DEA

‘Pratépachandra Ghosha, on Tree and Serpent worship, .. 199

ig #5 , on Vernacular Lexicography, .... 1381

Pterocarpus SaMMAUM, Wann ee eee eter eee eeeee cedar 21

mrospernum acerifotum, eres dee ee oes eee ee a ee 232

Pulakesi, grandfather of Vishnu vardhana, ......... jose doy bee

unica granatum, ..........%% CU wae aw ees eee TENE PE oi, Q80

v ana Qil’ah of Delhi, ee ee a) 86

ushto name of the circle of stones in Eusoofzye, ; 59

tush Khwajab,::isssss33 Peat eee ee eee SoU ; 43

hab, Battle on nie PERSE TRE eB ee eee SIA, 44

Ser aemvation of the: termy i...iiis eke eevee dee oes ¢ (200

vajendralala Mitra, on Funeral Ceremonies of the Hindus,.. 241

i , on Mathura Inscriptions, ...0. ee) ees 117

| Réajendravarma Deva (Raja); ii.e0es eee ae 156

R ktavija demon, ...... er i a a I me Aa = AER 0

: Rantambhur captured, ........ a et ae tae fee wllens 2

b ‘5 Biere0ts ere Sr acs erie kee bee Eee SF i 1

ash Behary Bose (Babu), on the antiquities of Copilmuni, © 225

u 5 on the Bonhara Temple, ...... 232

Remains at Shah ki Dheri, ...:....ecececeeeceeees Mies 89

ishis in Kashmir, ........; Seis easeee tse cs eres ot Pee 365

manak, residence of Kaliya; ciccccscesevessevceecess 204

BEER @pOntATIOUM; f25c isis ceive hese ees. ivdedee | 28E

PAMAD, void eevee eevee eS a ROE OO eek : é 61

pia = meester fees. piddarvasgeassarreesss cabbie 225

b Worship Of, cece. evaded rede e eee eee seaitehePorratelns 202

rae. ae RS SRL SLI NRS REA oer APPEAR Ss, 128

CM Rtg oc bocce cove bee eee Te SEEN ee tee 281

314 Index.

Samanah in the Sirkar of Sarhind, .......cecceeccseees whe

Samogar, battle of,..... sk pSPSs PeKabs pe dee RD reSEES 2

Samvat of Kanishka used in the inscription of the Ste

Wihet, .o. i dena. ombve awit- ows 14 ernyerende ow earnest

Sanela-pravitn, 3 52> nb ee PSs 907 > eb SSeS » > 5 Reins ’

ey PUTA; o> > ke See RSD TEVETESCTI VEIT TT) we

Sarcostema acidum, ..... vie pe en ye >y ape >> pee ive

Sasanams, Vizagapatam, ..... Thee + 2b’ 9°6' iiaa aa meMnEnatES

Satgdnw, inscriptions at, ...... 6 erate eee arelans oid Wiguwrbitnrelae

Dabiipin, : 5. 3\o0e WICC I WITT Lk ee bss bier

Datyasraya, sssos rr ere eee VY eReee ey o > scereiftbiphanebens ings oe

Séyana’s commentary on Hastagrabhasya, ..... seceeeee

Serpent sacrifice, (The), ....... bptareliny’s obs « a ae eIeD ae

. Phe Sree sss oe vee pe Peees WTeTy ee

a Worship in Indias 755% ++ 9e% o bbint backs einlsisielee

Sesbania cefyptiaca, ...s.e.e. To — Cab Ree .

Grosha ‘serpent, 5 fi 6 Sols oeete hea ely eine er ieee ee .

Blah Parids. v5 5's) es eras o'0'n 9-7-2 pes os aah ee ‘

Shéhjahén, autographs of, ......... eiepcepora delays aretedt-wy eriet

Shahjumma Faqir, ......... ne ee ihe zei | be fete

Shéh ki Dheri, Remaing at, isn: ni enetesisiite ano seeeenaee

Shams-uddin Altamsh, Mosque of, .....sceccecacceees wid

Shamsuddin Firuz Shah, of Bengal, ........... suites d

yA inlay ana Sr i - oslo Ca

Sikandar Dodi, Tomb OF a oa: aas4.ere spam nnn ee ee —

bimhe: . iene ae says: em saa si sees eg —

Sinibr Shikoh, iced «ajenkerack eeht-wtes wee

Siri, Encampment of ’Alduddin at,..... demi ntige abr a antl

ep vbeR a OE Tig Sosa e sae yas oeeesa acti {> «0pusteleutall on

Strychnos roleionien. sp ahajapeiajmiar aig tina pbs oe et megiaibinsei die oe

Ste Vihar, Inscription of the,.........0.. +” pero

Sulaiman Shikoh, ..... SE ey a a «eile

Sabtdin Uhiedonii icone. ccc, eee :

53) jE pad agg en. ais, nfo, eS a Sls aa pe Rm, ase nal coos Sm

S‘umbha demon, ....... igs ere ee 2 ste-0's hei ar

Sunnaém in the Sirkar of Sarhind, ee

Index. | 315

Page

Seeeeowan, Old Delhi,,,.wwnonscnnccerenvess aR, 70

es apa Lcei y's MUMS oo oped DR EMIRD, APM 129

Syzygium jambolanum, ..... sate oro wag LTO: SG 223

Takshaka, one of the great serpents,........ tak Hist a a ahah ato 9 lt 204

TEAST OL, . Oli yoo, 0y 9.000608 )d Gat ola bias ai eby ig ahha Raby a aN 2

Meets Veciliar.to, Bengal, 0.06.0 sib iider Hee eee a 302

@arikh-i-Firdz. Shahi, Translations from, .......00s00085 5 1

Taxes exacted by ’Alauddin, ........ ot op MEARS MAP ATT Ge : 7

exile, Chinese writers On, ..ssesesees ete AVERAGE ua PF A ¢ 92

A OS G WELLOTH Olly niecace acoutvorseighdbewiebh s silat SANE Ledd welbOE 91

a, MARL CLOL DIG 25H, ja os losin Pre ialeiletn M0 Ww alo Saie Wn ine wo sgh ibe 93

Bic,; MB ETOIP, OL Nino dc Fac acm xc hehlinees ores De dtitbay ; 89

Ten, Symbol for, used in the Sue Vihar inscriptions, ..... ‘ 67

SMT CNODUIA.. ccc cc ce vee cecsescnce setae Rpatens 9.4 223

ee POMMECANIA, Voie: «ails fei eleiejens cieisieie so 00s Cileieteelate's J eaol

MME rtclale cis 2 os vince ee wines nen ens iis iene sierg AVNET le oe

SE rorship in India, bie teittcs Meilee ett ei earae ) <io-nabrets es 6a LOO

Memeemictt, notes on Old Delhi, .....scccescscvecs sis srapat aves 70

RE MSCLIPIONS Ab... vce ces toc w snes encaves fst) eee

Trichosanthes dizeca,..... Me Stak, Pa PE FE By 2k Pee > DRA

mertlochana, a Pallava King,.....cseseseees Bisa tise vila ckeks 154

|eiripitaka, ........ Bbeieist cers iee id! tel etns a mi vie neers greeaevererewen tiie O

Tughlug Khén, .... soaake bteeeteta teat tsyersivid's crs otepeters se oh stots : 44

ES, oc. oss eee eee cons elalee See ae

Tunwar dynasty, Anek Pal, first king of ae aig deanieay ie arave 70

meurohi Khan,..,... Mri cia ys Sere ed ee ean a eae Ono ene eae a te ti

22 Soo) oy 0: 5 + 6d cer e/a) w sso way) ae se8 sibs Goatees ay wees

Sueuen Khan,........... stat Mare sl Set Seger yeh a ; 43

| a BP ait. os dan Winks Poss cata duiee 219

| . receives Rantambhir, .............. mele eeis 2

Upanishads, Dar4 Shikoh’s Translation, .........s.se00.

eee sts 3 siamese Bee 60

PameeetU, .......... Bese His aeietncenas ori tie as Pn Been

Cr ae His Std je er dal MMe te ws qeistewiormetaiels ese, 199

9 mee ceremony of, ...5... araeia Coueee vets sae Uen, SOG

| Viasuki, @eeveeceesrseesesevesere ee eFoeeeeteeeoeeseeonseenene 218

316 Index. -

Page

Vasu, Mihirg) 4. 0ccces cd ae cedie cd eal gees eee

Vengiparam, Conquest of, ...... newer dic edocs socddanere tte aaa

Vernacular Lexicography, ....sseeeeeeee SOD PRN 131

WMigadika, ooo Shee eee rhe buat, ould Thee is os dA

Vishnuvardhana of Chalukya dynasty, .......... ORR a 153

Vizagapatam Copper Sésanams, ... 22.5 «alsididisid Lo ae seu 159

Vocabulary, Gondi, ......... toils POWWOT ET se

Wilson’s, yersion: of Gujai,... inv« sea d0eUbudbles Pee ‘vs 2628

Y4jnavalkya on Funeral Ceremonies,.........seeceeeee+. 258

Yuisuf Shah, King. of Bengal, ......0:...00: «vs Geen wunuee ‘ 295

Hgtar KA,’ owen dnc aeeadtuciaiets qlee ae é idee d 43, 287

Yainul ébidin, King .of Kashming«..csije +. 0% oe RSs 269

Zrophis aspera, ..... SoG SANG 3UK4 OLDE, 2000 ee

JOURNAL

OF THE

VOL. XXXTX.

PART II. (Narurat History, &c.)

(Nos. I to IV.—1870.)

EDITED BY

HE HONORARY SECRETARIES.

flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men

different parts of Asza, will commit their observations to writing,

em to the Asiatic Society at Calcutta. It will languish, if such

ons shall be long intermitted; and it will die away, if they shall

fe.” Sir Wm. Jones.

CALGUT RE:

PRINT D BY C. B. LEWIS, BAPTIST MISSION PRESS.

1870.

Date of issue of the different numbers of Part II, Vol. XX XIX, (devote

to Natural History and Physical Science).

Issued.

No. i.—Containing pp. 1—60, pl. i—iv, and

Meteorological Observations for Nov.

and Dec., 1869, pp: Ixxxiii to xeviiii.. 15th March, 1870.

No, 2.—Containing pp. 61—157, pl. v—ix,

and Meteorological Observations for ;

Jan. and Feb., 1870, pp. ito xvi, .... 7th June, 1870.

No. 3.—Containing pp. 158—275, pl. x— |

xiii, and Meteorological Observations

for March—June, 1870, pp. xvii to li,.. 1st Sept., 187¢

No. 4.—Containing pp. 277—432, pl. xiv—

Xviii, including Index to the whole Part

II, and Meteorological Observations for 3

JTuly—Oct:, 1870, pp. liii—lxxxv, .... 28th Dec., 1870.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

; 5 Page

Godwin-Austen’s Diplommating, ....cesceseueess 1

Blanford’s (W. T.) Indian Malacology, No. XI 24

. Day’s species of the genus Hara, ete avalayar ais Boe 37

. Hemionitis Zollingert, Kurz, .......e00- a Srqismaues 90

maumschizostachyum, (species), KUTT, cssescccaseanes . 88, 89

Gymnandra globosa, Kurz, et Schizostachyum Zollin-

Baers OT CMEO 5. ctvilel bi sila)n ale» ip: ovoial 9:6 ies atta ehapusni Ts 80

Blanford’s (H. F.) Weather Chart,....... meee 138

Batrachva (by Stoliczka), .. saeeeees - mciess sia | LOS

. Reptilia (by Stoliczka),........ Reon ender aig lee

mumaascnkcs Geniianoides, IURZ,....é ese ccivacsisesiae 229

mt Reptilia (by W. T. Blanford),.........55....+. 885 &e:

. Shewing manipulations in the assay of silver (by

| Busteed),....... A poh eau ee nay oc oE Siar Ser gs. <in'dei bers 394

HII. Land shells from the Shan States and Pegu (by

Theobald), Cee emer eres voces ss oe sse sed seodcce 395

Sete rs

ERRATA.

22, line 14 from above for A. gracilis

104,

106,

188,

247,

255,

. 256,

» Myragra

» ruficapilleun

» jflavala

» semifasciata

sy Yeach it

» ima measure

» 70 feet

read St. gracilis.

ruficapilleum.

flavula. ie

semifasciatum. —

reach them.

(omit). |

70 miles.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

= O@Oner

Batt, V.;—Brief Notes on the Geology and on the fauna

in the neighbourhood of Nancowry harbour, Nicobar

mands, so... OT a 21) EEE Sree oe A AAO, IRE

Bat, V. ;—Notes on the Geology of the vicinity of Port

BemerertGaman islands; ..s.saecea a ceeds ole dye :

Bait, V. ;—Notes on Birds observed in the iat oushend

of Port Blair, Andaman islands, during the month of

MOOS 6125 Liv) shi vibe, £12 sialcia shwlalltidlls od wie OH setae ae

Buanrorp, W. T. ;—Contributions to Indian Malacology,

No. XI. Descriptions of new species of Paludomus,

Cremnoconchus, Cyclostoma and of MHelicide from

various parts of India (with plate ili), ..............

Bianrorp, W. T. ;—Notes on some Reptilia and Amphibia

from Central India (with plate xiv—xvi),.......... ee

Branrorp, H. F. ;—On certain protracted irregularities of

atmospheric pressure in Bengal in relation to the Mon-

soon rainfall of 1868 and 1869, (with plate vili), ......

Buanrorp, H. F. ;—On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal,.

Busrezp, H. E. ;—On the method of Assaying Silver as con-

ducted at the Calcutta Mint (with plate xvii), ........

| Day, F. ;—Notes on the genus Hara (with plate. iv), ....

=a H. H. ;—Descriptions of new species of

* Diplommatine from the Khasi Hills, (with plate i—ii),

| Goowa-Astay, H. H. ;—A List of Birds obtained in the

menaer and North Cachar Hills, ........-seeseceses

Gopwix-Avsten, H. H.;—Second List of Birds obtained in

_ the Khasi and North Cachar Hill range, including the

Garo Hills and country at their base in the Mymensing

I SEFICES 5. p calee cect eins senses scenes ee

Page

231

240

lv List of Contributors.

Hume, A. O.;—Additional Observations regarding some

species of Birds noticed by W. T. Blanford, in his ‘ Or-

nithological notes from Southern, Western and Central

India,”’

Kurz, 8. ;—On some new or imperfectly known Indian

Plantes” cheats :

Kurz, S.;—Gentiana Jeeschkei re-established as a new

genus of Gentianaceze, (with plate xiii), ... 60.65.

Micnett, R. ;—Statistical Data on the area of Aciadie

Russia, compiled by Mr. W. Venuikof ; translated from

No. III, 1865, of the Notes of the Imperial Russian.

Geographical Society, ...<.ac a> yale weeres:

Monrcomeriz, T. G. etinitnete Report of the Trans-

_ Himalayan Explorations made during 1868,..... bois’

Nevi1u, G.;—On. the land shells of Bourbon with Descrip-

tions of a few new species, ....... of aa ee

SroriczKa, F.—Observations .on some Indian and Malayan

Amphibia and Reptilia (with plate ix), ........... wet,

SroriczKa, F.;—Observations on some Indian and Malayan

Amphibia and Reptilia, (einen of the above) with

plates x—xii, ......... kena g

Sroriczxa, F.;—A Contribution to Malayan Oinithology, 2

SurvEeyor-GENERAL ;—Abstract of Hourly Meteorological

Observations, November and December, 1869,

Ditto ditto, January to November, 1870,

THEosauD, W. ;—Descriptions of new species of land shells

from the Shan States and Pegu (with plate xviii), .... 89

Venvixor, W. ;—Statistical Data’ on the area of Asiatic

Russia, (see Michell), ..... eee

Pte

ts.

Ls, Var,

—— polyp

72.

3. Dipl. Sherfatens

lL. parvula,

XXXIX Pt

A.S.B. Vol:

adepressa .

ones,

sten.. Jeut: A-S.B. Vol: XXXIX. Pt:2. PU: I.

Diplem. insignis; 2. Diplom. tumida:.

(3-5. Dipl. pachycheilus » Vide, p.7.

6 Lingmal ribbon of same, vide p. 8.

5 . « of an Alycews (like Ingrami,) p. 8.

P é Pap. unbricufera, Bens., 7), 8,

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

—-<p—

Parr IL—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

LILI ILIV IIS IP IIS DELP IPDS LISS ILL LI IL LIL OA

No, I.—1870.

OO eserves Pr eee eee

_ DxscrIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF DIPLOMMATIN® FROM THE KHASI

| Huis,—by Myor H. H. Gopwin-AvstTen, F.R.G.S.,,

Deputy Superintendent Topographical Survey of India.

[ Received 18th January, 1868; read* 7th July, 1869. |

The following descriptions will form, as regards the genus

Diplommatina, a continuation of those, in Part II, Vol. XXXVI of

the Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, by W. T. Blanford, Esq.,

of the Geological Survey. It is trusted, with the help of the plates,

they may be of some use to collectors, when identifying species of

this interesting genus. All the species here described were collect-

ed by myself within the last few years.

1. Diplommatina Jatingana, n. sp. Pl. I., fig. 1.

Shell dextral, ovate fusiform, solid, pale corneous ; specimens, when

young, often of a brightsienna, diaphanous ; rather finely and sharply

costulated on the four whorls near the apex, becoming fainter below,

and from the ante-pevultimate to the body whorl almost smooth, or

with only a faint trace of ribbing; spire conic, sides flattened, apex

* The reading of this paper was postponed by desire of the author.

2 Descriptions of new species of Diplommatine. (No. s

rather acute, suture slightly impressed below; whorls 73, the —

ante-penultimate the largest ; penultimate whorl slightly constrict-

ed at } turn behind the peristome, last whorl ascending chiefly

behind the constriction; aperture sub-vertical, broadly curiculate; —

peristome solid, double, columellar margin straight, right-angled

at base; the usual tooth, large, coarse and blunt, sometimes —

descending ; lips very slightly expanded, outer more so than the

inner, this last continuous, forming a strong callus upon the

penultimate whorl.

Animal, pale, almost colourless, tentacles brown, labial ribbon

long and tapering.

Height, 4mm. ; diameter, 2} mm. ; diameter of aperture, 1 mm.

Habitat.—Hill at the junction of the Kayeng and Jatinga rivers.

N. Cachar Hills.

This is a very handsome and peculiar species, and one of —

the largest I have obtained in these hills; it was only found

on the above isolated hill, where it was abundant. I have

named it after the large river, the Jatinga, that flows below.

The species is nearly allied to D. Blanfordiana and D. semi-

sculpta : itis, however, somewhat more tumid, and has shallower

sutures than either of these forms; and while it has not the

distant retro-relict peristome and rimation of the former, it ap-

pears to be less sharply angulated at the base of the peristome

than the latter. But the most distinctive character is the position

of the slight constriction of the penultimate whorl which, instead o

being in front of, or above, the aperture, as in D. Blanfordiana, D.

semisculpta and D. pachycheilus, is at a considerable distance

about + turn behind it, (vide fig. la, pl. I). Hence the suture

of the last whorl rises rapidly behind the constriction, runs for a

short distance in front of it parallel with the preceding suture, and

finally again ascends to the margin of the peristome.

2. Diplommatina depressa, un. sp. Pl. L., fig. 2.

Shell dextral, not rimate, ovate, depressed ; colour light amber,

tinged rubescent at apex ; costulation throughout close but sharply —

defined, more distant on body whorl; spire conoidal, apex blunt; —

suture deeply impressed; whorls 5, sides with considerable co. re ;

1870.] Descriptions of new species of Diplommatine. 3

-vexity, ante-penultimate much the largest and tumid ; last whorl rises

on the penultimate, almost to the suture, contracting the breadth of

latter excessively ; aperture vertical, broadly auriculate ; peristome

solid, double, the outer lip thick and strong, interrupted; the

inner continuous, spreading in a broadly appressed parietal callus

_ upwards on the sinistral side ; columellar tooth large and thick ; base

_ prominent, descending.

Operculum and animal not observed.

Height, 14 mm. ; diameter, 2 mm. ; diameter of aperture, 4 mm.

Habitat.—Woods at Jawai, Jaintia Hills; also at Lailangkote,

~ about 4000 feet, where the specimens were larger.

The small size, few whorls, impressed suture, obtuse apex &c. dis-

tinguish this form readily. As in the preceding species, the last

_ whorl rises rapidly on the penultimate, and to a greater extent

than in most species of this genus. In all these characters, it ex-

hibits a nearer approach to Opsthostoma than any species of Diplom-

— matina yet described.

_ 38. Diplommatina Sherfaiensis, 2. sp. Pl. I, fig. 3.

_ Shell dextral, ovate, fusiform, sub-rimate, thin, rubescent straw

colour, diaphanous ; sculpture very fine, close, filiform, shewing well

on all the whorls; spire with sides slightly convex, apex sub-

' acuminate, conic; whorls 6, convex, penultimate and ante-penul-

| timate of very nearly the same size, the former being slightly the

largest and more tumid ; last whorl constricted in front of peris-

| ‘tome above the aperture, ascending ; aperture sub- vertical, columellar

margin much rounded, the tooth very small, and in some old speci-

‘mens is hardly to be detected; peristome thin, double and close,

| the outer very slightly expanded, the inner distinctly so, continuous,

| forming a thin broad parietal callus. Animal not observed.

Height, 3 mm. ; diameter, 1? mm.; diameter of aperture, ? mm.

! Hatnitat.—On the highest ridges of the north Cachar hills, parti-

| cularly the peaks ‘ Sherfaisip” and ‘“Marangksi,” about 5,500

| feet, in dense forest; I have named it after the former, a culminat-

ing point of the range.

In figure 3d, of this species, the constriction on the penultimate

| whorl has been shewn. When looking over a large number of

4 Descriptions of new species of Diplommatine. { No. 1,

shells of this genus, it is found to be a common feature in many

species, but is not always visible, and more apparent and commoner

in some species than in others. In form and size this species much

resembles D. Puppensis, W. B1f., but is readily distinguished by

its fine close costulation, and by the roundness of the aperture,

(which is not angulated as in the above and many other species, )

and by the thinness of the peristome.

ull 8 ey | elma be

4, Diplommatina polypleuris, var., Pl. L, fig. 4

D. polypleuris, Benson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Vol. XXXVII, Pt. II,

1868, p. 83, Pl. iii, fig. 1.

Shell dextral, ovate, cylindrical, not rimate, rather thick, pale

amber colour, subtranslucent, regularly, deeply and rather closely

costulated throughout; spire with sides elevately conoid, apex

blunt; whorls 63, convex, suture deeply impressed; the difference —

between the size of the penultimate and ante-penultimate is —

scarcely appreciable, and those towards apex decrease very re- —

gularly ; last whorl scarcely ascending ; aperture vertical, circular -

peristome double, moderately thick; outer and inner lip caually

developed, outer expanded angulate at the base of the columella;

the inner straight, continuous over the penultimate whorl in a

thin narrow callus; constriction in front of aperture. Animal —

A OG AS pet he

ae Fs

not seen. |

Height, 14 mm., diam. 2 mm.; diam. of aperture, } mm. =

Habitat.—North Cachar and north Jaintia hills, in damp woods.

This peculiar variety is distinguished from D. depressa, which i

of about the same size, by its cylindrical form, its greater thickness —

and opacity, and by its comparative regularity of form, the last

whorl scarcely ascending on the penultimate.

The specimen figured has the columellar tooth but slightly

developed, in others it is seen much larger and pointed.

5. Diplommatina Jaintiaca, n. sp.

Diplomm. n. sp., Journ, Asiat. Soc., Bengal. Vol. XXXVII, Pt. II, Pl. ime

fig. 3. 5

Shell sinistral, elongately ovate, rather tumid, sub-rimate, rich

amber colour, sharply very regularly and distantly costulated,

1870. | Descriptions of new species of Diplommatine. 5

rather solid ; spire conical, slightly convex ; whorls 53, sides convex,

suture deep, penultimate whorl largest, im whorl strongly con-

stricted in front of the aperture, rising very slightly behind the

peristome, chiefly between the inner and outer peristome ;

aperture slightly oblique, sub-circular ; peristome double, inner

slightly expanded, scarcely thickened, terminating in a sinuation

‘at the base of the columella; outer greatly produced, expanded,

continuous ; parietal callus thin, moderately extended ; columellar

tooth blunt, moderately developed.

Height, 23 mm., diameter, 1} mm., diameter of aperture with

“peristome, 3 mm.

Habitat.—Locally plentiful in damp woods near Jawai, Jaintia

“hills, at about 4500 ft. elevation ;—very rare in west Khasi Hills

where only one specimen was found.

This species is very near D. gibbosa, from the same region, describ-

. ed by Mr. W. T. Blanford, and thus affording a second instance

of a type intermediate between the dextral forms D. pachycheilus,

; ‘D. diplocheilus, &c., and the sinistral forms of the Solomon Isles, &c.

Ttis distinguished readily from D. gibbosa by its more regularly

‘ovate form, its costulation, and the even, non-sinuated margin of the

‘inner peristome.

, Since the transmission of specimens of Diplommatina, published

in the Journal for 1868, to Mr. W. T. Blanford, Ihave been

fortunate enough to discover this species again. As the above

quoted figure, on pl. iii, of the ‘‘ Contributions to Indian Malacology,

No. IX.” was taken -from a single shell, subsequently broken, the

species remained unfortunately unnamed and undescribed. D.

gibbosa I have found at Teria Ghat, but it is very rare in that

locality, so rich in genera of other land shells.

6. Diplommatina parvula, n. sp. Pl. I, fig. 5.

‘Shell dextral, ovate, tumid, depressed, thin; colour bright corneous,

pale in some specimens, translucent, finely yet sharply costulated

throughout; spire oval, apex very flat, and blunt. Whorls 5,

with sides very concave, enlarging rapidly from the apex, ante-

|penultimate the largest, body whorl ascends slightly within a

| short distance of the peristome, suture deeply impressed ; aperture

6 Descriptions of new species of Diplommatine. [No. 1,

circular with slight obliquity, columellar margin rounded, the

usual tooth absent ; peristome strong, well developed, double, both

outer and inner lips expanded, the former to the greatest extent,

the latter forming a thick parietal callus.

Height, 0.065 inch, (14 mm.); thickness, 0.035, (1 mm.)

Habitat—Moyong on north face of Khasi hills, not very plentiful.

This shell was found during the field Season 1866-67, and I am

sorry that owing to some oversight it was not included among the ~

Diplommatine sent to Mr. W. T. Blanford, whose description —

would have been so much more perfect. I have retained the name

parvula, being the one selected by him, on inspection of a drawing

of the shell.

7. Diplommatina insignis, n. sp. Pl. H, fig. 1. |

Shell sinistral, acuminately oval, colour corneous or pink, costula-_

tion close and strong on the upper whorls, obsolete on the two

last; spire rather pointed. Whorls 8, lower rounded, at apex

flat-sided; penultimate the largest, the constriction of this last

situated in front and covered by the parietal callus; suture im-

pressed, aperture vertical, oval; peristome double, outer much —

thickened, inner continuous, callus strong ; columellar margin round. .

ed, the tooth-like process moderate. 4

Operculum, thin, spiral, no boss at the back. Animal pale 7

colored, tentacles, black, rostrum pink; the body spotted with 2

black which shews through the shell in fresh specimens. :

Height 0.27 inch. ; diam. 0.18 inch. ; diam. of ap. with persona ¥

0.10 inch. :

Habitat.—In the forests of Burrail range, at about 3000 feet, sla

particularly the forest near Garilo or Chota Asalu.

This fine sinistral form is up to the present time the largest known

species from India, Itis a well marked shell, and differs widely :

from the other sinistral species from these hills, three of which are

now known, D. gibbosa W. Blanf., D. Jaintiaca, God. Aue

and the above,

8. Diplommatina tumida, n. sp. Pl. HU, fig. 2.

Shell dextral, ovately and tumidly fusiform, color pale corneous,

or pale green ; costulation fine and close throughout ; spire attenuate,

1870. ] Descriptions of new species of Diplommatine. 7

rather pointed, Whorls 8, lower tumid, sides rounded below, flat

above, penultimate the largest ; suture impressed,—a well marked

constriction of penultimate whorl situated close behind the peris-

tome, last whorl rises slightly on the penultimate ; aperture vertical,

circular, columellar, margin rather straight, tooth large, peristome

double, moderately thickened and continuous, forming a callus on

, the penultimate.

Height 0.23; diam. 0.13; diam. of ap. with peristome, 0.07.

Habitat,—Burrail range near Nenglo, N. Cachar hills, in forest,

and as usual among decaying leaves.

This species is a close ally of D. pachycheilus, B s., partaking also

‘somewhat of the character of D. Blanfordiana, but tis amore tumid

form, and particularly the position of the constriction separates it

well from both those shells.

_ Fifteen species of Diplommatina are now known from these hills

alone, and when the Garo hills have been explored, and the higher

portions of the Burrail and Patkoi ranges, Munipir, &c., we may

expect more additions. Even now it establishes this region as quite

a centre of the genus, though I think it very possible many species

have escaped observation in other places, from the small size and

difficulty in finding these shells,

_ ADDITIONAL NOTES on Diplommatine, Alyceus, and Pup. imbricifera.

i On almost all the species of Diplommatina that Ihave examined a

constriction of the penultimate whorl is to be found, and in the larger

"Species it is very well developed. This constriction of the whorl

‘marks of course the position of the operculum when the animal is fully

withdrawn into. the shell, and the operculum of dead specimens

b § also to be found at this point. It would appear from an examina-

: ment of the formation of the columellar tooth. Behind the con-

‘striction the inside of the whorl appears thicker and is much

More polished; with the constriction this contracts, leaves the

;.. surface of the shell and continues as a rim, like the sharp

thread of a screw, running down and round the columella,

terminating on the columellar margin of the peristome in the more

rf ’

8 Descriptions of new species of Diplommatine. [No. 1,

or less blunt tooth-like process, characteristic of the genus. —

Situated also at the constriction on the roof of the whorl at this

point may be seen a long tube-like ridge, very similar to the

external tube of Alyceus, only that it diminishes from the back

forwards. The position of the operculum as regards both this and

the lower rim is at the back. It does not seem to me at all clear,

for what purposes this internal formation has been created.

Possibly the extremity of the foot carrying the operculum travels

along the screw-like thread, and the ridge above may give the

necessary guiding surface to the operculum when the animal

issues from its shell. The operculum, situated as it is so far from

the aperture, would require some fulcrum or guiding edges, to pasi

it evenly and smoothly out of the shell.

On plate ii, in figure 3, I have endeavoured to shew the position

of the operculum and constriction from the front of Dipl. pachy-

cheilus ; in fig. 4, the interior of the shell from the left hand side,

where ¢ represents the spiral rim ; ¢, the position of the constriction

r, the upper ridge or tube.

Figs. 5 and 5a, are respectively a side view and plan of the

relative positions of the operculum and the commencement of the

spiral rim. :

In fig. 1a, pl. I, I have shewn the position of the constriction in

D. Jatingana, situated behind the aperture, a considerable distance,

and as yet peculiar to this species alone. ,

Fig. 6 is the lingual ribbon of D, pachycheilus, Bs.,—the oute1

laterals are very small and indistinct, .

In order to compare the lingual ribbon of Diplommatina with

those of other allied genera, I have added figures of the denti ‘ior

of an Alyceus and of a Pupina, (vide fig, 7 and 8, pl. I). |

Fig. 7, is taken from a large form closely allied, or identical witl

A. Ingrami, Bens. ; fig. 8 represents the dentition of P. imbricsjam

Benson. ,

In Alyceus the form of arrangement is 73; et 3_, all the unciz

being 5 cusped, with the exception of the outer on which I could only —

detect 4. It may be noticed that in the drawing the 5 cusps are no

shewn in every instance, but it must be remembered that they cam

only thus be seen in certain positions, or from certain points of vie

eos

1870. | Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. XI. 9

the toothed edges being strongly curved, both longitudinaly and late-

| rally. In figure 7a, 7) the uncini are drawn on a larger scale,

| shewing the tube-like form of the roof and its base. The uncini of

aa x 39%: ee

, ; this species are peculiarly spreading and fan-like, especially on the

| 1st and 2nd laterals.

7 The lingual ribbon of Pupina differs considerably in form from the

last, 73; 4 z3,- The laterals are four-cusped, the medial tooth

, ef only being tri-cusped, and after along search I could not detect

more than as given above. The breadth of the ribbon was 008

inch. P, imbricifera is the only species that I have met with in

| _ these hills. Specimens from the Burrail hills are smaller and more

_ tumid than those from the Khasi hills, but differ in no other

q respect; the animal is quite black, of the usual Cyclophorod form,

tentacles moderately long and slender.

Coyrrisvtions ro Inpran Matacotocy, No, XI.—Derscriptions

oF New Spectres oF Paludomus, Cremnoconchus, Cyclostoma and

of Helicide from various parts of India, — by WILLIAM

| _ T. Buanrorp, A.R.8.M., F.G.S., &e.

[Received 25th June; read 17th July, 1869. ]

_ The following species are from various collections. For speci-

mens from the Khasi and Garo hills, and from Cachar, I am in-

debted to Major Godwin-Austen. Those from Western and

Southern India have been found by Major Beddome, Major

_Evezard, Mr. Fairbank and myself.

1, Paludomus reticulata, sp. nov., Pl. IIT, fig. 1.

Testa imperforata, globosa, solida, albida, epidermide fusca induta, liris

| -reticulatis spiralibus et verticalibus decussato-sculpta, lirarum intersec-

| tionibus nodiferis. Spira brevis ; apice eroso ; sutura profunda. Anfr.

: superst. 2-8 convexi, ultimus infra suturam ata Apertura ovalis,

| postice viv subangulata, parum obliqua, intus caerulescens ; peristoma

_ tenue, acutum fere rectum, ad basin via retrocurvatum, intus minute cor-

| “rugatum, margine basalt expansiuseulo ; colunelid medioert. Opere.

10 Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. XJ. [ No. 1,

normale. Diam. maj. 17, min. 183, alt. 19 mm. Apertura 134 mm- alta,

10 mm. lata.

Hab. in Cachar. (Godwin-Austen.)

This is an ally of P. stephanus, B s., so far as form is concerned,

but it differs widely in sculpture, and although that is not a

character of much importance in the genus Paludomus and its allies,

still, as no intermediate forms between the two are known, it ap-

pears quite justifiable to separate them.

2. Paludomus rotunda, sp. nov., Pl. II, fig. 2,

Zesta non rimata, globosa, rotunda, solida, epidermide fusca induta,

sub-levigata, striis incrementi et liris sub-obsoletis confertis, minutis,

spiralibus decussantibus signata. Spira brevissima ; apice erosulo; sutura

via impressa. Anfr. 24-3 rapide crescentes, primi parum convert, ultimus

valde mayor, tumidus, antice non descendens, subtus convexus. Apertura 7

sub-ovalis, postice angulata, obliqua, intus fasevis 2-3 intrantibus ornata ;

peristoma simplex, acutum, margine basali expansiusculo ; columella

albida, callosa, lata. Opere. normale, Alt. 15, diam. ma, 14 mm.

Hab. im regione Travancorica. (Bed dome.)

This is the most rounded form of restricted Paludomus with which

Iam acquainted. But for the operculum, it could scarcely be dis-—

tinguished from some specimens of Philopotamis globulosus. It

is, however, easily distinguished from all other Indian Paludomi ; the

nearest approach to its form is in the Burmese P. ornatus, B s.

I am not acquainted with the exact locality which is, however, in

the South West of the Indian peninsula, and, 1 believe, in the’

Travancore hills. ,

38. Cremnoconchus conicus, sp. nov., Pl. IH, fig. 3.

Testa imperforata, ovato-conica, solida, albida, fascia spirali castaned

supra peripheriam interdum ornata, epidermide olivaced, haud nitidd,

induta. Spira conica ; apice acuto, plerumque eroso ; sutura profunda.

Anfr. 5 convert, (primt sepissime carentes), ultimus ad peripheriam : 2

sub-angulatus, subtus convexus, non descendens. Apertura obliqua, ovata, ot

postice subangulata, intus fulvescens vel alba, aliquando fascid castané i ‘

entranti instructa ; peristoma tenue rectum, marginibus callo junctis,

basali sub-effuso, columellart calloso. Opere. normale, corneum, pauet-spirale,

1870. | Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. XI. 11

nucleo sub-basali, haud procul a latere columellari sito. Long. exempli

adolescentis spird perfectd 8, diam. 6, ap. long. 43, lat. 34 mm.;

exempli majoris, spird erosd, long. 93, diam. 7, ap. long. 6, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. ad Torna, haud procul a Poona versus occidentem.

Var. canaliculatus ; Pl. III, fig. 4; swtura canaliculata, an-

Fractibus juata suturam acute carinatis. Long. 8, diam. 63.

Hab. ad Torna.

In consequence of the preoccupation of the name Cremnobates for

_ a genus of fishes,* I have in the Ann. and Mag. Natural History,

for May, 1869, proposed to substitute Cremnoconchus. The present

is a third species of this peculiar form of the Littorinide, the others

_ being C. Syhadrensis, the type of the genus, and C. carinatus,

- Layard, originally described as an Anculotus. All these shells have

a similar habitat,—precipices or steep hill sides in places where

_ water runs over the rocks during the monsoon. C. Syhadrensis is

found on the hills opposite Bombay. I have met with it not only

at Khandalla where the first specimens were obtained, but also on

_ Matheran hill and at Egutpoora. C. carinatus has only been found

: at Mahableshwar. The present form was met with abundantly on

_ the steep slopes of Torna one of the old Deccan hill forts about 35

_ miles west of Poona. The specimens were taken from rocks by

the sides of the small torrents running down the hill side.

_ ‘he canaliculate variety serves to connect the typical form with

carinatus, as many specimens have the angle at the periphery more

“marked than in the typical conicus ; but specimens of carinatus are

of a somewhat different form, with considerably less swollen whorls.

_ Perhaps all three forms should be considered as varieties of one

: “species, for which, however, the name carinatus, which is not very

appropriate even for full grown specimens of the Mahableshwar

shell, can scarcely be retained with propriety.

q Mr. Layard’s original description of the latter shell was taken

from a specimen in Mr. Hugh Cuming’s cabinet, which, like

| other Bombay shells in the same collection, was probably originally

i de erived from Mr. Fairbank, to whom also I am indebted for speci-

} “mens, as I did not meet with the shell myself at Mahableshwar.

‘I am inclined to believe that the type described by Mr. Layard

* Described by Dr. Ginther in Proc. Zool, Soc. 1861, p. 374,

12 Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. XT. [No. 1,

was not adult, though larger in its dimensions than the shells

I possess; I therefore, add the description and a of a small

adult specimen.

4. Cremnoconchus carinatus, Layard, sp., Pl. II,

fig. 5.

Syn. Anculotus carinatus, Layard, P. Z.8., 1854, p. 94.

Testa subperforata, ovato-conica, solida, olivacea, sub epidermide

albescens, fascia lata rufescenti supra peripheriam notata. Spira conica ;

apice eroso ; sutura profunda, sub-canaliculata. Anfr. circa 5, plerumque

2-3 superstites convexiusculi, ultimus guxta suturam et ad peripheriam

obtuse angulatus, subtus conveaiusculus. Apertura obliqua, ovata, postice

viz angulata, intus sordide albida, interdum castaneo-fasciata ; peristoma

tenue, rectum; margine columellari callose-expanso. Long. 74, diam.

5 mm.

Hab. ad Mahableshwar.

The animal is very similar to that of C. Syhadrensis. Foot —

short, rounded, containing a few indistinct coloured granules as :

amongst the Welanide; muzzle short, its breadth exceeding the

length, blackish at the end, the remainder of the animal being —

white. Tentacles rather short, subulate; eyes lateral, on slight

projections at the base of the tentacles. The lingual ribbon is very ~

long ; in one specimen it measured 14 millimetres. I have no note

of the exact form of the teeth. The animal is amphibious in its

habits.

5. Cyclostoma (Otopoma) Hinduorum, PI. II, fig. 6.

Syn. Otopoma clausum, Sow., apud Benson, Ann. and Mag.

Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. IV, pp. 92, 95. ;

O. Hinduorum, W. Blanf.,, A.& M.N. H., Ser. 8, Vol. XIII,

p. 464. %

O. Hinduorum, Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. Supp. 2, p. 122.

Testa imperforata, clausa, umbilicata, globoso-turbinata, solidule :

nitida, striata, guxta suturam et circa umbilicum levis, extus versui

pertpheriam liris spiralibus sub-confertis nonnunguam obsoletis cireumdat

carnea, vel albido-carnea ; apice plerumque nigro ; spira conoideo- convene j

suturaimpressa. Anfr. 4% convexi, ultimus teres, antice descendens, va

cem imperfectum interdum pone aperturam gerens. Apertura fere verticalis ig

1870. | Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. XT. 13

_ rotunda ; peristoma obtusum, marginibus disjunctis, externo antice arcua-

to, basali expansiusculo, columellari sub-late expanso, umbilieum omnino

~ eallo complente. Opere. testaceum, intus membranaceum, paucisprrale,

- margine interno anfractuum elevato, nucleo excentrico.

Diam. my. 12, min. 11, axis 9, ap. diam. 6 mm.

Hab. in Kathiawar. (W. Theobald.)

From Cyclostoma ( Otopoma) clausum, So w., to which Mr. Benson

; referred the present form, it is distinguished by being much smooth-

er, with a less excavated umbilical region and a higher spire.

I have not previously published a complete description or figure

ofthis shell. It is the most eastern form of the sub-genus known,

other forms assigned to Ofopoma found in the Indian and Burmese

. areas having been shewn to belong to the Cyclophoride.

6. Nanina plicatula, sp. nov., Pl. III, fig. 7.

Testa via perforata, depressa, tenurssima, cornea, confertim striatula,

Linets minutis confertissimis spiralibus sub-lente undique decussata. Spira

-depresso sub-conica ; apice obtuso ; sutura parum impressa. Anfr. 6 con-

vexiusculr, sensim acerescentes, penultimus extus ad suturam plicatus,

ultimus carina e plicis obligud's validis constante instructus, subtus tumidior,

antice non descendens. Apertura fere verticalis, rotundato-lunaris, ad

_ finem peripheria via angulata; peristoma tenue, marginibus convergen-

' tibus, externo infra medium leviter sinuato, columellart ae verticalt,

_ superne refiexo, perforationem fere tegente. Diam. may. 22, min. 19.,

axzisil mm. Apert. 10 mm. alta, 12 lata.

Hab. im montibus Khasi (Godwin-Austen.)

_ This shell which I suppose to be a Nanina, is quite peculiar

: amongst Indian forms, and I do not know any to which it can be

compared, nor am I quite clear as to its proper section. It may

be easily distinguished by its strong plicate keel.

me Nanina Pollux, Theobald, var.

_ Testa perforata, depressa, lenticularis, acute carinata, tenuis, cornea,

ni ‘itida, striatula, lineis spiralibus minutissimis sub-lente, fere obsolete,

ssata. Spira depresso-conica; apice obtuso ; sutura linearis. Anfr. 54,

ntus convexiusculr, extus concaviuscult et colore saturatiorr, ultimus renee

Bein compressus, subtus convexus, non descendens. Apertura obliqua

14 Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. XI. [No. 1,

angulato-lunaris ; peristoma tenue, marginibus callo tenui junctis, basali

leviter undulato, jucta perforationem viz reflexo. Diam. maj. 30, min. 27,

axis 114 mm.

Hab. Nongkulong et Habiang in montibus Khasi (G@odwin-

Austen.)

This appears to me a variety of Mr. Theobald’s species, differ-

ing only in the last whorl being a little narrower. Mr. Theobald’s

type of which I have a specimen is from Teria Ghat on the south

side of the range. Major Godwin-Austen’s specimens are

from the North side.

8. Nanina Cherraensis, sp. ov., Pl. ITI, fig. 8.

Testa perforata, depressa, acute carinata, lenticularis, tenuis, nitidula,

castaneo-cornea, strivs increment et liners minutis spiralibus undigue con-

Jertim decussata; spira depresso conica; apice obtuso; sutura linearis.

Anfr. 6, intus conveaiusculi, extus planulati, ultimus guxta carinam com-

pressus, subtus convexus, non-descendens. Apertura obliqua, angulato-

lunaris ; peristoma tenue, margine basalt leviter undulato, columellari juxta

perforationem vis refleco. Diam. maj. 32, min. 29, axis 134 mm.

Hab. ad Cherra Punji in montibus Khasi. (Godwin-Austen.)

I should not have distinguished this shell from JV. Polluz,

Theobald, had not Major Godwin-Austen assured me that

the animal is totally different from that of the shell described above.

It is distinguished by its higher spire, darker colour and by the

more marked spiral striation. A few specimens only were met with

in the deep valley below Cherra,

9, Nanina rubellocincta, sp. nov., Pl. III, fig. 9.

Testa perforata, depressa, tenuis, cornea, levis, nitidula, minute striatula, i

lineis minutissimis spiralibus sub-lente sub-obsolete decussata. Spira fere —

plana ; apice vix prominulo ; sutura parum impressa. -Anfr. 6-63, prime 7

vix convext, intus cornet, extus rufi, ultimus ad peripheriam sub-angulatus et

fascia laté rufa, utringue gradatim pallidescente cinctus, subtus tumidior.

Apertura subverticalis, late lunata; peristoma tenue, marginibus callo

tenut junctis, basali leviter arcuato, columellari obliquo, superne ad—

wmbilicum brevissime refleco. Diam. ma. 35, min. 31, alt. 14,

mm. Ap. 19. mm. lata, 12 alta. Exempli minoris diam. my 31,

min. 28, alt. 12, mm.

e 1870. | Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. XT. 15

Hab, ad Habiang in montibus Garo. (Godwin-Austen.)

This shell is somewhat allied to the Tenasserim J. acerra of

Benson, but it ismuch less globose and easily distinguished by its

_ rufous periphery.

10. Nanina Austeni, sp. nov., Pl. III. fig. 10.

Testa imperforata, conoidea, depressa, tenuis, cornea, acute carinata,

superne confertim arcuate costulata, costulis infra carinam evanescentibus,

_ subtus.levis, polita, radiato-striatula. Spira breviter conordea, lateribus

concaviusculis ; apice obtuso ; sutura nonimpressa. Anfr. 63 planulate, lente

_acerescentes, cujusque margine externo leviter projiciente, ultemus parum

latior, compresse carinatus, antice non descendens, subtus convexus.

’ Apertura angulato lunaris, parum obliqua; peristoma obtusum album,

infra carinam leviter sinuatum, marginibus callo tenui yunctis, columellare

| obliquo, magis incrassato, superne haud refleco. Diam. maj. 15, min. 133,

axis 7 mm.

| Hab. ad Habiang in montibus Garo, extra fines meridionales provincia

Assam in India orientah. (Godwin-Austen.)

_ This very pretty little species, which I name after the discoverer,

is intermediate in some respects between WV. serrula, Bs. and JW.

: clhimacterica, Bs., resembling the former above, and the latter be-

neath, It is distinguished from the first by being imperforate and

! from the latter by the higher spire, stronger sculpture and the pro-

jection of the external edge of each whorl just above the suture.

11. Nanina falcata, sp. nov., Pl. I, fig. 11.

| ; Testa aperte perforata, conoidea, depressa, cornea, oblique arcuatim costu-

lato plicata, plicis infra peripheriam evanescentibus, subtus levigata, polita,

radiato striatula. Spira parum elevata, depresso conoidea; apice obtuso ;

| $2 turaimpressa. Anfr. 6 convexi gradatim crescentes, ultimus paulo latior,

st btus convexus, peripheria sub-angulata antice rotundata. Apertura

inaris, parum obliqua ; peristoma tenue, infra peripheriam late sed non

profunde sinuatum, margine columellari juxta perforationem brevissimo,

sub-verticali, reflexiusculo. Diam. maj. 18, min. 12, axis T min.

Hab. ad Habiang in montibus Garo (Godwin-Austen.)

This shell is somewhat allied to VV. ornatiss’ma, B s., but is much

smaller, less depressed, with the last whorl broader in proportion

| one whorl less. It belongs to the same general group (Hemi-

REE IY

eta? ), as Austend, climacterica, ornatissima, &e.

16 Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. XI. [No. 1,

12. Nanina Koondaensis, sp. xov., Pl. II, fig. 12.

Testa perforata, depressa, cornea, carinata, tenuis, superne oblique striata ,

liners minutis confertis sprralibus sub-lente decussata, subtus levior, nitidula

radiato striatula, sculptura spirali infra carinam gradatim evanescente.

| Spira parum elevata, depresso-conoidea ; apice obtuso ; sutura viz impressa*

Anfr. 5 convexiusculi, ultimus latior, subtus tumidus, carind antice ob-

tusiort. Apertura obliqua, angulato-lunaris ; peristoma obtusum, rectum,

intus tenuiter albido-labiatum, margine columellari obliquo, guxta perfora- —

tionem reflexiusculo. Maj. diam, 25, min. 22, axis 12, mm. Apertura —

13 mm. lata, 12 alta.

Hab. ad Sispara in montibus Koonda, ad latus occidentale montium —

Nilgiri Indie meridionalis.

Found by both Major Be dd ome and myself at the iscaley men-

tioned. Itis allied to WV. indica, Pfr. and Shiplayi, Pfr., but —

distinguished from both by much finer sulpture and by being more

swollen beneath.

A young specimen was obtained by Dr. Stoliczka in the bo-

tanic garden of Calcutta ; it was probably imported with plants from

South India.

13. Nanina (Trochomorpha) apicata, sp. nov., Pl. Ii,

fig. 13.

Testa sub-perforata, vel sub-oblecte perforata, trochiformis, tenuis, corned,

sub-levigata, parum nitida, oblique striata. Spiraconica, lateribus fere

_ rectis; apice acuto; sutura non impressa. Anfr. 6 planulati gradatim

crescentes, ultimus ad peripheriam acute carinatus, infra carinam co

pressiusculus, antice tumidior, circa perforationem convexus, antice

descendens. Apertura obliqua, angulato-lunaris sub-rhombea; peri-

stoma tenue, margine basalt sinuato, columellari obliquo, reflexo. Diam.

maj. 14, min. 138, axis 10 mm.

Hab. im summis montibus Nilgiri in India meridionali ad Coonoor,

Neddiwuttom, Sc.

This is far from a rare shell on the Nilgiris, and I suspect thé

the reason why it has hitherto remained without a name is, that ?

has been confounded by others, as it long was by myself, with J

cacuminifera, Bs. That, however, is a larger shell, with a lowe

spire, very concave sides, and much stronger sculpture. So fara

1870. | Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. XT. 17

I know it has only been found at Sispara on the Western edge of

the Nilgiri plateau, whilst WV. apicata is found on the Northern and

Eastern portion of the hills.

The present shell may be destinguished from most of its allies,

such as N. hyphasma, Pfr., by its want of marked sculpture, its

straight sides and high spire.

14. Nanina (Ariophanta) immerita, sp. x00.

Testa sinistrorsa, anguste umbilicata, depressa, sublenticularis, fulvo-

cornea, tenuis, oblique striata; spira parum elevata, conotdeo-convexa ;

apice perobtuso ; sutura via impressa. Anfr. 4% conveaiusculi, ultimus

magnus, acute carinatus, carina antice obtusiorr, subtus tumidiorr, nitidula.

Apertura obliqua sub-securiformis ; peristoma tenue, rectum, margine

_ columellari sub-verticali, reflexo. Diam. maj. 25, min. 21, axis 14 mm.

_ Apertura 13 mill. longa, 11 lata.

Hab. “ South Canara” (Bed dome).

This species approaches LV. interrupta, Bs. (NV. Himalayana, Lea),

but has the sculpture finer and not decussated. I have only seen

_ two specimens one of which is quite young, and it is possible that

| the one above described is also immature, but there appears no doubt

_ that the form is undescribed. The specimen having been returned

| to Major Beddome, I am unable to figure it at present.

| 15. Helix (Plectopylis) macromphalus, sp. nov. PL

‘IU, fig. 14.

| Lesta sinstrorsa, late umbilicata, depressa, discoidea, tenuiuscula, pal-

lido-cornea, superne plicis arcuatis obliquis incrementi et lirrs spiralibus

| decussata, ad peripheriam et subtus fere levis, striatula: striis nonnullis

| spiralibus circa umbilicum aliquando distinguendis ; spira plana ; apice vie

| emergente ; sutura leviter impressa. Anfr. 44—5% planulati, arcte voluti ;

_ ultimus viz latior, supra peripheriam sub-angulatus, ad latus atque subtus

converus, antice leviter descendens. Apertura wrregulariter lunaris,

| superne compressa, diagonalis ; peristoma albido-labiatum, parum inecras-

| plica tenui longiuscula basali, atque plicis 5 palatalibus : basali tenud sim-

18 Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. XI. [No. 1,

pliet, ceteris duplicibus, constans. Diam. maj. 64, min. 54, alt 22 mm.

Hab. ad Mairung in montibus Khasi, et varietas minor in valle Rung-

nu prope Darjiling in Sikkim.

I procured specimens of this shell, 34to 44mm. in diameter, 12

years ago at Darjiling; they were considered by Mr. Benson a

small variety of Helix Pinacis, (See Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. for

April, 1860). Recently the same form has been found by Major

Godwin-Austen in the Khasi hills. It differs so enormously in

size from H. Pinacis, the respective diameter of the two shells being

63 and 14 millimetres that, as no intermediate forms have been met

with, it is evident that the two should be distinguished, and there

are several differences of sculpture and form which appear to me to

bear out the separation. Thus the mouth in H. macromphalus is

compressed above the periphery, whereas in the larger form the

mouth is regular. .H. Pinacis too has spiral striation below, which

is absent in the new form ; and the former has 6, the latter only 5

internal palatal plicee, which moreover differ from the 5 lower plice

of H. Pinacis slightly in form. The last named shell also is much

more angulate at the periphery.

16. Bulimus vicarius, sp. ov. Pl. III, fig. 15.

Testa profunde rimata, oblongo-turrita, tenuiuscula, opaca, fulvescente-

castanea, oblique striatula, lineits minutis confertissimis flexuosis sub-

obsolete decussata ; spiraturrita, lateribus convexis ; apice obtuso ; sutura

impressa. Anfr. 8 convexi, ultimus 4 longitudinis sub-equans, basi sub-

compressus, antice sub-ascendens. Apertura fere verticalis, truncato-ovalis ;—

peristoma undique expansum, album, marginibus convergentibus callo tenut

junetis, columellari verticali. Long. 15, diam. 5, apert. cum perist. 5

longa, 4 lata. 3

Hab. ad Habiang in montibus Garo(Godwin-Austen).

The nearest ally to this shellis B. Milagaricus, Pfr., which, singu-

larly enough, also occurs in the Khasi Hills, having been found

by Major Godwin-Austen. The present form is distinguish-

ed by greater slenderness and smaller mouth.

17. Bulimus Caleadensis, Beddome, MS.

Testa sinistrorsa, sub-obtecte perforata, elevato trochiformis, solidula,

striatula, albida, epidermide fulva? (vel flavescenti, forsan varie colorata

| 1870. ] Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. XT. 19

_obtecta ; spira conica ; apice obtuso ; suturaimpressa. Anfr. 54 convex,

vegulariter crescentes, ultimus % longitudinis sub-equans, carinatus, subtus

convecus, antice tumidior. Apertura diagonalis, sub-rhomboidea ; peri-

‘stoma non inerassatum, expansiusculum, marginibus distantibus, callo

tenur gunctis, columellari triangulatim refiexo, perforationem fere tegente.

Long. 23, diam. 17 mm., ap. c. perist. 11 mill. longa, intus 8 lata.

| Hab. “ Calead hills,” Travancore.

_ Of this peculiar sinistral heliciform Bulimus a solitary specimen,

“much weathered but perfect, was found by Major Beddome. Itis

evidently a coloured shell but only traces of the epidermis remain-

ed. It is allied to B. albizonatus, Rv., and B. intermedius, Pfr., of

‘Ceylon, but is sinistral and has a shorter more conical form.

| As with Z. wmmerita, I have returned the original specimen to

Major Beddome, and cannot, therefore, add a figure.

18. Glessula filosa, sp. ov. Pl. ITI, fig. 16.

| Testa sub-rimata, turrita, tenuis, cornea, verticaliter plicato-striata,

parum nitida; spira elevata ; apice obtuso, brevissime conico, sub-mu-

yonato; sutura impressa. Anfr. 8 convest, ultimus & longitudinis

| sub-equans, basi rotundatus. Apertura verticalis, lunato sub-ovalis ;

peristoma rectum, tenue; columella -arcuata, albida, lamelliformiter

| exstante, tenut, oblique truncata. Long. 21, diam. 9 mm. Apert. 7

mill. longa, 5 lata.

| Hab. in Travancore (Beddome).

_ A peculiar form easily distinguished by its strong sculpture, ab-

rupt subconical apex, and by the columella standing out from the

E st whorl, so as to have a groove running along its side.

19. Glessula Singhurensis, sp. ov. Pl. III, fig. 17.

Testa pyramidali, turrita, tenuis, cornea, polita, nitida, levis, vi

triatula ; spura elongato conica ; apice sub-acuto; sutwra impressa,

minute corrugata. Anfr. 8 convexi, ultimus § longitudinis vix equans,

ibtus rotundatus. Apertura fere verticalis, ovato oblonga; peristoma

, albescens ; columella valde arcuata, antice oblique truncata.

ong. 123, diam. 44, ap. long. 4, lat. 23 mm.

Hab. frequens ad Singhur, prope Poona.

20 Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. XI. [No. 1, ]

This is allied to the Nilgiri G. Jerdoni, Bens., but the sides of —

the spire are less convex, the shell being more regularly pyramidal

with a less obtuse apex.

In some of the specimens of this species collected alive, but in

which the animal had subsequently dried up, I found young shells.

It would thus appear to be viviparous.

I have observed the same circumstance (the occurrence of young

shells inside the old one) in G. Cassiaca, Bs. In other species of

this genus I have found small round eggs with a calcareous shell,

but these may be hatched, before they are deposited by the parent.

20. Glessula rugata, sp. nov. Pl. IIT, fig. 18.

Testa turrita, cornea, tenuis, parum nitida, verticaliter confertim

plicato striata: striis sub-lente minute et regulariter granulatis, inter-

stitiis lineis minutis confertis transversis (spiralibus) in anfractibus

superis validioribus, decussatis ; spira elongato conica ; apice obtuso ;

sutura profunda. Anfr. 7% convexi, ultimus } longitudinis sub-equans.

Apertura obliqua fere ovata ; peristoma tenue, rectum ; columella valde

arcuata, antice oblique truncata. Long. 6, diam. 2 mm., ap. 1% mill.

longa, 1 lata.

Hab. ad Singhur, prope Poona.

Var. major, long. 7 mill.

Hab. ad Poorundhur, (Evezard).

No described Indian species of Glessula possess sculpture at al

resembling that of the present small form. Under an ordinary lens

the shell appears to have a plicate striation, but beneath a stronger

power the strize are seen to be regularly nodose, and the decussating

lines become distinctly visible. The markings are very elegant and

regular, almost resembling those on some West Indian forms of

Cyclostomide, as Choanopoma.

21. Glessula lyrata, sp. nov. :

Testa ovato-turrita, solidula, cornea, parum nitida, verticaliter C08

tulato-plicata, sub-lente lineis minutissimis confertis spiralibus, sep

obsoletis, decussata ; spira pyramidalis, lateribus vix convexis ; apr

obtusulo ; sutura profunda. Anfr. 73 convexi, infra suturam obse |

sub-angulati, ultimus antice paulo ascendens. Apertura verticals,

1870. | Contributions to. Indian Malacology, No. XT. 21

truncata, semiovalis ; peristoma obtusum ; columella mediocriter arcuata,

antice oblique truncata. Long. 12, diam. 53, ap. long. 4, lat. 2k mm.

Hab. ad Mahableshwar, mfrequens.

Var. Wiatheranica, PI. III, fig. 19.

Minor, magis polita, lineis spiralibus carentibus, sculptura in anfractu

4 ultimo obsolescentt. Long. 10 lat. 44 mill.

Hab. Watheran,; haud procul a Bombay.

This shell resembles in form A. Oreas, Bens., but is distinguished

from that and all other allied species by its stronger sculpture.

_ Possibly the two varieties should be ranked apart, as there is consi-

_ derable difference between them. A third form, shorter and more

tumid, occurs near Poona. As other intermediate varieties proba-

bly exist, I prefer for the present classing all in one species, but it

may hereafter be desirable to distinguish them.

22. Glessula pulla, sp. nov. Pl. III, fig. 20.

Testa parva, turrita, tenuis, fusco cornea, parum nitens, levigata,

| striatula; spira elongato sub-conica, lateribus convexiusculis ; apice

I obtuso ; sutura impressa. Anfr. 7-8 conveat, breves ; ultimus 2 longitudi-

nis sub-equans, subtus rotundatus. Apert. obliqua sub-ovata ; peristoma

tenue; columella arcuata, antice oblique truncata. Long. 7, diam. 23,

| ap. long. 2, diam. 14 mm.

| Hab. ad Torna, (Evezard).

This is allied to 4. Furbankii, Bs., but distinguished by its more

conical spire, smaller size and darker colour.

23. Glessula hebes, W. Blanf. sp., Pl. ITI, fig. 21.

Testa sub-cylindrico turrita, tenuis, pallido cornea, translucens, polita,

striatula ; spira elevata, subtus sub-cylindrica, lateribus versus apicem

| obtusum convexis ; sutura impressa. Anfr. 9—104 convext, regulariter

ovato oblonga, parum obliqua ; peristoma tenue ; columella valde arcuata,

~ antice oblique truncata. Long. 17—22, diam. 5 mill. Ap. 4-43 longa,

/ 23-8 Lata. |

Hab. Deo Ghat ad latus meridionale urbis Poona, (Evezar 4d).

| Syn. Achatina hebes, W. Blanf., Pfr. Mon. Pneum., Vol. VI, p.

| y oS 0 -

22 Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. XI. [No. 1,

The nearest ally to this species appears to be G. Zamulica, W.

and H. Blanf., from near Trichinopoly, which is distinguished by

greater diameter in proportion to the length, and a more regularly

tapering spire. Intermediate forms may hereafter be found how-

ever.

A specimen from the Shevroy hills near Salem in Southern

India, sent to me by Major Bed dome, only differs from G. hebes in

being longer and slightly more attenuate towards the apex. It has

13 whorls. |

The present species has been already described by Dr. Pfeiffer |

(i. e.) from specimens sent to Mr. Hugh Cuming by Major

Evezard, the discoverer. Dr. Pfeiffer justly remarks that it ap-

pears to be a different shell from Spiraxis hebes, W. and H. Blanf.

The latter is a Stenogyra allied to A. gracilis (Bulimus gracilis,

Hut t.).

24. Glessula Tornensis, sp. vov., Pl. IU, fig. 22.

Testa ovato oblonga, tenwiuscula, levigata, nitida, polita, swb-obsolete

striatula, fulvo cornea; spira elongato conoidea, lateribus convexis ; apice

valde obtuso ; sutura impressa, superne sub-corrugata. Anfr. 7-7Zconvext,

ultimus 2 longitudinis superans, subtus rotundatus. Apertura sub-ver-

ticalis, oblongo semiovalis; peristoma rectum, tenue, marginibus callo tenut

Junctis ; columella valde arcuata, albescens, antice fere verticaliter truncata. —

Long. 25, diam. 14 mill. ; apert. oblique 12 mm. longa, 7 lata. .

Hab. in monte Torna dicto, haud procul versus occidentem ab urbe

Poona in India.

This rather fine species abounds on the hill mentioned, where it

has been procured in large numbers by Major Evezard. I only

found a few specimens myself. Itis amongst the finest of the spe-

cies of Western India. In form it is remarkably similar to @

textilis, W. Blanf., from the Anamullay hills, but it entirely wants

the coloured markings of that species. .

I have adopted the genus Glessula of E. von Martens (Zilectra,

Albers), as there appear to me to be good generic distinctions,

both of the animal and shell, from Achatina. The genus is most

abundantly represented in the Western ghats, more so than in the

Himalayas.

1870.) Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. XT. 23

25. Succinea rutilans, sp. nov., Pl. III, fig. 23.

_ Testa sub-ovata, tenwis, aurantiaca, striatula, nitidula ; spiraconordea ;

apice sub-papillato ; sutura impressa. Anfr. 24, penultimus convexus,

ultimus tumidus 3? longitudinis formans, basi rotundatus. Apertura

obliqua, ovata; peristoma rectum; columella regulariter arcuata, sub-

simplex. Long. 103, diam. 63, alt. 44, ap. long. 8, lat. infra medium

5 mm.

Hab. ad Cherra Pinji, (Godwin-Austen).

_ A more regularly ovate shell than S. daucina, Pfr., which it

otherwise resembles.

26. Succinea (Lithotis) tumida, sp. nov., Pl. II, fig. 24.

- Testa ovata, oblique elliptica, tenuis, rubello-cornea, parum nitida, obli-

que striata ; spira brevi; apice papillari ; sutura profunda. Anfr. 2-24

| jumidi, lira infra-suturali obtusa, antice in exemplis veteribus aliquan-

do fere obsolescenti. Apertura obliqua, magna, ovalis, postice non angu-

lata ; peristoma tenue, rectum, continuum, margine columellari tenurter

- ealloso, appresso. |

_ Long. 64, diam. 5, alt. 3, ap. long. 54, diam. viz 4 millim.

' Hab. ad Singhur.

1 Var. subcostulata, costulato-striata, lira infra-suturalc vali-

| d ort. 7 ee

_ Hab. ad Poorundhur.

: This is a second species of the remarkable sub-genus Lithotis, much

more tumid than the type Succinea (Lithotis) rupicola, and with a

roportionally more developed spire; it serves to connect that form

\ vith the typical rock inhabiting Succinee of Western India, such as

S. Girnarica, Theobald, and a new species from Mahableshwar,

‘the animal of which is very similar to that of Lithotis.

‘The specimens figured are not the largest that have been found.

“Major Evezard possesses shells from Poorundhur measuring 9

uillimetres in length, 6 in diameter, and 4 in height (when laid with

the aperture downwards). In these the sculpture is much less re-

{ ular and weaker, than in the accompanying figure which represents

| young specimen. The largest Singhur specimen in the same col-

ection measures 8, 6, and 3} millimetres in its 3 dimensions, the

aperture being 6 mill, by 4.

24 Contributions to Indian Malacology, No. XI. [No. 1,

27. Helix Ochthoplax, Bens.

This fine species was described by Mr. Benson from a specimen ~

in the collection of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, said to be from —

Pegu. Specimens exactly similar to the type havelately been dis-

covered by Major Godwin-Austen at Moyang in the Khasi

hills, and near Asaloo in North Cachar. The animal is a true

Helix. The locality Pegu is in all probability erroneous, the shell

having never been met with by either Mr. Theobald, Mr.

Fedden, or myselfin that province.

T have already in the ‘‘ Contributions” and in theAnnals andMaga-

zine of Natural History mentioned several of the shells discovered or

re-discovered by Major Godwin-Austen. There are, however, —

still several novelties which want description. Amongst the spe-

cies not previously found on the Khasi hills, but known from other

localities is, as already mentioned, Bulimus Nilagaricus, which Mr. —

Theobald has also identified amongst the shells collected by Mr.

F edden in the Shan States, east of Ava. This occurred at Nongbri

and in the North Khasi hills. nnea stenopylis, Bens., first met

with at Darjiling, was found at Maotherichan. The Pegu Alyceus

sculptilis, Bens., and a small variety of A. nitidus, W. Blanf,,

have also been sent by Major Godwin-Austen from the

Khasi hills. Nanina rimicola, Bens., Nanina subjecta, Bens.,

and asmall shell which appears to me identical with WV. ? planiuscula,

Hutton, form part of the same extensive collection.

Explanation of Plate III.

1. Paludomus reticulata, sp. nov., natural size; p. 9.

2. P. rotunda, sp. nov. ditto ; p. 10.

2.a. Operculum of P. rotunda, ditto; p. 10.

3. Oremnoconchus conicus, sp. nov. magnified 2 diameters; p. 10

4. O. conicus, var. canaliculatus, ditto ; p. 11.

5. ©. carinatus, Layard, ditto; p. 12.

6. Cyclostoma ( Otopoma) Hindworum, W. Blanf., natural size

p. 12.

7, 7a. Nanina plicatula, sp. nov. ditto; p. 13.

8, 8a. WN. Cherraensis, sp. nov. ditto ; p. 14

9, 9a. LN. rudellocincta, sp. nov. ditto; p. 14.

T. BLANFORD, Journ: Asiat: Soc:Bengal.Vol:XXXIX,Pt

init

1870.] Brief notes on the Geology Sc. of Nancowry harbour. 25

10, 10a. NV. Austen, sp. nov. natural size; p. 15.

11, lla WN. falcata, sp. nov. ditto; p. 15.

12, 12a. NV. Koondaensis, sp. nov. ditto ; p. 16.

13. JV. apicata, sp. nov. ditto; p. 16.

14, 14a. Helix (Plectopylis) macromphalus, sp. nov., magnified

2 diameters; p. 17.

15. Bulimus vicarius, sp. nov., natural size; p. 18.

16. Glessula filosa, sp. nov., ditto; p. 19.

17. G. Singhurensis, sp. nov., ditto; p. 19.

% 18. G. rugata, sp. nov., magnified 2 diameters, 18a. do. natural

size; p. 20.

19. G. lyrata, sp. nov., var. Matheranica, natural size; p. 21.

21. G. pulia, sp. nov., magnified 2 diameters, 20a do. natural

size; p. 21.

21. G. hebes, W. Blanf., natural size; p. 21.

| 22. G. Tornensis, sp. nov., ditto; p. 22.

6-23. «=Suceinea rutilans, sp. nov., natural size ; p. 23.

24, 24 a. Succinea (Lithotis) tumida, sp. nov., magnified 2 diame-

mers; p. 23.

p25. ditto. var. subcostulata, ditto ; p. 23.

BRIEF NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY AND ON THE FAUNA ‘IN THE NEIGHBOUR-

Hoop oF NancowRy HARBOUR, Nicobar Istanps,—by V. BAuwt,

iB. A., Geol. Survey of India.

[Read 9th Oct. 1869, received 20th Oct. 1869. ]

‘The following observations* have been made on a short trip of

ig ht days to the new settlement at the Nancowry harbour, situated

ot ween parts of the southern coast of Camorta, and the nor-

iern coasts of the island Nancowry. To the north of the entrance

_ the harbour lies Trinkut, to which also a short visit has been

aid. All three islands belong to the northern, or rather middle,

* An abstract of the Journal has been published in the October Proceedings

the Society for 1869, (p. 250), but as the Government of India has since

solved to publish all the available literature regarding the history and

ysical condition of the islands in their “ Selections,” the present account

has been restricted to those observations which may prove of immediate inter-

8t to the scientific reader.

26 Brief notes on the Geology §c. of Nancowry harbour. {No. 1,

group of the Nicobars which, on account of the trade with cocoa-

nuts and trepangare much better known to the Malayan traders

than the southern larger islands. The history of the various ~

attempts made by the Danes, Austrians and by French Mis- —

sionaries for a settlement on these islands are well known

from the records of the voyages of the Danish Corvette* ‘‘ Ga-

lathea,” (1847), from Dr. Rink’ st ‘‘ sketch of the Physical . geo-

graphy and geology” of these islands, and from the manifold reports

relating to the Nicobars by different members of the Austrian expe-

dition with the Frigatte ‘‘ Novara,” (1858).{ In these works muek

has also been published relating to the fauna of these islands, but the ~

accounts are not always the results of personal observations, and

as such, the few notes which I have to place upon record will, I

trust, prove of some interest.

For the notes on the fishes collected by me, I am indebted to Dr. |

F. Day, and for those on the Mollusca to Mr. G. Nevill.

GEOLOGY. _

The geology of these islands as forming a portion of the Nicobar

group has already been described by Dr. Rin k, geologist attach

ed to the Corvette ‘“‘Galathea,’”’ and by Dr. Hochstetter, of

the ‘‘ Novara.”

My field observations, I find on comparison, are simply confirma-_

tory of the views as to the structure of these islands held by the ©

last mentioned distinguished geologist, and which have recently

been published in the Records of the Geological Survey of India.§

I do not, therefore, give them in detail here, but I shall briefly al-

lude to the general results. :

Dr. Rink separates the sedimentary rocks into two formations 8,

calling the clay stones and their associated conglomerates of Cae

morta, Nancowry, Trinkut, &c. ‘‘ Older Alluvium” ; and the sand-*

stones and slates of the southern islands “brown coal formation.”

Dr. Hochstetter does not agree in this opinion, —

* Steen Billes account of the voyage of the Corvette “ Galathea” round the

world, Copenhagen, Leipzig, 1852, by

* Copenhagen, 1847. ‘e

{ Voyage of the Novara by Dr. Karl Scherzer, and Results of the

acientific digebaeries of the Novara expedition &c, -

§ Vol. II, Part 3, 1869,

1870.| Brief notes on the Geology Sc.-0f Nancowry harbour. 27

that they are only “‘ petrographically different products of one and

the same period of deposition.”

The sandstones and slates of the southern islands are apparently

identical with those of the Andamans which I examined at Port

Blair. They both contain fragments of drift wood changed into

coal, and impressions of plants resembling Fucoids. As the two sets

of rocks have not been seen, and so far as is known, do not occur in

contact, it is impossible to assert anything positively with regard to

their mutual relations.

_. If they are to be regarded at all belonging to one formation, then

local circumstances must have determined the great difference in

lithological character which exists between the rocks of the north-

ern and southern islands, while at the same time the processes at

work during the deposition of the formation produced uniform re-

sults at places not only so distant as Port Blair and the great

Nicobar, but as Arracan and Java. Mr. Blanford has stat-

ed it as his opinion*® that the Andaman sandstones, from specimens

brought by Mr. S. Kurz, are identical with those of Arracan.

_ Dr. Hochstetter, (l. cit.) discusses the probability of the

Nicobar rocks being the same age as some occurring in Java and

; Sumatra.

~~ = “2a

The terms “ older alluvium” and ‘ marl” which have been used

by Dr. Rink, and Dr. Hochstetter respectively, neither

accord very closely with the character of the Camorta and Nancowry

‘rock, according to the generally accepted English system of rock

‘nomenclature.

_ The term alluvium can scarcely be applied to rocks of the age

of the claystones of Camorta, rocks whose strata are much disturb-

ed, occasionally even being nearly vertical. A marl should contain

some percentage of lime, the amount of which is disputed. The

_ Camorta rocks, however, rarely contain even a trace of lime.

_ The rocks of these islands which determine the character of the

soil are—

1s¢.—Coral rocks‘all round the coast.

2nd.—Magnesian claystones with interbedded conglomerates, of

| which an admirable section shewing a roll in the beds is well seen

* Report on the vegetation of the Andaman Islands, by Mr. 8. Kurz, p. 2.

28 Brief notes on the Geology Se. of Nancowry harbour. [No. 1,

in Nancowry haven, on the Camorta and Nancowry shores. At the

western entrance, there are great beds of conglomerate, some al- —

most vertical, striking N. W.—S. E. |

3rd.—Gabbro and Serpentinous rocks, well seen on the highlands

east and west of the village of Alta Koang on Nancowry. |

The coral rocks together with the sea drift form the soil in which

the cocoa-nuts and vegetables cultivated by the natives grow and —

thrive.

The magnesian claystones, on disentegration, form a soil incapa-_

ble of supporting more than a crop of grass. In the valleys where

this formation occurs, the accumulating of vegetable matter ec.

brought down by the streams, has proved sufficient in many cases

to support a jungle of large trees. But in the hot house climate of

the Nicobars, the poverty of the soil is so great, that the tops of

some of the hills are perfectly bare, or are only able to support a

fern, Gleichenia dichotoma. The presence of a conglomerate bed

has the effect, by the decomposition of its contained pebbles of

igneous rocks, of locally improving the character of the soil.

The igneous rocks, Gabbro and Diorites, produce a much better

soil which is capable of supporting a dense jungle.

To the variability in the fertility of the soil which is thus ex-

plained is due the peculiarity of the scenery at Nancowry.

In the southern Nicobars, according to all accounts, and certai

in the Andamans, the greater uniformity is due to less variability

in the character of the soils, derived from the rocks forming those

islands.

As to the economic resources of the rocks, they cannot be esti

mated at a high rate. The coal of the southern islands is evident

ly similar to that of the Andamans, being simply derived fron

fragments of drift wood and forming little strings and nests in the

sandstones in which itis imbedded. Dr. Rink discusses the pos™

sibility of gold being found in the igneous rocks. No trace of it has

however, been found. It is extremely inp that the Nicoba

rians know its value.

Both Dr. Rink and Dr. Hochstetter obtained small traces —

of copper in the igneous rocks. This fact could not, however, be —

used as a proof of its occurrence in large quantities, though it might —

justify a closer and more extended examination of the locality.

-1870.| Brief notes on the Geology Se. of Nancowry harbour. 29

As to the occurrence of amber* in the Nicobars, a_ belief

which seems to be entertained by some, I can offer no decided opi-

nion. Prima facie there is no argument against it ; on the contrary,

the rocks are such as might be expected to produce amber; but

with the exception of some fossil resin, a sort of pseudo-am-

| : ber found by Dr. Rink, I have searched in vain in the accounts

_ of the Nicobar islands for any reliable testimony of its occurrence,

Ba. even of its having been seen with the natives, though it is men-

tioned incidentally in one account as being one of the exports. I

| am strongly inclined to believe that the ambergris which is found

_ on the shores and exported, has given rise to the belief in the exis-

tence of amber.

Fauna.

| Mammats.

_ I did not succeed in obtaining any mammals; they appear to be

very rare near the settlement. The evidence in favor of Buffaloes

| existing on the island of Camorta has as yet not received further

confirmation than what we know from the records of Dr. Rink.

Birds.

bs _ During the short period of my stay in the Nicobar islands on the

i f bulk Be sored off the new settlement on oH my time was

neighbouring islands of Nancowry and Trinkut ; I Halt sibel but

hs itle leisure = making a Su of birds. I am unable to aus to

4 ich have not hitherto been recorded, unfortunately I did not pro-

e specimens of either: they were asmall Quail, Turnix sp. ?

Rs The reference to amber has no doubt originated in the word ambra which

; =: used in German accounts, signifying ambergris. (Stoliczka.)

+ Thave lately obtained through my collector a very interesting species of

| Merinae, but it has not yet been identified. (Stoliczka.)

30 Brief notes on the Geology &c. of Nancowry harbour. [No. 1,

That the number 45 which, so far as I can ascertain, is about that —

of the birds hitherto found in the Nicobars, represents more than

a small proportion of the birds actually existing in the islands, is

difficult to believe. Still it is singular that the collection made

by Captain Lewis and Mr. Barbe, and described by Mr.

Blyth in 1846, is, with a few exceptions, simply repeated by |

mine of the present year.

The principal result to be recorded is, that I have been able to

compare several Andaman and Nicobar forms as to the identity of

which some doubt existed; of these the principal to be noticed

are, Paleornis Nicobaricus, Gould, P. eryothrogenys, Blyth;

Geocichla innotata, Blyth, G. albogularis, Blyth; Tulabes

Andamanensis, Tytler, &e.

From my specimens, the Andaman and Nicobar Imperial Pigeons

would appear to be quite distinct species, the vinaceous tinge being

present in the former and quite absent in the latter, which is alse

a slightly larger bird. This question has, however, already been

discussed by Mr. Blyth.

1. Hatiarus LEvcoGAsSTER.—A pair of fishing eagles, apparentl

belonging to this species, were frequently seen in Nancowry haven.

They seemed to live chiefly on refuse from the ships which the

picked off the surface of the water.

2. Parmornis Nicoparicus, Gould.—Proc. Z. 8., 1866,

p- 555; Birds of Asia, 1857, Pl. IX; P. erythrogenys, Blyth,

J. A. S. B., 1846, XV, p. 23, and 1858, XXVII, p. 81. Ibi

N. 8. 1867, III, p. 319. Novara Exp., Vogel. 1865, p. 97.

This bird is very abundant both at the Andamans and Nicobars

I obtained two specimens in the latter islands. The natives als

brought for sale some live birds, which they had captured wit

bird lime. |

The adult male has the upper mandible a beautiful cherry

The young male, as in other species of Palgornis, has the plumag

and bill colored as in the female. The brilliant red of the cheek

fades much in dead specimens.

In the Andamans I used to see large flocks of these birds passin

Viper island every day, going to and returning from their feedi 1

grounds.

1870.| Brief notes on the Geology §c. of Nancowry harbour. 31

8. TopIRAMPHUS oocrpiTaLis, Bl y th.—J.A.S.B., XV, pp. 23, 51;

Halcyon occipitalis, Novara Exp., Vogel, p. 46.

This noisy bird may frequently be seen perched on the bushes

in the clear spaces near the new settlement on Camorta. It also

_ frequents trees on the sea coast.

4, NECTARINIA PECTORALIS, Horsf—Pl. Ool. 188. I shot a

female on Camorta. The bird appeared common in the forest near

the old Danish settlement on Nancowry.

_ 5. Zosrerors PALPEBROSUS, Tem.—Pl. Col. andJ. A. 8. B., XV,

p- 870. Shot a female of this species also on Camorta.

k 6. HypsipETEes virEscens, Blyth.—J. A. 8. B., XV, p. 51;

’ HI. Nicobariensis, Horsf. and Moore, Cat. East ree Mus., ;,

'p- 257; Novara Exp., Vogel, p. 76, Pl. iii, fig. 2. Probably abun-

y ‘i dant on Camorta, shot one specimen.

| 7. Myracra azurza, Bodd.—Birds of India, I, p. 450.

coerulea, Blyth, J. A. 8. B., XV, p.370. My specimen which was

| shot on Trinkut, appears to be the young of this species, but it is

4 not in sufficiently good order for one to be certain of its identity.

8. GrocicHnA INNOTATA, Biby this Sit Ag SS Be Ry p87 ;

»G. albogularis, Blyth, J. A. 8. B., XVI, p. 146; fee INC SS CELE,

825. My specimen from Camorta do onneiih: ee with one in

the Indian Museum labelled by Blyth, G@. tnnotata from the

| Nicobars,but for which he suggested /. c. the name albogularis. Both

_ have the wing 3 of an inch shorter than an Andaman specimen,

~ while they are exactly the same size as in another specimen,

_ apparently too from the Andamans.

» 9. Ortotus macrourus, Blyth—J. A. 8. B., XV, p. 46;

| Novara Exp., Vogel, p. 74. This well marked Oriole seems tolerably

| abundant ; | also saw another species, distinct from melanocephalus.

10. Evranzs AnpaManensis, Tytler.—tlIbis, New Series, III,

p- 32; Gracula Javana, Cuv., in Exped. Novara, Vogel, p. 88; G@.

a termedia, A. Hay, apud Blyth, Adventures and researches

| among the Andaman Islanders, Appendix, p. 359.—Procured a

given to me in the Andamans, enabled me to compare the birds

\ from both localities. I can detect no difference between them ; this

confirms Lord Walden’s belief as to the bird extending to the Nico-

bars. (Vide ‘‘ Ibis,’”’ New Series, III, p. 331).

32 Brief notes on the Geology Sc. of Nancowry harbour. {No. 1,

11. C. rmsvutaris, Bly th.—Adventures and researches among |

the Andaman Islanders, Appendix, p. 361; Carpophaga sylvatica, var. —

Nicobarica, Tickel1l,J. A. 8. B., XV, p. 871; C. Aenea, var. Vico- —

bariea,Novara Exp., Vigel, p. 105. As to the distinctness of this bird

from true sylvatica there can be no doubt. It is in every respect a

larger bird than the one from the Andamans which is identical with

specimens of sylvatica from Cachar and Manbhim, Damin-i-Koh, &e.

Bill to gape. Wing.

Nicobar Bird, hye ihd ee det pm ale oe 4 inch 10 inch,

Andaman Bird, .i:0d% «2 bb eaten 13 inch 93 inch.

There is a total absence of the vinaceous tinge on the lower parts

of the Nicobar bird. The feathers of back, wings and tail are a bluish

bronze, those of the Andaman and Indian birds being greenish

bronze.

12. CarporpHaca myristicrvora, Sco p.—J. A. 8. B., XV, 371;

C. bicolor, Scop. Blyth, Cat, 1406 ; Novara Exp., Vogel, p. 107.

This bird is tolerably abundant, feeding on the same fruits as the

last species.

13. CuancopHars Inpica, Linn.—J. A. 8. B., XV, 371; Novara

Exp., Vogel, p. 110. I saw this bird on several occasions, but did

not procure a specimen. When startled, it often flies close past

one’s face.

14. MacropyciA RUFIPENNIS, Blyth.—ZJ. A.8. B., XV, 371;

Novara Exp., Vogel, p. 109. A small flock of these birds was seen

during my stay on Camorta.

15. Caranas Nicoparica, L.—J. A. 8. B., XV, 371; Ibis N. Sy

IIT, 382; Novara Exp., Vogel, p. 110. This beautiful bird cannot

be very common, asI did not succeed in seeing a single specimen.

Probably, as Mr. Wallace found in the Malayan Archipelago, it is

chiefly confined to the very small islands where it can feed un-

molested on the fallen fruits. The Novara Expedition procured a

specimen on the small island of Treiss. ;

16. Mrcaropius Nicopariensis, Bly th.—J. A. 8. B., XV, 372;

Novara Exp., Vogel, p. 110, Pl. iv, figs. 1—3. This bird seems to

be tolerably abundant on Camorta. I shot three specimens one

morning close to the settlement. The first of them had flown —

into a tree, much in the manner that Indian jungle fowl do when —

suddenly startled. |

1870.] Brief notes on the Geology &c. of Nancowry harbour. 33

Ithasa peculiar not easily describable call, consisting of a gut-

tural sound, reminding one of the croak of a bull-frog; it may be

_ perhaps represented by the syllables Avouk, Kiouk, Kok Kok Kok

repeated. Some who had heard this call, assured me that there were

_ peacocks on the island, but it has no resemblance to the cry of

apeacock. Unfortunately, by an accident, I did not examine the birds

myself; but if my bird-skinner has not deceived me, there is but little

if any difference between the sexes. By a most fortunate chance, on

the very day upon which I got the birds, the Nicobarese brought

two of the eggs to the ship for sale.

The dimensions of a bird measured in the flesh are as follows :—

imac Dill to tail... seee eo alae Jetidieshtesin 1kbod ame,

MEE OTL 50. CLAW « oie-5 tipi eié joi pivlale ofa ic. 0Nele) aos 193 ,,

Winge,-....- Geet ae aie Ee ee Pee ee Bai ic vas a WO ae rae

Meme vaNOUt ... ..'s ss eo mpaliaiisrsialeha aha ectieleter'® A gaa

PeePOM CANe, . 2... es MoT in SEN TP bes

Noy c 8 oes o's. or.0! 02055, oinv.0 6 m0 dies at abs ok Om ae

SRE ete e255 "see sin 9s, acy cease va aiageim aime fa

ole eee recites debs Ai eRe aime) he

_ Hyes, dull orange stiri

Length. Circumference.

occ ses ee os Pa ee 68

MIG Nids 25 ais. csacsse. Sine 3h 63

Colour, brick red.

tioned by Blyth has become quite white.

‘17. Turntx sp. ?—Saw several specimens of a small dark quail,

one which I shot was lost in the long grass. The legs appeared

to be deep orange, as in 7. Dussumeerit.

18. Numentus pumorvus, Linn.—I saw a small flock of whimbrel

perched on some trees bordering a creek on the island of Trinkut ;

one which I shot is almost identical in length of bill and other

‘yariable characters with a specimen obtained by Mr. Blyth in the

Caleutta bazar, and which is now in the Indian Museum. This

“bi rd is also recorded from the great Nicobar by the Novara ex-

34 Brief notes on the Geology &c. of Nancowry harbour. (No. 1,

19. Aicraitis, sp. ?—I saw a small plover, either . Philippen- —

sis or minutus, feeding near the water line on the beach at ©

Nancowry.

20. DenucRETTA concotor, Bly th.—Ardea concolor, Blyth;

Novara Exp., Vigel, p. 122. I procured a specimen of this bird

near the western entrance of Nancowry haven, where it was feeding

along the shore.

I saw several young birds of I believe the same species in capti-

vity at the Andamans. The dimensions of the bird which I shot,

measured in the flesh, being somewhat different from those given —

by Mr. Bly th, I append them here. Colour senty ashy throughout,

darker on the inner web of the secondaries and tertiaries and on the ~

tail ; underneath the wings silvery ashy, occipital plumes consisting —

of decomposed feathers about 1} inches. ;

Scapulars much developed, some extending to the end of the tail.

Wing, oe 6 0 wih e. Wace ©. 8 0 '9. © eve 0-26: 0 2 6.0 8 © > 6 oem ee 102 inch.

Tail, eeeewves ever eveeseeeene eeeeveeveeeeneeeee 4 9

PRS Ms! es vias 4s Sin eda ae oR SE PE

Bill, eevee eeeeeveeveoeeeeneeeereeevesr eeeereereee 34 ’9

CAT inte ain s Ries hati iene $s s gan Se eae

Legs dirty yellow, inside of toes bright yellow. Iris bright

yellow, pupil large.

20. Ardeola leucoptera, Bo o d.—I think I saw an individual of this

species perched on the mangrove roots in a creek on the island of

Trinkut. He escaped wounded, so that I cannot be sure of his

identity.

21. Onychoprion melanauchen, Temm.—Very abundant both on

he Andamans and Nicobars, breeds on the rocky islets.

NoTES ON THE FISHES ; dy Surgeon F. Day.

I have examined 21 specimens of fish presented to the Caleutte

Museum, by V. Ball, Esq., who collected them at the Nicobars |

they belong to the following eleven species.*

* During my short visit to the Nancowry haven in October last, and after:

wards through my collector, whom I have sent on two subsequent occasions

eines

1870.] Brief notes on the Geology &c. of Nancowry harbour. 35

1 Serranus Sonnerati, C. V.

2 Ambassis Dussumiert, C. Y.

3 Caranxz hippos, Linn.

4 Srllago sithama, Forsk.

5 Trypauchen vagina, Bl. Schn.

6 Atherina Forskalu, C. V., 5 specimens.

7 Pomacentrus punctatus ? Qu. and Gaim.

m2, A 2. Le. 28.

Height of body 2: length of head 4: of caudal 2 of the total

length. Preorbital denticulated, longer than deep, a notch between

it and the suborbital ring, caudal lobed, the upper the longest.

The dorsal spines gradually increase in length to the last. Colour

brownish, head dotted, a light spot on each scale; a blackish

brown band, anteriorly edged with white, exists upon the free por-

tion of the tail posterior to the dorsal fin: opercles darkest

superiorly.

8. Nuria malabarica, Day (variety), two specimens each 2} inches

long. Pectorals elongated reaching to the middle of the ventrals,

barbels extending to the base of the ventrals. A well marked

black spot at the root of the caudal fin.

9. Cluipea Neohowi, OC. V., five specimens.

10. Chatoéssus chacunda, H. B.

11. Zemera Hardwicku, Gray.

GENERAL REMARKS ON THE Motuusca, by G. Nevill, Esq.

The collection of Mollusca* made by Mr. Ball at the Andamans

and Nicobars, though not very extensive, still includes a few very

_ tothe Andamans and Nicobars for the purpose of chiefly collecting Reptiles

and Mollusca, I have also obtained above 30 species of fishes, among which

_ there are several new species. Dr. Day is at present engaged in an examina-

_ tion of these, (Stoliczka.)

* J now possess about 20 species of land-shells from the Nicobars, and a

_ somewhat larger number from the Andamans; from both groups of islands

_ there are several interesting new species, the descriptions of which are now in

preparation. Of marine shells I obtained on my own visit, and through my

_ collector who was most kindly aided by Capt. Rundall, about 200 species

from the Nicobars, and about 300 species from the Andamans. From the

i latter I have a large number of little shells, chiefly obtained with the dredge.

36 Brief notes on the Geology Sc. of Nancowry harbour. [No. 1,

important forms, to any one who takes any interest in this branch

of the marine fauna of the Indian seas; amongst them is a

species of Corbis, and several new and interesting forms of different

genera, belonging to the WMuitride, Pleurotomide, Nassine, &e.

identical or very similar to Philippine species, and which I have

never found, or heard of, from places further west, not even from

the coast of India. From the data which I, up to the present,

possess, the Marine Molluscous Fauna of the Andamans seems to

me nearest allied to that of Arracan—of late most ably worked out

by Mr. W. Theobald with the assistance of Mr. 8S. Hanley, that

of the Nicobars approximating more closely to that of Singapore.

There is one great difficulty everybody out here has to contend

with, who is desirous of working on the range of species in the

Indian seas, that is, the absence, in all of the Calcutta Libraries, of —

Krauss’ “Siid-Afrikanische Mollusken,” a standard work of pri-

mary importance for this subject. From the small collection I was able

to make at Natal, and from that of Mr. Blanford’s from Annesley

Bay, I should say the species ranging as far as these places are but

very few in number: Cyprea annulata, helvola, and pellis serpentis, Pur-

pura tuberculata, Nerita albicilla and polita, Natica mamilla and

one or two others, the number of species common to both increases

considerably at the Seychelles and Bourbon, and still more at Cey-

lon. Of the 128 species collected by Mr. Ball, 70 are well known —

forms and widely spread in our seas; amongst the rarer or

more local species, I may mention Conus zonatus, marchionatus

and, mustelinus, Mitra plicata, Griineri, semifasciata, cruentata,

exasperata, flammigera (?), and 8 probably new species. Phos —

Blainvillet, Pleurotoma abbreviata and tigrina, Cerithium Traillii and

alveolus, Strombus columba, Columbella ?, Rapa papyracea, Trochus

Senestratus, Euchelus foveolatus, Polydonta incarnata, Purpura mu-

sica and bitubercularis, Murex migri-spinosus and adunco-spinosus,

Natica .albula and n. s.(?), Acteon coccinata, Tectura Borneen-—

When at the Andamans I have with pleasure observed the collecting zeal of

many of the officers of the settlement, and I have little doubt that their exer-

tions will soon enable us to obtain a very fair knowledge of the Molluscons

fauna of these islands. Dr. Day on his late visit in connexion with the

fisheries has also collected largely mollusca, both land and marine shells.

[Stoliczka].

Dag Cae & Vfl

. Aan,

Mig os rae Date,

% ; PSR

Re Bh,

HaraBuchanani; %.H.Jerdoni; 3. H. Conta;

sad 2 ’

— 1870. ] Notes on the Genus Hara. 37

sis (?), Pyramidella auris-cati, Nassa albescens, costellifera livida

and globosa, Scintilla n. sp.; Mactra un. 8. (2), Tellina rhombordes,

Venus afinis and alabastrum, Caecella n. 8. (?) Corbis fimbriata, Hemi-

_ cardium cardissa, Rocellaria nu. 8. (?), Loripes n. 8. (2).

Nores on THE Genus Hara,—by Surgeon F. Davy.

: [Received 10th Feb., read 2nd March, 1870.]

In the Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, for 1860, p. 152,

Mr. Blyth proposed forming the genus Hara, for the reception

of some siluroid fishes which had been described by different natu-

‘ralists, and he placed the four following Indian and one Chinese

species as component parts of it.

1. Pimelodus hara, H. B. termed Hara Buchanam, Blyth.

2. 3 conta, H. B. ar aunts] COME

zs. ve aspera, McClelland,,, ,, «aspera.

4, as carnaticus, Jerdon, ,, 4, carnatica.

6. Hara filamentosa, Bly th.

_ Further enquiry, however, appears to show that this list requires

revision ; first as regards Hara ? ( Pimelodus) aspera, McClelland,

the description is far too vague to be able to decide whether his fish

| really belongs to this genus, whilst his figure is equally unsatis-

| factory, and useless for the purpose. It appears very like the

| Hemipimelodus (Pimelodus) cenia, H. B., which is also re-figured in

Sykes’ Fishes of the Deccan as Pimelodus itchkeca, Sy kes, aspecies

| which extends from the Bombay side of the Deccan, and the Maha-

nuddee, certainly as far as the Irrawaddi. However, without fur-

her materials, or an examination of the original specimen, the

pecies must remain doubtful, which is not material with reference

0 the Indian Fish fauna, asit came from Chusan.

_ Omitting then Me Clelland’s fish, we have, according to Mr.

Blyth, four Indian species remaining, but of these one does not

ippear to belong to this genus, namely, the Pimelodus carnaticus,

Jer don, which is the young of the Bayarius Yarrellii, Sykes.

T obtained an identical specimen to the one described from the same

locality, the Bowany river in the — Presidency.

38 Notes on the Genus Hara. [No. 1,

Hara filamentosa, Blyth, as I have already remarked in the

Proceedings of the Zoological Society, is the same as Hara (Pimelodus)

conta of Hamilton Buchanan. This reduces the Indian

species to two, to which, however, I will add a third one, Hara

Jerdon, anew species which I shall describe and figure from a |

specimen given me by Dr. Jerdon, who lately obtained two in

the Sylhet district.

Before, however, describing the new species, I propose offering some

remarks on the genus Hara, as it does not appear that any Indian

‘specimens have reached European Museums, neither have any —

drawings been published. Amongst the original sketches in H. B.

MS. collection is a very good figure of the Pimelodus Hara, H. B.

The genus has been referred to the group Bagarina defined by

gill membranes not confluent with the skin of the isthmus, their

posterior margins being free, even when united together, &c., but

in reality it forms a portion of the group Bhimoglanina, defined by

gill membranes confluent with the skin of the isthmus, anterior and

posterior nostrils close together with a cirrus between ; rayed dorsal,

if present, short, and belonging to the abdominal portion of the

vertebral column; the ventrals (except in one genus, so far as is”

known) being inserted behind it.

Grenus—Hara, Blyth.

Head somewhat depressed, osseous superiorly, mouth small, ter-

minal or sub-inferior, gill openings narrow, and the membrane

confluent with the skin of the isthmus; cirri eight, the maxilla

ones having broad bases ; eyes small, subcutaneous. Villiform teeth

in the jaws, and in a bandon the palate. First dorsal with

serrated osseous spine and 5 or 6 rays ; adipose dorsal of moderat

length, ventral with six rays, and rather short, caudal forked. :

The geographical distribution of the genus in the British Indiar

Empire, appears to be from the Mahanuddee on the west to the Sal

win in the east, whilst I have taken themas far inland as Mandalay in

Upper Burma. I have not obtained specimens in any of the Madras

rivers, although one would contend that they are probably present

in the Kistna and Godavery, whose fish fauna in the siluroid family

generally resembles that of the Mahanuddee.

1870. ] Notes on the Genus Hara. 39

These little fishes in their external appearance are so generally

similar to the Bagarius, that the native fishermen of Orissa persist-

ed that they were merely their young. They frequent the same

localities, namely rivers which are swollen to floods during the

rainy season. They get beneath vegetation and under stones, and

; are generally found mixed with the shells, slime, and refuse which

] is drawn by nets to the shore, but being small and valueless as food,

_ are frequently overlooked.

Hara Jerdoni, sp. nov. Pl. IV, figure 2 a. b.c.

: ee 2? V.6. X.10:C.12.

7 Length of head 4, of caudal + of the total length.

Height of body 4 of the total length.

Eyes, three diameters from the end of the snout.

_ Head depressed, half wider opposite the opercles than high, and

4 slightly wider than long. Its upper surface rugose, and its supe-

rior longitudinal furrow extending nearly to the base of the occi-

4 pital process, where it terminates in a small pit. Snout rounded,

mouth smail, transverse, with the upper jaw slightly the longest.

i The nasal bones terminate in a small spine on either side above

the centre of the mouth. Maxillary cirri reach the gill opening,

all the others are shorter. Occipital process 14 times as long as

| wide atits base. Shoulder bone moderately triangular, rugose,

and with two prominent ossicles posterior to, but in a line with it ;

_ between it and the occipital process and parallel with them is an

| intermediate bony prolongation reaching to opposite the basal bone

of the dorsal fin.

Fins.—The dorsal spine equals the length from the posterior

| ‘margin of the orbit to the end of the snout, it is serrated posterior-

ly. The length of the base of the adipose fin is a little more than

_ half that of the dorsal fin. Pectoral spine flattened and slightly

longer than the distance between the snout and the base of the

dorsal fin, when laid backwards it reaches nearly as far as the end

| of yentrals ; it is strongly denticulated internally with 12 curved

teeth, whilst externally it has 26 smaller ones directed backwards ;

yentrals inserted posterior to the base of the dorsal, caudal forked,

none of its rays elongated.

| Skin smooth.

40 Note on the Genus Hara. | No. 1,

Colours—brownish, irregularly banded with a darker tinge, cirri

annulated with black.

The three species of Indian Hara may be distinguished one from

another by the following characters :—

Hara Buchanani, Fig. 1, a. b. c., skin with blunt spinate ossicles ;

pectoral spine as long as the head from the base of the occipital

process to the end of the snout, its external spines alternately

directed forwards and backwards, no elongated caudal ray.

Hara Jerdoni, Fig. 2, a. b. ¢., skin smooth ; pectoral spine as long

as from the base of the dorsal fin to the end of the snout, its exter-

nal spines directed backwards, no elongated caudal rays. i

Hara conta, Fig. 3, a. b. ¢., skin tuberculated (haying smooth

tubercles, giving it the appearance of that of a Geckoid lizard) ; pec- —

toral spine as long as the head, from the base of the occipital —

process to the end of the snout, its external spines directed back-

wards. An elongated ray in the upper lobe of the caudal fin,

~~ eee

1870. ] 4]

- Srarisrican Dara on tHe Arua or Asratic Russta, compiled by

_ Mr. W. Venvixor; translated from No. III, 1865, of the

_ Notes of the Imperial Russian Geographical Society, bg Mr. R.

| Micuerr, FR. G. §., and communicated, by Lt.-Col. J. T.

| Watrer, R. E.

[Received 13th February, 1868. ]

On his return from Asiatic Russia in 1860, Mr. Venuikof,

made a calculation of the surface of the Asiatic provinces of Russia,

“with the aid of all the best maps of that period, the results of which

were published in a monthly Almanack of the Russian Academy

‘of Science for 1864. The figures he then arrived at have again

been revised and amplified by him this year, after the issue of

§ chwartz’smap embracing the whole of South Eastern Siberia,and

the re-issue of corrected maps of Western Siberia, and of the Oren-

burg region. On the two last named maps, the distinct outline of

the Russian limits to the South and East of the Kirghiz Steppes was

not preserved, so that Mr. Venuikof had still to be guided by

the old boundaries of the Empire, as he found them in 1860.

His authorities in his later calculations have been :—

- 1.) The General Map of Asiatic Russia, published at the Mili-

tary Topographical Depot in 1860, on the scale of 200 versts (133%

} nglish miles) to the inch. This map, however, only served to assist

him in his calculations as to the extreme northern parts of Western

Siberia from 65° northwards.

(2.) The General Map of Western Siberia on the scale of 50

versts (33 English miles) to the inch, corrected to the end of 1861,

and to 1863, as regards the southern limits of Issik-kul.

_ (8.) A similar map of the Orenburg region, correted to 1863.

(4.) The Map of Eastern Siberia, published at Irkutsk in 1858,

by which Mr. Venuikof made a calculation of the superficial

ex ent of all those portions of Eastern Siberia which were not shown

mn Schwartz’s Map. The Western boundary of the Government

of Yeniscisk he drew from the map of Western Siberia, and

Sch w artz’s map, so as to reconcile his calculations for the separate

provinces with those for the entire country.

42 Statistical Data on the Area of Asiatic Russia. [No. 1,

(5.) The map of the countries of the Amoor river and of por-

tions of the Lena and Yenisei rivers—Schwartz, published by

the Russian Geographical Society in 1863.

(6.) The map of the Khanat of Kokan, constructed by Mr.

Venuikof himself in 1861. From this map he obtained the —

area of the Trans-Chui country.

In compiling his statistics, Mr. Venuikof adopted the fol-

lowing limits :—-

In the North—the Ocean ; the islands therein situated are esti- —

mated separately, and necessarily only approximately, their outlines

being but imperfectly known, as are those also of the Taimyr pen-

insula.

In the Hast—the Pacific Ocean from the embouchure of the Tu-

men-Ula to Behring’s Straits. Here the areas of the Islands are

more accurately computed. The Island of St. Lawrence does not

enter into his calculations.

In the South,—the Caspian Sea from the mouth of the Ural to

44° of latitude ; the 44th parallel; the northern shore of the Sea’

of Aral, and the J axartes. With reference, however, to this por-

tion of the Steppe, Mr. Venuikof made use of the known re-

sults of former calculations. Those lands of which he has freshly —

calculated the areas, are bounded in the south by the rivers Chui,

Kostekara, the upper course of the Jaxartes, Karkara and Charyu,

and by the conditional frontier line along Drungaria and Mongo-

lia—as traced on the maps—to the Argun, Amare Tungachan,

and to the Tumen-Ula. |

In the West,—the Ural Mountains, the boundaries of the Go-

vernments of Peru and Orenburg, and the region of the Orenburg

Kirghizes to lake Telekul. Although Mr. Venuikof has not

himself calculated the areas of the Steppes of the little horde of

Kirghizes, that having been done with sufficient accuracy at the

General Staff, he has, from the sum total of these areas, deducted

the figure for that portion of the Steppes which is apportioned to the

Kirghizes of the Jaxartes. By the Trans-Chui region, he compre-

hends the country between the Chui and the Talus extending to a

line connecting Auleta with Turkistan. .

1870. ] Statistical Data on the Area of Asiatic Russia. 43

From this he obtained the following results —

AREAS IN BBITISH SQUARE MILEs.

YoNES AND CouUNTRIES. In Western\In Eastern

Totals.

Siberia. ee a

North of 70° lat. exclusive of

s islands. 13,800 271,530 285,330

Between 70° and 65° latitude. 119,670 969, 260} 1,088,930

Peres: .,..60°..,, 249,.460| 1,077,730| 1,327,190

eee | ble, 328,090| 769,690 1,097,780

eo, 0° *" 354,790| 620,330 975,120

Ee 50° 45° 280,010 126, 430 406, 440

‘ South of the 45th Parallel to

‘ the river Chui. aie 59,980 34,620 94, 600

j Islands of the Arctic and

Pacific Oceans, sie aes | 24,630 24,630

: Totals,...| 1,405,800, 3,894,220| 5,300,020

Country of the Orenburg

Karghizes, wi MRL 348,180 )

- HA. «Ct », WKirghizes 373,500

‘ of the Jaxartes, os 25,320

‘ Trans-Chui land, approximate hoes aes 22,610

ies eb sre A IE A ER a) SAO,

: . Total,:. . ET Lid mnsard 5,696,130

Adding 92,570,—the extent of the Trans-Ural portion of the Go-

- yernments of Peru and Orenburg,—the whole surface of the Rus-

sian dominions in Northern and Central Asia is found to measure

5,788,700 square miles British.

The total of 5,696,130 is made up of the areas of Governments,

_ territories and regions as under —

_ Region of Orenburg Kirghizes, ....... PAA CAD ee See CE

NEAT oe Senn ween od ne tcee> elatetonere vielen 25,320

‘Trans- BOGUT ys bie farct dieters depeteerel we He sisi aaibstars 22,610

Region of Siberia Kirghizes, ...... a eye wi nite oisrt eienaiess 313,450

, Ditto ditto Semipalati Agri including the

Balkhash, pevevee- Ovrvreveee eee ® eeovoeveeo7F7 OBO oeege 204, 650

Carried over, 914,210

44 Statistical Data on the Area of Asiatic Russia. — [No. 1;

Brought forward, 914,210

Governments of Tobolsk, ........ TORE IIIT 552,550

Ditto Witte “Taek “!... .. o...c. 335,150

Ditto ditto Weniesigk, 0 y\ ocsteitss ase ee 972,960

Ditto ditto Irkutsk with the Baikal,..... > 279,800

Region of Yakutsk with Islands of the Arctic Ocean, .. 1,587,050

Trans-Baikal Region, ...... pM ee o cams a. Sea

Amoor "1 76 GAD aR ea ots 0+ since s » + ote 155,650

Maritime Region with Islands of the Pacific,......... . 664,270

Total .. 5,696,130

These figures Mr. Venuikof compares with the figures of the

Academician K eppen, and with those given in the ‘‘ Almanack de

Gotha’ for 1864, and he is confident that the results of his more recent

computations are more correct than either of those with which he com-

pares them, but more especially as regards the general total. He does

not pretend that they are strictly accurate; it is almost impossible

that they can be so, while there is not that mass of trigonometrical

and astronomical determinations which is so necessary for the con-

struction of fresh maps. In this respect, there is a great deficiency as

regards the Russian possessions in Asia; for instance, as to the Go-

vernments of Tobolsk, Yeniseisk, the regions of Yakutsk and of the —

Siberian Karghizes.

Mr. Venuikof adds the further particulars relative to Asiatic

Russia. .

(1.) On the length of the land, fluvial and maritime frontiers.

(2.) On the areas of such separate lands as peninsulas and islands.

(3.) On the dimensions of the principal river basins.

(4.) On the plains of large lakes, and

(5.) On the proportions of lands suitable or otherwise for per-

manent settlement.

1. Asiatic Russia is bounded on three sides by Seas: On the

North, East and South-West. The length of coast in the Arctic

region from the Kara-Bight to Behring’s Straits is not less than

11,000 versts (7,333 Engish miles). The length of the shores of

the Pacific from Cape Chukotsk to the mouth of the Tumen-Ula is

1870.) Statistical Data on the Area of Asiatic Russia. 45

about 9,100 versts (6,067 English miles). The shores of the Cas-

pian and Aral Seas may be computed at 1,750 versts (1,167 English

miles). So that the proportion of coast line to area is 14,567 to

6,696,130, or 1 linear mile of coast to 391 square miles of country ;

a proportion which might be considered advantageous, if it were

not a fact that half of the Siberian waters are not available for

“navigation. Taking then into consideration only the Pacific Ocean

_and the Caspian and Aral Seas, the relative proportion of coast line

to Continental area is 1 linear mile to 790 square miles, a circum-

stance as unfavourable as in the case of purely Continental Africa.

The land frontier of Asiatic Russia, from the Caspian and Aral

Seas to the mouth. of the Tumen-Ula is about 10,000 versts (6,667

English miles). Of these 3,300 versts (2,200 English miles,) are

described by the course of the Jaxartes, Charyn, Argun, Amoor,

and Usouri, the remaining 6,700 versts (4,467 English miles) are

open land frontier. One half, however, of this extent of 6,700 versts

‘is occupied by mountains, such as the Celestial, Alatau, Altai, and

Sayan mountains, and the spurs of the Yablonoi range, all of which

generally speaking are difficult of access.

2. ‘The Mainland of Siberia has only two striking and well de-

fined tongues, Sapalin area 23,554 square miles, and Kamschat-

ka* 99,770 square miles ;—the entire area of the islands of the

Pacific and Arctic Oceans does not exceed 24,630 square miles, so

i that in the aggregate the members are to the body as 1 is to 88,

“which is another proportion as unfavourable as in Africa. Al-

though to these might be added, the peninsula between the Obi

beyond the parallel of the 75° of latitude, measures about 18,300

Square miles, yet both these tongues of land project into a sea

which is ice-bound, and which can never serve to establish rela-

tions between them and other countries.

_ 8. Siberia has four first class river-basins: those of the Obei,

‘Yenisei, Lena and Amoor. The watersheds of the second class

‘Tivers, viz. the Olenen, Yana, Indigirka, Kobyma, Anadyr, Udaure

‘Tii, although great in themselves, are nevertheless so inconsidera-

. . * The northern boundary of Kamschatka is described by a line drawn between

the mouths of the Penjyna and Olintora.

46 Statistical Data on the Area of Asiatic Russia. [No. 1,

ble as compared to the four principal ones, that there is found to

be no necessity for calculating their surface, the more so as all of

the latter basins are quite without the pale of historic life. The

Jaxartes which might be included in the number of great rivers, —

has no affluents within the limits of Asiatic Russia.*

With respect to the extent of the basins of the chief rivers, and

the lengths of their main torrents within the boundaries of Siberia,

they may be thus expressed in figures :— |

For the Ovi (Irtysh) 1,119,500 square miles, 2,090 linear miles.

», Yenisei (Seleuza) 958,000 - 2,300 *

» Lena 732,000 e 2,420 5

», Amoor (Onon) 473,500 ‘ 2,530 “s

Of the best of these basins (that of the Amoor) more than one-third

lies outside of the Russian limits. On the other hand the fact of these

four main rivers embracing in their aggregate 3,283,000 square

miles, or three-fifths of the whole of Asiatic Russia, points

to the conclusion that sooner or later cheap water communication

will extend throughout the greater portion of Siberia, from Ya

kutsk and the Pacific Ocean to the foot of the Ural mountains,

and from Turukhausk to Barnaul, Alinousiusk, Kiakhta, and to

the country of the Asouri river. There may occur not more than

two land stages in each of these water ways, but these stages may

be improved by the construction of railroads.

4, There are several large lakes in the interior of Asiatic Rus

sia, which afford much scope for local fishing industry and serve te

moisten the dry continental atmosphere. There is navigation

some of these, but in Siberia, as generally in the case of lakes every

where else, the lakes do not form centres for the settlement of large

industrial populations.

The areas of those lakes whose dimensions exceed 200 squar

miles inclusive of the Zaisau on which there are Russian fisheries,

are as follows: — : |

sq. m. sq. m. sq. m

Baikal 12,400. Hinkai 1,420. Sumy 410.

Balkhash 8,530. Chany 1,270. Kulundinsk 280.

- * The Arys and Chirchik are now de facto Russian since the cocepaaas of

Chemkend and T'ashkend. .

1870. | Report on Trans-Himalayan Explorations, Sc. 47

-Issyk-kul 2,500. Alakul 600. Chukchagyr 260,

Piasino 2,410. Dengiz-Citter 560. Barun-torei 210.

Zaisau 1,490. Abyshkau 540.

The following were Mr. Venuikof’s rough estimates in 1860

of the areas of land in Asiatic Russia, unsuitable for settled life.

| sq. miles.

| Steppes in Western Siberia, and in the Orenburg region, 753,000

_**Tundras” (marshes) and frozen land in Western and

Eastern Siberia, ; .. 2,584,000

- Mountainous country and highlands in the Thian-Shan,

Alatau, Sayau, Altai, Yablonoi and Stanovoi Mts. &c. 481,000

| Total, English miles 8,768,000

In other words, the extent of country unfitted for harbouring a

settled industrious populationin Asiatic Russia,constitutes two-thirds

_ of the whole country ; the rest or 1,930,000 square miles is less than

European Russia, and throughout that extent the only portions

that are naturally capable of attracting voluntary settlers are: 1.

Sahalin. 2. The basin of the Amoor, and especially the Usowri

district. 8. The Trans-Baikal region south of that lake. 4. The

- Minousiusk district. 5. The Western portion of the Altai, and

6. The sub-mountain zone of the Trans-Ili and Trans-Chui regions.

| Narrative Rerort of tHE Trans-Himatayan Explorations MADE

" Durine 1868, prawn up by Mgor T. G. MontrGcomeERtry,

R. E., G. T. Survey or InpiA, FROM THE ORIGINAL JOURNALS

Bc., OF THE TRANS-HIMALAYAN EXPLORING PARTIES.

| [Recd. 15th December, 1869.]

| Early in 1868, preparations were made for sending an exploring

expedition beyond the eastern watershed of the Upper Indus river.

| The explorations of the Pundits during 1867, had supplied to-

| lerably certain information as to various Tibetan districts lying

| between Rudok and the Thok-Jalung gold field, and between the

| latter and the Tadum monastery, on the great Lhasa road; more

| vague information had also been received, as to an upper road

48 Report on Trans-Himalaygn Explorations, &e. [No. 1,

running from Thok-Jalung through various gold fields to the great

Tengri-noor, or Nam-tso-Chimbo lake, and thence to Lhasa: several

traders had been met with who had actually travelled along this

upper road, but they were all rather reluctant to tell the Pundits

much about it, being afraid of spoiling their market. Having the

aboveinformation to go upon, Major Montgomerie decided upon ©

sending the exploring party to Rudok, and thence through the

districts of Rawung and Tingche, to the north of the great Aling-

Gangri group of peaks, which were discovered last year.

From Thok-Jalung the exploration was to be carried, if possible,

along the upper road to the Tengri-noor lake and thence to Lhasa ;

failing that, to take the route through Majin and Shellifuk towards

the Tadum monastery. |

The Chief Pundit required a rest after his last expedition,

and the 8rd Pundit was consequently selected for the work.

This Pun dit assumed the character of a Bisahiri, and taking a 5

few loads of merchandize started in April with a party of real

Bisahiris (or men of Koonoo) whom he had induced to accompany

him. He made his way from Spiti, through the upper part of

Chumurti and Ladak, to Demchok on the upper Indus. Here the

8rd Pundit measured the velocity of the Indus by throwing a

piece of wood into it, and then noting how long it took to float down

800 paces. The velocity turned out to be 2,2, miles per hour, with a

depth of 5 feet, and a breadth of about 270 feet in the month of

July. From Demchok he went northwards through Churkang and

Rooksum, (or Rokjung), to Rudok.

Churkang was found to be a favourite place for holding month ;

fairs. Rooksum turned out to be a large standing camp where one

great annual fair only is held, but that a very large one, the Jong-

pon (or Zongpon) always attending it in person.

Rudok has hitherto never been actually visited by any European

for although Captain H. Strachey reached a point about 12 mile

to the east of the Fort,and Captain God win-A us ten another point

about the same distance to the north, they were neither of them abl

to advance any farther, and could never get an actual view of the

place itself, owing to the jealousy of the Jongpon who resides there,

and governs this most north-westerly district of Tibet.

1870. | Report on Trans-Himalayan Explorations, §e. 49

Though there was but little doubt that the position assigned to

_ Rudok was nearly correct, it was hardly satisfactory not to havea

_ trustworthy account of the place, and the 8rd Pundit was ordered

to get all information about it, and to take observations, for its

latitude and height, and this he succeeded in doing.

_ He found that the Fort was built on a low rocky hill, rising

- about 250 feet above the flat ground at its base, having the Budhist

monasteries of Sharjo, Lakhang, Marpo and Nubradan close up

_ to it on the east, south, and west, with about 150 scattered houses

_ along the foot of the hill. .

_ A stream called the Chuling-chu passes the Fort, and flowing in

"a north-easterly direction for 3 or 4 miles, joins the Churkang-

chu, another large southern feeder of the great Pangkong lake

which is about 9 miles from the Rudok Fort.

The 8rd Pundit heard that there isa small lake about 23 miles

‘north of Rudok,. which has not hitherto been shown on any map ;

at swarms with wild fowl and is celebrated on account of a place

called Kalpee Mhai, on its north-eastern shore, where the ground

is so intensely hot that it smokes, and readily burns any wood, &c.

that may be thrown into it. This place is much resorted to for the

“purpose of worship. The three monasteries round the Fort contain

_ about 150 monks.

_ The 3rd Pundit remained a couple of days at Rudok, and in

"his assumed character as a Bisahiri, he and his party excited ne

Suspicion though they were summoned before the Jongpon.

_ Leaving Rudok on the 22nd of July the party marched back to

| Rooksum, and then turning eastward by a new road, advanced

through the districts of Rawung and Tingche to Dak-korkor, a

large standing camp, where an annual fair is held. Several small

akes and a large salt lake called Rawung-Chaka, or Phondok-tso,

rere passed on the way. These lakes supply salt to Bisahir,

| Spiti, &c. :

During the last three marches to Dak-korkor no water of any

“Kind was met with, and the party were forced to carry a supply in

. kins. In this arid part of the country, the soil was of a dazzling

white, a peculiarity which extended as far as the Pundit could

50 Report on Trans-Himalayan Explorations, ée. [No. 1,

The Pundit was informed that 5 days’ march to the north, there

was a large district called Jung Phaiyu-Pooyu, and that through- .~

out its whole extent, the earth is of the same white kind as that

they were crossing over, so white in fact that the eyes of people

who are unaccustomed to it, get inflamed from its glare, just as if

they were suffering from snow-blindness. The district is inhabited

by Dokpa people; it is under Lhasa, but said not to form part of

Narikhorsum, having a separate Sarpon, or gold commissioner, of

its own. The largest encampment in it is called Thok-daurapa said

to have at least 200 tents. The district abounds in small tarns. —

It must be very elevated, as the inhabitants are said to eat very

little if any grain.

A large river is said to flow from Jung Phaiyu-Pooyu northwards

and then to the east towards China. The district is said to take

its name from some high snowy peaks which are probably those

at the eastern end of the Kiun-Lun range.

The Whor (or Hor) country is said to be due north of the district,

and from information gathered elsewhere there is little doubt but

that Whor (or Hor) is the Tibetan name for eastern Turkistan.

As to the district of Phaiyu-Pooyu, with its river flowing towards

China, it is difficult to decide whether it is known by any other

name, but it probably lies considerably to the east of north, com-

municating with Lhasa by the Tengri-noor lake district. A simi-

lar white soil has been noticed to the east of the Chang-chenmo, and

Mr. Johnson, when seven marches to the north of that valley at

a place called Yongpa, reported that ‘‘on looking down from a height

the whole plain has the appearance of being covered with snow.”

He attributed this to saltpetree Mahommed Ameen,

in the route he supplied, said that ‘‘ beyond the pass (north of

Chang-chenmo) lies the Aksai-Chin, or as the term implies the

the great Chinese white desert or plain. Itissandy and gravel 3

and covered with brush-wood. Its breadth here from south t

north may be reckoned to be about sixty kos. It extends inte

Chinese Territory, to the east. There are several lakes and gold

mines in it, &c.” This quite answers to the accounts that the

3rd Pundit heard, a separate gold Commissioner proving the e

istence of many gold fields, No high peaks were seen to the east

1870. | Report on Trans-Himalayan Explorations, §¢. 5k

of the Chang-chenmo, Mr. Johnson having noticed from the

peaks he ascended large plains to the east and south-east, which

are believed to merge into the Chang-thang plains of Rudok.

Whilst he also gathered that the Kiun-Lun range only ran about

100 miles east of the Karakash river and then terminated on an

extensive plain also communicating with the Chang-thang plains.

The Pundit whilst marching from Rudok to Thok-Jalung saw

no high peaks to the north or east, evidence which all tends to

prove the existence of a large plain in that direction, the term

_Changthang meaning moreover the great plain.

According to modern maps this plain extends a great way east,

nearly up to the end of the great wall of China near the city of

_ Sewchoo, to which place the Chief Pundit appears to have got

_arough route when in Lhasa. In his first journal he referred to

_ a place, which he called Jiling, about one month’s journey north of

Lhasa. This turns out from farther inquiries made by Major

Montgomerie to be the same as Siling. The Chief Pun-

_ dit says that the Lhasa people call it Jiling, but he heard others

- calling it Siling, and from what he says it is evidently identical with

_ Siling or Sining in North Latitude 37°, East Longitude 102°, which

_ Astley describes as ‘‘a great and populous city, built at the vast

wall of China, through the gate of which the merchants from India

_ enter Katay or China.”

_ Lord Strangford, who took great interest in the travels of the

. Pundit, and was able to identify nearly all the places mentioned

f by him, was greatly puzzled by the Pundit’ s description of Jiling,

} given in his first journal, where it is said to be in Tartary and

a produce gold lace, silks, carpets, and other products of a tolerably

civilized country. At first the Pundit understood that it was a

“month or two months’ journey to the north of Lhasa, butfrom farther

_ inquiries during his second expedition, he made out that it was

“considerably to the east of north, and having this hint, there was

“no great difficulty in identifying it with the large town of Sining

on the borders of China proper, the only place from which such

“tivilized products were likely to reach Lhasa from the northwards.

_ The Dak-korkor Camp, which the 3rd Pundit reached, lies

‘about 20 miles to the north of the Aling Gangri peaks, on the right

52 Report on Trans-Himalayan Explorations, &¢. [No. 1,

bank of the Aling-chu river and not very far from the Thok-Nianmo

gold field. He arrived just as the annual fair was commencing ;

about 150 tents were already pitched and both the Jongpon and Sar-

pon were present ; but in spite of their presence a band of mounted ~

robbers came down upon the camp and threatened to loot it. These

robbers seem to be numerous all over Tibet. This particular band was |

said to come from the great Nam-tso (lake) district. The men actu-

ally began to rob, but the Jongpon told them to stop, and he would

make each tent contribute something as black mail. The Jongpon

then made out a list of those assembled and ordered each tent to con- —

tribute a parcha (of about 5 Ibs.) of tea, and each trader to give from

1 to 2 rupees according to their means. This arrangement was agreed

to, and the proceeds having been collected were handed over by

the Jongpon to the robbers who took their departure.

The Chief Pundit, in describing the above, expressed an opi-

nion that the Jongpon was in some mysterious way benefited by the

contributions, possibly retaining a considerable share, as it is well

known that the robbers never succeed in looting his camp nor that

of the Sarpon ; both of them perfectly understanding how to defend

themselves against all comers on the plateaux of Tibet.

The 3rd Pundit paid his contribution and saw the robbers de- —

part, but he came to the conclusion that they might appear again at

any time, and thatit would not be safe to take his merchandize with —

him, he consequently, after consultation with his Bisahiri friends,

decided upon sending the greater part of his goods back by the In-

dus so as to meet him at Lhasa, or on the great road to that place.

One of his men was despatched for this purpose ; his adventures”

will be adverted to.

The 8rd Pundit, starting again from Dak-korkor, continued

his march eastward down the Aling-chu river till it fell into the

Hagong-tso, a large brackish lake which appeared to have no exit

for discharging superfluous water, though the Aling-chu river

which feeds it was found to be 150 paces in width with a rapid

stream just before it fell into the lake. The shores of the lake had

marks which showed that it had once been more extensive. Oon-

tinuing his journey the Pundit passed the Chak-chaka salt lake

from which the greater part of the Tibetan salt, which goes down

1870. ] Report on Trans-Himalayan Explorations, &¢. 53

to Almorah, Nepal, &c., is extracted. The salt from Tibet is pre-

ferred by the people of Kumaon and most hill men, though the

_ salt from the plains is to be had at much the same price.

_ The Pundit heard of another salt lake to the east of Chak-

1 chaka, which with other similar lakes probably supplies a portion

of that which is generally understood to come from Chak-chaka.

The next place of importance seen by the Pundit was Thok-

' Sarlung which at one time had been the chief gold field of the

district, but had been in a great measure abandoned on the dis-

covery ofthe Thok-Jalung gold field. The Pundit passed a great

excavation, some 30 to 40 feet deep and 200 feet in width and two

miles in length, from which the gold had been extracted. He

heard of another gold field to the west, but his route took him di-

rect to the Thok-Jalung gold field, which he found in much the

same state as when visited by the Chief Pundit. ThePundit

and his party excited no particular notice, and they were conse-

quently able to march on after halting a day to rest.

_ From Thok-Jalung they passed through the Majin country, part-

ty undulating and partly quite level, but all about the same alti-

tude, viz.—15 to 16,000 feet above the sea, The drainage sloped

towards the east, and nothing but comparatively low rounded hills

were visible in that direction; whilst on the west the party skirted

4 large plain of a yellowish colour said to be drained by the Upper

_ The party passed numerous lakes producing salt and borax, and

alter 9 days’ journey in a south easterly direction, found themselves

at Kinglo, a large camp on the banks of ariver called the Chu-

sangpo, which is so large that it cannot be forded during the sum-

mer. This river flows eastward and falls into the lake called Nala-

Rine-tso or Tso-Sildu, said to be about the same size as the Man-

sarowar lake; it has a small island in the centre. The lake is re-

dorted to receive a large stream from the south, another from the

vast, and a third from the north, the latter draining part of the

*haiyu-Pooyu district. Though receiving so many streams, (one

of which, as noted above, is a large one), the lake is nevertheless

54 Report on Trans-Himalayan Explorations, &e. [No. 1,

Shellifuk, the residence of a great Lama. Still farther to the south

there are some high snowy peaks, and a district called Roonjor,

while to the north are the districts called Gyachun and Girke, the ©

latter probably adjoining Phaiyu-Pooyu. To the east he heard of —

another district called Shingwar. 7

From Kinglo the Pundi t wished to march on to Lhasa by the

northern route past the Tengri-noor lake, but the Chief of Majin

(Kinglo) would not permit it, and the party were consequently —

obliged to take a south-westerly route to the Mansarowar lake.—

They followed the course of the Sangpo-chu nearly to its source,

crossing one very high range called Nakchail, and another called —

Riego, and finally descending to the Mansarowar lake. The Nag-

chail and Riego ranges are evidently off-shoots of the Kailas peak.

The Nagchail peaks appeared to be very high both on the east and

west. |

When crossing the range the Pundit saw a very large herd of

wild yaks; his party counted over 300 of all sizes before the herd

ran off: the yaks were all black. These wild yaks are called

‘“Dong;” they were mostly seen between Majin-Kinglo and the

Mansarowar lake. Great herds of wild asses were seen through-

out; sometimes as many as 200 werein sight at the same time

when the plateaux were extensive. The Hodgsonian antelope,

wild goats, and sheep, (the latter including the gigantic Ovis am-

mon), were all seen in numbers. Large grey wolves were constant-

ly seen, but never more than two or three at atime, though packs of

them were often heard yelling at night. Numbers of reddish hare

and a kind of fox were seen on every march. Marmots were very}

numerous, their subterranean villages being met with wherever

grass and water were at hand. Quantities of geese, ducks, and

storks were seen on the lakes. Eagles and vultures appeared to be

the same as those in the Himalayas, and were seen every where. |

Whilst marching from Rudok to Thok-Jalung the Pundi

heard descriptions ofno less than 7 separate gold fields, viz. thos

of Thok-Sarkong, Thok-Dikla, Thdék-Ragyok, Thok-Thasang

Thok-Maroobhoob, Gunjee-Thok and Thok-Nianmo, besides th S

of Thok-Sarlung and Thok-Jalung which he actually visited, an

those of Phaiyu-Pooyu of which he heard vaguely. The Pundi

understands the word *‘ Thok” to mean a ‘‘mine.” 3

1870. | Report on Trans-Himalayan Explorations, Se. 50

Several salt lakes were passed and others heard of. He de-

scribes the celebrated Chak-chaka salt lake as being all but con-

nected with the Hagong-tso (lake,) and stated that an area of about

20 miles by 10 is all about on a level with those lakes. This space

is filled with salt, the water having evidently at one time covered

_ the whole.

- Borax fields were seen at Rooksum and Chak-chaka, and num-

: bers of people were working on them. No gold or salt mines were

: seen or heard of between Thok-Jalung and the Mansarowar lake ;

but numerous borax fields were seen, at one of which about 100

“men were at work near a camp of some thirty tents. The other

fields were not being worked when the Pundit passed. The

borax generally was said to find its way down to Kumaon, Nepal, &c.

Altogether this portion of the third Pundit’s route has brought

to light the positions of a large number of gold, borax, and salt

1 fields, testifying to an amount of mineral wealth, as to the value of

" which we have hitherto had noinformation. In marching south

? from Thok-Jalung the Pundit appears to have left the gold-bear-

F ang rocks, and from the information he received, the line of gold

"fields is continued more to the north; but it is evident that this

Bact of Tibet contains an sabenanetiiih supply of gold.

__ As to borax, there appears to be any amount of it to be had for

| the digging, the Lhasa authorities only taking a nominal tax of

i about 8 annas (or a shilling) for ten sheep or goat loads, probably

about 3 maunds or 240 lbs. Borax sufficient to supply the potte-

_ ries of Staffordshire and all Europe would be forthcoming, if the

supply from Tuscany should ever run short.

| The salt fields appear to be the source from which the hill po-

“ply of salt.

ba Throughout his march, the Pundit was at an elevation of over

15,000 feet, and yet an encampment was met with nearly every

day. Thieves were numerous, and threatened the party several

tim es; but on seeing that the Pundit’s party were armed, they

| anh went off again, not liking the look of an English gun.

56 Report on Trans-Himalayan Explorations, &e. [No. 1,

traverse of the Mansarowar lake, with bearings to the peaks north

and south. A map of the lake will be given hereafter. Though the

water was sweet no exit was seen: at one point on the west the

ground near the Ju monastery was low, and looked as if water had

perhaps at one time flowed through, towards the Rakas Tal lake,

though it is now too much above the lake to admit of it.

The Pundit was unable to join the Ladak Kafila; but made

his way by himself along the great road to Shigatze, where he was —

stopped. This he found was by an order of the Gartok Garpon

sent after him by the couriers. He was unable to advance farther.

Whilst marching between the Mansarowar and Shigatze he was able

to take bearings to various peaks north and south of the road,

which no doubt will add considerably to our knowledge of the

mountains on either side.of that route; but as the Pundit has

only just returned, there is no time to give any further account of

his route and adventures in the present report. ;

His servant, who was sent back from Dak-korkor, managed to join

part of the Ladak Kafila, and reached the Tadum monastery; but

the mounted messengers of the Gartok Garpon found him out there,

and prevented him from advancing farther. He very narrowly

escaped being sent back to Gartok, and would have been lucky to

have escaped severe punishment. The Ladak merchant fortunately

remembered his old friend the C hief Pundit, and on being tole

that the man was carrying merchandize on his account, did what he

could to protect him; and though he said it was impossible to take

him to Lhasa, he managed to get him released, and ultimately the

man was allowed to cross over the Himalayas by a southerly road pas

Muktinath into Nepal. In this way he was able to join on to the

route the 2nd Pundit traversed during their first explorations. Th

permission to take a new route, is surprising, as the Lhasa offici

are always careful to make suspected individuals return by the roa

they entered, so that they may at any rate not get fresh informatio

as tothe country. Their carelessness in the present instance wa

probably due to the humble and rather stupid look of the man, b ti

has supplied an important link between the Tadum monastery ail

the Muktinath shrine on the Saligrami, a great feeder of the Gu

duk river. The man, an inhabitant of Zaskar, inspite of his appear

ance, has a shrewd idea of distancesand of the points of the compass

1870.] Report on Trans-Himalayan Explorations, &e. 57

he was able to give a very intelligible though rough route between

the two points, which agrees very fairly with the positions assigned

to them by the Ist and 2nd Pundits.

When this Zaskari found that he would not be allowed to go to

Lhasa, he told the Ladak merchant that an agent of the Chief

Pundit had gone on ahead, to whom he was to have delivered some

goods, and requested that he would see that they were delivered to

the agent: the merchant promised to do this and took charge of the

packages. The Zaskari then put his own baggage on a couple of

sheep and started off south. Though early in December he was able

to cross the Brahmaputra river on the ice, which was then strong

enough to bear laden yaks. ‘The first day he reached the Likche

monastery, where he found two men from Lohba in the Mustang

district, north of Muktinath. These men had gone beyond, to the

north’ of Tadum, for salt and were returning withit. The Zaskari

managed to make their acquaintance, and on hearing that he was a

Bisahiri (or man of Koonoo) going to worship at Muktinath, they

agreed to take him with them. Their salt was laden on about sixty

yaks, each carrying from 14 to 2 maunds (120 to 160 Ibs). The two

men were able to manage this large number of yaks as the road was

a good one.

From Likche they ascended gradually over a great plain or pla-

teau, with plenty of grass and scrub; the latter making good fuel

even when green. ‘Three easy marches took them over this plain

‘and landed them at Lohtod, four or five miles beyond or south of

the Himalayan watershed. The plain had a few small knolls on it,

but was otherwise flat or undulating. The ascent, even up to the

watershed, was very slight indeed. From the pass, which the man

hardly thought worthy of calling a pass, there was a slight descent

or four or five miles. He got a good view of Lohtod, a village of

sixty houses surrounded by a number of scattered houses, which he

thought might makea total of several hundreds : the houses were all

built of sun-dried bricks. He noticed a great many fields, and

found that they cultivated barley, buckwheat, mustard, radishes, and

asmall proportion of wheat, all indicating a moderate altitude,

though the only trees visible were two or three poor willows. This

is confirmed by the easy slope of the ground to Muktinath, which

58 Report on Trans-Himalayan Explorations, &e. (No. 1,

the 2nd Pundit found to be 13,100 feet. The next day the Zaskari

reached Loh-mantang, where the Loh Gyalbo (or Raja) lives in a

stone fortlet, near a small town of some 200 houses, surrounded by a

great deal of cultivation.

From Loh-mantang three days’ easy march landed the Zaskari at

Muktinath. On the route he passed a large village called Asrang,

where the Gyalbo has a house, and at every three or four miles he

saw a group of a few houses, mostly to the west of his road, but he

met with no tents south of the Himalayan watershed.

Muktinath (or Lohchumik) stands in an open spot, with 4 vil-

lages of about 50 houses each, lying a mile to the south of the shrine.

The Zaskari has given some farther routes which are new and

will no doubt prove useful hereafter. The route given above is

more especially interesting, as giving another line across the Him-

alayas: it makes the crest very much as given in the map with

the first report of the Pundit’s explorations, and shows how very

far behind, or north of the great peaks, the Himalayan watershed

actually lies, and what a great breadth the highest parts of the

range cover.

Another explorer was employed to the east, who made a route-

survey of 1,190 miles in length, advancing by one route 640 miles

and returning by another 550 miles in length,

A small portion of this man’s route was quite new, as he ma-

naged to penetrate behind or north of the great Mount Everest —

peak. His progress in that direction was checked by the obduracy

of the Lhasa officials on the Tingri-maidan. As far as it goes

this portion of the route is, however, interesting, insomuch as it

gives another determination of the Himalayan watershed, and

throws a little more light on that part of the mountains which lies ©

behind or north of the great peaks, seen from the Hindustan side,

The remainder of the route is in a great part new; but some of

the former explorations went over portions of the same ground,

and the positions of several places have been entered on pub-

lished maps from various information, though hitherto without

any regular connection. These new routes will supply the neces-

sary connection, and when combined with former explorations, will |

add much towards the elucidation of the Eastern Himalayas,

A map will be prepared on this basis, but no reference can for

1870. ] Report on Trans-Himalayan Explorations, ec. 59

obvious reasons be made to names &c., whilst the work is in

progress, the explorers having been somewhat impeded by the

publicity given to the results of former expeditions.

On the north western frontier of India a Mahommedan gentle-

man, generally known as the Mirza, has been employed for some

time in exploring the countries beyond the Hindoo-Koosh, the

Mustagh, and Karakoram ranges. The Mirza was regularly

trained, and having acquired the necessary facility in the use of a

sextant, and in the method of route-surveying practised in these

explorations, was started on an expedition vid Afghanistan. He

made his way to Candahar; but there his progress was for a time

arrested owing to the war which resulted in re-seating the Amir

Ali on the Cabul throne.

The Mirza, it may be as well to state here, was one of the lads

brought originally from Herat by P ot ting er, and had received a

_ partial English education, by which he has benefited considerably.

_ Being a native of Afghanistan he has kept up his acquaintance

with that country, and though for some time in the British service,

has spent the greater part of his life in that country. His former

_ residence in Cabul more especially favoured him, and he was at

once able to accompany the Amir. He witnessed various actions

_ that took place during the Amir’s advance from Candahar, and

supplied our Government with accounts of them and the general

| state of affairs; accounts which at the time were rather valuable,

f as it was difficult to get any other accurate information. The Mirza

t was detained for some time at Cabul, owing to the disturbed state

| of the country, but ultimately was able to pass over to Badukshan,

b thence he ascended, through the Upper Valley of the Oxus, to

_ Lieutenant W ood’s Sirikul (or Victoria) Lake. From this lake he

_ made his way through a part of Sirikul district to Tashkurgan,

Ee crossing the watershed which divides the Oxus from Eastern Tur-

| kistan. At Tashkurgan, he was placed in a sort of open arrest,

| being allowed to do what he pleased, though always watched.

From Tashkurgan he made his way over the mountains direct to

| - Kashghar, still accompanied by men from Tashkurgna, who insisted

‘upon seeing him into Kashghar; fortunately they did not interfere

with his using his instruments, and he was able to continue his

| route-survey.

60 Report on Trans-Himalayan Explorations, &e. [No. 1,

At Kashghar he was detained for some time by the Koosh-Begie,

or Atalig Ghazi. He asked for permission to go on to Kokhan,

but it was refused; and he was ultimately glad to be allowed to

return via Yarkund and the Karakoram pass to Ladak, and thence

into British territory.

The Mirza has just returned, and there has only been time to

roughly plot his routes, which are complete from Cabul to Kash-

ghar, and from the latter to the vicinity of the Karakoram.

His route from the Sirikul lake to Kashghar, is entirely new,

and promises to be the most interesting portion of his work. It ©

may perhaps throw some light on Marco Polo’s route from

Europe to China, as that traveller stated that he went direct from

Budukshan to Kashghar without passing through any larger town.

No particulars can be given as to the Mirza’s work, but the

whole of his route-surveys, &c. will be reported on as soon as they

have been worked out and tested.

With reference to farther explorations, an attempt will be made

to advance farther along the margin of the Aksai Cheen, or great

white desert, and if possible to cross it, and generally to explore

farther east towards the end of the great wall of China; but the

jealousy of the Chino-Tibetan officials renders success very doubt-

ful.

Expeditions are being organized to carry the explorations still

farther to the north of the Hindoo-Koosh, so as to account for the

geography of the upper branches of the Oxus, of the Pamir Steppe

&c.; and there is some chance that in the present state of Afghani

stan, it will be possible to carry out these projects and thus to reduce

the absolutely unknown ground in that direction toa small area

within a reasonable time. |

Further routes will be made with a view to complete our know-

ledge of the geography of the Eastern Himalayas; and it is hoped

that the obstacles in that direction may be surmounted within a

short time. |

The total length of route-surveys amounts to 1,820 miles with 66

latitudes and 61 heights of various places. The area of altogether

new ground of which the geography has been determined, is about

new country, for the geography of which improved materials have

been collected.

JOURNAL

OF THE

PeTaATicC SOCTETY.

—-g—

Part IL—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

SILL IIS LPI S SSS SPI II PPLLP LPL LILLIE

No. [1.—1870.

ON ees

eee

ON SOME NEW OR IMPERFECTLY KNOWN Inpran Prants,—

by S. Kurz, Kse., Curator of the Calcutta Herbarium.

[Received 12th December, 1869, read 5th January, 1870. ]

(With plates V-VIT.)

RANUNCULACEA.

1. Clematis floribunda, Kurz, in Seem. Journ. of Bot., V,

240.—This specific name is to be changed, as Mr. Bentham

_ has given previously the same name to a Peruvian plant. I now

_ propose to call the species C. subumbellata.

ANONACELL.

2. Uvaria cordata, Wall., Cat. 6486, is united with U. macro-

i. phylla, Roxb., by the authors of the ‘‘ Flora Indica, but it certainly

h is different from that species. It is identical with Blume’s JU.

| ovalifolia which is, in my opinion, a good species.

| §. 8. Uvaria Hamiltomi, Hf. et Th. Fl. Ind, I, 96.—Some

| forms of this are so near to Anomianthus heterocarpus, Zo1l.,

| (Uvaria heterocarpa, B1.?) that I should be inclined to unite both,

| but I have no fruits to compare.

|»

62 On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. [No. 2,

4. Miliusa Roxburghiana, Hf. et Th., Fl. Ind., I. 150.—This

has a solitary erect ovule, quite similar to that of Pheanthus nutans,

to which it shows close resemblance ; it will, therefore, be necessary

to refer the former to the same genus, and as Uvaria dioica, Rox-

burgh, Fl. Ind., II, 659, is identical with it, the species may be

called Pheanthus dioicus.

HMENISPERMACELZ.

5. Pachygone dasycarpa, ”. sy.—Frutex scandens, ra-

mulis novellisque tomentosis ; folia ovalia, 14—2 poll. longa, pet-

iolo gracili tomentello 3—1 pollicari suffulta, obtusiuscula, v. rarius

emarginata, mucronulata, coriacea, glaberrima, nervosa, lucida ;

racemi pedicellique crassi, flavicante tomentosi ; drupae oblique

obovales, dense flavicante tomentose, pisi majoris magnitudine.—

Siam, Kanbiri (Teysmannin Hb. Bog. No. 5993.)

Besides the very different indumentum of the drupes and inflo-

rescences the shape and nervature of the leaves differ considerably

from those of P. ovata.

Tinomiscium pyrrhobotryum, Mig., in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat.,

IV, 81 = Zinom. phytocrenoides, Kurz, in Tydsch. Nat. Vereen.

XXY.

CAPPARIDEZL.

6. Capparis roydsicfolia, ”. sy.—Frutex scandens,g la- —

berrimus ; folia oblonga v. elliptico-oblonga, breve et crasse petiolata, —

basi rotundata v. obtusa, apice obtusiuscula et mucronata, sub- —

coriacea, 6-8 poll. longa, glabra, in sicco flavescentia, subtus nervis :

prominentibus percursa et laxe reticulata ; aculei stipulares, breves, —

patentes, stricti ; flores 4—5-ni, supra foliorum axilla orientes, breve —

pedicellati, racemum terminalem formantes; sepala marginibus —

lanata ; petala cire 6 lin. longa, obovato-lanceolata, floccoso-pube-

rula ; gynophorum abbreviatum, circ. } lin. longum, unacum ovario

glaberrimum ; stamina numerosa ; baccees.—Siam (Teysmann,

in Hort. Bogor.)—A very distinct species, closely resembling in —

foliage Roydsia suaveolens. |

7. Capparis flavicans, 2. sp.—Frutex habitu Cadabe Indi- &

c@, novellis omnibus unacum foliis fulvo v. flavicanter tomentosis, —

1870. | On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. 63

aculeis brevissimis, rectis, patentibus armatus; folia variabilia,

obovata, oblonga v. subcuneato-obovata, basi rotundata, acuta v.

obtusa, breve et gracile petiolata, 3—1, raro 14 poll. longa, retusa

v. obtusa, chartacea v. coriacea, juniora dense fulvo-pubescentia,

mox glabrescentia, nervis subtus prominentibus; flores parvi,

solitarii v. gemini, pedicellis 6-8 lin. longis dense fulvo-tomentosis

suffulti, vulgo in apicibus ramulorum brevium tomentosorum siti

et saepius racemum v. corymbum spurium formantes ; sepala dense

fulvo-tomentosa ; petala extus glabra, intus dense lanata, circ. 4 lin,

longa ; gynophorum crassum cum ovario dense fulvo-tomentosum ;

baccee pisi maximi magnitudine, puberule, ovate, apiculate, 2-

loculares, loculis monospermis.—Siam, near the village Kankian,

Radbiri (Teysmann in Hb. Bog.)

VIOLACEA..

8. Alsodeia longiracemosa, ». sy.—Arbuscula parva v.

~ frutex glaberrima ; folia decidua, oblongo-lanceolata, breve et gra-

ciliter petiolata, utrinque acuminata, serrata, chartacea, glabra ;

racemi elongati, 3-5-poll. longi, parce puberuli ; flores parvi, vires-

cente-albi, pedicellis strictis longiusculis suffulti ; calyx puberulus;

capsule pedunculatx, glabre.—Martaban (Dr. Brandis.)

POLYGALEA.

9. Polygala arvensis, Willd.—There exists great uncertainty

amongst the different varieties of the above species and others near-

5 ly allied to them, especially with regard to P. trifora of Linné.

~My. Edgeworth has seen the authentic specimens of P. triflora,

‘and declares them to be P. rosmarinyfolia. If this be the case,

P. arvensis would really have to be identified with P. triflora, as Dr.

Anderson has done in his “‘ Florula Adenensis;” but P. Vahli-

ana, erioptera and their allies cannot, in that case, be connected

with it, on account of the very different structure of the wings,

By the form of the latter many Indian forms, now described under

different names, might be brought together into natural groups.

Thus we should obtain for the group with thick herbaceous

green and acuminated sepal-wings, P. glomerata and P. arvensis

| with a long series of synonyms, all these having short racemes ;

64 On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. [No. 2,

those with elongated racemes would be P. ciliata, WA., P. elongata,

Heyne (including P. macrostachya) and P. Wightiana, which latter

requires close comparison with the former.—The other group with

coloured thin obtuse and usually petal-like wings would comprise

P. Vahliana, P. Heyneana and P. Javana (the 2 latter species being

rather too closely allied), P. Persicaria and P. elegans (including P.

Khasyana, Hassk.). The latter species forms to some degree @

connecting link between the two groups.

GUTTIFERZ.

10. Disecstigma fabrile, Mig., Suppl. Fl. Sumatr., 496, (Gar- —

cinta fabrile, ejusd., in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat., I, 808), is not different

from G. cornea, L.

11. Xanthochymus cannot be retained as a genus, different from

Garcinia, for there occur pentamerous and tetramerous flowers

on the same tree of X. pictorius, as 1 had several times the oppor-

tunity of observing.

12. Calophyllum cymosum, Miq., Suppl. Fl. vy. Sumatr., 497, is

the same as C. spectabile, Willd.

18. Calophyllum plicipes, Mig., Suppl. Fl. v. Sumatr., 499, is

identical with C. pulcherrimum, W a1}.

TERNSTRGMIACELZ.

14. Ternstremia macrocarpa, Scheff., in Obs. Phyt., 15, does

not differ from 7. Penangiana, Chois.

15. Schima crenata, Korth., Verh. Nat. Gesch. t. 29, 143,

is undoubtedly identical with Roxburgh’s Gordonia oblata,

(FI. Ind., IJ, 572) and the name should, therefore, be changed into

Schima oblata.

DIPTEIOCARPEA.

16. Depterocarpus tuberculatus, Roxb., Fl.Ind., Il, 614; DC.

Prod, XVJ, 614,—differs from D. grandifolius, Miq., simply

in having the leafbuds, the leaves underneath, and the inflores:

cences quite glabrous, not puberulous ; the fruits are the same im

both species. j

17. Dipterocarpus cordifolius, W al1l., in DC. Prod., XVI, 612.

—De Candolle describes this species as having winged fruits, bu_

1870.] On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. 65

I suspect these fruits must have come by some mistake to the leaves,

which latter are decidedly those of D. obtus¢folius, Te ysm., in

Migq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat., I, 214; DC., 1. c. 608.

18. Dupterocarpus pilosus, Roxb., Fl. Ind., II, 615; DC.

Prod., XVI, 614.—I have no doubt that D, Baudii, Korth., is

the same species as the above. ‘The fruits are alike, the flowers of

the former, however, unknown. Anisoptera Palembanica, Mi q. (only

leaves) is not distinguishable from some forms of D. pilosus.

SYNAPTEA, Griff.

Calycis tubus brevissimus, toro adnatus, lobis manifeste valvatis

subaequalibus. Stamina 15—18; filamenta minima, antheris

breviora, connectivum glandula brevi acuta terminatum. Ovarium

calyci adnatum, 3-loculare, stylus filiformis, stigmate capitato-tri-

lobo. Calycis fructigeri lobi 5, omnes aucti, quorum 2 multo

_longiores. Nux globosa, matura calycis usque ad 4 partem longi-

_ tudinis adnata, monosperma.

19. Synaptea grandiflora, (Hopea grandifiora, Wall. -DC.

Prod., XVI, 634; Sunaptea odorata, Griff. Not. Dicot., 516.

t. 585, A, f.5? Icannot follow Bentham and Hooker in

their idcatification of this species with Vatica Chinensis, as the

authors do not state, whether they have seen Lin ne’s specimens.

4 It is impossible to retain this species in the genus Vatica, on

account of the distinctly valvate calycine lobes, &c., so perfectly

‘ dissimilar to what Lamarck has figured. With Hopea, where

, De Candolle places it, the species has nothing to do at all, but

% it is evidently very similar to Anvsoptera.

: S. Bantamensis (Anisoptera Bantamensis Hassk) is another

" species which is very nearly allied to the above but at once distin-

guished by the much broader lobes of the calyx, &c.

: 20. Shorea leucobotrya, Mig, Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat., I, 218,

and Sh. obtusa, Wall., apud DC. Prod., XVI, 62), are one and

the same species.

; PARASHORKEA, n. gen.

% Calycis tubus brevissimus. Stamina 12-15; filamenta antheris

_breviora, «qualia; anthers oblongo-lanceolate, connectivo in

66 On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. [No. 2,

mucronem minutam producto adnate. Ovarium liberum, 3-

loculare, stylus filiformis, stigmate truncato. Tubus calycis fructi-

feri haud auctus; lobi calycini 5, valvati, basin versus attenuati,

omnes valde aucti et aliformes, aequales v. 2 paullo breviores,

subpatentes. Nux monosperma, libera, nec loborum basibus arcte

contorto-cincta, ut in Shorea.—Arbores ingentes, foliis lucidis et

floribus albidis dense racemoso-paniculatis.

21. Parashorea stellata, ~. sp. Arbor ingens, glabra;

folia ovato-lanceolata, acutiuscula v. apiculata ; lobis calycis fructi-

geri aliformes, eequales et subpatentes ; nux ovata v. oblongo-

ovata.—Martaban (Dr. Bran dis).

22. Parashorea lucida (Shorea lucida, Migq., Suppl. Fl. Sumaitr.

487), differs from the former by the smaller more shining

leaves, which are shortly acuminate. It has also the wings —

of the fruitbearing calyx shorter and broader, and the nuts are

smaller and almost globular.

A third species of Parashorea will be Shorea longisperma, Rxb.,

(D C., Ind., IT, 618) which has the nuts longer than any of the

foregoing two species, but nothing is known of it except the fruit.

23. Shorea Siamensis, Mig., Ann. Lugd. Bat., I, 214; DOC.

Prod., XVI, 631, is identical with Pentacme suavis, DC.

(Prod. 1. c. 626) and the name has, therefore, to be changed in

Pentacme Stamensis. The tube of the fruitbearing calyx remains

unchanged, with all the 5 lobes wing-like enlarged, two of them

about 4 shorter, the remaining 3 about 4 inch long, obovate-

lanceolate, obtuse, very narrowed towards the broad imbricate

base, glabrous; nut ovoid, acuminate by the persistent style,

glabrous.

MALVACEZ.

24. Decaschistia parviflora, x. sy. Suffrutex? v. herba

perennis, ramosus; folia oblongo-lanceolata v. oblonga, longe ~

petiolata (petiolo fere pollicari gracili puberulo), acuta, obsolete —

dentata, coriacea, supra dense puberula et scabriuscula, subtus eg

albo- v. gilvo-tomentosa; flores parvi, iis Urene lobate non =

absimiles, breve rigideque pedicellati, in axillis foliorum superiorum 2)

solitarii et racemos terminales formantes; involucri phylla calyce —

1870. | On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. 67

multo breviora, linearia, rigida, puberula; calycis lobi e basi lata

lanceolati, acuminatissimi, medio valde costati, 3—4 lin. longi,

dense puberuli; capsule dense stupposo-tomentosee.—In the

jungles of Kanbiri, Siam (Teysmann in Hb. Bogor. 6979),—

A very distinct species, not unlike in habitus to certain Urenas.

STERCULIACEL.

25. Helicteres plebeja ~. sp. Fruticulus, partibus juni-

oribus stellato-scabris, gemmisque canescente tomentosis; folia

ovato-lanceolata v. ovato-oblonga, breve graciliterque petiolata,

= rotundata, circa 3—5 poll. longa, magis minusve regulari-den-

tata, acuminata, membranacea, supra parce hispidula v. sub-glabra,

‘subtus minute stellato-hispidula et scabra, juniora, rarissime

etiam adulta, dense canescente-tomentosa ; flores parvi, flaviduli

y. pallide lilacini, breve pedicellati; cymi pauciflori axillares

‘stellato-puberuli graciles; calyx circiter 23 lin. longus, parce

‘stellato-pilosus; petala calyce paullo longiora; capsule 8—10

lin. longze, stellato-tomentosee et muricate, carpellis mox separa-

tis et. subulatis—Arracan, frequent in the Pynkadt forests of the

lower sandstone hills in Kolodyne valley, &c.

| ‘TILIACEE.

, 26. Brownlowia argentata, . sp. Arbor parva? parti-

bus omnibus novellis argenteo-v. subcupreo-lepidotis ; folia ovata

y. late ovata, 4—5 poll. longa, petiolis 5 lin. usque ad 2 poll. longis,

lepidotis demum glabrescentibus suffulta, acuminata, basi rotundata

“vy. subcordata, coriacea, supra glaberrima, subtus argenteo-lepidota

et ferrugineo-punctata ; panicule elongate, racemiformes, termi-

nales et axillares, argenteo-lepidote atque glabrescentes ; flores

44 lin. circiter longi, breviuscule pedicellati; calyx ferrugineo- v.

enteo-lepidotus; carpella juvenilia lepidota.—Moluccas, Biri

kie (Teysmann in Hb. Bogor.). Atin laut ine.

5 90, and will, therefore, have to be called Lepton peti Wetandelila

98. Echinocarpus murex, Bth., (Linn. Soc. Proc. v. Suppl. 72) is

‘the same as £. Sigun, B1l., Bydr., 56. The only difference,

68 On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. — [No. 2,

which I can point out between the two is, that in the latter the

prickles of the capsules are very crowded and in the former very

lax and distant. Clos, and after him Bentham, describe the

prickles of HL. Sigun as subfoliate, but this is evidently a misprint —

in Clos’ Treatise for ‘‘ subfalcatis.”

29. Eleocarpus Griffith (Monoceras Griffithii, Wight, IL,

I, 84). To this I add as synonyms: MMonoceras trichanthera,

Griff, (Not.,Dicot. 518, t. 619, f. 3), IL. odontopetalum, M iq., Suppl.

Fl. v. Sumatra, 409, and IL. holopetala, Zoll. et Cumm., in Bull.

Soc. Mose., XIX, 496. I am not quite sure about the identity of

Monoceras leucobotryum, Miq., l.c., which differs from the above

simply by more coriaceous leaves and the densely silky-villose

ovaries. Prof. Miquel says that the anthers are furnished with

two bristles, but authentic specimens show only a single one. |

30. Eleocarpus floribundus, B1., Bydr., 120; Migq., Fl. Ind,

Bat., I-2, 210. To this species belongs #. serratus, Rx b., Fl. Ind,

IT, 596, as a synonym. |

LINEE.

31. Erythroxylon Burmaniccum, Griff., Not. Dicot., " 468 :

t, 581, f.3; to this belongs 4. retusum, Bauer apud Teysm

et Binnend. in Tydsch. v. Naturk. Ver. Ned. Ind., XX VII, 71.

GERANIA CE.

32. Oxalis (Biophytum) gracilenta, . sp. Herba annua,

delicatula, erecta, cauli nudo cire. 6-pollicari gracili, nonnunquam

subacaulis v. caulescens ; folia abrupte pinnata, petiolis filiformibus,

foliola 5—8-juga, lutescente-viridia, tenera, oblique oblonga yv

ovata, utrinque magis minusve truncata, mucronulata; pedunculi

axillares, plerumque 4—6, et foliis breviores, glandulosi, api e

incrassato umbellam paucifloram gerentes ; flores minuti, aurantiaé

v. lutei; sepala lineari-subulata, 3—5 nervia; capsulee obovate:

semina minuta, iis Ox. sensitive dimidio minora, tuberculata, rubes:

centia.—Chittagong, frequent along the roads of the station, under

the shade of trees; Western Bengal, Sikkim-Terai, &c. .

The species is easily distinguished from Ox. sensctiva by its slen-|

derness and the uniformly and irregularly tubercled small seeds.

1870. | On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. 69

In Oz. sensitiva the seeds are elegantly transversely tubercled-

_ suleate on the thickened blackish back, and less so on the convex

and paler facets.

33. Connaropsis Grifithi, Planch, apud Hf., in Linn. Soc.,

Trans. XXIII, (1862), has to be changed into Connaropsis diversifolia ;

for Rowrea diversifolia, Miq., Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. (1860) 528, is

undoubtedly the same plant. Prof. Miquel describes the ovary

as consisting of 5 carpels, but I think, he mistook the 5 furrows for

them. I have unfortunately no flowers to examine, and a

withered flower-rudiment did not show me exactly the parts, but

_ the arrangement of the pedicels and inflorescences, and the whole

structure of the leaves clearly shews that the species is a Connaropsis.

RUTACEAE,

34. Luvunga calophylla, 2. sy.—Glabra ; folia larga, 3-

_ foliolata, petiolo terete 8—9 poll. longo; foliola 10—12 poll. lon-

‘ ga, 4 poll. lata, obovato-lanceolata, basi in petiolum brevissimum

attenuata, breve acuminata, integra, marginibus sub-revolu-

' tis, chartacea, glaberrima, utrinque nitentia, costa subtus acute

_prominente, nervis lateralibus conspicuis ; flores cymosi ; cymes

_ breves, glabre ; calyx truncato 5-dentatus, majusculus, glaber ;

‘ petala, stamina &c. desunt ; baccee immature oblong v. ovato-

; oblongee, styli basi coronatze, vesiculoso-papillose.—Island Banca

near Sumatra, at Jébis (Te ysmann in Hb. Bog. 3228). Limé-

“&tén, inc. A very distinct species, with leaves much resembling those

of Zanthoxylon euneurum, Miq.

Luvunga sarmentosa (Triphasia sarmentosa, B 1. ?) is identified by

Prof. Oliver with Z. eleutherandra, but it differs from it consider-

ably by the hairy filaments. I am not at all sure whether Blume’s

T. sarmentosa is really the same, as the present species, for Blume

describes the floral parts to be trimerous.

we 85. Atalantia (Paramignya) citrifolia (Limonia citrifolka, Rox b.,

Fi. Ind., II, 579). What Prof. Oliver has taken for Paramignya

citrifolia, Rxb., is a perfectly distinct plant from the Roxburghian,

which has a very short style, perfectly unlike that of Oliver’s

plant, and the flowers of very small size.

TI cannot detect any distinctive characters of generic value

70 On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. [No. 2

between Atalantia and Paramignya. The shape of the anthers,

whether oblong or linear-oblong, can surely not be of very great

importance. The torus is in Atalantia Missionis equally raised and

stalk-like as in any true Paramignya. The general habit of both —

genera is exactly the same. A. monophylla certainly has a very

peculiar calyx, but even this character becomes of less importance

when we compare such forms as Selerostylis, and others.

37. Ottrus Hystrix, D C., Prod. I, 539. (Lemon Papeda, Rum pbh.,

Herb. Amb., II, t. 27; Limo tuberosus, Rump h. 1. cit. t. 26, £15

Limo ferus,R um ph., 1. cit. t. 26, f. 3 et t. 28 ; Citrus papeda, M iq.»

Fl. Ind. Bat. I/2, 580; Papeda Rumphii, Hassk., Cat. Bog., 216).—

Arbuscula v. frutex ramosissimus, spinis brevioribus v. longioribus

strictis axillaribus armatus, glaberrimus ; folia ovalia v. ovata,

14-2, raro 3 poll. longa, ee obtusa et retusa, subintegra, v. cre-—

nata, glabra ; petiolus 1-14, saepius 2-3 poll. longus, foliaceus et

saepius lamina ipsa major, obcordatus v. obovato-oblongus, basi ©

simplex et re vera petioliformis ; flores parvi, albi, pedicellis bre-

vissimis glabris suffulti, fasciculos parvos axillares formantes v.-

subsolitarii ; calyx parvus, 4-v. 5-dentatus ; petala cire. 3 lin.

longa v. paullo longiora ; ovarium obovatum, stylo crasso brevissi-

mo terminatum, bacca obovata vy. irregulari globosa, rugosa et

tuberculata, subinsipida, cortice crassissimaé luteé.—Sumatra, Pria-

man (Diepenhorst in Hb. Bogor. 1375.) Limau saring, ine.

This is a well-marked species. It has very small flowers, usually

4 or 5 stamens, and a very short style. The leaf-like petiole is not

seldom larger than the blade itself.

Great difficulty is experienced amongst the species of Citrus, anc

Prof. Oliver, from whom we should have expected the best eluci-

dation of the same, has left the genus as he found it. The Englis

and native names are for the present the best distinguishing mark

and will remain so, as long as botanists fail to define their specie

properly. The difficulty to recognise the real limits of the species 0

Citrus, is I believe, due to the fact, that nobody as yet has at-

tempted to study the wild growing forms before examining th

cultivated ones. 4

38. Limonia pentagyna, Roxb., Fl. Ind., I, 382, = Burs ra

serrata, W all. .

1870.] On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. 7k

| MELIACEA.

39. Dallea subscandens, T. et B., (Natuurk. Tydsch. v. Ned. Ind.

é XXIV), does not differ specifically from I Roth, now Cipa-

dessa baccifera, Miq., (Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV, 6).—It is chiefly

founded on the somewhat scandent habit. Itis a fact, however,

_ that many erect species assume a climbing or scandent character,

_ when transferred from a dryer to a moister climate, or when growing

i" in dense moist forests.

— 40. Didymochiton, B1. This genus has been incorrectly identified

_ with Dysoxylon.* The distinctive characters are the following :—

Dysoxylon. Calyx parvus, 4-v. 5-dentatus, alabastro jam apertus.

f Petala valvata, libera. Antheree 8—10, tubo stamineo denticulato

q vy. obsolete denticulato incluse. Ovarium 38—5-loculare. Cap-

- sula pyriformis, loculicide 83—5-valvis. Semina exarillata.

| Didymochiton. Calyx parvus v. magnus, 5—7-sepalus, sepalis

| { manifeste imbricatis ; petala valvata, tubo stamineo lobato v. dentato

_fere usque ad + partem adnata. Capsula globosa, bacczeformis

et loculicida. Semina exarillata.

Schizochiton. Calyx vulgo campanulatus, obsolete 4-raro 5-denta-

tus, alabastro jam apertus ; petala valvata v. imbricata, cum tubo

stamineo lobata v. dentata usque ad $v. 3 partem ipsorum longi-

tudinis connataindeque tubulosa. Ovarium 3-4-loculare. Capsula

_ yulgo pyriformis, loculicide 3-4-valvis. Semina complete v. incom-

plete arillata.

E Hartighsea excelsa, Juss., isatrue Dysouylon. Hartighsea mollissi-

_ ma, Juss., and H. angustifolia, Migq., are no Dysoxyla, but more

_ probably belong to Didymochiton.

H 41. Amoora Rohituka, (WA. Prod. I, 119), is probably not

d fferent from A. Aphanomyxis, Roem. et Schult., which often

has the leaflets underneath shortly puberulous ; but as I have only

fr ctificating specimens of the former, and no flowers, I do not

venture to unite them at present.

Trestrict the genus Amoora to those species which have ternary

petals ; I am not acquainted with any true Amoora with 5 petals.

\ b+ Also Prof. Miguel in his annals which reached me only while theses

| sheets were going through the press, has followed Bentham and Hooker

| in their identification of the genus.

72 On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. (No. 2,

Monosoma, Griff., is Carapa obovata, and Dysoxylon Championii,

Hf. et Th. in Thwaites’ Enum. Pl. Zeyl., is a species closely allied

to it, and most probably the Carapa (Xylocarpus) carnosa, Z 011.

42. Amoora spectabilis, Miq. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV,

37 — the male plant of Amoora cucullata, Ro x b.

43. Walsura trichostemon, Miq.1.¢., IV, 60 = Walsura villosa,

WA., Prod. I, 120, (in adnot.)

44. Heynea frutescens, T. et B., is a good species, not a variety

of H. Sumatrana, Migq., in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV, 60. The

latter is identical with H. quinquejuga, Ro xb.

OLACINE.

45. Cansera zizyphifolia, Grif f., Not. Dicot. 360, t. 537 f. 1.— .

To this species Olax Sumatrana, Miq., (Suppl. Fl. Sumatra, 342,) —

has to be referred as a synonym.

46. Gonocaryum gracile, Miq., Suppl. Fl. Sum. 343 (1860), is

in my opinion the same as Platea Griffithsiana, Miers, Contr. I, 97,

t. 17. Prof. Miquel states that the former possesses 2 cells in the

ovary and one ovule. Authentic specimens, however, show that the

ovary is really one-celled and to judge from the sterile fruits, 2-

ovuled. The abortive seed in the fruit is suspended from the apex

just beneath the acumen, and there can be observed also the rudi-

ment of the second superposed ovule. There appears to me to be

also no doubt of Phlebocalymna, Griff., and Gonocaryum, Miq.,

being identical.

G. Lobbianum (Platea Lobbiana, Miers, Contrib. Bot. I, 97, t. 17), ;

is a second species of this genus.

ILCINEA.

47. Tlex daphnephylloides, ~. sy.—Arbor magna, novel-

lis parce pubescentibus ; folia oblonga v. subovato-oblonga, petiolis

circiter pollicaribus, tenuiter acuminata, basi saepius parum ine-

quali-rotundata v. obtusa, integra, coriacea, 4—5 poll. longa, punc-

tata, supra nitida, subtus glauca, transverse venosa et reticulata;

flores virescenti-albidi capitulum magis minusve densum axillare | fe

pedunculatum formantes; pedicelli breves, minute pubescentes, a

crassi; pedunculus 4—1 pollicaris, apice incrassatus et dense — ‘

bracteatus, puberulus ; calycis lobi corolle adnati, minuti, rotundati, : q

oe eS

ee nal.

1870. ] On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. 73

pubescentes et dense ciliati; petala 5, nonnunquam 6—7, oblonga,

obtusa; stamina 10, inequalia; anthere 5 interiores sessiles

v. subsessiles et vulgo minores, 5 exteriores majores et filamentis

inequilongis suffulte; ovarium glabrum; drupe...... — Sik-

kim Himalaya, in the oak forests of Tongloo, &c.

CELASTRINEA.

48. Evonymus Javanicus, B 1., Bydr. 1146, I am unable to

distinguish from this #. Sumatranus, Miq., Fl. Ind, Bat. I 2,589,

and L. Baneanus, Miq., Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 513.

49. Hippocratea angulata, Gri ff., Not. Dicot., 473, t.581, f. 1—

_ appears to be a new species of Hvonymus which might be called

LE. Griffith.

50. WNothoenestis Sumatrana, Mi q., Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 531. et Ann.

Mus. Lugd. Bat. III, is the same as Celastrus robustus, Roxb., FI.

Ind. I, 626, and is also identical with Kurrimia pulcherrima, Wall.

—As Roxburgh’s name is the oldest, the tree will have to be

named K. robusta.

Is it possible that £. eee Arn., is the same as Pyrosper-

mum calophyllum, Mig.? The foliage of the latter resembles very

much that of XK. Zeylanica.

51. Lophopetalum, W ght.—This genus appears to have been

mixed up with true species of vonymus, such as E. grandiflorus,

and its generic characters became on this account rather unin-

telligible. This also appears to be the cause that a new genus

Kokoona, Th w., was proposed, which Mr. Th w ait es has correctly

placed in the Hippocrateacee.

The genus might be divided into 2 natural groups, the one with

fimbriate or lamellate petals and large flowers (Lophopetalum), the

other with naked petals and small flowers (okoona).

’ RHAMNED.

52. Zizyphus Horsfieldii, Migq., Fl. Ind. Bat., I, 643, is evidently

the same as Z. glaber, Rox b., Fl. Ind. Bat., I, 614.

47, Zizyphus ornata, Migq., Fl. Ind. Bat., I, 642, is identical

with Z. calophylla, W all. (in Rxb. FI. Ind.).

74 On some new or emperfectly known Indian plants. [No. 2,

AMPELIDEA.

58. Cissus hastatus, Miq., in Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 517, is the same

as Vitis glaberrima, W a1l., in Rx b. FL Ind. (ed. prior) I, 476.

54. Vitis pentagona, Voigt, in Cat. Suburb. Calcutta, 28. (Cus-

sus pentagona, Roxhb., Fl. Ind., I, 408). This species is very frequent

in the forests of Arracan, where I found it flowering. I add the

description of the flowers to the short characteristic given in Rox-

burgh’s Flora,

Flores parvi, flaviduli, cymulas glabras simplices v. raro subcom-

positas oppositifolias formantes; pedicelli cire. 1-1} lin. longi, crassi,

glabri ; calyx truncatus ; petala 4, oblongo-lanceolata, cucullato-

acuminata, lineam fere longa; stamina 4; stylus breviusculus,

simplex.—It is avery distinct species with glossy obtusely 5-

angled and thick stems, and may be placed near V. repens, WA.

55. Vitis elegans, Kurz, in Nat. Tydsch. v. Ned. Indie, is the

same as V. cinnamomea, Wall., in Roxb. FI. Ind.

SAPINDACEZL.

56. Schmiedelia aporetica (Ornitrophe Aporetica, Roxb., Fl. Ind.

II, 264,)—Fruticulus 2-3-pedalis, novellis pubescentibus; folia

majora, 3-foliolata, petiolo 3-5-pollicari parce pubescente, foliola

oblonga v. obovata, cuneata, lateralia sub-ineequalia, breve crasseque .

petiolulata, breviter acuminata, 6-8 poll. longa, remote irregularique ;

serrata, membranacea, glabra, nervis subtus plus minus pubescen-

tibus et supra dense fulvo-villosis ; flores parvi, flaviduli, fascicu-

lati, pedicellis brevibus gracilibus glaberrimis, bracteis longis line-—

ari-subulatis hirsutis sustenti; racemi robustiores, simplices, axil-

lares, fulvo-villosi, petiolis breviores; petala obovato-cuneata, —

emarginata, intus supra medio valde lanata ; filamenta glabra v.

basi lanata ; ovarium villosum ; drupz abortu vulgo solitariz, —

raro gemine, pisi majoris magnitudine, globose, miniatee, luci-

dee.—Very frequent in the Forests of the lower hills of Arracan, 2a

sandstone, up to 1200 feet. ;

This species is easily recognised amongst the trifoliolate forms —

with pubescent rachis by the long linear-subulate bracts.

SABIACEA.

57. Sabia ? floribunda, Migq., Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 521, is the : |

same as Meliosma simplierfolia, B 1. 3

1870. | On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. 75

ANACARDIACE.

58. Mangifera sylvatica, Rxb., Fl. Ind. I, 644.— Prof. Miquel

has incorrectly identified this species with WU. Jndica, L., from which

it is at once distinguished by the very different white flowers, the

disk, and the acuminated fruits.

59. Mangifera Horsfieldii, Migq., Fl. Ind. Bat. I-2, 682, is the

same as I. foetida, Lour.

60. Semecarpus acuminatus, ”. sp.—Arbor glaberri-

ma ; folia cuneato-obovata v. cuneato-oblonga, basi angustata ob-

_ tusa v. acuminata, 4-1 ped. longa, petiolis glabris 1-2-pollicaribus

_ acuminata, integra, subchartacea, utrinque glabra, subtus glauca,

: nervis tenuibus sed acute prominentibus venulisque laxis et con-

spicuis reticulata ; flores parvi, pedicellis 1-2 lin. longis gracilibus

1 glabris, racemulosi, paniculam terminalem ramosam gracilem et

glaberrimam foliis breviorem formantes ; calycis dentes lati et

- acuti ; petala linea longiora, oblongo-lanceolata, acuminata ; discus

_ fulvo-y. flavescente-hispidus ; ovarium glaberrimum ; nux oblique

_ oblonga, latior quam alta, podocarpo carnoso ipsius magnitudinis

- miniato suffultan—Very frequent in the Forests of Arracan, on

4 sandstone, up to 1000 ft. elevation ; also in Chittagong.

«61. Swintonia Grifithii, (Sw. sp., Griff. in Duch. Rev. Bot.

4 II, 380; Walp. Ann. I, 200; Astropetalum sp. 2, Griff. Not.

~ Dicot. 412). This species is very different from Astropetalum

Sep. 1, Griff., Not. Dicot. 411, t. 565 f. 2, b-d. The leaves

i, are uniformily green and glossy, the pedicels 3 to 5 lin. long,

petals about 2 lin. long, while the latter, which is identical

CONNARACEZ.

63. Connarus monocarpus, WA., Prod. I, 148, (non Linn.), is

‘not a Connarus, for it has a sessile follicle and glabrous panicles,

‘

_ and may most probably be the same as Rourea santalordes,

76 On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. [No. 2

64. Rourea dasyphylla, Miq., Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 528, is a syno-—

nym of Cnestis platantha, Griff., Not. Dicot. 434, to which also

C. ignea and foliosa, Planch., belong.

Cnestis flammea (errore typico flaminea) Griff., l.c. 433, t. 608, —

f, 2, appears to be the fruiting state of C. platantha. |

What is Cnestis ramiflora, Grif f., 1c. 432, from Mergui? It ,

differs from the above in being a low shrub and in having the

leaflets alternate and acute.

65. Connarus Diepenhorstii, Migq., Fl. Sumatr. 529, is identical

with Teniochlena Diepenhorstii ; and Rourea acutipetala, Miq., 1. ¢.

528, is the same as Teniochlena acutipetala. Both species are very

different from 7. Griffithit.

66. Troostwyckia singularis, Migq., Suppl. Fl. Sumatr., 531. As

a synonym of this I have to note Hemiandrina Borneensis, Hf,

in Linn. Trans. XXIII, 171, t. 28. Both are surely the same

plant, and not only nearly allied, as suggested by Prof. Miquel

in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. ITI, 88.

LYTHRARIEZ.

67. Ammannia (Rotala) dentelloides, ~. sy.—Her-

bulze habitu Dentelle repentis virides, prostrate, 2-4 poll. alte,

glabre ; folia opposita, obovato-linearia v. linearia, basin versus

attenuata, breve petiolata, 3-4 lin. longa, obtusa; flores solitarii,

sessiles; calyx fructifer 14 lin. fere longus, viridis, 5-costatus,

5-fidus, laciniis lanceolatis acuminatis sparse ciliolatis; petala

minuta, albida v. parum cyanescentia, eroso-ciliata ? capsule

In clusee.—Frequent in Northern Bengal, as in Purneah, Kissen

gunge, Titalaya up to the Sikkim Terai, in dried up ponds and

ricefields, shortly after the rains; also in Behar, and Arracan in

Kolodyne valley, Akyab, &c.

In habit resembling A. pygmea, Kurz, which I found

abundantly all over Bengal from Calcutta up to the base of the

Himalaya, as also on the Rajmehal hills and in Pegu. The purple

very differently shaped calyx, and the usually reddish stems and

leaves of A. pygmea readily distinguish this from A. dentelloides.

BEGONIACELZL.

1870. ] On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. 17

oligocarpa, DC., Prod. XV/1, 276, are one and the same plant; and,

therefore, the name Beg. Roxburghii, DC., l.c., 898, may be the

most appropriate one for it.

FICOIDEZL.

69. TZryphera prostrata, B1., Bydr., 549 ; DC. Prod. XIII-2, 424,

is Mollugo Glinus, A. Rich., Fl. Abyss. I, 48.

ARALIACEE.

10. Brassaiopsis palmata, (Panax palmatum, Roxb., Fl. Ind., II,

74). This species is identified by Dr. Seemann with B. Hainla,

but this latter has quite different leaves and the younger parts &c.

whitish-tomentose, while in B. palmata they are all of a rusty

colour. The albumen is decidedly even and not ruminate.’ The

fruits usually contain only a single, seldom 2 pergamaceous pyrenes.

CAPRIFOLIACELL.

71. Lonicera (Lycesteria) gracilis, x. sp. Glaberrima,

subscandens, ramis gracilibus, teretibus ; folia ovato-lanceolata v.

oblongo-lanceolata, circ. 3-4 poll. longa, acuminatissima, membra-

nacea, remote denticulata v. subintegerrima, subtus glauca; spice

breves, axillares, solitariz, gracillime; flores distichi, virescente

albidi, sessiles, in axillis bracteolarum solitarii ; bracteole

oblongo-lanceolatz, acuminate, glaberrimz, ovario multo breviores ;

corolla 6-7 lin. longa, infundibuliformis ; baccee glabra, longitudi-

naliter sulcato-striate.—Sikkim Himalaya, in the sub-tropical

forests of the Bunno valley towards the Phalloot, not uncommon.

| | I thought at first, I might compare this species with L. glaucophylla,

Hf. and Th., but judging from the description only it differs

im every respect. It is a Leycesterta, a genus which, however,

| CAMPANULACEEL.

72. Lobelia dopatrioides, ”. sp. Herba erecta, glaber-

Tima, simplex v. parce ramosa, } ped. alta, caulibus succulentis

“Obsolete angulatis ; folia inferiora, saepius suborbicularia v. oblongo

obtusa et minora, superiora lanceolata yv. rari s s oblongo-lanceolata,

78 On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. [No. 2,

in petiolum brevissimum attenuata v. subsessilia, 3-1 poll. longa v.

breviora, acuminata v. subacuminata, vulgo grosse serrata, herba-

cea; flores conspicui, pulcherrime ccerulei, longe gracileque

pedicellati, racemosi; bracteole lineares v. subulate, pedicello

4-5 lin. longo breviores; corolla 2-24 lin. longa: labii inferioris

trilobi lobi oblongo-lanceolati, obtusiusculi, concavi, medio bigib-

bosi et ibidem lineis 2 albidis notati; calycis laciniz lineares,

tubi corollae longitudine v. paulo breviores: filamenta basi

puberula, antheree apicibus lanato-penicillatee.—Frequent amongst

long grass along the borders of the left-bank of Kolodyne river,

towards Tentroop, Arracan.

This species is very nearly allied to Z. Grifithit, and may pos-

sibly turn out to be a luxuriant state of it, but it has true leaves,

and the flowers are much larger. ;

ACANTHACE.

73. Nelsonia tomentosa, Di et r.—This species is variously named

by different authors. Bentham adopts Rob. Brown’s W.

campestris, but NV. origanoides, Roem. et Schult., (Justicia.

origanoides, V hl.) and Justicia nummulariaefolia, VhI1., are both of ©

much older date, and as the first name is comparatively the more

appropriate one, it may with advantage be adopted. There are ~

more such species, for which the oldest names have priority before

others, more recently introduced into botanical literature. From —

the list of Dr. T. Anderson’s Indian AcanrHacesE I would

now note the following :—

Ebermaiera argentea, N E., is the same as £. lanceolata, Hassk.,

to-which also £&. trichocephala, Miq., belongs.

Ebermaiera velutina, N E., is E. incana, Hassk.

Hygrophila spinosa, T. And., is H. longifolia (Barleria longi-

folia, L.). 3

Hemiagraphis elegans, N E., is Hemiagraphis Pavala ( Ruellia Pavala,

Roxb.).

Strobilanthes scabra, N E., is S. flava (Ruellia flava, Rox b.). 7

Daedalacanthus tetragonus, T. And., is D. Salaccensis (Eranthemum

Salaccense, B1.).

Leprdagathis hyalina, N E., is L. incurva, Hamil t.

1870. } On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. 79

Blepharis boerhaaviacfolia, Juss., is B. Maderaspatensis, Roth.,

(Acanthus Maderaspatensis, L.).

Justicia peploides, T. And., is J. Vahlit, Roth. (1821)=7. quin-

quangularis, Koen. apud Roxb. (1820).—

Rhinacanthus communis, N K., is R. nasuta (Justicia nasuta, L.).

Graptophyllum hortense, N. HK. is G. pictum, N. E., apud Griff,

Not. Dicot. 139 (Justicia picta, L.).

Eranthemum ecrenulatum, Wall, is £. latifolium (Justicia latifolia,

Vahl., Symb. IT. 4.)

ELranthemum Anderson, Hf., Bot. Mag. t. 5771, is A. Blumei,

Teysm.

Asystasia Parish, T. And. is A. Neesiana, N. E.

74. Acanthus longibracteatus, ”. sy.—Herba annua

decumbens v. adscendens 1-1} pedalis, caylibus teretibus petiolis-

que 1-2-pollicaribus dense puberulis ; folia longe petiolata, ovato-

v. elliptico-oblonga, utrinque acuta, basi subinzequalia, 5-6 poll.

longa, membranacea, remote dentata et inter dentes curvatos

minute setulosa, supra sparse hirsutula, subtus secus nervos sub-

pubescentia ; spicae terminales, iis A. Jleucostachyi simillime,

rhachide pilosa ; bracteze ad spice basin breves, lanceolate, acu-

minatze, integree, florales ? poll. longse, obovato-cuneatee, apice

obtusissimee et spinoso-mucronatez, lateribus utrinque 2-3 dentibus

spinosis munitee, pubescentes, 3-5-nervie ; bracteole squilonge,

anguste lineares v. subulate, pilose, integre ; calyx ultro poll.

longus, adpresse pubescens et nervosus, segmentum inferius: pro-

funde 2-fidum, lobis lanceolatis acuminatis ; corolla circiter 14 poll.

longa, 5-loba, fauce minute adpresseque hispida, extus glabra et

_ loborum margines versus subpilosa.—Pegu (Dr. Brandis.)

_ 75. Philogacanthus insignis, 7. sp.—-Suffrutex glaber

- eaulibus subteretibus albis lineis 4 elevatis notatis ; folia cuneato-

_ oblonga, breve acuminata, basi cuneata v. attenuata in petiolum

: brevem contracta, integra, membranacea, glaberrima, 7-8 poll.

longa ; racemi terminales, petiolis circiter duplo v. triplo longiores,

minute puberuli v. glabri; bracteole lineares, acuminate, sub-

_tilissime puberz, pedicellis bilinealibus duplo breviores ; ‘calyx

basi paullo sphericus, segmentis linearibus acuminatis coriaceis

_ puberis cireiter 2 lin. longis ; corolla pollicaris, puberula; tubo amplo

80 On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. | No. 2,

calycis longitudine, lobis lanceolatis acutis, superioribus breviori- —

bus, intus fauce et ad filamentorum insertionem tombacino-villo-

sula; capsule lignose, iis Ph. thyrsiflore simillimee, pollicares,

circa 10-sperma.—Pegu (Dr. Brandis.)

76. Justicia flaccida, Kurz.—Planta annua, erecta, glabra, 1-2

ped. alta, simplex v. parce ramosa; folia cuneato-oblonga v.

cuneato-elliptico-oblonga, sessilia cum basi rotundataé auriculata,

acuminata, integra, flaccida, membranacea, lutescente viridia, 7-10

poll. longa, utrinque minute lineolata ; flores sessiles v. subsessiles,

interrupte spicati, paniculam puberulam terminalem basi foliolis 2

breviter petiolatis lanceolatis parvis supportam formantes ; bracteze

bracteoleque minutz, lineari-subulate, glanduloso-puberule ;

calycis segmenta linearia, obsolete albido-marginata, minute

adpresse pubescentia, cire. 3-1 lin. longa; corolla pallide lutea v.

testacea, cire. semipollicaris, extus parce puberula, tubo gracili ;

labium superius oblongum, subintegrum ; inferius brevius, 3-lobum ;

antherarum loculi inferiores basi curvato-corniculati; capsule circ. —

semipollicares v. paulo longiores, parte sterili compressa quam fertilis

oblonga acuta paulo longiore v. equilonga, 4-spermee, dum imma-

turze parce glanduloso-pubescentes.—Pegu (Dr. Brandis).

Resembling J. vasculosa, but at once distinguished from it by the

sessile leaves, &c.

SELAGINEA.

77. Gymnandra spectabilis. . sp. Herba 1-2 pedalis

glaberrima, caulibus crassis teretibus apicem versus foliatis; folia

radicalia non vidi; caulina obovato-oblonga, obtusa v. obtusiuscula,

sessilia v. basi attenuata semiamplexicaulia, crassa, glaberrima,

nervis venisque subindistinctis, spicae elongatae, terminales, dense

bracteatae ; bracteze obovatze, sessiles, deorsum majores et grada-

tim foliacese, acutatee, dentatz; flores sessiles, bracteolis paullo

longiores v. subzequilongi.i—Rare in shady rocky ravines on the

Phalloot, at about 13000 ft. elevation in Sikkim Himalaya. Evi-

dently allied to G. borealis, Pall., but this differs by the shape of

the corollas, which are more than double the length of the

bracteoles. ,

78. Gymnandra giobosa, ~. sp., Pl. VII, Fig. 1. Herbee

Soc: Bengal, Vol: XXXIX, Pt: 2,1870.

Lat:

.-Jour

lobosa, Kx. 2. Schizostachyum Zollngerc, Steud.

1870. ] On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. 81

4-6-pollicares, glaberrime, caulibus aphyllis teretibus ; folia radi-

calia longe petiolata, pinnatifida, segmentis lineari-oblongis obtusis,

carnosula, glauco-viridia ; spicae terminales, abbreviate, globose,

bracteatee ; bractese ovato-oblonge, 2 usque poll. fere longs,

obtusee, nervosze, chartaceze; flores...; capsule sessiles, 2-lin.

longee.— Western Tibet, Therichan Pass, at 15 to 16000 ft. eleva-

tion, amongst slaty rocks, &c. (Revd. Heyde.)

This is a very distinct species, with large flowerheads, in foliage

resembling some of the fleshy-leaved species of Corydalis. Fig. 1

represent the plant in natural size ; la, capsule, natural size ; 1b,

the same somewhat magnified.

VERBENACEZL.

79. Gmelina Hystriz, Schult.*—Frutex scandens ? ramulis

subangulatis, junioribus hispido-pubescentibus, ramulis brevibus

oppositis axillaribus foliatis v. aphyllis sepius spinescentibus

armatus, folia elliptico-oblonga, obtusiuscula, petiolis fulvo-pubes-

centibus glabrescentibus gracilibus circ. 38-4 lin. longis suffulta,

13-2 poll. longa, glabra, chartacea, supra lucida nervisque utrin-

que prominentibus percursa, subtus glauca ; spice strobiline in

ramis ramulisque terminales, breviuscule ; bracteze magne, lato-

ovate, pollicem longze v. longiores, acutiuscule, albidee ? venu-

losze, plerumque 5-nerves ; flores conspicui, lutei, sessiles ; corolla

cum tubo pollic. circiter longa; tubus gracilis ; limbi 5-partiti

labium oblongo-lanceolatum, valde productum, acutum ; calyx sparse

adpresse pubescens, truncato 5-dentatus.—Siam, Bangkok, in gar-

| dens. (ITeysmannin Hb. Bogor. No, 5946.)

PRIMULA CEL.

80. Primula rotundifolia, W all., Fl. Ind. IT, 18.—Herba

perennis, prolibus magnis dense albo-farinoso-tomentosis, nunc 5-6

pollicaris, nunc 1-14 pedalis ; folia cordato-rotundata v. late ovato-

cordata, in speciminibus majoribus 3-34 poll. longa et lata, obtusa,

-grosse dentata, dentibus nervis excurrentibus mucronatis, mem-

_ * This is the name which I found attached to this plant somewhere in tho

Library of the Botanic Gardens, Buitenzorg, but I am unable, at present, to

give a reference to the work in which it occurred,

82 On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. [No. 2,

branacea, supra glabra, subtus (praesertim juniora) dense sulfureo-

farinacea ; petioli 3-4 v. 6-9 poll. longa, puberuli, juniores farinosi ;

scapus penne scriptorie crassitudinis, puberulus, usque pedalis et

altior, nonnunquam etiam 5-6 poll. tantum altus ; flores verticillati ;

involucri phylla lineares pedicellis fructiferis cire. pollicaribus pube-

rulis multoties breviora ; calyx usque ad basin fere profunde 5-

partitus, laciniis oblongo-lanceolatis, acutiusculis, uni-nerviis, sul-

fureo-farinosis ; corolle lhypocraterimorphe lobi ovati obtusi;

capsule calyce fere duplo longiores.—Sikkim-Himalaya, under

shady rocks at the summit of Phalloot, at about 13500 ft. elevation,

frequent in fertile black soil. Found only fruits in October.

It is most probable that this species will range with Primula

prowfera, Wall. (P. imperialis, Jungh.) and their allies but not ~

in the section Aleurttia, where Choisy has placed it.

THYMELEACEZ.

81. Linostoma Siamense, ”. sy—Frutex scandens ? no-

vellis tomentellis ; folia oblonga v. ovali-oblonga, 4-5-poll. longa,

breve petiolata, petiolis crassis tomentellis, basi acuta v. acutiuscula,

apice obtusa v. raro subemarginata, mucronulata, integra, coriacea,

supra glabra, v. in nervis parce tomentella, subtus fulvo-tomen-

tella, nervis lateralibus parallelis confertiusculis ; flores...; pani-

culee laxee, fulvo-tomentelle, terminales ; folia floralia opposita v.

subopposita, rarius alterna, chartacea, elliptico-lanceolata, 1-1}-

poll. longa, petiolis brevissimis tomentellis fulta, utrinque praesertim

in costa nervisque utrinque prominentibus puberula, obtusa, basi

rotundata ; drupze ovales, pedunculis sursum incrassatis tomen-

tellis, nigrescentes, parce adpresse setosze, calyce chartaceo ex

tomentello glabrescente inclusee et perigonii laciniis dense fulvo-

tomentosis coronate.—Siam, Bookit Kathay near Kanbiri. Bikit?

(LTeysmann in Herb. Bog. 5986.)

This species is nearly allied to Lasiosiphon scandens, which latte

cannot, however, be retained in that genus, differing very con-

spicuously already in general habit. It forms, along with the above

species, the genus Linostoma, a very natural group, and easily re:

cognised at the first aspect by the two discoloured floral leaves

above the base of the long slender peduncles. Prof. Miquel

1870. | On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. 83

in his Supplement to the flora of Netherland’s India (Flora of

Sumatra) has established a new genus of THYMELEACEm, under

the name of Psilea. I have before me authentic specimens of

the type species and lately, when in Burma, I met the same shrub

growing abundantly in the pine forests of the Karen hills at eleva-

tions from 3 to 4,000 ft. I cannot see how the species should differ

from Linostoma pauciflorum, Griff.

The following is a conspectus of the species of Linostoma, W all,

hitherto known to me.

Subg. 1. Nectandra (Nectandra, Roxd., Psilea, Miq.). Glab-

ous, erect shrubs ; scales 10.

1. L. paucifiorum, Griff., (Psilea Dalbergioides, Migq., Suppl. FL.

vy. Sumatr. 355).—Leaves small, obovate, obtuse with a mucro.

(Sumatra, Singapore and Karen hills in Burma).

2. L. decandrum, W a11.—Leaves rather large, ovate-lanceolate,

acuminate. (Chittagong and Sylhet).

Subg. 2. Linostoma. Tomentose, scandent shrubs ; scales 5, 2-cleft.

8. L. scandens (Lasiosiphon scandens, Hndl.). Floral leaves coria- |

_ ceous, petioles inserted with a broad base to a knob on the pedun-

- cle, and reflexed. (Malacca and Burma).

_ The floral leaves differ considerably from those of the following

_ species, although the general habitus sufficiently agrees in both.

: They are much longer (about 2 inches long,) in a dried state,

| brownish (not whitish or straw-coloured), rigid, the veins and net-

venation very glossy above, opaque underneath.

_ 4. L. Siamense, Kurz.—Floral leaves thin, chartaceous, the

petioles equal and not in the least thickened into a knob at the in-

_ Sertion. (Siam).

SCITAMIN EZ.

82. Globba Arracanensis, ”. sy.—Herba perennis 1-2

q pedalis, scapis foliatis ; folia lato-lanceolata, brevissime petiolata,

-9 poll. longa, glabra, subtus in nervo basin versus nonnunquam

a ce pilosa ; vagine glabra, sulcatee, lingula lato-producta trun-

| eata laevi ; panicula terminalis, vulgo recurva, glabra, bracteis

| E to-ovalibus obtusis lilacinis leevibus usque 6 lineas longis munita,

| racemuli breviuscule pedunculati, bracteolis bracteis conformibus

| magnis involucrati ; corolle tubus brevis, albidus, lobi lilacini,

eee?

84 On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. [No. 2,

labium bifidum, nunc intense aurantiacum, nunc (casu ?) latere altero

lilacinum, altero aurantiacum, lobulis obovato-oblongis obtusis ;

filamentum arcuato-incurvum, longum, lilacinum, nudum ; anthera

elliptico-oblonga, non marginata, connectivo supra antheram lobuli- —

formi producto ; capsule ovate, calyce amplo 3-lobulato coronate, —

leeves ; semina minuta, nigra, minute pubescentia, arillo basi

parvo albo lacero instructa.—Very common in the Mixed Forests of —

the low sandstone hills of Arracan, in Akyab District. I found the

flowers and fruits in October, 1869. ;

This species so much resembles at the first aspect Globba spathu- —

lata, Rx b., (Mantisia spathulata, Schult.), that it might easily —

be taken for it; but it has the panicles terminal on the leafy

scapes, and no trace of those long subulate (not spatulate, as errone-—

ously described by Rox burgh) appendages on both sides of the

filamentum, and a different anther.

HYPOXIDEA.

83. Hypoxis* orchioides, Kurz, in Mig. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat.,

IV, 177.—To this species I refer again Franquevillea mayor, Zo1l., as .

a synonym, although Prof. Miquel suggests that it rather belongs

to H. aurea, Lour., than to the former species. My identification is

based upon authentic specimens, and Prof. Miquel evidently

mistakes the long slender tube of the perianth for a pedicel. :

ORCHIDEA.

84. Didymoplexis pallens, Grif f.—I have suggested in Dr. See-

mann’s Journal of Botany, 1866, p. 40, that this species may be

identical either with Gastrodia Javanica or Hasseltii. I had since

an opportunity of seeing Blume’s Java Orchidee, from which is

appears that none of them is identical, but that Blume himself has

adopted Wight’s Aplectrum as a distinct genus which, however,

must give way to the older name of Griffith.

CYPEHRACEA.

85. Anosporum cephalotes (Cyperus cephalotes, Vh1., Enum., nr!

311).—To this belong Cyperus monocephalus, Ro xb., Fl. Ind. I, 193;

* Or, as some wish to write, Hypowys.

1870. | ‘On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. 85

Wall. Cat. 3441.—Anosporum monocephalum, N E., in Linn. IX,

287 ; Wight. Contr., 92 etc. ; Boeck. in Bot. Ztg. 1869, 23 etce.,

and Zrentepohlia bifoliata, Boeck., in Bot. Ztg., 1858, 249.—The

genus Anosporum appears to be a good one, representing the genus

Cyperus amongst HypoLyTREZ.

How Cyperus pallidus, He yne (=C. canescens, V h1.) is referable

to the genus Anosporum, as proposed by Boeckeler, is by no

- means clear. |

86. Choricarpha aphylia, Boeck., in Flora, 1858, 20, is another

of Boeckeler’s supposed novelties, and is to be referred to

Lepironia mucronata, R. Br.

87. Scirpodendron, Zipp.—lI have lately obtained more fruc-

tificating specimens of this genus, from which it is clear that also in

the Javanese plant the drupes are 6 to 12 sulcate, so that there can

be no doubt of Thwaites’ Pandanophyllum costatum being really

identical with Zippelius’ plant, (See Journ. As. Soc. B.

XXXVITI, 85).

88. Limbristylis cylindrocarpa, Wall, in Kth. Enum. II.

222.—To this belong Fimbr. abjiciens, Steud. F. Arnottia,

(Thwait., Enum.) and F. schenoides, var. B. monostachya, N. E.,

in Wight. Contrib. 97, as well as the superfluous genus Jis-

chospora efoliata, Boeck., in Flora 1860, 113.

COUMELYNACELZ.

89. Aneilema ochraceum, Dalz. var. Grifithit (A. crocea, Griff.

Not. Monocot. 235),—planta variabilis, nunc vix pollicaris et uni-

| flora, nunc 5-7 pollicaris florumque fasciculis axillaribus termin-

_ alibusque, basi ramosa et procumbens; caules crassi, glabri ;

| vagina supra ciliata ; folia oblongo-lanceolata v. oblonga, acuta ;

| flores nunc 3, nunc 1 lin. tantum in diametro, ochracei; sepala

| et pedicelli dense puberuli; petala orbiculari-oblonga, 3-14 lin.

| ‘longa, ochracea, in sicco cyanea; filamenta stricta, fertilium 3

| alternantia longiora ; stylus striatus, violaceus ; capsula 3-quetra,

- sepalorum longitudine ; semina biserialia, perforata, pallida,—Ar-

| Yacan, very frequent on open grassy pastures round Akyab and

in the Koladyne valley. Flowers and fruits in October. Also in

| Tenasserim (Griff.)—

| -12

86 On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. [No. 2,

IT do not venture to separate this variety from Dalzell’s A.

ochraceum specifically, for there are no other differences except the

pubescence of the sepals and pedicels. Some doubt may be raised

against the identity of an Arracan with a Concan species, as the

plant has not yet been found in intermediate stations, but I met

with several other Concan plants in Arracan, amongst them also

Smithia dichotoma, Dalz.

GRAMINEA,.

90. Leptochloa urceolata, R. Br.—A synonym of this species is

Nastus humilis, Hassk,, known only by name. Dr. Hasskarl

had only sterile plants before him, when he proposed the name, and

probably misled by the native name, Tjangkorreh diook, (Dinoch-

loa Tjangkorreh being called Tjangkorreh gedé by the Javanese)

brought his plant in connection with bamboos. I have seen the —

authentic growing specimens in the Botanic Gardens, Buitenzorg.

91. Bambusa auriculata, Kurz,* in Cat. Bot. Gar. Cale. 79.—

This species has been identified by Col. Munro with the common

and well-known B. vulgaris, Wendl. (B. Thouarsti, K th.). I do

not know what may have been sent from the Botanic Gardens, Cal-

cutta, under that name, but I feel certain that my plant has no- —

thing to do with that bamboo, except that both belong to the sec- —

tion Ischurochloa. I add here the diagnose from my manuscript —

on Indian BAMBUSACER.

B. auriculata ; Arborea; turionum vagine virides, lateribus

adpresse atrofusco-setosee, ore minute auriculato levissime et

polite ; folia mediocriter petiolata, subtus scabrescentia ; vaginee

plus minusve sericantes, ore auriculo nudo polito intense viridi

terminate, flores etc. incognite. Burma, Assam, ete.

92. Bambusa Rumphiana (Leleba Rumphiana, Kurz, in Cat.

Bogor. 1866, 20, B. lineatay Munro; B. Amahussana, Ldl., B.

atra, Ldl.; B. picta, Ldl.; B. brava, Ldl.). Fruticosa, ¢

simpliciter ramosis ; turionum vaginez patenter setose, ore auri-

culato rigide fimbriate ; folia vulgo largissima, spurie semiam-

* The following remarks on Indian Bambusacee are for the present restric od

to a few species only, particularly those in connection with which my name

has been mentioned by Col. Munro in his Monograph of that tribe

GRAMINE.

1870. | On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. 87

plexicaulia, subsessilia ; foliorum vagine ore longe rigideque fim-

briatze ; spiculze saepe tortuoso-elongatee, sessiles v. pedicellate ;

florum hermaphroditorum valvula interior in angulis ciliata ;

anthers lutez ; stigmata alba, purpureo-pilosa. (Diagn. in MS.

Kurz). This is a very remarkable species which will require a

separate section being established for it.

Sect. Leleba: Spicule densiflore, carinato-compresse, valvule

sursum deorsumque breviores, flosculus summus hermaphroditus ;

rhachille omnes abbreviatee, persistentes; lodicule nulle; an-

therze apiculate.~—Gramen fruticosum, habitu valde peculiari ab

omnibus Bambusis Indicis valde discrepans, foliisque maximis gau-

dens ; turionum vagine laminé membranacea discreta. (Leleba

[gen.] Rumph. et T eysmann). I had opportunity to examine all

the Rumphian varieties without exception, some of which, as Z.

lineata and L. picta would form one of the most charming introduc-

tions for the Kuropean hot-houses, as they have red, green and

white striped stems, or have them beautifully mottled with the same

coloure.

93. Gigantochloa atter, Kurz.—Bambusa atter, Hassk.—The

genus Gigantochloa cannot be retained, as I will shew on some future

occasion. Col. Munro writes (in Linn. Trans., XXVI, 125),

‘‘ Kurz, in his notes, identifies this species (Gg. atter) with B.

aspera and B. Bitung, Roem. et Schult., but the latter &.”’ I do

not understand this interpretation in which I am said to have iden-

tified 2 such species, as those alluded to, which differ toto celo /

As far as I am aware I have identified B. aspera with B. Bitung,

but surely not those two with B. atter. The one is (sententia

Munroana) a Dendrocalamus, the other a Gigantochloa. I give here

_ the diagnosis from my MS.—

B. aspera, Roem. et Schult. Arborea, culmis canescente-

_ tomentosis ad nodos valde incrassatos radicoso-annulatis ; turionum

_vaginee adpresse canescente setosze, ore auriculato rigide fimbriate ;

lingula fisso-fimbriata ; folia margine scabra; vagine foliorum

-albido-hispidee, ore parum producto hispido-fimbriate ; valvula

interior in angulis marginibusque albo-ciliata ; anthere lute ;

caryopsis mucronulata.—Indian Archipelago, from the Moluccas

to Singapore.

88 On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. [| No. 2,

94. Oxytenanthera nigro-ciliata, Muuro.—aAt least 3 species are

united by Col. Munro, of which perhaps only the Javanese speci-

mens of Zollinger (sine numero) really belong to B. nigro-

ciliata, Biise. My Bambusa Andamanica also seems to have been

merged into the same suite of species. I give, therefore, diagnoses

of the true B. nigrociliata, Biise, and B. Andamanica, retaining

a further elucidation of the various species for my revision of

Indian bambis.

Bambusa (Oxytenanthera) nigro-ciliata, Biise. Arborea; tu-

rionum vagine adpresse fusco-setose, ore decurrenti-auri-

culato fimbriate ; lamina imperfecta patens; folia subtus pu-

bescentia, marginibus scabra; vagine adpresse fusco-setose,

ore minute auriculato rigide fimbriate ; spicule 1-1} poll.

longee, curvate, valvulis marginibus rigide fusco-ciliatis ; valvula

interior in angulis a medio fulvescente v. albido-ciliata; stigmata

purpurea.—A large species, resembling #B. atter so much that it

is difficult to distinguish it, when out of flower, or destitute of

young shoots.

Bambusa Andamanica, Kur z, in And. Report.—Arborescens ;

turionum vagine adpresse atrofusco-setosee, ore minute auriculato

nud, auriculis intense viridibus politis; folia glabra, marginibus

scabriuscula ; spicule pollicares, strictiuscule ; valvulis margini-

bus rigide atrofusco-ciliatis ; valvula interior in angulis parce pilo-

sula ; antheree purpuree ; stigmata alba.

95. Melocanna gracilis, Kurz, apud Munro, is Sehizostachyum

chilianthum, (Chloothamnus chilianthus, Biise). The difference

between Delocanna and Schizostachyum rests entirely in the fruit,

and not in the absence of the upper palea, as suggested by Col. —

Munro. 7

96. Melocanna Zollingert, Kurz, = Schizostachyum Zollingeri,

Steud.—Here is another mixture of at least 8, if not 4 well

marked species. Had Col. Munro had an opportunity of obsery-

ing the growing plants, he would never have thought of uniting —

them. What would the Javanese say, if they were told, that their —

bambi irattén, mayang, sirit kidé and built were all the same ?

Schizostachyum Zollingert, Steud. Pl. VIL, Fig. 2. Arborea,

culmis 2-poll. crassis; turionum vagine adpresse-setose, ore

1870.] On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. 89

large auriculato longissime fimbriate ; lamina imperfecta erecta,

ventricosa; foliorum vagine glabree, ore auriculato longissime

(6-80 lin.) fimbriate ; spicule 3-4 lineares, flosculo penultimo

hermaphrodito ; valvula exterior fl. herm. marginibus levis ;

lodiculee nullz ; antherz virescentes ; stigmata alba.

Schizostachyum brachycladum, Kurz, Pl. VI, Fig. 2. (Helocanna

brachyclada, Kurz, in Cat. Bog. 1866, 20; WU. Zollingert B. brachy-

clada, Munro, l.c. 134,—certissime non K ur z).—Arborea, culmis

brach. hum. crassis ; turionum vaginee adpresse setosee, ore minute

auriculato fimbriate, lamina imperfecta ventricosa; foliorum vagi-

ne albido v. fulvescente setulosee, ore auriculato longiuscule (4-6

lin.) fimbriatee ; spicule 4-6 lin. longze, flosculis duobus sum-

mis hermaphroditis ; valvula exterior marginibus ciliata ; lodiculee

ciliate ; antherze purpures, dein lutescentes nigro-marginate ;

stigmata alba.—A bambu of a very peculiar habitus, growing to a

height of from 30 to 40 ft., with the lateral branchings very short

and meagre, hardly 3-33 ft. long. |

Schizostachyum longispiculatum, Kurz, Pl. VI, Fig. 1. (dlelocanna

longespiculata, Kurz, in Cat. Hort. Bog. 1866, 20 ; I. Zollingers, y

longesprculata, Munro, l. ¢. 134, haud K ur z).—Fruticosa, culmis

digit. crassis ; turionum vagine adpresse albido-setulose, ore auri-

culato setoso fimbriatz ; foliorum vagine glabree, ore auriculato

rigide-fimbriate ; spicule ultra pollicares, flosculo penultimo

hermaphrodito ; valvula exterior fl. hermaph. marginibus levis ;

lodicule nulle ; anthers lutescente-virides ; stigmata purpurea.

—An elegant dense shrub, with very long usually semiscandent

slender stems.

[Pl. VI, Figs. 1 and 2, shew the upper parts of the sheathes of

the young shoots of Schizostachyum longispiculatum and of Sch. bra-

chycladum respectively—(both natural size). The leaf-sheathes

above the shoots belong to the figures of the sheathes just below

them.—Pl. VII, Fig. 2, is the upper part of the sheathes of Sch.

| Lollingers. |

97. Melocanna 2? Kurzii, Munro, lc. (Bamb. schizostachyordes,

‘Kurz, in And. Report)=Teinostachyum schizostachyoides, Kurz, a

: “species nearly allied to Z. attenuatum, Munro.

90 On some new or imperfectly known Indian plants. [No. 2,

98. Beesha elegantissima, Kurz, apud Munro, l. ¢«, 146=

Schizostachyum elegantissimum, Kur z.

SALVINIACELZ.

99. Salvinia verticillata, Roxb., in McClelland Cale. Journ.

of N. History, IV, 469, and 8. elegans, Hassk., are both identical

with Salvinia natans, Hoff m.

100. Marsilea erosa, Willd., a plant which grows abundantly

in Bengal in dried-up rice fields &c., is a state of growth (not only

a variety) of IL guadrifoliolata, L. Prof. Al. Braun attempted to

distinguish amongst many other supposed species also these 2,

considering among others as a distinctive character the form of the

pedicels, whether they were more or less grown together, &c. I

have observed that all my specimens of WV. erosa, however small

plants they were, with the leaflets very coarsely toothed, invariably

turned within 3 or 4 weeks into robust and large specimens of W/.

quadrifoliata, with quite entire leaflets, whenever put in deep

water.

FILICES.

101. Hemionitis Zollingert, Kurz, in Tydsch. v. Ned. Ind. deel —

XXV, 400—H. fronde membranacea dispari ; sterili ovali-oblonga, —

obtusiuscula, basi cordata, attenuata, repanda ; fertili subhyalina,

stipitata lineari-lanceolata, undulata. —Hab. in Java, probabiliter e

Banjiwangi in hort. Bogor. attulit Zollinger.—Caudex

obliquus, crassus, radiculis crebris firmis obsitus. rons dispar ;

frondes steriles rosulatze, ovali-oblongez v. oblongee, obtusiusculz,

basi quidquam attenuata cordate et crispate, membranacez,

lete virides ; stipites breves, paleis brunneis lineari-lanceolatis

dense vestiti. rons fertilis linearis v. lineari-lanceolata, acumina-

ta, basi decurrente, stipitata, undulata, 2 poll. longa, 3-4 lin. lata,

subhyalino-herbacea, lutescente-viridis ; stipes pollicaris, herbaceus,

penne corvine crassitie paleis brunneis secedentibus adspersus.

Sori subcontinui. (Kurz, l. ec. 400.)

Mr. John Scott, in his list of higher cryptogams cultivated in

the Bot. Gardens, Calcutta, quotes this species as an Aerostichum,

sect. Gymnopteris, but a mere superficial examination of the plant

PU: V.-

fee UR Z Jour: Asiat:Soc ‘Bengal, Vol: KX XIX, Pt: Il, 1870.

. -

Hemiontis Lollingert , Kurr.

1870. | A Lnst of Birds from the Khasi hills &e. 91

shews that it cannot be referred to that genus. It is, as a species,

evidently allied to H. lanceolata, Hoo k.

[Pl. V, Hemiontis Zollingert, Kurz, Fig. 1, whole plant,

natural size ;; fig. la, a portion of the sterile frond, fig. 2b, a por-

tion of the fruit-bearing under surface of the fertile frond,—the

sori are removed. ‘The 2 latter figures magnified. |

LYCOPODIACE 4.

102. Selaginella imbricatum (ought to be imbricata, as is also the

case with S. semicordatum, aristatum, §c.), J. Scott, in the list of

higher Crypt., 62,—-is probably S. tenella, Spring. The var. a.

normale (loc. cit.) is the same as S. Belangerit, Spring, and the

var. 6. erectum (ibiden) differs in no way from 8S. Junghuhniana,

Spring.

A List or Brrps oBTAINED IN THE Kuast anp Norra Cacuar

Hits, by Major Gopwin-AvusteENn, F. R. G. 8., Deputy

Supdt. Topographical Survey of India.

[Received 1st January, read 5th January, 1870. ]

The following list of Birds obtained in the Khasi Hill Ranges

is here given, that it may prove useful to Indian Ornithologists,

interested in the range and distribution of different species ; for it

adds, as might be expected, very little to our previous knowledge

" of the Birds of India in general, thanks to the researches of Blyth,

J erdon and others. Inthe N. Cachar Hills, we have arrived

; at the confines of a Natural Province, the Indo-Chinese, where,

it may be expected, a great commingling of purely Indian, Hima-

! layan and Chinese forms takes place ; with many it is probably near

‘the extreme western limit of the one, and the extreme eastern of

‘the other. In the Burrail range,—so little known to us, and almost

“unknown to the Naturalist,—new species it was thought might be

found, and this hope led me to enter on a pursuit I had never be-

fore taken up. In possession of Dr. T. C. Jerdon’s volumes

on the Birds of India, this pursuit soon became one of intense

interest, which relieved the monotony of the hours passed buried

92 A List of Birds from the Khasi hills &c. [No. 2,

in the forests of that range, and the miles a surveyor daily march-

es through them. To Dr. JerdonI owe many a pleasant hour,

and much valuable information, that I should never have otherwise

known, and I only trust that, asin my own case, the ‘‘ Birds of

India” may lead others in the same way, to first take an interest

in, and then collect specimens in the regions they may visit; only

thus can we appreciate the labours of the many Naturalists who

have worked before us.

I have followed Dr. Jerdon’s classification throughout, and

those birds not included in his purely continental Indian fauna,

have been placed under the numbers of their nearest allies. In

most cases, these birds are mentioned in the above work. I

must here acknowledge the very great aid I have received from .

Dr. Jerdon, who has named many doubtful species, and some ~

that I had been unable to identify.

All measurements taken from the fresh bird have been given,

with differences of colour &c. noted. In the case of rare birds, a

description has been added, for the information of those who may not

be in possession of original Ornithological works. The present list

contains 207 birds, and I hope to add hereafter, from time to time

to it, and thus complete the birds of these Eastern Hills. Should

circumstances prevent the carrying out of my present intention,

such as the removal of the Survey to some other part of India, I

only hope that some one else may take up the work and finish the

series.

Order, RAPTORES.

Sub.-Fam, Fauconip.

17. Zinnunculus alaudarius, Briss.

Sub.-Fam. AcciPirrina,

22. Astur (Lophospiza) trivirgatus, T em.

_A fine live specimen of this bird caught by the Nagas of Asalu

was brought to me and was kept some time in confinement. The

diurnal families of this order are not by any means numerous in thé

North Cachar Hills, and I do not remember ever having seen th

common kite. A large Eagle was occasionally seen near the high-

er peaks of the Burrail, but never ventured within shot.

1870. | A Last of Birds from the Khasi hills Sc. ; 93

Sub.-Fam. AQUILINA.

34. Limnaetus niveus, Tem.

39. Spilornis cheela, Daud.

Sub.-Fam. Minvinz.

55. Haliastur Indus, Bo dd.

Feet yellow, irides dull yellow, extent 47 inches.

56. Milvus Govinda, Sykes.

This bird is not a visitant to Cherra, until rains begin to cease,

early in September.

58. Baza lophotes, Cur.

Only one specimen of this handsome bird was seen and shot at

the head of the Jhiri, the country being all dense forest for miles.

Length 14 inches; extent 30”; wing 92”; tail 53”; plume 22’;

tarsus 1”; spread of foot 22”; irides inner circle madder brown

shading off into pink grey. Primaries 3rd and 4th the longest.

Family, StRIGIDA.

61. Strix candida, Tickell.

Obtained on the border of the grass country near the Kopili river.

75. Ephialtes Lempigi, Horsf.

Dr. J erdon, who saw this bird, pronounced it to be Z. Lempig?,

resembling the Malabar variety; I had set it down as pennatus var.

Jt certainly is a very rufous type of the former named species, and

as these birds differ so much in plumage and size from various locali-

ties, I give a description taken down before the bird was skinned.

Above, chesnut rufous, feathers on top of head black shafted, bar-

red black and dusky rufous on back, scapulars edged white on outer

web with a subterminal black spot. Primaries distinctly barred

with white and rufous, having narrow black lines bordering the

white bars of the outer web, inner webs greyish black, breast a

paler, but rich, tint of rufous, indistinctly spotted with black,—per-

haps streaked would be most correct ; more white on belly, the under

tail coverts being pure white; legs rufous to end of tarsus, tail

barred dusky on outer feathers, with fine black on the two central.

‘Buff brown, feathers barred black and tipped brown. Ivides light

golden yellow, bill pale yellow, legs almost white or palish flesh

colour. Length about 8 inches ; extent 183”; wing 5°8"; tail 32”;

tarsus 1:3”,

94 A Last of Birds from the Khasi hills &c. [No. 2,

76. Athene Brama, Tem.

79. Athene cuculoides, Vigors.

Order, INSESS ORES.

Fam. HirunpDInip 2.

82. Hirundo rustica, L.

Breeding at Asali in April in the high roofs of the Naga houses.

The specimens shot were small, only 12 inchesin extent. Jerdon

mentions this bird as arriving early in July in Upper Burma;

they thus probably breed along the whole line of high hills from

the Burrail and Patkoi ranges into North Burma ete.

102a. Cypselus tectorum, Jerdon, Proc. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,

Feb., 1870, p. 61. Differs from C. batassiensis, Gray, in being far

darker with a shorter tail, the feet and claws of the latter species —

being also much stronger and larger. Dr. Jerdon, to whom I ©

gave a specimen of this bird, pronounced it at once a different

species. 4

This little Swift was numerous in the Naga villages around —

Asali in March and April, and was then breeding in the roofs —

of the houses; a nest that I obtained was attached to the up-

per surface of a kind of palm leaf, in the thatch of a house; it is ©

a neat very shallow construction of a fluffy grass seed, stuck to-

gether with saliva, a feather or two intermingled with the grass.

The eggs were two in number, pure white, resting against the

lower side of the nest, which is just of sufficient depth to retain”

them, so that the parent bird can hardly be said to sit on her eggs

in the nest, but rather hangs on to it, in apparently a most uncom-

fortable position, and how the young when hatched remain with

safety in the nest, it is difficult to understand, unless the power of

hanging on by the claws is thus early developed. The nest is about

22 inches in diameter.

On the Peak of Hengdon at the head of the Jhiri river, at

an elevation of 7000 feet, the ridge on its west face being almost

perpendicular for several 100 feet, a very large Swift was com

mon, flying with great velocity, it may have been <Acanthylis cauda-

euta, Lath., but I was unable to bring one down; they shot past

like lightning and often well within shot. |

fad

1870. ] A List of Birds from the Khasi hills §e. 95

Family, TRogonip2&.

116. Harpactes Hodgsont, Gould.

Family, MEroripé.

117. Merops viridis, Lin., extent 114 inches.

Family, CoRactaDZ.

124. Coracias afinis, McClelland.

Family, HaucyvonipZ.

127. Halcyon Gurial, Pearson.

134. <Alcedo bengalensis, Gmelin.

Not often seen in the higher hills, I obtained one at the head of

the Jhiri. A large species was noticed once or twice in North

Cachar.

136. Ceryle rudis, Linn.

Family, KURYLAIMIDE.

138. Psarisomus Dalhousie, Jameson.

This bird was common at the head of the Jhiri river, 20 or so

together in the heavy jungle, and by no means shy. It is a smaller

bird than the size given in Jerdon, though agreeing precisely in plu-

mage ; it is a truly beautiful bird. Length 10 inches ; tail 4”; wing

4”; tarsus 1:2”; bill at front 0°65”, breadth 0°70", height 0°35”.

139. Serilophus rubropygia, Hodgson.

_ I obtained two specimens of this bird, one having a fine collar of

shining white.

Family, Buczroriw2.

146. Aceros nipalensis, Hod g.

Whole body black with glossy green tinge on back and wings,

only the tips of the four first primaries and end of tail, for 6 inches,

white. Head well covered with long hairy black feathers, drooping

backward down the neck, feathers above the tarsus, very long and

slightly tinged with rufous; nacked space on throat vermilion,

heart-shaped, bounded on throat by a narrow grey black band,

- confined to the base of the lower mandible and side of neck;

around the eye blue, under eyelid pink ; eyelashes well developed ;

beak curved and very pointed, no casque ; colors pale waxy yellow

with two well marked black bars at base of upper mandible, the

lower has a pale soiled appearance for about 13 inches.

Length 3 feet 6 inches ; wing 16 inches; tail 1 foot 5 inches.

96 A List of Birds from the Khasi hills §c. [No. 2,

Length of bill to gape 64 inches, girth 73” ; foot from fore claw

to hind claw 42” ; tarsus 22”.

146a. Rhyticeros plicatus, Latham.

The whole of the head, neck, back, breast, and wing black, with

a green sheen. Head finely crested with a plume of black hairy

feathers, tail all white. The naked space on the throat pale green

and blue with an indigo band ; orbital skin dull red; mandible pale

waxy buff, casque small, irides pale brown, feet yellow, claws black,

strong. Length 3 feet 2 inches ; extent 5 feet 2 inches ; wings 183”

inches ; tail 1”, spread of foot including claws 5 inches ; mandi-

ble 62”, its girth at base 8”, depth 3”; this bird was shot at Garilo

near Asali where the hornbills were particularly numerous in

January and February ; in May very few were to be seen. The

Nagas are very clever bird-snarers and brought into camp great

numbers of birds for sale, among them a few Hornbills, of other

birds Barbets were particularly numerous.

146d. <Aceros ?, sp. indet. Yellow throated Black Hornbill.

Whole of body and wings black with a tinge of blue; neck,

extending from over the eyes, and tail pure white. From the

base of the upper mandible a line of reddish brown feathers

commence, and widening and lengthening these cover the whole

of the back, part of the head and neck, merging into a black

line as it approaches the back. Orbital skin pink, eyelashes

long, iridesa bright red, like red sealing wax; naked part of

throat bright yellow ; casque small with seven indistinct ridges

pale coloured—separated by black bars, base of both mandibles

barred in same manner, the bars being narrow; this thickening

at base of the bill extends for 23 to 3 inches. General colour of bill

greenish white. Length 3 feet 9 inches, expanse 5 feet 4 inches ; tail

1 foot 1 inch ; wing 19 inches ; bill to gape 9 inches; depth 32”,

casque 33”

146c. Anorhinus galeritus, Temm. (Jerdon B. of I, p. 252).

A, carinatus, Blyth, is the young of this species.

The whole of the upper parts of a pale slaty grey, having in ‘

certain lights a greenish tinge, throat and sides of neck white, —

dull rufous on the breast and belly, thighs and under tail coverts.

Primaries greenish black, tipped and barred white, a white spot —

1870. | A List of Birds from the Khasi hills Se. 97

formed by the tip of the outer wing coverts, the base of primaries

being also of this colour; secondaries edged whitish, tail tipped

white, centre feathers same colour as the back. Bill yellowish white.

Length about 31 inches; wing 13”; tail 13”; bill to gape 43”;

depth 2” ; measurements taken from stuffed specimen.

Tribe, SCANSORES.

Family, Pstrractp”.

149. Paleornis rosa, Bod d.

150. Paleornis schisticeps, Hodgs.

152. Paleornis Javanicus, Osbeck.

1538. Loriculus vernalis, Sparrm.

Differed slightly from Jerdon’s description, the beak was

bright red, not dark yellow, wing and tail dark green, the tinge of

blue being very faint; feet orange.

Family, Picipm.

155. Picus maoroides, Hodgson.

Breast and belly are decidedly buff yellow, not isabelline. Length

93" ; extent 15” ; wing 42”; tail 32” ; bill 12”, spread of foot 2” ; shot

on Hengdon Peak.

157. Picus Macei, Vieill.

Length 8 inches ; extent 13”; tail 3”; bill 1”.

168, Yungipicus rubricatus, Blyth.

162. Yungipicus pygmeus, Vigors.

166. Chrysocolaptes sultaneus, Hodg. Length 13 inches.

173. Chryspholegma flavinucha, Gould. .

The lining of wings in this specimen is pale brown.

174. Chryspholegma chlorolophus, Vieil.

= 186. Vivia innominata, Burton.

187. Sasia ochracea, Hodgson.

Shot near Nenglo, Asali hills, in February in scrubby jungle;

_ differs somewhat from Jerdon’s description and may be Prcumnus

* abnormis, Tem. Rich ferruginous on breast, belly and nape,

- darker and greener tinge on back, linings of wings pale blue grey,

‘ irides crimson.

: Family, Mucauammip™.

191. Megalaima virens, Bod d,

98 A List of Birds from the Khasi hills &c. [ No. 2,

192. Megalaima Hodgson, Bonap.

At Asali it is found at 3,600 feet. The specimens, I obtained,

had the vent and under tail coverts of the same green as the lower —

breast ; bill fleshy pink, tip of upper mandible dark.

195. Cyanops Asiatica, Lath.

196. Cyanops Franklin, Blyth.

196a. Cyanops cyanotis, Blyth. (Jerdon, l.c., I, p. 315).

Has a crimson patch at back of occiput, no crimson at base of

lower mandible as in the next species, in which it is orange.

Family, Cucutz. —

204. Cuculus striatus, Drapiez.

Length 13 inches, wing 8’; tail 62”.

209. Polyphasia tenuirostris, Gray.

Length 93 inches ; extent 123” ; wing 43” ; tail 5}” ; tarsus $ ;

bill at front 3”. |

214. Ludynamys orientalis, Linn., a female measured in length

15 inches ; tail 7”.

215. Zanclostomus tristis, Less.

218. Centropus viridis, Scop oli.

Family, NECTARINIDE.

223. Arachnothera magna, Hodgson.

225. Athopyga miles, Hodgson.

No scarlet in the tail feathers whatever, below the breast dull

green grey, no tinge of brown, if tinged at all it is with yellow

down the centre. Length 5 inches ; bill ?’, wing nearly 2}’.

229. Aithopyga Nipalensis, Hodgson.

231. dithopyga saturata, Hodgson.

Length 4} inches; scapulars, interscapulars, side of neck and

back maroon, a very marked band of yellow on the rump; in all

other respects it agrees with Jerdon’s description. .

231a. -Anthreptes—sp.—?

A single specimen was obtained at Teria Ghat and shown to me

by Dr. Jerdonin December 1869. Head and upper back rie

metallic green fading on lower back, but strong again on upper |

tail coverts ; wing and tail black, the shoulder of the former has a

tinge of blue, outer edges of centre tail feathers metallic green,

ear coverts rich purple lake, with a streak on the side of the neck

1870. | A. List of Birds from the Khasi hills &c. 99

metallic magenta ; chin and throat rufous, or sienna ; rest of lower

plumage bright canary yellow. Length 4:4 inches; wing 2°05’,

tail 1-7”; bill black, length at front °55”; legs dark brown,

tarsus °65”,

236. Diceum coccineum, Scopoli.

241. Myzanthe ignipectus, Hodgson.

My specimens also have a black streak down the centre of the

abdomen, commencing at the red patch on the breast.

251. Sitta cinnamomeoventris, Blyth, lateral tail feathers deep

black, not the centre ones.

252. Sutta formosa, Blyth.

Bill grey black ; lower mandible pale grey at base ; feet with

pale yellow soles. I only obtained one specimen of this rare and

lovely bird at Asald, evidently as rare on this eastern side as in

Sikkim.

253. Dendrophila frontalis, Horsf.

Family, Upurw2.

254. Upupa epops, Linn.

This is a rare bird on the Burrail range.

Family, LantapZ.

258. Lanius tephronotus, Vigors.

262. Lanius arenarius, Blyth.

263. TZephrodornis pelvica, Hodgson.

267. Hemipus capitals, McClelland.

Bill black, legs dark brown. Length 5 inches ; wing 24 ; tail

21” ; tarsus 0°45”.

269. Volvocwora melaschistos, Hodgson.

270. Graucalus Mace, Lesson. |

Trides rich brown, not lake ; a narrow edging of pale grey on

the primaries.

271. Pericrocotus speciosus, Latham, 2 obtained.

272. Pericrocotus flammeus, F or ster.

273. PP. brevirostris, Vigors.

274. P. solaris, Blyth.

275. P.roseus, Vieillot.

Length 74 inches ; wing 33’ ; tail 4’.

278 bis. Dicrurus longus, Horsf.

100 A. Inst of Birds from the Khasi hills &c. | No. 2,

280. Dicrurus longicaudatus, A. Ha y.

282. Chaptia anea, Vieillot.

Length 9% inches ; wing 5” ; tail 42” ; extent 14” ; tarsus 3” ; bill

at front 2”.

284. Kdolius paradiseus, Lin.

287. Artamus fuscus, Vieill.

First seen at Asali in April, generally flying about leafless trees,

in the clearer parts of the country. The birds were breeding in Ca-

char in April and May, the young sitting out on the palm branches.

290. Myagra azurea, Bodd., both g and ¢ obtained.

291. Leucocerca fuscoventris, Franklin.

The five outer tail feathers tipped dull white, decreasing ; legs

brown. Length 72 inches ; extent 84”; wing 3”; tail 43”; bill in

front 2” ; tarsus 2”.

294, Chelidorhynx hypoxantha, Blyth.

Under side of bill orange. Length 44 inches, extent 63”, wing

21” tail 22”, legs umber brown.

295. Cryptolopha einereocapilla, Vieill.

A specimen obtained at Cherra was bright yellow.

296. Hemichelidon fuliginosus, Hodg. .

In the young bird the head was spotted with white, a white circle

round the eye, edge of secondaries and wing coverts pale fer-

ruginous, finely spotted with various shades of white and dusky

brown on breast, albescent on belly and lower tail coverts, feet

feeble, wing measured 3 inches in my specimen.

301. Eumyias melanops, Vigors.

808. Cyornis magmirostris, Blyth.

The description of a female has only been hitherto made. Dr.

Jerdon to whom I showed my specimen pronounced it a male,

and of which no specimen would appear to be in the Asiatic Muse-

um, Calcutta, nor in the British Museum. I procured but the single

specimen at Asali,—the description is as follows :—

$,—above dark verditer blue, paler and brighter over fore-

head and eyes ; shoulder of wing, chin, throat, and breast rich

ferruginous, fading to fulvescent on lower breast, white on belly —

and under tail coverts; wings pale black, edged pale verditer.

Beak long and straight, well hooked, rictal bristles rather short,

‘

1870. | A List of Birds from the Khasi hills &e. 101

nareal well developed, irides dark brown. Legs pale flesh color,

tarsus short, inner toe the shortest; claws moderate; length 6

inches, wing 3:3”, tail 2}”, tarsus =3,”, bill at front 2”.

314. WNiltava sundara, Hodg.

Rather a common bird about Asalu.

315. Miltava Macgrigorie, Burton.

316. WMiltava grandis, Bly th.

319. Siphia strophiata, Hodg.

321. Stipa superciliaris, Blyth.

Obtained on Hengdan Peak, 7,000 feet.

323. Erythrosterna leucura, Gm el.

Family, MERvuuip2.

327. Tesia castaneo-coronata, Burton.

Hengdan peak, at 7,000 feet. This bird haunts thick and low

drushwood, and is difficult to shoot in such cover; it emits a loud

rather musical note from time to time, as it hops from bough te

bough. The description in Jerdon’s work being short, I give a

fuller. Hinder part of head and back olive green, the feathers

shewing grey below when ruffled, front of head and ear coverts

bright rufous, under throat bright yellow fading and becoming of a

green tinge on belly, side, and thigh coverts ; wing and tail green

grey. Bill red brown, dark yellow below. Inrides dark brown, legs

brown.

328. Testa cyanwentor, Hod g., a dark streak from the eye over

_ the ear coverts. Length 32 inches, wing 2”, tarsus $ .

829. Pnoepyga squamata, Gould.

Tail of only 4 minute plumes and very short, tarsus 1 inch long,

spread of foot 13”, bill pink grey, eye large, irides dark brown;

length 32 inches, extent 63”, wing 23”; obtained on Hengdan Peak,

7,000 feet, in thick underwood.

3830. Pnoepyga pusilla, Hod g.

831. Pnoepyga caudata, Bly th.

332. Pnoepyga longicaudata, Moore.

Obtained at Cherra Punjiin July. The feathers are margined

with black on the head and back of neck only, and with faint

shafts, wings and tail dull rufous brown. Length 4? inches, wing

2, tail 2”, tarsus 0°9”, bill at front 0°5”.

- 44

_— i a?

ae | x

102 A. List of Birds from the Khasi hills §e. [No 2,

The exact locality for this bird appears to have been hitherto |

very doubtful ; Moore must have received his specimens from these

Hills also.

336. Brachypteryx Nipalensis, Hod g.

337. Brachypteryx hyperythra, 9, Jerdon and Blyth.

This bird was pointed out to me by Dr. J erdon as probably a

male of the above species. A single specimen was formerly obtained,

at Darjeeling and as the bird is very rare I append a description. —

d.—The entire plumage of a dull indigo, a white streak above the

eye, extending from the base of the upper mandible. Primaries ~

dusky black, tail black, wing 2°6 inches, tail 2”, tarsus 1°15". Shot

at Asalu.

338. B. cruralis, Blyth.

Wing 2-5 inches, tail 2”, tarsus 1°3”, bill at front °55”.

343. Myiophonus Temmincki, Vigors.

Called ‘‘Simtéing” or ‘‘ Smelling bird” by the Khasias, perhaps

from being a coarse or dirty feeder. .

344, Hydrornis Nipalensis, Hodg.

347. Hydrobata Asiatica, Swainson.

3851. Petrocossyphus cyaneus, Lin.

358. Turdus chrysolaus, Temm. 3 fahren, P. arty

@ Obtained at Cherra Punji. |

Whole upper part pale olivaceous, darker with brown on the

head, a pure white supercilium, a dark band from base of lower

mandible fading to side of neck, chin and throat white, breast

pale buff, lower breast and belly white; the buff color extends

along the side under the wing. Quills dusky, olivaceous; bill black

above, yellow below. Irides dark brown, legs dusky yellow, sole

of foot yellow. Length 9} inches, wing 5’, extent 14”, tail 32”,

tarsus 1:2”,

The measurements of this specimen are much larger than a

given in the ‘Birds of India” and the bird being rather rare I

have added a description.

3861. Merula boulboul, Lath.

364. Planesticus ruficollis, Pallas.

Length 94 inch, wing 5:3”, tail 4:1’, tarsus 1:3”, bill at front 0-7”.

Supercilium paler than the rest of the ferruginous coloring.

———— sl! Or

1870. | A. List of Birds from the Khasi hills &e. 103

365. Planesticus atrogularis, Tem. ¢

370. Oreocincla mollissima, Blyth.

_ 874. Paradoxornis gularis, Horsf.

Shot at Asalu in January. Bill dark yellow, legs slaty green.

888. Alcippe Nipalensis, Hodg.

This bird has a conspicuous white ring round the eye, not men-

tioned in the description. Bill grey, feet pale fleshy pink, irides

light -brown. Length 5 inches, extent 62’, wing 23”, tail 22’,

tarsus 0:8”,

391. Stachyris nigriceps, Hodg.

Trides pale pink. Length 5 inches, extent 62", wing 2°4”, tarsus

*85",

393. Stachyris ruficeps, Blyth.

Trides light red. Length 42”, wing 2”, tail 2”, tarsus *10”, spread

of foot 12”.

394. Stachyris chrysea, Hodg.

395. Mixornis rubscapillus, Ticke ll.

A bird which I have little doubt is this species was obtained in

the Jatinga valley, near Parie Ghat in dense bambé and under-

wood jungle; about 12 or 15 were together. The dimensions are

smaller than those given in Jerdon’s book, and it differed in

a few points.

Bill blue grey, legs pale horny yellow, feet stronger yellow.

Irides pinkish buff. Length 5 inches, wing 2°1’, tail 12”, tarsus

0°7".

396. TZimalia pileata, Hor sf.

Lower tail coverts of the same pale ferruginous as abdomen,

slightly tinged with olivaceous ; tail very distinctly barred.

399. Pellorneum ruficeps, Swainson.

Tail with every feather tipped whitish.

401. Pomatorhinus Phayret, Blyth.

Length 9 inches, extent 102”, wing 3°4”, tail 42”, tarsus 1°45”, bill

1:15’. Ivrides pale yellow. This bird I noticed running up the

boughs and hunting over them in the crevices of the bark with all

the habits of a creeper or nut-hatch; obtained at Cherra Punji.

- 402. Pomatorhinus schisticeps, Hod g.

4050. P. UeClellandi, Jerdon.

104 A List of Birds from the Khasi hills &. [ No. 2,

This bird was first recorded in my MS. List as P. erythrogenys

of Gould, but differs from this species by its much shorter bill.

It was named and sent to Gould by Dr. Jerdon, who first

discovered it in the Khasi Hills, but I believe it has never yet

been described. I, therefore, give a description and measurements

from the fresh specimen.

Plumage generally dull throughout, back olivaceous with a

brown tint, tail coverts rusty. Throat and breast white, the former

dingy, upper part of breast spotted faintly with greenish brown.

Trides pale yellow. Bill much curved, blunt, no notch; legs dull

brown, strong. Length 9 inches, extent 10’, wing 3:2”, tail 3}”,

tarsus 14”. Spread of foot 1 9”, bill to gape 1:2”.

Obtained at Nenglo beyond Asélu, under the Burrail range. Dr.

Jerdon informs me, itis by no means rare near Débroghur,

Assam.

407. Garrulax leucolophus, Hard.

412. Garrulax pectoralis, Gould.

413. G. moniliger, Hodg.

416a. Trochalopteron ruficapilleun, Blyth,

Shot on Hengdan peak. Back dull olivaceous, top of head rich

madder brown, darker under the throat and ear coverts. Breast,

back of neck and upper back finely mottled with scale shaped

black brown spots, these spots smaller on the breast and belly.

Thigh coverts olive green with a yellow tinge ; forehead, lores and —

round the eye grey. Primaries, secondaries and tail rich chrome

yellow green, the first pale black on inner web; four last secondaries —

edged with grey green at tip. Scapulars maronne brown. Irides

grey, legs pink brown, under tail and: inside wings green black.

Length 103 inches, extent 123", wing 42”, tail 43”, tarsus 12”,

spread of foot 2”. |

420. T. squamatum, Gould.

421. TZ. rufogulare, Gould, 2?

My specimen differs in being olive, intermingled with black on

the cap. Tail with broad black band, tipped rusty, outer edge of

primaries pale ochre, faint rufous spot in front of eye, ear coverts

pale rufescent. Bill grey, legs pale grey, orbital skin dark blue.

Length 9 inches, wing 3°6’, tail 42”, tarsus 1:45”.

1870.] A List of Birds from the Khasi hills §e. 105

422. Trochalopteron pheniceum, Gould.

422 a. Trochalopteron Austeni, Jerdon.

This bird was pointed out to me as new by Dr. Jerdon

to whom I handed it over to describe; he has done so in

the Ibis. To complete here the account of the bird, I give

a description as well.—Above rufous brown, greenish upon the

rump; feathers of the tail and neck pale shafted, most marked-

ly on the side of neck behind the ear coverts; under the throat

pale brown, gradually speckled on the lower breast with bars

of whitish, each feather tipped with dark brown. The white bars

increase in breadth towards the belly which is nearly all dusky

white. Thigh coverts olivaceous, primaries black grey, outer web

rich rufous brown, wing coverts same color, finely tipped white ;

secondaries also tipped white; four first primaries grey on outer

web, gradually decreasing. ‘Tail with two centre tail feathers rich

rufous ; four outer terminating in dark grey, tipped with white nar-

rowly. Legs pale pinkish grey, strong in form. Bill black, short

and well notched. Irides umber.

Length 93 inches, extent 102”, wing 4”, tail 44”, tarsus 14”, spread

of foot 2”, bill at front °63” ; found in underwood on Hengdan Peak,

Principal Trigonometrical Station of observation at head of the

Jhiri river, 7000 feet; generally in pairs, uttering a harsh croaking

call, and answering each other from time to time.

427 a. Actinodura near Egerton, Gould.

This bird differs from the above named in the crown and nape

being ashy brown. Shoulder of wing and coverts olivaceous brown.

Tail pale rufous brown, a// the feathers distinctly barred. Beneath

pale rufescent, no ashy tinge and pale rufous on the neck and breast mn

the principal point of difference is in the centre tail feathers, and its

rather smaller size. Wing 3:2”, tail 43”.

This bird was common on the high parts of the Burrail range,

_ always seen hunting in the highest branches of the forest trees.

430 a. Sibia gracilis, M¢Clell. |

This bird was very abundant in the Burrail hills during the

spring after March, generally in forest, I noticed it very busy

after insects on the large flowering forest trees, the Simul or Cotton

tree was a favorite.

106

446

447. H. M’Clellandi, Horsf.

448.

Obtained in January at Asélu.

449.

451.

451

From Surarim, near Cherra Punji, shot by Dr. J er don who

examined the stomach, and found that the bird is also an insect-

feeder and does not live entirely on fruit.

453

Obtained at Asalu in April.

456.

460

461. Pycnonotus pygeus, Hodg.

465. Phyllornis aurifrons Te mm,

466. Phyllornis Hardwichiit, Jard,and Selby.

469. Irena puella, Latham.

472. Oriolus melanocephalus, Lin.

474. Oriolus Traillu, Vigors.

475.

The wing has a white bar formed by the wing coverts and outer

web of the last secondaries.

. DMyomela leucura, Hod g.

483.

497. Ruticilla rufiventris Vieillot.

Length 52”, extent 9”, wing 4’, tail 23”.

0085.

506.

Length 74 inches, extent 112”, wing 3¥’, tail 3”.

477

508. Lanthiacyanura, Pallas,

509.

524. Hororms flaviventris, Hod g. :

A dull yellowish ring round the eye, same color on breast, wings

A List of Birds from the Khasi hills Se. [No. 2,

Fam. BRAcHYPODIDE.

a. Hypsipetes concolor, Blyth.

Hemixos flavala, Hod g.

Alcurus striatus, Blyth.

Criniger flaveolus, Gould.

a. WSpizixos canifrons, Blyth.

a. lxos flavescens, Bly th.

Rubigula flaviventris, Tickell.

. Otocompsa jocosa, T em.

a. O.monticolus, M°Clell.

Family, Sunviapz.

Copsychus saularis, T e mm.

Pratincola Indica, Bly t-h.

Ruticilla fuliginosa, Vigors.

Chemorornis leucocephala, Vigors.

Lanthia hyperythra, Blyth.

1870. | A List of Birds from the Khasi hills Se. 107

and tail dull olive grey with brown. Length 4% inches, wing 2”,

tail 12”, tarsus 2".

531. Orthotomus coronatus, Jerdon and Blyth.

Trides dark brown, length 43 inches, extent 6”, wing 12”, tail 12’,

tarsus =9-”. One specimen shot at Cherra Punji in October.

539. Ovtsticolaschenicola, Bonaparte.

543. Drymoipus mornatus, Sy kes.

Bill grey at base beneath, legs pink.

549. Suya atrogularis, Moore.

is whitish.

561. Phylloscopus afinis, Tickel1l.

5638. Reguloides occipitalis, Jerdon; from the head of the

Jhiri river, N. Cachar.

Trides very dark brown; bill above pink grey, below orange ;

tarsus grey; feet yellow. Length 4 inches, wing 2:2”.

565. Reguloides proregulus, Pallas. Obtained at Cherra Punji,

in October. |

567. Reguloides viridipennis, Bly th.

569. Culicipeta Burkii, Burton. Asdlu in January.

572. Abrornis xanthoschistos, Hod g.

Bill dark brown above, orange beneath, tarsus fleshy grey.

575. Abrornis poliogenys, Bly th. |

The loreal feathers tipped with greyish white was not seen in my

specimen, obtained at Cherra Punji, in July. Two ill-defined

broad dark grey streaks on the head, chin greyish white merging

into pale yellow on the throat.

584. Hncurus maculatus, Vigors.

585. Enicurus immaculatus, Hod g.

Length 9 inches, extent 112”, wing 33”, tail 42”. Chin and throat

black.

588. Hnicurus nigrifrons, Hodgs?

Obtained at Cherra Punji.—A young bird.

Description.—Above black with a ferruginous tinge and a few

scattered pale brown spots on the tips of the feathers of the head.

Breast black with ashy brown tinge, centre feathers streaked

with whitish, upper tail coverts, belly, bar on wing, tips of se-

108 A. List of Birds from the Khasi hills &c. [No. 2,

condaries decreasing from the last, the two outer tail feathers, and

tips of the central ones, white. Pale ferruginous tint on the tips of

the white feathers, forming the wing band. Length 7:5 inches,

extent 10°75”, wing 3°6”, tail 3°5”, tarsus 1-2”, bill in front 0-6’.

590. Motacilla luzomensis, Sco poli.

592. Calobates sulphurea, Bechstein.

At Cherra in September ; this specimen had the white wing band

very indistinct.

596. Pipastes agilis, Sykes.

599. Corydalla Richardi, Vieillot.

Obtained in October at Cherra. Length 72 inches, wing 3-7",

tail 3", not fully grown, bill at front 0°55”, hind toe and claw 14”.

600. Corydalla rufula, Vieillot.

601. OCorydalla striolata, Blyth.

Obtained on Mahadeo Peak, Asdlu ; outermost tail feathers 2-3rds

white obliquely,—penultimate with a white spot on inner web at tip.

605. Anthus cervinus, Pallas.

Winter plumage olive brown, and two moderately pale wing

bands. Length 6-5 inches, wing 33”, tail 2}, tarsus -9”, hind claw

4”, extent 102”.

Family, AMPELIDA.

609. Pteruthius erythropterus, Vig ors.

Tail feathers are tipped yellow and the head dark sate

611. Allotrius enobarbus, Te mm.

Obtained at Hengdan. Top of head, back, and tail bright olive

green, white circle round the eyes, with another outer circle of .

grey extending behind to the nape; ear coverts yellow green edged

with a line of yellow ; a marked very dark grey line on side of

neck, a patch of brown on each side of chin, centre being buffy

white, fading rapidly into the canary yellow of the breast and

belly; wing and shoulder of wing grey. Bastard wing black.

Wing coverts banded black and chesnut, 2 bands of each color ;

tail same as noted in Jerdon’s description.

Length 4 inches, extent 62”, wing 22”, tail 12”, tarsus 2” , legs flesh

colored, irides dark brown. ‘In another specimen obtained at Cher-

ra the wing bars were white, the under tail coverts bright

yellow, and a whitish ring round the eye. ‘

1870. | A List of Birds from the Khasi hills Se. 109

613. Leioptila annectans, Bly th.

Obtained at head of Jhiri river, close under the Burrail range.

615. Leiothrix argentauris, Hod g.

The redder color of the upper tail coverts marks the distinction

between male and female.

616. Siva strigula, Hodg.

Irides red brown. Length 6 inches, extent 732’, tail 22”, legs and

bill grey. I noticed that these birds, when feeding together along

the tops of the forest trees, are particularly noisy, a chattering

twitter.

617. Stva cyanouroptera, Hod g.

619. Minla castaniceps, Hodg.

Tail pale slaty, chin and throat buffy white, primary coverts rich

black, forming a spot on the shoulder. Length 4} inches, extent 6’,

wing 22”, tail 14”, tarsus =%.”, irides red brown, bill grey, legs yellow

ochre. ,

620. Minla cinerea, Blyth.

623. Lculus flavicollis, Hodg.

Feathers of the throat with dark shafts, forming a few faint

streaks. Bill pinkish grey, legs pale yellow, irides brown.

Length 54 inches, wing 2°7”, tail 2”, tarsus 3. |

624. Ixulus occipitalis, Bly th.

625. Ixulus striatus, Blyth.

Head with feathers of anterior part scaly, pale, margined rufous

brown on the occiput and ear coverts, irides dark red. Length 5$

inches, extent 8”, wing 3”, tail 2”, tarsus 3”.

630. rpornis xcantholewea, Hodge.

At 5000 feet under Hengdan Peak, head of the Jhiri river.

631. Zosterops palpebrosus, Te mm.

Legs grey,—one specimen wing 2, tail 14 ; another specimen

wing 1,/,”, tarsus 3”, bill 2”.

649. Machlolophus spilinotus, Blyth.

650. Melanochlora sultanea, H od g.

Tribe, CoNIROSTRES.

Family, Corvipm.

673. Cissa Stnensis, Brisson.

110 A Last of Birds from the Khasi hills &e. [No. 2,

One of these birds kept by me at Cherra Punji sang a number of

different bars, in a very loud key, one so piercing, it was quite dis-

agreeable to be near it,—yet he would often twitter in a low very

melodious way. These different calls never followed each other in

succession, but after long intervals, and when he commenced a song,

it was kept up for some time. On the sight of a fresh shot bird, its

favorite food, he became extremely noisy, or to call attention to its

wants on approaching the cage would make a gurgling noise in the

throat. He hung the food about the bars of the cage, or stuck

it away in corners. After about six months in confinement, he

became very imitative, picked up the crowing of a cock, and was

perfect at the cackling of a hen after laying. These birds never re-

tain their lovely chrysophrase green colour in captivity, they soon

lose it, and although the above bird moulted in confinement, the

new feathers were a dull antwerp blue, with the slightest tinge of

green on the head at first, which very soon disappeared.

674. Dendrocittarufa, Scopoli.

Irides dark brown; called ‘“‘ Kashkussi” in Cachar. Length 17

inches, wing 7”, tail 10’.

676. Dendrocitta Sinensis, Lath.

683. Sturnopastor contra, Lin.

Irides pale yellow. This bird is as common in Cachar, as the

Myna, A. éristis, next mentioned. The Cachar bird is S. supereiliaris

of Blyth. The white supercilium and white on forehead is very

marked in the birds from this eastern side of India.

684. Acridotheres tristis, Linn.

688. Zemenuchus Malabarica, Gmelin.

693. Hulabes intermedia, H. Hay.

Family, FRINGILLIDA.

694. Ploceus baya, Blyth.

698. Muna rubronigra, Hodg.

699. Munia undulata, Lath.

735. Hematospiza sipahi, Hod g. |

This bird is often captured by the Khasias at Surarim and —

brought in for sale. |

742, Propasser rhodochrous, Vig ors.

a |

are

1870. | A Inst of Birds from the Khasi hills Se. 111

A 2 obtained on Mahadeo Peak, Asdlu ;—there is some doubt

‘as to whether it is the above species.

Order, GEMITORES.

Family, TRERONID!.

773a. Crocopus viridifrons, Bly th.

776. Osmotreron Phayre, Blyth.

178. Sphenocercus sphenurus, Vig ors.

The primaries and secondaries are also edged with yellow, very

narrow on the former.

779. Sphenocercus apicaudus, Hod g.

781. Carpophaga, (sp. not determined),—There was no coppery

gloss whatever on the back, rump, and upper tail coverts of a

species from Asélu, these parts were of a dark neutral grey tint, tail

dark indigo,—1? inches from the end much paler, undertail coverts

dirty white, irides pale grey.

Sp. Length. Tail, Extent.

1 18 inches 7’ 273"

2 18” ry 30”

I am sorry to say that no specimen was kept of this fine bird, it

was very numerous in the forest above Garilo (Chota Asdlu) in

January, and several were shot, being excellent eating, the skinning

of one for a specimen was always postponed, and in February they

had disappeared. Lieut Beavan observed Carpophaga insignis

and this species at Molshai in the North Cachar Hills, and shot

several of both, I am indebted to him for the following descriptions

and measurements.

No. 1, C. insignis, H od g.—Above, head slate color, back wings

and tail darker with a bronze tinge, under parts light slate, tail

and wing feathers darker. Length 16:5, inches, expanse 29",

wing 9°5”, tail 6’, tarsus 15”, bill 1”, centre claw 1:9’, hind 1-3”,

Bill breadth at base 0:4”, breadth of lower mandible 0:5". Ivides,

dark red with gold specks apparent in the sunshine. Legs and

feet pink, feathered half way down the tarsus.

tig A List of Birds from the Khasi hills &. [No. Z,.

No. 2, Carpophaga, species (unknown).

General color slate, head and under parts light, upper parts dark,

especially the larger wing and tail feathers, extreme two inches of

tail lighter than the rest, forming a transverse band.

Length, extent, wing, tail, tarsus, centre claw, hind claw-

Sip; 1S6iIn. 204" oe 15" 1:9” 1:3”

Ps b. 17°5 2 29” 9:4 7 td 14" 1:9” 1°3”

Bill one inch, soft and curved at tip, flesh colored,—upper com-

pressed at base, lower the broadest, breadth °4”, lower mandible

in sp. a, 0-7", in sp. 6, 0°6”, nostril elongated, in which point it

differs fromm P insignis, Irides, light bluish grey.

791a. Macropygia tusalia, Hodg.

The bird I obtained on the top of Mahadeo differs somewhat

from this species, there was no tinge of lake on the bill. Orbits

were black not red as in I tusalia, the inner circle of the irides

yellow, in the colaration of the throat and lateral tail feathers it

agrees with Columba leptogrammica of Temmink. Length 15%

inches, extent 214”, wing 10”, tail 73”, tarsus 1”, bill 12”, legs and

feet dull red, bill black.

795. Turtur suratensis, Gmelin.

The female is not only smaller but decidedly of duller plumage.

798. Chalcophaps Indicus, lin,

Of the Rasorzs very few have been collected, and of the Grat-

LATORES, all obtained are so widely distributed and so wellknown —

that the record is of little value until more have been noticed.—The

whole order is badly represented in these Hill ranges.

1879.] 143

ADDITIONAL OBSERVATIONS REGARDING SOME SPECIES OF BIRDS NOTICED

By Mr. W. T. BLANFORD, In HIS ‘ Ornithological notes from

Southern, Western and Central India,’— by ALUAN O. HumMeE,

Esq., C. B., Commissioner of Customs, Agra.

[Received 11th January, read 5th February, 1870. |

The following remarks on Mr. W. T. Blanford’s “ Orni-

thological notes, &c.”’ which appeared in Part II of the Journal of

the Asiatic Society for 1869, are submitted as an additional informa-

tion regarding several species which Mr. Blanford has noticed

in his paper. Some of the data had been collected many years

previous, but they had not as yet been placed on record.

I would premise in regard to the 3 species which, Mr. Blanford

particularly notices in his introductory notes, viz. Salpornis spilonotus,

Hirundo fluvicola and Cyornis Tickellie, that no one of these is by

any means so rare as he supposes.

As regards Salpornis spilonotus my collection contains specimens

from Oudh, (collected by Mr. R. M. Adam, and another of my

coadjutors, Mr. R. Thompson, I believe), from the north of the

Saharunpur district or the Dhin, (collected by Mr. G. F.R.

Marshall), from the foot of Mt. Abu, (collected by Dr. King),

and from the neighbourhood of Murrie, (in a purchased collection).

Hirundo (Lagenoplastes) fluvieola, is the commonest of our swal-

lows in Upper India, from the Tonse river, near Mirzapiir to the

Sutledge near Ferdzpur; it abounds wherever there is water,

cliffs or ruined buildings, against which it can plaster its huge

mud, honey-comb-like, congery of nests. In Ajmere, at Ahmeda-

bad in Guzerat, in Saugor in the Central Provinces, I have noticed

numerous colonies, and I have been familiar with, this bird, its

nest and eggs for the last 20 years, although I did not know its cor-

_ rect name, until shortly before the first volume of Dr. Jerdon’s

work appeared.

i As for Cyornis Tickellia, 1 have received more specimens of it

; than of either rubeculordes or Jerdonz, all, however, from the Jhansee,

Saugor and Hoshungabéd divisions, and fully two years ago Mr.

H.C. Mum sent me the nests and eggs of this species with the

female shot by himself off the nest.

114 Observations regarding some species of birds. [No. 2,

Turning now to some of the species separately enumerated, I

note :—

18. ZLinnunculus Cenchris.—This species may be at once discrimi-

nated from 7. alaudarius by the colour of its claws. These are

black in the last named species, white or yellowish white in 7.

Cenchris.

50. Cireus cyaneus.—It is impossible ever to confound this

species with C. Swainsoni, the pure white upper tail coverts, at all

ages and in both sexes, suffice, as Col. Sykes long ago pointed

out, to separate the European Hen Harrier from the pale-chested

Harrier, I have specimens from near Indore and have seen others

from near Jhansee.

58. Circus melanoleucus—I agree with Mr. Blanford that

this bird never occurs, except perhaps as an isolated straggler, in

Northern or Western India; my specimens, and all in fact that I

have yet seen, were from lower Bengal, Assam and Tippera.

56, bis.—Iflvus melanotes 2 I have or have had several speci-

mens, young and old, of the large kite referred to by Mr. Blan-

ford; males with the wing 20 inches and upwards and females

with the wing up to 22. The young, so far as plumage goes,

correspond exactly with Gustav Radde’s figure of the

young of Dhilwus melanotes, and hitherto I have been inclined to

identify our large Indian race with this species. In Part II of my

** Rough Notes,” I hope to discuss this question more fully.

104. Dendrochelidon coronata, though locally distributed is by no

means a rare or uncommon bird. It breeds freely, to my certain

knowledge, in the sub-Himalayan track, below Kumaon and Gurh-

wal, in parts of the Mirzapir district, in the Mandla district of the

Central Provinces,(from which locality Mr. R. Thompson sent me

an exquisite little nest), in the Nilgherries (whence also I have re-

ceived its egg) and Ceylon, and many other localities too numerous

to record here.

95. <Acanthylis sylvatica. I also have never obtained specimens

of this bird from the Central Provinces. I have them, however

from Conoor (Nilgherries) and Gurhwal, in which latter locality

they are common. ,

631. Zosterops palpebrosus.—This species is. anything but rare

1870. | Observations regarding some species of birds. 115

in Saugor, Central Provinces. I have, I find, five nests, and at least

a dozen eggs, from that locality.

85. Hirundo erythropygia.—li has not yet I believe been point-

ed out, that while this species of mosque swallow belongs as a

resident to the plains of India, ZH. daurica, which is the resident

species of the Himalayas,—breeding freely for instance about the

bungalows of Simla,—also during the cold season visits the plains

reaching at least as far south as Agra. I quite agree with Gould

in separating Cecropis rufula, daurica and erythropygia, although

occasionally somewhat intermediate forms are met with in one

and Northern India.

86. Ai, fluvicola.—It is not at all unusual for this species to

breed against high clifis. To give one single instance, (and I

could give fifty) visiting the river Chambal where the HEtawah

and Gwalior road crosses it, and following its course downwards

to its junction, at Bhurrey, with the Jumné, one will meet with at

least an hundred colonies of this species, all with their clustered

nests plastered against the faces of the high clay cliffs which over-

hang the river. I take this opportunity of noticing that the dif-

ferences remarked by Mr. Gou!d in his Indian specimens are mere-

ly due to sex and age. The presence, or absence (more or less

entire) of the white marginal spot on the tail featkers is sexual, the

white being always strongest in the old males, while the presence

of striee on the head is a sign of immaturity.

90. Pétionoprogne concolor.—l cannot (with very large series of

each before me) concur in what Mr. Blanford says of the eggs

- of this species and L. fluvicola and H. ruficeps. The eggs of con-

color are certainly not more spotted than those of rujiceps. So far

asthe gharacter, extent and intensity of markings go, they are

intermediate between those of fluvicola and ruficeps. The ground

color i is white, and they are all more or less thickly speckled, spot-

ted &c., though rarely blotched, with different shades of yellowish

and reddish brown. Unlike those of flwvicola, which are as often

pure white as not, these eggs are always pretty thickly marked, but

; e markings, though better defined and darker than those of fluvicola,

are neither so bold nor so bright as in ruficeys. As in both these

species, the markings are always most dense towards the broader

116 Observations regarding some species of birds. [No. 2,

end, where a more or less ill-defined zone, or irregular and partial

cap is not uncommon.

Again the nests‘are not, I should say ‘‘ precisely similar” to those

of the Indian wire-tailed swallow, but are deeper and smaller, |

coming to a well-defined point below.

91. Ptionoprogne rupestris.—I quite agree with Mr. Blanford

that this species is not confined to the higher Hills; itis only the

other day that I procured a pair at the Taragurh Hill, at Ajmere,

a solitary rocky outlier of the Aravallis only some 3000 feet in

height, but at the same time the only breeding places that I know of

are some 8000 feet high in the Himalayas. Amongst the lower

rocky ranges I have hitherto believed them (though in this I may

err) to be only winter and spring visitants, retiring in India to colder

and more elevated localities to breed in.

293. Leucocerca leucogaster—I have this species from as far

north as Mt. Abi, to which locality, I may notice, Gallus Sonerati

also extends, as well as Oursorius Gallicus and Houbara Macqueent

from the North West. |

310. MMuscicapula superciliaris, extends during the cold weather

all over the plains of India. Mr. Brookes procured a specimen

in Etawah I think, and I have one from the same locality, another

from near Lucknow and several from Saugor. F

325. LErythrosterna acornaus.—The only specimen that I have of

this species was also a female—and was shot along with an EL

maculata. I have not gone minutely into the question, but I would

suggest that possibly acornaus is only the female of maculata,

Anyhow, all the specimens that I possess of the latter were

males.

323. Lrythresterna parva.—This is the only species in upp or

India. Jam not sure if I have ever seen a true Jeucura from

any locality, except perhaps Tippera.—I have several Europea 2

specimens, and am perfectly certain that the huge series that I

possess from all parts of Rajpitana, the N. W. and Central Pro

vinces and Oudh, are one and all parva. .

268. Volvocivora Sykes’.—Not very uncommon about Saugor, I

got the nest and eggs both of this species and of Graucalus Macet,

this year for the first time, from this district.

1870. | Observations regarding some species of birds. 117

257. Lanius erythronotus.—I wonder whether Mr. Blanford

got hold of either Lanius caniceps or tephronotus. It is curious how

often these three species are confounded, yet they are really

very distinct, as the subjoined comparative table will show :—

Frontal | General colour |Hxtent ofrufous!Colour of tail

band, | of upper parts,| on upper sur- feathers.

face.

Ce eemneemenntaeeea

L. erythronotus, ...| From 0:1”|\Somewhat pale] Whole lower| Central tail

to 03” in| ashy grey. |back, rump, up-jfeathers black,or

width. ’ per tail coverts'blackish brown,

and longer sca-laterals brown,

plars. with agrey tint.

Z. comiceps,.........| Ditto. Ditto. Rumpandup-| Ditto.

per tail coverts

only.

L. tephvonotus, ...| Almost |Somewhat dark} Ditto. Central tail

entirely ashy brown. feathers deep

wanting. rufous brown,

laterals growing

paler as they

recede from the

centre, all ru-

fous brown.

_ Besides this, caniceps has the middle portion of the abdomen right

_down to the vent white, while in erythronotus the lower portion of

_ the abdomen, the feathers above the vent, are bright ferruginous. _

460. Otocompsa fuscicaudata.—This species extends northwards

to Mt. Abu, where I found it very abundant; specimens there

obtained are in every respect identical with those from Conoor

(Nilgherries). In Oudh and in Bengal, this species is replaced by

Otocompsa emeria, and east of the bay of Bengal by 0. jocosa—Mr.

Blanford says, that he has never met with an Otocompsa in Cen-

tral India ; I presume he means of the jocosa type, with red whis-

ers, because O. leucotis occurs, though rarely both, in Saugor and

‘Hoshungabad.

467. Tora Zeylanica.—This species and typhia are one and the

same species. IL have more than 100 specimens from all parts of

118 Observations regarding some species of birds. [No. 2,

India, some from even as far east as Comillah in Tipperah, and

there is not the slightest doubt, I believe, that both forms repre-

sent different sexes and stages of plumage of the same species.

Mr. Blanford might, therefore, well kill a perfectly intermediate

specimen. :

473. Ortolus Ceylonensis.—None of the supposed specimens of

this species, from Ahmednugger sent me by Messrs. Fairbank

and Bruce were, in my opinion, Ceylonensis,—at least if Ceylonensis

be a good species. The chief distinctions supposed to exist be-

tween melanocephalus and Ceylonensis consist — Ist, in the black of the

throat coming much further down on the breast of melanocephalus,

than of Ceylonensis ; 2nd, in melanocephalus having the secondaries

and tertiaries broadly tipped yellow, and the outer webs of the

latter yellow, while in Ceylonensis only the tertiaries are tipped,

and this only on the outer webs, with yellow.

Messrs. Fairbank’s and Bruce’s Ahmednugger specimens,

though somewhat intermediate, pertained rather to the melanocepha-

lus than the Ceylonensis type. As a matter of fact, I have shot good

typical examples of both races.in the same localities in the Bhabur,

below Gurhwal, and in Oudh Terai, and I at present utterly dis-

believe in Ceylonensis as a distinct species. Perhaps, however, I

have never seen a true Ceylonensis, my museum unfortunately con- —

tains no Ceylon specimen.

353. Orocetes cinclorhynchus.—Stragglers of this species (and

what is more remarkable of Oreocincla dauma) occur every cold

weather in the plains of the N.W. Provinces and the northern portion

of the Central Provinces. "When our Avifauna comes to be more

closely watched, a vast number of the Himalayan species, now

considered to reside exclusively in the Hills, will be found to visit

the plains during the cold weather. I killed a fine specimen of

Tichodroma muraria on the clay cliffs of the river Jumné, at Shere-

gurh, some 20 miles due north of Jaloun. ~4

854. Geocichla cyanota—Mr. Blanford may be right in con-

sidering the olive tint on the back a sign of immaturity, but it i

curious, that out of alarge series of this species and cvtrina, na

single male exhibits this peculiarity, but a large proportion of the

females do. This may be accidental.

’

‘

1870. ] Observations regarding some species of birds. 119

488. Saxicola opistholeuca—This species will not stand, the

points relied on by Blyth, Strickland and Gould are not

constant, as the examination of a large series shows.

515. Acrocephalus brunnescens. I have specimens from numerous

parts of India. The proportions of the primaries vary a good deal, not

locally but individually, and the tone of coloration also varies greatly.

645. Parus cinereus—lI have specimens from all parts of India,—

from Cashmere to Comillah, and from Kotgurh to Conoor. Indivi-

duals differ; the species is one and the same; Javanese specimens

do seem to be persistently smaller; I have not, however, seen a

sufficient number of examples to make sure that this difference is

really constant.

604. Agrodroma sordida.—As I have pointed out in a paper

which will appear in an early number of the Ibis, neither of our

Indian birds known as <A. sordida and cinnamomea, can well be

identical with Riippell’s birds. It is needless to discuss the matter

here, but if I am correct and with Riippell’s careful Latin and

German descriptions of both, and his plate of sordida before me, I

can scarcely be in error; the Indian birds will stand, the supposed

A. cinnamomea as A. similis, Jerdon, and the supposed 4. sordida

as A. griseo-rufescens, nobis.

768. Alauda Walabarica 2? Unless I am much mistaken (which

I very likely may be) this bird of Mr. Blanford’s is the true

Spizalauda Deva.

The Rev. Mr. Fairbank favoured me with three specimens

of a lark killed at Khandalla, which he (or perhaps Mr. Blan-

ford) had named Alauda Valabarica. On examination, they proved to

have hind claws only 0-4 in length, and the 1st primary 0°6 in length.

It was quite clear that these were not true (restricted) Alauda.

On closer examination there remained no doubt that these were the

true Spizalauda Deva of Sykes, although the dimensions somewhat

' exceeded those given by Jerdon. Oncomparing these with the

_ Upper Indian race which I had hitherto confounded with Sy kes’s

| pird, and of which it is not impossible that Jerdon owing to a

- similar error, gave the dimensions, I found that conspicuous dif-

b: ferences existed, rendering the separation of the Upper Indian

| _ race as a distinct species necessary.

120 Observations regarding some species of birds. [No. 2,

I proceed to give some dimensions of the Southern and Northern

Indian races, premising that to the latter I have given the specific

name of simillima.

length, wing, 1st prim. tail, billat tarsus, hindtoeand

front, claw,

8S. Deva, Q 625 3°60 060 205 053 0°86 0°75

(Southern ¢ 610 3:65 062 . 216 .053 O81 0°72

India.) f 6°00 3°57 0°80 200 0:57 0°86 0.75

8.simillima, 9 520 3:15 038 175 045 0°70 0°64

(Northern 9 5°50 326 O40 185 0-438 0-72 0°65

India.) Q< 520 300 042 170 050 0-70 0°68

The plumage of the two species is of precisely the same character,

but the colouring of the Upper Indian bird is paler and less

rufous, and this is especially conspicuous in the outer webs of

the first long primaries and exterior tail feathers, which are

rufous buff in Deva, and pale fawn colour or yellowish white in

simillima, and in the wing lining and rufous margins to the interior

webs of the quills. Altogether the bird has a paler and sandier

cast, so much so, that the first glance at the birds is sufficient to

attract the attention of even a superficial observer to the difference.

The crest of the adult Northern bird too is, I think, longer than that

of the Southern, some of the feathers of the former measuring fully

0-9" in length. This bird bears the same relation (so far as type of |

colour goes) to 8. Deva, than A. gulgula does to A. Malabarica.

Spizalauda simillima occurs throughout the upper portion of the

N. W. Provinces and Cis-Sutledge States of the Panjab, and I have

specimens sent me from Jhansee; but what the limits of its range -

are, I do not yet know, having until recently always confounded it

with S. Deva.

I may here note that Capt. Mitchell of Madras sent me speci-

mens of Alauda Malabarica from Ootacamund labelled A. gulgula;

accepting his name and noticing the striking difference in appear-

ance between these birds and our northern representative race, I

separated the latter, as 4. gulgulensis, (vide my Catalogue), bu ;

subsequent careful examination has shown me that the Ootacamund.

birds are really 4. Malabarica, while our northern race is the true

A. guigula of Franklin. oF

From this it will appear that Mr. Blanford’s bird, having

the hind toe claw only 0°4, cannot be identified with Alauda A

1870. | Observations regarding some species of birds. 121

barica, a restricted Alauda with along hind claw. Of course the

bird recorded by him as Spizalauda Deva is the Spizalauda simil-

lima, nobis.

716. Emberiza Huttoni.—This bird is common almost through-

out Northern, Western and Central India, wherever there are rocky

hills. It abounds in the Salt Range, in the Panjab, and throughout

' the Aravalli range; Taragurh at Ajmere and Mt. Abt, being

- amongst its most favourite resorts. I have it from near Mirzapi,

from the Siwaliks and from the Saugor Division and Mr.

Brookes has shot it in Etawah. Probably like Hmberiza_strio-

data, which I this year found breeding at Ajmere (see a separate

_ paper on this species, which will appear in an early number of the

| Ibis) #. Huttoni is a permanent resident and not, as has been sup-

posed, a visitant from the Himalayas. This is of course the bird

referred to by Sy kes as ZL. hortulana.

800. Pterocles fasciatus—It is strange that Ihave never noticed

the crepuscular habits of thisbird. I have shot scores of it. One

day, Mr. F. R. Ble witt and myself bagged over a dozen within a

circle of half a mile at Tirkee in Goorgaon, not many miles from

the famous sulphur springs at Soria. Only the other day I shot

a pair not far from Kishengurh in Rajpitana in bright daylight,

as they came down to drink, and I have seen them at the water’s

edge in the mornings at least a dozen times. They are very com-

mon in Upper India wherever there are low rocky hills with a

little scrub jungle at the base, quite as common as P. exustws in the

sandy open plains. I have shot both these species and arenarius

_ in the same morning in the Goorgaon district, but alchata, our

- fourth Indian species very rarely I think crosses the Indus, though

it is abundant enough in the cold season at Hot Murdan and other

‘ trans-Indus Panjab posts, where it is known to sportsmen as the

bronze-winged Sand-grouse.

819 bis. Francolinus n. sp.—I do not doubt that the Cutch

q species is distinct, I propose to name it after my valued friend and

~ contributor, Dr. King, whose paper on the Birds of Goona is _no-

| " ticed more than once by Mr. Blanford. I had intended describing

this species in the Ibis, but the only specimen I had, was such a

vile rag, that I hesitated to do so, and in a weak moment, sent it to

_ <<< LCL Cr

\ than the specimens of Bruced which I possess, but some specimens

122 Observations regarding some species of birds. [ No. 2,

a brother sportsman in Kattywar, whence it had been received, to

show the species of which I wanted specimens. Now, I am sorry

to say, I can neither get the original specimen nor better ones out

of my friend, and my only hope is, that seeing this notice, he may

be conscience-stricken, and do me the favour of returning me my

own bird, with a good series of the same species.

P. S.—I take this opportunity of intimating my dissent to the —

propriety of elevating the Mahableshwar race of Alcippe porocephala

to the rank of a distinct species. ~

To the kindness of Mr. H. R. P. Carter I owe a noble series of

the Nilgherry bird, and to the Rev. H. Bruce, two specimens of

the supposed 4A. Brucet.

I admit freely that, as a rule, 4. podocephala is somewhat smaller

of the former are fully as large. Brucei, to judge from the speci- —

mens before me, is certainly not darker asa rule, than the majority

of povocephala, nor is it less ferruginous, and these three points are, |

what Mr. Fairbank in the original description which he sent me

chiefly relies on.

The fact is the shade of colour varies in individuals. Brucei is

darker and less ferruginous, or lighter and more ferruginous than

some, and absolutely identical in colour with other specimens of

povocephala that I possess. Pe

The rounding of the tail, the wideness and firmness of the inner ‘

webs (other points insisted on by Mr. Fairbank) varies in

individuals, and in these respects also, the specimens sent me of

brucei are intermediate between those now before me of the a

gherry bird.

tinct species, differs only very slightly in plumage from pococephala

and this is true, but, the bill, legs and feet (the former conspicu-

ously) of this latter, are invariably larger than those of Nipalensis,

while they correspond exactly with those of Bruce’. In the one

case (and I speak after comparing numerous specimens), we have a

constant and very material structural difference, while in the other

there appears to be an absolute structural identity. P

LLLLE LPL LPP PPI PULP PIPPI

1870.] 123

ON CERTAIN PROTRACTED IRREGULARITIES OF ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE

-IN BENGAL IN RELATION TO THE MoNnSOON RAINFALL OF 1868 AND

—1869,—by Henry F. Buanrorp, Meteorological Reporter to

the Government of Bengal.

(With plate VIII.)

. [Received 17th February, 1870. Read 2nd March, 1870.]

_ When the Meteorological system, recently established in Bengal,

began to afford trustworthy results, one of the first objects of

enquiry that engaged my attention, was the variation of the

monsoon rains. The year 1868 was marked by a rainfall in Lower

Bengal (more especially at Calcutta and the S. Western part of the

Gangetic delta) of almost unprecedented amount, while in the N.

W. Provinces and the Panjab, the deficiency was such as to cause

a very considerable failure of the crops and much consequent

suffering. This year (1869), the rains have been comparatively

light throughout Northern India, including Bengal, except in the

_ districts to the North of the Pudma* river; and it is fresh in the

_ recollection of all residents in Northern India, that large tracts in the

_ N. W. Provinces, Central India and the Panjab, have been pre-

_ served from the imminent horrors of famine only by the timely

_ rains at the very close of the ordinary monsoon season. My object,

- in the present communication, is to bring to notice certain peculi-

_ arities in the distribution of the barometric pressure, which seem to

throw some light on the causes, the proximate causes at least, of

these notable and important variations.

; In watching the daily and monthly reports received from the

Meteorological stations in Bengal, I early observed that sometimes

_ for periods of several months, the barometric readings at certain

_ stations, when reduced to the sea-level, shewed an apparently

_ anomalous depression or elevation ; anomalous, that is to say, as

not conforming to the general law of the barometric gradient for

the time of year, as then known. I was at first inclined to suspect

] that the assigned elevation of certain of the stations might be erro-

neous, or that, possibly, the barometric registers might be vitiated

* The name given to the main stream of the Ganges below Rajmahal.

124 Irregularities of Atmospheric pressure in Bengal &c. [No. 2,

by errors arising from faulty position or manipulation of the instru-

ments. Accordingly I took every means in my power to verify the

elevations, and either by personal inspection or otherwise, to satisfy

myself that the instruments were properly placed and observed.

The barometers had all been compared with the Calcutta standard

before they were issued, and the errors thus ascertained had been

applied as corrections to their readings. At stations that I visited,* I

repeated the comparison with one or two mountain barometers which

I carried with me, and which had been compared with the standard

before my departure and were again compared on my return. In no

case did the result of the second comparison differ from that of the

first by more than a quite trivial amount. Some of the stations,

moreover, have been supplied with duplicate barometers since the

peculiarities above noticed first attracted my attention, and in these

cases, a comparison was made between the two instruments as soon

as possible at the station, and their recorded errors thus made to

furnish a check on each other. I mention these details because in

this country the barometric variations are so small in comparison

with those in Western Europe, that it is of the utmost importance

in order that the conclusions based on their readings may be trust-

worthy, that all merely instrumental errors be most carefully

eliminated. Any confidence that my facts may lay claim to, will —

depend on the assurance that all ascertainable causes of error have

been carefully ascertained and allowed for.

These precautions then having been duly observed, and not

having afforded any explanation of the observed anomalies,{ the

conclusion became legitimate, that they were real atmospheric phe-—

nomena and not apparent and instrumental only: and this conclu-—

sion was confirmed by the fact, that in some cases the same pecu-

liarity was shewn by two or more neighbouring stations. Finally

during the last cold weather (1868-69) I observed that certain

stations which, during the 8. W. monsoon, had shewn an excessive

barometric depression, now exhibited an opposite tendency,

excess of atmospheric pressure ; and that this like the former pecu-

* Dacca, Chittagong, Shillong and Monghyr.

* Saugor Island, Cuttack and Akyab.

{ With one exception. The elevation of Chittagong had been erroneously

reported, as shewn by my verification.

1870.| Irregularities of Atmospheric pressure in Bengal, se. 125

larity, affected not one only, but two or three neighbouring stations

in different degrees, and lasted for some months.

It was not, however, until another 8. W. monsoon had afforded

me the means of comparing the barometric features of the same

season in two consecutive years, that I could be justified in assuming

q any correllation between these local peculiarities of atmospheric

pressure, and the variations in the rainfall. There has hitherto

been very little systematic observation of the barometer in India,

that is susceptible of comparative treatment, and very much

_ remains to be done to ascertain the normal distribution of atmos-

i pheric pressure during our monsoons. To determine whether any

local peculiarity is normal or abnormal, at least two registers for

corresponding seasons must be compared. This has now been

done for the SW monsoon, and I am justified in concluding, that

q the local depressions which I shall now describe, and which appear

to me to be intimately related to those variations of the rainfall

which I have already noticed, are peculiar to the year and not

recurrent.

_ I take first of all the SW monsoon season (May to September)

of 1868. The following table (extracted from my official report)

gives the mean barometric pressure* of each of the monsoon

months, at all the stations from which I have reports for the period

May. June. July. Aug. Sept.

id 29°810* |.29:835* © 29-°819* 29°853*

Bee Raia aie » es 29{800 "142* *756* ‘Te oa"

; MEAs cheeses *850 753 °756 ‘720 TOT

“alse Point, ...... °736 *567 -562 es 654

meuttack, ...... eee *T54 "613 ‘616 "568 735

Chittagong, ...... °802 "626 °657 °630 "740

Saugor Island, .... F386 [jy 022 ade ‘475 *616

: Wa eee ‘781 ‘570 603 "601 699

azaribaugh, .... "720* °546* {409% ? ?

_ * The means are obtained from the observations recorded four times daily

viz, 4 a. mM, 10 a. u., 4 P.M., and 10. M.on every day in the month,

ex cept those marked wlth an (*) which are the means of the 10 a. mM, and 4

P. M. observations only. I have shewn, in the Report, that the means thus

obtained are comparable to within ‘01 of an inch,

126 Irregularities of Atmospheric pressure in Bengal, §c. (No. 2,

May. June. July. Aug. Sept.

JessOre, .....6 Se ‘761 *541* *584* ? *695*

Berhampore, ..... i TET tena *590* ‘590* °715*

Dinoeay |i, 4 res pint? 831 614 636 "605 °739

Monghyr, ........ ‘701. --515* -642* = -564* ~— «679%

Padahay curiistesvers ‘740* -549% -549% -574* -684*

Benares,-. i008. ‘147 ~~ --570 573 621 ‘710

Reorkiy? oaiwotiey "694 "491 517 "528 °658

It will be observed that in June, (with the exception of the com-

paratively distant stations, Monghyr and Roorki,) and in August

and September, (without exception as far as the table shews,

Hazaribaugh being, however, wanting in these months,) Saugor

Island shews the lowest mean barometric pressure. False Point

also shews a low mean pressure, which is however, 0°1 above that

of Saugor Island in August, and 0°03 to 0°04 in the other months

after May. The Calcutta mean readings are from 0°045 to 0°12

higher than those of Saugor Island throughout, and those of

Cuttack (except in August when this station shews the lower mean

pressure,) from 0:018 to 0°08 higher than those of False Point.

There was therefore, a persistent barometric relative depression

extending from Saugor Island to the SW. It was somewhat

changeable both in intensity and position, but the minimum always

lay nearer Saugor Island than any other station. The mean baro-

metric gradient between Calcutta and Saugor Island (70 miles)

was in

May, one inch in 1555 miles.

June, ,, fp ISSR rood, |

July, ,, 33 TOD ;,

Aug. ,, 9» 909 4,

Sept., ,, 59° SBS,

and it did not finally disappear until December. j

There was another area of barometric depression to the NW.

and NNW. of the above, (as is shewn by Hazaribaugh and

Monghyr) which would seem to be more regularly recurrent than

that which lay about the Sand Heads, and is probably due to the f

elevated and hilly character of the country. In July the mean

Tr AY Sr ee

1879.| Irregularities of Atmospheric pressure in Bengal, SC. 127

Saugor Island as has been already remarked was the lower in J une,

and in all probability in August also.

Now the rainfall tables shew that the months of June and August

were those of the heaviest rainfall in Bengal generally ; but the

excessive falls were very local. In June the maximum was at

Balasore and Contai; in August at Hooghly and Kishnagur ; in

both cases apparently, (certainly in the latter,) not at the place of

greatest mean depression but at some distance (about 100 miles)

to the north of it. This is shewn by the following table extracted

from the general rainfall table in the official report—

Rainfall in inches.

June. July. Aug. Sept.

Summer PROCS S eeu 11:00 10°90 12°90 5:05

Ee i CI oh Vir30 10°12 8"92 9-80

Beer OI eo a ies 9:20° 12°75 9°95 20°40

Mumeeiebre | kl) ee bee 36°20 5°60 14:30 9:60

Peer sland, 27°40 11°86 16°07 21°50

ae , 8448 876 12:69 17:74

Midnapore,...... Riana cnet Wesenae le what 22°80 5:40 19°30 13°20

Metin SPE. Oe. Cee PO 266 Piel Fs P4838 whS69

Ae oe 23°20 14°80 25°30 21°10

mn OL OL RS £52251) 6°55 6 16°30) oTT-1@

BE i eek 15°80 9°55 40°50 21°40

Re the eae 8:20 10°80 29°60 14:50

ee ER eee {POG 2) 1:2-24) 20°53).1°9-49

METHYL Oe eee 10°75 11°50 30°20 7-30

BEPIIOTO des 12°71 8°40 18:07 9°36

Re rerai2es 6), eas Jae 8°85 8°85 10°45 9°20

Rampore Beauleah, .............. 14:45 13:20 10°75 11-20

Caleutta and Howrah received about the same quantity of rain

in June and August, but in the former month they lay to the north,

_ in the latter to the south of the area of greatest rainfall. In June

the fall exceeded 20 inches over an area including Balasore,

~Saugor Island, Contai, Midnapore, Calcutta and Howrah. At

_ Bancoorah, Hooghly and Jessore it was between 15 and 17, and at

_ Quttack rather more than 17 ins. In August the fall exceeded 20

inches at Jessore, Kishnagur, Hooghly, Burdwan, Calcutta and

128 Lrregularities of Atmospheric pressure in Bengal, &e. | No. 2,

Howrah, and was nearly of that amount at Midnapore in one

direction and at Berhampore in the other. |

In both months there was within these areas a focus of greatest

rainfall, around which, the quantity diminished with the distance.

This focus was about Contai and Balasore in June, where the quan-

tity registered was between 80 and 40 inches, and in August was

situated about Hooghly, where the register exceeds 40 inches for

this month.

The resultant directions of the winds at Calcutta, Saugor Island,

False Point, Cuttack and Jessore, as calculated from all the obser-

vations in each month are given in the following table ; comparative

prevalence being expressed by a number proportional to the whole

number of observations taken as 100.

May. June. July. August. Sept.

Jessore, .. 588.19E. 568. 6W. 748.22E. 278.16E. 558. 12K.

Calcutta,.. 808. 5H. 758.14W. 88S .2E. 618.24W. 6858. 18H.

Saugor Id., 85S. 5W. 7758.29W. 728.12W. 458.37W. 378. 12W.

False Pt., 818.24W. 608.47W. 688.55W. 588.87W. 40 N.83W.

Cuttack, .. 70S.11E. 488.385W. 478.47W. 428.79W. 188. 39W-

Now on comparing in this table the mean directions for June

and August with those of the other months, it will be observed that

the former are characterized by a comparative excess of westerly

elements. Thus at Calcutta for example, the wind is East of South

in May, July and September, but West of South in June and

August. This general characteristic becomes very distinct when the

anemometric resultants are laid down on a chart, [see Plate VIII,} ~

as wind arrows, the lengths of which vary as the figures expressing

prevalence. At Jessore the August mean is an apparent exception,

but the figure expressing prevalence, is so much reduced as to

indicate a considerable deficit of Southerly and increase of Nor-

therly elements.* A similar difference is shewn by the mean of —

Berhampore.

A comparison of the June and August wind resultants with those

of the same stations for any of the monsoon months of 1869 entirely —

bears out the above inference as to the unusual prevalence of a

* The detailed table from which the mean resultant is computed shews —

this to be the case.

e Myx ee

1870.| Irregularities of Atmospheric pressure in Bengal, &¢. 129

Westerly element in the former, in other words of a deflection of

the monsoon from its normal course towards the East. The winds

do not indeed follow a spiral course around, and in to a place of

minimum depression as they would do in a cyclone, but they are

deflected from their normal direction to the Eastward, in all proba-

bility to feed an ascending current over Lower Bengal.. Hence the

excessive rainfall already noticed at certain stations in Lower

Bengal, and as aconsequence, the deficiency experienced by stations

to the NW. in the Ganges valley, with the predominance of

Westerly winds which characterized the greater part of the monsoon

of 1868 in the N. W. Provinces. Of these features the existence

of a persistent barometric depression in the head of the Bay seems

to offer a consistent explanation.

I now pass to the monsoon of 1869, the barometric features of

_ which differed considerably from those of the previous year, and

which brought to the delta of Lower Bengal a rainfall somewhat

below the average, while in the NWP. the deficiency of rain up

to almost its close, was as marked as in 1868,

, May. June. July. Aug. Sept.

Port(Blair,...... 29'817* i, 29:070" + 29-789" .. 29-810" . 29°829*

Mladfas, 0.5... oo" *673* stk Wes hate Th ae

Wivab, ........ 782 656 ‘701 724 804

False Point, .... "763 609 626 ‘719 748

a ‘710 572 626 ‘716 "7338

Chittagong, .... 742 600 638 ‘731 745

Saugor Island, .. 705 548 566 668 "704

Meroutta, ...... *680 "551 "566 °666 ‘708

Hazaribaugh, .. "588 481 "527 "624 Mayer

Jessore, ....... . "669 521 554 651 ‘701

Berhampore, .... Gaeta Ls. uitOO2? »... 668 ‘709

Se "704 ‘566 “601 "684 ‘739

eenar, 2)... 4. ; "752 594 630 698 “761

Monghyr, ...... ? 482 527 596 644

| See 601 °494 *522 "619 675

Benares,....... - "625 *505 567 641 *688

os "560 "362 °510 581 "6638

130 Irregularities of Atmospherie pressure in Bengal, &c. (No. 2,

The distribution of atmospheric pressure shown by this table is

very different from that shewn by the table for. 1868. The Saugor

Island means are throughout equal to or higher than those of Cal-

cutta, and those of False Point equal to or higher than those of

Cuttack. Of the area of depression in the head of the Bay, which

was so marked and constant during the monsoon of 1868, not a

trace reappears. This season the seat of minimum pressure is

transferred to Hazaribaugh and Monghyr,* and here it was persistent

nearly to the close of the monsoon, deflecting the winds and apparent-

ly determining the distribution of the rainfall, just as the Saugor

Island depression of the previous year had done in the lower part

of the delta.

This depression first became marked in April, in which month

the lowest mean readings are those of Hazaribaugh and Patna,

Monghyr being wanting. In May the difference was greater and in

June these three stations alone lay within the isobaric of 29°5. In

June and July the pressure was about the same at Hazaribaugh

and Monghyr, but in August and September it rose at the former

more rapidly than at the latter station, and the barometric mini-

mum lay above Monghyr.+| Throughout the three first months of

the rains, and indeed nearly to the end of September, the vapour

bearing monsoon was then arrested in its normal course towards

the N. W. Provinces by a persistent atmospheric depression in the

region of the Curruckpore hills and Hazaribaugh, and it was not

* In the abstract of the paper given in Proc. As. Soc. for January 1870, it was

stated (p. 93) that in March, a slight depression appeared over a region inclu-

ding Berhampore, Monghyr, &c., that in May it was intensified especially over

the first named station and reached its lowest point in June, and that there

was a mean difference of 0:14 of an inch between Calcutta and Berhampore,

On re-examining the registers and laying down their barometric means of the

stations for each day in curves, an instrumental error has been detected in the

Berhampore register which affected it from the 15th April to the 15th July,

and which caused the mean pressure to be recorded as rather more than 0°1

too low. A corresponding correction has been applied to the register in the

above table, but since the correction can be determined only for the beginning

and end of the period, and is assumed to be the same throughcut, the results are

marked with a [?]. It results from this that the depression did not move

westward as originally stated, but changed as now stated in the text; and that

the cyclone of June did not move direct to the place of minimum pressure,

though (as I am still of opinion) its course was probably affected by the exist-

ence of the local depression.

+ Except Roorki which in this month was lower than any of the Bengal

stations, but the barometer has not been compared and there is much reason for

the belief that it reads low,

1870.| Lrregularities of Atmospheric pressure in Bengal, Se. 131

until the end of September that the contraction of this depression

allowed the N. W. Provinces to receive their usual rainfall, as it

would appear, by leaving the winds from the Bay to follow their

normal course across Hazaribaugh and Chota-Nagpoor towards

the Upper Provinces.

In June the heaviest rainfall occurred at Julpigori (41-29 ins.)

and Rungpore (36-7 ins). At the stations of Dinagepore, Pubna,

Malda, Buxa, (Bhotan Doars,) and Goulpara more than 20

inches were registered, while at Darjiling at which the average

rainfall for this month is 27-50* ins., 19.85 inches only fell. At

Calcutta the rainfall for the month amounted to 18°84 inches; but

of this, 11 inches fellin one day, during the Cyclone of the 9th

June, the centre of which passed very near Calcutta. Berhampore

received 21°74 inches of which 5:7 fell during the passage of the

Cyclone and Rampore Beauleah, which was also near its track,

18°05 inches, in all of which 6 inches fell on the day of the storm.

It would appear then that the heaviest fall was to North East of

the depression, the maximum being at 150 miles from the seat of

greatest depression much as in August of the previous year. In

the present case, however, the place of maximum rainfall was pro-

bably determined by the proximity of the hills.

That the winds in May and June were greatly influenced hy t the

local barometric depression, and instead of blowing up the Ganges

valley, drew in towards the depression with a tendency to circulate

round it, is shewn by the following table, which exhibits also the

increase of Easterly components in September when the rains

reached the Upper Provinces.

It may be noticed, however, that as in the previous year, the in-

fluence of the local depression was sufficient only to modify and

weaken, not to counteract that of the probably more extensive area

of low pressure, which many circumstances lead me to believe must

exist in Central India, as a normal phenomenon of the 8. W.

monsoon.

May. June. July. Aug. Sept.

_ Cuttack, .... 79S 6°E 588 8°E 588 49°W 55S 19°W 3808 17°E

False Point,.. 638 15°W 538 25°E 728 67°W 638 56°W 418 39°W

* Mean of 7 years.

132 Irreqularities of Atmospheric pressure in Bengal, &c. [ No. 2,

May. June. July. Aug. Sept.

Saugor Island, 828 38°W 658 32°W 748 55°W 7785 47°W 68S 11°W

Calcutta, .... 828 7°W 70S 6°E 848 5°E 85S 1° 858 23°R

Jessore, .... 558 11°K 728 30°E 828 18°E 70S 7°E 85S 35°H

Dacoay ns A263 69S 31°9E 878 45°E 9388 37°E 90S 9°E 608 33°

Berhampore,.. 688 48°E 57S 38°E 748 52°HK 648 23°E 758 53°E

Monghyr,.... 43N 89°E 63N 86°E 618 89°E 228 75 E 639 84°

Patnage te. . 84N 7°W 92N 38°W 7IN 6°E 728 29°H

Benares, .... 58N 5°W 87N 41°EK 27 E 14N 48°W 56N 8°E

aa, PERI ? 2388 84°E 428 77°K 228 1°K 718 78°E

Hazaribaugh, 3828 27°W 40S 15°W 328 18°E 328 19°W 618 42°H

To sum up the principal facts brought out in the foregoing dis-

cussion.

In the monsoon seasons both of 1868 and 1869, there was an

area in or on the borders of Lower Bengal, in which the atmos-

pheric pressure was persistently low, and which was partially or

entirely encircled by a region of relatively high barometer. It

originated with the general redistribution of barometric pressure at

the beginning of the 8. W. monsoon in April, and became intensified

with the first fall of the rains in June. In 1868 it retained its initial —

position with a slight variation throughout the monsoon season, the _

depression being most intense in June and August, after which latter

month it gradually decreased in intensity, but did not disappear

till December. In 1869 it contracted or retreated northward and ©

as far as can be judged did not entirely disappear, although its —

influence was diminished until quite the end of the monsoon. Its —

position was different in the two years, being in the former in the

N. W. corner of the Bay of Bengal, in the latter in the hilly —

country to the west of the delta. :

Tt influenced the vapour bearing winds from the south by deflec-

ting them towards it, and necessarily by determining an ascending

current, it produced an excessive rainfall to the north of its position,

the maximum fall being at from 50 to 150 miles from the place at —

which the barometer was lowest. Finally it impeded the passage of ©

the vapour-bearing winds to the N. W. Provinces, and thus deprived

that region of a great part of its usual annual supply.

HE. BLANFORD, Journ: Asial- Soc- Bengal, Vol: XXXIX, Pt-2, 1870.

WEATHER | CHART

for

WEATHER |CH ART WEATHER

for for

1868.

AUGUST 1868. of JUNE

4H 8|4 + Be ; i * 7)

ee wr eer, roe eT Se teats ~

1870.] Irregularities of Atmospheric pressure in Bengal, §c. 133

Explanation of the Charts, Pl. VIII.

The Charts shew the mean isobaric lines, the resultant wind

directions and distribution of that rainfall for each of the three

months, June and August, 1868, and June, 1869. The two former

data are obtained from registers kept at the stations :

Roorki Monghyr Dacca False Point

Benares Darjiling J essore Madras

Patna Berhampore Calcutta Chittagong

_ Gya Goalpara Saugor Id. Akvab

Hazaribaugh Shillong Cuttack Port Blair

in the case of the Charts for June 1869. A few of these are want-

ing in the charts of the previous year. The rainfall data are ob-

tained from a larger number of Stations.

The isobaric lines are obtained by reducing to sea level the means

of (in most cases) four observations daily, reduced for temperature

and corrected to the Calcutta standard. The lines represent differ-

ences of , ofaninch. ‘To determine their position, the distances

between each pair of neighbouring stations, lying on opposite sides

of a line, were divided into parts proportional to the excess or defect

of their mean readings on the even tenth, and the line was drawn

through the series of points so determined. If the stations are

very distant, or the exact course of the line for other reasons doubtful,

it is represented by a broken line.

The wind resultants are represented by arrows, the points of

which indicate the position of the stations to which they belong.

The direction of their flight indicates the mean motion of the wind,

as deduced from the number of observations, and without regard

to differences of velocity. The relative predominance of the resul-

tant direction is indicated by the length of the arrow, taking ? inch

as the maximum or as representing exclusive prevalence.

The distribution of rainfall is indicated by light dotted lines,

each line corresponding to a difference of 10 inches of fall during

the month.

nn AAnnnrneneneeeeeeeeeeenr ee eeeee5ese_5oeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeee

134 Be preset [No. 2,

OBSERVATIONS ON SOME INDIAN AND Maayan AMPHIBIA AND REpP-

vinta,—by Dr. F. StonirezKa, Paleontologist of the Geol.

Survey of India ; Hon. Secretary, Asiat. Soc, Bengal.

(With plates [X—XIT.)

[Read and received 6th April, 1870.]

The materials upon which the notes, recorded in the present com-

munication are based, have been derived from various sources,

By far the greater number of the specimens noticed had been

collected on my last year’s trip along the Burmese and Malayan

coast, at Penang and near Singapore, as well as on the Nicobar and

Andaman islands. Only a few specimens were received through

a friend from Java, and from Upper Burma, but some of the species

from these countries are of great interest, as I shall have occasion to

notice further on.

As regards the Indian fauna proper, I have little to say, Dr.

Day furnished me with some materials which confirm the dis-

tinctness of the two species of Enhydrina figured by Russell,

namely, his Hoogli-pattee and Valakadyen. My collectors have also

procured in the Sutle] and Kulu valleys, and in the neighbourhood

of Simla, some species which I did not wish to omit, because

doubts had been expressed against the correct determination of

some of them. I particularly allude to such species as Blyth’s

Platyceps fasciatus, which is a Compsosoma, Dipsas multifasciata,

Blyth, Compsosoma Hodgsont, Giinth., Zropidonotus platyceps,

Blyth, with which Steindachner’s Zamenis Himalayanus is

identical, and to afew others. There is at present less occasion to

remark much on the fauna of India proper, as it will shortly be

published in detail by Dr. T. C. Jerdon in his forthcoming work

the ‘‘ Reptiles of India.”

However, the Amphibia and Reptilia of the Andamans and

Nicobars had a special interest for me, because the fauna of

these islands was as yet less known than that of other parts of

India and Burma, and not only promised to yield some novelties,

and to elicit the geographical distribution of several Malayan forms,

but upon examination of some type specimens in our Museum,

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 135

described from these islands, there appeared several doubtful

points to be settled. I was, therefore, most anxious to obtain as

large a material as was possible, and on two different occasions

despatched my collector to those islands. With the very kind

assistance of Capt. J. Avern, of the Steamer ‘ Scotia,’ Capt.

Rundell, Assistant Superintendent of the Nicobars, Th. Ad. de

Réepstorff, and Mr. Homfray, at the Andamans, I have

not only procured nearly all the species which had been already

recorded as occurring on these islands, and several others previously

_ known from India, Burma, Penang and Java, but also a few as yet

undescribed forms. It was to be expected that the Amphibien and

and Reptilien fauna of the Andamans and Nicobars will shew a

great similarity to each other ; several species of lizards and snakes

are common to both, and the whole fauna greatly resembles the

Malayan, gradually passing into the Burmese fauna, both being in

a great many points very closely related to each other. The detailed

lists of species known to occur on the islands will exhibit this more

clearly. They will not only shew the distribution of some of our com-

mon Burmese and Indian species, but atthe same time indicate the

peculiarity of each of the small geographical provinces alluded to.

The number of Amphibia as yet known is very small, and there

cannot be the least doubt that many more species of frogs will yet

be discovered on both the Andamans and Nicobars; tree-frogs

especially ought to be numerous in the damp jungles of the

Andaman and South Nicobar islands. Of Lacertilia there are

several peculiar species, and the genera mostly agree with Malayan

forms, such as Tiaris, Ptychozoon, Cyrtodactylus, Phelsuma, Peripia,

Bronchocele, and others; afew more are of Indian and Burmese

type. Among the Ophidia, the genera are more generally distri-

buted all over India, such as Python, Dendrophys, Gonyosoma, Comp-

sosoma, Tropidonotus, Ptyas, Ablabes, &c. Most of the species from

the islands belonging to these genera are also found in Burma,

‘in the Malayan peninsula, and the neighbouring Philippine islands.

One of the most marked features in the Reptilian fauna of the Nico-

bars and Andamans consists in* the great number of Zrimeresurus ;

particularly at the Nicobars, where the jungle appears to swarm

* Hydrophide, or the poisonous water-snakes, appear to be comparatively

rare, they prefer sandy shores to those surrounded by coral reefs,

136 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [ No. 2,

with them. Those I obtained from the latter islands only belong to

two distinct species, 7. Cantori, Blyth, and TZ. mutabilis, n. sp.,

but the number of specimens, particularly of the former species,

is very great. An idea of this may be formed from the fact that

my collector procured, within a comparatively short time, some 60

specimens of the former and about 80 of the latter species. For-

tunately these vipers do not seem to be as dangerous as their allies

usually are. I shall speak of their poisonous properties further on,

when noticing the various species of the genus Zrimeresurus.

T. Cantori is also common at the Andamans, but JZ. mutabilis

seems to be there much rarer. Beside these two, a third species

is to be met with at the Andamans; it was called Z. porphyraceus

by Blyth, and also does not appear to be common. It seems

to be sufficiently distinct from either 7. carinatus and purpureus,

with which it has been considered as identical by different herpe-

tologists.

The following species* have up to the present been observed from

the Andamans.

AMPHIBIA.

1. Rana gracilis, Wie gm., var. Andamanensis.

2. Bufo melanosticus, Schneid.

REPrIutia.

3. Hydrosaurus salvator, Laur.

4. Gecko stentor, Cant.

5. » verus, Merr.

6. Phelsuma Andamanense, Blyth.

7. Peripia Cantori, Ginth.

8. Hemidactylus frenatus, Schleg.

9. i maculatus, D. and Bib.

10. Cyrtodactylus rubidus, (Puellula rubsda, Bly th).

* I will mark those species which have been recorded as occurring on the

islands, but of which I have not seen specimens, with an asterisk (*). I may

as well notice that the only species which have been described from these

islands are those by Blyth, (see Appendix in Mouat’s Adventures and

Researches among the Andaman islanders, &c., 1863, p. 364), by Theobald in

his Cat. of Burmese Reptiles, and some others by Steindach ner, published

in the scientific results of the “Voyage of the Austrian Frigatte Novara,”

Amphibia and Reptilia, 1865.

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 137

11. TZiliqua carinata, Schneid,

12. Hinulia maculata, Blyth.

13. Tiaris subcristata, Blyth, (= Coryphylax Maximilhan,

Fitz. apud Steindachner).

14. Ptyas mucosus, L.

15. Gonyosoma owycephalum, Boie.

16. Compsosoma melanurum, S chleg.

17. Tropidonotus quincunctiatus, Schle g.(=T. Tytleri, B ly th,

and 7. striolatus, Blyth apud Theoba kd.)

18. Dipsas hexagonotus, Bly th.

19. Dendrophis picta, Gm.

20. Lycodon aulicus, L. (=Tytleria hypsirhinoides, Theobal d.)

21. Cerberus rhynchops, Schneid.

22. Ophiophagus elaps, Schleg.

23. Naa tripudians, Merr.

24. Trimeresurus porphyraceus, Bly th.

25. % Cantori, Bly th.

26. e mutabilis, ND. sp.

27.* Caouana olivacea, Esch.

28. Ohelonia virgata, Schweig.

29. Caretta squamata, Bont.

From the Nicobars the following are on record—

AMPHIBIA,

1. Rana gracilis, Wiegm., var. Nicobariensis.

2. Hylorana Nicobariensis, n. sp.

3. Bufo melanosticus,Schneid., var., (Bufo spinipes, Fit z.

=B. gymnauchen, Bleek.)

REPTILIA.

4.* Crocodilus sp.

There is no doubt of the occurrence of a Crocodile on the Nico-

bars. Capt. Rundell informed me that he obtained a small live

specimen of one, but it unfortunately did not reach me in time

before the steamer left; it is most likely C. porosus, Schneid.

5.* Hydrosaurus salvator, Laur., (recorded by Blyth).

6. Ptychozoon homalocephalum, Kuhl.

138 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 2,

7. Hemidactylus frenatus, Schle g.

8.* Tiliqua carinata, Schneid, (recorded by Steindachner).

S. 5, olwacea, Gray.

10. » rugifera, N. sp.

11.* Huprepes (Lygosoma) macrotis, Fitz. (recorded by § t ein-

dachner),

12.* Typhloseincus Nicobaricus, Fitz. (recorded by Stein-

dachner).

13.* Calotes mystaceus, Daud. (recorded by Blyth.)

14. 5, ophiomachus, Me rr.

15.* Bronchocele cristatella, Kuhl, (recorded by St eindach-

ner.)

16. = jubata, D. and Bib.

17. Tiaris suberistata, Bly th.

18. Ablabes Nicobariensis, n. sp.

19. Dendrophis picta, Gme 1.

20. Lycodon aulicus, L.

21. Python reticulatus, Schneid.

22. Pelamis platurus, L. (= bicolor, 8Schneid.)

23.* Platurus laticaudatus, L, (recorded by Steindachner.)

24,* » ~Mischrt, Jan, (4; Pe j )

25. Trimeresurus mutabilis, n. sp.

26. re Cantori, Blyth, (=? ? Zrim. labialis, Fitz.

apud Steindach ner, see further on )

27.* - purpureus, Gray. This species is also recorded

by Steindachner, but as he says that the specimens are in bad

state of preservation, they may prove to be unicoloured varieties of

T. mutabilis, though purpureus may also occur, but I have not

as yet seen any specimens from the Nicobars.

28-29, Blyth mentions fragments of Chel. virgata and imbricata,

and very likely some more of the Pelagic species will be found. I

have myself seen fragments of turtle bones and of their shells with

the natives, but I would not venture to identify the species.

Accidentally the number of species upon record from both groups

of islands is the same, but the Nicobar fauna appears to be richer,

especially in the Scrncipm and AcAmip#, and no doubt may more

snakes will also be found. There were several species obtained by

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 139

the Austrian expedition, which we have not yet received in Calcutta

from these islands. The almost total want of Cotusrip# on the

Nicobars is remarkable.

From Penang I have to add to the Amphibia a form which appears

to be a third interesting variety of the very variable Rana gracilis,

and two new species, Polypedates Hascheanus and Ansonia Penangensis

(n. gen. et sp.). Among the Ophidia I procured anew Zrimeresurus,—

T. convictus,—rather closely allied to the Himalayan TZ. monticola,

Ginth., and avery interesting species of Mabouya,—I. Jerdoniana

—which 1 got on the little Pulo Tickus, close to the northern shore

of Prince of Wales island.

I have also added a complete description of the rare Gecko Smithii,

Gray, aspecimen of which was sent to me from Java, and that of

what appears to be a full grown specimen of Tetragonosoma pe

Cant., from the island Banca.

From Amherst, near Moulmein, I have recorded a new species of

the rare genus Cantorza, and from Martaban a very interesting small

Riopa. At the last locality, I also obtained Je rdon’ s Diplopelma

Carnaticum, Caloula pulchra, Gray, Hylorana Tytleri, Theob.,

Hinulia maculata, Bly th, and some others.

The following is a complete list of the species noted in the is

sent paper ; the families are quoted, according to Dr. Giinther’s

work on ‘‘ Indian Reptiles.”’

AMPHIBIA.

BATRACHIA,

1. Rana gracilis, Wie g m., typical.

a ” le var. Andamanensis.

” 5 5 _ 5, Nicobariensis.

¥ : . 5, pulla, (from Penang hill.)

Ansonia Penangensis, n. gen. et sp.

2. Rana cyanophlictis, Sc hneid.

3. Pyxicephalus breviceps, Schneid.

4. Polypedates Hascheanus, n. sp.

a. “ maculatus, Gray.

6. Hylorana Tytleri, Theo b. (? = erythrea, Schleg).

‘f - Nicobariensis, n. sp.

Diplopelma Carnaticum, J e r d.

140

Indian and Malayan Amphibia and. Reptilia. [No. 2,

10. Caloula pulchra, Gra y.

11. Bufo viridis, Laur.

12. ,, melanosticus, Schneid. ( = gymnauchen, Bleek.,

= spinipes, Fit z.

REPTILIA.

LAcERTILIA.

13. Phychozoon homalocephalun, K u h 1.

14. Gecko guttatus, Daud.

15. » stentor, Cantor.

EGS —Singg > Sie, oS 8 ey,

17. Phelsuma Andamanense, Blyth.

18. Peripia Peronii, Cantor,

19. * Cantoris, Gtiinth.

20. Hemidaclylus frenatus, Schleg.

21. - maculatus, D. & B.

22. Cyrtodactylus rubidus, (Puellula rubida, Bly th).

23. s affinis, n. sp.

24. Tiliqua carinataa Schneid., (Kup. rufescens, Schaw.

apud Ginth er.)

25. 5 rugifera, n. sp.

26. - olivacea, Gray.

27. Mabouya Jerdoniana, n. sp.

28. Hinulia maculata, Blyth.

29. MRiopa lineolata, n. sp.

30. Calotes mystaceus, D. & B.

31. Bronchocele cristatella, K uh l.

32. 3 Moluccana, Less.

33. 63 jubata, D. & B.

84. Tiairis subcristata, Bly th.

35. Draco volans, Linn.

OPHIDIA.

86. Cylindrophis rufus, L aur.

37. Ablabes melanocephalus, Gray.

38. _ Rappu, G iin th.

39. x collaris, Gray.

40. Be Nicobariensis, n. sp.

1870.] Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia: 141

41. Ptyas mucosus, L.

42, », hexahonotus, Cant., (Xenelaghis cdemapud Giinther):

43. Compsosoma radiatum, Rein v.

44, . melanurum, Schleg.

45. ‘i semifasciata, Bly t h, (Platyceps idem).

46, a Hodgsoni, G iin t h.

47. Tropidonotus quincuntiatus, Schleg. (7. Tytlerd and

striolatus, Bly th).

48. stolatus, L.

49, ‘i platyceps, Blyth, (Zamenis Himalayanus,

| Stein d.).

50. Gonyosoma oxycephalum, B 0 ie.

51. Dendrophis picta, G mel.

52. is caudolineata, Gra y.

53. Chrysopelea ornata, 8 haw.

54, ee rubescens, Gr a y.

55. Psammophis condanurus, Merr. (Phayrea isabellina, Theob.)

56. Tragops fronticinctus, G iin th.

57, Dipsas hexagonotus, Blyth.

58. » multifasciata, B-l y th.

59. Lycodon striatus, 8S h a w. ,

60. pa aulicus, L. (Zytleria of T h e o.-b-al d).

61. Tetragonosoma effrene, C an t. (var.).

62. Python molurus, L.

63. id reticulatus, Sc h nei d.

64. Hypsirhina plumbea, Boie,

65. Cerberus rhynchops, Schn eid.

66. Hipistes hydrinus, Cant.

67. COantoria Dayana, n. sp:

68. Bangurus coeruleus, Schneid.

69. Ophiophagus elaps, Schleg.

70. Naja tripudians, Merr.

71. Callophis intestinalis, La ur.

72. Enhydrina Valakadyn, Boie, (=. Bengalensis).

73. re shistosa, Da u d.

74. Pelamys bicolor, Schn eid.

75. Trimeresurus gramineus, S h a w.

142 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 2,

76. Trimeresurus erythrurus, C an t.

FE ij carinatus, Gray.

78. + porphyraceus, Bly t h.

79. - mutabilis, n. sp.

80. - Cantoris, Blyth.

81. 7” convictus, n. sp.

82. Halys Hymalayanus, G ii n t h.

83. Daboia Russelii, § ha w.

CHELONIA,

84. Emys crassicollis, B e 1 1.

AMPHIBIA.

BATRACHTIA.

Fam. Rane.

1. Rana gracils, Wiegm. (Giinth. lL. cit. p. 409.)

This species is very common in the Sundarbans, all along the

coast of Arracam, near Rangoon, Moulmein, Tenasserim, the

Welesley Province, Penang, and apparently also at the Andamans

and Nicobars ; it usually does not hesitate to take to sea or brackish

water, and is, as a rule, a true litoral species.

In specimens from all these localities the coloration is typical, the

spots on the back,* the band between the eyes, and the spots on the

lips are never absent, there is, however, no rule as to the presence or

absence of the pale dorsal streak; generally it is present and occa-

sionally (on some specimens from Rangoon and Penang), almost as.

wide as the interspace between the eyes. The body of the largest

specimen, I have collected at Akyab (Arracan coast), measured about

23 inches in length ; this specimen has four ruddy spots on the back

between the shoulders, forming a cross. Specimens with the body 2

inches long are comparatively very common. The external surface

of the vocal region is black in the male. The length of the snout

slightly varies, but it is usually conspicuously attenuated, apparent-

ly more so in the males than in the females. In specimens with a

narrower snout, the ridges of the vomerine teeth almost touch each

* In young specimens there is only one transverse somewhat undulating

dark band above the middle of the body; the skin is generally distinctly

tubercular,

1870. ] Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 143

ether, in those with somewhat broader snout, the interspace between

the dental ridges is more or less widened. As regards the pro-

portions of the length of the legs compared with those of the

body, the Arracan and Rangoon specimens are the most true to the

type; the legs being stout and the distance from the anus to the

metatarsal tubercle equal to, or very little longer than, the length

of the body; the toes are half webbed, but in young specimens the

webbing appears a little stronger, because the toes are thin and

of moderate length, while in old ones, the fourth toe especially is

much elongated, and more so in the males than in the females.

In several specimens from the neighbourhood of Moulmein and

some others, obtained near the coast at Penang, the distance between

the anus and the metatarsal tubercle is conspicuously* more than

the length of the body, the difference amounting to about 4th

of the length of the body, the specimens are also a little more

slenderly built, but no other specific difference exists, except

that in some specimens, the toes are conspicuously slender and

elongated, so as to make the webbing appear to be still less than in

Arracan specimens.

qa. As variety Andamanensis may be distinguished, the form

occurring on the Andamans. JI have examined four specimens from

Port Blair. Of the smallest the body is about one-third of an

inch long, of the two next above one inch, and of the fourth 23rd

inches. In all the specimens the snout appears a little shorter

and more. obtuse than in typical gracilis, and the hind feet are

decidedly more slender, and proportionately longer than in that

form. In the first specimen the difference is equal to ith

of the length of the body, in the two of middle size it is 1th

in one and a little less than ith in the other, in the large

Specimen it is very nearly ith; one of the specimens has a thin

vertebral streak, the others none; the chin and breast are spotted

with black, mostly conspicuous in those of median size.

The rest of the characters and the coloration remains true to

the type, except perhaps the webbing of the toes, appearing to

* In one specimen, noted in the list of measurements as ¢, the feet are pro-

portionately very long, but they are not slender to the same extent, as they are

in the Andaman variety.

144 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 2,

be a little stronger than in most other specimens; the web reaches

to the tip of the third, but not to that of the fifth toe ; the

fringe on the external edge of the fifth toe is almost obsolete.

The tubercles which are in young specimens very distinct on the

body, and above the eyes, become also nearly quite obsolete in the

old frog.

Although at the first sight the greater length of the legs and

the obtuse snout appear to be striking differences, I don’t think

that they are sufficient to regard this insular form as distinct from

the continental, particularly so, when we observe the changes in

the length of the legs of the Arracan and Rangoon specimens, and

those from the Welesley province. Possibly the above noted differ-

ences may in time become better developed, and may then be

considered as of specific value: that is — a local race may in time

become a species.

b. var. Nicobariensis. From the Nicobars, in the neigh-

bourhhood of the Nancowri harbour, I obtained one peculiar young

specimen. The body measures 1}th inch, and the distance between

the vent and metatarsal tubercle is slightly more than that of the

length of the body, thus in this point coming up very near to the

typical Arracan specimens, but it has the short snout of the var.

Andamanensis, and of the next variety from Penang. It differs,

however, from both in the very slight webbing of the feet, the toes

being considerably elongated and slender, the fourth equals in

length to very nearly half the body, the disks are slightly swollen,

and the web is almost only basal, it hardly extends to half the

length of the toes ; the cutaneous fringe on the edge of the fifth toe

is slight but distinct, and the tubercle at the base of the fourth toe

obsolete. The skin is, like in other young specimens of gracilis,

finely tuberculated, and the whole habitus and coloration identical

with type specimens; the lower side is finely mottled with dusky,

as in Andamanensis.

ce. var. pulla. As a further variety of R. gracilis I regard two

specimens which I obtained in a small pool of water at a height of

about 2,000 feet on the Penang hill. One is only Sth, and the other

4th of an inch long; they agree with the Andaman variety in the

somewhat obtuse form of the snout, spotted chin and breast and the

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 145

slenderness of the feet; in the first the difference of the distance

between the anus and the metatarsal tubercle, and that of the body

is 1th more of the length of the latter, in the second specimen it

is nearly one-sixth ; but in both specimens the toes are proportion-

ately shorter and more fully webbed; the fifth toe has the cutane-

ous fringe as distinct as in typical gracilis. The colour of the fresh

specimens was a light brown with green spots, perfectly identical in

distribution with those of gracilis, with which also the tubercles on

the back entirely agree ; these two specimens have no dorsal streak.

When viewed independently from other specimens, nothing would

be easier than to regayd the above noted Penang small variety

as a distinct species, for, in addition to the obtuse form of the

snout, and the greater length of the legs noticed in the Andaman

variety, we have in this a complete webbing of the toes. However,

there is in any case, at present no sufficient reason for doing this.

For I have already noticed that in young specimens of typical

gracilis the toes appear stronger webbed than in old ones, and as the

two specimens from the Penang hill are evidently young ones, they

may shew this development accidentally more, than perhaps other

specimens in the same locality would do. Until this has been

sufficiently ascertained, the other more constant characters consisting

in the form of the body, and also the very characteristic coloration

must be regarded as more important than the peculiarity of a

known variable character.

In all these varicties quoted above the constancy in coloration is

“most marked. I do not regard the more or less pointed or obtuse

snout as a character of great importance, for it varies considerably

im specimens of one and the same locality in different stages of age,

and apparently also in the sexes. Neither would the reference to

the greater or lesser length of the hind limbs appear to be very

important, but that the webbing of the toes should vary so consi-

derably as noted above, is really very remarkable; and I would

certainly have separated the Andaman and the small Penang form

as distinct species—on account of shorter snout, longer limbs and

stronger webbing of the toes, —had I not obtained from the Nico-

bars, situated geographically between both, a form which has the

short snout of the two last varieties, but the proportionately short

146 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. (No. 2,

limbs of the type form ; on the other hand, however, a very slight

webbing, distinct from all others !

I hope to be able to give illustrations of all these forms, as soon

as I may be placed in possession of more extended materials which,

I trust, will be sufficient either to confirm the present determination,

or to shew that what I pointed out as varieties are in reality to be

considered as distinct species. I can now only repeat that, whatever

anxiety some herpetologists may feel regarding the consistency

of the species in question, I cannot view those insular forms, on

comparing them with hundreds of specimens which I myself

collected in the Sundarbans; Arracan, Rangoon and down the

Tanasserim coast to Penang, as anything else but local varieties of

one and the same species. I shall now only add the actual measure-

ments of the principal forms.

3 rd g .3 ssl 2

n oO 7 fed) S 2 fed) = eo =

alee aig RAE 33 a4 |32| 23

3 DS: oS S Ed . = 2 * § - 3 S oa

Measurement in | _ 8 & w.5 2 HEE |< te

inches Say Bo = S rsa od SF

; 2S o's - 2, |S “he

a4 4 Si ® sd 3 pi ages Be Ba

Be 8 3 a a3 38] 82

8 g é 3 deel a

a bie d e f le |h i k

—_—_ | ee ee

6lo9\|,7|,8 n|,2}.6|_ 5 14

1—} 2—) 1—| 2— —/}1—| 2— —

Length of body, ...| “4¢|“7§| “te6| “Te 2 1156} +76] 2461176 16

Distance from

vent to metatarsal| _ 7 10|. 8 ” 1

cE ee Ee 2.5.) 11) 12 eee 1—

tubercle, .....cscasss 16 | 46| 16|° 16 F 16| 16 : 16 ' 16 eT 16

' very near-

Length of fourth} 23° 12. eg 1 A ee ee

LOO), \\-srendieriernddadvel Bb” aed! S2bicie| Wires 8 Pag: een 16

Total length of[, 5 |212/5 7)3 8) 10), 21), 14), 18], 2 8

hindlimb, ...........| “33 |" 16|~ 32| 16 16 16 | 16|°16| 776 ly

The varieties from Moulmein and (i) NWcobariensis are almost

identical in measurements.

2. Rana cyanophlyctis, Schneid. (Giinth. 1. cit. p. 406).

This species has been collected by Dr. F. D ay in Orissa where i

appears to be common. Specimens measuring up to 3 inches i

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibra and Reptilia. 147

length of the body are alsonot rare in the Sundarbans, and the

species here principally lives in pools of water which is more or less

brackish.

3. Pyxicephalus breviceps, Schneid. (Giinth. I. cit. p. 411),

A specimen was obtained by my collectors in the forests above

Kotegurh at about 7000 feet; body measured 22’, the hind leg 23”,

Fam. PoLyPEDATIDA.

4. Polypedates Hascheanus, n. sp. Pl IX, Fig. 3.

Body moderately slender, anteriorly rather wider than posteriorly

and depressed ; skin smooth or with few indistinct small tubercles

except above the eyes; snout moderate, obtuse, slightly longer

than the distance between the eyes; fore foot, when laid for-

ward, exceeds the snout nearly by the whole length of the first fing-

er; the distance between anus and heel is slightly less than the

length of the body ; tympanum round, smaller than the eye; the dorsal

glandular fold is rather indistinct on the forepart of the body, but

clearly traceable on the posterior half of it, a second glandular fold

runs from the hind edge of the orbit above the tympanum to the

upper arm; toes slightly webbed in young specimens, but in the

_ largest specimen observed they are about one-third webbed ; only the

terminal disks of toes are conspicuously flattened and enlarged; the

inner metatarsal tubercle is large and compressed the outer at the

base of the fourth toe almost obsolete ; vomerine ridges very small

and distant, but present even in the smallest specimens less than

half an inch long.

Colour above lighter or darker olive brown with few irregular

small spots, (sometimes, though rarely pale, almost yellowish olive) ,

with a black band between the eyes, edged with light in front,

followed by a W mark, the ends of which begin almost behind the

eyes, a pair of somewhat indistinct blackish spots below the middle

of the body ; sides of the front part of the body black, lips slightly

‘spotted with white, a large white spot behind the angle of the

mouth, sides of body mottled and punctated with white and black

limbs with dark brown cross bands; lower parts whitish olive

mottled and finely punctated with dusky, especially on the sides

about the fore and on the hind limbs.

148 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [ No. 2,

I found this species tolerably common all through the higher for-

ests (about 1000 feet above sea level) in the island of Penang ; it does.

not seem to grow to a large size, for though I have seen hundreds of

specimens in different places of the island, the largest I obtained, rely.

measures 18” in length of body, the distance from anus to heel, is 3

inches, the fourth toe ;%,” and the total of hind limb 1's inch. The

usual size of the specimens is only ,%, and nearly ,%, ;4, 1¢inches in

the other corresponding measurements. It is generally seen on the:

leaves of small bushes or on the ground between old leaves ; it is very

active and on account of its very small size rather difficult to secure.

I have great pleasure in naming this species after my friend

Alfred Hasche who has‘very kindly assisted me in my re-

searches on the island.

5. Polypedates maculatus, Gray, (Ginth., 1. cit. p. 428.)

A variety of this species is not uncommon in Penang. Live speci-

mens were of a yellowish brown colour with greenish tinge, the head

much darker than the rest and with a distinct bluish tinge, the whole

of the upper surface very minutely punctated with dark speaks; a

short blackish partially interrupted streak below the timpanoid fold ;

all four feet with indistinct cross-bands, the hinder side of the

femora blackish, spotted with white : the extreme edge of the upper

lip white; below uniform yellowish white. The skin in young

specimens is very finely granular above, in old ones it becomes.

smoother, especially on the posterior half of the body.

6. LHylorana Tytleri, Theob. Pl. IX, Fig. 1.

Cat. Rept. Asiat. Soe., Museum, p. 84.

(an idem Hylorana erythrea, Schleg. Ginth. 1. cit.

p. 425.) |

I have collected near Moulmein two specimens which I was:

first inclined to regard as a variety of H. erythrea. There is no

essential difference in the measurements of the two. ;

a. full grown. b. young.

Length of body, ........ eb sss 2 inch. 12 inch.

Distance from vent to heel, .... 112 ,, nearly ,% .

Lene th.of fourth toe. 16) b..4 Jess, ©

Total length of hind leg,..... bISWeB ee ge j ig

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 149

The snout is somewhat narrow in the more fully grown specimen.

The fourth toe is rather short, the web reaching to the tip of the

third and fifth toe. The first toe has at its base a very prominent

laterally compressed tubercle, and another considerably smaller

tubercle is at the base of the fourth toe, the last is not mentioned

by Giinther or Dum. and Bibron in the description of

erythrea. 'The upper glandular fold is as usually distinct, the lower

begins above the base of the upper lp, is interrupted above the hu-

merus, then bends downwards as a short fold and disappears without

continuing along the side of the body. From the upper hinder edge

of the tympanum also a short thickened fold runs to the humeral

tubercle. This character also occurs on two other specimens of

unknown habitat in the Asiatic Society’s Museum, but in the one

named Jytleri by Th eo b al d, there seem to be, besides the short

curved glandular ridge, slight traces of its lateral extension, it being

broken up until it disappears on the posterior middle part of the

belly. In this last specimen the toes are also fully webbed, and the

fourth toe is little more than half the length of the body, as in typical

erythrea. The lower portions of the femora are distinctly granular.

The Moulmein young specimen is dark brownish green above,

black on the sides, the old one olive green above, blackish on the an-

terior half of the sides, and mottled with black on the posterior ; the

glandular folds are white, the upper lips with a white streak, but

their edges are blackish ; the lower parts are pale mottled with black

on the anterior half; the hinder parts of the femora are also mottled

or marbled with black, but the upper sides of both fore and hind

limbs are brown banded. This last coloration is also never mention-

ed in the published descriptions of erythrea, though Schlegel’s

figure apparently seems to indicate it on the tarsal portion of the

hind limbs. .

It would seem, without a comparison of typical specimens of

erythrea, rather difficult to state whether our Lower Bengal and

Burmese specimens have to be specifically separated from erythrea,

or not, but with all the apparent very great similarity they really

seem to meto be distinct. In Theobald’ s type. specimen* of

* This is the Dacca specimen to which Blyth alludes when he says of

Hylorana (Lymnodytes) macularia (Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, XXIII,

150 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [ No. 2,

H. Tytleri the measurements almost perfectly agree with those of

erythrea, the body is by nearly half the length of the snout longer

than the distance between vent and heel, and the fourth toe is

slightly more than half the length of the body. There are, however,

two distinct metatarsal tubercles of which the one on the first toe

is very prominent and large, and the legs are banded brown above.

If these last characters never occur in erythr@a of the southern

regions, the specific name Tytleri will have to be reserved for

our form. The indistinct continuation of the lower glandular fold on

the body cannot be taken into consideration, neither the somewhat

elongated form of the fourth toe, for there can be no doubt that the

two above mentioned specimens from Moulmein, and two others in

the Museum, (either also from Lower Bengal or from Burma), are

identical with Theobald’s Tytler’, and in all these, the lower

glandular fold bends down behind the fore limb and then disap-

pears; the fourth toe also is slightly shorter than half the length of

the body ; in other characters all the specimens entirely agree.

Hylorana Nicobariensis, n. sp. Pl. IX, Fig. 2.

In its slender habit resembling the last, but the snout is narrower

and more obtusely rounded than in that species, its end very little

projecting above the lower jaw; canthus rostralis rounded ; loreal

region slightly excavated; tympanum round, almost circular and

little smaller than the eye ; skin in the males above, finely granular,

more distinctly so posteriorly, lower side of the femora coarsely

granular ; in the females the skin is smoother ; a distinct gland runs

from behind the eye on each side of the upper edge of the back;

a second gland is indicated by two tubercles, one behind the angle

of the mouth and the second posterior to it above the humerus,

and in some specimens there is even a third much smaller tubercle

present from which a short rim bends downwards; all these glands,

however, are much less distinct in very young specimens.

p- 299), that it differs from erythrwa “ by its shorter and stouter limbs and short

anterior digits, &c.” Gitinther’s somewhat sarcastic remark (1. cit. p. 425)

on that point is uncalled for, because Bly th’ s type of macularia is actually 28

in total length, and the distance from vent to heel only two, consequently less

than that of the body, and the limbs are thus actually stouter and shorter than

in the specimen described by Giinther, though both no doubt are the same

species.

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 151

The disks of the fingers and toes are well developed, on the latter

the web reaches fully up to the tip of the third and fifth toes. The

second and fourth fingers are sub-equal, and the third is about one-

third longer than the fourth. Two metatarsal tubercles are present,

the marginal one at the base of the first toe is elongated and later-

ally strongly compressed, the other which is smaller and rounded

is placed at the base of the fourth toe. The length of the body

(measured in 8 full grown and 5 young specimens), is somewhat

more than the distance between the anus and heel, and the fourth

toe is shorter than half the length of the body. The following are

the actual measurements of two of the largest specimens :

3 ?

Soeeth of body, ..2.0...60. fads 2 inch.) 114. inch.

Distance from vent to heel, ...... ee aie 1 ee

ieneth of fourth toe, .. ii... ss 2 ee ALB

Total length of hind limb,........ 354 ,, ames

In comparing these measurements with those given of the Moul-

_mein H. Tytler, the two will be found to be almost identical. And

this first led me to believe that the present species may only

be a variety of Tytler (? erythrea), but the larger tympanum

of Nicobariensis, the usual total want of the short downward bent

lower glandular fold, the better developed disks of the fingers

and toes, the greater length of the third finger, then the presence

of two almost sub-equal tubercles at the base of the toes, a distinctly

larger gape of the mouth, somewhat more distant ridges of vomerine

teeth, &c., &c., are so well marked in all the specimens examined that,

on comparing them with the corresponding characters of Tytlerz, the

conclusion seems fully justified that the Nicobar form indicates a

sufficiently distinct specific type.

Colour above olive greenish, much darker and almost black in

some male specimens, upper glandular fold pale, upper lip whitish,

lower glandular tubercles usually purely white ; sides of body includ-

ing the loreal region black, which uniform colour, however, fades on

the posterior part of the body and is sometimes replaced there by a

few dark spots. Lower parts more or less mottled with black, some-

times almost wholly black in the males, but yellowish between the

152 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. Z,

thighs ; in the females, the lower parts are whitish, either uniform or

only slightly dusky. Fore limbs with few indistinct cross bands, a

dark streak in front of the upper arm, and another one behind, as

well as on the lower arm; hind limbs above banded with brown,

behind indistinctly mottled with dark and yellow.

In coloration and in the development of the disks of the fingers and

toes, &c., this species much resembles H. temporalis,Giinth., (1.

cit. p. 425) from Ceylon. But in this species the hind limbs appear

to be in proportion longer, the snout is much broader, the third finger

shorter, and it is said to have “no glands behind the angle of

the mouth.” In 7Zytleri the lower glandular tubercle commences

between the tympanum and the upper angle of the mouth ; in Wico-

bariensis that tubercle is situated behind and rather almost below

the angle of the mouth.

Fam. RuinopERMATIDa apud Giinther.

No maxilary or vomerine teeth; ear and tympanum developed ;

toes webbed; sacral vertebra dilated ; no paratoids.

Ansonia, n. gen.

Body slender, elongated, rather depressed, uniform in width;

sacral vertebra much dilated ; muzzle short, obtuse; limbs long and

slender; fingers four long, smooth, free and peculiarly cylindrical ;

toes five, not much developed, half webbed; disks of fingers and

toes slightly swollen, rounded.

The great peculiarity of this genus rests in the slender form of the

body and the great length and slenderness of the limbs, and especial-.

ly of the fingers. In the general character it more reminds of

Phryniscus, than any of the genera of the RutnopERMATIDs, referred

to this family by Giinther, butit is readily distinguished from

the former genus by the tympanum and open eustachian tubes. I

have associated with this new form, the name of my esteemed

friend, Col. Anson, the present Governor of Penang, who has —

shewn the greatest interest in my natural history researches —

during my short stay on the island.

8. Ansonia Penangensis, n. sp. Pl, IX, Fig. 4.

Body slender and long, almost with parallel sides throughout ;

muzzle short and blunt in front, shorter than the interspace between

1870. ] Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 153

the eyes; the whole of the upper and lower skin, except on chin

and throat, tuberculated ; tympanum distinct, smaller than the eye ;

tongue elongated, elliptical, rather thick, entire; fore limb as long

as the distance between the hinder edge of eye to the posterior end

of body, distance from anus to heel nearly as long as the body;

hand on the inner side with a large ball; first finger shortest, then

comes second, then fourth, and the third is longest, all are cylindrical

and with slightly dilated and smaller disks at the end; toes half

webbed, rather short; metatarsal tubercles indistinct, a large flat

one at the base of the first toe and a small slightly more prominent

one at the base of the fifth toe; in young specimens they are not

developed. Above uniform ashy, marbled and reticulated with

black ; sides of head and body, and the limbs with rather large pale

orange or yellowish warts or spots, lower parts dusky with small

white spots, especially on the sides of the belly and in front of the

shoulders; lower part of belly and the inner thighs of a beautiful

rose colour in life specimens. ‘The measurements of two specimens

of different sizes are as follows:

a. b.

Menon of body, .......+.> Pe Tas as 414 inches.

meneth of fore limb, ........ (nearly) Ee ink

Distance from anus to heel, ..(nearly) 8; Ley

Meme of fourth toe, .....0.0.2-00s is eee.

Total length of hind limb, ...... an ae gan ae

I have only obtained four specimens of this interesting species -

on Penang, two near the great water-fall (above the Alexandra

bath), and two in a narrow gorge about half way up the Penang hill.

In both cases, the specimens were found flatly attached to the

side of the rock above the water, and did not make the slightest

attempt to escape when taken from it. This habitat seems peculiar,

and corresponds with that of a new species which Dr. Jerdon

lately received from South India through Major Beddome

(vide Proc. Asiat. Soc. for March, 1870, p. 85). In general form and

Style of colouring our species much reminds of Jvalus opistorhodus,

lately described by Dr.Ginther from a Nilgheri specimen

(Proc. Zool. Soc., 1868, p. 484, pl. 37, fig. 3.)

154 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [ No. 2,

9. Diplopelma carnaticum, Jerd., Pl. IX, Fig. 5.

Engystoma carnaticum, J er don, Journ. Asiat. Soc., Beng.

1853, XXII, p. 534.

Body moderately stout with proportionate limbs; snout short,

obtuse, its length being equal, or hardly equal, to the width of the

head between the eyes; a front limb when laid forward exceeds the

snout by half the length of the third finger ; length of body equal to,

or very little less, than the distance between the anus and the

metatarsal tubercle ; length of fourth toe equal to, or less than, half

the length of the body ; skin on the posterior part of the femora

extended as in Caloula ; fingers and toes with small rounded disks ;

two metatarsal tubercles, the one at the base of the first toe is

elongated and compressed, the other at the base of the fifth toe

either a little larger, or scarcely smaller and rounded; toes only —

webbed at the base, their length variable.

Color above isabella or yellowish brown, with a dark bottle-

shaped mark along the back beginning between the eyes with a

tris-cusped edge, after which it contracts, then again widens, and a —

little below the middle of the body divides in two pairs of branches,

of which the posterior extends to the base of the femora; a trian-—

gular black mark about the anus, extending below; on each side

of the median brown mark are undulating longitudinal dusky

streaks, these lateral portion of the back are sometimes, during life,

' tinged with rose colour, similar to Calowla pulchra; limbs with

brown cross bars, sides dark, purplish black, this color disappear-

ing posteriorly, an oblique pale streak extending from the eye

towards the shoulder; below dull whitish, mottled with dusky,

especially on chin and throat. .

This is, as Dr. J er don (Proce. Asiat. Soc., March, 1870, p. 85)

remarks, a wide spread species. Iam indebted to him for the

identification of my specimens, their colouring being almost per-

fectly identical with his original drawing from which the scanty

notice of Eng. carnaticum, published nearly 20 years ago in th

Society’s Journal, was taken. It was originally described from the

Carnatic ; numerous specimens exist from Beerbhoom in the Asiat.

Soc. Col. ; Dr. Jerdon obtained it in the Khasi hills, and I found

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 155

three specimens under a large block of wood at Martaban (near

Moulmein) in company with one small Calouwla pulchra and young

specimens of Bufo melanosticus.

The measurements of my specimens are as follows :—

a. b. C.

Megedh of body, ..s..0s csi. sods = 1 1 inch.

Distance from anus to metatarsal

14 9

" tubercle, Peeseee ODM) 6 Latatelere see Stale 16 1 daa 9

13 15 8

Length of fourth toe, ............ ee ee

Specimen ¢ has a pale median dorsal streak extending the whole

length of the body, the two others have none.

10. Caloula pulchra, Gray, (Giinth., 1. cit. p. 437),

In spite of the dilated disks of the toes and fingers, this remark-

able Batrachian is by no means arboreal in its habit. I twice

observed it near Moulmein. It appeared after sunset about the

same time as Bufo melanosticus, crawling on old wood and feeding

on white ants.

In external character both Caloula and Diplopelma are very close-

ly allied, and young specimens of the former, in which the vome-

rine ridge is not developed, can strictly speaking hardly be dis-

tinguished from the latter, except by the slightly more dilated disks

of the toes. [am even not quite certain whether the distinctions

between the two are really such as to entitle them to generic rank,

which doubt especially becomes apparent, when we compare the

descriptions of the two other Burmese species of Diplopelma

described by Blyth; in any case when kept distinct they should

_ be classed close together in one family.

Fam. BuFonipz.

11. Bufo virids, Laur. (Ginth., Cat. Bat. Brit. Mus. p. 58).

Steindachner (Nov. Exped., Amph. p. 40) already recorded

this species as occurring in Spiti. It is found throughout the Sutlej

valley from Kotegurh upwards, but is always rare. At Kotegurh,

between 6 and 9000 feet, it is occasionally met within localities

where B. melanosticus also occurs, but further to east in Kunavar,

156 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [ No. 2,

the latter is not found, and in Spiti only B. viridis is met with,

usually between 11 and 13,000 feet, though far from common. At

the village Gieumal, I found asmall specimen at about 15,000 feet,

which is probably the highest locality from which a Batrachian was

ever recorded.

12. Bufo melanosticus, Schneid, (Ginth., 1. cit. p. 422).

(Syn. Bufo isos, D. and B. =? B. gymauchen, Bleek., = B. spinipes,

Fitz).

Younger specimens of this species are, as a rule, much more slen-

der than old ones, and the same applies to the form of the para-

toids ; they are dark ashy (rarely light brown) variegated with black.

There are, however, very many variations to be observed in both

the length of the body and of the paratoids. The width of the

head also greatly varies. The species is said not to possess a rim

on the inner edge of the tarsus, some specimens have it, how-

ever, distinctly indicated, either as a short continuous fold, or as

arow of somewhat enlarged tubercles ; this can be seen in speci-

mens from about Calcutta, and I observed the same also in some

of the younger and half grown ones from near Moulmein, Penang,

Malacca, Singapore, the Andamans and Nicobars. Himalayan

specimens from the Sutlej valley, and some of the specimens

from the interior of the Andamans, and one or two from Moulmein,

hardly possess a trace of it, but all these are of large size, having

the tarsus particularly thickened and rounded. .

Steindachner (Amphibia der Novara Exped. p. 42,)

justly, I think, questions the specific difference of Bufo isos, D. and —

B., (or ? B. gymnauchen, Bleek.), from B. melanosticus, stating

that in the latter, considerable variations exist as to the more or

less complete webbing of the toes. I also find that it is impossible

to attribute to this character within certain limits much specific

value. The pure land forms, such as those from the Himalayas,

from Upper Bengal, from the interior of the hills east of Moulmein

and from the jungles of the Andamans, usually have the toes more

elongated, and consequently they appear to be only moderately

webbed. The webbing extends on the fourth toe to about half its”

length, and is further on only indicated by a minute ridge on either

1870. ] Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 157

side. In many specimens from Lower Bengal, particularly in

some from the Sundarbans, in some from Moulmein, Penang, Ma-

lacca, Singapore, the Nicobars and in others from the Andamans,—

that is, in such forms which are always found near the water,—

the webbing appears stronger, principally on account of the toes

not being so much elongated, or the webbing is in reality more

developed ; but the transition from one form into the other is so

gradual, that no specific distinction can be attached to it.

Considering these differences in the webbing of the toes and the

usual indication of a tarsal fold in authentic melanosticus, I can hardly

see the reason for which Steindachner retained Fitzin-

ger’ s Bufo spinipes from the Nicobars as a distinct species, (1. cit.

p. 43). I have compared several specimens from Nancowry and

Camorta, and cannot detect any specific distinction from melanosticus.

The more slender form is only a character of young and middle age,

though it is sometimes retained by specimens attaining a length of

five inches. I have seen such specimens in abundance near Moul-

mein, on the sea coast at Malacca and the Welesley province.

The webbing in the Nicobar form is moderate, such as in some

Andaman specimens, and the young from both islands are always

rather dark ashy, much marbled with black, and the body is

greatly elongated. My largest specimen from the Nicobars is

4 inches, and one paratoid gland is somewhat less than one-third

the length of the body, which is as a rule also the case in specimens

of melanosticus from other localities; in Malacca specimens only it

is sometimes nearly one-fourth ; these have also an equally slender

and long body as those from the Nicobars. G iin ther considers

spinipes (Records 1867, p. 146) as identical with gymnauchen which

he apparently acknowledges to be distinct from melanosticus, (see

also Proc. Zol. Soc., 1868, p. 479).

The largest specimen of melanosticus I saw, is from near Moul-

mein, measuring 64 inches in the length of the body.

[To be continued in the next number. |

EXPLANATION OF PL. IX.

Fig. 1. Hylorana Tytleri, Theob., 1, side view, the toes of the

right hind limb shewn internally; 1 a. upper view of the head;

1 b, interior of the mouth, shewing the tongue and the vomerine

teeth, &c., from Moulmein.

Fig. 2. Hylorana Nicobariensis, n. sp.; 2, side view; 2 a, head

from above ; 2 b, interior of the mouth ; from the Nicobars.

Fig. 3. Polypadates Hascheanus, un. sp.; 3, view from above,

3a, anterior half of the body from the side ; 3 ¢, interior of the fore-

3d, interior of the hind limb; the two last figures enlarged ; from

Penang.

Fig. 4. Ansonia Penangensis, n. sp.; 4, 4a, dorsal and ventral

views, 4 b, side view of the head; 4 c, front part with the mouth

opened, shewing the form of the tongue; 4 d, sacral vertebra with

the coccygial style ; 4 e, interior of the toes of one hind limb, 4 f,

interior of the left hand, the two last figures enlarged; from

Penang.

Fig. 5. Diplopelma Carnaticum, J er d., upper view, from Mar-

taban, near Moulmein.

Legit, 1B. @

F STOLIC ZKA. Jour:Asiat: Soc: Bengal, Vol: XXXIX ,Pt:2, 1870.

; 1. Hylorana Tytlerv, Fheob. 3. Polypedates Hascheanug, 1. Sp-

ae % Nicobariensis,™.sp- 4. Ansonia Penangensts, %. g. et sp.

: 5. Diplopema Carnaticurn, Jerdon.

JOURNAL

OF THE

AoOLATIC- SOCIETY.

—@—2=

Part I1—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

PILLS

No. I1I.—1870.

PPPS ISIN

OBSERVATIONS ON SOME INDIAN AND Matavan AMPpnHtBtA AND

Reprina,—by Dr. F, StoriczK a.

(Concluded from p. 157.)

REPTILIA.

LACERTILIA.

Fam. GECKOTIDA.

13. Ptychozoon homalocephalum, Crev.-var.-(Ginth. 1. cit.

p- 105).

This species has already been noticed by Steindachner

from the Nicobars; it is rare in Tenasserim, and has also been

obtained in Pegu by Major Berdmore. In Penang* it is

not uncommon. I only got one specimen at the Nancow-

ty harbour on Camorta, near the new settlement; it possesses

some peculiarities.—The total length is 64 inches, the body

being half an inch longer than the tail. It is pale purplish

brown, all over mottled and marbled with darker brown, partially

with indistinct cross bands; the flaps are purplish fleshy, with

‘* Since writing these notes, I received a large collection of Amphibia and

Reptilia from Penang and the Malayan country east of it, and I hope to

be able to publish additional information about many species in a subsequent

number of our Journal. [F. Ston. j

160 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

bluish, rather fine marblings. The shields on the flaps are consi-

derably transversely elongated, rectangular. There is no flap in

front of the femur, but it is continuous behind; and the thumb and

nail on the first toe are rather small and semicircular. Above, there

‘is only one row of enlarged tubercles, beginning quite laterally about

the middle of the belly and continuing on the tail ; this is segmented,

‘tthe segments being indicated by cross series of two pairs of enlarged

‘sub-conical tubercles ; 13 upper, 10 lower labials, the lower rostral

is small, the-first lower ‘labials on each side being conspicuously

larger; the median ‘pair of chin-shields is considerably elongated

‘and forms a suture, all the chin-shields along the labials are slightly

enlarged decreasing in size posteriorly ; scales of belly small in

about 20 longitudinal series, they are hexagonal; 19 enlarged

preanal scales in an angular series, only about the 12 median ones

are partially pierced, the adjoining scales below the angle are con-

spicuously enlarged, but the scales on the preanal edge itself are

very small; most of the median sub-caudals are considerably en-

larged and in two rows, but are by no means regularly placed.

14. Gecko guttatus, Daud, (Giinth.,, 1 -cit. p. 102).

This is a well known Burmese inhabitant. It is very common in

the houses about Rangoon, Moulmein, Amherst &c., and is also

occasionally met with about Calcutta. Specimens taken in Dacca,

and particularly those from the Khasi hills, are sometimes of

different coloration, and the larger tubercles on the back vary in size,

and number. In some specimens also, I have not counted more

than 12 pre-anal pores, while in others the number rises to 32.

Still more variable are specimens from the Arracan coast, and they

constitute, as well as the Khasi variety, a local race. Good series

of these Geckos are necessary for comparison. I am not certain

whether the Arracan form does not exclusively belong to the next

species, for unfortunately I have not kept many specimens.

15. Gecko stentor, Gant. (Giinth., 1. cit. p. 102).

Gecko Verreauat, Tytler, Jour. Asiat. Soc, Beng. xxxiii, p. 546. g

This rare Gecko occurs, as noticed by Theobald (Catal. Rope |

Asiat. Soc. Mus., p. 29), also at the Andamans, and specimens

14 inches of which the tail measures 6 or 63 inches are by no means

1870. | Lndian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 161

uncommon. It lives on trees; its general colour is ashy or pale

brownish (without the green tinge of G. guttatus), with some dark

brown markings on the posterior part of the head, the sides of the

neck ; the hind feet, partially, and the tail are encircled with darker®

brownish bands separated by pale whitish ones. This is: often a

sign of immaturity in other allied forms. The scales or shields on the

head are very much smaller and more flattened than in G. guttatus,

and the same applies to the shields of the chins On the back, the

middle 4 series of enlarged tubercles alternate and are comparatively

small ; they are separated by a rather broad interspace from the

adjoining-rows of considerably enlarged tubercles ; of these there are

usually 4 rows on each side (rarely only 3), and particularly some of

the innermost rows are enlarged, black or dark brown with white

tips. On the tail, the two median rows of enlarged tubercles dis-

appear in about half the length, the other four tubercles which are

sharply pointed and conical, continue on to the end.

I have also observed specimens of this species near Akyab (Arra-

can), and lately I saw a young specimen which was caught at Chitta-

gong. Thus we may look out for Gecko stentor. also in Southern and

Eastern. Bengal.

16. Gecko Smith, Gray, (Giinther, 1. cit: p. 108).

The following is a description taken from an apparently ney

full grown specimen which I have received from Java.

_ Above, blackish brown, lighter on the head, the front part of

which has a greenish grey tinge, occiput with two V form rows of

White spots, the first being accompanied in front by a blackish

edge ; body with six transverse rows of white spots (the third im-

perfect, not reaching on to the left side); the sixth consists of only

8 distinct spots situated between the femora; base of tail marked.

with one central and one lateral spot on each side, not’ extending

below, then follow 7 distant white rings, the last being the smal-

lest, occupying the tip of the tail ; feet spotted white.

Below, chin whitish, breast and belly pale marbled with grey, a

number of dark spots are more distinct at the sides than along the

contre; feet marbled like the belly; tail dark, especially towards

the end. in addition to the white rings seen above, there is between

162 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [ No. 3,

each of the Ist and 2nd, the 2nd and 3rd and the 3rd and 4th one

large white spot.

The head is rather long in proportion to the body, covered

with small flattened sub-equal granules, slightly varying in size

on the posterior part of the body and especially at the sides ;

there are 12 longitudinal rows round the body ; one row of su-

perciliary shields is slightly enlarged, rostral shield large, followed

by a pair of supra-rostrals, 16 upper-,12 lower labials ; opening

of the ear oviform almost vertical, broader below than above ;

pre-anal pores 15; total length 5.8 inches, of which the tail is —

2°4 inch; head 0°8 inch, femur 0-4 inch, total. length of one

hind limb 1:1 inch,

I have not met with this species at Penang though it may

occur there ; the only known specimen in the Fort Pit Museum —

is said to have been obtained at Penang.

17. Phelsuma Andamanense, Bly th(Ginth., 1. cit. p. 112).

Gecko chameleon, T y tle r, Journ, A. S. B., 1864, xxxiii, p. 548.

This is, as Mr. Bly t h notes, in form and coloration a close ally

to the Mauritius Ph. Cepedianum, differing from it by a longer snout ;

there are only a few larger shields next to the lower anterior

labials, but hardly as large as in Cepedianum.

The type specimen has no femoral pores, and is evidently a

female, but a row of slightly enlarged shields indicates their place.

In male specimens an angular row of 28—30 femoral pores is pre-

sent exactly as in the Mauritius species. In Ph. Andamanense, the

subcaudals are enlarged; there are eleven upper labials, the two

last being very small, and 9-10 lower labials.

The general style of coloration of both species is much the same,

but the short mesial streak, beginning at the nape, appears charac-

teristic of the Andaman form. When alive, the ground colour

changes considerably from bright emerald green and a bluish tinge

to almost dark brown bluish, with yellow, orange and reddish spo 3

the lower parts are generally more or less bright yellowish.

The usual size is five inches, of which the tail measures nearly

one-half, but it grows up to six inches; it is found also in houses,

though usually only on trees which were no doubt its natural

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 163

habitat before any houses on the Andamans were constructed. I

did not find the species to be common about Port Blair.

18. Peripia Peroni, D. and B. (G int h., 1. cit. p. 110).

19. Cantoris, G tin t h., (ibidem).

The former is the most common house Gecko all over the island

of Penang, along the sea coast as well as on the top of the Penang

hill, at an elevation of 2,500 feet.

The young lizard is brown, with numerous rather large round pale

spots all over the body, and each labial has a pale spot. Full grown

specimens are pale ashy, sometimes almost white, all over densely

and very minutely punctated with brown ; some indistinct round pale

spots are usually traceable on the posterior part of the head and

about the shoulders ; there are as a rule no brown spots on the

labials, which are minutely punctated like the rest of the body,

though the ground colour is paler.

In one specimen, captured on the Penang hill, the tail became

injured. It grew afterwards particularly thick, short, with a sepa-

rate short appendage above and another below on the side, no

enlarged shields were formed below, in which character this speci-

men would agree with P. Cuantoris, but it has the two pairs of

enlarged chin shields followed by a few smaller shields on either side,

peculiar to P. Peroni.

The former species, characterized by Giinther, I never

met with on Penang, it must be extremely rare. But it is

found at the Andamans, as noted by Theobald (Cat. Rept.

_ Asiat. Soc. Mus. p. 30), though also very rarely. Col. Tytler

named it (characteristic of his particular desire of renaming

species) Gecko Harrieti, (Journ. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, xxxiii, p.

548). A specimen presented by Col. Tytler to the Museum

is 2°8 inches long, it has thirteen upper, and ten lower labials, but

the last shields of both are very small; central scales in forty-two

series; the tail is depressed, and with minute spines on the edges of

the front half. The general colour above is a sort of fawn colour

with reddish brown and yellowish undulating transverse bands,

_ between the shoulders, loins and on the tail interrupted by irre-

gular blackish brown spots; a brown band extends from the rostral

through the eye to the shoulder, and is edged above with yellowish.

164 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

P. Peronii is also recorded by Mr. Th e 0 bald from Burma.

The name Gecko pardus (Journ. A, 8., B. xxxiii, 1864, p. 547)

appears to have been applied to it by Col. Tytler.

The largest specimen of P. Peroni collected was six inches. In

some specimens, I find the posterior plates on the toes are only

angularly bent and not perfectly divided, what clearly indicates

that the distinction between Gecko and Peripiais only of subordi-

nate importance, and that the species included in the latter should

strictly speakiug form only a section of the former.

20. Hemidactylus frenatus, Schleg. (G int h., L. cit. p. 108)

Gecko chaus and caracal, Tytler, Journ. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, 1864, vol,

Xxxili, p. 547.

This common Indian species also occurs in Penang’; I only obtain-

ed it on two occasions, both times on the pillars of the verandah ;

it seems to have been expelled from the interior apartments by the

much stronger Peripia Peroni.

It is also found in Burma, in the whole of Lower Bengal, at the

Andamans, where it seems to attain a larger size, and at the Nicobars,

The thumb and inner toe are always particularly small but with dis- .

tinct claws; the middle portion of the back does not usually have any”

enlarged tubercles, but sometimes there are two alternating rows of:

them, the three rows on each side are, however, pretty constant. The

tail when reproduced, usually becomes smooth, without enlarged

spines. In an Andaman specimen, the subcaudal plates are very ~

considerably enlarged. Specimens from Rangoon have a very con-—

spicuous broad whitish band from the nostril continuing through —

the eye to above the ear; it is bordered below by black. The :

Nicobar specimens are small and have mostly only 36-38 series’

of scales en the belly; the thumb is almost obsolete, but there

is no other specific difference. They were obtained on trees on-

Camorta, near the new settlement. The largest specimen I saw

is from Moulmein, it,measures 53 inches with the tail 3 inches.

21. Hemidactylus maculatus, D. and B.(Giinth., 1. cit. p. 107). —

Gecko Tytleri, T y tler, Journ, Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xxxiii, p. 547.

Thisis very common about Moulmein. The number of upper

labials varies between 11 and 13, the last 4 or 5 being as usually very

his

Bs 5)

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 165

small; the lower labials vary from 8-10, and 9 is the most usual

number, in the Tenasserim, specimens atleast. When the tail is

reproduced, the spines don’t grow again. The colour is sometimes

uniform dark brown, sometimes pale with dark spots and broadish

streaks, which usually have a tendency to arrange themselves in

5 longitudinal rows on the body. ‘The blackish eye-streak is ac-

companied above and below by a light grey or pale yellowish band.

Inthe brown varieties, the head above is generally spotted with

pale. The usual size of Tenasserim specimens is 4 and 5 inches,

of which the tail measures slightly more than one half.

I have also obtained specimens of this species near Port Blair

(Mount Harriette) on the Andamans.

About Calcutta this Gecko is generally seen inside houses, while

fi. Coctei is usually seen on the outer walls. There are, however,

certainly two quite distinct forms which appear to have been

regarded as Cocte:: The one is a small species rarely growing to a

greater length than 6 inches, it has some enlarged tubercles on the

back and the claw on the thumb is almost perfectly obsolete. The

other species is much larger, but has no enlarged tubercles, and the

claw on the tumb very distinct. I have seen specimens of this

last measuring fully 10 inches, it is during life greenish with distinct

transverse bands, lighter in front and dark posteriorly. I am now

engaged in collecting all the Geckotide about Calcutta and hope to

be able to trace the differences indicated more clearly. There are

certainly 4, if not 5, distinct species of Hemidactylus alone in and

‘on our houses ; and perhaps some other genera will be found re-

‘presented. They are extremely useful animals, for they destroy

avery large number of obnoxious and molesting insects in the

house, and should always be carefully protected against injury.

22. Cyrtodactylus rubidus, Bly th, sp.

Puellula rubida, Bl y th, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1860, xxix, p. 109.

a, » apudGinther, 1. cit. p. 118.

is i Theobald, Cat. 1. cit. et auctorum.

Gecko tigris, Ty tler, Journ. Asiat. Soc., 1864, xxxiii, p, 546.

Body rather depressed, with numerous small and larger tuber-

cles; head large in front, covered with equal, somewhat squarish

166 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

sub-granular shields: tail round with larger tubercles near the

base and gradually disappearing towards the end which is curled ;

toes and fingers free, slender with a few sub-tubercular shields

at their bases, and with narrow shields on more than the front

half; claws short but sharply curved ; ten upper and lower labials ;

the nostrils are superseded by a somewhat larger shield, and there

are several small shields posterior to the rostral which is rather low

and broad; four enlarged chin shields, the lower rostral reaches

between the first pair; sub-caudals not enlarged. The preanal

pores are situated in the male in a short fold between the femora,

there are three or four on each side at the internal edge of the fold. —

In the females, this fold is either obsolete, or slightly indicated, but

the pores are always absent.

Ground colour above light, or rarely darker, brown with a fleshy

tinge about the head and with two generally distinct marks, one on

the nape beginning from the eyes, the other across the shoulders; rest

of head on the top spotted, with some dark streaks in front and on

the sides ; body dark spotted and striped ; tail when perfect cylin-

drical with numerous broad blackish rings, somewhat confluent

below; when reproduced it is thicker, shorter and of a more uni-

form brownish color with small blackish spots; below uniform

whitish pale fleshy, or sometimes even purplish. The usual length

of specimens is about five inches, but it grows up to six inches”

and perhaps more, the tail exceeding the body by about one-fifth

of its length. The species seems peculiar to the Andamans; I

found it on trees, but Col. Tytler mentions that it also occurs”

under stones where it no doubt searches after insects.

The above description of the species taken from fresh specimens”

collected by myself, shews that the character of Mr. Blyth

Puellula has to be cancelled, and that we have in the present

lizard a typical Cyrtodactylus, as characterized by Gray in his

Catalogue of Lizards, p. 173. I am inclined to retain this genus

as distinct from Gymnodactylus, which it otherwise closely resembles,

but while the species of this last genus are house-Geckoes the-

Cyrtodacty are typical tree-Geckoes, and their tail is rounded

instead of flattened, the situation of the preanal or femoral pores is

also very peculiar and distinct from Gymmnodactylus.

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 167

Having carefully examined my fresh specimens, I was of course

reluctant to see what it may be that has caused Mr. Blyth to

give such a different characteristic of his Puellula. On examining

his originals the deception became clear. Evidently the speci-

mens have been put in very strong spirit, or this had partially

evaporated, and was refilled with perhaps double the strength.

The skin of all specimens consequently shrunk along the back and

on the sides, as well as between the femoral region, and these

ridges had become so stiff and permanent, that itis by no means

surprising they were taken as natural dorsal crest, and as folds on

the side of the belly. However, a careful examination of these

“specimens shewed that the ridges are irregular, and in some places

broken up so that there could be not the least doubt as to their

being accidental. In fresh specimens nothing of all this exists,

and the species is, as already noted, a typical Cyrtodactylus.

In external appearance and coloration, C. rubidus greatly resem-

bles Gymn. variegatus, Bly th, from Moulmein (Giinth., 1. cit.,

p- 116), except that in this species the femoral pores are differently

situated, the tubercles on the back and the scales on the belly are a

little larger, the sub-caudals enlarged and the tail depressed, as in

other Gymnodactyl.

I do not see Mr, Theobald’s argument — Cat. Rept. Asiat.

Soc. Museum, p. 32 — where he retains G. variegatus, under the

genus Waultinus (vide Gray’s Lizards, p. 169), for it does not

agree with that sub-genus in the form of the tail, nor in the posi-

tion and distribution of the preanal pores.

93, Cyrtodactylus affinis, n. sp. Pl. X, fig. 1.

Body rather depressed, covered with smaller and numerous en-

larged sub-trihedral tubercles, each of which has 8-5 grooves ;

‘shields of head small, those in front slightly enlarged and flattened ;

rostral very large, reaching posteriorly to the top of head and

grooved, a small shield above each nostril but not in contact ;

‘upper labials 12, very low ; opening of the ear moderate, verti-

cally elongated ; lower rostral very large, sub-triangular, reaching

backward ; eleven lower labials ; a few of the chin shields next to

the rostral are squarish, very litttle larger than others, but none

168 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

are elongated ; the scales of the belly are in about 30 longitudinal

series, all are small, sub-tubercular and carinated ; no femoral

or preanal pores, nor any enlarged scales indicating their presence —

the preanal region being regularly flattened ; tail round, with a

few indistinct rings of enlarged tubercles near the base ; below on

each side of the anus with 2 or 3 large polyhedral tubercles, fur-

ther on, uniform scaly, tip curled ; no enlarged sub-caudals, The —

toes and fingers are very slender and elongated, and the claws very

small, laterally compressed and sharp. ‘The size of the fingers fol- —

lows each other as 1, 2, 3, 5, 4, the 2nd and 3rd being sub-equal, and

the 4th and 5th equally so, the thumb is a little more than half the

size of the 4th finger. The toes follow each other as 1, 5, 2, 3, 4, the —

1st is half the size of the 4th, the 2nd and 3rd sub-equal, and the

4th slightly longer.

General colour above pale vinaceous ashy, finely marbled and

mottled with dark, especially on the head, sides of body and on

the limbs. A V blackish mark on the nape, followed by a black

spoton the neck, then follow five other angular blackish bands —

across the body, the first across the shoulders, the last between

the hind limbs; tail in front with four blackish broad bands

gradually disappearing, and it then becomes almost uniform-

ly ashy brown. The posterior portion has the appearance, as if it

had been reproduced, but the anterior }th of its length is certainly

original ; lower parts whitish with a slight purplish tinge.

The general form of the body with the elongated and slender

toes and round tail, as well as the total absence of femoral pores:

or enlarged shields indicating them, and also the coloration so

thoroughly agree with the females of Cyrtodactylus rubidus, that

prefer to describe the single specimen, as noted above, rather under

this genus, than under Gymnodactylus ; for in C. rubidus, th

females often have the preanal fold perfectly absent and no enlarged

shield to indicate the few pores present in the male.

The only specimen I caught between the bark of a large tree neat

the top of the Government bungalow on Penang hill, Ihad atthe

time, I obtained it, considered it to be Gymnodactylus pulchellus,

(Ginth.,, Ll. cit. p. 113) which was also by Gray (Lizards, p. 173)

described under Cyrtodactylus, but differs from that genus in the dis

1870. ] Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 169

position of the femoral pores in an angular series. The coloration is

quite the same in the present species as in Gym. pulchellus of which

Cantor (Jour. Asiat. Soc. B. xvi., 1847, p. 632) says that is

common in the houses on Penang hill; unfortunately I never saw

this last one, though I looked very carefully after it. The present

species, differs from this last by the peculiarly carinated scales,

no enlarged chin shields or sub-caudals, and apparently more

slender toes and fingers; it also has no enlarged femoral or

preanal shield swhich, Cantor says, arein G. pulchellus, well

developed, even in the female, though not pierced.

Total length 4 inches, the tail hardly less than the body.

Fam. Scrncipz.

24. Tikqua carinata, Schneid.

Eup. rufescens apnd Giinth., 1. cit., p. 79.

Eup. cavinatus apud St eindachner, Rept. Novara, p. 43.

The brown variety with indistinct pale bands on each side of the

back, with numerous obliquely ascending black streaks, and with

white spots each margined black above and below, is common about

Moulmein and down the Tenasserim coast.

The same variety, but on the upper portion of the sides usually

marked with blood red, is common at Penang and also on the coast

of the Welesley Province. One specimen from the last locality has

on either side, a large red orange spot (turning in spirits into

white), and no small ocelli. It has the vertical posteriorly united

with the anterior occipitals, and the adjoining shields are also

more or less confluent,—apparently this part has once been injured.

‘The pre-frontal very narrowly touches the rostral, but in other

specimens, this is quite separated by the supra-nasals. None

of the Malayan specimens have a distinct trace of a pale band on

the sides of the back. All I saw were of the usual size, 12-15

inches. Steindachner also mentions this species from the

Nicobar islands; possibly the specimen, if not well preserved, may

belong to the next which I believe to be new.

The largest specimen, I ever saw, is one lately sent to me by Mr.

Riepstorff from the Andamans ; it measures twenty inches,

of which the tail is very nearly twelve inches, this last is more

170 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

flexible than in any other specimen I observed. The form of the

head and the shields on it are perfectly the same as in other Indian

and Malayan specimens; the supra-nasals form a short suture

behind the rostral; there are only twenty-six longitudinal series of

scales, these are large, tricarinate, the middle carina being weaker

than the lateral ones. The specimen is above uniform, somewhat

pale brown, paler on the sides towards the belly, and with a few

indistinct darker spots, fore and hind limbs are above wholly

spotted with white and dark brown; below yellowish white, tail

leaden grey. Itis a peculiarly large variety, but except in size and

length of tail I can find no other specific distinction in the

specimen. Possibly other specimens when found may exhibit grea-

ter variations from the type.

25. Tiliqua rugifera, n sp., Pl. x, Fig. 3.

Body moderately stout, it and the head somewhat depressed, tail

nearly one-third longer, sub-cylindrical, very gradually tapering.

Fore-limb feeble, one when laid forward reaches to the anterior angle

of the eye, hind limb very nearly as long as the distance between

it and the fore-limb. The fingers are comparatively slightly

developed: the thumb is moderate, shortest, the fifth finger about

twice as long, the second very little longer than the fifth, and the

third and fourth are sub-equal. The inner toe is the shortest, the

second is double the length, then comes the fifth, then the third —

and the fourth is longest, being fully one-fourth longer than the

third. Toes and fingers are slender and provided with small, moder-

ately curved claws.

The rostral is broader than high, just reaching the top of the

head; the pre-frontal forms a very narrow suture with it, as well

as with the first pre-ocular on either side, and with the vertical, the

larger sides between these narrow sutures being somewhat concave;

post-frontals separated, on the side in contact with the two loreals ;

vertical elongated, tapering posteriorly, but terminating with an

obtuse angle; four supraciliaries, moderately elevated, the fourth

multicarinated and below followed by small shields ; five occipitals,

the first two narrow, forming a suture behind the vertical and

scarcely reaching further posteriorly than the angle of the eye,

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 171

median occipital broadly oval, small, posterior occipitals very large.

A rather elongated supra-nasal; nostril large, round, extending almost

over the entire height of the nasal; two loreals, the posterior being

much the larger one, three small upper and two somewhat enlarged

inferior ante-oculars; lower eyelid scaly ; seven low upper labials,

the fifth is the longest, situated below the eye; ear moderately

open, its inner edge with minute tubercles ; lower rostral moderate,

the shield next posterior to it small, single, followed by two diver-

ging pairs of chin shields, very little larger than the rest; seven

lower labials; preanal edge occupied by scarcely enlarged

scales; sub-caudals single conspicuously larger than the row of

smooth scales on either side. Scales in twenty-six longitudinal

rows round the body, large, the upper and lateral ones strongly

five carinated, the carinz continuing very distinctly on the scales of

the tail, giving the lizard a very ornamental but rough appearance ;

twenty-three transverse rows of scales between fore and hind limb ;

eight longitudinal rows of smooth scales on the belly.

Colour above and on the sides dark brown, paler on the head, up-

per labials yellowish, a greenish iridescent narrow streak extends

from the supraciliary edge on each side of the humeral region poste-

riorly, another similar stripe begins at the end of the upper labial,

both are margined with blackish brown, and nearly entirely dis-

appear in about the middle of the body. There are besides two

narrow longitudinal darkish stripes observable along the centre of

the back, but they remain very indistinct ; very few of the lateral

seales are edged with greenish. Yellowish white below, with a

greenish iridescent tinge, especially conspicuous on the sides of

the neck and of the belly.

The more depressed and triangular head, smaller number of scales

which are five carinated,and the differences in the frontals and colora-

tion readily distinguish this species from 7. carinata, Schneid.

I have only obtained a single specimen of this beautiful species

on Camorta, (Nicobars), in the forest near the new settlement ; it

measures 42th inches, of which the tail is 28th inches.

Steindachner (Novara Reptilien, p. 48) describes from

the Nicobars an Huprepes macrotis, Fitz., which appears to belong to

the sub-division Huprepis, and is entirely distinct from the present

172 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

species. I have not as yet been able to obtain it from the Nicobars,

but I have little doubt that Capt. Runde11 who has taken a very ~

great interest in the Reptile fauna of those islands will be successful —

in his endeavours.

26. Tiliqua olivacea, Gray (Ginth., l. ct., p. 80).

Steindachner already notes the occurrence of this species

on the Nicobars. It attains here the full size as at Penang.

The specimens which I obtained from Camorta are of a uniform

brown colour above, paler on the sides, greenish olive below, with

some dark irregular spots along the lower labials, and an indistinct —

pale band along each side of the root of the tail; the edges of the

eyelids are yellowish white.

The longer snout, smoother scales and very small opening of the

ear readily distinguish this species from 7. carinata, Schueid.

One of the specimens, measuring a little above eight inches, has

twenty-eight long rows of scales, the other somewhat larger (with

the body four inches, the tail being nearly 5) has only twenty-six

rows of scales, and all the shields behind the occipital have grown

together into one large shield, having evidently once been injured.

27. Mabouya Jerdoniana, n. sp. Pl. X, Fig. 4.

Habit moderately slender with a sub-cylindrical body, conical,

somewhat depressed head and long tail, it being nearly one-third

longer than the length of the body. One fore-limb, when lai¢

forward, reaches a little in front of the eye ; the hind limb is very

nearly equal the distance between it and the fore-limb. The thumb

and inner toe are the shortest; the second finger is double the

length of the first, the fifth is sub-equal to the second, and the

fourth is about one-fifth longer than the third. The second

toe is fully twice as long as the first, the fifth distant, situated

at the base of the sole and very little shorter than the third, but

the fourth is one-fourth longer than the third. The palm and the

sole are well developed and flattened, below covered with numer-

ous sub-equal granular scales; toes and fingers are covered above

and below with one row of transverse plates, the latter being con-

siderably narrower than the former; claws moderatly curved 2

very sharp. ,

1870.] Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 173

Rostral large, obtuse in front, forming a narrow suture with the

pre-frontal, which is contracted on either side and posteriorly ;

posterior frontals form a very narrow suture ; vertical, rather small,

rectangular in front, and posteriorly reaching to about the middle

between the eyes; seven supraciliaries, prominent and strongly

arched, but the supraciliary edge itself is formed by about ten smaller

seales ; occipital sub-quadrangular, narrowly truncate in front, with |

concave front sides, broadest and angular below the middle, and

slightly emarginated posteriorly ; it is followed by several large

post-occipitals, some of the temporals being also enlarged ; one

narrow, elongated supra-nasal on each side ; nostril large, rounded ;

2-3 loreals and 4 ante-oculars, the two upper ones being smallest ;

8 upper labials, the sixth largest, situated below the eye, 8 narrow

lower labials,the shields adjoining them being considerably enlarged,

and the first chin shield is single and largest ; lower eyelid with a

large transparent disk ; ear rather spacious, rounded without any

perceptible spines or granules. Scales round the middle of the body

in 37 longitudinal series, and there are about 60 transverse rows of

scales between the fore and hind limb. ‘The scales on the sides are

only a little smaller than those on the belly and on the back; all are

smooth, but with the lens many of the dorsal scales are seen in

reflected light, very slightly longitudinally grooved. A series of

eight scarcely larger scales forms the preanal edge; sub-caudals

conspicuously enlarged.

Colour uniform, iridescent brown above, most of the scales with a

large pale spot, and an indistinct pale band running from the nape

on each side of the back and disappearing on the tail; below

uniform yellowish white, leaden grey on the tail.

The only specimen figured was captured by me in a small temple

on the little island Pulo Tickos, situated just to the north of Penang

island ; afew other specimens, I saw on the shore, but they escaped

in crab holes under the refuse thrown out by the sea. A very

Similar, or the same species, I have also observed on one of the

small islands near Singapore, but was not successful in capturing it.

The Penang specimen is 7,3; inches, the tail measuring 4, the

posterior half appears to have been once injured, as the sub-

caudal scales become rapidly much narrower, but occupying nearly

the whole width.

174 Indian and Malayen Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

I think Fitzinger’s genus Mabouya should be accepted

as emended by Gray (lizards, p. 94), taking the West Indian

MM. agilis as type. It seems to form a very good natural group,

apparently generically distinct from Huprepes, as restricted. The

type of Wiegmanns Lumeces is according to Peters* Serncus

pavimentatus, Geoff., andis the same as Plestiodon of Dum. and

Bib., therefore Mabouya (as characterized by Gray) cannot be

taken as subgeneric of Humeces.

28. Hinulia maculata, Bly th, sp.

Lissonota maculata, Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1853, xxii, p. 653.

Mabouia maculata, apund Ginther, 1. cit. p, 84.

Hinulia maculata, apund Theobald, Cat. Rept. Asiat. Mus. p. 25.

Head rather short, sub-trigonal with an obtuse snout, rostral

reaching far back to the surface of the head, the pre-frontal forms

a suture with it and with the vertical, the post-frontals being

rather small and widely separated; five supraciliaries, rather .

tumid ; vertical, considerably narrowed posteriorly, almost termina-

ting in a point, followed with the regular two pairs of occipitals, the

hinder separated by an elongated shield ; nostrils lateral at the

base of a single shield reaching to the top of the head and bent

over the canthus rostralis ; fifth lower labial below the orbit, near-

ly as large as the sixth, which is often followed by a seventh

small labial ; two large loreals followed by two small shields

superseding a single large one in front of the eye; eyelids scaly ;

opening of the ear elongately oval, vertical, rather large, with no

spines in front. F

There are 34-38 longitudinal series of scales round the middle of

the body, and about 96 scales in one row between the front and

hind leg ; six pre-anal shields, the middle pair the largest and

elongated ; subcaudals enlarged. Fore foot when laid forward very

nearly reaches the eye in some specimens, in others, it reaches even”

as far as the front edge of the eye; the hind-leg in some does not

reach the axil, in others it does; as arule, young specimens have

longer limbs than old ones ; the third and fourth fingers are sub-

equal, the third being sometimes very little longer ; the fourth toe is _

* Monat, Akad. Berlin, 1864, p. 48.

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 175

very long and slender, about two-fifths longer than the third ; thumb

and inner toe are very short.

Brownish olive above, usually with two series of small black

dots along the middle ; sides with a black band above, commencing

at the rostral, either uniform, or sometimes provided with white

spots and margined above and below with an indistinct pale

streak, continuing as a grey band with undulating margins to

the tip of the tail ; the lower half of the sides is in young speci-

mens yellowish and spotted with black, as are likewise the upper and

lower labials and the sides of the neck; in full grown specimens all

these parts are densely marbled with blackish grey, the spots having

become more or less confluent; the rest of the lower parts uniform

whitish ; the tail isin old specimens sometimes spotted with black ;

the legs appear to be above always spotted or marbled with

the same colour.

I found this species very common at Martaban near Moulmein,

but I scarcely observed a single specimen south of Moulmein, nor

does it appear to extend further south into Welesley Province,

Theobald says that it is very common in the forosts of Pegu. My

largest specimen measures 62 inches, of which the tail is 4 inches; it

is proportionately longer in young specimens than it is in old ones.

The species is very closely allied to H. indica, Gray, (Humeces

indicus apud Giinth er, 1. cit. p. 89, non Mocoa Sikimensis, Bly th),

and I have given a detailed description of the former simply for

the purpose of a close comparison of the two, for they may possi-

bly turn out to be identical, the only appreciable difference of

Blyth species from that of Gray, as recorded by Giinther,

being the larger number of supraciliaries and of the transverse

series of scales between the front and hind limb. Are the latter

really in such a small number present in H. imdica as noted by

Ginther? If not, the two could scarcely be specifically different,

and if the locality of the Cumingian specimen from Ningpo be

correct, the species would after all seem to possess a wide geogra-

phical distribution.

Hf. maculata also occurs at the Andamans, though it is rare there,

29. Riopa lineolata, n. sp., Pl. X, Fig. 2.

Body very slender and long, almost of equal thickness through-

176 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

out, sub-cylindrical or slightly depressed ; tail half an inch longer

than the body, becoming very gradually thinner, till it terminates

into a sharp point ; feet moderately elongated and slender : fore foot

nearly equal the distance between the rostrum and the ear, the

thumb very small, the second finger is somewhat longer than the

fifth, and both are shorter than the third and fourth which are sub-

equal, the third being slightly longer; the claws are moderately

curved and very sharply pointed; the length of hind limb equals

the distance between the axil and the eye; the toes follow each

other in length as 1, 5, 2, 3, 4, the last two being sub-equal and

the secord about half the length of the fourth, the claws are

equally sharp as on the fingers. Opening of the ear moderate,

rounded, with smooth edges.

The snout is rather short and obtuse ; supra-nasals form a suture

behind the rostral; anterior frontal occupies the whole breadth of

the snout, and forms a very narrow suture with the vertical, just

separating the post-frontals from each other; vertical, long, gradu-

ally attenuating posteriorly ; supra-orbitals five, the last very small,

somewhat tumescent; occipitals four, the anterior being united,

and the one following it is rather small and triangular; upper

and lower rostrals are large, obtuse; two loreals, the anterior

smaller than the posterior ; seven upper labials, being rather large —

and high, six lower labials, elongated and very narrow; first chin

shield single, followed by two pairs of somewhat enlarged shields,

having a small one between them ; pre-anals very slightly enlarged.

Scales smooth, transversely elongated and hexagonal, in 24-25 lon-

gitudinal series, and there are 60-65 scales in one row between

fore and hind limb. The lower eyelid is scaly, but the scales are

broad and more transparent in the centre than at the edges.

Colour greenish iridescent brown above, with an almost continuous

series of small dark brown dots on each side of the back, beginning

at the nape and margined above and below by a pale line ; the centres

of all scales above and on the sides are paler than at the edges,

and form straight longitudinal lines; below whitish with a vinaceous

tinge and distinctly reddish on the tail; the sutures between the

labials are darker than the shields themselves.

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. rT?

I have obtained two specimens at the old Portuguese settlement

’ of Martaban, opposite to Moulmein ; the species does not seem to

be common. The larger specimen measures 33 inches of which

the tail is 2; the other is only 23”, of which the tail is very nearly

12 inch, its head is considerably shorter and the snout more obtuse,

than that of the larger specimen.

I consider Riopa to be a good distinct genus, or sub-genus,

particularly characterized by the slender form of its body and

feeble limbs. The present species appears very closely allied

to Hum. Bowring, (Giinther, 1. cit., p. 91,) but this one

has twenty-eight longitudinal series of scales and only thirty

transverse series between fore and hind limbs; the scales must

be, therefore, much longer, as Ginther’s specimen is in

measurements equal to the larger one from Martaban. Another

allied form is Riopa anguina, Theobald, (Burmese Rept., p. 27

in Journ. Linn. Soc., London, Vol. X, Zoology), but this again has

much shorter limbs, the hind one being “as long as from snout to

ear, fore-limbs a trifle less,” while in the present species the fore-

limbs are considerably shorter than the hind limbs and the latter

proportionately longer ; the colour of anguinais also “ uniform brown

above with no markings.” The number of scales &c. is not men-

| tioned by Th e o b al d, but even with the few differences noticed,

| it would impossible to regard them as belonging to one and the

| same species, though both come from the same region. Th eo-

| bald inhis Burmese Catalogue (p. 26) says of Z. Bowringu, as

| having been captured at Thaiet-mio. The specimen, he states has

| “‘a minute lobe in front of the ear” and ‘an inconspicuous white

| streak from the eye down either side of the back, bordered below

| with black.” These characters also don’t agree with those of

| the species here described, but perhaps they do not exclude the

| possibility of either one or the other of Mr. Theobald’s

Specimens being identical with 2. lineolata.

Fam. AGAMIDA.

30. Calotes mystaceus, D. and B. (Ginth., 1. cit. p. 141).

The peculiar coloration of this species has been noted by Mr. Th eo-

baldin his Cat. of Rept. in the Asiat. Soc. Museum, p. 36, and in

178 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia, [ No. 3

that of Burmese Reptiles (p. 33 in Ext. from Vol. X of Journ. Linn.

Soc., London, Zool.). Male specimens when in breeding season have

the lower labials, and the whole of the skin and throat beautiful-

ly blue black, the latter conspicuously mixed with red. One specimen

from Moulmein (measuring 12} inches of which the tail is 83) has

the crest high on the neck, but it becomes almost obsolete in half

the length of the body ; scales in 52 longitudinal series round the

body. The largest specimen I measured was 16 inches total length,

and it may even attain a larger size, though I never saw one of 24

inches, but it is no impossibility, as which Mr. Theobald

appears to regard Giint her’s quotation.

That the crest almost totally disappears at half the length of the

body is, I find, of common occurrence in Burmese specimens which

I possess from Arracan, Bassein, Rangoon and Moulmein, and the

throat seems to become blue in males and females, during the sum-

mer season at least; inthe males, however, the red colour on the

throat is prevalent, while it is almost wanting in the females.

Young specimens, four and five inches in length, have the head

very short, thick, the centre of the occiput with a large plate sur-

rounded by a few larger scales ; the head has numerous dark cross

bands, which on the body are somewhat more distant and angular ;

these specimens look so different that one would be inclined to regard

them as belonging to a totally distinct species.

Down’ at Penang, the Welesley Province and Singapore I have

not met with this species, it seems to be there replaced by Bron-

chocele cristatella.

In Mouat’s Advent. and Res. among the Andaman Islanders

(Lond., 1863, p. 865) Blyth states that this species has also

been received from the Nicobars. Its occurrence is by no means

improbable, but I have not received it from there, nor can I

find a specimen of that species from the Nicobars in the Society’s

collection.

31. Bronchocele cristatella, Kuhl, (Giinth., l. cit. p. 138).

During live the prevalent colour* is bright green, but the changes

are almost quite as varied and instantaneously effected, as ina

* See also Peters in Monathsb. Berlin, Akad. for 1867.

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 179

Chameleon. The dorsal row of scales is in all appreciably enlarged.

The labials are often black, and there are various black spots round

the tympanum, and the sides of the belly or often partially or some-

times wholly black. In one specimen from Java, there are yellow-

ish bands across the back as in B. jubata. The tail is usually light

greenish or reddish brown, on the anterior half with some distinct

whitish irregularly black-edged rings. There are also very commonly

two small black spots on the top of the head, some distance behind

the rostrum. Specimens from the Wellesley Province, Penang and

Java have 38—40 scales on each side.

82. Bronchocele moluccana, ess. Peters (Berl. Akad. 1867,

p. 16) considers this species as distinct from eristatella. One speci-

men from Singapore apparently belonging to this species has

only 32 lateral rows of scales, but these are of perfectly the same

small size and general character, as in crystatella from Penang.

The specimen measures 16 inches, of which the tail is 133 inches ;

the colour is uniform bright green, the orbit, the extreme margins of

the labials, the tympanum, a spot behind the same, and the whole

of the sides black ; posterior part of the tail brownish. There is no

difference in the shape of the head, or in the form and character

of the scales on it and on the body from erystatella.

Steindachner (Rept. Nov., p. 27) mentions 2 specimens of

B. cristalella from the Nicobars, possessing 29—31 rows of lateral

scales ; these would very closely correspond with the Singapore

form of B. moluccana.

33. Bronchocele jubata, D. and B. (Giinth., 1. cit. p. 139).

A large specimen from Java is bright green with the orbital

skin, edge of the tympanum, and the labials black ; a yellow-

ish elongated spot below the tympanum, five narrow cross bands of

the same colour on the body, the first and last being between the

fore and hind limbs ; tail brownish.

A variety apparently of this species occurs on the Nicobars. If

received from Camorta four specimens, each about 18 inches long of

which the tail is 14 inches. The general form of the lizard, number

and size of scales, form of the crest and the two enlarged rows of a

180 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

few scales behind the eye are perfectly identical with those of jubata,

but all four specimens have the head more depressed and the snout

longer and somewhat narrower, than is the case in the Java specimen

which I have for comparison. The upper labials are ten in the |

Nicobar and only eight in the Javanese specimen ; the upper rostral

is also much larger in the former than in the latter. Still considering

all the other more important characters in a species I can regard the

Nicobar form only as a variety of the Javanese one.

All Nicobar specimens are bright green, some of them bright

yellow on the head and neck, the occipital skin, tympanum aud

sometimes a spot on the top of the head behind the restrum are

black ; the gular sack bright brick red apparently in the male, and

about four-fifth of the posterior portion of the tail is reddish brown.

Was the Pondicherry specimen, of which Dum. and Bibron

speak, not received from the French Missionaries on the Nicobars

through some friend in Pondicherry ?

34, Traris subcristata, Blyth, (Ginth., 1. cit. p. 151).

Syn. Coryphophylax Mawimiliani, Fitz, apud Steindachner, Novara

Rept., p. 30.

This is an extremely variable species both as regards scales as

well as coloration. The scales on the top of the snout are usually

somewhat enlarged, and the median ones form a short carina ; the

canthus rostralis is sharp and continues on the supraciliary edge. On

each side of the occiput, there is a group of large scales, and some-

times a distinct group in the middle between both. Irregularly scat-

tered polyhedral scales are often found all round the tympanum, but

they are scarcely in two specimens identically placed. In some large

specimens there is one or two between the eye and the tympanum,

one large one above it near the crest, and two somewhat smaller

ones nearer the tympanum, one or two are situated behind, and one

occasionally below. In young specimens these polyhedral scales are

less numerous and sometimes reduced to but three. The centre of

the tympanum is always hardened. There are eight or nine low,

carinated upper labials, and generally 9 or 10 lower labials, similar

in form to the others. 4

The scales of the body are very small, about 40—50 in a transverse

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 181

series on each side, intermixed with some large ones. In some

specimens, the larger scales are only very few, in others they are

scattered irregularly, and again in some they are partially arranged

in regular longitudinal rows, and distinguished besides by a black-

ish mark on either side of each scale. Nearly in all specimens, there

are some enlarged tubercles near the base of the tail; the ventral

scales are in from 18—22 longitudinal rows; the subcaudals are in

two rows, very sharply carinated. In young specimens, the nuchal

crest is only indicated by a row of slightly enlarged scales, in old fe-

males it is still very small, but in the old males itis more developed,

being considerably higher than the dorsal crest which continues

to the end of the tail; this last is considerably compressed, entirely

resembling in this respect other species of Ziwis. Thereis a well

developed gular sack in male specimens, and a distinct shoulder-fold

in all. The extremities and tail are very long; the fore limb is

about as along as the distance between it and the hind limb, and

the latter when laid forward, nearly reaches to the end of the snout.

The thumb is the shortest, then comes the fifth finger which is half

the length of the fourth, then the second, and the third and fourth

are sub-equal, the last being slightly longer. The tarsus is very

elongated, the first toe very small, the others follow each other as

| 2nd, 5th, 3rd, 4th, the last being remarkably long.

Color variable. Young specimens which always have the head

| remarkably short and blunt, are greenish ashy brown with numer-

ous dark brown spots above and dark cross bands on the head,

| one spot in front between the eyes being especially conspicuous.

| Other young specimens and females are more uniform greenish,

but almost always with some dark stripes in front of the shoulder.

Male specimens are variously reticulated and obliquely striped

with dark brown on the sides, the light interspaces being varie-

gated with yellow and red; sometimes the whole back along the

centre is purplish red, and the gular sack in the male is also

reticulated with reddish, yellow and black. ‘The red and yellow

colours fade away very soon after the death of the animal. Nu-

merous short blackish streaks always radiate all round from the

eye; the labials are either dark spotted, or sometimes wholly

blackish brown ; the tail in encircled with broad dark bands.

182 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

My largest specimen measures 15 inches, of which the tail is

about 11 inches.

This is a true arboreal lizard, tolerably common at the Andamans,

and very common at the Nicobars. I found the jungles on Nancowry

and Camorta swarming with specimens. They are extremely quick,

and almost within a moment after they were first noticed they are

again seen some twenty or thirty feet high upon a tree; and when

followed up they do not hesitate to leap from one tree to another. —

Without shooting them it is scarcely possible to procure a speci-

men. I obtained more than a hundred specimens from the

Nicobars alone, thinking that there may be a possibility of tracing”

some permanently distinctive characters in the Nicobar form, but

they all proved identical with the Andaman species which was first

described by Mr. Bl y th from Port Blair. There cannot be the

least doubt of the two being the same, and I cannot even see any

real generic distinction from Ziaris, as emended by Gray. Fitz

inger’s name Ooryphophylax must, therefore, be considered as a

synonym of the former.

35. Draco volans, Linn. (Giinth., 1. cit., p. 124).

This species appears to be more common in the jungles of the

Wellesley Province and near Malacca, than it is on Penang itself.

Cantor’s description of the colours is excellent, the metallic

bronze brown hue of the live lizard is wonderfully fine and brilliant.

The black spot between the eyes appears quite constant, at least i

male specimens. I only observed the gular sack to be uniform yellow

the lateral appendages and the throat are very pale or almost qui

white and dark spotted. Limbs and tail are brown banded

There is behind the large rostral shield, a short longitudinal sha:

ridge distinct, dividing in two, one branch leading to each eye. Be

side the enlarged tubercular scale above the posteroir part of the orbi

there are 83—4 enlarged flattened scales placed in one row behind th

orbit, and two small spines are above and one behind the tympa:

num. In most of the specimens there are also some larger spin

or tubercular scales conspicuous on the sides of the neck, as i

indicating lateral crests which appear to be fully developed i

Dr. reticulatus, G tin t h. ,

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilva. 183

OPHIDIA.

Fam. Torrricip#.

36. Cylindrophis rufus, Laur. (Giinth., lL. cit. p. 179).

I have obtained specimens of this species from the hills north-

east of Mandalay in upper Burma; it has already been record-

ed from Pegu by Mr. Theobald. The snout is sometimes con-

_ siderably shorter in young specimens than it is in old ones and,

_ therefore, its length in proportion to the width between the eyes is

_ not a very good character for specific distinction, when compared

with C. maculatus.

Fam. CoLuBRIDA,

37. Ablabes melanocephalus, Gray (Ginth., lL. cit. p. 229).

I caught a specimen of this interesting species in the (so-called)

botanic garden at Singapore. It measures 172 inches, of which

the tail is 7} inches, a remarkably great length of the tail for an

Ablabes! Ventrals 155, subcaudals 99, the last being as usually

single, very much elongated and pointed. The distribution of the

shields of the head perfectly agrees with Gunther’s descrip-

tion, and so does also the general character of colouring. The

| head is black, minutely freckled with white above, the upper labials

__ white spotted with black at the lower margins and at the sutures ; the

| ‘white band continues a little beyond the gape, but is interrupted by

| ; a black spot on the 10th labial. The anterior half of the body is

above brownish, the posterior blackish ashy ; a pale brown somewhat

| indistinct band begins on either side of the back, behind the black

| collar, and is marked by a series of quadrangular equidistant black

| spots; it becomes a little more whitish on the posterior part of the

| body, and then the spots disappear. Lower parts whitish throughout;

| chin checkered with dark, each ventral with a black spot on either

side ; the spots, beginning to appear on the lower part of the neck,

‘are first very small, increase gradually in size, until they form

| on the posterior part of the body a very distinct continuous strong-

| ly serrated black band.

184 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

88. <Ablabes Rapp, Ginther., (1. cit. p. 226).

A fine specimen was obtained by my collector in the neighbour-

hood of Simla. It measures 28 inches of which the tail is 5 inches ; —

ventrals 196, subcaudals 67; uniform dark bronze brown above,

yellowish white below, and on the lower part of the upper labials ;

chin and throat olive tinged ; loreal small, nearly twice as long as

high ; temporals 1 + 1 + 2, the first very long, the others much

shorter.

39. <Ablabes collaris, Gray, (Ginth., 1. cit. p. 228).

This species appears to be rather rare in the low hills about

Simla. One specimen obtained near Subathoo measured 22} inches,

of which the tail is 72 inches; ventrals 184, anal bifid, subcaudals ©

113. General colour above greenish olive, head spotted with black,

a short indistinct cross black band at the anterior- another near the

posterior end of the vertical, a third curved one at the end of the

occipitals ; collar broad, black, edged with yellow posteriorly ; the —

black spots forming the dorsal series on the fore part of the body —

very small, almost obsolete ; tail with three blackish longitudinal

bands ; upper labials yellowish spotted with black, as is likewise the

chin and partially also the throat. Lower parts dirty greenish white,

purer posteriorly, each ventral and subcaudal with a black spot at

the base forming a more or less continuous black streak.

The species also occurs near Darjeeling and in the Khasi hills. _

40. Ablabes Nicobariensis, n. sp. Pl. XI, Fig. 1.

Body slender, head not distinctly separated from the neck, de-

pressed, obtuse in front, scales smooth, in 17 series, ventrals 189,

anal bifid, subcaudals 87. Rostral low, wide, not reaching to the

top of the head, two pairs of frontals, anterior broader than long,

about half the size of the posterior; vertical subtrigonal, large,

with a very short point in front, and rapidly contracting posteriorly,

somewhat longer than the supraciliaries ; each occipital about one-

fourth larger than the vertical, and extending anteriorly as low as the

lower postocular ; nasals in two shields; loreal united with the

postnasal of which only a trace is visible on the left side, on the

right side the postnasal is totally suppressed ; preocular one, large, ©

1870. ] Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 185

squarish ; postoculars two, small; seven upper labials, the third and

fourth enter the orbit, the last is the largest; temporals 1 + 2 +

zi_ on the left, 1 + ;+, on theright side. As usually in this sec-

tion of Adlabes the upper parts of the upper labials are apt to be

detached from the larger body of the shields, and form additional

temporals ; the first pair of lower labials forms a suture, and is fol-

lowed by two pairs of subequal chin shields. Hach maxillary

armed with 14 small subequal teeth.

Anterior half of the body reddish brown above, posterior blackish

grey. Head above blackish, the three first labials with yellow spots,

a short broad yellow streak extends from behind and below the eye

posteriorly to the angle of the mouth ; collar black, margined on both

sides with an interrupted yellow band, of which the anterior is the

more distinct one ; an indistinct series of blackish grey dorsal spots,

almost forming a dark undulating band; sides of the body marbled

and freckled blackish grey, this colour being separated from the

- upper brown one by a series of closely set black spots which are

partially conspicuous on the posterior part of the body; chin dusky ;

all the other parts yellow with a vermilion tinge, each ventral with

a large black spot near its base.

This peculiar form has quite the general character of coloration

of Ablabes melanocephalus, but the spots on the sides of the dorsal

region are more numerous and closer together; in the number of

labials it on the other hand agrees with Ablabes sagittarius. The

position of the united loreals is very peculiar, and perhaps not nor-

mal, but itis almost quite similar on both sides of the head, which

externally strongly reminds of a Callophis.

T have obtained only a single specimen at the Nancowry haven

on Camorta (Nicobars) ; it measures 173 inches of which the tail is

41 inches.

41. Ptyas mucosus, L. (Gtinth. lL. cit. p. 249).

This species is not uncommon on the Andamans. Young’ speci-

mens have the scales quite smooth, each with two minute apical

grooves ; colour above pale brown finely reticulated with dark lines

and narrow whitish cross bands; below uniform whitish.

An old specimen about 60 inches long, is uniform brown above,

186 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [ No. 3,

yellowish white below; scales quite smooth; 9 upper labials of

which the 5th and 6th enter the orbit, the three first ones are small

and of the 4th the upper hind margin is detached, forming a third

anteocular, the large anteocular proper being divided into two.

On the southern slopes of the North West Hymalayas, this species

is one of the largest snakes to be met with. I observed it near Kishtwar

at an elevation of 6000 feet ; in the Kulu valley it is common between

4 and 5000 feet, and in the Sutlej valley beyond Kotegurh I saw it up

to 7000 feet, but not far in the interior. Specimens from the latter

— locality are somewhat different in colour. One, apparently a male,

measures 663 inches, of which the tail is 163, the scales are all, with

the exception of the two outermost rows on either side, very sharply

keeled ; the anterior half of the body below is white, on the poste-

rior each ventral and subcaudal is black edged. Another specimen

683 inches, of which the tailis 18 inches, is a female; it has the

scales smooth, with the exception of the three median rows which

are very faintly keeled ; all the ventrals are black edged in front,

the last ones and the subcaudals almost wholly black. On the

right side are 8, on the left 9 upper labials; of the third and fourth

labials the hinder margins are detached and form a second small

lower pre-ocular. Whether the presence or absence of keels on

the scales has anything to do with the sexual distinction, remains

yet to be more fully ascertained.

42, Ptyas hexagonotus,* Cantor, sp.

Xenelaphis id. apund Giinther, 1. cit. p. 251.

One full grown specimen from Penang measures 43 inches

of which the tail is 134 inches; scales in 17 rows, ventrals 200, sub- —

caudals 118; uniform shining brown above, darker on the head —

and forepart of the body, paler almost leaden grey posteriorly,

below albescent ; six almost vertical blackish bands on either side

of the neck, the first is shortest and situated at the angle of the

gape. :

I cannot see any sufficient reason for referring this species to a ;

genus distinct from Ptyas. The entire habitus of the snake—

moderate (17) number of rows of rather large smoothish scales,

* heaahonotus being to all appearance a misprint.

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 187

those of the vertebral series being generally larger than others,

proportionate length of the tail (about or near 4) to thatof the

body, moderately elongated head, roundish body with no per-

ceptible keel on the ventrals, great number of ventrals and sub-

eaudals, regularly arranged shields of the head, small subequal

teeth of the jaws, and at last the habitat generally near the water,

are all characters which distinguish the genus Pétyas, and in all

these the above mentioned species agrees with the well known

Ptyas mucosus and Korros as closely, as any allied species can possi-

bly do. I found Ptyas hexagonotus in a pool of a fresh water

_ stream on the northern side of the Penang island ; one had swallow-

eda small fish and was evidently in search for other specimens.

When attacked with a stick, it burrowed itself deeply in the mud,

but did not leave the water.

The only difference which distinguishes Ptyas hexagonotus from

the two other Indian species, is the presence of only one loreal, but

as Ptyas mucosus has sometimes two in place of three loreals and

Ptyas Korros occasionally one instead of two, I cannot see how

such an insignificant and evidently very variable character could

be looked upon as possessing generic value.

43. Compsosoma radiatum, Reinw. (Giinth. 1. cit. p. 248).

I obtained an interesting variety of this species near Moulmein,

between brushwood on the ground.

The body is remarkably strongly compressed and the head flat-

-tened, and depressed. Total length 32 inches, of which the tail is 6

inches ; scales in 19 rows, those of the anterior half of the body

almost perfectly smooth, on the posterior half sharply keeled, with

‘the exception of the two outer rows on each side; ventrals 257,

anal entire, subcaudals 100 ; shields of the head regular ; the ante-

, ocular and hinder end of the loreal are distinctly granular. Colour

light leaden grey above, brown on the head, yellowish white below

on the anterior part of the body, leaden grey on the posterior, and

whitish on the tail ; the four longitudinal dorsal black bands begin

on the posterior part of the neck and disappear in half the length

of the body ; the short longitudinal streaks on the sides, along the

base of the ventrals, begin immediately behind the base of the

188 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

tympanoid cross streak ; sides of the body marked with indistinct

vertically elongated whitish spots, margined with dark, and continu-

ing up to the anal region, but disappearing on the tail.

44. Compsosoma melanurum, Schleg. (Giinth. 1. cit. p. 244).

A fine specimen measuring 55 inches (of which tail is only 7 inch.)

was collected by Mr. Homfray on the Andaman islands. The

general colour is uniform brown with some interrupted dark bands on

the anterior half of the body, the posterior half of which is uniform

blackish brown; throat pale yellowish ; no trace of a dorsal longi-

tudinal band is present. The single large ante- and the two

small post-oculars are granulated, the former more distinctly than

the latter ; the temporals are 2+ 3, much elongated; the other

shields of the head and the markings on the sides of the head nor-

mal, Scales in 19 rows, elongately rhombic, the dorsal ones strong-

ly keeled, the three outer rows one each side almost perfectly

smooth ; ventrals 235 ; anal entire, subcaudals 60, tip of tail trun-

cate, having been apparently once slightly injured.

45. Compsosoma semifasciata, Blyth, sp. Pl. XI, Fig. 2.

Platyceps semifasciatus, B ly th, Journ, Asiat. Soc. B., 1861, vol. XXIX,

p. 114.—Giinth. loc. cit. p. 237.

Coluber id., apud Theobald, Cat, of Rept. Asiat. Soc. B., 1868, p. 52.

A young but perfect specimen was obtained by my collector in the

lower hills about Subathoo, south of Simla; it measures 113 inches,

of which the tail is three; scales smooth, in 19 rows, each with two

minute apical grooves. Head distinct from neck, large and remark-

ably depressed ; rostral broad at the base, deeply indented, only

half as wide above than at its base, rounded and reaching to the top

of the head ; anterior frontals about two thirds the size of the pos-

terior ; vertical five-sided, straight in front, with concave sides and

a rectangle posteriorly, the two sides forming it being the shortest ;

supraorbitals large and obtusely pointed in front, a little shorter

than the vertical ; occipitals very large, each about one-third longer

and in proportion also broader than the vertical ; nostril between

two rather large nasals ; loreal moderate with the lower hind angle

pointed ; two anteoculars, the upper large, reaching to the top of the

1870.| = Lndian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 189

head and touching the vertical, the lower small, being strictly speak-

ing only a detached portion of the third upper labial ; postoculars

- two on the left side, upper larger than tho lower (this appearing to be

the normal state), three on the right one, the upper posterior edge

of the sixth (or fifth) upper labial being detached from the rest ; 9

upper labials, of which the fifth and sixth on either side enter the

orbit, but it seems as if the third and fourth small shields should

_ form together one, the third upper labial. Scales of the tail

broadly hexagonal; ventrals 211; anal large, bifid; subcau-

x dals 119. The first pair of lower labials forms a suture ; two pairs

of chin shields, the hinder slightly longer and moderately diverg-

ing. |

Above, head brownish, with some dark markings on the occi-

pitals; the rest of the body olive grey, with numerous short,

_ rather broad blackish transverse bands, interrupted on the sides

and alternating with lateral spots; all the dark markings disappear

on the posterior two-fifths of the total length; pre- and post-oculars

yellowish, a small dark, somewhat oblique spot below the eye.

Below, uniform whitish throughout, with a slight dusky tinge ; most

_of the ventrals have a small black spot at the base, at least as

_ far as the upper black markings extend.

_ The form and general distribution of the largish shields of the

head, the depressed, flattened head, numerous rows of scales, and

‘the peculiar coloration of young specimens, all indicate the generic

identity of the present species with Compsosoma, as has been sug-

gested tome by Dr. Jerdon, after he had examined Blyth’s

"original specimen, though this is not so perfect as the one here

_ described.

_ 46. Compsosoma Hodgson, Giinther, (1. cit. p. 246).

_ Three specimens of this species were obtained by my collector in

| the lower hills to the south of Simla. In all of them the scales

| are elongantly hexagonal, but become considerably broader on the

‘posterior part of the body.

. - a—Full grown; 633 inches, of which the tail measures 134

inches ; ventrals 238, subcaudals 90; scales of the back dis-

tinctly though not very prominently keeled, each with two

190 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [ No. 3,

apical grooves; eight upper labials, the fourth and fifth enter

the orbit, and of the third the upper hinder angle is detached and

forms a small lower anteocular ; uniform olive above, pale yellowish

below and on the upper labials ; some of the ventrals partially black-

ish near their bases, as recorded by Giinther.

b. and c.—These are two young specimens, measuring respectively

163 (of which tail 3}) and 143 (of which tail 2?) inches; in both

the ventrals are 244, and the subcaudals 85 and 89 respectively.

The scales are smooth, only in some parts on the posterior body

scarcely perceptibly keeled, all with minute apical grooves. Ind the ©

shields of the head are perfectly regular, as described by G iin-

ther, three upper labials enter the orbit; in c, the posterior por-

tion of the third upper labial is detached forming, as in the old

specimen, a small lower anteocular, and moreover the large anteocu-

_ lar extends so far to the top of the head that it touches the vertical.

The colour of both young specimens above is a pale olive grey

with a dark blotch on the top of the head, extending over the

vertical and the occipitals; the middle of the back is marked

with numerous, rather wide blackish cross bands separated by in-

terspaces of equal width, they become gradually obsolete on the tail ;

sides of the body densely reticulated with black ; all yentrals more

or less distinctly edged with dark, the larger basal spots being very

conspicuous throughout ; subcaudals uniform yellowish white. ~

47. Tropidonotus quincunctiatus, Schleg.

(Ginth, 1 cit. p. 260).

Trop. Tytlert, Bly th, Journ. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, 1863, XXXII, p. 88.

Trop. striolatus, Blyth, apud Theobald, Cat. Rept. Asiat. Soc. Mus.

1868, p. 55.

Not common about Moulmein and to the south of it. One specime

measured 234 inches of which the tail was only 1:4 inches; the blae

spots are at the neck in 5, round the middle of the body in

longitudinal series.

On the Andamans the species is also very common and attains a

length of 40 inches, the tail being sometimes more than one third, it

other specimens, however, scarcely more than one fourth of the to

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 191

length. All the Andaman specimens are generally dark brown, and

have on the back of the fore part of the body two longitudinal black

bands edged with whitish, and a pale band is also noticed on either

side of the body; the three median rows of black spots are more or

less confluent; on th® posterior part of the body the longitudinal

bands become obsolete, and the 5 rows of spots are very distinctly

traceable. The subcaudals vary from 60 to 90, and the ventrals from

125 to 150.. The Andaman variety has received on account of its

peculiar coloration a new name by Blyth. The specimen described

by Mr. Theobaldas T. striolatus, Blyth, is to all appearance

_ the same as the one published by Blyth under the name Tytler.

_ Blyth had first affixed the former name to the Museum label,

but in writing his note about the snake, or during the press of

the paper, he appears to have changed the specific name into

Tytlert. It is, as already noticed, certainly only a variety of quincunc-

tiatus, and I have other specimens from the Andamans which per-

fectly agree with the type, having the longitudinal bands obsolete,

and again others which are almost uniform brown, having the dark

spots nearly quite obsolete. The streaks below and posterior to the

eye are never absent.

48. Tropidonotus stolatus, Linn. (Ginth. 1. cit. p. 266).

~ Common about Moulmein and at Amherst. In several specimens

_ the longitudinal bands were on the front part of the body indistinct,

_ and the posterior edges of the supraorbitals, occipitals and of the

vertical were spotted with black.

_ 49. Tropidonotus platyceps, Blyth, (Giinther, loc. cit.

_ p. 264).

— Zamenis himalayanus, Steindachner, 1867, Verhandl. zool. bot,

ae Wien, XVII, p. 513, pl. XIII, fig. 1-3.

T obtained lately through my collector three specimens of this

Species from the Kulu vally. One is injured, it is a young specimen,

9 ‘and has the whole of the epidermis taken off. The snake then has

a light bluish or leaden grey colour, many scales with white specks

eo the whole surface is checkered with black,

Another specimen is a male, 19 inches long of which the tail is

4 inches ; ventrals 205, subcaudals 82, all scales with the excep-

192 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 38,

tion of the two outer rows on either side finely but very distinctly

keeled. Shields of the head regular, as noted by Giinther,

loreal squarish but somewhat longer than high, temporals 1 + 1 + 2.

Colour above dark brown, with an indistinct laterally compress-

ed long eliptical mark on the neck and two rows of small black-

ish spots along the dorsal line, disappearing altogether on the

posterior half of the body. A very distinct yellowish streak from

the rostrum along the upper edges of the upper labials is margined

with black on either side and disappears on the sides of the neck

which has, however, at its base another short white streak trace-

able. Below yellowish, all over finely mottled with a dusky green

and with another more distinct blackish band on each side; a coral

red band runs along the bases of the ventral shields, and separates

the upper brown from the lower yellow coloration.

A third specimen is a female ; the scales are almost quite smooth,

only those of the middle four rows show very indistinct traces of

keels ; total length 20 inches of which the tail is 5 inches, ventrals

203, subcaudals 86; the Joreal is on both sides united with the pos-

terior nasal ; temporals and all other shields normal, as in the pre-

vious specimen. Colour light brown above, with a distinct lateral-

ly compressed eliptical mark on the neck, beginning with a single

black line on the suture of the occipitals; several rows of small

blackish dots on the anterior part of the body; the white black

edged streak on the side of the head distinct, below uniform yel-

lowish white with a dark line on each side, and a very faint trace

of reddish along the bases of the ventrals.

The examination of these specimens appears to indicate that in

this species the males have often the scales more distinctly keeled

than the females. That the loreal is united in the female to the

post nasal is most likely only accidental ; similar cases of the head

shields becoming confluent are by no means rare in other CoLv-

BRIDE. The male seems to be darker in coloration and with a

more distinct coral red lateral band, than it is in the female. The

species does not appear to be common, but it occurs almost through-

out the Central and North West Hymalayas, Dr. Jerdon hay-

ing obtained it also in Cashmir. There can be no doubt that

Steindachner’s Zamenis is identical with 7. platyceps, his

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 193

three specimens were all females with nearly quite smooth scales,

and from the same locality as those noted above,

Fam., DENDROPHIDZA.

50. Gonyosoma oxycephalum, Boie, (Giinth. 1. cit. p. 294),

This species is not uncommon in the forests of the Andamans,

it is generally seen on bushes near brackish water creeks, and is

always ready to take the water, like a Zragops. It also occurs at the

_ Nicobars. The colour above has a bluish tinge in some specimens,

_ while the dark eye-streak is sometimes scarcely traceable; the lower

_ parts are pale green, all the ventrals have the front edgings white,

_ and their lateral angles are also marked by a pale whitish line.

The rostral usually reaches to the top of the head and the anterior

frontals are obtusely angular and narrow in front. A young specimen

from Port Mouat measures 303 inches, of which the tail is 74 ;

ventrals 241, subcaudals 145.

51. Dendrophis picta, Gm. (Ginth., 1. cit. p. 297).

The bronze colouring alluded to by Giinther chiefly refers

to the epidermis, which is especially in specimens preserved for some

_ time inspirit rather opaque*; the scales below it are bluish. Not

unusually there are ten upper labials present instead of nine. In

| two specimens, obtained south of Moulmein, the lower lateral black

stripe is very distinct, the upper faint, though it begins as a broad

_ black band posterior to the eye, and is also marked in front of it,

_ while on the contrary, the lower strip begins to be distinct only on

‘ _ the posterior portion of the neck and from there extends backward,

b This species is also common at the Nicobars and Andamans ; is

Beisular variety is always beautifully bright yellowish green during

lit each dorsal scale is on the posterior half blackish, the cuticle

on the adjoining six rows of elongated scales bronze brown, and the

i seales are more or less margined with black; the outer series of

- larger scales and all the ventrals are yellowish green, the latter

with aslight bluish tinge. The ante and post-oculars are yellow,

the black eye streak is rather thin, and in Nicobar specimens

| oe up into spots on the side of the throat; in some Andaman

* Of other Dendrophide and allied genera as well,

194 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Repiitia, [No. 3,

specimens it nearly entirely disappears on the throat, and there

is no trace of it on the side of the body.

52. Dendrophis caudilineata, Gray, (Ginth., 1. cit. p. 297).

In a live specimen obtained at Penang, there are on the anterior

half of the body six narrow black dorsal stripes beginning behind

the neck, but as the epidermis is much opaque here, they are not

very distinctly perceptible. In the middle of the body one stripe on

either side of the two median dorsal ones becomes obsolete, and only

four stripes continue up to the tail; the two lateral bands on each

side are throughout distinct, the lower is much broader than the

upper.

On no part of the body are there more than thirteen series of

scales, (on the posterior only eleven). This is exactly the number ~

observed on two Penang specimens by Cantor (vide Journal

Asiatic Society, Bengal, vol. XVI, p. 933), while Giinther

gives ‘fifteen rows,” which may either be a mistake, or possibly

the Borneo specimens possess fifteen rows, for Giinther’s

description may have been taken from them, there being no Penang

specimen recorded in the British Museum Catalogue. Having

alluded to the accurate description of Dr. Cantor, I hardly need

to remark that there can be no doubt of the identity of the species

with the one recorded by Giinther.

538. Chrysopelea ornata, Shaw, (Ginth., lL. cit. p. 298).

The var.a of Giinther is common on Penang. A vertebral

series of spots occurs in all specimens, each spot being formed of

three or four (or more) scales which are of a beautiful coral red in

the live snake, but become yellow in spirit. In one specimen, the

right loreal is on the left side united with its next posterior frontal,

the other shields are normal ; such abnormities in the arrangement

of the shields of the head, differing on the two sides, are extremely

common. In all specimens the ventrals have a narrow blackish

edge, except those on the throat and for a short distance beyond,

the last two in front of the anus are usually bifid. The maxilary

teeth are all nearly equal, the last is often scarcely larger than th

others, but in two apparently male specimens I have observed the

2nd and 4th anterior tooth to be distinctly larger than the rest.

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 195

As regards the habits of this snake, there seems to me to be

a great deal of truth inCantor’s statement, that it is more fre-

quently found on the ground between grass than on trees. I have

myself caught on the Penang hill several specimens, all in grass or

_ between low bushes along the edge of the foot path. Only once I

_ saw a specimen on a bush, though not high up, but there can be

little doubt that the snake makes also ample use of its eminent

_ adaptness for movements on the trees. It is remarkable that this

species seems to feed almost exclusively upon species of GeckoTIDm,

six specimens that I have examined at Penang all had parts of

_ them in their stomach.

— Smee

54. Chrysopelea rubescens, Gray, (Gint h., loc. cit. p. 299).

I obtained a single specimen on Penang hill; it appears to be

rare. Ithas 15 rows of scales on which the apical grooves are

scarcely traceable. The shields of the head are normal, the vertical

remarkably narrow, the posterior two-thirds of its length with con-

cave sides; the occipitals are large and with narrow obtuse ends

posteriorly.

The ground colour of the snake is a pale ashy grey, all over very

minutely checkered with brown and white; some of the scales of

| the vertebral series have larger brown blotches, forming on the

i posterior half of the body an interrupted vertebral series; the

posterior part of the head and neck are distinctly rufous Pret

. pale streak runs along the median suture of the two pairs

of frontals, another whitish streak runs from behind the eye poste-

‘tiorly, bounded above and below with a brownish streak, a longi-

‘tudinal brown streak occupies the middle of the neck; the rest of

| the head above is checkered and marbled with minute white dots

-and brown streaks ; the upper labials are white, partially marked

‘with brown dots; the lower parts of the head also white with minute

hb own specks. The throat is in the live snake of a beautiful yellow,

‘this colour fading gradually until in about one-third the anterior

length of the body it has changed to greyish brown ; the parts below

hhaye a more distinct brown tinge than above, where it is more

grey. Total length 283, of which the tail is 84 inches; ventrals

196, anal bifid, subcaudals 136 pairs.

196 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

Fam. PsAMMOPHIDZA.

55. Psammophis condanurus, Merr, (G iin th,, 1. eit. p. 291).

Idem, Theobald, Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. 1867, vol. X., Cat. Burm. Rept.,

extract, p. 43.

Phayrea isabellina, Theob., ibidem, and Catal. Rept. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,

1868, p. 51.

The head in this snake is elongately oval, obtusely rounded in

front, distinct from neck in young specimens, but a little less so

in full grown ones; scales in 17 rows, smooth, lanceolate,* those of

the two last rows on each side rather larger and sub-quadrangular.

The rostral shield often reaches to the upper surface of the head,

and is posteriorly broadly rounded. The nostril is, in all speci-

mens which I have examined, in one long shield ; it is situated ~

almost centrally and a distinct slit divides the lower portion of the

nostril, but the upper is entire, though generally a faint groove

extends from the nostril to the upper margin of the shield. :

The fourth and last maxillary teeth are remarkably strongly

enlarged and grooved at the outer bases, the latter is enclosed in a

special pouch. Sometimes the two small teeth between the first

and fourth are barely traceable.

I have received several specimens of this species through my

collector from the sub-Hymalayan hills south of Simla (between 2

and 5,000 feet), and judging from these, the snake does not appear

to be locally rare. The coloration is in all very much like that of a

Pegu specimen presented by Mr. Theobald to the Asiatie

Society Museum, and differs considerably from that recorded by

Dr iG i mites, :

Above, isabelline brown, little darker in young than in old

specimens. A median yellowish streak runs from the base of the

rostral shield along the suture of the two pairs of frontals, divides

at the base of the posterior frontals, the two branches continuing

in subparallel undulating lines to the end of the ocepitals, enclosing

two or three irregular yellowish spots, or a short streak, and the

extending along the whole of the dorsal region of the body, becoming,

however, obsolete at the upper base of the tail. A second yellowis

* T cannot see to which scales of the body Mr. Theobald refers, wher

he calls them ‘ hexagonal.”

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 197

band originates at the top of the rostral shield, continues on either

side along the supraciliary edge, and up to the tip of the tail; these

- two lateral bands are broader than the dorsal ones. A third broad

band begins at the base of the rostral shield includes the upper labials

and also extends the whole length of the body to the tip of the

tail ; these two bands are the widest, and each occupies the base of

the: ventrals and half the width of the adjoining scale, it is below

bounded by a black line which becomes first apparent on the

posterior part of the neck. All the other yellowish bands noted

above are also black margined.

Below, uniform yellowish or whitish, sometimes with a faint

bluish tinge.

Fam. DRYoPHIDA.

56. Tragops fronticinctus, G int h., (1. cit. p. 304).

There are in this species slight variations to be observed in the

arrangement of the shields, &c. One, or both, anterior points of

the anterior frontals touching the nasal are occasionally detached.

The so-called detached portions of the anterior upper labials do

not as a rule correspond in number and position with the true

upper labials ; the latter vary in number from 6-8, each of the two

last ones being sometimes (though not commonly) divided into two.

When alive, the colour is grass green with a yellowish tinge

especially on the forepart of the body anda slight bluish tinge

along the whole of the under side, except the chin which is white.

Theobald, (Journ. Lin. Soc. Zool. vol. X,) says that the colour

is “bronze brown” which I never observed, in the live snake at

“least ; it may be local and refer to very old specimens, or such in

“spirit. It is a true brackish water species; I found it abundant on

the bushes near the mouth of the Moulmein river subject to the

influence of the tide. Itis asreadily seen diving and swimming in

‘the water, as climbing up a high bush or tree, and hiding itself

in the green foliage. It always takes refuge in the water when

‘attacked.

| My largest specimen is 35 inches long, and has 202 ventrals

and 142 subcaudals; these numbers are slightly in excess of those

‘recorded by Giinther.

198 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3, .

Fam. DIPsasipz&.

57. Dipsas hexagonotus, Blyth, Pl. XI, Fig. 4.

Idem, Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, XXIV, p. 360; Ginther,

1. cit. p. 311.

Body slender, laterally very much compressed, tail roundish; scales

smooth, in from 17-21 series (according to age,) those of the ver- —

tebral series hexagonal and conspicuously enlarged, ventrals 250-270,

anal bifid, subcaudals 120-149. Head very large as compared with

the slender body, moderately convex above ; rostral broader than

high, scarcely reaching to the top of the head ; anterior frontals half

the size of the posterior, obtusely rounded in front, vertical moder-

ate, pentagonal, with concave sides, broader posteriorly than ante-

riorly, the hinder sides forming a rectangle ; supraciliaries large, as

long as the vertical and each as broad as the latter near its poste-

rior end; occipitals large irregularly pentagonal, the lateral front

angle of each just touching the upper postocular. Nostril rather

large between two nasals, loreal squarish, narrower above and

somewhat higher than long; one large preocular, reaching to the

top of the head, but not extending to the vertical ; eye very large

and prominent ; two subequal postoculars, the lower a little smaller

than the upper. Upper labials 8, low, third, fourth and fifth enter

the orbit ; temporals small usually 3 + 3+ 3 or 4, sometimes 2 +

38 + 4, occasionally with small portions detached from various

shields; very often there are two pairs of moderately enlarged

shields behind the occipitals. Lower labials 10-11, the first pair

forms a suture, the 7th-9th are the largest; two pairs of enlarged

chin shields, the first is the larger and forms a suture, the shields

of the second pair are diverging and usually separated by a few

smaller shields.

General colour a beautiful coral red, above and below, head with

a greenish smaragdine tinge above, a small black spot on each of.

the occipitals appears constant, some have a similar black dot on

the vertical, or a short median streak on the anterior half of it;

again others have a short lateral streak on each of the occipitals ; on

the upper labials and below white; body above marked with very

numerous transverse blackish slightly undulating bands, separated

by equally broad interspaces and laterally extending down to the

ventral shields.

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 199

I have lately obtained a beautiful small specimen of this species

_ through Mr. Homfray from Port Blair, Andaman islands, and I

think there can be little doubt of its being distinct from D. bubalina,

Klein. The size of the head with its short broad snout, and the

form of the vertical readily distinguish it from this last. My speci-

men is only 112 inches, of which the tail is 23; tha scales are

perfectly smooth, on neck in 17, near the middle of the body in

19 series, the coloration perfectly agrees with that recorded by

Blyth.

In the Asiatic Society’s collection, there are four specimens, all

rather bleached, the red colour having changed into a dull reddish

grey ; they are all from the Andamans (see Mouat’s Adventures and

Researches among the Andaman Islanders, 18638, p. 866). The largest

_ Specimen measures 18 inches of which the tail is 33, scales smooth

in 21 rows, ventral 267, subcaudals 126; in another specimen, 17

inches long, there are very minute apical grooves perceptible on the

middle rows of scales ; it is possible that in the more adult snake,

the apical grooves are better developed, though the species does not

seem to grow to a very large size.

With regard to Blyth’s D. nigromarginata, Theobald

already observes (Cat. Rept. Mus. Asiat. Soc., 1868, p. 61) that its

identity with D. bubalina is doubtful, and such certainly appears to

be the case. The Khasi type specimen seems to be more slender,

with a more distinct elongated head, and with markedly elongated

pointed scales without apical grooves. Typical specimens of dudalina

must be examined in order to decide the question, for in every other

respect both species, no doubt, are very closely allied.

58. Dipsas multifasciata, Bly th, Pl. XI, fig. 6.

(Giinth, 1. cit. p. 318).

A yery fine specimen of this species has been obtained by my

collector in the hills about Simla; it measures 394 inches of which

the tail is 74 ; scales smooth in 21 rows, those of the vertebral series

conspicuously larger than others, most of which possess a very mi-

nute subapical groove; ventrals 248, anal large, semilunar entire,

subcaudals 106. Theshields of the head are regular and quite simi-

larly distributed as those of D. trigonata ; but the head itself appears

200 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 2,

to be a little longer than in that species. In the figured specimen the

nasals are markedly long, and the loreal touches on both sides the

orbit with its posterior lower angle, reducing the anterior anteocu-_

lar to a considerably small size; this is, however, evidently not the

rule, for in Bl y th’ s original specimen, the loreal is of a normal

shape, though tbe posterior lower angle is greatly prolonged ;

on the right side it does not reach the orbit, on the left it does,

however, touch it; on the right side there is only one temporal, on

the left two narrow ones, touching the two postoculars.

General colour light brown above, with a dorsal series of black

irregular spots, single on the neck, double and obliquely placed

on the body; the sides are marked with short black bands which

in position alternate with the dorsal spots, and in addition to these

there are small black dots at the base of the ventrals, each

again corresponding to one dorsal spot. In Blyth’ s original

specimen which is a young one, the interspaces between the dorsal

black spots are yellowish white, which colour seems to disappear

with age. Head marbled with black above, with two not very

clearly defined subparallel blackish bands on the occipitals, one

single median on the neck, and one extending from the eye towards:

and across the angle of the mouth; the sutures between the upper

labials and parts of the lower labials are black. Lower parts

greenish white, all ventrals minutely freckled with black, and each

with one irregular larger black spot on either side.

The coloration of this species appears sufficiently elinrackeristil

to distinguish it from D. trigonata, in which the lateral bands are

confluent with the dorsal, or in fact the latter only extend partially

to the sides; but I cannot see what difference there exists between

multifasciata and D. Ceylonensis, Giinth.,, (1. cit. p. 314); th

coloration of both seems almost identical, only in the latter species

the head is apparently shorter, and the preocular larger, almost

reaching to the vertical.

Fam, Lycopontip&.

59. Lycodon striatus Shaw. (Giinth.,, lL. cit. p. 318).

One specimen, obtained by my collector in the lower hills abo

‘Simla, measures 153 inches, of which the tail is 84; ventrals 182

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 201

subcaudals 57 ; anterior frontals narrowly truncated in front and be-

coming gradually wider posteriorly ; vertical as long as broad anteri-

orly, occipitals about one-fourth longer ; other shields normal. Co-

lour above blackish brown, with an indistinct collar, and 58 broad-

ish yellowish white cross bands, irregularly divided and connected

with each other on the sides; the scales of the tail are broadly

hexagonal, there are five undulating whitish longitudinal bands on

it, the middle one is made up of some larger spots. Chin, especially

in front, and the subcaudals mottled greyish, the rest, below, yellow-

ish white; each ventral and subcaudal with a distinct black spot

at its base.

This is, I believe, the first recorded specimen of this species from

the North West Himalayas, and others will no doubt also be found;

it appears to be common in South India, and was supposed to be

peculiar to the Peninsula. In Russel’s figure, the transverse

dorsal bands are somewhat wider and less numerous than they are

in the Himalayan specimen, but there is no other difference between

the two.

60. Lycodon aulicus, Linn. (Giinth, 1. eit. p. 316).

Xenopeltis wricolor, Rein., The ob., ex parte, specimen d, quoted from the

Andamans, Cat. Rept, Asiat. Soc. Museum, p. 64.

Tytleria hypsirhinoides, Theobald, (type) ibidem, p. 66.

3 A Bs Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool, vol. X, ex-

tract, Cat. Burmese Reptiles, p. 49.

In his Catalogue of Reptiles in the Asiatic Society’s Museum,

which was written in 1865, but unfortunately not published till 1868,

_ Mr. Theobald placed one full grown unicolored Andaman.

Specimen under Xenopeltis wnicolor,* and another still larger unico-

loured specimen, also from the Andamans, he called TZytleria hypsc-

rhinoides ; this last is apparently the same which Blyth in Jour-

nal Asiatic Society, Bengal, 1860, vol., X XIX, p. 110 quotes as

“ Lycodon aulicus, (.) Uniformly ol wedi variety.”

I have examined both the specimens, and there can be no dosbt

as to their identity with Lycodon aulicus. The peculiar depressed

head with a broad flat snout is alluded to by Mr. Theobald.

_ * This evidently is an accidental mistake; the snake resembles in its uniform

colour to X. wnicolor, and Mr. Theobald, when noting it, evidently

omitted to take it out of the bottle.

202 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [ No. 2,

in his reference to the similarity of this snake with Hypsirhina,

though I don’t think that there really exists such a particularly

great similarity between both. Among the 50 or 60 specimens of

Lycodon aulicus which I saw, and of which I received numerous

specimens from the Andamans and Nicobars, I found a good deal

of variation (though no essential ones) among the shields of the

head. In some specimens only the third and fourth upper labials

enter the orbit, in others the fourth and fifth, but as a rule

all three enter the orbit. I never found more than one elongat-

ed loreal and one anteocular, but there are either two or three

postoculars, and the differences often occur in one and the same

specimen on the two sides of the head. The temporal shields are

usually quite similar to the other scales, generally there are two ;

in contact with the postoculars, and the upper one is somewhat

more elongated than the lower. Sometimes the upper is confluent

with the occipitals, as likewise one or two shields following it ; in

other specimens again, the lower first temporal seems to have be-

come obsolete or confluent with the adjoining labials; in both

these cases, there is only one temporal in contact with the postocu-

lars, and these differences are again often to be observed on the two

sides of the head of one and the same specimen. There are almost

invariably nine upper and ten lower labials; the first pair of the

latter forms a suture, followed by two pairs of elongated chin shields, —

and the sixth lower labials are always the largest; the anterior

frontals are always smaller than the posterior &c,, &c.

Comparing Mr. Theobald’s description of Zytleria hypsirhi-

noides, there is actually no difference in the structure of the snake —

from L, aulicus, as Mr. Theobald himself, I believe, now admits. -

In the specimen referred to X. wnicolor, there is only one temporal —

in contact with the postoculars. In both, the dentition is typical,

each has an enlarged front fang, followed by small teeth in the

maxillary.

Young specimens usually are variously mottled with yellowish

and brown. Some of the Andaman specimens only possess numerous

small brown specks, the prevalent colour being yellowish white,

others are chiefly brown with large yellowish transverse bands or

blotches.

1870. ] Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 203

Full, or nearly full, grown specimens become uniform brown above,

whitish below. The upper brown colour is distinctly defined from

the lower white one at the lateral angle of the ventrals. In one

of my Nicobar specimens this angle is pure white, and more than

the basal half of each ventral is ashy brown, the subcaudals are

nearly all white. This same specimen has the whole length of the

body a median dorsal pale yellowish brown band, and one or two

hardly conspicuous darker bands on either side. However, it must

be remarked that this uniform colouring is not always a sign of

maturity ; it seems to be rather local, for there are often large

specimens seen with various spots and blotches of brown and

yellow.

Steindachner(Novara Rept. p. 74) quotes Z. aulicus from

Java and from Amoy, which again indicates the relation of the

Nicobar to the Javaen Reptile fauna, and of both through the

Andamans to Arracan and Burma. Fitzinger appears to have

favoured the species also with a new name, L. capueinus.

61. TZetragonosoma effrene, Cantor, (vardaé.) Pl. XI, Fig. 3,

(Gunth., |. cit. p. 320).

I have obtained a fine specimen of what appears to be an adult

of this species from Banca, but as it shews some marked differences

from the type, I have given a view of the head and append a de-

scription, in order to facilitate comparison.

Body slender, head depressed, distinct from neck, long, with

a broad rounded snout. Scales smooth in 17 rows, those of the back

larger than at the sides, hexagonal or pentagonal ; total length 313

- inches, of which the tail is 63”, being very slender; ventrals 223,

anal bifid ; subcaudals 84.

Rostral shield low, much broader than high, deeply indented at the

_ base, anterior frontals irregularly squarish, about one-third the size

of the posterior ; vertical subtrigonal, with convergent sides which

_ are, however, somewhat irregular and incline to form an angle near

the posterior end; supraorbitals of moderate size, shorter than

vertical ; occipitals much longer than broad, obtusely and narrowly

truncate behind ; upper labials 9, the first is the smallest, the second

the largest, the third, fourth and fifth enter the orbit; the greater

204 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 2,

part of the second and the upper anterior edge of the third are in —

contact with the posterior frontal ; anteocular one, postoculars three

on the right, two on the left side, the lowest being united to the

fifth labial ; temporals 2 + pl.; pupil large, vertical; mental groove

distinct; 9 lower labials, each nearly corresponding to each upper,

the first pair forms a long suture; three pairs of chin shields, the first

is divergent above, the last behind.

Colour deep blackish brown above with some very minute white

specks at the sides of the head and on the body; uniform ruddy or

dark brown below. The fifth and sixth teeth in the upper jaw are

much enlarged ; after a short gape they are followed by 12 smaller

teeth, the next ones behind the fangs are the smallest and they

gradually but slightly increase toward the posterior end; very

numerous small teeth on the palate; the third tooth on each side in

the lower jaw is the largest.

Comparing the form of the head of our specimen with G ii n-

ther’s figure of the type, the vertical is seen to be longer

in the former and of a subtriangular shape, but there appears to

be an inclination to pentagonal form; in the other shields there is

no essential difference. The snout of our specimen is decidedly

much broader, but I attribute this simply to the development of the

front fangs of the jaws, for similar, or even greater, variations can be

observed in the different stages of age in all the Lycopont1pz ; the

preocular is placed a little higher in our specimen than in the

type. |

Dr. Giinther says that in the young type specimen there

are eleven distant buff coloured rings round the body and tail, but

that the posterior become obsolete with age, only the three or four

anterior remaining visible. This last observation evidently refers to.

the only other known specimen of the species, Lyc. ophiteoides of

Bleeker, (from Borneo), which Dr. G tin t h e r considers iden-

tical with the former. My specimen is 43 inches longer than Ble e-

ker’s type, and it may, therefore, not unreasonably be supposed

that even the anterior rings became obsolete with advanced age ; and

that such is actually the case, I have but very little doubt. I only

‘need to recall what I have said of the changes of coloration in old

specimens of Lycoden aulicus, the adult of which is thoroughly unlike —

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia aud Reptilia. 205

the young one! The change from variegated to uniform colouring

in most of the Lycopoytip#, as far as we know them when adult,

is a remarkable fact which commends itself to further investigation

by Herpetologists. I would have scarcely hesitated to describe the

above noted specimen under a new specific name, had I not seen

those most remarkable changes in coloration of Lycodon aulicus, for

they appear simply to repeat themselves in Zetragonosoma.

Fam. PyYTHONIDA.

62. Python molurus, Linn. (Gtinth., L. cit. p. 331).

In a young (14 foot long) specimen from the Wellesley Pro-

vince, there are on the left side 1 supra, 4 post-, 2 infra-, and 2

ante-oculars ; on the right side only 1 infra-ocular ; similar abnormi-

ties being very common in other snakes also. On each side there

are 11 upper labials, the sixth’s placed below the orbit, but none

enters it, the two first are provided with long pits ; 19 lower labials

on each side, narrow and long, of the first eight each has above an

irregular blackish spot, the second, third, fourth and fifth are

slightly impressed but not deeply pitted; the 12th and 138th low

labials each also has a black spot,and the large blackish blotch begins

on one side on the 14th, on the other on 15th labial. The number of

scales round the body was in several male specimens nearly nor-

mal, 65, asstated by Giinther, but of six specimens which I

__ have examined, scarcely in two were the number of shields and

_seales on the head perfectly similar and equally numerous. This

species is certainly less frequent in the Malayan peninsula than the

: next, but I have seen several specimens obtained in the Wellesley

_ province.

68. Python reticulatus, Schneid. (Ginth.,, l. cit. p. 330).

Blyth (Journal, Asiatic Society B., XV, 1846, p. 377) was

correct in supposing that it is this species which occurs on the Nico-

bars. I have lately obtained from Camorta one specimen measur-

ing 110 inches, of which the tail is 14 inches; scales round the

_ body in 72 series, ventrals 323, some of the before last bifid, last

entire semilunar; subcaudals 98. Behind the posterior frontals

there is one pair of largish shields, followed by two other pairs, in

one line, the inner smaller than the outer, then comes the vertical ;

206 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [ No. 2,

three loreals, two smaller superseding a long lower one ; three ante-

oculars, one large superseding two small ones, a single labial below

the orbit. The five first upper labials are deeply pitted on either

side, and of the lower labials the 9th—13th are pitted. Coloration

typical, as in Malayan specimens.

Fam. HoMAtorsip2®.

64. Hypsirhina plumbea, Boie,(Ginther, Ll. cit. p. 280).

A specimen from the Irravadi river near Mandaley measures 17

inches, the head being ;§ inch., and the tail 2} inches ; ventrals 122

of which the last two are bifid, subcaudals 33; the anterior frontal

is fully two-thirds the width of both the posterior, occipitals obtusely

pointed behind ; each anterior chin-shield fully one-third longer than

one posterior. Colour above and on the front of the chin slightly

extending backward, leaden grey, below albescent yellowish with a

median brownish line on the lower part of the body extending to

the subcaudals, where it is as usually most distinct. Other

specimens from Moulmein don’t differ from Ginther’s and

Theobald’s account of the snake.

65. Cerberus rhynchops, Schneid. (Ginth., 1. cit. p, 279).

This is a very common species about Amherst, occurring in

brackish and in pure sea water together with Wipistes hydrinus ; but

unlike this last, it goes far inland, and haunts with equal ferocity

after fish &c., in fresh water pools, &c. One half grown speci-

men from Amherst, measured 27 inches, the tail being 4:6 inches, ©

it has has only 144 ventrals, but 64 subcaudals. Scales always in 25.

rows. The largest specimens measures 50 inches. All specimens are

above greenish grey, when young with numerous blackish cross

bands above, and, below, sometimes almost wholly black with only a

few whitish or pale blotches ; with age the upper cross bands become

less distinct, being partially broken up into spots, until they dis-

appear; a black strip begins on either side at the snout, passes

through the eye, touches the angle of the mouth and disappears on

the posterior part of the neck ; upper labials and sides of head pale.

The number of upper labials sometimes rises as high as 12; the

last five being small and corresponding to only three superimposed

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia, 207

shields which represent the true labials; all the upper as well as the

lower labials, and all the shields of the head are finely granular. In

a specimen from the Nancowry haven (Nicobars) there are ten upper

labials, the last two corresponding to only one upper portion. This

specimen is uniform dark greenish above, on the last three series of

scales on either side conspicuously yellowish ; ventrals, to a great

extent, and the subcaudals wholly black; the black eye streak is

hardly perceptible; total length 26 inches, of which the tail is 42

inches, ventrals 152, subcaudals 53.

A specimen from the Andamans measures 323 inches, of which

the tailis 64, being remarkably long; the dark cross bands above

are rather distinct, and the whole of the lower parts is mostly

| black; there are 11 upper labials, the last four corresponding to

only two upper portions; ventrals 149, subcaudals 638. Another |

specimen is quite similar, but has a row of large blackish spots on

each side of the body, and a narrow central black line along the

ventrals.

66. LHipistes hydrinus, Cant. (Ginth., Ll. cit. p. 287).

This is a very common species at the mouth of the Moulmein

river, especially near Amherst; it lives almost entirely upon fish,

and may be said to be rather a brackish than a salt water inhabi-

tant. The largest specimen, I obtained, measured 223 inches,

4, of which the tail is only 13; ventrals 165, subcaudals 27. I

have seen about 50 live specimens and all had the tail remark-

ably short, the number of subcaudals varying from 22-35, the

terminal scale being always very strong and conically produced ;

the number of rows of scales varied from 388 to 42. The supraor-

bital is occasionally divided in two; there are two pairs of chin

shields, one behind the other in one row, the two first are large, in

contact with 4—5 broad labials, each second is only one-third of

the length of one first ; sometimes a third pair of chin shields is

indicated.

Young specimens often have a marked yellowish green tinge ;

older ones are above dull greenish grey with 88—45 broad bluish

black transverse bands, generally a little narrower than the inter-

spaces; the lower parts are pale yellowish and the median portion of

208 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

the ventrals mostly tinged or finely checkered with dark grey. The

snake is considered by the natives to be poisonous, though of course

without any reason. When placed on the ground it moves without

difficulty and, as Dr. Cantor says, does ‘‘ not offer to bite,” but

when excited it is very fierce, attacking everything that comes near.

Having been assured by the natives of the dangerous bite of this

snake, I took, on leaving Amherst, two live specimens in my boat, for

the purpose of making some experiments during a prolonged row up

the river, in order to see whether the bite would have any effect

upon fish or fowl, but my men got so alarmed that I had to kill the

snakes. There is, however, no doubt that the species is harmless.

Cantoria, Girard, (Giinther, l. cit. p. 277).

HK. D. Cope (Proc. Acad. N. 8. Phil., 1866, p. 312,) first ob-

served that Hydrodipsas, Peters, is identical with Cantoria, an

opinion which is also endorsed by Reinhardt, anda compa-

rison of Peters’ figure in Monathsb. Berlin Akad., 1859, p. 270,

fig. 1, leaves no doubt about it; the Bornean species Hydrodipsas

elapiformis, P e t e rs, also appears to be the same as Cant. elongata,

in which case, however, the former specific name will have the

priority.

67. Cantoria Dayana, n. sp., Pl. XI, Fig. 5.

Body long, slender, subcylindrical, head not distinct from neck»

obtusely rounded in front. Scales smooth, elongately hexagonal?

in 19 series, ventrals 268, anal bifid, subcaudals 56, in two rows.

Rostral pentagonal, broad, deeply indented below, very narrow

above, with concave sides ; anterior frontal almost linear, in contact

with the rostral, little widening posteriorly, separating the two large

elongately quadrangular nasals, and scarcely longer than these ; pos- 1

terior frontals two, each irregularly hexagonal, forming a short su-

ture, and being in contact with the anterior frontal, the nasal, loreal,

pre- and supra-oculars; vertical large six sided, with an obtuse

angle in front, with very slightly converging sides, posteriorly form-

ing almost a rectangle ; occipital considerably longer than vertical, —

obtuse and slightly diverging posteriorly ; supraciliaries moderate, —

Five high upper labials, the suture of the third and fourth is be-

low the eye, but none enters the orbit; loreal squarish a little —

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 209

longer than high ; one narrow but high pre-ocular, reaching to the

top of the head, and in contact with the posterior frontals ; two

post-oculars, the lower one forming the edge of the orbit and joining

the pre-ocular; temporal 1 ++ ae there being one conspicuously

large, second temporal behind the first in contact with the occipitals.

Hight lower labials, the two first form a short suture and are

followed by two pairs of subequal chin-shields.

Colour above dull yellow with numerous broad bluish black

bands, separated on the back by narrower interspaces, becoming

rapidly wider at the sides, and the black bands are obsolete before

they reach the ventrals; on the posterior part of the body some of

the bands are confluent, and on the tail they even partially form

rings ; head with a yellow band across the posterior frontals, dark

on the top (including the eyes), with a few yellow spots on the

occipitals and vertical; below uniform pale yellow with a dusky

greenish tinge along the middle of the ventrals.

There are four teeth in each maxillary, the last is the largest and

indistinctly grooved; on one side one small additional tooth is be-

tween the first and second, and another one between this and the

third.

A single specimen was obtained by me near Amherst at the

mouth of the Moulmein river in brackish water; it measures 303

inches of which the tail is 34. In coloration and general habit it

strongly resembles Hipistes hydrinus, in company of which it was

procured, but it appears to be very rare. CaptainG. EK. Fryer

sent about ten fishermen for me to work; they brought in one morning

at least 60 specimens of Hipistes hydrinus and a great many Cerberus,

but only a single specimen of this new species. I have great plea-

sure in naming it after my friend, Surgeon F. D a y, whose pleasant

company made my short stay in the neighbourhood of Moulmein

quite as instructive, as it was a source of recreation and of pleasure.

Fam, ELAPIpz.

68. Bangurus ceruleus, Schneid. (Giinth. 1. cit. p. 348).

_ A-specimen obtained by Dr. Day at Bassein (Brit. Burma)

measures 41 inches of which the tail is 53 inches ; ventrals 224, sub-

210 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia, (No. 3,

caudals 52; back crossed with 52 transverse oblique bands, indis-

tinct on the neck, narrow along the vertebral series, but broad at

the sides, some of them extending at their base over the length of

3-4 scales, others being bifid, and consequently narrow ; some of the

ventrals with lateral dark spots on the posterior two-thirds of the

body, along the central line checkered with dark, and each of the

subcaudals has a blackish spot near the centre.

This species appears to be very rarein Burma; Mr. Theobald

(Cat. Rept. Brit. Burma, extract p. 62, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool.

vol. X) observes that he never obtained it himself, neither in Pegu,

nor in Tenasserim.

69. Ophiophagus elaps, Schleg., Pl. xi, fig. 7; (G@inth., Ll. cit.

p. 341).

The variety described by Mr. Theobald from Burma (Jour-

nal Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. X, extract, p. 60) also occurs on the

Andamans, but does not appear to be common. Mr. Réep-

storff obtained near Port Blair a specimen of nearly six feet

in length, it is uniform olive brown above on the anterior one

fourth of the body, then a number of distant transverse

yellowish bands with black edges begin to appear, and continue

up to the tail, where each scale has a yellowish centre with black

edges, and besides that there are numerous narrow black bands —

on it. Below, the front part is uniform yellowish white, in the

middle only a few ventrals are black edged, on the posterior part

all the ventrals and subcaudals are half yellowish half black. The —

three first subcaudals, two about the middle, and one a little further

on are entire, all others bifid. The poisonous gland is rather

elongated and situated immediately behind the posterior angle of

the eye, extending to the tympanoid region.

Considering the general characters of this species, its form, colo-

ration of the adult, number of rows of scales and the shields of the —

head, there would hardly seem sufficient reason for separating it as

a genus distinct from Naja, the only difference from the latter be-

ing, the presence of two large shields behind the occipitals, and if

these were not present, it would be often almost impossible to dis-

tinguish 1. ¢ripudians from O. elaps, for in many varieties of both

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. Dt

the colouring is found to be quite the same, and in some of tripu-

dians the temporals are in position, size and number perfectly iden-

tical with those of elaps. This last, when disturbed, raises the

front part of the body exactly like a Cobra, but does not distend

the neck to any considerable extent, though it has it distinctly

flattened, as is also the case in some varieties of tripudians.

The young of O. elaps is so thoroughly different in coloration

from the full grown snake, that few would hesitate in considering

it anew species. Dr. Da y obtained N. E. of Moulmein a specimen

(see fig. 7, pl. xi) measuring 204 inches, of which the tail is

83 inches, ventrals 262, anal very large, subcaudals 87, the first 5

entire, the others bifid. The head is broader and flatter, as com-

pared with that of adult specimens, the snout is remarkably short,

blunt, the occipitals longer than in any old specimens I have seen ;

other shields and scales normal. The coloration is pure jet black,

the snout, a band in front of the eyes, a third posterior to them,

broken up into large spots, a forth across the posterior end of the

occipitals broken up into six spots, 32 narrow equidistant rings on

the body directed forward along the dorsal line, and 11 rings on the

tail as well as its extreme tip are yellowish white; chin and throat

uniform yellowish ; the rings of the body become much wider on the

belly, leaving only black bands of 2-4 shields width between them ;

on the posterior part the black prevails, the white bands become in-

terrupted, but on the tail the rings are again complete. Dr. G ii n-

ther notices the coloration of a young O. elaps, but as it is not

usually known, I have given a figure of the specimen alluded to. In

the old snake the white bands gradually become less distinct and

sometimes nearly quite disappear, the black colour being also re-

placed by uniform brown. The general character of coloration of

the young e/aps most markedly recalls that of Xenwrelaps ban-

guroides, of which we as yet only know young specimens.

70. Naa tripudian, Merr. (Giinth., 1. cit. p. 338).

A young specimen, (14 inches of which the tail is 2} inches)

from the neighbourhood of Kotegurh (elevation between 5 and

7000 feet), is uniform olive grey above, whitish below, with three

blackish cross bands on the neck, on the upper side of which only

212 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

afew blackish marks are indicated; scales in 23 rows, posterior

frontals markedly smaller than the anterior, which form only a

very narrow suture, eighth upper labials, the second and third small,

situated below the posterior nasal shield, the fourth and fifth enter ©

the orbit, the eight labial is the longest of all, but only as high as

the second and third; the first lower labials form a long suture ;

the preanal is entire but deeply grooved in the middle, the groove

beginning at the previous shield ; the second and third subcaudals

are entire.

I have often observed uniformly olive coloured full grown speci-

mens on the hills between Simla and Misstiiri and the plains, but

whether they offer similar variations in the head shields, as the

young form I have just noted, Tam unfortunately not in a position

to ascertain just at present.

This wide spread species also occurs on the Andaman islands, but

does not seem to be common. One specimen, 22 inches long, lately

sent to me by Mr. Homfray is, above, markedly blackish brown

with very numerous, narrow,transverse, slightly angular pale bands,

the angles being directed forward ; a single large pale spot with a —

blackish centre on the middle of the neck; below, the chin and

anterior part of the throat are yellowish, followed by two indistinct,

broad, dark cross bands ; the rest of the lower part is greenish ashy, —

the subcaudal scales are divided by a zigzag blackish line. A full

grown snake from the Andamans does not exhibit any difference

from the continental form. The species is as yet unknown at the

Nicobars.

71. Callophis intestinalis, Laur. (Giinther. 1. cit. p. 348).

Treceived a specimen of this interesting species from Upper

Burma. It is brown with the pale dorsal streak one scale broad ; the

black borders on either side are not very conspicuous; the lateral

stripe is pure white, slightly narrower than the dorsal, and is’

situated between the last and before last series of scales. YVen-

trals 267.

The poison glands are of exactly the same shape as de-

scribed in this species by Mr. Mayer in a paper lately (1869)

published in the Monathsberichte of the Berlin Akademy. They are

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. Das,

somewhat more than one-third of the length of the body, running

along the \ ventral side and accompanying laterally the alimentary

and respiratory canal &c. Their anterior half is extremely thin,

after which they gradually thicken, terminating in front of the heart

with club-shaped ends, being here partially surrounded by the pa-

renchyma of the internal organs. There is a perceptible thickening

of the muscles to be observed here, and when seen externally the

body is slightly thicker where the poison glands terminate. This

most remarkable physiological phenomenon, consisting in the pro-

longation of the poison glands has, to all appearance, its reason in

the slenderness of the snake, its head being so small, that there

does not seem to be sufficient room for the development of the

poison gland and of the muscles required to produce upon it the

pressure necessary for the ejection of the poison.

I was told that this little snake is more dreaded by the natives

of Burma and of Java on account of its bite, than the comparatively

gigantic Ophiophagus claps, Schleg.

Fam. HypDRoPHIDA.

72. Enhydrina Valakadyen, Boie, sp., 1827.

Syn. Enhydrina Bengalensis, Gray, (Gtinther, l. cit. p. 381).

73. Enhydrina schistosa, Daud. (Giinther, 1. ait.).

Russell (Ind. Serpents part II, pls. x and xi) very properly

pointed out the distinction of his Valakadyen and Hoogli pattee, ac-

cording to native accounts. There can be little doubt that he had

_ two distinct species before him, but the latter does not appear to

be nearly as common as the former, at least I can find in the Asiatic

Society’s collections no specimen of it among many of Valakadyen ;

neither does a specimen of it appear to exist in the British Museum

collection.

I have lately obtained from Dr. D a y two specimens of #. Vala-

kadyen from Orissa, and one specimen from Gopalpore, the latter

being to allappearance identical with Hoogli patice of Russell, or

Enh, sehistosa, Dau d.

The principal characters of £. Valakadyen are a subcylindrical

body, covered with hexagonal or suboval scales, carinated in

the centre, the scales being, as Russell remarks, rather conti-

214 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [ No. 3,

guous than imbricated. The head is stout, rather wide at the

base, with a moderate gape of the mouth, the shields of the upper —

head are in all specimens, I saw, more or less granular ; the scales are

on the neck (about 2 inches behind the head) in from 38-44 series,

they are ovately elongated, and very slightly imbricated ; further on

the scales are distinctly hexagonal and round the middle of the body

in 48-50 longitudinal series. The tail is broad, its length being little —

more than one-seventh of the body; one specimen measures 333

inches, of which the tailis 43. .

The Gopalpore specimen represents an altogether more slender

form, and the tail measures a little more than one-tenth of that

of the body, being proportionately rather narrow or less high

than that of Valakadyen. As compared with this last named species,

E. schistosa has the head more ovately prolonged, and the gape

wider, consequently all the shields of the head are also alittle more

elongated, and all are perfectly smooth ; the postocular is in this

particular specimen united to the fourth upper labial ; the scales on

the neck are from 58-60 longitudinal series, they are very much

elongated, pointed and imbricated. The body is more compressed

than in Valakadyen, the scales on it are along the back much elon-

gated, imbricated, and carinated, on the sides more oval or hexago-

nal and less distinctly keeled ; round the middle they vary in from

66-70 longitudinal series.

In coloration, both species appear to be very much alike, and

this was probably the principal reason, that they had been considered

as one and the same species, though Gr a y, I think, very correctly

remarks (Viperine snakes, p.49) when speaking of Enh. Valakadyen

(which is Boie’s Hydrus Valakadyen,* and the same as £, Bengal ,

BSOTERE et Taeatce sii clement Bnanede ite we is a

Russell’s description and figure of the head shields.”

74. Pelamis platurus, Linn. *

P. bicolor, Schneid, (Ginth. 1. cit. p, 382). ,

A large specimen from the Orissa coast has each scale impressed

in the middle. A small & ean caught bis Captain G. E. Fr he er

name,

1870. } Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 215

to the south of Ceylon is uniformly black above, yellow at the sides

and below, with remarkably elongated long blackish brown spots at

the sides; tail reticulated with yellow and black; the scales are

almost smooth. |

The species was taken also near the Andamans and the Nicobars ;

it seems to be common all through the eastern seas.

Fam. CRovAmnIDz.

Trimeresurus, Lace p.

The difficulty in discriminating various species of this genus is

well known. There is hardly a single character which could be

confidently relied upon as constant, but the average number of

rows of the scales and their form, as well as the shape of the head

appear to be more useful in the determination of species than any

other character, this of course applying to specimens of about

equal size. The number of small shields behind the rostral is very

variable, and the second upper labial is sometimes divided in two

parts on one side, while it remains single on the other in one and the

same specimen! The size of the supraciliaries is, however, tolerably

constant.

The effect of the bite of a Trimeresurus does not as a rule appear

_ to be nearly so fatal, as is for instance that of Daboia Russellit. This

_is often due to the difficulty accompanying the ready use of the long

and rather strongly bent fangs, but mainly, I think, to the smaller

| ‘size of the poison gland. The last is situated in Zrimeresurus along

the lower posterior edge of the maxillary, covered above by the

masseter and post-temporal muscles, and laterally only by the skin ;

| its form is simple, not provided with any appendages, as in the

| Cobra. The small size of this gland in some species, as for instance

| in Z. Cantoris from the Nicobars, is very remarkable, for in some

| specimens between 8 and 4 feetin length it is not much longer than

| half an inch, and about a quarter of an inch high, with a canal in

| front, of about half an inch, leading to the fang. Dr. Rink says that,

during his stay at the Nicobars, he was informed of the existence of

| great many vipers in the jungles, but he never heard of a fatal case

resulting from their bite. Occasionally, he says, a native was seen

with a swollen foot, but it always soon passed away. I made in-

216 Indian und Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. (No. 3,

quiries on this point when visiting the Nicobars, and was told the

same account. Subsequently, my collector heard the same from the

natives who procured for him nearly all the Zrimeresuri which he

brought back. I believe that the species chiefly live here on insects. _

Tt really seems that the size of the poison gland, and consequently

the quantity of secreted poison, varies according to the necessity

which arises for its use. In some specimens of Cantoris the gland is,

for instance, considerably smaller than in specimens of half the size

of the allied viridis at Moulmein, or carinatus from the Himalayas.

I have lately examined about 70 or 80 specimens of Zrimeresurus, —

belonging to several species; all these snakes are eminently

arboreal and generally found on high grass or on bushes. .

Theobald, in his Cat. of Rept. Asiatic Society’s Museum, ©

pp. 75-76, described two apparently Indian species as T. Andersont

and obscurus. The latter has entirely the type of the coloration of the

former, and is no doubt specifically identical with it. Both have

25 rows of strongly keeled scales, the former specimen has 182

ventrals and 56 subcaudals; the latter also 182 ventrals and 71 sub-

caudals, the third and fourth shields being entire.

75. TZ. gramineus, Shaw, (Giinth. 1. cit. p. 388).

Body grass green; head moderately elongated and high; form

19-21 rows of large elongated strongly carinated, pointed scales,

The species appears common in the Khasi hills and in Assam.

I have never observed it in the interior of the N. W. Hymalayas,

though I often procured 7’. carinatus, but Dr. Giint her men-

tions it even from “ Ladak.” It would be interesting to know which

part of the country is alluded to, for Ladak proper has scarcely an

arboreal vegetation, except a few poplars and willows in the Indus

valley. I passed three times through Ladak (I mean the upper

Indus valley about Lei and the elevated country on both sides of it),

but I never saw yet a single snake, and the existence of a Zrimere-

surus is of all the most improbable in a country situated above

10,000 feet, and subject to the most rigidly cold climate, so that

hardly any arboreal vegetation can thrive.

T. Cantoris of Blyth is, as Dr. Giinther rightly s

poses, quite a distinct species, and will be noticed further on.

1870. ] Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 217

76. Trimeresurus erythrurus, Cantor, (Ginther, 1. cit,

p. 386). |

The head in this species is elongately oval, more depressed than

in either 7. gramineus and 7’, carinatus ; the usual number of rows

of scales is 23 in adult specimens, 21 in young ones; the scales are

elongated, pointed and strongly carinated. There are mostly 11-12

_ upper labials, and usually only one row of scales between the la-

bials and the infraoculars. ‘The supranasals form a broad suture

behind the rostral, but sometimes a small azygous shield is present.

All the specimens, I have seen, had the lips and chin white, the

lateral line was also always distinctly white, bordered with greenish |

or purple below; general color uniform green above, tail ruddy.

I found this species common on the limestone hills near Moul-

mein ; and also obtained specimens from Upper Burma, from Penang

and the Wellesley province ; it is always more slender than 7. cari-

natus. One specimen from Moulmein measures 25 inches of which

the tail is 5, 23 rows of scales, ventrals 157, subcaudals 63 ; another

young specimen is 103, ef which the tail is 23, scales in 21 rows

only, ventrals 167, subcaudals 63, the second, fifth and sixth are

entire, the other bifid.

A specimen from Java measures 212 inches, it has 170 ventrals

and 75 subcaudals, the colour of this and of other Penang and

| Javanese specimens always appears to be darker green with a

bluish tinge, while Moulmein specimens are bright green, but there

| is no difference in structure between both.

77. Trimeresurus carinatus, Gray, (Ginth., 1. cit. p. 386).

This species has 23-25 rows of scales, exceptionally only 22 or 21.

| The scales are elongated, larger than in either of the two last

named species, sharply carinated ; the head is short and high, there

being mostly two rows of shields between the infraoculars and the

labials, the latter are generally ten in number; there are usually

one or two azygous shields present, very rarely there is no azygous

| shield, but in such a case the supranasals just touch each other,

not forming a broad suture, as in erythrurus; the supraciliaries

| are very large. The general color is usually green, sometimes

_ there are large blackish spots at the sides ; the lateral line is either

218 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [ No. 3,

well developed, white, margined with coral red below, or it is absent ;

tail pale ruddy above, usually equal to one-sixth of the total length.

One specimen from Moulmein measures 27} inches, of which the

tail is 43, scales in 23 rows, ventrals 155, subcaudals 51, one azy-

gous shield. A young specimen from the hills, N. E. of Simla (about

6000 feet) is 11? inches, of which the tail is 24, ventrals 163, sub-

caudals 74, the fifth and ninth being entire. An other adult

specimen from the same locality has no azygous shield, it measures

352 inches, of which the tail is 5} ; ventrals 173, subcaudals 62; on

the neck there are 22, round the middle of the body only 21 series

of scales, the reverse being often the case in other specimens.

Three specimens, in the Asiatic Society’s collection, from Bengal,

each has 25 rows of scales, they are uniform green. Itis very

difficult to distinguish some specimens of this species from grami- —

neus, especially when the number of rows of scales is as low as 21;

such specimens could be referred to either of the species, the only —

criterion in favor of carinatus being the short and rather broad, stout

head, and the large size of the supraciliaries.

I have not seen any typical specimens of carinatus from the Anda- .

mans, those which have been referred to it appear to be really

distinct and belong to the next species.

78. Trimeresurus porphyraceus, Blyth, Pl. XII, Fig. 2.

Blyth, Journal Asiatie Society, Bengal, 1860, vol. XXIX, p. 111.

Theobald, in Journal Linn. Society London, vol. X, Zool. (Extract, p. 64).

Body rather slender with a large elongately triangular head ; scales

usually in 25 series, narrow, elongated, sharply pointed and cari-—

nated; supranasals small with one large azygous shield between

them ; supraciliaries narrow, as in gramineus ; upper labials 12-14,

the posterior nine or ten markedly small, the second forms the

front of the facial pit; scales on the head keeled, all of moderate

subequal size, those on the front part flattened. a

A half grown specimen measures 252 inches of which the tail is

32; the first labial is united with the nasal ; ventrals 180; anal nar-

rowly projecting, sernilunar, entire ; subcaudals 55. a

General color above dull green with a fine porphyraceous lustre

throughout, sides of the posterior one-third of the body and tail with

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 219

some indistinct large porphyraceous spots, upper lip and below

whitish with a greenish tinge; lateral line sometimes indicated,

but usually not marked at all.

Mr. Blyth first pointed out the peculiar colouring of this species

as distinct from that of gramineus, to which he afterwards referred it

on account of the similar form in the shields of the head. In conse-

quence of the greater number of rows of scales, and their similar

form, the species has been considered by Gtint her as identical with

carinatus ; but, setting aside coloration, the scales of porphyraceus are

much narrower and more slender, and the ventrals are conspicuously

narrower and in a greater number present, the supraciliaries narrow,

the labials more numerous and the head a little less high than in

carinatus. The peculiar porphyraceous tint of the dull green colour

is very marked, and well preserved specimens can be readily distin-

guished by it from either gramineus or carinatus. The species seems

tolerably common on the Andamans about Port Blair. The specimens

marked 6 andcof Z. carinatus in Theobald’s Cat. of Rept.

Asiatic Soc., Museum, p. 74, belong to porphyraceus, and probably

also those marked f, but they are not well preserved, one has only

23 rows of scales.

79, Trimeresurus mutabilis, n. sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 5.

Body slender ; head elongated, rather depressed, with the snout

moderately narrowed and rounded, equal to about one-twentieth of

the total length ; tail strongly prehensile and short, being one-sixth

or one-seventh (or even less than that) of the total length.

Seales in 21 series, subquadrangular, slightly keeled, posteriorly

obtusely pointed ; ventrals from 156-167; anal entire ; subcaudals

48-62; last scale large conical; head covered with small, sub-

equal flattened smooth scales, one azygous shield between a

pair of supranasals, supraciliaries narrow and long; sometimes

divided in two parts; a single long infraocular extending posterior-

ly, leaving room only for two or three small postoculars; upper

labials 9-10, the first is in all the specimens examined united to

‘the nasal, the separation being only indicated by a groove; the

‘second is narrow, usually single, and generally forms the front of

the facial pit, but sometimes it is divided into two shields; in the

220 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

figured specimen it is normal on the left, divided on the right side,

the shield, forming the front of the facial pit, being separated from

the labial; in another specimen it is normal on the right, and di-

vided on the left side, the labial proper being again separated into —

two shields. These alterations in the form of the second upper labial

are principally to be observed in the banded variety, which will be

immediately referred to. The third labial is as usually the largest

and the size of the following gradually decreases; there is mostly

only one series of scales between the infra-ocular and the labials,

sometimes one or two additional minute shields are interposed.

The coloration is subject to great variation. Some specimens

which appear to be males are more slender than others, and with a

proportionately longer tail; they are dark blackish brown on the

head, olive brown above, on the body either uniform or with some

of the scales lighter, and with numerous greenish white and dark

margined cross-bands, these being either regular, or broken up in

halves, these again partially alternating with each other; there is

an indistinct narrow pale longitudinal streak on the neck, and an

oblique streak runs from the eye down each temporal region ; a very

conspicuous white streak originates at the base of the rostral, |

ascends to the orbit, passing along the infra-ocular, and then again

descends to the angle of the mouth, meeting the temporal streak

on the neck and continuing along the bases of the ventrals as a

series of white spots, having dark brown spots below them. The

sides of the body are marked by two longitudinal greenish white

bands, separated by a brown band which is sometimes broken up

into streaks and spots. In some specimens, the dorsal cross bands’

become indistinct, and in others—which are rather stout, with

short tails and some of which certainly are females,—the color is

above uniform reddish brown, darker on the head, paler at the

sides, and sprinkled all over with coral red. Sometimes a narroy

yellowish and reddish band is conspicuous along the two outer series

of scales on either side. The upper labials are more or less whitish

ashy; a rather indistinct whitish streak margined with black above,

and sometimes also below, runs from the eye towards the angle of

the mouth. Below, the color is pale yellowish or greyish, densely

and finely marbled and freckled with dark and red, especially on the

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 221

throat and fore-part of the belly ; the bases of the ventrals are usually

conspicuously darker than their centres. The tail is above always

coral red, or reddish brown, below darker, being marbled and

spotted with dark brown.

This species recalls the variability of coloration noticed in ZT. Wag-

leri, Schleg., (Giinth., loc. cit. p. 388), and I was at first much

inclined to refer it to that species, but as the Nicobar form always

has only 21 rows* of very slightly keeled and rather large scales, both

must be kept distinct. Whether any of the numerous species, which

Gray describes in his Catalogue of Viperine snakes, (p. 9-11) and

which Ginther considers as varieties of 7’. Waglerz, are identical

with the Nicobar form, it is impossible to decide from Gra y’s

descriptions. I have never noticed in 7. mutabilis that the squarish

dark bands or spots extend on to the sides, much less on the belly ;

they are strictly dorsal, and each separated from the next by a narrow

pale greenish band which is connected with with the lateral longi-

tudinal band of the same pale color. The unicolored variety strongly

resembles 7. purpureus, Gray, (Giinth. 1. cit. p. 387), but the

_ more slender habit, prehensile tail, smoothish scales in 21 rows,

readily distinguish both.

As compared with 7. porphyraceous, the distinctions just noticed are

equally valid; the number of ventrals is in the present species con-

spicuously smaller than in the former. With 7. gramineus, the num-

ber of series of scales agrees, but their form and slight carination as

well as the shape of the head, and other characters do not admit a

Specific identification. Steindachner (Reptiles of the Novara,

p- 86) mentions three rather much injured specimens of 7. purpureus

from the Nicobars ; he does not record the number of rows of scales,

but as these specimens were previously referred by Fitzinger

to T. viridis, Daud. (gramineus, Shaw), I suspect that they be-

long to the unicoloured variety of the present species.

I have examined one specimen from the Andamans, 193 inches

long, of which the tail is 22, ventrals 163, subcaudals 52, (3rd and 7th

entire); color uniform above, paler and conspicuously reddish at

the sides, with an indistinct darker longitudinal band in the middle ;

* Cantor says that in his puniceus (= purpureus) he counted once as

many as 31 rows of scales.

222 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

sides of head blackish, hinder upper labials pale; below greenish

sprinkled with reddish and dark brown. From Camorta, one of the

Nicobar islands, I obtained about 12 specimens. The measurements

of the four principal varieties are as follows :—

a. Total length 183 inch. ; tail 23 inch. ; ventrals 167 ; subcad. 50,

belly conspicuously yellowish, nearly uniform greenish brown above.

b.tot. length 16 inch.; tail 24 inch; vent. 156; sube. 48; uniform.

C4, 5, 183 ,, » 25 » » 160; ,, 50; ,,

Biilyy og hegpeues » 3h 5 9 164; ,, 62; banded.

80. Zrimeresurus Cantoris, Blyth, Pl. XII, Figs, 3-4.

Trigonocephalus Cantort, Blyth, Journal Asiatic Society, Bengal, 1846,

XV, p. 377.

Trimeresurus viridis, var. Cantori, Bly t h, ibid. 1860, vol. XIX, p. 110.

Body moderately slender, with a large triangular, rather high

head, (being about one-twentieth of the total length), and a pro-

portionately short tail, varrying in length from one-seventh to one-

ninth of the total length of the body.

Scales narrow, elongated, distinctly keeled in 27-31 series, the most

usual number being 29. Scales on the top of the head very small,

almost tubercular, equal ; one (rarely two) small azygous shield be-

tween the supranasals which are of moderate size ; supraciliaries nar-

row, elongated, sometimes divided in two shields ; upper labials 11-

12, first united with the nasal, second forms the front of the facial pit,

third, as usually, the largest ; one long, linear infra-ocular extending

posteriorly, usually two small post-oculars; two rows of shields

between the infra-ocular and the labials. Ventrals* 174-184; anal

entire, narrowly semicircular and freely projecting ; subeaudals 55-76. —

The general color is light, or more usually dull green, with sever-

al series of dark alternately placed spots ; a white lateral streak on —

the head beginning at the rostral ascending to the eye and then ©

continuing to the angle of the mouth is often present, itis margined

above and below with darker green, but it becomes obsolete with

age ; a narrow white lateral band begining at the posterior neck,

occupying half the width of the outermost row of scales on ~

either side, edged with dark below and extending up to the end of |

the tail, is always present. Below, whitish or greenish with the bases _

* Blyth’s type of Cantoris has 182 ventrals and 76 subcaudals.

1870. | Indian and Maiayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 228

of the ventrals dark ashy, or blackish in more fully grown speci-

mens; tail strongly prehensile, laterally compressed, and always

provided with largish dark spots, its ground color being a light

or whitish grey.

The following ave the principal variations of coloring &c., which

T have observed in specimens of various sizes; with one exception

the specimens are all from the Nicobars :—

a. and b. Total length 12 inches, of which the tail is 2 inches, 27 rows of

scales, ventrals 174, subcaudals 75, the last very large, cylindrical: dull green

with five alternating series of small dark spots on the body, .a white streak on

the head and on the side of the body; below, greyish white; length of head

¥2 inches, width at the base ®, inches: Another young specimen, perfectly

similar in coloration, measures about 14 inches, but the lateral streak on the

head is absent. .

As regards the very small size of the scales on the body and on the

head, as well as regards the coloration ‘&e., these two specimens so very

much agree with the description given by Steindachner of Trim. la-

bialis, Fitz. (Novara exped., Reptilia, p. 86, pl. 3, fig. 1,). that I am very

much inclined to believe the latter to be only a variety of T. Cantoris. S:t ein-

dachner mentions, however, only 23 rows of scales, while in 14 specimens

which I have examined, of all ages, the number of rows was never less than 27

and usually 28 or 29. Could perhaps 23 be a misprint for 28? Further in 7,

labialis, the supranasals are contiguous, but this character is of little value, ag

m some of our specimens the single azygous shield is almost obsolete, though

always present, I itzinger’s species cannot be referred to T. mutabilis

which never has more than 21 rows of very much larger scales, particularly

_ those of the head ;.its coloration also does not agree with that of the last men-

tioned species.

ce. Total length 19Zinches, tail 2%; 29 series.of scales, ventrals 184, subcau-

dals 62 ; bright green above with some indistinct dark spots, eye streak indis-

tinct, lateral band distinct ; pale green below; tail ashy, spotted with brown,

(from Port Blair):

d. Total length 224, tail 43 inches ; 28-29 series of scales, ventrals 174, sub-

caudals 73, the 11th and 14th are entire; dull green above, paler at the sides;

greenish white below, lateral streak on the head and body distinct.

e. Total length 232”, tail 3”; 29 series of scales, ventrals 175, subcaudals 57 ;

length of head 14”, its width at the base 1 inch; dull green.above with some

dark spots on the head and body, whitish below with the base of ventrals

dark, lateral band distinct; sides of head pale, but no trace of a distinct streak.

| f. Total length 333 inches, tail 43’, length of head 17’, width 1%” ; 29 rows of

scales, ventrals 182, subcaudals 60 ; dark brown above with many scales partially

or wholly of a greenish lighter color, and with large brownish pale spots on the

224 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3,

top of head; below whitish, all over sprinkled with dark, bases of ventrals

blackish, tail below mostly black.

g. Total length 44 inches, tail 53’ ; length of head 2%’ its width at base 14”,

81 series of scales; ventrals 176, subcaudals 62; light brown with numerous

pale scales, the lateral white band partially yellow, top of head with indistinct

dark and pale spots.

h. Totallength 483”, tail 63’, head 23’, its width at base 13”; ventrals 178,

subcaudals 63; general color greenish brown with pale spots, each scale of

the lateral white band has a distinct yellow spot. This is the largest specimen

observed.

From what I have already noticed there can be no doubt that the

present species is quite distinct from either, 7. viridis or gramineus,

of which Blyth considered it at one time to be only a variety.

The great number of small, carinated scales which are almost

granular on the head is especially characteristic for 7. Cantoris.

InBlyth’s original description the number of subcaudals should

be 76 instead of 214, which is a misprint, the number of ventrals is

about 180 in the type specimen, which is, however, considerably

injured and shrunk. The species is very common on the Nicobars

and also occurs on the Andamans.

81. Trimeresurus convictus, n. sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 1.

Body stout and short; scales rhombic, moderately keeled in 21

series; ventrals 132, anal entire, subcaudals 29; head broadly

eliptical, covered with largish, smooth scales ; rostral very high,

obtusely truncate above with a small shield adjoining, behind which

a pair of largish suprarostral shields forms a suture, two other shields

on either edge between them, and then follow the supraciliaries

which are very large and broadly rounded posteriorly ; the second —

upper labial forms the front of the facial pit; numerous small

shields between the lower edge of the orbit and the upper labials,

which are eight in number.

Color, above, pale brown, with minute dark specks; head uni-

form dark brown, with a small yellowish spot in the middle of the

tympanoid region, a U-mark on the neck, and a series of large

quadrangular more or less confluent or alternating brown spots along

the back, sides marbled with brown and pale yellow, one series of

brown spots above the bases of the ventrals being rather more con-

spicuous than others ; below, greenish or yellowish white, all over

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 225

minutely freckled with brown; chin yellowish brown with rather

large light spots ; a broad pale band runs from the rostral through

the eye to the tympanoid region, anarrow white somewhat undulat-

ing streak from behind and, below the eye to beyond the angle of the

mouth and continuing for some distance on the sides of the throat.

Total length 143 inches, of which the tail measures 1$ inches.

Tlong hesitated to separate this species from the Hymalayan 7.

monticola,G inth., (1. cit. p. 888), there being hardly any differ-

ence in coloration between the two, but the robust form of the

body, eliptical rather high head, covered above with largish

shields, short tail, and rhombic markedly broad scales, arranged in

21 rows, seem to be sufficient characters to recognise the Penang

form as a separate species ; in Z. monticola the scales of the body are

much more elongated, the number of small shields above the

rostral varies between 1 and + or —— or i ; these azygous shields

appear to be more numerous in the young than in the old snakes.

The only specimen I obtained, near the top of the so called

Western hill on Penang, at an elevation of about 2400 feet. It

was lying, (on an early morning and after a rainy night), near a dead

branch in the middle of the path, when an old convict coolie who

accompanied me was just too late for my calling out to him,

and unfortunately stepped on the snake, which turned round and

struck him on the left foot a little in front of the ankle. The man

was shivering dreadfully with fright. I was only a few yards off,

secured the snake, which made hardly an attempt to move off, made

the man sit down and suck the wound for about ten minutes, both

the punctures having drawn blood; but it was evident that the

fangs could not have penetrated deep, for the snake was unable

to close his jaws sufficiently well at the place where it struck. I

had the snake in my hand and explained to the man that it is only a

very small specimen, and not one of the very poisonous kind; this

seemed to relieve a little his mind, though the poor fellow (who

had been for the last 20 years a convict in Penang and employed in

clearing jungle), was well acquainted with the danger he run into.

_ After sucking the wound for the first ten minutes, I gave the man free

use of my brandy flask, which he certainly appreciated. He then

| | continued sucking for about five or six minutes longer, took a mouth-

226 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [No. 3

ful of tobacco, rubbed some of the juice on the wound, and declared

himself ready to prosecute the stroll. I thought a long walk might do

the man good. It was about 8 a. m., when he was bitten, and we

returned home about 4 in the afternoon ; the man accompanied me

for three successive days afterwards, and did not complain of any

symptoms whatever, not even of a swelling of the wounded part, —

which is so common after the bite of the Nicobar Zrimeresuré.

82. Halys hymalayanus, Giinth., (1. cit. p. 893).

idem, Steindachner, Reptiles of the Novara exped. p. 87.

The rostral is as broad as, or broader at its base than, high, but

only of half the width at the top, where it touches the anterior

frontals. The upper ground colour of this snake varies from

brownish green to almost brownish black, but generally with some

lighter spots, bands or marblings, and that of the lower parts is a

greenish yellow with purple tinge, the purplish color sometimes

predominating, especially on the subcaudals; the whole of the

lower side is more or less strongly marbled with greenish black,

rarely is the underside nearly all black, but the chin is always

yellowish. The upper labials are yellowish white, and in con-—

tinuation of this color there is, in younger specimens, a very

conspicuous whitish lateral band, occupying the base of the ventrals

and the adjoining row of scales. In old. specimens, this lateral band

is only indicated on the throat, becoming obsolete on the body.

The largest specimen, obtained by me in the Kulu valley, mea-—

sured 84 inches. All specimens which I examined had only 21.

series of scales. One nearly full grown, from the neighbourhood «f

Kotegurh (N. E. of Simla) measures 25}, of which the tail is 3},

terminating with a very small single, subconical scale; ventrals

160, subcaudals 42.

The species is very common all over the N. W. Himalayas, es-

pecially between 5 and 8000 feet; but on the Hatti mountain near

Kotegurh and about Serahan I observed it even as high as 10:000

feet. It principally feeds on mice.

Fam, VIPERIDE.

83. Dabora Russellii, Shaw, (Ginth., 1. cit. p. 396).

This species is in the. southern portion of the Kulu valley almost

quite as common as the last, but it does not seem to grow to as”

1870. | Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. 227

large a size, as in Bengal or the plains of India; the largest Hi-

malayan specimen I measured was only 32 inches. ‘The coloration

and other characters are, however, very constant, there are dark

brown oval spots encircled with black and then with white; the

tail in young specimens is brown above, yellow below.

I observed the species up to 5000 feet in Kulu, and up to 6000

feetin Kashmir, but its usual habitat is between 2 and 4,000

feet. It is generally found in sunny places near the foot-paths,

while Halys himalayanus is met with on the path itself, generally

after rain, and in shady places between overhanging forest trees.

CHELONIA.

Of this class I have obtained, along the Burmese and Malayan

coast, only very few species, and those do not, with a single excep-

tion, call for any special remark.

84. mys crassicollis, Bell, (Ginth., 1. cit. p. 28).

I found this species common in the small fresh water streams of

Penang.

The coloration during life is blackish brown with a slight greenish

tinge. on the carpace and on the feet, sometimes the lower side ig

irregularly marbled with a paler color. The head has in young

specimens a small interrupted pale orange or whitish spot somewhat

in front above each eye, a pale large spot on each side of the neck,

two spots behind the angle of the mouth and the greater posterior

portion of the lower jaws are also whitish. In full grown specimens,

the pale spots become indistinct and more or less confluent. It does

_ not appear to be generally known that in the adult (8 inches long)

turtle the costal ridges* which are very distinct in young specimens

often perfectly disappear, and the vertebral ridge also becomes

indistinct, as observed by Dr. Cantor (Journal Asiatic Society,

Bengal, 1847, XVI, p. 609). The last vertebral plate is in younger

*Dr. J. H. Gray quite lately (Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond. 1869, p. 197) pro-

posed for Hmys crassicollis (apparently as the type) a new generic name Bellia.

In the generic characteristic the author states “‘ back three-keeled.” It is

_ perhaps fortunate that Dr. Gray had not the carpace of an adult crassicollis

with a detached skull for examination; he would certainly have made of it a

new species, and under favorable circumstances perhaps a new genus! In the

old turtle as compared with the young, the snout is more obtuse, the webbing

of the feet a little less distinct, and the plates on the upper side of the feet

more subdivided into single shields.

228 Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia. [ No. 3,

specimens sometimes as broad as the caudals, sometimes the caudals

reach only on one or the other side beyond its angle.

Explanation of Plates.

BL xs

Fig. 1. Cyrtodactylus afinis, n. sp., p. 167 ; l upper view ; 1 a, side view, and

1 b, lower view of the head; 1 c, femoral region with a portion of the tail ; all

figures in natural size ; from Penang hill, 2,400 feet.

Fig: 2. Riopa lineolata, n. sp., p. 175; side view of the entire specimen in

natural size, 2 a, b, c, top and lower views of the head and inner femoral region,

enlarged; Martaban, near Moulmein.

Fig. 3. Tiliqua rugifera, n. sp., p. 170; corresponding figures as in the last

species, natural size; Nicobars.

Fig. 4. Mabouya Jerdoniana, n. sp., p. 172; same views as of the last species,

all in natural size; Pulo-Tickus, near Penang.

Pl. XI. (All figures in natural size).

Fig. 1. Ablabes Nicobariensis, n. sp., p. 184; upper, lower and side views of

the anterior part of the body ; Nicobars.

Fig. 2. Compsosoma semifasciatum, Blyth, p. 188; same views as of the

last ; Subthoo, N. W. Himalaya.

Fig. 3. Tetragonosoma effrene, Cantor, p. 203; upper and side views;

Banka island.

Fig. 4. Dipsas hexagonotus, Blyth, p. 198; upper, lower and side views ;

from the Andaman Islands.

Fig. 5. Cantoria Dayana, n. sp., p. 208; same views as of the last ; Amherst,

Tenasserim Province.

Fig. 6. Dipsas multifasciata, Blyth, p. 199; upper and side views; from

near Simla, N. W. Himalaya.

Fig. 7. Ophiophagus elaps, Schleg., p. 210; upper view of a young —

specimen ; from near Moulmein.

Pl. XII. (All figures in natural size).

Fie. 1. Trimereswrus convictus, n. sp., p. 224; side and upper views of the

head and neck, 1 b, side view of the middle portion of the body ; Penang.

Fig. 2. T— porphyraceus, Blyth, p. 218; similar views as of

the last; Andaman islands.

Hig. 3... 7 Cantoris, Blyth, p. 222; same views as of the last,

uniform green variety from the Nicobars.

Fig. 4. T

one of the largest specimens ; Nicobars.

Wie oe mutabilis, n. sp., p. 219; 5 and 5a, the two sides of

head and neck of the same specimen, shewing the second labial divided in one

and united in the other; 5 b upper view of the fore part of the body, 5 c side

view of the middle part of the body, 5 d upper view of the same, 5 e, side view

of the middle part of the body of another specimen, shewing a slight difference

Cantoris, Blyth, p. 222; side and upper views of |

in coloration ; Nicobars,

2.1870,

KXXIX,Pt

“Vol

S.Beng

iat:

,ICZKA, J.As

. Sp-

sp.

Ueraw

Boa

W.S~P

4 MabouyaJSerdoniana, nw.

ergory:

PEM LORE CRP Rn ‘2's

2 le Cyrtodactylus affi

2. Riopa Lincolata, wv. sp-

or, oe

ede aE

ete eerie,

tbes Nicobariensis, n, sp. 4.Dipsas hexdgonotus Blyth.

osesomea semitaciatum, Blyth. $ Cantoria, Dayana, mn. sp.

ragonosomea effrene, Cant: | 6. Dipsas mulatasciata, Blyth.

7. Ophiophague eaps, Schlegel

Blyth

Vv. sp

us,

ilis

tm. Cantor

trata

fe)

| So

foo)

: ca

» S

: Ny

: aR

8 $

° gq.

: 3

E ne

“ i |

vy Q

; oe

< :

cae

Fy : :

< é

N ; .

: a

(eof

“fy

S KURZ Jour Asiat: Soc: Bengal, Vol: XXXIX, Pt 2,1870,

Jicschkea gentianotdes, Kur.

1870.]_ 229

Gentrana Jamscuxet re-established as anew genus of GENTIANACES,

by 8. Kurz, Esq.

(with pl. xiii.)

[Received 5th April, 1870; read 7th May, 1870. ]

A few years ago I communicated to Dr. B. Seemann, Editor of

the Journal of Botany, together with a few other novelties, also the

| description and some fragments of a Gentianaceous plant, which I

had called Jeschkea gentianoides. At the same time I requested

: no to give an opinion on the validity of the new proposed genus.

* Dr. Seemannreferred the plant to Prof. Grisebach, who

declared it to be ‘‘ apparently an undescribed species of the Ama-

_ rella-section of Gentiana, where, — on account of the hair-crown

being wanting, —it will have to range near G. Moorcroftiana,

Wall. from which it differs by its smaller flowers, its acute lobes

of corolla, and its calyx, characters which make it allied to G. Ger-

manica,’”’ (comp. Journal of Botany, 1867, p. 241, in a note), and

consequently, either Prof. Grisebach, or Dr. Seemann,

changed my proposed name into Gentiana (Amarella) Jeschker,

kur z, (by an accident spelled Zeschke).

Thad no sufficient leisure to re-examine the plant under question,

until very lately, when I came to the same conclusion, at which I

arrived some years ago, vz, that it is a new genus of GENTIANACER,

and nearer allied to Ophelia, than to Gentiana. I suppose, that Prof.

“Grisebach was misled by the general appearance of the plant,

and based thereupon his opinion, without examining the position

| of the stamens ; for I do not believe, that, had he really observed

| plant in the Amarella section of Gentiana. Moreover, he has, in

his elaborate monograph of Gzntranacem in DeCandolle’s

Prodromus admitted genera, based upon less important characters

| than those which the present species possesses. Had the filaments

: heen simply adnate to the corolla, I would have considered that

ircumstance of very little importance, but they are actually termi-

nal between the corolla-lobes, as is shewn by the fact, that the

pidermis of the corolla overlies the vascular bundles leading

230 On Gentiana Jaschket, [No. 3,

to the filaments. The calyx is exactly that of Lomatogonium or

Ophelia, the bell-shaped corolla more that of a Gentiana. |

As regards the name, which I gave to this new genus, I believe, |

T have done nothing more but paid due justice to the Rev. H.

Jeschke, of the Moravian Mission, who, with untired zeal and

for a great part of the year secluded from all the civilized world,

prosecuted his Botanical researches in Lahtl, adding many a new

or rare plant to the scanty Flora of British Tibet.

J@SCHKEA, Kurz.

Calyx 5-fidus, subzequalis. Corolla campanulata, 5-loba, fauce

nuda foveisque epipetalis destituta. Stamina 5, terminalia, in

sinubus loborum corollae sita ; filamenta brevissima ; anther in-

cumbentes. Ovarium utrinque attenuatum, uniloculare, ovulis 8

juxta suturas seriatis ; stylus longiusculus, bipartitus. Capsula_

subsessilis, bivalvis, septicida, unilocularis. Semina oblonga, leevia,

placentis membranaceis adnata.—Herba annua, glabra, caule recto

foliisque oppositis, floribus racemosis v. sub-paniculatis.

1. J. gentianoides, (Gentiana Jeschkei, Kurz, in Seem.

Journ. Bot. 1867, 241).—Caulis strictus, 1-2 pedalis, raro pumilus

vix 4-pollicaris ; folia glabra, ima spatulato-linearia, remota, v.

(in specim. pumilis) sub-rosulata, superiora lineari-lanceolata,

acuminata, sessilia ; flores fere semipollicares, violacei ; calycis

segmenta linearia, corolle tubo campanulato paulo breviora ;

corollze lobi oblongi, acuti; capsula elliptica stylo longiusculo

coronata ; semina sinapiformia, majuscula.

Hab. Western Tibet, Lahul, 9—15000 feet, on meadows, frequent,

(R. Jaeschke) ; Rotang-pass between Lahtl and Kélu, 10°000

feet, (Dr. Brandis); fl. Jul.—sSept. ; fr. Aug.

Plate XIII, Fig. 1. Plant, in natur. size, cut in three parts, agi 2,

corolla laid open, magnified, (as are also the following figures) ;

fig. 3, a small piece of corolla, particularly shewing the insertion 0.

stamens ; fig. 4 ovary.

® 1870: 231

_ Norrs on tax GEonocy oF THE Vicrnrty or Port Buatr, ANDAMAN

Istanps,—by V. Bau, B. A., Geological Survey of India.

é [Received 3rd March, 1870 ; read 1st June, 1870. ]

My examination of the-geclogy of the Andamans did not extend

beyond the immediate neighbourhood of Port Blair. An attack

i of fever prevented me from availing myself of the opportunities

¢ which Col. Man, Superintendent of the Andamans and Ni-

_ cobars, had kindly promised to afford me for visiting more distant

localities, as also from examining the excavations, which required

_ to be drained, where coal had been worked for.

r - It is with some hesitation that’ I offer for- publication these notes

_ which for the reason above stated, refer to what is but a small portion

_ of the islands, though it embraces the whole of the area in which the

‘ convict settlements are situated. Ido so, however, in consideration

Ws "of the facts that the few geological notices of these islands which

_hiave been published are of a general character, and that there has

t hitherto been no attempt to describe any stratigraplical details.

' Tt has been shewn by Mr. K ur z* that the Ly gee rocks about

Port Blair are sandstones (tertiary). Mr. K urz’’s specimens en-

abled Mr. W. T: Blanford to identify these rocks with those

"forming a considerable portion of Arracan.

The Port Blair sandstones are reported to be fossiliferous} and are

Fi certainly so to the extent of containing coal. No collection of fossils

| has been made, consequently the true position and affinities of this

_ formation to those of other countries remain as yet undetermined.

It is probable, however,. that, as I have pointed out,§ these sand-

i icobars. Dr. Hochstetter suspects the younger miocene of

‘Java to be represented by the tertiary deposits of the Nicobars, and

a we arrive at the probable age of the Andaman. rocks. For the

_* Report on the Vegetation of the Andaman Islands.

4 I observed in.the “sandstone at the N. E. end of Ross island several speci-

ns of a Pecten, a small Cytherea-like shell and fragments of Oysters, which

. prove that the deposits are marine, and the “aspect of these fossils is

‘undoubtedly a tertiary one. [F. Stoliczka.]

> £4. A. 8. B. XXXIX, 1870, p. 27.

Bs See Records of Geological Survey of India, 1869, Part 3, p. 67.

232 Notes on the Geology of the Vicinity of Port Blair. [No. 3,

full discussion of this question, reference must ‘be made to Dr.

Hochstetter’s paper and Dr. Stoliczka’s note* on the

age of the Andaman sandstone rocks.

For convenience of reference, I have arranged my field observa-

tions and deductions from them under the headings of a few of the

principal localities commencing with—

Ross Istanp.—The geology of Ross Island, the head quarters

of the Port Blair settlement, is particularly simple. The rocks are

fine bluish grey sandstones with interbedded layers of argillaceous

shales (mud-stones). The strike of the beds is almost uniform

throughout the island being from N. 15° E. to S. 15° W.; in no

case does it vary more than 5° on either side of that bearing. The

dip is high, in some places being 60°; but 55° to W. 15° N. which

is the amount of the inclination of ie face of bare rock exposed on

the west of the island underneath the barrack buildings may be

taken as the fair average amount. On the east and south-east, I

observed dips as low as 36°, 28°, 25°, but these are evidently due to.

local subsidence. At the south end of the island, where the beds

are seen distinctly striking across the channel to Sourm Port and

CorBYNeE’s Cove, the dip is 55°, and in one bed 60°

The above stratigraphical conditions which are roughly repre-

sented in the accompanying sketch section of the island are such

it will be observed, as are eminently conducive to landslips; no

Section across, Ross Island’ at the North end.

Scale 1 Inch =50 Yards.

* Verhandlungen der geol. Reichs-Anstalt, Wien, No. 9, 1868.

tied

‘

1870.] Notes on the Geology of the Vicinity of Port Blatr. 2338

merely landslips of the superficial humus which must occur to a

great extent wherever on steep or elevated ground primeval jungle

has been cut down and the surface exposed to direct atmospheric

influences, but to landslips of the rock itself.

Water passing through the permeable sandstones, and being ar-

rested on the surface of the impermeable shales, produces a slide

down which the superincumbent mass, resting at an inclination

of from 55° to 60°, must tend to slip, the rapidity with which such

destruction takes place being in a direct ratio to that of the re-

moval of the lower portions of the beds by the sea or other agen-

cies. Such being the condition of the rocks on Ross Island, it was

with surprise that I saw that it had been the practice and was still

so at the time of my visit, not only to remove and use for building

purposes the stones on the beach which serve to break the force of

the waves, but even to quarry out large masses from the face of the

beds, thus endangering the stability of the island.

On the eastern or seaward side, the destruction is progressing

| ina different way. The escarpment shews a steady tendency in

the edges of the beds to break up ; and confused heaps of fallen rock

and clay abound. Sections of the road too, constantly slide down

and so bring more and more of the rocks and their natural covering

within the range of the wash of the waves.

The highest point of Ross is 195 feet and the area about one-third

of asquare mile. Asthe principal buildings of the settlement are

upon this small island, it should be an object of no trifling importance

F to preserve its integrity to the utmost. With this in view, it is per-

fectly obvious that the practice of removing stones from the beach

and of quarrying them out of the side of the island should be discon-

tinued. Some protective measures to retain the soil and shelter the

rocks from the direct action of the atmosphere might be undertaken

with advantage.

_ Under this head the planting of trees especially of those species

known to have roots which bind the soil (thus to a certain extent

| Teviving the conditions which existed before the jungle was cut

down,) would be perhaps the most efficacious.

_ SourHern Coast tine oF Porr Buarr.—An examination of the

rocks exposed along the coast line from Aberdeen round by Haddo

234 Notes on the Geology of the Vicinity of Port Blair. (No. 3;

to Navy point, discloses the existence of a succession of rolls which

tend to keep the same beds near the surface. At Navy point,

the dip is to N. W., while on the opposite shore of Viper, it is to

S. W., or nearly so, thus indicating the probable existence of an

anticlinal in the channel between. These facts render it possible if

not probable that the coal of Ross, Navy point and Viper may be

from the same bed of sandstone, or at least that it is confined to a

narrow zone in the formation, and is not widely scattered through-

out the whole thickness, as it at first sight appears to be.

Near Haddo, on the crest of a roll, the beds shew little sign of

disturbance, being nearly horizontal. Some of the sandstones there

contain veins of calespar, and.a peculiar grit makes its appearance, —

A loose block of limestone les on the beach south of the Western

point of Chatham Island ; I did not succeed in finding its source.

Mount Harriet.—The principal rock is a coarse yellowish green

or grey sandstone apparently very absorbent of water. Close to the

top of the hill which is 1155 feet above the sea level the sandstone

appears in vertical beds ; on the ascent the rocks are much obscured

by humus. Bab

Virer Istanp.—There is a good deal of irregularity in the bed-

ding of the sandstones which form this island; towards the west-

end they are also much cut up by joints which form an angle of

75° with the prevailing strike there. The highest point of this

island is about 220 feet, its area less than half a square mile.

The comparatively small inclinations of the beds renders the

danger from landslips much less here than on Ross,

On the north side of the island a sinking for a well through sand-

stones and blue mud-stones disclosed some indications of coal

in nests which, however, were speedily exhausted, and the excava-

tion allowed to revert to its original purpose as a well. At the time

of my visit, the well was full of water, and I could detect no trace

of coal in the exposed section on the side of the hill.

Homrray’s Guat to Port Movat.—The road between thes

two places is about two miles long. It is carried for the most part

along the line of junction between hilly ground covered with lofty.

jungle and a mangrove swamp, in some places it runs across the

swamp on a bund.

Il, 1870.

XXXIX, Pt

Bengal, Vol:

Asiat: Soc:

Journ

Pangshura tectum (Bell) var. intermedia, see.p. 339

‘Tse ‘ndezous1py (s sdouuhin ») sdorydo

—OL8T'IL 4d 'XIXXX 10Q TeBueg-s-

ial ee . e e e e. e y

PL: XVI

W.T. BLANFORD. Journ: A. 8. Bengal, Vol:KXXIX, Pt 11 1870.

SO, Pa a ave:

Rime y

354.

P-

Fuprepes septemlineatus, Pp. 360.

Trrmolatus,

7.8.

be}

" gracilis, p.362,

emidacty lis mearmoratus, p. 363.

1-3. He

1870.| Notes on the Geology of the Vicinity of Port Blair. 935

The rocks seen in the vicinity of the road are the same sand-

stones and shales as at Ross, &c. There are also some conglome-

rates which may be of more recent age. Not far from Homfray’s

ghat the road crosses what appears to be a dyke of intrusive serpen-

tine ; it is, however, not well exposed, the junction with the sand-

stones being hidden by soil. I shall speak of this rock, portions of

which are very beautiful, again further on.

The abrupt termination of the rocks at the edge of a mangrove

swamp, as above described, seems to point to the former existence

_ ofa strait which joined Ports Blair and Mouat and consequently

divided the island into two. Such a strait now separates the north

and middle Andamans. This would either involve the fact of a

- general rising of the land having taken place, or be simply the

result of silting up of the channel. Mr. Kurz has given evidence

of a general sinking’; the question may still be regarded as an open

one to be decided on the collection of further data.

Istanps North Hast oF Port Brartr.—North-east of Port Blair

_ there is a group of islands of various sizes. The smallest, known

by the name of the buttons, being rocky pinnacles covered with close

and dense jungle. As seen froma passing vessel, some of the

rocks appear excessively white, and it occurred to me as possible,

that they may be similar to the clay-stones of Kamorta and Nan-

cowry, and therefore distinct from the Port Blair sandstones. I had

no opportunity of landing to ascertain the point,

NarkonpAm Istanp. HE. Long. 94° 17/ 22”, N. Lat. 18° 28’.

Both when going to and returning from Port Blair I passed with-

| in a few miles of the remarkable island of Narkondam. From its

"shape no reasonable doubt can exist as to its being a volcano. Un-

like its neighbour on Barren Island,* it has never been seen in action.

The central cone which rises to the height of 2150 feet appears to

| ‘be surrounded, as Mr. Kurz has pointed out, by the remains of an

old crater. The cone is furrowed by deep ravines. At one place,

| I noticed what appeared to be a slip or subsidence of a portion of

| the crater. I was most anxious to land, and Captain Barrow the

* Barren Island has frequently been described. See Lieut. Colebrooke,

- Asiatic Researches, Vol. IV, p. 397; Dr. Playfair, Records, Government of

j india; Dr. Liebig, J. A.S. B. 1860, and Report by a Commission to enquire

into the amount of Cattle fodder obtainable on the island, Proc. A. S. B. 1866.

236 Notes on the Geology of the Vicinity of Port Blair. [No. 8,

commander of the Arracan, would have afforded me an opportunity,

had he not, on approaching, considered that owing to the surf

which was breaking on the steep cliffs, an attempt to do so would

have been attended with danger.

THE USEFUL PRODUCTS CONTAINED IN THE ROCKS OF THE

ANDAMAN ISLANDS.

So far as is at present known, the useful products occurring in the

rocks in the vicinity of Port Blair are chiefly confined to three, vzz.

Coal, Serpentine and Sandstones suitable for building purposes :—

Coat.—As has been mentioned above, traces of coal have been

found on Ross, at Navy point and at Viper. From all that I could

ascertain, the coal at each of these localities occurred in small nests

in the sandstones, which were speedily exhausted, and it was found

impossible to discover any definite seam which might be follow-

ed up.

Instances of coal sheds in a similar manner are not wanting

in India as well as elsewhere. The principal localities are Cachar,

Chittagong, Cheduba Island, Sandoway, and some of the Southern

islands of the Nicobar group. ‘The coal of these places has been

described as occurring in “ nests of simply fossilized wood which

may be supposed to have drifted into the sandstones,.”*

Regarding the quality of the coal which has been found,—two

specimens B and O, free from sandstone, have on analysis,t given

the following good results— ;

Unpicked. Picked.

A. B. C.

Goin 6 Maer a mre ao 50°8 52°3 62

Wane aa es teks Cas 26: 41°4 34

aE FOE ig oe 23-2 63 4

It is therefore a coal which would, undoubtedly, be of very great

value if found in large quantities for making gas ; possibly from its

lightness and consequent tendency to dissipate before complete

combustion had taken place, it might not prove of sutficient heating

power for steam engines.

* Coal resources of India by T. Oldham, Esq., LL. D., 1867, p. 18,

‘ + By Mr. Tween.

1870.] Notes on the Geology of the Vicinity of Port Blair. 237

_ So far as they have been examined, the Nicobars and Andamans

do not contain any trace of the group of coal bearing rocks (Hocene)

to which, according to Dr. Hochstetter, the workable coal

seams of Java, Borneo and Sumatra belong.

SrRPENTINE.—The Serpentine near Homfray’s ghat, the ex-

istence of which was first pointed out by Mr. K ur z* is, I think,

deserving of special mention in an account of the useful products.

This Serpentine marble is an exceedingly handsome variegated

green and black rock, which might be worked up into many useful

and ornamental articles. The portion exposed near the surface is

of very variable quality, andis much broken up. Lower down, how-

ever, Where the rock has been protected from the injurious effects

of the atmosphere, it might be found to be of a more uniform char-

acter.

If on quarrying it should be ascertained that large blocks of

homogeneous texture can be obtained, there can be no question

that the working up of sucha stone would furnish an occupation

singularly well suited for those amongst the convicts whose consti-

tutions unfit them for laborious out-door work; while it is con-

ceivable that under judicious management, it might be made a very

profitable undertaking. .

Manufactures of more or less elaborate character in soft sectile

stones, such as soap stone and marble supply, as is well known, oc-

cupation and the means of living to large numbers of people in

parts of the North West Provinces, in Chota Nagpur, and other

parts of India and in Burma. ,

It is not improbable that amongst the convicts some might be

found already skilled in such work. In any case were the opera-

tions at first simply confined to sawing the rock into slabs, such

_ would, I believe, find a ready sale, and be applicable to many of the

_ purposes for which Italian marble is largely imported into Calcutta.

Burmpine Stones.—Sandstones are found on all the small islands

| and on the so-called mainland in the vicinity of Port Blair. The

Variation in texture is not excessive. ‘The sandstones of Ross have

been used extensively in the buildings on that island, and have

Tbelieve been found when carefully selected, very strong and

* Report on the Vegetation of the Andamans,

238 Notes on the Geology of the Vicinity of Port Blair. [No. 3,

durable. The results of local experience on this-point are desirable.

It is not impossible that the time may come when it will be found

both practicable and profitable to export some of these as well

as the ornamental Serpentines to Calcutta.

Limze.—An unlimited amount of lime of the best quality might

be obtained from the coral reefs. In Calcutta, and Bengal gene- —

rally, where lime is expensive and often much adulterated, the —

introduction of lime from the Andamans would be most de- |

sirable. I am not at this moment in possession of statistics to

shew how far this might be expected to prove a profitable under-

taking; but it seems probable that the coral worked by convict

labour in the Andamans, would bear the cost of transmission to

Calcutta, and leave a considerable margin for profit. It would be of —

course a matter of no small difficulty to cut the coral on the surf

washed reefs. 3

Iron.—Mr. Kurz speaks of some very ferruginous serpentine —

which he thinks might be worth smelting, but he adds that there

is no limestone at hand. As to the quality and quantity of this

ore I cannot speak from personal experience, but the absence of

limestone is scarcely a valid objection in a place where any amount

of lime might be manufactured from coral or sea shells.

Before concluding, I would allude to several notices as to the oc-

currence of quicksilver in the Andamans which I have met with in

my examination of the numerous accounts of these islands,

1. The Mahomedan travellers of the ninth century having de-

scribed an island inhabited by a race with the characteristics of the

Aundamanese of the present day proceed to say. ‘‘ Beyond this is a

‘‘mountainous yet uninhabited island where, it is said there are

“mines of silver ; but as it does not lie in the usual track of ship-

‘‘ ping, many have sought for it in vain, though it is remarkable

“for a mountain called Kashenal. It once so happened that a

‘‘ ship sailing in this latitude had sight of the mountain and shap-

‘‘ed her course for it, and falling in with the land sent a boat on

‘shore with hands to cut wood. The men kindled a fire and saw

‘¢ silver* run from it which plainly indicated there was a mine of

* This “may possibly allude to the quicksilver mentioned in the followi

notices.

1370. ] '. Notes on the Geology of the Vieinity of Port Blair. 239

“this metal in that place ; they shipped, therefore, as much of the

“earth or ore as they thought fit, but as they were proceeding on

“their voyage, they met with such a storm that to lighten their ship,

‘they were under the necessity of throwing all their ore overboard.

“Since that time the mountain has been carefully sought for, but

*‘ has never again been seen.”’*

2. In Hamilton’s East Indies, quoted by Dr. Mouat, we

learn that an Andamanese was captured in one of the forays which

his countrymen were in the habit of making on their more peaceful

neighbours in the Nicobars, he was retained in slavery there.

Afterwards he was purchased by some Mussulmans of Acheen

(Sumatra). His master having died, he was manumitted, and

allowed to set out on atrip to visit his country, this he effected

alone inacanoe. Having remained for some time with his friends

on the little Andaman, he returned again to the Nicobars, bringing

with him a quantity of quicksilver, which he reported to be abundant.

Subsequently he made several voyages to and fro, and was seen by

_ the narrator in 1694.

3. Ina list of the useful metals found in India, attached to a

letter} on the formation of the Museum of Economic Geology for

_ India by Captain Tremenhere to H. Torrens, Esq., Secre-

tary to the Asiatic Society, mention is made of quicksilver as occur-

ring in the Andaman Islands, but the authority for the statement is

— not quoted.

I have given the above in the hope that those, who may have the

opportunity, may endeavour to test the truth of the report.

* Harris’s Collection of Voyages and Travels.

¢ Dated 27th January, 1841.

Oe ooo eoeoeoeeeeeoeeaeee5reeceee ees eee se

oe)

pos

240 No. 3,

Notes on Birds OBSERVED IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF Port Buatr,

ANDAMAN IsLANDS, DURING THE MoNTH oF AvGuST, 1869,—by

VY. Bauu, B.A., Geological Survey of India.

(Received 2nd March, 1870; read 1st June, 1870.)

The following are brief notes upon some of the birds which I

observed in the vicinity of Port Blair, while staying there for a few

days in August last. I have not attempted to draw up any com-

plete list of the birds oceurring in the Andamans, as that has

already been done by the late Capt. Be avan, in a paper in the

Ibis for 1869, N. 8., II], p. 314 et seq. When no special reference —

is given, the names of the species quoted correspond to those

recorded in Dr, Jerdon’s “ Birds of India.”

1. Hamarornis Currta, Daud., H. undulatus, Vigors.

Two specimens which I obtained, one in young and the other in

adult plumage, appear to belong to this species, and not to HZ. Elginé

which, aecording to Col. T yt ler, is the more common species at the

Andamans. In the types of H. Elgini the length of the wings does

not exceed 14 inches,* whereas in both my specimens it is 15.

I was told that these birds are very mischievous about Port Mouat,

constantly carrying off live fowl.

2. Nuvyox sp.? I received from Mr. Homfray anold skin of a

species of Ninox, which had been shot by him at Port Mouat.

The measurements of it are so much greater than those of

afinis given by the late Captain Beavan,{ from a skin in Col.

Tytler’s collection, that I am doubtful about referring it to tha

species.

Length. Wing. Tail. Bill at front. Tarsus.

N. affinis, 9°5-10 675 4°36-4°5 75 75

N. op.e 12 85 4:75 “75 1

The colour corresponds to that given for JV. affinis, and the mea

surements very nearly with those of JV. scutellatus. I hope to receiv

other specimens of this bird.

3. Hatcyon Fuscus, Bod d.

4. H. arricaPittus, Gm el,

5, ToprramPuus cotmaris, Scopoli?

* This, N.S., U1. p. 314, t Ibidem, p. 316,

1870. } Notes on Birds observed near Port Blair. 241

6. Patmornis Nicoparicus, Gould. Birds of Asia, 1857, Part

IX ; P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 555 ; P. erythrogenys, Bly th, J. A. 8. B. 1846»

XV, p. 23 and 1858, XXVII p. 81; Ibis, N. S., Vol. III, 1867, p. 319.

Large flocks used to fly over Viper to and fro daily for the pur-

pose of visiting their feeding grounds north of the Port.

7. Murtzeriricus Hopen, Blyth, J. A.S. B. 1860, XXIX»

p. 105; Ibis, N. 8. III, p. 320.

This peculiarly plumaged woodpecker seemed rather abundant

on Mount Harriet. Its vigorous taps on the dead trees resound

through the forest, and may be heard for a considerable distance.

The specimen I procured, had a peculiarly rank and offensive

smell; it measures—wing 72”, tail 6”, bill at front 112”, tarsus 14”.

8. CernTropus AnpAmANENSIS, Tytler, Ibis, N.S., III, p. 321.

I frequently heard the call of this bird in the dense jungle on

Mount Harriet. It resembles, but is not so deep or sonorous as, that

of C. rufipennis.

9. Nz&CTARINIA PECTORALIS, Horsf. Pl. Col. 188.

- Common on Mount Harriet.

10. Eportus, sp., I obtained a specimen of what I believe

to be a young Ldolius, which answers to the meagre descrip-

tion of Dicrurus Andamanensis, Tytler, (Ibis, N. 8., III, p. 323,)

in having hair-like feathers springing from the nostrils and

white Iunules under the wings. The tail is unfortunately only

_ partly developed, the 4th pair of feathers being only half grown,

and the 5th not yet sprouted. The beak and general aspect

| is that of an Hiolius rather than of a Dicrurus. Making every

allowance for age it is still a much smaller species than that which

has hitherto been found in the Andamans, and which according to

Blyth is the largest race of Z. Malayensis. The presence of the

hair-like feathers from the nostril and the forehead, serve to distin-

| guish it from the latter species. The description and measurements

_of my specimen are as follows: Plumage black with a metallic green

| gloss, primaries brownish ; wing 5,3,”, tail 42”, bill at front 1%’,

tarsus 2”.

11. Arramus LEvcopyaiais, Gould, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1842,

| p. 17; ibid. 1866, p. 555. A. leucogaster, Valence. apud Beav.,

| dbis, N. S., ITT, p. 324,

242 Notes on Birds observed near Port Blair. [ No. 3,

Abundant at Port Mouat, where they may be seen perched —

on posts, at intervals soaring forward in pursuit of insects, and

again returning to their perches.

12. Orocompsa socosa, Linn.

Common on Mount Harriet. I shot several specimens, but could

not find them in the heavy undergrowth which is perfectly im-

penetrable in the Andaman jungles.

138. Irena PuELLA, Lath.?

14, Pratrncona Inpica, Blyth, Ibis, N. S.. III, p. 328.

I saw asingle specimen of this bird. According to Col. Tytler,

it is “‘ not uncommon.” !

15. Corvus AnpAmANEns!s, Tytler, Ibis, 1866, p. 420, and

1867, p. 34, note; C. culminatus apud Blyth. |

Under the impression that this bird which I saw almost every

day while at Port Blair was the common C. eulminatus, I did not

shoot a specimen ; but Col. Tytler I find, makes them distinct.

The introduction and attempt at acclimatisation of C. splendens by —

Col. Ty tler, seems to have failed, as I did not see a single speci-

men near Port Blair. .

16. Denprocirra Bayieyi, Tytler, J. A.8.B., 1863, p. 88.

Ibis 1863, p. 119.

I shot a specimen of this interesting little pie which was perched

ona high tree of Mount Harriet. Wing 22”, tail 73”, bill at

front 1”, tarsus 1”. :

17. Evuiases ANDAMANENSIS, T y tler, Ibis, N. S., II, p. 331.

I obtained specimens of this bird both in the Nicobars and

‘Andamans. I could detect no difference between them.*

18. Temenvcnus AnpAmaneEnsis, Tytler, Ibis, N. S., III,

p- 829? Sturnia erythropygia, Blyth, J. A. S. B. 1859, p. 74.

Flocks of this pretty white Maynah used to feed on the slopes.

of Viper every day.

19. Munia tEvconora Tem.? Mouat’s Adventures and Re-

searches, App. p. 859. I. striata, Linn. apud Ty tler et Beav

The birds which I shot were certainly distinct from JL striata,

Linn., they had scarcely a trace of central strive. They wer

feeding in flocks on the roads on Mount Harriet.

* Compare J. A. S. B., XXXIX, Part II, 1870, p. 81.

1870. | On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. 243

20. CarporHaca syxivatica, Tickell.

Abundant on Mount Harriet. Two specimens, male and female,

which I obtained, are exactly identical with birds which I have

shot in Manbhim and the Réjmahal hills, also with specimens in

the Indian Museum from Cachar, but they are quite distinct, as

has been already shewn,* from the Nicobar pigeon.

21. DemicRETTA concotor, Blyth? Herodias Andamanensis,

Tytler. I only saw some young birds in confinement. The species

is said to be common.

22. ONYCHOPRION MELANUCHEN, Tem., P. Z.S., 1866, p. 556.

Common. Breeds on all the small detached rocky islands.

[Note—on page 33, line 17 of this volume for (Tarsus) 3” read 23”. ]

On THE NormAt Ratnratt or Bencar,t|—by Henry F. Buan-

FORD, F.G.8., Meteorological Reporter to the Government of

Bengal.

[Received 27th May, 1870—read 6th July, 1870.]

The records of rainfall summarized in the following tables

relate, with a few exceptions, to the years 1848—1852 and 1860—

1869. The former series have been extracted from the records of

the Board of Revenue, and were kept by the Collectors under or-

ders of Government at the sudder stations of their respective

districts. In 1852, the charge of the rainfall registers was made

over to the District Medical officers, but the series from 1852 to

1859 are not available, having been placed in the hands of Mr. H.

von Schlagintweit for the preparation of a summary of their

results. The later series have been principally taken from the

records of the Medical Department, and have been supplemented and

| completed as far as possible from the returns received in theMeteoro-

| logical office since its establishment in 1867. Some additional

_ data have been taken from miscellaneous sources, such as Dr.

_ Lamb’s table in Vol. XXI of the Journal of the Asiatic Society,

Dr. Hooker’s Himalayan Journals, &c., but these are compara-

tively few.

* Vide antea, p. 32.

+ For discussion upon this paper, see Proc. Asiat. Soc. for July 1870, p, 223-226.

244 On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. [No. 3,

It must be premised that very few of the registers can pretend

to accuracy, and as will be seen from the figures indicating the

number of years from which each monthly average has been com-

puted, very few are complete for the entire series of years. It is clear

from the character of the original records, that the value of the re-

gister in each case has been determined very much by the amount of

interest taken in it, or the supervision that could be exercised over

it by the local officer, and in some cases it would appear to have

been treated in a very perfunctory manner. In some cases, the

others for three or four months only, e. g., while the rain-gauge was

sent to Calcutta for repair, and some sudder stations appear never to

have been furnished with rain-gauges. I have omitted many stations,

the data of which are generally doubtful, or insufficient to furnish

a fair average result, especially those in which the earlier series

shows a marked discrepancy with the later. On the other hand,

I have admitted one or two registers presenting points of special

interest, and which I have reason to believe trustworthy, although

extending over but a short period. What kind of gauge may

have been used in the earlier years I am unable to say ; of late years,

the form commonly in use is that which consists of a deep narrow

receiver, in which moves a float carrying a graduated brass rod.

The rise of the float is read off on the rod at its intersection with

a bar which crosses the mouth and the funnel and through a hole

in which the rod slides.* Gauges of this kind in unpractised or

careless hands are subject to error in many ways; the general

tendency of which is, that the quantities indicated are less than the

actual rainfall. This I am disposed to believe is very generally the

case with the registers here summarized, to the extent perhaps of

2 or 8 percent. of the total rainfall, but any such estimate must

necessarily be very vague.

I have classified the stations in groups according to the chief

physical divisions of the country, and their exposure to the vapour-

bearing winds. Mr. Dove in his well known treatise on the Rain-

fall of the torrid zonet has classified the Bengal stations in two

* This form is figured as No. II in the Second Report of the Rainfall Com-

mittee of the British Association. Brit. Assoc. Rep., 1867, Plate IV.

_ + Klimatologische Beitrige, Vol. I. Ueber die Vertheilung des Regens auf

der Oberfliche der Erde, Erster, Theil, Die Regen der Heissen Zone,

1870. | On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. 245

groups, which he terms respectively the Dacca Group and that of

the Ganges plain and the Himalaya. This division is in so far

natural, that the stations of the former group, lying to the east

of the Bay and the Gangetic delta, receive their rain from the SW

winds, which, passing over the Bay of Bengal, reach them without

much alteration of direction, and at an earlier period of the year,

while the temperature of the Peninsular and the Ganges valley

is rapidly rising under the rays of a vertical sun. The westerly sta-

tions of the latter group are visited by heavy rainfall, only when, in

consequence ofthe high temperature of May and the early part of

June, and consequent fall of the Barometer, a large body of the

saturated air from the Bay is drawn round from its primitive

direction towards the plains of Upper India, which it reaches at a

SE or ESE wind. The rainfall, therefore, commences and reaches

its maximum at a later period at these stations.

Mr. Dove’s tables give the rainfall of 12 stations only. The

larger number of the stations for which I now have registers, per-

mits of a more detailed grouping, and I am enabled to classify

| them with regard both to their exposure and elevation, as well as

to the comparative siccity or moisture of the rain-bearing currents,

that reach them. ‘This is determined chiefly by the nature of the

country traversed by these winds in their passage from the Bay of

Bengal. The arrangement adopted is the following—

‘a Seebsaugor, Tezpore, Nowgong

bs: | 1, Assam Group. Gowhatty, Goalpara. "cg

= | 2. Khasi Hills. Shillong, Cherrapunji.

4 3. Silhet Group. Silhet, Cachan,

fa | 4. ae and Ara- ( Tipperah, Noacally, Chittagong, Ak-

it kan Group. yab, Sandoway.

- Jessore, Calcutta, Kishnagur, Moor-

S| ee) SE roup. shedabad,(Berhampore), Burdwan.

g 4 Dacca, Mymensing, Bogra, Rung-

_ §& \ 6. Northern Group. pore, Dinajpore, Maldah, Rampore

o | Beauliah.

Himalaya. ae pupal ; mioiGhile

onghyr, Gya atna, ‘Tirhoot,

oo pet Cxoup, Chuprah, Arrah, Chumparun.

i 5 Bhagulpore, Soory, Ranigunj, Ban-

~~ 9, Western Bengal. coorah, Midnapore, Manbhoom,

S 1Y

i Hazareebaugh, Ranchee.

| 10. Orissa Group _( Balasore, Cuttack, Pooree, Sumbul-

= : pore.

246 On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. [ No. 3,

Assam Group.—These are all situated in the valley of Assam, on

the narrow alluvial plain of the Brahmaputra, the elevation of

which at Goalpara is about 140 feet above sea level, and at Seeb-

saugor, 260 miles higher,* does not much exceed 500 feet. The

elevated plateau to the south known as the Garrow, Khasi,

Jyntiah and Naga Hills, averages from 4000 to 6000 feet, and

intercepts a large portion of the vapour which is brought by the

SW winds, direct from the Bay, and is discharged upon these

hills, and the plains to leeward and windward, from the first

setting in of these winds in March or April, up to the termina-

tion of the SW monsoon in the beginning of October. The

heaviest rainfall is at Goalpara, near the lower end of the valley

and at Seebsaugor, and Dibroogurh at its upper extremity, where it

exceeds 90 inches. In Central Assam, it appears to average

between 70 and 80, but it is probably higher along the foot of the

Himalaya, all the stations enumerated lying either on the main

stream or to the south of the Brahmaputra. The heaviest rainfall

is in June and July.

Khasi Hills —The station of Cherrapunji is situated near the

summit of the southern escarpment, at an elevation of 4100 feet,

and immediately overlooking the plains of Silhet. The SW

winds, passing unimpeded over these plains and the Gangetic

delta beyond, are here suddenly arrested by an almost mural

escarpment up which they are driven, and consequently discharge

their vapour in a torrent of rain, unequalled by that hitherto recor-

ded at any other station in the world. In a single month, | July,

1861, | the almost incredible amount of 366 inches is recorded in

the register, and the average fall of this month is not less than

157 inches. This enormous fall is as might be expected quite

local. Shillong is but 30 miles to the north and a little higher,

(4800 feet), but between the two stations intervene three higher

ridges, averaging about 6000 feet, and at Shillong, the annual

rainfall, as deduced from four years observations, does not exceed

96 inches, about the same as that of Goalparah. Records from other

parts of the plateau are wanting, but it is probable that Cherra-

* As measured in a direct line on the map.

1870. | On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. 247

punji represents the heaviest rainfall, and that on the more eas-

terly parts of the hills, the rain is considerably less than on the

westerly portion, since the wind currents that reach it, must first

have traversed the hill tract of Tipperah.

Silhet Group.—The two stations forming this group represent the

rainfall on the alluvial plain of the Barak and its branches, to

windward of the Khasi Hills. The elevation of Cachar, the higher

_ of the two stations, is 72 feet only. Silhet probably does not much

exceed 50. The former station is under the lea of a portion of the

Tipperah hills, and hence probably the difference (26 inches) in

their mean annual fall.

Tipperah and Arrakan Group.—Next to the Khasi Hill Group this

group of stations exhibits the highest mean rainfall ; Tipperah, the

most northerly, receiving 95 inches, and Sandoway, the most souther-

ly, 236inches. The stations are all at or near sea level ; but they lie

(with one exception) on the sea coast, and to windward of a continuous

range of forest-clad mountains that runs obliquely across the path of

the SW monsoon. The very great difference between the annual

falls of Sandoway, or Akyab and Chittagong, is probably due, partly

to differences in the direction of the monsoon wind in the lower

and upper parts of the Arakan Coast, and partly to the greater

proximity of the hills to the coast line at Akyab.and Sandoway, as

well as their greater elevation. Owing partly, it may be, to the

obstacle presented by the Arakan Mountains to the SW winds, but,

_ dna greater degree, to the lower barometric pressure of the plains of

Bengal, the wind-direction at Chittagong, during the greater part

of the SW monsoon, is SSH, or about parallel to the coast and

the hill ranges. At Akyab and Sandoway, it is from SW or SSW

orlight and variable, in the earlier months, becoming S in the

later months of the monsoon. The rains begin earlier at the

northern than at the more southerly -stations, since at the latter

but little rain falls in April; and that of May is light, as compared

with the rainfall of the subsequent months.

Delta Group.—tin this group, I include only those stations lying

between the Megna, Pudda, (or lower Ganges) and the western mar-

gin of the Delta. In their case, as in that of the two next mentioned

groups, the annual fall is considerably greater on the stations

248 On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. [No. 3,

-lying to the eastward than on those to the west, and of the latter

those lying to the south near the coast receive more than those to

the north. I have omitted the two stations, Burrisal and Furreed-

pore for the reasons given at a previous page, but it is well known,

as indeed their registers show, that they [the former especially |

receive more rain than any of the stations here enumerated, and

their rains begin earlier. The mean rainfall of the Delta would

appear to be about 70 inches. ,

Northern Group.—With the exception of Malda and Rampore

Beauleah in the SW, and Dacca in the SE corner of the area,

these stations have a higher rainfall than those of the Delta proper.

This is doubtless owing to the influence of the hills on the north

and north-east, especially the latter, which obstruct the free passage

of the vapour-bearing winds, and increase the precipitation of

their vapour. This influence is felt to at least 80 miles from their

foot. Other things being equal, the easterly stations receive more

than the westerly, and the rains begin earlier at the former, as in

the case of the Delta stations. The average fall of the area is

about 80 inches.

Himalayan Group.—I have returns of the rainfall of only two

stations in the Himalaya, and of one of these only a four years’

5000 feet on a spur directly facing the plains to the SE, the

other (Darjiling) at 6,950, shut out from the plains by a ridge

which averages 1000 feet above the station. It cannot, therefore,

be ascertained how far the difference of their rainfall, which

amounts to about 24 per cent. of that of the wetter station, is

attributable to difference of elevation. But it is important to note

the very great difference of the rainfall of Rungbee and Cherra-

punji, both at nearly the same elevation, and both fully exposed

to the moist wind of the region; since in Sikkim, the course of

the vapour-bearing monsoon has turned so as to proceed from the

SE. ‘

Behar Group.—I include in this group, all stations to westward

of the hilly and upland region that lies to the south of the Gang

and between its Delta and the Sone valley, and those north of th

Ganges in the province of Behar. Their elevation varies from 15

1870. | On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. 249

to 450 feet. The vapour-bearing monsoon reaches these as a SH

or ESE wind, and having already traversed the high ground

above noticed, and its flanking hill ranges, has been deprived of a

portion of its moisture. Consequently their mean rainfall does

not exceed 40 inches, and their climate is similar to that of the

N. W. P. Moreover the rains commence as a rule about a fort-

night later than in the Delta, and they reach their maximum in

July or August.

Western Bengal.—Under this name, I group the stations lying

between the Delta and Behar groups. ‘Those on the eastern and

northern edge are from 100 to 200 feet only above the sea. ‘Those

in the interior are more elevated, the highest, Hazareebaugh, being

2010 feet. Their rainfall varies between an amount equal to that

of the western Delta stations, to one not greater than that of the

Behar group. Generally there is a gradual diminution from east

to west, but the amount is much influenced by elevation and

exposure. Thus, Hazareebaugh, at 2010 feet, has a mean rainfall

10 inches higher than Manbhoom, 70 miles to the eastward, but

situated on a plain probably less than 500 feet above the sea. On

the east face of the Kurruckpore hills, 80 miles west of Bhagul-

_ pore, in a country covered with dense forest, and directly facing

the SE wind, the rainfallis stated by Mr. Stevens in a report

on a proposed scheme for irrigation, to be as high as 72 inches,

which does not seem improbable. But at Bhagulpore to the east-

ward, close to the Ganges, the average fallis only 51 inches, and at

‘Monghyr at the north-western foot, and somewhat to leeward of

the range, it does not amount to 40 inches.

Orissa .Group.—This group includes three stations situated on

the alluvial plain which borders the north-west corner of the Bay

and averages 50 miles in width, and one, Sumbulpore, in the

interior of the hill country lying to the westward. Balasore, the most

northerly of the former stations, has a rainfall equal to that of

Calcutta, but the quantity diminishes to the south and towards the

interior. The wettest months appear to be July and August, but

the registers shew some anomalies, which are probably due to

their imperfection. It may be noticed, that while the June rainfall

is somewhat less than that of the Delta, the October fall is some-

what larger.

250 On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. [No. 3,

SEASONS AND CAUSES OF THE Rartnratt.—It has been noticed

above, that there is a certain amount of variation in the season of

maximum rainfall in eastern and western Bengal, the rains of the

former beginning and reaching their maximum earlier than those

of the latter ; but there are some other features of their periodicity

that may be noticed in connection with what is known of the

general causes that determine them.

A glance at the tables will shew that the rainfall of Bengal is

far from being restricted to that period which is emphatically

termed ‘ the rains’ ; in which respect, Bengal offers a marked contrast

to Bombay, and-the western part of the Peninsular generally.

December is in general the driest month, but from that time for-

ward the monthly rainfall gradually increases, more rapidly

however in eastern than western Bengal, and there is no long period

of great siccity preceding heavy rainfall such as characterises

western India.

Of the cause of the rain that falls in the winter months, I have

seen no satisfactory account, and our records are at present too

imperfect to permit of my suggesting its probable explanation,

The winter rains, it must be observed, are more regular and frequent

in Upper India than in Bengal. Generally, however, a few days

of rain in January and February are experienced at Calcutta. As

far as I have observed, this rainis preceded by a calm state of the

atmosphere, or sometimes by a light wind from the south, and the —

Calcutta registers shew that it is most frequent with north and

east winds. The sky becomes covered with cirro-stratus which gra-_

dually thickens, and at length resolves itself into a steady rain, less

heavy than the summer rains, and somewhat like the winter rains

of Kurope. It is always followed by a considerable fall of temper-

ature, and generally by a cool breeze from the NW.

As the sun advances northwards in March and April, the

temperature of the Peninsular rises rapidly, the focus of heat

being, according to the Messrs. von Schlagintweit’s chart,

about Nagpore. With the rise of temperature, the tendency of

the winds becomes centripetal, the direction being between §

and SE along the Coromandel Coast, and W or WNW on the

Coast of Bombay. Herein we have the probable cause of the

1870. | On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. 251

spring rains, which as I have above remarked, are not felt in

Bombay, or indeed any where to the west of Nagpore. This will

be understood, if we consider what will be the source of the winds

that impinge upon the opposite coasts of the Peninsular in ac-

cordance with Buys Ballot’s law, and as verified by observation.

On the east coast, the air comes from the south, less satura-

ted indeed, than that which brings the monsoon rains, since at this

period, it is not drawn in a steady current over so great an expanse

of ocean; but containing a considerable quantity of vapour, which

it precipitates chiefly in the brief, but frequently violent storms

of which the Bengal ‘ North-Westers’ are examples. On the West,*

the air comes originally from the NW, that is, from the arid

region of Arabia, and the countries around the Persian Gulf, and

the expanse of sea traversed between these countries and the Indian

Peninsular is insufficient to charge it highly with vapour.

The above explanation applies of course only to the Peninsular

of India, properly so called. In Hastern Bengal and Assam, heavy

rains begin in April, or shortly after the equinox. SW winds

now predominate, and precipitate their moisture abundantly on the

cool hilly but not very elevated region on which they immediately

impinge. Since the winds preserve their SW direction, they would

appear to flow towards the region of low barometric pressure which,

as Mr. Buchan’s charts shew, prevails at this season over Tibet

and Western China, the Himalayan range terminating at the 94th

parallel of longitude, and ceasing, therefore, to present so great an

obstacle to the transfer of the air, as it does everywhere to the west-

ward. It may be observed that in April, the heavy rains are

restricted to latitudes north of the head of the Bay. At Akyab

and Sandoway there is little rain in this month, and heavy rains

begin with the strengthening of the monsoon, only a week or two

| earlier than in Lower Bengal.

The monsoon rains usually set in in Calcutta about the second or

third week in June. At Darjiling, they are somewhat earlier, and

| in Western Bengal, and the N. W. Provinces, a fortnight or three

* See Board of Trade Wind Chart, No. IX for the north parts of the Indian

Ocean, and for Bombay the Magnetic and Meteorological observations of the

Bombay University.

252 On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. [No. 3,

weeks later. The focus of heat, as Col. Strachey long since obser-

ved, and as is shewn in the Messrs. Schlagintweit’s charts, is

now transferred to the Punjaub, and the air from the Bay of Bengal

is drawn across the hilly region of Western Bengal and Orissa, and

up the Gangetic plain as a SH, ESE or easterly wind. The

mean annual fall decreases gradually ceteris paribus with the in-

creasing distance from the Bay of Bengal. At Benares, the mean

fall is 34.34, at Agra 25.17 inches &c. As I have pointed out in a

previous paper, the immediate cause of the deficient rainfall of the

N. W. Provinces in 1868 and 1869, was the existence of a

circumscribed area of low pressure, immediately in the path of

their winds, and their consequent detraction from their usual path.

The monsoon of Hindustan is, therefore, a local phenomenon,

independent of that of Central Asia or nearly so, while the

SW monsoon of Eastern Bengal is probably apart of the greater

movement which has its centre in the latter region. The focus

towards which the monsoon of Hindustan flows, is the heated and

dry region of the Punjab, which is the limit of the rains, and where

they are comparatively light, not exceeding five inches in the five

months, from June to October, at Mooltan.*

The monsoon of Bengal usually lasts to the first or second wee

in October, but northerly winds frequently begin to be felt some-—

what earlier ; the plains of Northern India being now cooled down

by evaporation, while the sun is retreating in Southern declination,

Meanwhile the Southern part of the Coromandel Coast and it

adjacent plains have received little or no rain, since, asis well

known, the SW monsoon is nearly exhausted of its mois

by the Ghats and Table land of Mysore, and the still loftiei

hill-masses to the South that lie along the west coast, and form

an interrupted prolongation of the Ghats. When, therefore, the

air is no longer drawn from the south towards Northern India,

the plains of Madras still retain a high temperature and ai

* The mean of the five years, 1862-66 at Mooltan is given by Dr. Neue the

Meteorological mcr for the oe as follows :—

ISTIC, nis dca ncaa vig hhaace Beanie eile 0 itea a> eee ook ore a

Pay gs ndin Be ccacei staal Sek Seyas Sm “at Ste Seeks ap ae

Wiebe ey Ce teh ead WR AD

Peptembers Aes... GA aa RO eae

RCO IOL, © oss vig snc cbatay ventnaen'’e Gocwap oie iphone con ween oan

1870. | On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. 253

Prof. Dove long ago pointed out, the southerly winds come

round and blow towards them from the HSH or ENE, bring-

ing the autumn rains. This is more especially the season of

Cyclones in the Bay of Bengal, their frequency being about twice

as great as at the beginning of the SW monsoon. The retrover-

sion of the monsoon is felt slightly in Orissa, as is shewn by

the excess of the October mean over that of the Delta already

noticed,

| INFLUENCE OF ELEVATION ON THE RAINFALL.—On this subject sys-

tematic observations are wanting in Bengal, and although the list of

stations here given, comprises a considerable variety of elevations,

the stations present such differences of exposure that their registers

are not comparable for the purpose of determining the effects of

mere elevation on the quantity of the annual precipitation. It will,

however, be of interest to notice such differences as they present,

with due regard in each case to those other cireumstances which

affect the result ; and in so doing, I shall draw attention to the effect

| of the proximity of hills in increasing the rainfall of stations lying

_ to the windward, and the distance to which this influence appears

to extend, a subject to which I have already adverted in a cursory

_ manner in the foregoing pages. In this discussion, I shall have

oceasion to adduce some data, which I have omitted from the

_ general table on account of the short period over which the obser-

| vations extend. To eliminate, as far as possible, the effects of

| varying distance from the sea, and those due to the difference and

force of the prevailing vapour-bearing winds, I shall consider

separately the stations of Hastern, Northern and Western Bengal.

_ The enormous rainfall of Cherra-punji at an elevation of about

| 4000 feet, has already been noticed. This is a little below the

| elevation of maximum precipitation determined by Col. Sykes,

for Southern India,* but whether the same elevation holds good for

the Khasi Hills cannot be determined ; the only station with which

a direct comparison of elevation can be made is Silhet, at 23 miles

from the foot of the hills and less than 100 feet above the sea.

Here the mean rainfall is, in round figures, 150 inches, that of Cherra

* Phil. Trans. 1850, p.

254 On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. [ No. 3,

being 560 ins. Teria Ghat, immediately at the foot of the escarpment,

at an elevation of 130 feet, would doubtless shew an amount inter-

mediate between the two. I have already noticed the influence of

the hills in increasing the rainfall on the plains to windward, and

it is easy to see that such an effect must be produced wherever (as in

this case) a steep escarpment directly faces the prevalent vapour-

bearing wind. :

This effect is two-fold, direct and indirect; direct since, asa

physical obstacle, it must cause a piling up so to speak of the lowe

and more saturated strata of the atmosphere, and force them to

an elevation at which their temperature falls below the dew point,

causing precipitation; and indirect, since the vast quantities ¢

water discharged from the hills and spreading themselves over the

plain, present an extensive evaporating surface which may extend

far beyond the region of the former influence. Such is the case in

Silhet. In the rains, the whole region traversed by the SW wind

in their passage from the Bay of Bengal, is covered with broad

flooded rivers, innumerable creeks and extensive jheels which occupy

the whole intervening space, with the exception of the river, bank

and the small elevations on which are built the villages. At thi

season, the whole country may be not inaptly described as

expanse of water. The atmosphere is, therefore, kept in a stat

constantly bordering on saturation, and to this fact, and not solel}

to the direct or (so to speak) mechanical effect of the hills, must k

attributed the high rainfall of Eastern Bengal. The following li

of stations, all on the plains, and within 70 feet of sea level, with

their distance from the hills, and their annual rainfall will shew

combined effects of the two causes above noticed.

Distance from Annual Rain-

the hills. fall.

Daves,” Cs Fe ees . 100 miles. 75°23 inches

Bogra, 32.2% HL Soo TS eee, | ere 91-07 “4

Mymensingh, ..... womesdecsess (00 (Sf Sane eee

mimes CO Pee ON es 2 2 “3 aaa ”

I now turn to the corresponding facts presented by the Himalaya

and Sub-Himalayan stations. |

1870. | On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. 255

Here .again a direct comparison of the effects of elevation is

impracticable, but the stations for which I have registers are more

numerous. Three of them viz. Darjiling, Rungbee and Rishap are

_ Situated within a few miles of each other at elevations respectively

of 6950, 5000 and 2000 feet approximately; the positions of the

two former stations have been described above; the last is situated

below Rungbee. The following is a comparison of the rainfall of

each, the mean of the two years, 1868 and 1869.

Elevation. Mean Rainfall

of 2 years.

RUM ork 5, ao alata. Sea x mia oi -. 6950 feet. 117°93 inches.

MIC 8 Sd igs ep ef ele el-erace « bp OOO | yy bee LEON ccs

criss sary dla: = wee ys rity ss 9- 2000 ,, 104795) icy

The two stations last mentioned lie on the exposed face of the hills,

but they are, to some extent, shut off in a measure from the plains by

_ aspur that reaches to 7000 feet, or 2000 feet above the higher of the

stations. The effect of this is, however, as I am assured by Mr.

Clarke, less than might be anticipated, since the open valley of the

- Teesta and that of its lateral feeder, the Rungbee, afford a free passage

to the SE wind, which pours up them, and from the head of the

latter valley is driven up the Sinchul ridge. The difference of these

stations, at 2000 and 5000 feet, amounts to 60 per cent. of the rain-

fall at the lower. I am now making arrangements, with Mr.

Clarke’s assistance, to establish a guage at a greater elevation,

where Mr. Clarke opines, the rainfall will be found to be heavier

than at Rungbee. Darjiling being to leeward of the Sinchul ridge

has doubtless a lower rainfall, than a station at the same elevation

immediately above Rungbee would be found to have.

Buxa in the Bhotan doars is stated to be about 2,490 feet above

the sea.* In 1869, for which year alone I have its register, no

less than 252 inches were measured at this station. It presents the

freest possible exposure, standing forward on the ridge of a spur that

projects directly into the plains, but its excessive rainfall,as compared

with the Sikhim stations, is no doubt in part due to its more easterly

position, and I have considerable reason to believe that the rain-

* The mean of two boiling-point determinations by Major Godwin-

Austen.

256 On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. [ No. 3,

fall was exceptionally heayy, as compared with that of Bengal ge-

nerally, over an area which included Buxa. Julpigooree, the nearest

station, 20 miles from the foot of the hills, and about equidistant

from Darjiling and Buxa, had in 1869 a fall of 164 inches, or equal to.

that of Rungbee, and Rungpore, 70 miles south of Buxa, had nearly

100 inches or 15 inches above the annual mean, while at Darjiling

the fall in 1869 was 29 inches below the average. It is clear,

therefore, that any conclusions drawn from the registers of a

single season may be extremely fallacious even for neighbouring

stations.

I have not any returns for stations near the foot of the Hima-

laya, extending over a sufficient period to yield an approximate

average, but the following shew a certain decrease of peepee

with increasing distance.

Distance. Annual fall,

Rangporegs fice ret oe ce eee 70 feet. 85°22 inches.

Diiapepore, .. oF. . co ee APD he s 85°84- ,,

MinIGG, \. eek ek ee io ta eee een lou oS ahs! - ys

Rampore Beauliah, ...... whee af aulon 63°32

This table exhibits irregularities, such as do not appear in that

of the stations lying between Dacca and the Khasi Hills, but

the circumstances are not so uniform, and the stations do not range

so nearly in the line of the prevailing moist wind.

The stations of the group that I have termed Western Bengal,

do not present any regular increase of elevation with uniform

exposure. I have already adverted to the increase of rainfall on

the SE face of the Kurruckpore hills, over that of Bhagulpore on

the plains near their foot. The elevation at which the mean rain-

fall is estimated to be 72 inches, is stated to be between 300 and

1200 feet above the river valley, the mean elevation of which is

not stated. The data, therefore, are too indefinite to admit of other

than a general conclusion as to the effects of elevation. The

data for Hazareebaugh at 2010 feet are more exact, but ther

is no station with which it can be directly compared.

As a general conclusion, it may be stated that so far as our data

go, stations at 4000 to 5000 feet present a higher rainfall than

1 870. | On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. 257

those at lower elevations in similar circumstances of exposure, but

the evidence is insufficient to shew whether this is the elevation of

maximum precipitation, and there are other circumstances of posi-

tion, apart from the character of the prevalent rain-bearing wind,

at least equally influential in determining the amount of pre-

cipitation.

To sum up the principal facts educed in this discussion.

The rainfall of Eastern Bengal commences at an earlier period

and is on the whole heavier than in Western Bengal at stations

equally distant from the sea, and at equal elevations.

The SW monsoon of Hastern Bengal is probably due to the

low pressure in Central Tibet, towards which the saturated air

from the Bay flows as a SW wind, traversing the hill plateau

between Assam and Cachar in its course towards upper Assam,

where the barrier of the Himalaya ceases and allows it a passage to

the north. The corresponding monsoon of Western Bengal tends

4 on the contrary towards the heated plains of the Punjaub, access

~ to Central Asia being barred by the Himalaya range.

Besides the regular rains of the SW monsoon, Western Bengal

receives a small precipitation in the cold weather months, similar

to the water rains of Central and Upper India, but less in quantity

and regularity. It also receives spring rains, irregular in quantity

and period of occurrence, which are probably due to an inflow of

moist air from the Bay towards Central India, the temperature of

_ which is then normally higher than that of any other part of the

Peninsular. The autumn rains of Madras are felt in Orissa as a

slight prolongation of the regular rains.

258 On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. [No. 3,

MEAN RAINFALL TABLES.

1.—Assam.

Seebsaugor.| Tezpore. | Nowgong. | Gowhatty.| Goalpara.

diel dela )e| 2d ae

Se Oe ae Oa ie v2 a eee ey NR

JANUMATY, ... cece 1.18} 12 68} 9] 1.40] 9 .70| 8 42} 6

MGDrTUSEY, ncnserane 2.43 | 12 .99| 10 1.45} 9] 1.43] 10 .76| 6

AOU seatacts oli) ii | alt 18 .05} 10 | 1.48] 8] 1.84] 6

April, cise 10.15} 11 6.84) 10 5.87} 10 | 7.27; 9| 485] 6

ay, 11.04, 10 | 9.51] 10} 11.01} 9] 10.92] 9] 11-72) &

sune; fe: 2 15.56] 11 | 13.83] 10 | 11.92] 10 | 13.29] 9 | 23.72] 6

July, 14.87} 11 | 16.51] 10 | 15.08] 8 | 13.08} 9 | 21.33] 5

August,...........-| 13.88] 11 | 13.06] 10 | 18.20; 10 | 11.98] 8 | 12.67] 5

September, ...... 11.13/ 11 | 7.91] 10 | 11.17} 9| 6.82] 9110.98] 6&

October, .........| 4.46) 11 3.10; 9 4.33 | 10 3.20} 9 5.61) 5

November, ...... 1.29} 11 .82;| 8 .65| 10 47) 8 29) 6

December, ...-.. .69} 11 .92| 9 .37| 10 12) 9 20} 6

Year, ...... 90.45| ... | 76.08| ... | 79.50] ... | 70.76) 2: ) 84.441)

2.—Kuast Hits. 38.—SILHET AND CACHAR.

Shillong. Cherra. Silhet. Cachar.

m . .

o o °

a VR} Bey ps 5

Fancaryy- sds ves 23] 3 oS ey | .23

February,...-..... BTi- 3 |. S641. 8 1.59

March; =:.<..:....2|. fae, © | ee. o£ 4.89

APTI; 3. Sa wetees sve|t (SOL oe | eouman 7 14.40

MG ide cstiocinesse], abo! A brgeterd pe 25.04

PUNE, saree rcives ss] LOOT, & LIB OR) TO 30.87

Dtly, as cunecsinds| S644) At bZ.35 |, 21 25.94

August, ...cic-cc-| 9.47 | -, 4°9-80,05)| 10 23.61

September, ......| 18.42} 4 | 60.47} 11 13.49

October, jicsuhtd, GOT + 24 17.66} 8 8.71

November, ...... 182; 4 3.10}; 4 82

December, ...... 23) 4 4,

: bo 17

VGar actin 95.88] ... [559.02] ... 149.76

1870. | On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. 259

4.—TIPPERAH AND ARACAN.

Tipperah. | Noacally, |Chittagong.| Akyab. | Sandoway.

ee nIIIEIE TEE A

a a =

Seimieiny. .........| .¢/| LO 42} 12 ev ala 45) 10 | O14) 5

February, ......... 1.07} 10 83/12 | 1.62] 11 ee 7 fale 0) 5

TC 2.28| 9 P62.) 008 LS tao 49) 11 0.24) 5

is 9.28} 10 4.31} 138 5.46} 11 13S LO 1.85) 4

May, 11.51 |- 10 907| 13 9.42) 12 8.00| 10} 14.01] 5

June, DOs 10 | -29.27) LS. | 22.920 12 1 65.16) 10 | 55.382 F) 5

July, eagle Oo 116.59) Fe | 22 o4 1 120) 55:75) 10) 6450'S

August, ...... .....} 13.76] 10 | 19.55] 13 | 23.04) 12 | 41.73| 11 | 5136; 4

September, .. ... 10.44) 10 | 14.94) 18 ;-13.01| 12 | 24.97) 10 | 30.91 4,

Mictaper, .........|- (04) 10 7.90] 138 Ge | 12 | TAG! LE te B09) 5

November, ...... QH6 S|) E79 | EES (2730 | 1056229) 9°) LISS

December, ...... 06) 9 04; 11 .55| 10 7A lia i & oy 4,

Wear... G86). | 9888 | a OSA lei 121945 (> 2 1238607

5.—Ganeetic DELTA,

eS. Ciiciiea: Krishna- | Moorsheda-

eur. bad.

& w rs DQ o n 5 3]

Ue cme el ca) eal) "ates

rs o gq oO q (ed) = {ed)

aa Pp 4S a ray a a >

EMT) iiaioie s vinleic oo devine tree0. 27) 12 | 0.53] 32 61/| 10 38/ 13

MEEHAPY god ocs vce seenes cea sasncs A6]} 11 | 0.72) 32 99°29 93} 14

ET se acy cr viens sence |) «LO |. 9 1.22] 32 FW Ni, 1.20! 14

Se kh 3.95)° 8:| 2.25/32 | 491] 9) 2.41/13

ec as latvetesscsnniera.|) tao. 9 5.43 | 32 8.35'| 7 4.17) 14,

Cees vesdciste se, eece| AoOL| 10-1) 11.80) 32 / 11.84) 6 9.23 | 14

aes so psrvcp<rsivesnsssee| 20.90) 11>) 13.83) 32 9.138} 7 | 10.238) 14

Mica: car ssesce comanan,| LOS) 10 | 14.18) 382) 9.70) 9 | 9.57) 14

0 ee 9.85| 9 | 10.86/ 32) 7.94) 8 | 8.53] 14

MT pec oc.coesveresccacsesee| . O47 | 10 5.3L | 32 5.16| 8 6.11} 14

MEMIIGCPI.,. c.ccccsc -. seserece.| 1.08] 10%} . 0.67) 32 44) 7 251, 12

BMS cals wine soe en coe see ane 01) 11 | 0.24] 32 .22| 9 23

Year, ...0.- 64.91| ... | 6604) 32 | 60.04) ... | 58.13

On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal.

‘orodwmey

260

‘oaodeseur(y

CorTrWDdaaaa°aa4onran HD @

oove sooo 8 86 6&6 6 6 ©

*"S1voX

‘orodsunyy ‘ysursuou Ay

*dnouyy NUAHLXON—'9

PEERED @

seteseeeneener so eeenee CQQUTADO(T

ieeeeseetee cosesaeeees ZOqUUOAO NT

ea tereee « ceeeesseesecses CTBQQIDG

Htett teeereeseres 's Croquiaqdeg

tere ceeaeseeeeerere teense Caan Sny

ciitetrceteeereeseenrers Efi p

reece see teeaeeeceuereeeseeees QUT

ees teeeeceeeeeteectreeenes Grady

Fee ne te eee tee reneee ene: OTB

Stteteveeeeeerreeees 6£IONIQOT

seh ewe O ewe eee wee tee eee eee ‘Avenue p

261

On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal.

1870. ]

win | mrtg | oe OTE | et accel SBR and BT lp een OOS Bc SGU mm TG Br oe Ae

gs ler et .|F0" ey leo] capt ee te gor ! ce | opp fepe | mceeeeete terete Croqureseq

P mud oe aeael ee eer 1 120" PL [gor [erttenttette + Goqureao yy

foes KB0'E<-| eh 1 98S Gh ORE et ee OSE ee ere eT ee ee eee

ah iara fer (1e0L | en \9ee! | - It, eee | 2 pom hd oe) HE ORY TT aaa

9 GOT cL 96'°8 eT righ OL 99'6 ys 61'L g L¥'6 PL css se Pee veces OOF oe ee eeens vee ‘qsnony

Ee het Pet Pane See OR a ae 9 |06° ie ae Aan dete cease

, ler pt: (16 et l1¢ or |oF g Oil ah 1 \pe PL log: [eretttseeetsetetees quad

Bj tetey PE leg" oy ie 6 loo" 1 log 9 lar PL Tp [tte cette tees ee tore

y, 2° al TOT val SL OL tL g 19° yA COL PL Tr pg srar sane sian aden arene cote KB TLIe (*

‘anzedwny) *‘YeIry ‘qeadnyg “‘JOOUAL], "euyed ‘qedy “AY SUO TL

“avHag—')

—-s A! Ne a =

262

‘Oo OURIT

Fw aFGF VF DF wW

Ney

‘yaneq

-991U20 TT

92m6 210 1o OO ke OY FY FY ODO &

‘uLooyqueyy | ezodeupryy | ‘ye1ooourg

eee €6'0S ARS i i

€T | 60°

1g'so.| °" | Th'19.) “| 60°48 * 186°8P

80° tl 18 € «ee ee

AY OT | 19° € |&s 4 {40

os? | Tr /299 | 1988 |Z |e

8 | CT |48'8 | € |SPIT| 4 |99°8

P66 | IT |9QTT | §& |PATT | 4 | T8'OT

AVGT | ST |TEEL | & |TZEt | 4 {9st

csoL | IT |A4ZUIT | €& |88It| 4 {68's

cls GL | SVP € |69°6 4 |0U%

S6OT eI |}s8't | & 'o Zi 199°

OFT €T | OST § |SIT Hol The

96 Sl iZTT | & |¢ Ly -1 £9"

vy €—T |¥9° € |¢¢F 4 \19°

s |¢|/ sg |#|¢ |a@l g

‘anouy) NUTLIST AA —'s

el See) | |S | sl | | TS

teeeeeeres Croquraoo(y

rreeeseeeees S1QQTIOAON

eteereeeeeeses (190900

rrseeees © Croquroqdog

‘qanony

Heietecaeteseees Efe

tepeorans weerees COuTLP

Hotere Lon

shegeverseeresshe Crradyy

i yeeee eeeeee ee rae

ve Kowenaqo iy

ee ‘savnuep

1870. | | On the Normal Rainfall of Bengal. 263

9,—ORISSA.

Balasore. Cuttack. Pooree, Sumbulpore.

wm ° mM mM ° m °

a ee S x a e | 8 z

3) S ° x 3) . 3) =

Ra H 4 Db Aa by 5 b

BOUT Ys sca scene, FAS He 10 48] 12 abbas a8 6

February, ............| 132] 10 51} 12 1.46} 13 oat 7

BEM etiece.. 4, -.-| 215) 10 1.16! 12 66| 13 46 5

April, 2.34 g 1.39] 10 1.40} 12 25 6

BEER oe vont eccks ss. 4.96] 10 1.59; 10 2.62) 12 1.31 6

ES E282 1 10 9.60} 10 Pda V2 v.00 7

Ea 8.94} 10 11.04) 10 9.04) 13 13,22 Z

August, te 12.62; 10 11.22 9 12.45| 138 10.27 6

September,............/ 138.86] 10 8.99 | -10 9.59| 13 6.33} 7

BrewODEr, (1 .2.2..... ...( 7-42] 10 5.63| 10 7.43| 13 4.79 8

November, ............ 84 8 od. Ad 1.21| 12 ue 6

Mecember, .....,.....| °... 9 Aft Ae) 91; 18 16 it

eam | 68.45 io eh SRR a [54088 | «ces , ti 47,65

6a.— HIMALAYA.

Darjiling. Rungbee 5,000 ft.

2 ® = o

a H 4 tH

ME esr 585557 ohne 2 Sp % seis iwqghanes 0.76 8 1.41 A

oes ase con dae soc cns sen one,- 1.60 8 1.66 A

ER a eed ee ee 1.65 8 1.82 4,

Roril, ... TN Cone aaa te 8 6.22 4

May, .. 7.01 7 8.35 4

June, .. 27.50 7 33.94 A

Daly, .. 29.40 10 46.31 4

SeUUSt, ........ EE A iat he RAR ee Te 29.09 8 36.70 4

AID ccchss Sos on ucu ace doe pcedalle oe 18.06 ) 25.55 A,

ee asic ce scvsureececs ee. seceee on 6.56 9 8.15 4.

Ee ee eee .20 8 0.16 4,

sds) nisanectnis tie css ba +05 14 9 18 4,

Gailey daw, Eh. daei 4 129.59 a 170.45 aes

264 [No. 8,

Sreconp List or Brrps OBTAINED IN THE KuAst AnD Nortu Cacwar

HILL RANGES, INCLUDING THE GAro Hirtuis AnD CoUNTRY AT THEIR

BASE IN THE Mymensine and Sytuet Distrricrs,—lby Masor H.

H. Gopwin-AustTEn, F.R. G. S., Deputy Superintendent

Topographical Survey of India.

[Received 23rd June, 1870; read 6th July, 1870.]

During the past field season (1869-70) I have been able to

make another collection of birds from the above hills. It includes

some 148 species, and forms an addition to the list, lately published

in this Journal (see p. 91). The greater number of the birds were

collected upon the southern base of the Khasi and Garo Hills, and in

the Garo Hills themselves; it contains, therefore, fewer novelties, and

the species are for the most part well known; especially is this the

case with the Grallatores, nearly all from the beels of Sylhet and

Mymensing. We find here the same species as are to be got to the

west of the Brahmaputra ; nevertheless I have recorded every bird,

whether common or not, shot by my assistants, the collector, or

myself, and only these have been brought into the list, thus many

very common birds do not appear in it at all. Those enumerated

have been identified in “J erdon’s Birds of India,” or compared

with the collection in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, with Bly th’s

descriptions in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, &c.

For a few birds, obtained on the north Cachar side, I am

indebted to Mr. W. Robert, Assistant Surveyor, who, I am

glad to say, has commenced to form a collection of his own, and

who will I trust add many more and new birds to the present list. A

Surveyor has fine opportunities afforded him of forming a collection

in any section of Natural History, andif he only carry on this work

for several years, must make this a very valuable and complete one,

for he visits every kind of ground at successive elevations. Thus

Mr. N. A. Belletty has added many birds that I did not ob-

tain or see myself, and inthe same way, Mrs. Bellet ty, remain-

ing at the Head Quarter Camp, added a number brought in by

collector, and identified the same as well as a great number sent in

by myself and those working in the hills. I have every hope tha

1870. | A Second List of Birds from the Khasi hills, Se. 265

the desire, expressed in my first paper on the birds of these hills, will

be fulfilled, and that the list now commenced, will be greatly added.

to through the agency of the members of the Survey party, pro-

vided the Survey should continue to exist in these days of reduction.

Besides the birds recorded in the list, there are others in my col-

lection of whose identification I am still doubtful, and two or three

may prove new ; I was unable to find them among those in the In-

dian Museum. I, therefore, refrain from any remarks or descrip-

tions, until I shall have an opportunity of comparing them with

collections in England, the British Museum, &c. Among the species

not yet identified, I may mention a Drymoipus, Suya, Siplia, Pel-

lorneum, Stachyris, Phylloscopus and Tribura, this last may be 7.

luteoventris, Hod gs.

Jerdon’s No.

No. 2. Orocyrs catvus,Scopoli.

Some six or eight were together at Chatak.

20a. HimrAx MELANOLEUCOS, Bly th.

Length 63”, wing 4:2”, tail 3°2”, tarsus 1:0", bill at front 0:42”;

obtained forme by Mr. W. Robert, Assistant Surveyor, near

Lukhipur, Cachar.

24. AcctprrerR Nisus, Linn.

From Mymensing. Length 14’, ex. 26%”, wing 9", tail 73’, tarsus

22”.

30. Aaguita HasTaTA, Less.

On the plateau near Nongkulong (1,500 feet), West Khasi. The

feet and cere are dull yellow. L. 263”, ex. 60”, w. 20”, t. 10”, tr. 5”,

bill at front 24,” spread of foot with claws 5:2",

40. Panpion HAuiarus, Linn.

L. 21”, ex. 583”, w. 162”, t. 9”. — Teria Ghat.

41. Powiomtus icurHya@tus, Horsf.

42. HALimrus FULVIVENTER, Vieil.

Both this and the previous species were breeding in Mymensing

in December and January.

51. Crrcous Swarnsony, A.S mith.

Irides bright yellow, legs and cere yellow. Length 193”, ex. 40’,

w. 133”, t. 94”, tr. 23”, bill at f. 3”, mid toe and claw == 1% inch,

spread of foot ?’. — From Mymensing.

266 A Second List of Birds from the Khasi hills, &e. | No. 3,

53. Crrous MELANOLEUCUS, Gmelin.

L. 173”, ex. 42”, w. 14”, t. 92", tr. 3.0’, mid toe and claw 23”,

cere dark yellow ; from Bolagunj, Sylhet.

72. Kerupa CryLonensis, G m e l.

81. Nuvox scuTELuatus, Raf fl.

85. Hrrunpo paurica, Linn,

Specimens of the three last named species were obtained at

Mymensing.

89. Coryzz Sinevsis, Gray.

Breeding in January at Shirshang in banks of the Lumessary

River. L. 123”, w. 8}’, t. 64”, tr. 0.7”, bill at f. 0.5”.

109. Caprimuneus ALBonotatus, Tickell.

The first primary has a white spot on the inner web only, and is

also faintly mottled at tip.

119. Merops quintricotor, Vieill.

Ear coverts dark brown, tail exceeds end of wings by 14 inches.

L. 82”, w. 4.2”, t. 3.4”, tr. 1.4”, bill at f. 1.3”. Several specimens

obtained in the topes of trees at Agarkote, W. Shushang, Mymensing

district.

129. Hancyon Fuscus, Bod d. .

L. 11”, ex. 16.7”, w. 4.7”, t. 3.5”, tr. 0.7", bill at f. 2.25”; foot of

hills near Sylhet and Mymensing.

141. Hyproocissa cononata, Bo d d. ,

$.—L. 363”, ex. 41”, w. 14.5”, t. 18°5”, tr. 2”, billat f. 53”, casque

depth at base 33”, its length over top 7”, bill from gape 62”.

?.—L. 36”, ex. 42°5”, w. 14”, t. 13”, tr. 2°0’, casque depth at base

32”, casque over top 6}”, bill from gape 62”.

Orbital skin waxy white, bill waxy pale ochre with a black lon-

gitudinal mark in front. J erdon remarks that the black patch

does not extend to the upper mandible ; in my specimens it does so

markedly. I was at first inclined to think that the species w

HT. albirostris, but its much larger size distinguishes it from tha

species.

I shot both sexes in the west Khasi Hills, West of Punden

in the dense forest, on the same tree which was frequented by the

birds for the fruit then ripe.

148. Paumornis Torauatus, Bo d d. — Chatak.

1870. | A Second List of Birds from the Khasi hills, Se, 267

172. Grcrnus occrpiITatTis, Vigors.

eT, 112", w. 52”, t. 43’, tr 14", bill at f, 1-28".

As the description of a female has not been given by Jerdon,

I give it here. Head grey with feathers centred dark grey, rufous

and grey at chin, brest dull green; primaries and secondaries

spotted on inner web with white; tail black, tinged green on

outer edge of web and faintly barred; back yellow green, strong

on upper tail coverts; legs plumbeous.

178. Muicrorrernus pHatocrrs, Bl y th.

From Lukhipur, Cachar.

180. Brachyrrernvs AurANTIUS, Linn. — Mymensing.

188. Yunx roreuita, Linn.

W. 3.3”, t. 3.1”, tr. 0.75”, bill at f. 0.58”.

197. XanrHotama Inpica, L at h. — Chatak.

199. CucuLus canorus, Linn.

Shot in Mymensing District in a fine tope of trees on the bank

of the Ubda Kali river in April. The call vas not so low

and soft as that of the European bird, or the Cuckoo heard in the

Himalayas and Khasi Hills; it was quite harsh compared to it.

203. CucuLUs MIcRopTERUS, Gould. — Chatak, in April.

One specimen measures: L. 13”, ex. 214", w. 72”, t. 6.5”, tr. 0.9",

bill at f. 0.95"; another specimen: ex. 22”, w. 8”, t. 6.25”, bill at

front 0.98”.

The note of this bird is a repetition of the sound, ¢a-hoo, ta-koo,

with an intervening pause, quite different from the familiar note

of the Cuckoo, OC. Canorus.—One specimen was much larger than the

other. The first was ofa fine rich brown grey witha purple gloss, the

other dull and grey; the rufous tinge on side of upper breast and

- neck was also absent in this last. I am inclined to think that C.

micropterus and striatus are not to be separated, one being only

a finer larger bird than the other.

217. CENTROPUS RUFIPENNIS, Bl y th. — Teria Ghat.

224. ARACHNOTHERA PUSILLA, Bly t h.

We. 2-7’, t. 1:8”, tr. 0°68", bill at £ 1:42". Hemeo Peak, N.

-Cachar Hills.

232. Leprocoma Zzeyuonica, Linn.

Length 4”, w. 2”, t. 1:3", tr. 0°52”, bill at f. 0°7".

268 A Second List of Birds from the Khasi hills, §e. [No. 3

234. ARaAcnHNEcHTHRA AstATIoA, Lath. 2 — Teria Ghat.

238. Dicmum minimum, Tickell

Length 3:1", w. 1°75”, t. 0°75", tr. 0°42”, bill at f. 0°34”. Bill grey,

pale at base. Garo Hills.

257. Lanius ERYTHRONOTUS, Vigors.

Length 93”, ex. 112’, w. 33”, t. 42”, tr. 14’. Mymensing.

259. Lantus nicriceps, Franklin.

261. Lantus cristatus, Linn,

L. 732”, ex. 103”, w. 32”, t. 33”, tr. 0°85”, bill at f. 0-6”.

276. Baisden PEREGRINUS, Linn.

L. 52”, ex. 82”, w. 2°7”, t. 3”, tr. 0°6", bill at f. 0°37”. — Mymensing. ©

_ 283. Burinea REMIFER, T e m m. — Garo Hills.

307. CyorNiIs RUFICAUDA, Swainson.

L. 53”, w. 2:8”, t. 2°4”, tr. 0°68”, bill at f. 0:4”. North Cachar.

Above olivaceous, with tinge of rufous on lower back ; tail rusty

with pale brown edges; chin and throat dull white ; breast rusty

brown, oily whitg on abdomen and sullied with green.

324. EryrHrRosTerNa PusittA, Bly th.

L. 4}", w. 2°38”, t. 1°6", tr. 0°68", bill at f. 0°3”; legs reddish fleshy ;

procured at the base of the Garo Hills.

350a. ZoorTHERA MARGINATA, Bly th.

L. 84”, ex. 143”, w. 42”, t. 3”, tr. 1:0", bill at f. 1:0’, legs fleshy

grey, bill black ; from the base of West Khasi Hills.

352. OROCETES ERYTHROGASTRA, Vigors.

W. 4:8”, bill at f. 0°8’, tr. 1:1”. — North Cachar.

355. Gkrocronia ciTRINA, Latham.

Obtained at Asali and in the Garo Hills. Length 82", w. 4:55

t. 3:0”, tr. 1°3”, bill at f. 0°7”.

863. Meruna cAsTAnEA, Gould.

Length 10”, ex. 14”, w. 53”, t. 44”, tr. 13”, bill at f. 0°8”, legs dull

yellow, irides dark brown. Tura range, Garo Hills. a

3871. OrxocrncLA DAUMA, Lath.

Length 103”, w. 53”, t. 4”, tr. 1:4”.

3738. PARADOXORNIS FLAVIROSTRIS, Gould.

Length 9”, ex. 93”, w. 34”, t. 4”, tr. 14”, bill from gape 4”.

Obtained in the high grass of the jheels near Bolagunj in Decem-

ber. Several were then seen. On passing through the same ground

in April, I found it quite common, and it evidently breeds there.

1870.] A Second List of Birds from the Khasi ills, &¢. 269

384. GamsorHyNcHUS RUFULUS, Bly th. — Garo Hills.

387. Tricnastoma Apgoti, Bly th.

Irides red brown, legs pale fleshy. Length 62”, w. 3”, t. 271’,

tr. 0°95", bill at f. 0 65". Foot of South Garo Hills.

3890a. TuRDINUS BREVICAUDATUS, Blyth.

From South base of Khasi and Garo Hills. The under tail co-

_ vyerts are very rufous, feathers of the head and neck very large and

seale-like, centred paler and edged darker brown. Secondaries

and larger coverts tipped with pale rufous; above umber brown,

grey on the chin and upper throat. The type specimen in the

Asiatic Society’s Museum is much faded.

408. Pomarorurinus LEUCOGASTER, Gould.

From West Khasi Hills. Inides red buff, bill yellow. be Jafocan tec

Length 9”, ex. 92”, w. 4:15", t. 43”, tr. 1-4”, bill at £. 1-15”, bill from ® wrrs

gape 1:3”, hind toe 0°62” and claw :48” = 1-1", spread of foot 2°15". “7 ~" —@@ime=

405. PoMATORHINUS ERYTHROGENYS, Gould. ; / Y.

West Khasi Hills, December. Ivides dark red brown, legs a OZ 4

bill pale grey, one specimen had greenish grey legs. One specimen 44; Ales

Smeasures: Length 10°5", ex. 12”, w. 3:9", t. 3:9”, tr. 1:6’, bill Pty

at f. 1:6”; another specimen: Length 10°5”, ex. 12°5”, w. 4:2”,

t. 4:3”, tarsus and bill the same as in the last, bill from gape 1:9”

in both.

409a. GaruLax euLARis, M¢ Lelland.

This rare bird was procured at Lukbipur near Cachar ; it appears

that only two specimens have been obtained in Assam, one by

Me Lelland, and another by Dr. Jerdon who sent it

to Mr. Gould; it is figured and described in the ‘‘ Birds of Asia.”’

Length 9}”, w. 3°8”, t. 42”, tr. 1°52”, bill at f£ 1-02”.

410. GarruLax RUFICOLLIS, Jard. and Selby.

Length 10”, ex. 114”, w. 3°7”, t. 4:2”, tr. 1°45”, bill at f. 0°7” ; the

tail is distinctly barred. From base of Garo Hills.

439. CHATARRH@A Harel, Bl yt h.

Hind toe and claw 0-8”, spread of foot 1:8”. Mymensing and

| Sylhet, very common in the grassy parts of those districts.

440. Mzucaturus patustris, H ors f.

The tail is distinctly barred, and the breast and fianks are

streaked with brown rather than spotted.

270 A Second List of Birds from the Khasi hills, §c. [No. 3,

441. Cn#rornis srriatus, Jerdon.

Length 72”, w. 33”, t. 3°6”, tr. 1:15”, bill at f. °52”; rather smaller

than the dimensions given by Jerdon. Irides pale umber.

447a. ToL virescens, Bly t h.

Wing 3:2”, t. 2-9”, tr. 0°62”, bill from gape 0°82”. Lukhipur

near Cachar.

463a,. PHYLLORNIS COCHINCHINENSIS, L a t h,

From Kylas Peak or Chickmung, Garo Hills.

484, Pratincona LEUcURA, Bly th.

Length 53”, ex. 8”, w. 28”, t. 2”. In reeds and grass bordering

rivers in North Mymensing district.

486. PratincoLa FERREA, H o d g. — Cachar.

487. RHoDOPHILA MELANOLEUCA, J erdon.

$ Sp. Length 6”, ex. 82", w. 2°6”, t. 2°7”, tr. 0°8”, bill at f. 0°42”.

2 Sp. ” 52”, ” BY, 5) 2°45” 9 9) 2°05" 39, 0 8", 5 2799 075”.

Obtained at Chatak and to the North of Memndiigg

503. RvrTIcILLA FRONTALIS, Vig ors.

Wing 3°6", t. 3”, tr. 0:9”, bill at f. 0:42”. N. Cachar.

512. CariiopE KamTscHaTKENsIs, G mel.

Length 6”, ex. 83”, w. 3,” t. 2°3”, tr. 1°15”, bill at f. 0°45.” Bill

grey, legs pale grey, irides dark brown. Mymensing. |

518. CALLIOPE PECTORALIS, Gould.

Length 63’, ex. 9”, w. 22”, t. 22”, tr. 13’.. Mymensing.

514. Oyanecuna Svuecica, Linn.

2 Sp. Length 6”, ex. 83”, w. 3”, t. 24”, tr. 1:1”. This female

bird was dark ashy above with a tinge of brown. Mymensing. —

515. AcROCEPHALUS BRUNNESCENS, J erdon.

Length 8”, ex. 10”, w. 33”, t. 33’. — N. Mymensing.

516. A. DuMETORUM, Blyth.

Length 5”, ex. 7”, w. 2°35”, t. 2°3”, tr. 0:9”, bill from gape 0°7”.

— Chatak. 3

517. A. Acriconus, Jerdon.

Length 53”, ex. 62”, w. 2:2”, t. 2°4”, tr. 0°95.” Irides pale oe

yellow. Bill grey above, pale below, legs pale fleshy. — Chatak.

518. ARUNDINAX oLIvAcEus, Blyth.

Length 7:5”, ex. 9°75”, w. 3°15”, t. 3°5”, tr. 1:2”, bill at f. 0°6”

legs pale grey, bill fleshy below, tail distinctly barred. — Chatak.

520. LocusTELLa cerTHIOLA, Pallas. — Cherra Poonjee.

Wing 24” ir. 0°9”, bill aid. 0S".

1870. ] A Second List of Birds from the hast hills, Se. 271

530. OnrHoromus Lonercaupa, G mel.—N. Mymensing.

532. PRINIA FLAVIVENTRIS, Dellessert.

Wing 1°85”, tr. 0°75”, bill at f. 0°45”; in high reedy grass near

the rivers. North Mymensing.

555. PHyuuoscopus FuscAtus, Blyth.

1 specim : Length 5”, ex, 7°5”, w. 2:4”, t. 2”, tr. 0°9”, bill at f. 0°35”.

2 specim: Length 5”, ex, 6”, w. 2°5”, t. 2°25”, tr. 0°9”, bill at f, 0-4”,

Tail very indistinctly barred; 1st quill is 0-7” shorter than the 2nd,

the 2nd—0:4” than the 3rd, 4th quill the longest, 5th and 6th

sub-equal. Among high reeds in beels between Bolagunj anc

Chatak, Sylhet District. |

558, Puy. tucusris, Blyth.

Length 5”, w. 2°3”, tr. 0°8”, bill at f. 0°37”; Ist primary 0:19”,

2nd 0°65” longer ; legs greenish grey ; bill at base below pale yellow.

560. PuHyLioscopus virripanus, Blyth.

From high grass in beels near Chatak.

577. ABRORNIS ALBOGULARIS, Hodg.

Length 34”, ex. 5:0”, w. 1:8”, t. 1:8”, tr. 0°62”, bill at f. 0.16”. This

rather rare bird was seen several times in the forest on the slopes of

Kylas or Chikmung Peak, Garo Hills, generally low among the

boughs, not confining itself to the tops of the trees, as many allied

species do.

593. BupyrTss viripis, Gmel. Mymensing, &c,

645. Parvus cinEREvS, Vieil,

Jerdon in his description does not allude to the tail feathers of

this bird. In my specimen, from the base of the Garo Hills, the

centre tail feathers are dark slaty, the rest edged cinereous; the

outermost are white, penultimate white on inner web for half an

inch and tipped with the same color; the antepenultimate with a

very small white spot on the inner web. Length 53”, ex. 81”,

w. 28”, ¢. 22”, tr. 0°65”, bill at f. 0-4".

686. AcRIDOTHEREs Fuscus, W agler.—Shuthang, Mymensing,

696. Procnus Bencatensis, Linn.—Hylakandy, Cachar,

702, Monta acuticaupa, Hod g.

Length 53”, ex. 62”, w. 2'1”, t. 1:6’, tr. 0°6", bill at f. 0°4”; inides

dark red brown, legs grey. West Khasi Hills.

: 39

272 A Second List of Birds from the Khasi hills, §e. [No. 3,

706. Passer Inpicus, Jard. and Selby.

717. EmprrizA sPopocePHaLA, Pallas.

This bird was common in the marshes between Chatak and Bo-

lagunj in April. Length 6”, w. 3’, t. 2°7”, tr. 0°75”, billat f. 0°45”.

720. EmserrizA pusItLA, P all as.—Foot of Garo Hills.

A very large specimen measured: Length 58”, ex. 83”, w. 3”,

t. 22”, tr. 0°7", bill at f. 0°37".. A smaller spec. has w. 2°5”, t. 23”.

723, EvusprzA AUREOLA, Pallas.

Length about 6’, w. 3°05", t.2°4”, tr. 0°85”, bill at f. 0°5”. Bill and

legs pale fleshy, the former paler above ; the dark brown collar men-

tioned by J er don was conspicuous in the specimen I obtained

in December at Sonaingunj, Sylhet district.

754. Mrrarra assamica, M *¢Lelland.

Length 6”, ex. 103”, w. 3:2”, t. 1:9”, tr. 0°9", bill at f. 0°6", hind ©

toe and claw 0°8”. Mymensing.

772. Crocopus PuanyicoprEervs, L at h a m.—Mymensing.

774. OsMoTRERON BicrinoTA, J er d o n.—From Chatak, Sylhet.

Length 10°5”, ex. 18’, w. 52”, t. 8:5’, tr. 0°7”, bill at f. 0°65”.

Under tail coverts pale, slightly streaked with dusky.

780. CARPHOPHAGA syLvATIOA, Tic ke1l1.—Garo Hills.

788. CoLUMBA INTERMEDIA, § tric kl an d.—Mymensing.

793. ‘TurTUR MEENA, 8 y k e s.—Khasi hills.

Length 14”,.ex. 20", w. 7”, t. 5”, tr. 0-9", bill at £ 0-7”.

796. TurtuR risontA, Linn.

803. Pavo cristatus, Linn.

Commom in Mymensing at the base of the Garos, and very nu-

merous about the villages in the higher part of the Shunshang or

Sumesang river, quite in the heart of the hills. East of the Moish

Kulla and even of the Mahadeo river this bird is not seen; I

have never heard them at the base of the Khasi Hills near Teria,

and if there are any there they are very scarce indeed. The South

base of the Garos may be said to mark the extreme Eastern range

of the Indian Bird.

8038a. PoLYPLECTRON TIBITANUM, Lin n.

811. GaxLopHAsis HorsFIELDI, Gra y.

812. GALLUS FERRUGINEUS, Gm el.

Occurs up to 4000 feet in the Burrail ranges.

1870. | A Second List of Birds from the Khasi hills, &c. 2738

823. OrtTyGoRNIs GULARIS, Temminck.

-I have seen a specimen shot by Lt. R. Beavan on the Cherra

_ Punji plateau; a pair brought up a brood in the garden at Em-

maville in the same place last summer, 1869. It is curious to find

this bird, with a habitat in the swampy grass jungle at the base of

the hills, ranging so high as 4000 ft.

831. Excatractoria cHinensis, Linn.

This handsome little game bird comes in at Cherra about August.

825. ARBORICOLA RUFOGULARIS, B 1 y t h.—North Cachar.

Length 93”, w. 52”, t. 23”, tr. 1:5”, bill at £. 0-7”.

825a. ARRORICOLA ATROGULARIS, Bly t h.

Tura Range, Garo Hills. Length 92’, ex. 163", w. 4%”, t. 22”,

tr. 1-6”, bill at f. 0°65”,

- 843. GuarEoLa LacTEA, Tem m.

845. CHARADRIUS LONGIPES, T' em m.

846. Alcratitis LescHenAvttTi, Lesson.

849. Ai. Pumiffensis, Scopoli.

854, Cuxrrusta InornATA, T. andSchleg.

855. LosrIvaNELLUs Gornsis, Gmelin,

857. HorLorpreRvUs VENTRALIS, Cuvier.

870. GaALiInaco sTENURA, Te mm.

Length 43”, w. 42”, t. 2°38”, tr. 1°18”, billat f. 2:3”. I first observed

| this bird on the 5th April solitary on the edge of a stream flowing

_ through the marches between Chatak and Bolagunj ; several were

' flushed and I bagged a couple, one of which I observed running

| along the muddy edge of the water like an Actitis, which I at first

| took it to be; they were by no means wild, flying a short distance

| and setting by the water up stream. Proceeding and shooting along

| the same river 12 days after I did not see one, they had evidently

| all passed to the north.

| 871. Gazrnaco scotopactmnus, Bo nn.

| 872. Gatinaco caLuInuLA, Linn.

884. Trica supmiInuTA, Leisler.

885. Trinca Temminoeri, Leis.

891. AcTITIs GLAREOLA, G me l.

892. AortiTIs ocHRoPuUs, Lin n.

$98. Ac. HYPoLEUCcos, Linn.

274 A Second List of Birds from the Khasi hills, &e. (No. 8,

A large white spot on the inner webs of all the primaries except

the first ; the secondaries barred white, three last with a dusky

spot, the last has a white spot on inner web. é

894, Toranus ciotris, Linn.

898. Hiantopus canpipus, Bonaterre.

900. Meropipius inpicus, Latham.

901. HypropHastanus currurevs, 8 co p.

902. , PorPHYRIOo PoLIocEPHALUS, Latham.

905. | GALLINULA cuLoropus, Linn.

907. GALLINULA PHa@NIcURA, Pennant.

Length 133”, w. 6:2”, t. 3”, tr. 2°6”, bill at f. 12”, mid toe and claw

2°9”, hind toe and claw 1:2”. In the specimen I got in Mymensing

there is a marked black line down the side of the neck, in immediate

contact with the white of the front part.

923: ARDEA CINEREA, Linn.

924. ARDEA PURPUREA, Linn.

926. Hl ERODIAS EGRETTOIDES, T e m m. =

929, Bupnus coromanvvs, B o d.

930. ARDEOLA LEUCOPTERA, B o d.

931. Burormezs Javanica, Horsf.

932. ARDETTA FLAVICOLLIs, Latham.

Length 21”, ex. 29”, w. 8”, t. 2”, tr. 2°65”, bill at f, 3°3”, hind toe

2°3 + claw °55 = 2°85”. Bill and cere madder brown, irides r

brown with a narrow ring of pale yellow; legs dusky red brown

The mid toe and claw is somewhat longer than the measuremen

given by Jerdon, exceeding it by 0°35”.

933. ARDETTA CINAMOMEA, Gmel.

934. ArpDxETTA Srvensis, Gm el.

988, TANTALUS LEUCOCEPHALUs, Gmek

In the specimen obtained in January, I noticed that the prim

ries and secondaries were not all of the same shade of color, the

contrast being very marked. The first five primaries were gloss

purple d/ack, the next five glossy green. The first two secondari

purple d/ack, three next glossy green, then three of purple back, t

next five glossy green, and remainder of the secondaries of a }

tinge. This probably marks the succession of growth of th

large feathers during the period of moulting and the difference

1870.| © A Second List of Birds from the Khast hills, §c. 275

tint is due to the difference in age; one set falling out in this re-

gular order and coming to maturity before the next are ready to

fall out. Jerdon does not notice this difference of shade, and

it may have been peculiar only to this one bird, as I only obtained

one specimen.

940. Awastomus oscitans, Bo d.

942. GzrRONTICUS PAPILLOsUS, T em m.

The whole back has a metallic tinge; the lower parts are pale

blackish brown, the under tail coverts glossed with blue green ;

legs dull pale lake. Shot in December in Mymensing district.

943. FaLcinELLUs IGNEUS, Gmelin.

951. Nerrarus CoroMANDELIANUS, Gm e lin. — Sylhet.

952. DENDROCYGNA AWSUREE, Sy kes.

954. Casarca RuTILA, Pallas. — Mymensing.

957. SpaTuLA cLYPEATA, Linn.

959. AWAS PHCILORHYNCcHA, Pennant.

961. CHAULELASMUS STREPERUS, Linn. — Mymensing.

964. QuUERQUEDULA cREcCA, Linn.*

965. QuUERQUEDULA crrcIA, Linn.

972. Meraus castor, Linn.

In December this bird is generally to be seen on the deep reaches

of water on the larger rivers above their debouchment into the plains.

o Length 26”, ex. 382”, w. 113”, t. 6”, tr. 22”, bill at f. 2”. Irides

dark brown ; in the female the bill is pale purple, legs dull orange.

980. XEMA BRUNNICEPHALA, J er don.

984. HyprocuEeipon Inpica, Stephens.

985, SEENA AURANTIA, Gray.

1005. Gracutus cArso, Linn.

_ Very numerous in the deep pools on the Sumessary River near

| yr, Garo Hills.

| 1007. Gracunus Javanicus, Horsf.

1008. PLorus MELANOGASTER, Gmelin.

— .

_*Jerdon doesnot make reference to the large patch of glossy green

‘on the side of the head; the fine white line running from eye and bound-

| ing this patch below, while another curves upward from the base of bill over

| the same green patch,

JOURNAL

OF THE

mee tATIC SOCIETY:

—-}—

Part Il.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

LLLP LPI II IOP EOL ILLINOIS LLL ILLS

No. IV.—1870.

AO IT

A Coyrzisution To Maayan Ornirnotocy,—by Dr. F. SroxiczKa,

Paleontologist, Geological Survey of India; Honorary Secretary,

Asiatie Society of Bengal.

[Received and read, 6th July, 1870.4

A short visit to the Malay Peninsula, during the latter part

of 1869, gave me an opportunity of observing a portion of the

fauna of that country. While staying at Penang, and on a short

trip into the Wellesley Province, I noticed among others a large

number of birds, which seemed to me to possess great affinities to

Indian forms, but at the same time to exhibit some peculiarities.

Knowing that this part of the Malayan country was as yet very

little explored, but not being able to prolong my stay in that

locality for even a few days, I engaged a collector for about a

month, and sent him into the interior of the Province, instructing

him to direct his attention especially,—as far as birds were concerned,

—to the smaller kinds. After my return from Malacca and Singa-

pore, I found that the trial was not quite without success, and I

met my collector with more than 300 specimens of bird skins.

_ These proved to belong to nearly one hundred species, and the

following notes are offered on such as appear to possess a more

- general interest. Others are only referred to by name, as being

nteresting in a point of geographical distribution, for with the

278 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4,

exception of a number of species quoted by Blyth, Hors-

field and Moore, and others, from Penang, very few birds

appear to have been received from the Wellesley Province, which —

is geographically situated between Tenasserim and the well known ~

Malayan country about Malacca.

The avifauna of the Burmese and Tenasserim Provinces has been

ably worked by Blyth, with the assistance of Col. Tickel],

Sir A. Phayreand many others. To the Malayan fauna about

Malacca Mr. Blyth’s labours have equally contributed very —

largely ; his ‘Catalogue of the Birds in the Asiatic Society’s

Museum” is a valuable mine of information, and it is indeed not

easy to hit upon aspecies which this most zealous naturalist had not

already placed on record as occurring in those regions. Almost every

one of the earlier volumes of our Journal bears testimony to this.

Through several Dutch collectors, large numbers of Malacca birds

had gone to Europe many years before they reached Calcutta, and

in fact Malacca birds(generally stated to be from Singapore, because

shipped from that port), are among the most common in European

Museums. Many new species and interesting new genera have been

described by Mr. Eyton, (P. Z.S., Lond., 1839 and Ann. and

Mag. 1845, vol. xvi), by Strickland, (Ann. and M.N.H.,

1844, vol. xiii and 1847, vol. xix,) Hartlaub, (Rev. Zool,

1842 and 1844), Lord Hay (Madras Jour. vol. xiii,) and by a few

others.

The Malaccan fauna was known to be most closely allied

that of Java and Sumatra, which has been so successfully

worked out by Horsfield and Sir Raffles, and after-

wards by Temminck in his Pl. Col. It is comparatively

only within a recent period that ornithologists are attempting to

increase the number of species by the discovery of minutious charac-

ters between the insular and continental Malayan forms, but I do not

think that this attempt will be followed by very great success, as

far as the creation of new species is concerned, though the fact of

these differences really existing is, no doubt, of very great interest,

It cannot be questioned for one moment, that the most intimate rela-

tion exists between the avifauna of Sumatra, Java, the great

part of Borneo and the Malayan peninsula from Singapore

Sy Pe:

1870. | A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 279

Malacca, and, I can add, extending as far north as the Wellesley

Province and including the island of Penang. More than one-

half of the species are absolutely the same, and many others have

very marked affinities. Several of the species which characterize

this part of the fauna, like many peculiar Carrronipa, Picipa,

and CoLUMBID® (TRERONINZ) etc., do not extend further north,

but others do so, and again some of the species and genera are

replaced by closely allied types. Several of the birds noted from

the Wellesley province represent intermediate types between the

northern Indo-Burmese and the southern Malayan forms, and are

on that account particularly interesting, as will be seen from a com-

parison of the details given further on.

Indeed these intermediate local forms are the most important in

the study of a fauna, for they are the only reliable records upon

which the explanation of the origin of local faunas must be based,

and their connection with the faunas of the neighbouring countries.

And still more: they are to a great extent the basis of a good clas-

sification, for upon the correct determination of these local varia-

tions and their constancy actually rests the limitation of the term

species. Bearing this in view, I have added exact measurements of

all the birds I noted, and more detailed descriptions of some others

which appear either to represent peculiar varieties, or seem other-

wise to be interesting in a comparison with Indian birds.

It is an established fact that British India* is peopled by two

markedly distinct faunas. The fauna of nearly the’ hole of the pro-

vinces to the east of the Ganges and Hugli, stretching N. W. some-

what along the base of the Himalayas, is Malayan, the Malayan

character gradually dimininishing, or altering, the more the fauna

proceeds towards west or north-west. I may say that about one-

- fourth of the birds in this great Malayan province are identical as to

species. Some which appear to be rather inclined to an insular habitat

seem to decrease in size when they proceed northwards; but asa rule,

_ the same species, when it enters India, seems again to develop to a

large form. ‘This fact should not be unduly appreciated, for taking

the fauna of each small province independently of that of the other,

* Excluding the Western Punjab country which has strong European

affinities.

280 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4,

it isnot difficult to consider the local races as specifically distinct. In

this way a bird in India is sometimes made the type of one species,

the same slightly varying in Burma the type of another, a third

one in the Malay Peninsula, and a fourth one often in Java and

the other islands. Such artificial specific distinctions may look very

well in a.Catalogue of birds, or on the labels in a museum, where

perhaps one or two specimens from distant localities are considered |

to indicate an unusual richness of the collection, but they are far

from sufficient to illustrate the fauna of a province, and those so-

called species often have no existence in nature. I shall relate

some instances of this kind, and indicate others, though, na- —

turally, my present materials are very limited, but I believe

that in many cases the gradual change from one form to the

other will be satisfactorily proved, as soon as we become pro-

perly acquainted with the fauna of the intervening districts. In

any case the one general fact that the original and prevalent —

character of the fauna of Eastern and South-Eastern British India —

is very closely allied to that of the southern Malay countries, where-

from the fauna appears to have migrated to north and north-west, ©

should not be lost sight of by any one desiring to multiply the exist-

ing number of known species from those regions. .

Considerably different is the fauna of Southern and South- Wes- |

tern India, which is known to possess in part a strong African

admixture. The only exception to this partially forms the fauna

of some of the elevated districts of Southern India and of the

Malabar coast. This latter again shews affinities to the eastern

Malay fauna, and the question how that isolated Malay fauna

came into existence, becomes of equally high interest as the one

is with regard to the admixture of African element into the rest of

the Indian fauna. Was the fauna of the whole of India at one time

Malayan ? Was it partially destroyed, or was its development other-

wise arrested through some past geological catastrophe, such as tha 7

appears to be which must have affected India during the so-called

trappean deposits, extending over the greater part of Central and

Southern India ? Certainly these enormous voleanic operations must

have had great effect upon the fauna, as well as the flora. After, or

in relation with these catastrophes, the presumed connection of India

1870.} A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 281

with Africa may have taken place, to which Professor Huxley in

his recent (1870) address to the Geological Society made allusion.

At that time, the African fauna began to immigrate, partially

mixed with, and in the plain country partially also suppressed

the remaining elements of the original Malay fauna which could

not have been sufficiently quickly nourished from the east, as the

waters of the Bay of Bengal have probably at that time washed the

bases of the yet little elevated Himalaya mountains, and thus main-

tained a separation of the two faunas. By all these operations the

fauna of the more elevated Southern Indian districts appears to

have been little affected.—These are of course mere speculations,

but they have a high degree of probability, supported by the

differences in the fauna, which were pointed out several years ago

by Mr. W. T. Blanford.

Fam. FALCONIDE.

1. HrimrRax FRINGILLARIUS, Drap.

Wing very nearly 33”, tail 23”, tarsus 34.”

A Malacca specimen exactly corresponds with Drapiez’s

fivure on pl. 21 of Dictionaire Class. d’hist. naturelle. The Java-

nese Mierax, called H. cerulescens, Linn. as figured by Hors-

field inhis “ Researches in Java,” and generally identified with

the above species, would appear to be a different bird. It is consi-

derably larger, the loreal region in front of the eye is white, the last

tertiaries white spotted, and the white bars on the inner webs of

the other wing feathers more numerous, while fringillarius has the

loreal region black, the white supraciliary ridge above the eye in-

terrupted, and the last tertiaries almost wholly black. In other

respects both are (except size) almost identical, the tibial feathers

being black externally and rufous brown internally, (see also Hume,

in “Scrap Book,” Calcutta, 1869, p. 111).

Should the larger Java bird be the female of fringillarius ? It is

difficult to arrive at any very satisfactory conclusion on this point.

Temminck’s figure in the Pl. Col. represents a bird, the

wing of which is about 33” ; one specimen has the white supraci-

liary band nearly interrupted above the eye, the other has it

distinctly continuous. A specimen, in the Society’s collection, from

282 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. (N 0. 4,

Malacca has the wing 4”, and one from Java 4}", both have the

supraciliary stripe interrupted, and the loreal region black, therefore,

agree with typical /ringillarius, except that they are larger. Possibly,

the black of the loreal region and above the eye, suppressing the

development of the white supraciliary stripe, is only an occasional

face of plumage, or it indicates a distinction of the sexes, or a local

variation ; it seems, however, pretty certain that the Javanese bird

is somewhat larger than the Malayan. Whatever the case may

be, whether there be one or two distinct species, or only varieties,

of the black-legged Hieraz, I do not understand how it came, that

Linné’s name cerulescens has been almost universally adopted for

the Malayan birds. The name appears to have been introduced

through Horsfield’sandTemminck’s illustrations, though

Horsfield (Res. Java) very properly pointed out the distinction

between his and Linné’s cerulescens. Judging from the 13th

edition (by Gmelin) of the Syst. nat., Linn é’s name has been

based upon Edwards’ figure (Nat. Hist. Birds, pl. 108), which

was taken from a Bengal specimen and clearly represents the red-

legged Hierax (H. eutolmus of Hodgson) and, therefore, it should

be reserved for the Indian species, but not applied to the Malayan

(and Java) form with black tibial feathers, which is fringillarius of

Drapiez, a name originally adopted by Blyth, but afterwards

replaced by that of cwrulescens.

Fam. PSITTA CIDA.

2. Loricuntus cuLeutus, Linn.

This is a somewhat smaller bird than Z. vernalis, Sp arrm., but

very like it, and young birds can hardly be separated ; wing 2}’-

23”; tail 12” ; usually with some bluish tinge in front and on th

top of the head, and on the middle throat, a golden tinge on the

posterior neck, as well as on the upper vent in front of the scarlet

patch. The blue patch on top of head appears characteristic of the

bird in full plumage. The species is very common in the Welles-

ley Province, and is often caged by the Malays of the country.

An albino specimen shot there has the whole plumage very mucel

mixed with yellowish white, the longer wing coverts deep green,

the quills mostly white and edged with greenish and yellow on the

1870. ] _ A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 283

outer webs ; on the top of head are many feathers partially scarlet,

almost forming a round patch of red, as in LZ. vernalis.

Fan. CAPRIM ULGIDZ.

8. CaprimuLeus macrourus, Horsf.

Jerdon, B. Ind, I, p. 168.

Wing 72”, tail 52”; bill at front 2”, from gape 1%”, tarsus ;%.

Wellesley Province and Penang.

Fam. TROGONIDAK.

4. Harpactes Diarpr, Temm.

Gould, B. Asia., pt. XVII.

This is one of the most common species in the forests east of

Malacca. The carmine colour on the vent is in the female greatly

mixed with white, and the sides of the vent with ashy brown,

the external and terminal lower tail coverts are almost wholly

ashy brown; the white tips to the outer tail feathers are consi-

derably less freckled with black in the 2? than they are in the ¢.

One 2 has one of the central tail feathers wholly brown, another

has them tipped black, almost quite as much as in the male.

5. Harpacres Kasumpa, Raffl. ?

Gould, B. Asia, pt. VIII.

A female specimen shot by my collector in the Wellesley Province

is intermediate between the figures of the females of Kaswmba and

| fasciatus, as given by Gould. The head is darkish brown, occiput

| behind, neck and back dark rufescent brown, very indistinctly and

| minutely barred across with dark, purely rufescent brown or rather

yellowish brown on the vent and on the upper tail coverts. Wings

| black, all the superior coverts and tertiaries with light brown cross

& bars, as in typical Kaswmba, but the bars are decidedly broader, (while

| they are almost minute in fasciatus) ; primaries (except the first) very

distinctly edged with pure white ; two central tail feathers wholly

| brown (as in fasciatus,) next black, but brown along the quills,

| on the extreme outer edge and near the tip; the third is black

with a brown quill and outer tip; the other outer tail feathers are

black, broadly tipped with white which increases externally, the

| outer web of the. outermost feather being almost wholly white ;

284 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [ No.

chin and breast greyish-, or rather dull olivaceous brown, like

in Kasumba, but with barely any white gorget bordering it, as ir

fasciatus ; the rest of the lower parts is uniform fulvous brown, very

much like in the last named species ; wing very nearly 52” ; tail 62”;

bill at front 5%, from gape 14” ; tarsus }”.

Though in coloration this specimen resembles almost quite as

much the Ceylon fasciatus, as it does agree with the Malayan Ka-

sumba, it seems much more probable that it belongs to the latter

species, with which the form of the bars on the wing coverts and

the measurements of the bird better agree. At the same time it

does not appear, from the account given, improbable, that a new

form is here indicated, of which the male is not yet known. Unfor-

tunately all the specimens of the allied species in our Museum are

so insufficient, that they do not admit of a very close comparison.

None of the female specimens exactly agree with our bird, but tha

of Kasumba comes nearest to it.

Fam. EURYLAIMIDZ.

6. CaALYproMENA viripis, Raf fl,

H orsfield, Research. in Java, fig. of $.

Male — bright shining green, somewhat deeper on the back and

considerably paler on the vent and lower tail coverts, a small

low spot in front and above the eye, a larger black spot on tl

sides of the neck behind the base of the mandible, the wing covert

with large cross subterminal black spots forming three oblique

bands, the black not extending on the few first or marginal coverts

shoulder edge of wing blackish green. . The first three or four pri-

maries are dusky brown, edged with green on the outer web, the

other wing feathers are deep brownish black and the green g

dually increases, until the last tertiaries become almost wholl:

green on the terminal half; tail green above, bluish below.

lateral front feathers of the head are obliquely erect towards eacl

other, forming a crest above the bill and entirely concealing the

nostrils, only the curved tip of the bill remaining visible ; these erect

green feathers are pure black for the lower half, and the othe

green feathers gradually become paler at their bases as they pro

ceed posteriorly ; the internal side of the green is always bluish. |

1870.] = = A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 285

Raiflessays the female does not differ in appearance from the

male. I first obtained this species from Malacca, where it did not

seem to be common, and from the forests of the Wellesley Province

my collector brought seven specimens, one of which is a male in full

plumage, the others were pointed out by him tobe females. They

equal in size the g, and all very closely resemble it in colouring,

except that the green is duller throughout, the yellow spot in front

of the eye very small, most of the feathers forming the orbit pale

4 yellowish green, and the black spots on the neck and wing coverts

_ are almost entirely absent ; the crest at the base of the bill is alse

smaller. Four of the six specimens appear by the development of

_ the bill and toes to be old birds, and can, I think, be safely consi-

dered as the gs, but two appear to be young és, changing their

plumage to a brighter green, while the black spots on the neck and

on the coverts also begin to make their appearance. All specimens

have 12 subequal tail feathers, not 10, as noted by Raffles; the

former being the usual one in other EvryLarmip& also.

Wing 4’, tail 12”-2”, bill from gape 1”, width of gape 2” to 3”.

_ This species is one of the most marked birds indicating the

affinities of the Malayan continental fauna to that of the adjacent

islands. Its general character certainly agrees best with the Malayan

Kuryiarmip#, though the external appearance of the bird is like

that of a Parocett.

7. Corypon Sumatranus, Raf fl.

Gould, B. Asia, pt. V.

Apparently not common in the Wellesley Province; perfectly

identical with Sumatran specimens.

8. CyYMBIRHYNCHUS MACRORHYNCHUS, Gm el.

Gould, B. Asia, pt. V.

Common near Malacca and in the Wellesley Province and Pe-

nang. One specimen has all the wing-coverts tipped white; this

‘is probably a sign of immaturity, as the same specimen has not the

white scapulars developed to their full length. The crimson colour

below is on the chest and especially on the lower belly often mixed

with a yellowish tinge ; wing 3? inch, tail about the same.

286 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4,

9. Euryiamus ocnromatus, Raf fl.

Gould, Birds of Asia, pt. V. .

The pale collar is generally vinaceous pink below, quite white

above, and in most specimens which I saw, from Malacca and the

Wellesley Province, almost interrupted in the middle of the neck

above. The white subterminal spots extend over both webs on the

outermost tail feathers, and are, as likewise the small spot at the

base of the primaries, often of a pale sulphur yellow. Some spe-

cimens have a few white feathers below and somewhat posterior to

the eye. The upper bill is laterally partially yellow, this color

extending up to near the tip. Both upper and lower mandibles are

emarginated near the tip ; length of wing 3-3} inch., tail 2-2)". ;

Fam. CUCULIDZE.

10. PHanicopHaus curvirostris, § ha w.

Blyth, Cat. p. 75, and Journ. Asiat. Soc., Beng., XI, p. 927.

Very common about Malacca and in the Wellesley Province. To-

tal length between 17 and 18 inches; wing 63’-63”; tail 10’-103”,

the two central feathers being either wholly metallic green, or ter-

minally for about 2th their length tipped with brown; bill very

strong, curved, about 14” at front, 22” from gape; tarsus 13”. The

extreme edgings of the feathers round the red naked space of the

eye are always white in full plumaged birds. The chin is white in

some, grey in other specimens.

11. Puanicopnavs [Zancrostomus] Drarpi, Less.

Blyth, Cat. p. 76.

Common about Malacca and in the Wellesley Province, but ap-

parently, like the last species, not extending farther north. Itis

very closely allied to Raffles’ Ph. Sumatranus, but a little

smaller and with no rufous colour below. The edgings round he

red naked space of the eye are white, more distinct above than

below, but not developed in the young bird. Wing oor ail

9”; bill at front 1”-1}", from gape 1,',” ; tarsus 1,3,.

12. Rutvorta cHLoropHm, Raf fl.

Blyth, J. Asiat. Soc. Beng. XI, 923-924, and Cat. p. 76.

It is remarkable that, though I observed these birds repeatedly

1870. | A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 287

in the brushwoods near the coast of the Wellesley Province and at

Malacca, I hardly ever saw the two sexes (4, Phenicoph. viridirostris,

Hyton, or Bubutus Isidore, Less., and 9, Ph. chlorophea,

_Raffl.) together; neither have I seen any of the birds with

intermediate plumage.

The species is very common in the Wellesley Province, and of 8

specimens from that locality (8 ¢ and5 2) none has the wing more

than 43”, mostly only 42”; tail 63”-7”; bill at front 1’, from gape

1," ; tarsus 1”.

13. HKupynamys orienTauis, Linn.

Jerdon, B. Ind, vol. I, p. 342.

Does not appear to be common ; a male has the tarsus 13”, wing

very nearly and the tail fully 8 inches, which is slightly in excess

of the measurement noted by Jerdon, but it agrees with that

given of the female.

Fam. CAPITONIDA.

14. Cyanors cHrysopocon, T em m.

Planches Col. 285.

Specimens from the Wellesley Province, where the species ap-

pears common, measure : wing 4$’—5” ; tail 23”—23”; bill at front

very nearly 13”, from gape 2}”; greatest length of narine bristles

12”; tarsus 14—1,%,”.

Front of head yellowish silvery white, lores interrupted across

the culmen crimson, posterior crown and occiput spotted crimson,

each feather being black, then blue and terminally crimson, rest of

upper plumage deep green, below paler, on neck with a golden

glossy tinge, quills terminally and all wing feathers internally

blackish, fulvous attheir bases and internally, superciliary stripes,

cheek and ear-coverts dark silvery brown, occiput margined blue,

broad mustachial streak bright yellow, chin extending somewhat

posteriorly silvery grey, bordered posteriorly with blue ; tail inter-

nally blue.

15. Cyanors versicotor, Raffl.

Trans. Linn. Soc XIII, pt. Il, p. 284.

Common on the islands Sumatra, Borneo, Java, about Singapore

288 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No, 4

and Malacca, but I have not obtained it from farther North. Ma-~

lacea specimens measure : wing 43” ; tail 214”; bill at front 12”, from

gape very nearly 2”, tarsus very nearly 14”, the longest bristles

reach beyond the tip of the bill.

16. CyYANOPS MYSTICOPHANES, T e m m. :

Bueco quadricolor, Eyton, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1839, p. 105.

Eyton’s description applies to the bird in full plumage. The

forehead and a short mustachial streak are golden yellow, lores, toy

of head and occiput, chin and front of throat and a spot on each

side of the front breast deep crimson, supraciliaries, cheeks and

throat azure blue ; streak through the eye blackish ; general colour

above deep green, paler grass green below, all the feathers on the

neck and front breast with a golden lustre, quills slightly margin-

ed with fulvous on the outer web, all wing feathers blackish browr

on the inner webs and margined fulvous, this being especially con:

spicuous on the inner side of the wings; tail below bluish green

Temminck’s figure does not shew the coloration of the heac

clear enough.

In other (? female) specimens with the green plumage per

fectly developed, the front part of the head is partially greenish

partially yellow, sometimes intermixed with blue; chin and front

throat are yellow, intermixed with red, the mustachial streak i

like the cheek blue, the crimson on the occiput is of smaller extent.

This species is common at Malacca, Penang, and in the Welles

ley Province. Wing 33’-33"; tail 2,3,”—2,3,"; bill at front 1}”

from gape 1?”; tarsus 1” ; the onoat bristles slightly reach be.

yond the tip of the bill. ,

Hartlaub’s description of his Bucco Malaccensis seems t

indicate a distinct and smaller species. ‘

17. XantrHotzMA Dvuvavcern, Less.

B. frontalis, T em m., Planches Col. 536, fig. 1.

Head including lores st occiput blue, somewhat dusky in front

a short stripe behind the supraciliary edge, cheek in front and mu

tachial stripe crimson, behind the eye and ear-coverts greenish, ting ]

blue, chin and throat in front purely greenish blue, with a ve y

small dark gorget; rest of plumage above deep green, below yel-

1870. | A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 289

lowish green, especially on the breast ; wing 2%”; tail 13”; bill at

front $", from gape 14”, tarsus nearly 3” ; rictal bristles nearly dou-

ble the length of the bill.

Another specimen of equal size (?a@ or immature) is green

above with a scarcely traceable tinge of blue on top of head, chin

cinereous blue with a black gorget on the throat; breast yellowish

green, the rest dusky green ; size about the same as of the last.

18. XanrHotmma inpica, Lath.

mer dan, B. Ind., vol. f, p. 315.

This species does not appear to be so common in the Malay

peninsula, as the various Cyanops. Specimens from the Well. .

Province, Penang and Malacca quite agree with the Indian bird.

19. Mrcatornyncnuus Hayi, Gray.

Meg. spinosus, Hyton, Proc. Zool. 8., Lond., 1839, p. 106.

I have not seen this species from farther North than Malacca ;

wing 32”; tail 12’; bill at front 2", from gape 1,3, ; tarsus 3”.

Itis most probably the Bucco Lathami,(G@mel.) of Raffles,

who states that it is also found in the interior of Sumatra.

Fam. PICIDAL.

90. Tica “xura,’* Raf fl.

Tiga tridactyla, Kaup (1836), Blyth. J. Asiat. Soc. XIV,

p. 198, Chrisopicoides tiga apud Malherbe, Mon. Picipa.

* Genus Tiga, K au p, 1836, Chrysonotus, Swainson, 1837, Chrisopicoides,

Malh., 1849 — What does Raffles mean(Trans. L. Soc. XIII, 1822, p. 290) by the

quotation “Picus Tica” (Hors field) Tukhi besar, or 7. rufa,” and immediately

_ after that he refers to the generic peculiarity of Tiga as distinct from Picoides (P.

__tridactylus, Linn.). Does that last reference mean Tiga rufa, or what ? I do not

think that it could justly be presumed that Raffles refers to Picus rufus, G mel.

_ At the same time it would be impossible to say possitively what Raffles meant

_ by the generic name “T.,” whether “ Tiga or Tukhi,” unless his originally labelled

_ specimens could be found. But what other than a specific appellation could

_ be assigned to the second name “rufu ?’? Whatever the case may be, this last

name would be more acceptable than “ tridactyla,’ because all other Tiga also

have only three toes. The only objection to the name “ rufa’ may be made on

the ground that Raffles had aspecimen of T. intermedia, Bly th, before him,

as the measurements of the bird he gives are rather those of the form designa-

ted by Blyth with the last name, and which, Blyth says, occurs in Java.

However, it seems very difficult to discriminate between tridactyla and inter-

media, when large series are compared, and I am not certain whether it ig

correct to separate them specifically.

290 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [| No. 4, ©

Blyth says (Ibis, 1866, II, 356) that his 7. intermedia, (see

Jerdon, B. Ind. I, 299) also occurs in Java and extends to Pe-

nang, but is replaced at Malacca,—which is geographically interme-

diate between the two countries—by 7. tridactyla ! The latter species

appears to be very common in the Wellesley Province and on Pe-

nang island where I obtained it. ‘The colouring is typical, except

that the back is in some specimens bright crimson, in others (often

slightly larger), scarcely so, being almost pure golden yellow. This:

last character has been assigned as characteristic of Blyth’s i-

termedia, but none of our specimens attain the size recorded of that

species. The white spots on the head of the females (the larger

race) are very elongated, pointed above, somewhat obtuse below, but

very distinct on the whole head. The measurements vary in seven

different speqingas as follows: wing 42’—5}’ ; tail 32”—4"; bill at

front #’—1/," ; tarsus 32”—23". The bill and tarsus appear to be |

sometimes shorter in the 2 thanin ¢. Thus the length of wing

varies in ¢ridactyla between 4% and 5} inches and that of intermedia

is stated to be 53”. Some of the specimens in the Museum, labelled

as intermedia, have it barely 54”. |

21. Tica Rarrwesi,* Vi g.

Strickland in Ann. and Mag.N. H., XIX, 1847, p. 133, and

Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. XV, p. 16.

Apparently not common in the Wellesley Province and on Po- 7

nang. A ¢ measures: wing 53”; tail about 42”; bill at front 13,

from gape 13”, at base 3” high and equally broad ; tarsus 3”. The

colouring exactly agrees with B 1 y t h’s description. j

22. Hemitopuus JAvensis, Horsf.

Trans. Linn. Soc. XIII, p. 175 ; Muelleripicus, Bona p., apud

Jerdon. MMegapicus leucogaster, Reinw.—Malherbe Mon.

Picide, p. 47. E

A specimen from the Wellesley Province in full plumage has the

lower parts, including the sides, fulvous white, lower tail coverts

black, and the feathers in front of them as well as those on the ti-

bia spotted black ; it measures—wing 9”, tail along the central fea-

* Chloropicoides Rafflesi apud Malherbe,

1870. ] A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 291

thers 72”; bill at front 24”; from gape 22”, at base 59," high and

20” broad ; tarsus 13”.

_A Malacca specimen, probably an undeveloped male, has the

head above only partially crimson, occiput distinctly crimson and

the feathers elongated ; stripe at the base of the lower mandible

black, vent very slightly fulvous, almost pure white, tips of the pri-

maries dusky; wing 82"; tail 6”; bill at front 12”, from gape 24”)

at base 3” high and a little more than 32" broad; tarsus 1,5”.

In both, but especially in the first specimen, fir lower suleane

white reaches laterally high up, leaving only a narrow black stripe

along the middle of the rump, whichis wholly white in the South

Indian H. Hodgsoni, J erd., and the Burmese H. Feddeni,* Blyth,

the latter differing solely Gia the Indian form by having a little

more white on the internal wing feathers.

Malherbe questions the correctness of Blyth’s reference

“‘Tenasserim’”’ concerning H. Javensis, but does not give his reason

for it. Evidently he entertains the idea that the true Malayan

fauna stops at Malacca, and that the Burmese and Tenasserim fauna

is what is generally called Indian.

23. HemitopyHus { REINVARDTIPICUS] vaLIDUs, R ein w.

Pl. Col. 878 and 402; Blyth, Cat. 54, No. 240; Malherbe,

Mon. Pic. I, p. 28.

Common in the Wellesley Province; Blyth says ‘ Western

_ Malasia.” Sclater (Proc. Z. Soc. Lond. 1863, p. 211) gives it

from Borneo.

$. Wing 62” ; tail 3332" ; bill at front 1.9.", from gape 12”; tar-

sus 1,4,” ; outer hind-toe Ping claw 13”. The @ is often slightly

smaller, the corresponding measurements are 6” to 62”; 34; 11;

1363 lies 1s.

The lateral ridges on the front part of the bill are double, and

continue up to the tip which is high and laterally compressed. As

regards the shape of the bill, there is no difference between that of

the present species, and that of typical Hemzlophus, but while in this

one the versatile toe is shorter than the middle one, it is longer in

Reinwardirpicus, which is exactly intermediate between Chrysoco-

laptes and Hemilophus, where J er do un placed it.

* Journal A. S. B., 1863, vol. xxxii, p. 75.

292 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [ No. 4,

Malherbe’s figures could hardly have been taken from fresh

or well preserved specimens, unless they represent unusual varieties,

I never saw the female so pale coloured, as shewn by Malherbe.

é. Crown of head extending down the occiput with a moderate

crest crimson, back and rump bright orange yellow, wings with the

scapulars and coverts dark brown with five brown bands, the basal

very small; fore head, sides of head including a narrow supraciliary

stripe, and below extending on the chin, golden yellow, most dis-

tinct on the mustachial streak, becoming brownish on the ear-coverts

and posterior to them ; median chin stripe and the whole plumage

below more or less bright ertmson; upper tail coverts and tail

black ; lower tail coverts mostly brown. 4

@. Above, head, neck, wings blackish brown, the latter with five

brown bands, the basal almost obsolete; whole back and rump

white; upper tail coverts and tail black; sides of head and chin

ashy white, median chin striped and the whole of the lower plumage

ashy brown.

24. CuHRYSOPHLEGMA MENTALIs, T e m m.

Pl. Col. 384, and Malherbe Mon. Picide.

Temminck in his figure gives the throat almost wholly black.

The Malayan specimens from the Wellesley Province have it al-

ways only black striped, as shewn in Malh erbe’s drawing ; but I

have not seen the brown color at the sides of the throat and of the

front breast extending above the eye; it extends up to the eye”

but not on the supraciliary edge itself. The forehead is in $6

somewhat brownish and the crown dingy green.

Specimens from the Wellesley Province vary in size :—wing 5}

ee tail along the central feathers 3?” to 4”; bill at front 14”

; from gape 13”—1,3,” ; tarsus 1," ; inner toe barely }” ; versatil @

ye eLlahtle shorter than the median one.

25. CurysopHLtEGMA Matnaccensis, L ath.

Venilia malaccensis, Sclater, Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1863,

p: 211, from Borneo,

For description see Bl y th in Journ. Asiat. Soc. XIV, p. 192, -

I got this species only from Malacca, it does not appear to on

tend farther North.

1870. | A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 293

26. VENILIA PORPHYROMELAS, B oie.

Celeopicus porphyromelas, Malherbe, Mon. Pic. II, p. 39 ; Picus

rubiginosus, Hyton, Ann. and Mag. N. H., XVI, Octb. 1845,

p. 229; Picus melanogaster, A. H ay, Madras Journal, 1845, XIII,

pt. II, p. 153.

The species does not appear to be common. Specimens from

“Malacca and the Wellesley Province quite agree with Lord Hay’s

description and measurements. Old males have some of the musta-

chial feathers posteriorly crimson, which Malherbe denies, but

they certainly are present in ¢ with full plumage. Judging from

Malherbe’s figure, he could not have had a full grown 4, for in

this the upper plumage, especially on the scapulars and the outer webs

of the wing feathers, is very distinctly deep crimson. The first quill

is 12", the second 1}” longer, the third again +2” longer, the fourth

again 2” longer, and the fifth again }” longer aa subequal to the

sixth ; the four central feathers are pointed and subequal, the next

outer somewhat shorter and obtuse, the following rounded. Bill

yellowish white, dark greenish at the base, strongly compressed at

tip ; feet brownish black.

27. Microprernus BApius, Raffles.

Linn. Trans. XIII, pt. IT, p. 289.

27a. MicrorrerNus BRACHYURUS, Vieill.

Malherbe, Mon. Picrpa#, II, p. 5.

Tt does not appear very improbable that these two species are

‘really distinct. A Malacca specimen agrees perfectly with the short

account which Raffles gives of his badius ; the head above and

below is somewhat pale, the rest of plumage rufous brown, the

cheek below the eye is spotted with crimson; the feathers on the

chin are broadly margined with very pale rufous; the breast is un-

spotted, the vent with tolerably distinct cross bars ; wing 4,°,; tail

22’; bill at front 23”, from gape nearly 14”; tarsus 2”.

| Another specimen from the Wellesley Province has the plumage

throughout of a deeper hue, the head above is rather dark brown ;

\the throat is also darker, each feather being rufous brown in the mid-

idle, then blackish, to which follows a narrow pale margin, (while in

the former specimen (dadius) the feathers are blackish in the middle

294 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [ No. 4,

and broadly margined pale); the breast is unspotted and the

distintly barred with dark brown. ‘The cheek including the lore

superciliaries and a stripe somewhat extending behind the eye o1

the neck are spotted with crimson ; the bill is slightly more atten

uated than in the other specimen, but the size of the two bire

is almost exactly the same; wing 42”; tail 23”; bill at front nearl

2”; from gape 13”; tarsus 2”. This second specimen perfectl:

agrees in the red colouring at the sides of the head with brac/ ‘

Vieill., and the only difference of Malherbe’s figure

consists in the uniform brown vent.

It is possible that, as I said, these two forms belong to distinet

species ; but large series must first be available for compariso:

In general character of colouring and size they are so closely alli

that it seems difficult to believe in a specific distinction of the

birds in spite of the few differences pointed out.

28. Mziciypres Tristis, Horsfield.

Blyth, Cat. p. 60; Phaiopicus tristis apud Malherbe,

Mon. Pic. II, p. 10. :

A common species about Malacca, on Penang and in the Welle

ley Province. A male specimen from the last named locality ha

the breast uniform blackish brown, which does not appear to b

usually the case in this species ; a female from the same locality he

the pectoral streaks also less distinct than usually, but in othe

respects it is identical with typical specimens from the Souther

islands. Raffles says that the transverse striz on the head ar

in the female finer and more numerous, or almost obsolete. In a

the Malayan specimens I saw, there is no perceptible difference

to be noticed in the coloration of the two sexes, except that the $

wants the red mustachial streak of the male. 4

Total length about 6 inches; wing 13”—18”; tail 13”—2”’;}

at front 33”—32", from gape 3” to nearly 1”; tarsus 22”. The bi

often appears to be less strong in the ¢ than itisin the g.

29. MuiciypTes MARGINATUS, R ei n w. (1821).

NM. pectoras, Latham, in Blyth’ Cat. p. 60, N. 274. —

Hemictrcus brunneus, By ton, Proc. Z. 8. Lond., 1839, p. 106.

I only procured this species at Malacca where it appears to be com

1870. | A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 295

mon, and was described by Eyton from that locality. Sclater

(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 210) quotes it from Borneo.

Male and female do not differ in colouring, except that the lat-

ter has no mustachial streaks. Total length about 74” ; wing 44’;

tail 23” ; bill at front £” to nearly 3”, from gape 1’—1,3,”; tarsus 23”.

All the tail feathers are pointed, while in the preceding species the

outer tail feathers are obtuse and the last ones rounded.

Blythidentified Ey ton’s species with P. pectoralis, Latham,

I do not know whether Blyth refers to any other of Latham’s

‘species than the one noticed in Suppl. Indicis Ornith., 1801, p.

xxxill, App. to vol. VIII of Synops., and Add. p. 372, which is

certainly quite a differert bird, stated to inhabit Queen Charlotte’s

Sound. Latham says: “ About 9 inches, head, neck and upper

parts, deep cinnamon or chesnut — acrossthe breast a large black

crescent — tail black’’ &. &. Malherbe (Mon. Picide, II, p. 8)

from whom we should have expected an explanation of the difficulty,

does not solve it. He describes the Malayan species as Phadopicus

_pectorals, (Liicht.), and gives as the first synonym P. pectoralis,

_Lath., but without further reference. Whether Lath am des-

| scribed the present species as P. pectoralis prior to 1801, I have not

been able to ascertain ; I believe there is no other species of his

| under the same name ; and presuming that M alherbe’s identifi-

|} eation of Reinwardt’s marginatus is correct, I adopt the

| next oldest name for the Malayan species.

Fam. ALCEDINID A.

30. Cryx tRipactyLA, Pall.

J erdon, B. India, I, p. 229.

| Ihave obtained only one specimen from the Wellesley Province,

| and the bird was pointed out by my collector as rare. I have my-

| self barely seen a single specimen along the Malayan coast, though

| it may be common in some other districts of the Malayan Peningsu-

have, I believe, some difficulty in procuring a specimen in Penang.

| In addition to Jerdon’s description, it should be stated that a

‘la. Sharpe calls it the ‘Penang king-fisher.” One would

patch in front of the eye, and the greater part of the eye-brows are

296 A Oontribution to Malayan Ornithology. [ No.

also black,* the sides of the chest are brightrufous. The meas

ments perfectly agree with those given by J erdon.

31. Haxcyon Coromanbeticus, 8 co p.

Jerdon B. India, I, p. 227.

Blyth (Ibis, 1866, II, p. 348) says that this species extends fror

India to Japan, ‘‘ but the Japanese race is said to be rather small-

er and more deeply coloured.” My collector shot one specimen ir

the Wellesley Province, and this is remarkably smaller than the

Indian bird, even allowing something for immaturity. The lila

gloss above is very slight, the band on the upper back and rump is

very narrow, pale bright blue, some of the lateral and termina

feathers partially or wholly bright violet blue ; chin whitish rufes

cent, the rest below rufous, deepest on the chest, and all the fea-

thers tipped dark brown, this color gradually disappearing towards

the vent ; front edge of wings fulvous; wing only 4 inches ; cai

barely 23”; bill at front 2”, from gape 23”; tarsus ;%”. |

The bird is evidently a smaller Malayan race, like so man

others, but it is not on that account specifically distinct from th

Indian.

82. Hatoyon atricarittus, Gm el.

Jerdon, B. Ind. I, p. 226; Gould, B. Asia, pt. XII.

This species does not appear to be common in the Malay Peni

sula. One specimen has the feathers on the sides of the breas

dark shafted, and those on the lower breast checkered with da

The rusty color on the sides and on the vent is very pale; win

only 54 inches; tail 33” ; bill at front 23”, from gape 23”.

38. Hatcyon Fuscus, Bod d.

Jerdon, B. Ind. I, p. 224; Gould, B. Asia, pt. XIII. :

One specimen, shot at Malacca, has only the chin pure whit

most of the other white feathers down the throat and the breas

are tipped with bluish and some also with brown; the albescer

coloring is confined to the middle of the breast, and is no

so largely developed as usually seen in Bengal and other spec

* Sharpe, (Proc.) Z. 8. L. 1868, p. 594, says ‘Spot in front of the e

&c. pale orange.’ This must occasionally become obsolete, for it does 20

exist in several Malayan specimens. a

1870. | A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 297

mens. This would seem to indicate a passage to the Manilla form,

Hi. gularis, Kuhl, but the specimen has not the distinctive character

of that species ; the blue color above is beautifully developed, which

seems to shew that the Malacca specimen is not a young bird : wing

41 inches; tail barely 3” ; bill at front only 1,3,”, from gape 2,5,”, its

height at base 3”.

_ 34. Arcepo Brncatensis, Gm el.

Jerdon, B. Ind. I, p. 230; Gould, B. Asia pt. XIV.

A large specimen shot in the Wellesley Province has the pale

blue tips to the feathers on the front head slightly, and on the sca-

pulars scarcely at all developed, the chesnut below is pale; wing

213 inch, bill at front 14”, from gape a little more than 12”. Other

specimens from the same locality, and from Malacca and Penang,

are typical in coloration, some larger, others smaller.

35. DACELO PULCHELLA, H ors f.

Resear. in Java, with fig. of ¢.

This appears to be a rare species in Malacca; one specimen

obtained somewhat differs from the Javanese bird described by

Horsfield.

Forehead and sides of head and neck, extending from the base of

the lower mandible backwards, rich chesnut, this color partially

tinging a few of the upper feathers on the posterior neck, but not

joining to a complete collar, though the chesnut is laterally

very distinct; crown and occiput extending posteriorly covered

with a large beautifully azure blue patch, this reaching well to the

sides of the neck; it is produced by the blue tips of the fea-

thers, the basal two-thirds of their length being black on the front

crown, the next posterior feathers have one white bar, and the last

which gradually increase in length 2 to 8 white cross bars. The

feathers on the back and scapulars extending down to the upper

tail coverts are all broadly tipped with greenish blue, the rest of

the upper plumage being black with white cross bars. Wings

black, shoulder edge of wing and the external edge of the first pri-

mary pale rusty, primaries and the first secondaries with their

coverts black, the former white at the base of the inner webs, the

last secondaries with white spots on the outer web; the tertiaries

298 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4,

on both webs, their coverts being also spotted, and partially tipped

with blue. Tail long, black, the inner webs of the feathers with

transverse white spots, the outer ones with blue spots, this color

diminishing on the outer tail feathers and becoming mixed with —

white, but on the outermost tail feathers it is replaced byrusty. Chin —

and throat pure white, breast and vent with their sides and includ- —

ing the lower wing coverts and the lower tail-coverts pale rusty.

The fourth quill is the longest, and the first about half the length of

the fourth ; bill coral red, conical, almost uniformly and rather —

flatly arched above, upper mandible laterally somewhat projecting —

at the base, slightly curved at the tip ; outer toe slightly shorter

than the middle one, and the inner only 2 of the length of the lat-

ter ; wing 34 inches; tail 23”; bill at front 13”, from gape very

nearly 2”. |

Mr. Blyth (Cat. Asiat. Soc. Museum, p. 46, No. 198) al-—

ready records this species from Malacca; it also occurs in the Wel-—

lesley Province and extends into Tenasserim. In one ¢ from the

last locality the brown collar nearly joins posteriorly, as in the

Java bird, in two others from Tenasserim the brown is almost

entirely separated above ; but in no specimen have I seen it so

strongly developed on the upper neck, as shewn in Hors-

field’s figure.

The female does not apparently differ in size ; it is dark or black

ish brown above, barred across throughout with rufous brown ;

low white with blackish cross bars on the lower breast, these bars —

being mostly developed at the sides of it and gradually disor

ing towards the vent; lower tail coverts white.

Horsfield placed this species in the genus Dacelo, princi

pally on account of the peculiar coloration of the bird; the bill is

shorter and more regularly depressly conical, but barely more hook-

ed at the tip than in most typical species of Halcyon, from which i

can hardly be generically separated.

Fam. NECTARINIDA.

36. AXrHopyeA Laruami, Jardine.

1842, Nat. library, XIII, pp. 233 and 268, (an Z. siparaja, Raf ,

seu 4. mysticalis, Te mm.)

1870. ] A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 299

Forehead extending posteriorly to the region crossed by a line

between the middle of the eyes metallic purplish blue ; occiput, sides

of head, neck and its sides, back, scapulars, deep crimson, wings

with their coverts dull greenish brown, the feathers with the excep-

tion of the two first primaries edged with green on the outer web,

shorter coverts broadly tipped with red, longer coverts of the pri-

maries and secondaries edged green and tinged with red; coverts

of primaries uniform brown, edged green, shoulder edge of wing

red;rump bright yellow; margined by elongated olive coloured

feathers at the sides ; upper tail coverts, the two central tail fea-

thers wholly, and the next on the outer webs purplish steel-blue,

this color decreasing towards the outermost tail feathers which

gradually pass into shining black and are very indistinctly barred

with dull black.

Loreal region dull black; a short streak from the base of the

lower mandible bright red, bounded below, or internally, by a long

streak of purplish steel blue, followed by dull black, both stripes

extending to the middle of the neck. Chin, throat and breast bright

scarlet, slightly darker on the breast, all the feathers white at their

bases and with yellow shafts about the middle ; lower part of breast,

vent and lower tail coverts dusky greenish or ashy black; wings

internally dark ashy with a silvery lustre, tail below black.

I have obtained (in Sept.) three male specimens in the forests of

_ the Wellesley Province opposite Penang ; all perfectly similar in

coloration ; wing 2”, tail 13’—12”, the central feathers being only

about 3,” longer than the next ; bill black above, light brown be-

low, at “front is, from gape very nearly 32”; feet brown, tarsus

nearly 3” ; middle toe (including claw) ,%%.

The coloration of this species agrees almost in every particular

with Jardine’s description, and so do also the measurements.

I don’t think there can be the least doubt as to the identity of the

two. Jardine’ s original specimen was believed to have come

from India, but its proper locality was unknown. Visc. Walden

(Ibis, Jan. 1870, p. 34)places Jardine’ s bird as doubtfully identi-

eal with Raffles’s sparaja and Temminck’s mysticalis. My

impression is, that they are quite distinct birds. Raffles says of

siparya that the two central tail feathers are brown, which does not

300 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [ No.4,

even apply to mysticalis, though it seems very probable that the two

species are identical Te mminck’s original figure of mysticalis

in the Pl. Col. is not good. Miiller and Schlegel (Ver-

hand, Nat. Gesch. Nederl. Ind., Nectarinia, p. 55) re-describe the

3 of mysticalis, and from their account it is clear that this species {

and Lathamiare closely allied. The authors describe the vent as

ashy grey with greenish tinge, while Temminck’s figure shews -

it almost white. The inner webs of the outer tail feathers are said

to be reddish black, but in Zathami there is no red tinge on them.

In a note the authors state that the rump is yellow, not blue as shewn

inTemminck’s figure, but I suspect the yellow must be of very

small extent, as its presence escaped not only Temminck’s,

but apparently also Raffles’ notice. Turning at last to the

measurements given by Miller and Schlegel, Tem

minck’s mysticalis is undoubtedly a much larger bird, its total”

length being 5 inches, while that of Zathami does not exceed 4}”,

The tail of mysticalis is 17 mm. longer than the wing which is

about 2 inches; while in Latham, the tail is shorter than the wing,

and the central feathers much less elongated, all the tail feathers

being regularly graduated. The central tail feathers in Latham

are only about 3mm. longer than the next, and these again from

10-15 mm. longer than the shortest feathers ; in mysticalis M ii

ler andSchlegel give the corresponding proportions as 28

mm.and1lmm. The black internal margin of the mustachial

streak also appears characteristic of Zathamz, and is not mentioned ~

in mysticalis. I have little doubt that Cabanis’ &. eupogon from

Malacca is the same bird as Zathami, but original specimens must

be compared in order to settle this question satisfactorily.

37. NECTAROPHILA BRASILIANA, G m.

Walden in Proc. Z. 8. L., 1866, p. 543 and Ibis, 1870,

p. 41.—Nectarinia Hasseltti, Temm. Blyth Cat. p. es

Wing 12”, rarely 2”; tail 1,3,”, rarely 14”; bill at front 3” or very

little longer ; tarsus very nearly or quite }”. |

Blyth (1. cit.) quotes his WV. Phayrei, (J. A. Soc. XII, non XI,

p- 1008), as a synonym of this species. Jerdon says (B. Ind.

I, p. 361), A. Phayre?, B1., from Pegu, very close to Arachn. magna

What does this last quotation refer to? 3

1870. } A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 301

My collector obtained in the Wellesley Province and on Penang

4 males, but strangely not a single 2 which appears to be rare, or

difficult to procure, and was unknown to Temminck. Miller

and Schlegel in their Bijdragen der Honigvogels v. d. ind.

Archip. p. 59, pl. 10, fig. 5 (Verh. over Nat. Gesch. &c., door C. J.

Temminck, Zoolog. 1839-1844) figure and describe the 9? of

this species as being above brownish black, sides of neck and head

and of the breast, front and top of head, posterior rump and upper

tail coverts, chin and throat mostly red, lower breast and vent

whitish. The same authors state that the young bird resembles

the 2 during the first year.

88. ARACHNECHTHRA FLAMMAXILLARIS, B 1 yt h.

J. Asiat. Soc. Beng. XIV, p. 557 ; Cat. p. 226; Walden in Proc.

Z. 8. L. 1866, p. 541 and Ibis 1870, VI, p. 24.

I obtained only one $ specimen from the Wellesley Province. The

feathers on chin and throat have a purple metallic lustre, at the

sides slightly, but in front of the reddish brown pectoral semicircle,

distinetly greenish metallic. lLaterally the feathers are also some-

what mixed with dingy green. In other respects, the specimen is

identical with the Arracan and Burmese form; wing 2”; tail 12”;

bill at front 22” ; tarsus 5.

Vise. Walden’s remarks (1. cit. p. 542) respecting the possi-

ble identity of this species with Ad. jugularis of Linné will, I

believe, soon call for a revision of the nomenclature. Both species

certainly are very closely allied, if not identical.

39. Necrarorpuita [AnTHREPTES| Maxaccensis, Sc o p.

Walden, Ibis, 1870, VI, p. 47, cum synon.—Nectartnia lepirda,

Lath. (Synop. I, 298) et auctorum.—LV. malaccensis apud Bly t h

Cat. p. 225.

This species appears to be common in the Wellesley Province ;

6 wing 23”— 265 tail 12”; bill at front 3", from gapé¢ &”, or a lit-

tle more ; tarsus 3” ;—2, wing 2,%," ; tail 18" bill at front =%,”, from

gape very nearly }”; tarsus 3”.

Horsfield’s XM. javanica (Linn, Trans. XIII, p. 167) is

usually considered to be the same bird, and as the identitica-

tion of the Javanese bird has, I think, first been suggested

| 39

302 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4,

by Miller and Schlegel, it is probably correct, though

Horsfield’s description does not speak in favour of it. He

calls the chin and throat ferruginous, while Latham’s ex-_

pression “ rubro-fusca’”’ is the more correct. Horsfield’s

‘‘lower coverts of the wings are rufous” is doubtful, for in the Mala-—

yan bird, the longer scapulars and the shortest coverts are termi-

nally rufous brown, the longer coverts of the secondaries and ter-

tiaries are edged onthe outer webs partially brown, partially

greenish. Further on, Horsfield says ‘tail isblack with a

greenish lustre above, fulliginous and paler underneath.” In Ma-

laccensis we have the tail above black, the two central tail feathers

edged with purplish green on both webs, the following only on the

outer web and the last feathers uniform dull black, all ashy black

below. The sides of the head and neck are dingy green in the

Malayan bird. However all these variations do not appear to

be of great importance, for they would hardly indicate more

than local races of the same species.

The female is above dingy green, wings and tail dusky brown,

more or less edged with green, below yellow, brightest and purest

on the middle breast, somewhat tinged with green on the throat,

thetwo mustachial streaks are indicated by pure yellow, eyelid

especially the lower one, distinctly yellow.

Fam. ARACHNOTHERIDZ.

40. ARACHNOTHERA MODESTA, Eyton.

Anthreptes modesta, E y t o n, Proc. Z. 8. Lond., 1839, p. 105.

Arach. modesta et latirostris, Blyth, Jour. A. 8S. B., vol. &

p. 981-982.

Above uniform yellowish green, duller on the wings and tail, the

feathers on the forehead centered dark ; the first two quills almost

wholly brownish black, the others only on the inner webs, the lasi

tertiaries wholly green ; shoulder edge of wing yellow ; tail feathers

with a brownish black, almost terminal band, and the outer fea

thers mostly of the same color on the inner webs, the three outer

feathers on each side with a subterminal large white spot on the

inner webs. Below, greenish ashy, the feathers on the chin, throat

and breast very distinctly centred dark ; lower tail coverts yellowi

1870. ] A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 303

green with yellowish white tips; lateral feathers of the vent

greatly cee Wing 23”; tail 12’; bill at front 1,3,”; from

gape 13” ; tarsus 8”.

This species is readily distinguished from the last by its stout

and short bill; it is rare about Malacca and in the Wellesley Pro-

vince, and I only once saw it at Penang.

Fam. DICAVIDA.,

42, Dicmum TRIcoNosTIcMA, 8c o p.

Blyth, Cat. p. 226; Latham, In. Ornith,, I, p. 299.

é. Dark, sometimes greyish, blue above and on the sides of the

head and neck, as well as on the scapulars and wing coverts of which

the anterior are edged with green; wings black, the feathers edged

with greenish blue on the outer webs, shoulder edge of wing white ;

back bright golden orange, rump greenish yellow, longer upper

_ tail coverts green, tail black, like the wings, with a faint greenish

lustre; chin and throat cinerous white, breast and vent bright

orange yellow, becoming pure yellow on the lower tail coverts;

wing 12’; tail 2’; bill at front 2”; from gape 3” ; tarsus 3”.

2. Above dark greenish, wings and tail blackish, rump and upper

tail coverts yellow, chin and throat greenish grey, rest of lower

parts orange yellow; size same as that of the male.

Apparently not common in the Wellesley Province and about

| Malacca.

43. DicmuM cHRYSoRH&ZUM, Tem m.

Pl. Col. 478; Jerdon, B. Ind. I, p. 374.

_ Specimens from the Wellesley Province are all a little larger

_ than the measurements given by J e r d o n from Indian specimens,

_and there is no distinct yellow tinge on the rump and upper tail

_coverts ; wing 23”; tail 1,3,”; bill at front 2 ; from gape 2”; tarsus

| 3. The Malay specimens agree best with T emminck’s figure

| of a Javanese bird, which has the throat whitish and the rest of

| the plumage below with a very slight greenish tinge.

| 44. Dicmwum cruEntTatum, Linn.

_ Dz. coccineum, Scop., Gould, B. Asia, pt. VI; Jerdon, B.

| Ind. I, p. 378.

304 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4,

The Malayan bird, though identical in coloration with the

Indian one, seems to be smaller, at least of four specimens

shot in the Wellesley Province, opposite Penang, three have the

wing scarcely longer than 12 inch, and only one has it 1%, but

none reaches 2 inches, the tail is nearly one inch, and the bill at

front is 3”; the wing coverts and scapulars have a rather bluish

green lustre, and the scarlet above is either very bright and al-

most pure or with a slight yellowish tinge. Vise. Walden (Proe.

Zool. Soc. Lond., 1866, p. 544) draws attention to these differences,

but I hardly think that they are sufficient to warrant a specific dis-

tinction. Should this, however, be the case the name coccinewm,

Scop., would stand for the Eastern, Malayan and Chinese form,

for the type of this is said to have been obtained from China, and

the Indian race had to be called eruentatum. I believe, however,

that smaller races, similar to the Malayan ones, also occur locally

in India and Burma, and that there is no sufficient ground for a

specific separation.

Fam. MEROPID Zi.

45. Merrors Puinirprmus, Linn.

Gould, B. Asia, pt. VIL; Jerdon B. India, I, p. 207.

Specimens from the Wellesley Province are perfectly identical in

size and coloration with those from India. The last tertiaries are

almost wholly dull greenish blue, not only on the outer edge, as

shewn in Gould’s figure.

Fam. MOTACILLIDA.

46. Hentcurus Curnensis, Gould.

Birds of Asia, pt. XVIII.

I obtained only one specimen from the Wellesley Province ; rf

quite agrees with the figures and measurements recorded of the

species.

47. HENIOURUS RUFICAPILLUS, Tem m.

Planches Col. 534. wy

A specimen from the Wellesley Province almost perfectly agree

with Tem minck’s figure, except that there is a little less blac

on the top of head separating the frontal white from the rufou

brown of the crown and of the neck. The lateral black stripe

1870. | A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 305

become obsolete on the posterior vent. Wing 33”; tail about 32”;

bill at front 2”, strongly hooked at the tip, from gape 133”; tarsus

14"; bill black, feet white.

The species is recorded from Java and Sumatra, and seems to be

very rare in the Malay Peninsula; itis not known to extend far-

ther northwards.

48. KupETEs MAcRocERcus, T e m m.

miyth, Cat. p. 158.

Wing 4’; tail 5”; bill at front nearly 1”, from gape 1,3,” ; tarsus

12” ;—not common in the Wellesley Province.

Strickland (Ann. and Mag. N. H., XTX, 1847, p. 1382)

suggests to class this remarkable bird in the Trwatinam, but con-

sidering the general structure of this and allied species, they

undoubtely exhibit a greater relation to Hydrobata and Henicurus

then to any Timalia; unfortunately I could not obtain any infor-

mation about the habits of the present species; the coloration

exactly agrees with Temminck’s figure.

Fam. PITTIDA.

49, Prirra gRanaTina, Te mm.

Planches Col. 506.—P. coccinea, Ey t 0 n, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,

1839, p. 104,

An apparently young bird from the Wellesley Province has the

front sides of head sooty brown, head above and occiput crimson,

posterior neck blackish brown, rest of upper plumage uniform deep

blue, quills with their coverts and the inner webs of the other

wing feathers brownish black, chin and throat of the same colour,

breast and vent brown, on the former most of the feathers are blue

and tipped with reddish, the red increasing towards the vent but

not predominating, except at the sides; under tail coverts red ;

| wing 32”; tail 12’; bill at front 32”; from gape 1”; tarsus 1%”.

The specimen wants the bright lilac color at the sides of the head

and on the wings, which is to all appearance a sign of maturity.

| Malacca specimens in full plumage appear perfectly to agree with

Temminck’s granatina with which B1y t h (Cat. p. 157) first

identified them, but subsequently he stated (p. 326) that the name

| granatina has been restricted to the Borneo bird, and that the

306 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4

Malayan one is identical with venusta, Mill. This last, as figured

by Temminck (Pl. Col. 590) and re-described by Miiller

and Schlegel (Oversigt. Ind. Arch. Pitta, p. 15) seems to me,

however, to be quite a different bird.

Fam. TURDID ZA.

50. GsocicHLA MopDESTA, Eyton.

Turdus modestus, EK y to n, Proc. Z. 8. London, 1839, p. 103.

$. Olivaceous brown above, a little darker on the head, lores an¢

ear-coverts dusky, a narrow streak below the lower mandible, widen-

ing posteriorly, and the whole of the posterior throat cinereous ;

superciliary stripe, lower eyelid, mustachial stripe, chin and ante-

rior throat pure white; front of breast including the sides and ex

tending down to the vent pale ferruginous ; median portion of lower

breast, vent, and lower tail coverts pure white ; wing 5”; tail 33’;

bill at front 3’, from gape 1,” ; tarsus 1,3,”.

The female differs by having the cinereous color less pure and

much less developed on the posterior throat, the ferruginous of the

breast is also more mixed with ashy; the size is the same as tha

of the male.

Specimens from the Wellesley Province perfectly agree with

those from Malacca as well as with those from Arracan.

species has been by different authors identified with Hors.

field’s TZ javanicus, but on comparing the description of this, at

well as that of Drapiezrufulus, the Javanese bird appears t

me to be distinct, though I have no authentic specimens to compare

I do notknow Temminck’s Z. concolor, but until the uncer

tainty about the correct definition of the allied insular specie

has been satisfactorily settled, E y t o n’s name should be reserve

for the Malayan bird. P

G. modesta also occurs at the Andamans and along the Arracai

coast, and may probably extend into Cachar and farther nortl

into Assam.

Fam. TIMALITDZE.

51. Turprmnus Macropactytus, Strickl. |

Vide Strickland in Ann. and Mag. N. H., 1847, XIX

p. 188, and Blyth inJ. A.S. B., XII, p. 382.

1870. | A Oontribution to Malayan Ormthology. © 307

Blyth separated this species as the type of Zurdinus from E y-

ton’s Malacopteron. The bill as well as the gradation of the wing

feathers, and in fact the entire habitus of the bird are quite distinct

from the type of the last named genus. Bly th’s description and

“measurements apply to the Malaccan bird, but a smaller form occurs

farther north in the Wellesley Province. The plumage is in every

respect the same, the back in one of the specimens slightly more

‘rufous brown, and the chin in both pure white, extending a little

“more on the sides of the head, than it does in Malaccan specimens,

but apparently not so much low down, barely reaching beyond the

middle of the throat. The bill also appears to be a little higher,

gradually tapering, and less notched at the tip, than in a specimen

‘from Malacca, but such slight variations no doubt are individual,

or differ according to age.

I append the comparative measurements of the two races.

Spec. from Malacca. 2 Specimens for Wellesley

Province.

cre ; Se Lite a ei are 353,” —32",

J Date. ek At Se Betis. ater Da Re ETT 22"

ior ont, ... veces reenact Ps reat

OTS Lorre oh roan Seca R AB : jie

Meeeee or bill at front, ... 2, ...ceedweweceece ae

Me oe ol eo e's Ue tae Serre Shia steuatele od keene

Blyth described (Jour. Asiat. Soc. 1855, XXII,) three other

species of Zurdinus from the Tenasserim Provinces; they all some-

what differ in plumage from the Southern Malayan form; Lately

(Ibis, April, 1870), the same author also notes several species of that

genus from Java, having inspected some specimens in the Leyden

Museum, &c.

| 62. 'TURDIROSTRIS SUPERCILIARIS, H ay.

| Madras Jour. 1845, XIII, pt. I, p. 163.

From Malacca and the Wellesley Province.

| The male has the whole of the dark plumage tinged with bluish

| ashy ; the female is dull brownish black with a plain ashy tinge-

| A full grown male measures wing 4”; tail 32”; bill at front 23”;

| from gape 14”; tarsus 1,;”. As compared with Zurdinus, the bill

of Zurdirostris is stronger, more concave at the sides and _ broad-

308 * A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [ No. 4,

er at the base, provided with strong bristles and stiff fea-

thers, those of the loreal region almost entirely covering the nos-

trils, while the same are uncovered, or nearly so, in Zurdinus. The

wings and tail are comparatively longer, the primaries being nar-

rower and longer, but the tertiaries shorter, than in Turdinus. Ot

the whole this last named genus appears to possess more of a Tur-

dine while Zurdirostris has more of a Timaline aspect.

53. MrxorNIs NIGRICOLLIS, T em m.

Planches Col. pl. 594, fig. 2; J’. erythronotus, Blyth, J.A.S. B.,

XI, p. 793; Brachypteriz nigrogularis, Eyton, Ann. and Mag,

N. H., 1845, XVI, p. 228. |

If the generic distinction between Iirornis and Timalia is to be

retained the present species, should be placed in the former genus,

on account of its comparatively very strong bill and the very short

rictal bristles, the reverse being the case in Timalia, which besides

has the 5th and 7th primaries equal, while Mizornis has the 7th

sensibly shorter than the two preceding.

Bly th’s description of the bird is excellent; $ and ¢ are qui ,

similar, Wing 22”; tail 2}”; bill at front 3”; from gape 23”; tar

sus 33”. The species is very common in Penang and the Wellesley

Province. |

54. DryMocaTAPHUS NIGROCAPITATUS, E y t on.

Brachypteryx nigrocapitata, E y t o n, Proc. Zool. 8. Lond. 18389,

p. 103. 4

Blyth in Catalogue, p. 178, quoted this species first as a doubt-

ful Brachypteryx, and then, in Appendix 3, as Drymocatap

which genus he proposed for the species in Vol. XVIII, Jo

Asiat. S., 1849, p. 815. Its distinction from Brachypteryx is indeet

very marked, not only the bill being different, but the tail much

longer, and the primaries shew totally different proportions. The ha-

bitus of the bird is that of a Pomatorhinus and of Pelorneum, difter

ing from the former by the hooked and notched bill, and from both

by the proportions of the primaries. In 1849 (1. cit.) when pro-

posing the genus, Mr. Blyth simply quotes E y t on’s specie

as the type, and describes another species, D. fuscocapillus fron

Ceylon, which he says is allied to the former. Since then (Lbik

1870.] A Oontribution to Malayan Ornithology. 309

1867, III, p. 301) Blyth referred the Ceylon species to Pellor-

neum, but does not say anything about the genus Drymocata-

phus, of which the Malayan species is the type. As the species is

not common, a brief description of the genus and of the type spe-

cies may be acceptable to Indian Ornithologists.

Drymocataphus, Bly th, 1849. Bill lengthened, gradually be-

coming thinner laterally, and on the upper terminal half slightly

arched, moderately curved and hooked at tip; nostrils elongated,

free ; a few short rictal bristles ; wings very short, first quill smallest,

second. about half as long again, 3—7th graduated, the 7th being

longest, the eighth and ninth very little shorter and equal ; second-

aries elongated, tertiaries conspicuously shorter ; tail long, rounded,

the middle feathers being the longest ; feet strong with a long tarsus,

inner and outer toe subequal, the middle one lengthened, hind toe

shorter, but stronger, and with a very long curved claw, being

double the length of that of the middle toe.

D. mgrocapitatus, Hy to n. Head above and occiput black, rest

of upper plumage rufous brown, lores and supraciliary stripe and

jower eyelids whitish ashy, the feathers having pure white quills ;

ear coverts rufescent ashy ; a moderate blackish brown mustachial

streak from lower mandible bordering laterally the white chin and

anterior throat ; lower throat and breast bright rufescent, chang-

ing to deeper brown on the vent and the lower coverts. Bill

black above, yellowish white below ; legs brown. Wing 22”; tail

22” ; bill at front 2”, from gape %”, tarsus 14”, middle toe including

claw %’; hind toe, including claw 33”, claw alone ,". I did not

observe the species farther North than Malacca.

Fam. MELLIPHA GIDE.

55. Tora Larresnavel, Hartlaub.

Rev. Zool, 1844, p. 401.

I obtained a single full grown male of this species from the

Wellesley Province. The one originally described by Hartlaub

was from Malacca, and appears to be a female. Mr. Blyth de-

seribed another specimen from Arracan, also a female, under the

mame of J. innotata, (vide J. A. 8. B., XVI, p. 472). The species

seems to be very rare.

310 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4,

$. General plumage above black with a greenish glossy tinge,

forehead yellow, passing to black on top of head between the eyes,

neck and back tinged with yellowish green, feathers of the rump

very soft, much lengthened, whitish at their bases, olivaceous to-

wards the middle and with yellow tips ; upper tail-coverts short, me-

tallic black, tail and wings shining black, the latter internally ~

near the shoulder edge yellow, then white, all the wing feathers

having the bases with their coverts and the edges of the inner webs

white ; the 5-9th quills are on the basal half of the outer webs also

slightly edged with yellow ; lores and eyelids yellow, ear-coverts

black ; below uniform bright yellow throughout, slightly olivace-

ous at the side of the breast below the wings; wing 23” ; tail

2 8," ; bill at front 22”, from gape 33” ; tarsus 23”.

Blyth gives the measurements of the female as : wing 22”, tail

21”, bill from gape 1”, tarsus }” ; it is uniform green above, yellow

below with no white on the wings except a slight edge to the

primaries.

Although the beak of this species is comparatively of a very large’

size, its form is exactly that of other typical Jore, and the same ap-

plies to the peculiar yellow and black, or yellow and greenish colo-

ration of the sexes. "When viewed externally, the black tinge of

Lafresnayer strongly recalls the coloration of Zeylonica.

56. Tora typHta, Linn.

J erdon, Birds of India, I, p. 103.

Blyth VJ. A.S. B., XIII, p. 380), I think, first suggested the

identity of J. typhia, L. and J. Zeylonica, Gmel., and Mr. Hume,

lately (J. A. S. B., XX XTX, Part I, p. 117) says that there can be

hardly a doubt as to the identity of the two. I do not think that

the difference of size, relied upon by Dr. J erdon, holds good ; he

must have had taken the measurements of an unusually large spe

cimen of typhia with the wing 23”, for several which I measured,

have the wing only 23”, and some barely as long, but the bill of

typhia always appears to be a trifle longer than that of Zeylonica.

It certainly appears very probable that the two forms only re-

present different phases of plumage, or races of one and the same

species, but it is at the same time remarkable to find that ¢ typhia

1870. | A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 311

in fully developed plumage, never has the whole head black, at

least I never saw, nor heard of, such specimens ; but of course if

the two extreme, as well as intermediate, forms do occur in one and

the same locality and interbreed, there is every reason to believe

_ that they only form one species. However, I do not think that even

in this case it could be disputed that the two phases of plumage,—

pointed out as characteristic of typhia and Zeylonica,—do not occur

constantin mature birds. Zylonicais the strictly Indian form, typhia

is the Malayan, and birds with the whole upper black plumage

of Zeylonica are never met with in Burma and the Malayan country.

A couple of female specimens of Zeylonica which I compared had

the green upper, and yellow lower, plumage slightly paler than

specimens of ¢yphia, and the tail feathers were less truncate, more

obtusely rounded with yellowish subterminal cross bands and the

general plumage of the tail feathers was a little brownish, but I

cannot say whether these characters are in any way constant among

a large series of birds; I do not expect they are. ‘The female of

typhia is almost exactly lke that of scapularis.

Vise. Walden (Proc. Z. 8. London, 1866, p. 550) questions

Blyth’s statements as to the occurrence of both typhia and scapu-

daris in the Malayan Peninsula, and observes that he possesses a

female specimen of an Jora from Malacca with the bill longer and

slenderer than that of a Tenasserim specimen, but the wing much

shorter. Walden suspects it to be scapularis, which identification

may be correct, considering that the usual size of $ J. typhiais at the

wing 23”, and the @ is often alittle smaller than the ¢, consequently

the measurements between the two species are not so contrasting,

as they were believed to be. Itis, however, also possible that the ¢

specimen in question belongs to a small variety of typhia, of which

I obtained a pair in full plumage from the Wellesley Province.

The coloration of a ¢ specimen from the same locality, indicates

one of the intermediate forms between Zeylonica and typhia, and is

almost exactly like that of Lafresnay:. It is green above, on the

occiput and neck strongly tinged with black ; wings and tail black, the

former with the usual large white tips to the shorter, and the narrow-

er greenish white tips to the longer coverts ; sides of head including

eyebrows, lores, and the whole of the lower plumage bright yellow,

312 A Oontribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4,

brightest, almost saffron yellow, on the throat and paling towards the

vent. The bill is exactly as large and slender as in Burmese or

Calcutta specimens, but the wing shorter, being 23”, tail 13”, bill at

front 5°,”, from gape nearly 3; tarsus, 2” (the same as in typhia and

Zeylonica).

Q@. Olivaceous green above, blackish brown on the wings,

yellow below, the tips to the shorter wing coverts white, those of

the larger coverts mostly green, and the shoulder edge greenish

yellow, tail feathers green, the outer ones partially dusky brown

on the inner webs and with greenish yellow edges, all conspicuously

eross-barred with dusky brown; wing 2.5,”; tail 2”, the other

measurements the same as in ¢. In spite of its slightly smaller

size, I am confident that the Malayan bird is the same which occurs

in Tenasserim and in Bengal, and probably similar variations of ©

size, as those just noted, will be sooner or later recorded also from

Indian localities.

As regards the alleged identity of typhia and Zeylonica, we must

now await the result of Mr. Hu m e’ s comparison of the numerous

specimens of both forms which he states that he has at his disposal _

from almost all parts of India.

57. Tora scapusris, Horsf.

é. Uniform dark green, paling to yellowish on the rump, and

passing to bright yellow on the vent and lower tail coverts ; eye-

brow above and a spot below the eye bright yellow, posterior and

anterior angle of the eye, including the lores, dull black ; wings with —

the scapulars, upper tail coverts and tail shining black ; shoulder

edge of wing yellow, or greenish yellow; shorter and longer

coverts broadly tipped with white, wing feathers edged green

externally, tail feathers sometimes very slightly tipped greenish ;

and in immature specimens the outer feathers are mostly green ;

tibial feathers yellow; tail very indistinctly cross-barred; bill

leaden brown with pale whitish edges, legs leaden grey. Win

2%.", tail 2”, bill at front ~,”, from gape very nearly ?”; tar

sus 2”.

The female does not appear to differ from that of LI. typhia, ex

cept that the tail seems less dusky on the inner webs and very

1870. | A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 313

narrowly edged with greenish, above there are scarcely any cross

bars perceptible ; wing 2 54,” ; tail 24”. The bill of scapularis ap-

pears in some specimens to be more straight than that of typhia,

but there is no difference in its length. It seems pretty constant

that the tail of the female Jorge is proportionally longer and the

wing shorter, than those of the males.

This species is not uncommon in Penang, the Wellesley Pro-

vince, and farther south about Malacca. The female was de-

scribed and figured by Horsfield in his ‘ Researches” from

Java.

58. Puyttornis JAvensis, H ors f.

Gould, Birds of Asia, pt. XIII.

This is a very common species about Malacca. and in the Welles-

ley Province. All the males, that I have obtained, had the hinder

angle of the eye yellowish, indicating the yellow eye-ring of the

female. The old @ has the mustachial streak slightly blue and the

shoulder tuft mostly green with only a slight trace of blue, sometimes

with scarcely any ; the young g has the mustachial streak originally

_ green, but it gradually changes to blue, and at the same time also

some of the yellow feathers on the throat begin to turn black. Wing

“in ¢ 32 4 inch; tail 23’—3”; wing in 2 usually 33”; tail 22”; bill

in both about 22”, being a little more strongly curved at tip in

the g, than in the Q.

59. PHyYLLoRNIS cyanopocon, T em m.

Gould, Birds of Asia, pt. XIII.

Five males were obtained in September by my collector in the

Wellesley Province. All have the forehead and a gorget on the

front breast bordering the black much more conspicuously yellow

than shewn in Gould’s figure; wing 8-3} inch; tail about

22”; bill at front 2”.

Blyth (Ibis, 1867, III, p. 9,) suggests that for this and the

preceding species, characterized by a small shoulder tuft and a bill

of the shape of Lora, the name Phyllornis should be restricted, as

distinct from J. and Selby’s Chlorops?s under which he would include

the other chiefly smaller species with a very conspicuous blue

shoulder tuft. This distinction does not seem to be very important,

814 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4,

and it would be very difficult to define genera upon such subordinate

characters. In coloration the two last noted species of Phyllornis so

thoroughly agree with their Indian allies, that it strikes one as very

unnatural to separate them generically. The bill is in all species of

Phyllornis which I saw more compressed and higher towards the

tip, than in Jora, in which it is more uniformly attenuated towards

the tip; and this difference is equally well apparent in a comparison —

of these two species, as of other typical forms, with Jora.

60. Puytitornis Cocurncuinensis, La t h.

Ph. icterocephalus, Temm., Pl. Col. 112; Blyth, Ibis, 1867,

Tt, o.8.

Common in Malacca and the Wellesley Province and Penang,

though not equally so as Ph. Javensis.

Mr. Blyth (1. cit.) suspects that in Phyllornis both sexes are

similar, or very nearly so, in coloration. So they are, but I think

the differences usually pointed out between ¢ ¢ and 2 2 are mostly

correct, though like in all similar birds there is great difficulty in

distinguishing between @ and young birds. As an example I give

a short description of a pair of the present species shot together on

the coast just opposite Penang, and examined by myself.

é. Head yellow, changing to golden yellow on top of head and

neck ; above deep grass green, all external wing coverts and outer

webs of primaries, and secondaries bright blue, the latter tipped with

greenish, which color extends on the edges of the outer webs, and

gradually increases,till the last tertiaries become wholly green; inner

webs of all feathers dark brown, gradually decreasing on to the last

tertiaries ; a large shoulder tuft verditer blue, scapulars and all upper

coverts green ; two central tail feathers mostly green, the others pre-

valent blue. Chin and throat black, laterally extending from the

base of the bill to half the length of the eye, with a very small deep

blue spot at the base of the lower mandible; the black is bordered

below by yellow, to which follows a narrow gorget of bluish green,

and the rest including lower tail-coverts is of a soft yellowish green.

Bill black, legs leaden brown; wing 3%”, tail 23”; bill at front

32s", from gape 34"; tarsus 3.”

2. Above, grass green with a slight golden yellow tinge on thi

—1870.] A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 315

head, especially on the top and at the sides of the middle neck,

_ wings and tail equally bright and exactly similarly colored as in ¢,

and the same is also the case with the breast, vent and under tail

coverts ; chin and throat uniform bluish green, with a blue elongated

spot at the base of the lower mandible; bill and legs brown; the

measurements are the same, as in the 6, but the bill a little

smaller and less stout.

Another pair shot near Malacca’exactly agrees in colouring with

the above.

Fam. BRACHYP ODID.

61. CrINIGER GuLARIS, H ors f.

Ixos pheocephalus, Hartlaub and Pyenon. rufocaudatus, Ey ton,

vide Strickland in Ann. and Mag. N. H., 1847, XIX, p. 1380.

Although several descriptions have been published of this bird,

they are hardly sufficient to recognize the species. Head above

blackish ashy, each feather being narrowly margined paler,

rest of upper plumage olivaceous green, yellowish green on the

rump, dusky brown on the inner webs of the wing feathers,

rufescent greenish brown on the upper tail coverts and tail; lores

whitish, sides of head ashy ; chin and throat pure white ; breast,

vent and lower tail coverts bright yellow, sides of breast and vent

_ olive green ; lower wing coverts yellow; inner webs of wing

feathers, especially near their bases, silky white ; bill well curved,

slightly hooked at tip, above dark leaden brown with white edges,

below a little more whitish ; 6 very strong black rictal bristles on

each side, the most anterior the smallest, the two median ones al-

most reach to the tip of the bill when laid forward ; narine bristles

‘thin and small ; wing 34” ; tail 34” ; bill at front 3”, from gape 3” ;

tarsus very nearly 3” ; middle toe 3” ; hind toe 4”, the claw of the

_ latter is very little stronger than that ofthe middle toe; the two

outer toes are equal, and each as long as the hind toe. The bill is

rather broad at the base, the rictal bristles comparatively very

‘ strong, the feet rather weak, shewing that the whole habitus of the

bird is that of a Criniger, as pointed out by Strickland. With

_ the exception of the characteristic shortness of the tarsi, the species

316 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4,

shews considerable affinities to Zurdirostris, especially in the form

of the bill and the length of the rictal bristles.

Rare at Malacca and in the Wellesley Province.

62. Muicrorarsus MELANOLEUCOS, Eyton.

Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1839, p. 102. Brachypodius tristis,

Loy CH, e)).. Ae 9-0. , ed Vg Pst Os

Apparently rather rare in Penang and in the Wellesley Pro-

vince, occurring in dense forest 4 wing 1}”’; tail 22; bill at front

43, from gape 2”; tarsus ;%”.

63. BRAcHYPODIUS MELANOCEPHALUS, Gmel. .

Temmincek, Pl. Col. 147. Jzxos metallicus, Eyton, Ann,

and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1845, XVI, p. 228. .

Eyton’s name evidently refers to the greenish or purplish

metallic tinge of the whole head ; the total length stated to be 8”

must be a misprint, as Strickland suggested, for Eyton’s

two other measurements agree exactly with those of this species.

Wing 3”—82” ; tail 23’”—23”; bill at front about }”, from gape 2”;

tarsus #”. Common in the Wellesley Province and on Penang. I

have seen it darting after insects almost like a fly-catcher.

64, Ixrpia cyaNIventRis, Bly th. 3 .

Pycnonotus ? cyaniventris, Blyth, J. A. 8. B., XI, p. 792; idem

Cat., 211, cum syn.

The original measurements given by Blyth must have been

taken from a rather large bird, for the specimens in the Asiatic

Society’s Museum are somewhat smaller. The species is com-

mon with the previous about Malacca, on Penang and in the Wel

lesley Province. Wing 23”—2%”; tail 23” ; bill at front very nearl y

3”, from gape nearly 2” ; tarsus ,°,”.

These three last named species are so closely allied as regards

their short stoutish form of the body, the subconical arched bill

(being slightly hooked at the tip), the presence of few rictal an¢

narine bristles, feeble feet with short tarsi, coloration, &c., that

it would at the first sight appear unnatural to apply to them three

distinct generic names, It is perhaps so, and a smaller sub-division

would suffice; we may call them either genera or sub-genera, but

1870.] A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 317

there certainly are noticeable distinctions between each of the three

species. ;

Microtarsvus has the first primary very narrow and short, the

2nd of considerable length, the 4th largest and the two following

subequal to it ; the tail is rounded, the middle feathers the longest

and the rest slightly gradated; the feathers on the rump are very

full and the lower tail coverts short; the feet and toes are rather

strong.

Bracuypopius has the 1st primary very short, the 2nd again of

considerable length, the following gradated up to the fifth, which is

longest, and the others rapidly decrease in length; the tail is round-

ed, the central feathers longest, the others gradually decreasing in

length, and the outermost are considerably shorter ; tail coverts long,

feet and toes feeble.

Ixip1 has the 4th primary the longest, the 5th and 6th very

little shorter and equal, the tail squarish, the middle feathers being

shortest, and the outermost a trifle longer; lower tail coverts

short, much in form resembling Pycnonotus, feet and toes feeble.

Fam. ORIOLID A.

65. QOriotus xaAnTHonotTus, Horsfield.

Res. Java with fig.; Bly thin Cat., p. 215; Pl. Col. 214.

Horsfield’s figure of the male is evidently taken from a

specimen not in fully developed plumage, for in this state of plu-

mage the black is quite pure and the yellow above much more

bright, the edgings of the primaries are very distinct and pure

white, while the secondaries and tertiaries are very faintly edged

with pure yellow.

What Horsfield describes as the female is no doubt a

young bird, and probably a male; it corresponds with Blyth’s

0. castanopterus* which is based upon a young bird from Malacca,

as recorded by Mr. Bly th himself.

_ The female in full plumage is almost uniformly dingy green

above, yellowish in front of the head and round the eye, top of head

‘Somewhat darker; quills brown with pale edgings, secondaries

brown on the inner, greenish on the outer webs, the latter color

* Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Vol. XI, p. 798.

318 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4,

gradually increasing till the last tertiaries become wholly green,

most ofthe secondaries and tertiaries are sometimes narrowly

tipped with yellowish brown, a few of the median wing coverts are

externally distinctly edged with chestnut; tail green above, the

two median feathers wholly so, the others blackish on the terminal

half of the inner webs and terminating with a yellew tip, both the

black and yellow increasing towards the outermost tail feathers,

Below, chin and throat whitish with a very slight greenish tinge,

breast and vent with elongated dark brown blotches asin the $,

lower tail coverts pure yellow, tail feathers below greenish. The

young have the back and wing coverts more or less brown and the

other colors of the @ less pure.

This species seems common about Malacca, and is very common

in the Wellesley Province, being constantly seen flying about

immediately one passes through the cocoanut forest in the interior.

Its habits and call are entirely that of other Oriols and so is also

its coloration. ¢, — 41-4} inches ; tail about 23”; bill at front

12”.12” 5 from gape 1-1” ; tarsus 32”; the @ is of the same size

as ie. s, or slightly adie

As compared with other allied species the size is somewha

small and the bill distinctly hooked at the tip, but these are,

believe, not sufficient characters, upon which subgenera could be

based, and, therefore, Bonaparte’s name Xanthonotus appears to me

to have no claim to be accepted as a distinct appellation.

Fam. IRENID ZZ.

66. Irena puELLA, Lath. (var. cyanea Begbie).

I. Malayensis, Moore, vide Waldeni in Ann. and Mag. Nat.

Hist. V, 1870, p. 417.

It was, I think, Blyth who first pointed out, years ago, the

constant smaller size of the Malayan as compared with the Indian

bird, but on account of the identity in coloration, he considered

the two races as belonging to one and the same species, J. puella

of Latham, (J erdon, B. India, I, p. 105). There are probably

few ornithologists who, after having seen large series of this

species, would not follow Blyth in his determination, and

though the question of India, Malaya and Java, each being

1870. | A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 319

inhabited by a distinct species, lately appears to have been finally

settled by one of our most able ornithologists (Vise. Walden,

loc. cit.), I still think that these so-called species (puella, cyanea

and turcosa) should only be considered as local races of one and

the same bird. Of course the question entirely rests in the name,

but as long as there are no other distinctions developed, than

those pointed out between these local races, it would be prefer-

able not to rank them as species, for such instances are exactly

those which leave the definition of a species quite optional to every

naturalist without an attempt of making the idea of a specific

character a generally applicable one. It is true that the Indian

bird is generally larger, Gut there certainly are exceptions to this,

and specimens from Assam, Arracan and Burma are sometimes

quite as large as the Malabar bird, while others from the same

localities are smaller. A ¢@ from the Wellesley Province has the

wing 42”, tail 32”, upper tail ~coverts 1” shorter than the tail,

lower tail coverts a little shorter than the upper; bill at front 28”,

_ from gape 1,3;”; tarsus 22”. Of two Malacca specimens one has

the wing 43”, the other 43”; tail in both 33”, and the upper tail

coverts are 1}inch shorter in one, and only 1 inch shorter in the

_ other specimen, bill at front 7”, from gape 14”, tarsus barely 32”.

I can see no striking difference in the lazuline or blue coloration of

_ g and 2 specimens from South India and those from Burma, and

_ again between these and others from Malacca, but the latter are

the smallest. It appears that the size of the bird becomes, through

some cause or other, smaller the more southward we proceed in

the narrow strip of land of the Malayan Peninsula, but when we

arrive at the larger islands, like Java and Sumatra, the birds again

appear to increase in size, equalling those of Burma. One point is

certainly clear, namely, that the greater length of the tail coverts in

the Malayan bird as compared with the Indian is noé constant.

Lord Walden admits that there is no difference in the color of

_the Java and Malayan ? birds; I have not seen $ Java specimens.

Fum. LANDA.

67. Lanrus Lucrtonensis, Linn.

W alden, Ibis, 1867, p. 215.

320 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4, ©

The more ashy (than rufous)* variety, which has been noted from

the Andamans, also occurs in the Wellesley Province. The color

and size (73”) quiteagree with the brief notice of the species in

Latham’s Ind. Ornith.; wing 33”; tail 33”; bill at front =",

from gape 33”; tarsus 33”.

68. Lantus MAGNIROSTRIS, Less.

W alden, Ibis, 1867, p. 220, pl. vi, cum syn.

A specimen from the Wellesley Province exactly agrees with

EK y ton’ s description of Malacca specimens, (JL. strigatus), it may

be perhaps a trifle smaller. The short bristle-like feathers covering

the nasals, and the anterior lower angles of the eyes are black, the

lores above partially whitish; chin pure white; head pale rufous

ashy, some of the feathers on top white shafted and subterminally

slightly black; wing 3%”; tail 22”; bill at front ,%”, from gape

#’; tarsus 3”; hind toe ,,”._ This specimen appears to be a young

male, which accounts for its dimensions being less than those of any

of the three specimens noted by Lord Walden.

Another specimen, slightly larger, from the same locality, quite

agrees in coloring with the above, and this is rather remarkable,

but I suppose it is also a young bird; both were obtained at the

beginning of September.

69. TrPHRODORNIS sorpDIDA, W allace.t

Teph. gularis, auctorum (from Malacca), nec Raffles.

This Malayan species, which extends northwards into the Wel-

lesley Province and occurs on Penang, is exactly intermediate

between the Indian 7. pelvica, Hod gs., and the Sumatra gularis,

Raffles, (Z. virgatus apud Temm., Pl. Col.). It has a

coloration very similar to the former, and the size (total length 7”)

is that of the latter.

Above pale ashy brown, a little less ashy on the wings and tail,

darker on the inner webs of the wing feathers, rump with a small

white patch; forehead and a narrow superciliary stripe slightly

paler ashy than the rest of the head, streak extending from the

* Very slightly on the head and more distinct on the upper tail coverts.

+ I believe Wallace proposed this name for the Malacca bird, but I

cannot just now give the exact reference.

1870. ] A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology, 321

lores through the eye brownish black, shoulder edge of wing white,

lower wing coverts ashy brown; mustachial streak extending from

_ the base of the lower mandible posteriorly white ; below, cinereous

white, paler on the chin, very slightly rufescent at the sides of the

breast and passing to white on the vent and lower tail coverts;

wing 4”; tail 23”; bill at front very nearly 2”, from gape slightly

more than 1”; tarsus 2’.

The bill of this section of Zephrodornis, including the pre-

sent species, pelvica and gularis, is very much like that of Tur-

derostris, but the feet are very feeble, and the tarsus as short

as in Hemipus. The Malayan form is especially distinguish-

ed by its unusually feeble feet, as compared with the size of

the bird. I do not think, however, that there is sufficient ground

for a generic separation of these species from Zephrodornis, but if a

Special section should be thought convenient, Hodgson’s

name Tenthaca would have priority before Tephrolanius.

70. Vonvocrvora cutminata, H ay.

Ceblepyris culminatus, A. Hay, Madras Journ., 1845, XIII,

mt. EL p. 157.

I have not seen this species except from Malacca, where-

from the type specimen was described, and even here the bird does

not seem to be common. A female specimen is bluish ashy above,

darker on the wings and tail, slightly rufescent at the base of the

beak, the wing coverts are margined paler, and the outer tail fea-

thers are strongly blackish; sides of head and below dull white,

with narrow transverse blackish stripes; the three outer pairs of

tail feathers are tipped white; wing 33”; tail 22”, bill at front 4”,

from gape %”, tarsus 2”, The Malacca species is smaller than

V. saturata, lately described by Swinhoe, (Ibis, April, 1870).

Blyth and Jerdon suggest that this species is probably

identical with Temminck’s fimbriata. Comparing Te m-

minck’s figure of the female specimen (Pl. Col. 250) with the

one noted above, the Malacca bird appears to be a little smaller,

while Temminck’s species wants the rufescent color on the

upper base of the bill, it also has the chin much purer white and con-

trasting with the greyish white tint of the rest of the lower parts,

322 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [ No. 4,

all tail feathers and the longer coverts of the wing are tipped

white. Until more sufficient proof of the probable identity of both

has been given, it will be preferable to retain Hay’ s name.

71. BucHanGa INTERMEDIA, Bly th. ;

Dicrurus intermedius, Blyth, J. A.S.B., XV, p. 298. See

also Walden in Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1866, p. 545.

Whole plumage black, glossed with bluish green on the head,

neck, back, scapulars and breast, slightly less on the upper tail

coverts and the outer webs of the tail feathers ; below blackish,

some of the feathers on the middle of lower breast and vent

tipped white, lower vent and sides dark cinereous; lower tail and

wing coverts black with white tips; wing 53”; middle tail feathers

42”, outer 54”; bill from the front of the nostrils to tip 3”, the nude

portion only ,°,”, from gape very nearly 13”; tarsus #”. This

(apparently young) specimen shot near Malacca, only differs from

Blyth’stype(in the Museum) by having the wing and the

bill slightly longer, and by the few whitish spots on the belly and

the lower tail coverts, which are more uniform dark ashy in the

type (the wing and outer tail feathers of which are about 5,3,” each).

Both are undoubtedly identical and the same as Burmese speci-

mens, but distinct from the Javanese cineraceus.

72. Dissemurus Mauayrensis, H ay apud Blyth.

Edolius paradiseus, Linn., var. auctorum, J. A.8. B., XV, p. 294.

This appears to be in part the Tenasserim form which Blyth

(J. A.S. B., XI, p. 800, fig. 8-9) formerly referred to D. Rangoonensis, —

but which is smaller than this species; it occurs in the Wellesley

Province and on Penang. Jerdonsays that Temminck’s

name setifer is applicable to this species. The upper black plumage

has a steel blue lustre on the head, and on neck and back, greenish —

posteriorly and on the wings, frontal crest about 3” long and $” high;

lores and ear coverts dull black; chin almost dull, throat purplish

blue, passing into a greenish lustre on the breast and gradually

disappearing on vent, lower tail coverts tipped white. Younger speci-

mens have the lower plumage mixed with white ; wing 53” ; middle

tail feathers nearly 5”, outer nearly 12” ; bill from the nostril 2”;

from gape 1,5”; tarsus 32”; the terminal portion of the outer web

1870. | A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 323

of the outermost tail feathers very narrow, that of the inner larger

and very much broader. Specimens from the Wellesley Province

exactly agree with the type specimen in the Society’s collections.

This is a decidedly smaller race than D. affinis, Ty tler, (this,

1867, p. 323) from the Andamans, which appears to be very doubt-

fully distinct from Rangoonensis. Burmese specimens almost per-

fectly agree with Gould’ s original description of the last-named

species.

73. PERICROCOTUS FLAMMEUS, For st. ?

Jerdon, B. Ind. I, p. 420; an Per. elegans, McClelland,

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1839, p. 156!

One 2 specimen, from the Wellesley Province, is intermediate in

size between speciosus and flammeus ; the general coloring and especi-

ally the wing spots agree with the latter, except that the terminal

yellow spots on the last tertiaries are very small. The top of head

is somewhat. blackish ashy, yellowish in front and the yellow

tinge extends to half the length of the crown ; Temminck’s figure

shews it perfectly yellow. ‘The lores are black. The head above

is peculiarly flattened, which Mc Clelland says is characteristic

of his P. elegans from Assam, and as this is said to differ from

speciosus (= princeps) by its smaller size, I do not think it improbable

that McClelland’ s species will be shewn to be distinct from

flammeus. Wing 34”; tail about 34,” bill at front and tarsus

2” each. |

Godwin-Austen quotes P. fammeus from Assam, but with-

out further notice of any peculiarities (Jour. Asiatic Soc. B.,

XXXIX, p. 99). .

The Malayan specimen is not the female of P. cgneus, Bi y,th,

(Jour. Asiat. Soc. XV, p. 809), described from a Malacca specimen,

which is a much smaller bird, butit may be the same as Tytler’s

Per. Andamanensis (Ibis, 1867, p. 322), being apparently only a

trifle larger.

Fam. MUSCICAPIDA.

74. PHILENTOMA VELATA, T emm.

Drymophila velata, Tem. Pl. Col. 334.—H y t on in Ann. and Mag.

324 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4,

N. H., 1845, XVI, p. 229.—Muscicapa pectoralis, A. Hay, Madras

Journal, XIII, pt. I, 1845, p. 161.

é. Above and lower breast, vent and under tail coverts light

cinerous blue, forehead, lores, a very narrow superciliary stripe,

cheeks, ear-coverts and chin, inner webs of wing feathers, the same

of the tail feathers,—with the exception of the two central ones,—

black; throat and front of breast extending somewhat to the sides

deep castany brown ; wing 33”; tail 33” ; bill at front 9”, from

gape 3”; tarsus 23”; rictal bristles nearly 3”.

2. Uniform ashy blue, slightly deeper than the male, forehead,

chin and throat somewhat blackish ; wing 33” ; the other measure-

ments the same asin ¢.

Temminck described the species from Timor and Java. It is

common about Malacca, and in the Wellesley Province.

75. Myracra azurEA, Bod d.

Jerdon, B. Ind., I, p. 450.

Specimens from the Wellesley Province exactly Peieonl in

size with the Indian bird. The rictal and narine bristles and the

short feathers in front on the upper and lower mandibles are pure

black in the ¢, most of the wing feathers and the outer webs of

the tail feathers are indistinctly barred across with a duller color

than that of the general plumage.

Fam, SYLVIIDA,

76. CopsycHUS MINDANENSIS, Gm el,

Gould, Birds of Asia, pt. XV.

This is so closely allied to the Indian C. saularis, that the pro-

priety of a separate appellation seems doubtful. I shot a pair near

the coast of Wellesley Province, just opposite Penang. The male

is somewhat larger than the female, in the former the wing is 32”

and the tail 32”, in the latter wing 33” and tail 32”; both these

measurements are somewhat less than those given by Jerdon of

C. saularis ; but the length of the bill is in both the same. The ¢

has the front edge of the wing partially white and the 2 spotted

with grey; the back in the @ is a little darker than usually seen

in Bengal saularis, but the throat and breast are equally ashy an

1870. | A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 325

the sides of the vent quite similarly buffy grey in both. It would

be interesting to make a close comparison of a good series of

Burmese specimens, for these are usually referred to our common

Indian form.

77. CrrractincLa MacruRrA, Gmel.

J erdon, B. India, I, p. 116.

Jerdon calls the breast first black and then chestnut, the colors

refer to the anterior and posterior part of the breast respectively.

Two specimens from the Wellesley Province and one from Malac-

ca, each has the wing 33”, and the bill at front 2”, being, like in

Copsychus mindanensis, slightly less than the usual measure-

ments of Indian specimens. The Malacca specimen has the two

~ last secondaries slightly tipped with white. All three specimens

are males and the upper plumage is in all glossy purplish black.

Fam. AMPELIDLZ.

78. LoPHOCITTA GALERICULATA, C u v.

Leveillant, Ois. de Par. and Roll. pl. 42.

Common at Penang and inthe Wellesley Province. The g has the

black almost quite pure on the head, and the ¢ is more olivaceous

brown on the back, but I did not see such brown specimens as de-

scribed by Raffles; all feathers composing the crest are indistinctly

cross barred with dull black and the longest attain 4 inches. There

is always a small white spot on the posterior part of the eyelid,

above and below. When seen alive in the dense forests, which

these birds usually inhabit, they look like gigantic Lophophanes.

Total length 10-11 inches; wing 53”-53”; tail 43”-5”; bill at

front 14”, from gape 1}”; tarsus 12”.

79. MenanocHtora suLTANEA, Hodgs.

Zerdon, B. Ind. Il, p. 282; Gould, B. Asia, pt. XX.

I obtained numerous specimens from Malacca and the Wellesley

Province; they are mostly somewhat smaller than Indian speci-

mens, the wing being only 332”. The lower of the longer wing

coverts are generally tipped pale yellowish white and the front-

edge of the wing is also yellowish; only in one ? specimen the

pale tips of the wing coverts are entirely absent, they appear to

326 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4,

have been worn off, but instead of this the primaries are externally

edged pale, The yellow crest appears to be very often somewhat

shorter in Malayan, than it is in Indian specimens.

Fam. STURNIDZE. '

80. Catornis cantor,* Gmel.

This species is found in Penang and in the Wellesley Province,

but does not appear to be common; wing 33’”—83”; tail 24”; bill

at front 3”; from gape about 1”; tarsus 33”.

A specimen which may possibly be a young bird of this species, is

greyish brown above, blackish on the wings and tail, with a very

slight greenish gloss throughout, most distinct on the outer webs of

the wing and tail feathers ; below ashy white on chin and throat,

purer white on breast and vent, marked throughout with dark brown

streaks, each feather being thus colored along the centre ; wing 33” ;

tail 18”; bill at front 3”, from gape 3”; tarsus 73”. None of the

feathers on the head and throat are elongated and cuspidate, the

bill is brown and apparently that of a young bird, being very short.

‘The general character of the specimen is that of C. cantor, but the

difference in size is very striking. Unless the different phases of

plumage of this last species have been properly studied, it would

be of no advantage to look upon the present single specimen as

belonging to a new species.

80. Eulabes Javanensis, Osbeck.

There seems to have been, as in the case of Jrena puella, Lat h.,

a little too much stress laid upon local variations of apparently the

same species of bird. I will first record a short description of a

specimen from Malacca and one from the Wellesley Province.

The coloration of the two birds is exactly the same. The lateral

stripes of velvet feathers, narrowest (and in one specimen almost

interruptedt) above the front angle of the eye, the lores, below-the

anterior front of the eye, and the oblique streak through the nude

* Horsfield (Cat. Ind. H. Museum, p. 543) retains his name chalybeus

for the species and doubts its identity with Gmelin’ s cantor, ;

~ + I have seen specimens of E. intermedia, certainly brought from Oude, iu

which the velvet bands were not interrupted above the eyes, though very nar-

row at that place. I do not think that this character is reliable in distinguish-

ing the yarious races.

1870. | | A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 327

skin below the eye have in certain lights a greenish metallic lustre,

front and middle portion of the head, neck, the upper part of the

back and of the scapulars, chin, throat, and breast are glossed

purplish, lower back, rump, vent and both tail coverts are glossed

greenish. ‘The nude patch of the skin begins at the lower half of

the eye, is broadest here, and becomes narrower posteriorly, where

the flaps are semi-circularly prolonged; in both they are narrowly

connected at the base. There can be, I believe, not the least

doubt that the two birds belong to one and the same species.

Both the specimens have the bill not larger than most EL. inter-

media; in fact I have seen Indian specimens of the latter which

had the bill longer. J erdon says that the height of the bill in

Javanensis is +%'’, this appears to have been taken from a specimen

in the Asiat. Soc. Coll., and seems very unusual, if not abnormal.

The size of the wing of the Malacca specimen approaches that of

the Javanese one, but the tail is as short as in entermedia; the

wing of the Wellesley specimen is equal to that of a large ¢nter-

media, but the tail is quite as long as in the largest specimens from

Java on record. This clearly shews that the birds vary in some or

other point almost from every other locality. Jerdon (B. Ind.

II, p. 339) observes that intermedia certainly extends from India into

Burma as far south as Tenasserim, and specimens from the last

locality are perfectly equal in size to those from Assam.

The reference to the size of birds from a particular province

must be always considered as that of the usual average to be ob-

served. Lord Walden (Mad. Journ. XIII, pt. II, p. 156)

considered the Malacca bird to be the same as the Javanese, but

distinct from the Indian ‘intermedia. Lately (Ibis, III, 1867,

p. 331) the same author appears to be inclined to add a third species

to the number, called by Tytler Andamanensis, and another, (or

the same form) was described as Graucula dubia by Schlegel

in Nederl. Tijdsche. voor de Dierkunde, 1863, p. 7. I cannot un-

fortunately just now refer to the description of this last bird, nor

have I any true Javanese specimens to compare, but I shall briefly

record the measurements and general characters of a number of

Specimens in the Asiatic Society’s Museum, together with those

above described from Malacca and the Wellesley Province. From

328 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4,

all the existing records, it seems certain that the Javanese and

Southern Malayan birds are perfectly identical in size.

Measurements in inches.

ee nine ;

Nepal |Arracan*| Andaman. Nicobar. | Wellesley | Malacca.

(Terai). Province.

1 2 3 4 5 6 Tipe

Wing, .....0....| 6k "| 63-68 | 64 64 7% | 6% 6; 7

Tams. LARA 3-34 3 32. 3} 35 (8 38t

Bill at front, | 28 | 38-1 = 1 i} 1 1 ee

Bill from gape 18 | 13-16 | 1% 12 lf we 122 148

Height of bill,..| 3 ry 3 38 2. ate

Paredes, M20 Aor se Slee ne 13 1§ 13 4

1, 2, 8, 5, 8, are from Asiat. Soc. Coll. ; 4 from Mr. V. Ball; 6

and 7 were procured in the localities cited.

The coloration of all the birds is exactly the same, and the form

of the nude skin at the side of the head below the eye agrees in

all. The size of the posterior occipital flaps increases with the

size of the bird, and their length varies according to the sex and

apparently also according to the season. I saw in Penang two male

birds in a cage, and one of them had the occipital flaps almost an

inch long.

On comparing the Nepal withthe Nicobar or Malacca bird, nothing

would appear more averse than saying that those two were identical,

though every one will admit that the only difference is the size.

But in putting a series together geographically arranged, and ob-

serving the gradually diminishing size from the Nicobar and

Malacca bird to that from the Wellesley and Tenasserim Provinces,

and the Andamans, and from this again to that from Arracan an

the Khasi hills, we arrive at the comparatively pigmy bird of the

Nepal Terai, and the ornithologist will find it extremely difficult to

characterize all these forms as distinct species. My belief is, tha

* Specimens from the Khasi and Garro hills in the Indian Mus. Coll. a

exactly the same, as those from Arracan.

1870. | A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 329

we have in these birds nothing more than local or geographical

races of the same species, and the present example appears to me

particularly illustrative of the gradual change in the size of

typical Malayan forms, when they extend northwards. Whether

such geographical races are for the advantage of science favoured

_ with separate distinct names, seems to me very doubtful.

Fam, FRINGILLIDL.

81. Muwnta nvupronicra, Hodgs.

Jerdon, B. India, II, p. 353.

A single specimen was obtained in the Wellesley Province. In size

it resembles I. sinensis, (? Gm. apud Latham, not = maya) which,

according to J erdon, has no dark abdominal streak, while this spe-

cimen has it distinct, though not black, but dark brown, as are likewise

the lower tail coverts. Other details of coloration agree exactly with

the Indian form, except size, the Malayan form being smaller, wing

128”; tail 1}” ; bill at front not quite 2”; tarsus ~,”.

Latham (Ind. Ornith. I, p. 386) quotes the true LZ. Malacca from

“China, Java, Malacca,’’ and of the present species he says “ habitat

cum priore,’’ but it does not appear certain that this last extends

southwards into the Philippine islands, wherefrom Wallace and

others mostly only quote I. Malacca.

82. Munia Maya, Linn.

_ Latham, Syn. II, 151; Blyth, Cat. 116, No. 620 and? 621.

In style of coloration, this speeies very much resembles I. Malacca,

but the head and anterior part of neck are white, gradually paling,

the throat posteriorly albescent brown, the general color dull brown,

but the bright glistening color of the upper tail coverts is the same

as in Malacca; middle of breast, of the abdomen, tibial and under

tail-coverts deep brownish black ; wing 2”, tail 12”, bill at front nearly

4/5"; tarsus ;9,”. Apparently not common in the Wellesley Province ;

Latham gives it from Malacca, and it is no doubt identical with

jeucocephala, Raffles, from Sumatra, as recorded by Blyth.

A Batavian specimen of this species is entered by Blyth in his

Catalogue as ‘‘ I. ferruginosa,” ‘‘ Syn. Loxia ferruginosa, Latham.”

I do not know where Latham published that name, he has a

L. ferruginea (Ind. Ornith. I, p. 389), but that is not the same bird.

330 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [ No, 4,

83. Mounts acuricaupa, Hod gs.

Jerdon, B, India, II, p. 356.

Wing 13”, tail 132”; bill very little more than 3” ; tarsus +4, the

central tail fsativee 3” longer than the outermost. Specimens from

the Wellesley Province, exactly agree in colouring with the Indian

bird, but they are slightly smaller as compared with the measure-

ments given by Jerdon. Visc. Walden (Proc. Z. 8. L. 1866,

p. 552), says that a Moulmein specimen is larger than a Darjeel-

ing specimen in his collection, but that Formosan specimens agree

better with the Himalayan race. Thus slight variations seem to

occur locally, but they did apparently not yet attain to such

prominent distinctions, that they could form the basis of new

species!

Fam. COLUMBIDLE.

84. Treron [OsmMoTRERON] vERNANS, Linn., 1771.

? CO. viridis, Sco p., 1777, non viridis, Linn.

Wing 58”; tail 33”; bill at front little more than 3”, from gape

13”; tarsus 3”. This species does not appear to extend farther

ae than the Wellesley Province and Penang, and is already rare

in these localities, but it is common on all the southern islands;

Sumatra, Java, Borneo, &c.

85. TrERon [OsmorrERon] otax, Tem m.

Wing 42”; tail very nearly 3”; bill at front 2”, sometimes very

thickened on the terminal half ; naar 2”. Not uncommon about

Malacca, Penang and the Wellesley Province, the latter being

apparently the northern limit of the geographical extent of the

species.

86. Puitinopus (RAMPHICULUS) JAMBU, Gm el.

Raffles (Trans. Linn. Soc. XIII, pt. II, p. 316) gives this

species from Sumatra andSclater (Proc. Z. 8S. L., 1863, p. 221)

from Borneo. It extends northwards into the Wellesley Pro-

vince, but does not appear to be equally common as at Malacca.

Young ¢¢ are at first quite of the colouring of the 2 @ ; those I

obtained in September were already changing their plumage, which,

however, does not become fully developed until the next year.

1870. | A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 331

A specimen from the Wellesley Province has the wing only 52’,

_ (Malacca specimens have it 53”) ; tail 32”; bill at front §” ; tarsus 3”.

87. CHALCOPHAPS InDIcUs, Linn.

Jerdon, B. Ind, III, p. 484.

'. The two dark bars on the rump are in Assam and Cachar

specimens, as well as in the Malayan bird, always very con-

_ spicuously greenish golden in both sexes, the feathers being grey at

the base and of a deep greenish brown at the tips, the bars between

_ them are light grey. In specimens from the Wellesley Province,

_ the wing is in the old $ 5,9,”; tail 33” ; bill at front very nearly 2”;

tarsus 35”; the corresponding measurements in an old @ are: 52”;

84"; 3” and 38”, In the male the occiput and anterior neck above is

ashy, this color being almost interrupted in the middle of the

neck by the vinaceous brown color at the sides, but it becomes

again very conspicuous at the posterior neck, spreading out on the

shoulders. This is thought characteristic of yavensis, and Raffles

mentions this state of coloration in the Sumatrean bird, which

cannot differ from indica. The ashy on the posterior neck and be-

tween the scapulars is usually not so well developed in Indian

| Specimens, as in the Malayan, but it is always indicated, especially

in specimens from Assam and Burma.

If no other distinction exists between javensis and indica, than

the one alluded to, I should certainly consider both as identical.

There would seem to be no constant difference between them ;

the size is certainly not one of the differences recorded.

88. MacropyciA ruFicErs, T em m.

Blyth (an Catalogue, p. 234, No. 1423) appears to refer to this

Species under the name of Amboiensis, Linn., which seems to

be a considerably larger bird. Latham gives the total length

of this 14 inches, while that of the Malayan bird is barely 11”. A

| specimen from the Wellesley Province measures: wing 54"; tail 53”;

bill at front 3”; from gape nearly }”; tarsus 3”.

- Horsfield (Trans. Linn. Soc. XIII, pt. I, p. 184) mentions

that the Javanese bird has the upper part of the neck covered with a

purple gloss. Temminck’s figure represents it strongly metallic

“green, and the breast not spotted ; this must apply to the plumage of

332 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [ No. 4,

old males. In the specimen from the Wellesley Province, which is

apparently a female, the posterior neck and back are blackish brown,

with a very slight green metallic tinge on some of the feathers, but all

are minutely freckled with rufous brown, somewhat less conspicuous

on the middle back ; but the red is again much more prevalent on the

rump and upper tail coverts ; the whole head above is rufous brown, |

chin whitish rufescent; throat posteriorly and front of breast irre-

gularly spotted with black. The specimen agrees in other respects

with the Javanese bird. -Amboinensis is often quoted by W al-

lace from the various islands of the Philippine Archipelego, but

ruficeps does not appear to occur there.

89. Turrur TicRiInus, Te mm. (? ?).

? T. Suratensis, Gmel., Jerdon, B. Ind, III, p. 79.

Wing and tail 53” each; bill at front +2”; from gape 74”; tarsus

very nearly 1” ; a narrow black loreal stripe appears constant in male

specimens ; the white and posteriorly brownish tips of the collar are

squarish, not rounded.

The Malayan form is very like the Indian Z. Swratensis,

Gwm., only a little smaller and having the back, like Chinensis,

Scop., almost unspotted, the feathers being only narrowly

tipped with pale brown, but all the wing coverts are blackish

along their shafts, except the most anterior which are ashy

white. I doubt that ¢egrinus is specifically distinct from Swra-

tensis. Bly th, (Ibis, 1867, III, p. 150) says that he has not seen

intermediate specimens. I saw specimens from Burma which had

the two lateral spots on each of the feathers of the back distinct, while

others had them nearly quite obsolete, or only indicated by pale

terminal edgings, as in the Malayan ¢igrimus. Such minor differ-

ences should not be considered as specific distinctions, for they

not definable in nature.

This and other allied species of Columbide do not appear to be

common in the Wellesley Province, nor at Penang and in th

neighbourhood of Malacca, as are species of the Z’reron group.

90. GEoPHELIA sTRIATA, Linn.

A single specimen was obtained in the Wellesley Province; th

measurements are :—wing 34” ; tail 4"; bill at front 8, from ga

1870. ] A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. 333

42” ; tarsus 3” ; round the eye and loreal space naked. ‘The species

does not apparently extend into Burma. Blyth quotes C. sinica,

Linn. and malaccensis, Gmel., as synonyms, but the charac-

teristics, (especially of the latter), as given by Latham, are not

applicable to the Malayan bird, which exactly agrees with speci-

mens from the Mauritius.

Fam. PHASIA NID.

91. PoLnyPLEcTRon BicaLcaRATUM, Linn.

Gould, B. Asia, pt. XXII.

In the figure recently published by Gould the crest of the male

_ is coloured uniform greenish. This would appear to be very un-

usual, at least as far as summer plumage is concerned. I had seen

about 20 specimens with the dealers at Malacca and, as far as I

remember, all had the frontal feathers barred across with dusky

white, but the feathers on the crest of the female are generally

uniform brown, with rather indistinct edgings of dark brown.

This species also occursin the interior of Wellesley Province, but

_ seems to be already here very rare.

92. GALLUS FERRUGINEUS, Gmel.

The more red and deeper coloured Malayan variety,* lately

noticed by Bl y th (in the Ibis), occurs in the Wellesley Province ;

_ wing of cock 93” ; outer tail feathers barely 12.”

93. Rous cristatus, G mel.

Blyth, Cat. 253.

- More common about Malacca than in the Wellesley Province and

in Tenasserim. All the birds are perfectly identical.

Fam. TINAMITD ZL.

foo. Lurmc pugnaz,t Temm.

sas

| Blyth (ibis, 1867, ITI, p. 161) says that Z. occellata, Scop.

| apud Jerdon (B. Ind. II, p. 597) should stand as ZT. pugnazx

| of Temminck, occellata, Scop. (= lusomensis, Gm.) being

quite a distinct species, and that both pugnax and targoor are

* Only the posterior neck is golden yellow.

+ Tetrao Luzoniensis of Raffles from Sumatra is, to all appearance, the same

| bird. Temminck’ s figure represents an unusually dark specimen.

334 A Contribution to Malayan Ornithology. [No. 4,

insufficiently distinguishable, and, therefore could be brought

together under the name pugnaz, Temm., “subject to a cer-

tain amount of local variation.’”’” This appears to be a very fair

view of the question, for comparing large series of these birds

from different parts of India, from the Malayan countries and

Java, it certainly appears extremely difficult to find any perma-

nent distinctions strictly peculiar to each form, but to a certain extent —

the local varieties, or sub-species, generally possess some slight

distinctive characters.

Typical Java and Malayan pugnax generally are the small-

est of all. The head is dark, the pale brown edgings to the fea-

thers being very narrow, the median occipital streak is dark and

usually indistinct, the feathers of the back are scarcely margined

laterally with pale, and those of the lower back and scapulars very

little, generally only on the outer web. The longer scapulars and

wing-coverts have pale yellowish, transverse, largely oval spots-

Specimens from Malacca and the Wellesley Province, belonging to

this race, have the wing only 3}’-3}”; tail 1-1}" (rather long) ;

bill at front 3”, from gape ?”; tarsus }”.

The Himalayan race (plumbipes, Hodgs.), is very similar in

its dark coloration to Malayan specimens, but the median streak

on the head appears to be always more distinct, the chin and throat

is less pure white in the male (?), and the blackish spots on

the terminal outer webs of the tertiaries are more distinct. As

to size, the North Indian and Himalayan specimens are the

largest. Jerdon gives wing 3,8”, tail 1”, bill at front ,%",

tarsus 1”, and Himalayan specimens in the Asiatic Society’s collection

quite come up to these measurements. I have measured specimens

with the wing 32”.

The third form is taigoor, Sykes, (apud Jerdon), being in-

termediate in size between the two, and very similar to the latter

in coloration, except that the feathers on the back generally are

very distinctly margined laterally with pale or yellowish rufescent.

Looking at these variations, one cannot help to recall to mind

the perfectly similar and corresponding variations in the plumage o

Turtur Suratensis, tigrinus and Chinensis, and the variations in size

are also something similar in the two series of races, at least a

regards the Malayan and Indian birds.

Norrs on some Reprizia anp AmpuistA From CrnrraL Iyp1a,—

by Winiiam TT’. Buanrorp, F. G.8., C. M. Z. 8., &e.

(With plates XIV—XVI.)

[Received 2nd August, read 3rd September, 1870. ]

A collection, chiefly of Reptilia, made by me during the cold and

hot seasons of 1869-70 in a part of India hitherto but little ex-

plored by herpetologists, contains several interesting forms, and a

few lizards which appear to have been previously undescribed.

My principal object in collecting has been to obtain. somewhat

more exact information as to the range of different species, a sub-

ject in which, as was pointed out by Giinther in his Reptiles of

British India, very much remains to be done. I was at first struck

by the herpetological provinces into which Dr. Giinther has

divided Peninsular India, and which differ greatly from those

which appeared to me, from a study of the landshells, birds and

mammals, to be the great natural zoological divisions of the country,

and I wished, before publishing any observations on the subject,

to ascertain, to some extent at least, whether the distribution of the

Reptilia differs in any way from that of the other groups upon

which I had founded my conclusions.

-- I soon became satisfied that it does not, andthat Dr. Giinther

_ was misled by the very imperfect information available in Europe,

- and especially by the confused ideas which have hitherto prevailed as

to the affinities of the Indian fauna. Itis naturally very difficult

for any one unacquainted with a country to form a correct opinion

of its physical geography, and of the distribution of its fauna as

affected by physical characters. Another very great difficulty is

correctly to appreciate the comparative value of the evidence before

the compiler. In such matters local knowledge is essential. It

should also be borne in mind that, until recently, the importance of

accuracy in determining the exact localities of specimens, brought

from distant parts of the world, was not appreciated by European

naturalists, indeed it is to be feared that many scarcely appreciate

it even now, and that the labels in Kuropean Museums are but too.

often misleading. A naturalist in Kurope must depend entirely.

336 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [No. 4,

upon the information supplied to him by others, whilst a local

observer can largely supplement and correct the observations of

other men,

I think that it adds greatly to the probability of my own views

to find that the localities of certain Reptilia which were quoted by

Giinther in his Reptiles of British India, and which appeared

opposed in a very marked manner to the conclusions at which I had

arrived, have lately been shewn by Dr. Jerdon* to be errone-

ous. Amongst the most anomalous of these were the supposed oc-

currence of an Acanthodactylus at Coonoor on the Nilgiris and some

of the localities given by Dr. Giin theron the authority of the

Messrs. Schlagintw eit, such for instance as the occurrence of

Eryx Johnit at a height of 9800 feet in Sikkim !+ This last assertion

Thad noted in my copy of Giinther’s Reptiles as incredible be-

fore I saw Dr. Jerdon’s remarks, a circumstance I think worth

mentioning as it shews that, probably from a different line of

argument, both Dr. Je rdon and I had arrived at the same con-

clusion.

It is impossible for me here to enter at full length into the sub-

ject of the geographical distribution of the Indian fauna, but the

following short sketch will serve to shew its outlines.

I divide Peninsular India with Ceylon, from Biluchistan to a line

drawn to the north from the head of the Bay of Bengal, and in-

cluding all south of the Himalayas, but excluding the mountains

themselves, into the following principal divisions. The boundaries.

of all require more exact determination.

1; The Punjab province, including, besides the Punjab itself,

Sind, the desert country east of the Indus, Cutch and probably

western Rajpootana. The fauna, with a few exceptions, is of the

desert types.

2. The Indian province proper. This includes all India§ east

of Delhi and Katthiawar as far as the Réjmahal hills, and the whole

* Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, pp. 77 and 79.

+ Guinther Rept. Brit. India, p. 335.

{ I mentioned a few of the principal distinctions in a paper, read before the

British Association at Exeter in 1869. Vide Rept. Brit. Assn. 1869, p. 107.

§ I employ the word India as meaning solely the country of the Hindus,

from whom it derives its name. All the countries to the East of the Bay of

Bengal differ to a most important extent in climate, zoology, botany, and eth-

1870. | Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 337

Peninsula south of the Ganges with the exception of the western

coast, and probably a few scattered hillsin Southern India. It also

includes Northern Ceylon. It is thus subdivided roughly.

a. Gangetic sub-province or Hindustan ;*—extending south as

far as the Nerbudda; in its eastern portion comprising only the

valley of the Son and the Ganges valley as far east as Benares.

6. Deccan sub-province ;—from the Nerbudda to the Krishna

(Kistna), bounded on the west by a line drawn parallel to the west

‘coast a little east of the main range of the Western Ghats, and on

the east by a line drawn nearly north and south a little east of

Nagpuir. ‘I comprise in this for the present Katthiawar, Gujerat

‘and Khandeish.

c. Bengal sub-province ;—bounded by the last on the east and

extending to the south at least as far as the Godavery, perhaps te

the Krishna. I believe that the Gangetic valley east of Benares

should be included, but on this point, as on many others, I have no

eertain information. This sub-province contains a few well marked

Malayan forms not met with in the other two.

dad. Madras sub-province ;—all the peninsula south of the Krish-

ma and east of the Nilgiris and other hill ranges forming the Wes-

tern Ghats. The tops of such hill ranges as the Shevroys, Kola-

mullays, &c. appear, however, rather to belong te the Malabar

province. This Madras sub-province also comprises Northern

‘Ceylon.

3. The Hastern Bengal Province. This perhaps should be

elassed with the Indo-Chinese countries. Malay forms prevail.

nology. European naturalists I know object to this definition of the term, and

‘prefer using ‘the name in its old vague sense, and Dr. Ginther appeals to the

practice of centuries, (Zool. Rec. for 1868, p. 118). But I am sure that when

the fauna of India is better known, all naturalists will see the necessity of using

one word for the country, and of avoiding all risk of confounding it with the very

different Indo-chinese and Malay province, and Dr. Gint her’s argument is

Open to a very obvious reply, viz. that Zoology is not the only branch of human

‘knowledge which has improved since medizeval times and in which the necessi-

‘ty for accuracy in definition has become apparent, and that geographers will be

searcely satisfied with the argument that some centuries ago all Hastern Asia

was known as India, and therefore the old nomenclature should be retained,

Besides if we must go back three or four centuries for our geographical nomen.

lature, we shall be obliged to include*America as part of the “ Indies,’ and

Brazil as part of the “‘ Hast Indies.”

* The word Hindustan is commonly employed by Europeans as signifying

_ ‘the whole of India. By natives ef India it is used to designate the upper

Gangetic plain only.

338 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [No. 4,

Calcutta is just on the edge of it, and may be rather placed inside

it than outside; Assam and Cachar beyond our limits belong to it.

4. The Malabar province with Southern Ceylon. This, although

far from throughly explored, has the richest and most interesting

_ fauna of all. It comprises the Western Coast about as far north

as Bombay, and the range of hills which runs parallel to that coast

from Cape Comorin probably as far as the river Taptee. Its fauna

is in part peculiar, but its affinities are distinctly Malayan, and

this is the more interesting, because it is divided from the Eastern

Himalayas and Eastern Bengal, the nearest countries in which

Malay types are prevalent, by the whole breadth of the Indian

province with its semi-African fauna.

I can only mention a few of the more marked Reptilia and

Amphibia of each province. Some species range throughout, but

they are very few. ‘The lists are very imperfect for want of accu-

rate information.

Punjab province. Pangshura Smnithii, Psammosaurus scincus,

Acanthodactylus Cantoris, Sphenocephalus tridactylus, Eublepharis

macularius, E. fasciatus, Uromastix, Trapelus sp., Agama agilis,

Chameleo ceylonicus, Zamenis diadema, Echis carinata,

Indian province. TZestudo elegans, Pangshura tectum, Cabrita (the

genus), Pseudophiops Jerdoni, Euprepis trilineatus, B. Beddomei, E.

trivittatus, Eumeces Hardwickii, Sitana, Charasia, Chameleo ceylonicus,

Zamenis brachyurus, Eryx Johnii, Daboia Russellii, Echis carinata,

Pyxicephalus breviceps, Cacopus. ,

Eastern Bengal province. mys Hamiltonii, Pangshura sylthe-

tensis, Simotes bicatenatus, Tragops prasinus. I am unable to say

how far to the westward several Indo-Chinese forms such as

Tachydromus and Pseudopus gracilis extend, but I believe they may

fairly be considered as part of the fauna of this province. If the

base of the Himalayas be included, the number of Malay forms

will be greatly increased. 7

Malabar province. <dAteuchosaurus travancoricus, Gymnodactylus,

several species, Draco Dussumiert, Otocryptis, Lyriocephalus, Cerato-

phora, Cophotis,* Calotes nemoricola, C. Rouxti, C. nigrilabris,

* These four genera are hitherto peculiar to Ceylon, but like many other Cey-

lon forms may very possibly be hereafter found in the hills of Malabar, which

have as yet been only very imperfectly explored, many parts of them being

singularly difficult of access.

1870.] Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 339

C. Eiliotti, Salea, Liolepis guttatus (in India); the family of Uropel-

tide; the family of Calamaride except Fulconeria, Theob.,

(found also in Assam and the Malay countries but with the excep-

‘tion quoted, not out of this province in India); Oligodon, Simotes

venustus and some other species; Ablabes olivaceus, A. Humberte,

_ Cynophis, Tropidococeyx, Tragops dispar 2 Dipsas Forstent, Cercaspis,

Calophis nigrescens, Trimeresurus anamulliensis, T. strigatus, T. trigo-

| nocephalus, Peltopelor, Hypnale, Hylorana malabarica and two or

three other species, Zxalus, several species, Rhacophorus malabarieus ;

_ Apreriwm and Cecilia (in India proper). "

Tt is quite possible that some of the species mentioned may

extend into other districts; a few certainly do, but I think not to

a sufficient extent to prevent their being fairly characteristic spe-

cies. Thus Daboia Russellii occurs in Pegu, but this is quite

‘in accordance with some other peculiarities in the fauna of the

Irawady valley, especially in upper Pegu and Ava, where many

_ Indian animals are found which are unknown in the intervening

_ country of Arakan.

The main object of the following notes is to give accurate locali-

ties for all the species named, and thus to contribute slightly to a

knowledge of the distribution of particular species. As the collec-

tion was made in the dry season, and in great measure during rapid

“marches, the snakes and amphibia, which are chiefly seen in the

_vains, are very poorly represented. My reason for mentioning some

very common and widely spread forms is, that I have found that

such have frequently well marked limits within India itself, and it

is very desirable to ascertain such boundaries, which can only be

done by each collector giving the precise district in which he found

_ Specimens.

i REPTILIA.

" CHELONIA,

1. Emys [Panesuura] tectum, Bell., var. intermedia. Pl. XIV.

- This form is nearly or quite as high in the dorsal ridge as P. tee-

tum from Bengal. The ridge appears merely as a blunt keel on

‘the two first vertebral shields, but rises into a strong nodose promi-

340 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [No. 4,

nence on the third. The feet are much flatter, and the toes longer

and more broadly webbed than in P. tectum, and the form of the

vertebral plates differs from the type. In coloration and in many

other characters, it closely approaches G iin t h e r’ s description of

P. tentoria, but it is more tumid and the vertebral plates have a

different form.

Plates.. Nuchal plate short, trapezohedral, broader behind than

in front. First vertebral subquadrangular, very little broader in

front than it is behind, the anterior margin convex, posterior slight-

ly concave, lateral margins sinuate. Second vertebral almost hexa-

gonal, the breadth exceeding the length slightly, the posterior

margin straight, thus differing from both typical tectum and tentoria

in which it is convex. ‘Third vertebral longer than broad, penta-

gonal, pointed behind, the anterior margin nearly straight and

equal in length to either of the front lateral margins, or slightly

exceeding them. Fourth diamond shape, rather attenuate in front

and rounded or subtruncate behind ; fifth twice as broad as the

anterior margins of the two caudals. Caudals rather broader be-

hind than in front, in breadth at their posterior margin about equal

to their length, they are very little smaller than the nearest mar-

ginals, and are separated from each other by a very slight notch.

Posterior margin of upper shell very slightly serrated. Sternum flat,

slightly bent upwards in front, keeled at the sides ; width between the

inguinal incisions less than half the length. Suture between t

gular plates shorter than that between the postgulars. Pectorals

longer than the postgulars and net much shorter than the abdomin

and preanals. Suture between the anals longer than their posteri

margins, which meet at an obtuse angle. Jaws finely denticulate

the upper not emarginate infront. Tail short, shorter than

head. Feet broadly webbed, very flat, front of fore leg down

the base of the first toe, and hinder part of hind leg nearly covered

by broad horny scales, hind margin of fore foot also covered wi

large scales; claws of moderate size.

Coloration. Carapace above brown, anterior and lateral margin

of plates.a little paler. Sternal plates black, anterior and lateral m

‘gins, but not the posterior ones, yellow. Limbs and head dull oliv

paler below, the first unspotted, in this differing conspicuously fi

1870. | Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 341

Bengal specimens of P. tectum, in which they are spotted with yel-

low. There isa ferruginous spot behind each eye, and three others,

less well marked, in a convex line on the occiput.

I obtained three specimens of this form, the following are the

measurements of their carapaces in inches.

Length. Breadth. Height.

i 4 8.2 2.

2, 3.5 2.7 1.75

S, 36 27 1.8

Loc. All the specimens were procured at Chappa and Korba in

Bilaspur, on the Hasdo river, a tributary of the upper Mahanaddi

which it joins above Sambhalptr. I had named the Pangshura

above described, and intended publishing it as a separate species,

when some specimens from the Jumna river near Agra sent by

Mr. Carlleyle to the Indian Museum were shewn to me

by Dr. Anderson. These agreed remarkably with my spe-

cimens in the coloration of the head and limbs, whilst the vertebral

plates shewed an intermediate form between the Bilaspur and Ben-

gal tortoises. This induced me to re-examine the fine series of spe-

eimens of P. tectumin the Indian Museum, and I found that al-

though none have vertebral plates of the same form as the Bilaspur

specimens, there is considerable variation, and the changes due to

age are much greater than I had at first supposed, or than previous

describers seem to have been aware of, and that a certain amount

of change takes place in the sternal plates also. Under these cir-

eumstances, I doubt if the coloration of the head and limbs alone

ean be considered sufficiently important characters to justify speci-

fic distinction. In P. tectum from Bengal the head appears always

to be black in the centre above and red or yellow at the sides, and

the limbs to be spotted with yellow.

In young animals from Bengal and frequently in larger speci-

‘mens up to about 4 inches in length, the first vertebral is pentagonal

with straight sides, and much narrower behind than in front. But

in old shells I find that the sides become curved as in the Agra and

Bilaspur examp'es, and that the difference between the breadth in

front and behind diminishes. The second vertebral increases in

breadth with age, and although it has never in Calcutta carapaces

342 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [ No. 4,

so broad a straight hinder margin as in the specimens from central

India, the extent to which it is truncated behind in young animals

varies. In the third vertebral a great change also takes place with

age, while the fourth in old shells loses its diamond shape and as-

sumes the outline of a flask. In the sternum, the pectoral shields

become shorter in older specimens, in proportion to the postgulars

and abdominals, and the angular ridge on each side of the sternum

is blunter, while the extent of black on the sternal plates is rather

greater.

It is very clear that these variations tend in a great measure to

obliterate the distinction between P. tectum and P. tentoria ; the on-

ly remaining difference being the more tumid form of the first

named species. But I doubt if this be a more valid character than

the form of the plates. In two Calcutta specimens in the Indian

Museum, I find the measurements to be in inches.

i. 2.

Length, ...... y dehahetisa iis OSS OEE 3.3 3.7

Breadth, ..... pions onde. Sdinie as Soe he 2.5

Heights, \. ads «sti ying Oe SQN shag 1.8

Indeed, judging from Giinther’s figures and description, I

should rather have suspected my specimens from the Hasdo to be

a variety of P. tentorta than of P. tectum. It is never quite safe

to conclude that a species is not distinct without comparison of spe-

cimens, but I cannot help thinking it highly probable that P. ten-

toria must be considered a variety of P. tectum. P. flaviventer

has better grounds to distinction, and P. Smithii is clearly a well

marked species.

I may here remark that if the assignment by Gra y* and

Ginthert of figs. 3,4 and 5 onthe plate of Hmys tectum in

Hardwicke’s Illustrations of Indian Zoology to P. tentoria

correct, the species must fall at once, for those figures are most un-

mistakeably taken from old specimens of P. tectum, and the diffe

ences of coloration pointed out by Gray are of no importan

They may be in part seasonal, at any rate the brightly coloure

small specimens with an orange stripe down the centre of the ante-

* Cat. Shield Reptiles, p. 37.

t+ Reptiles of British India, p. 34.

1870. | Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 343

| vior vertebrals, are of the same species as those in which the stripe

is wanting. But the species P. tentoria was originally founded by

Gray ona specimen brought by Col. Sykes from Western

India, and there may possibly be a difference, though I cannot tell

what it is.

2. HmypA vITTATA? Peters.

A single specimen of Hmyda, obtained in a tributary of the Ma-

| hanaddi, differs from #. granosa in several minor characters. The

outline of the vertebral plates is far more indistinct, even after the

specimen has been in spirits for some months, and their surface

has no trace of the fine granulation seen in #. granosa. The cara-

pace appears also to be lower, and much longer in proportion to

the breadth, and the coloration is different, there being a total ab-

_ sence of yellow spots on the back and head. The following de-

scription of the colours was taken from the animal when alive.

Back of the shell dark olive with a few indistinct dusky marks,

only conspicuous when the surface was wet: beneath pale salmon

colour. Head and neck olive above, with a slight rufous tinge, a

dark line running backwards and a little downwards from the hin-

| der corner of the eye, a second above and a third below, also com-

| mencing from the orbit, all somewhat waved, some black irregular

spots on the back of the neck between the innermost lines. Lips

bright pink, lower part of head bright salmon colour. The length

of the carapace is 4:7 in., breadth 3°9”, height 1:5”, In spirit the

dimensions have decreased.

Unfortunately the volume of the Monathsberichte Berlin Akad.,

containing Peters’s description of Hmyda vitiata, does not

exist in either of the Calcutta libraries, the Society’s and that of

the Geological Survey. Giinther’s description in Rept.

Brit. Ind. is scarcely sufficient for identification. He merely says

“ This species has been characterized by the black streaks and spots

on the head and neck, and is said to have been brought from Goa.”

_ The specimen of Zmyda obtained was found under the sand in a

melon plantation in the dry part of a river bed. I found the

tracks upon the sand, and followed them till they disappeared, and

| at that spot the tortoise was concealed two or three inches below

| 44

344 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. (No. 4,

the surface. Running water of some depth was within — few feet,

but the animal had not entered it, and had, during the night, —

come for at least a quarter of a mile along the sand from another

hiding place beneath some grass, without once entering the water.

The people of the country are quite aware of this habit, and when

I pointed out the tracks to a fisherman, he said at once that the

tortoise would be found in the sand by following them. It is evi-

dent, therefore, that G iinther’s statement, that Hmyda is tho-

roughly aquatic, requires modification. Ihave often seen tracks

on the sand of streams before, but always supposed them to be

made by Hmys or its allies. The time of year was the middle of

March at the commencement of the hot season.

Loc. Seo river, a tributary of the Mahénaddi in Raipir.

3. Trionyx GancEticus, C uv. var.

I obtained three specimens in Bildspir, all of small or moderate

size: they differ from Calcutta specimens in coloration, but not to

any important extent in form: the carapace is perhaps a little

broader, in proportion to the length, but the difference is very tri-

fling ; both have the swelling on the anterior dorsal portion of the.

carapace, and precisely similar ornamentation. In the younger

specimens, the anterior dorsal bone is separated by an unossified

space from the first costals, but in an older specimen they are per-

fectly united,

The largest specimen exceeded a foot in length when alive, the

carapace now measures 8:5 inches inlength by 8 in breadth. The

second measured 7 inches by 6 when living, the carapace in the

dried specimen being 4 inches by 3:25, The small specimen pre

served in spirits measures 3°9 by 3:5,

All were rather pale olive in colour above, on the shell as well

as onthe head and limbs. In the smallest specimen there were 2

pairs of very indistinct ocellion the carapace. The back of the

head and neck shewed black veinings. Neither head nor limbs

were spotted nor presented any pale markings, the lower parts were

flesh coloured, lips yellow. There were in the smallest specimen

about 15 very irregular rows of granules on each side of the shell,

and some scattered isolated granular tubercles on the hinder por

1870.) Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 345

tion. On the intermediate specimen, the granules were fewer in

number and on the largest they were obsolete.

Loc. With Pangshura tectum var. intermedia in the Hasdo river,

_a tributary of the Mahanaddi.

SAURIA.

4. Casrita Lescuenavuttir (M. Ed.)

Dum. et. Bib. Erp. Gen. V, p, 262, nec Gray,necGinther.

There has evidently been some confusion about this species. I

have not access to the original description by Milne Edwards,

but the excellent detailed account of the characters in Dumeril

and Bibron is taken from authenticated specimens of Milne

_Edwards’ species and I believe from the type. Dr. Giinther

had no specimen to examine, and appears to have accepted Gray’s

opinion of the identity of his Cabrita brunnea with Dumeril and

~Bibron’s Calosaura Leschenaultie.

All writers appear to have overlooked the fact, that Cabrita brun-

nec is a different lizard from Lacerta Leschenaultit, as will be seen

_by the following comparison of the characters taken from Gray’s

description in one case, and DumerilandBibron’s in the other.

Calosaura Leschenaultit, Dum.

and Bib., 1889, loc. cit.

Cabrita brunnea, Gr ay, Ann.

and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1838, Ser. 1,

Vol. I, p. 282.

Nostrils in a horizontal suture La narine. .est situeé positive-

between two small nasal shields

haying a smaller one behind

them. (In Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus.

p-48. Nostrils on the muzzle

ridge between a superior and

inferior nasal plate witha small

hinder Ginther

gives the same description with

only trifling verbal alterations. )

nasal.

ment a lextrémité du canthus

rostralis entre deux plaques qui

Les

deux plaques naso-rostrales...ont

s’articulent avec la rostrale.

derriére elles une paire de petites

plaques qui sont les analogues

des naso-frénales des Lézards.

Cabrita brunnea was described by Gray from a specimen of

unknown locality in the collection of Mr. Thomas Bell. Lacerta

Leschenaultu was

founded on lizards sent from the Coast of

Coromandel by M. Leschenault.

346 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [No. 4,

There are, I may add, one or two minor discrepancies in the de

scriptions of the French and English authors which, although unim

portant by themselves, tend to support the view here taken of their

having had different species before them. Dum. et Bib. describe

the 6 rows of ventral plates thus; ‘‘ aux deux series medianes et

aux deux marginales elles présentent moins de largeur qu’ aux

deux autres.” In the original description of Cabrita brunnea

Gray says ‘‘ Ventral shields 6-rowed, central ones narrowed on

each side” and in Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus. “‘ Ventral shields 6-rowed

the middle row on each side largest.” Both Dumeril and

Bibron had examined Mr. Bell’s collection, but I can find ne

reference in their work to Cabrita brunnea.

In these points of difference, the specimens procured by me ir

Central India, coincide with the description of Calosaura Leschenau

tii, and differ from Gray’s species. The only differences which

I can observe between my specimens and the description by Dum e

ril and Bibron are, that in the latter one large preeanal shield is

stated to be surrounded by small scales, whereas in Central Indian

specimens, there are two enlarged preeanal plates one before the

other, the posterior being the largest, and whereas in the type i

Paris the temporal regions are said to have three small quadrilate

ral plates against the upper border, in my specimens there is one

long plate above the small scales covering the temples. The latter

character is certainly of no consequence, and the amount to which

the anterior preeanal plate is enlarged varies in different indivi

duals. I unhesitatingly refer the lizards collected by myself te

Calosaura Leschenaultit.

The question then arises, what is the locality of Cabrita brunnea,

and is it congeneric with Calosaura Leschenaultii? Gray in th

Catalogue of Lizards in the British Museum, 1845, p. 43, certainly

gives India as the locality for the specimens in B el 1’ s collectior

but unfortunately British Museum Catalogues are fallible on the

score of localities, and in 1838 it was not known whence Mr. Bell

specimens were obtained.

Mr. Blyth in his notes to Dr. Je rdon’s Catalogue, J.

8. B. xxii, p. 476, stated that the Museum of the Asiatic Society

had at that time, 1853, examples of what he took to be Calosau

en 870. | Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 347

Leschenaultii from Pind Dadun Khan in the Punjab Salt Range, and

formerly possessed the same from Afghanistan. None of these spe-

cimens could be found, when Mr. Theobald made a Catalogue of

the Society’s Reptiles in 1865 (J. A. 8. B., 1869, Pt. Il). They

may very possibly have been in bad condition from inadequate

preservation in the first instance, and have fallen to pieces. If so,

it may have been difficult to identify them, and as Dr. Jerdon

has recently described avery similar lizard, Pseuwdophiops Theobaldi,*

from the Punjab, and as the distinction between Ophiops or

Pseudophiops and COabrita would be very difficult to determine

in specimens in bad condition, it is not impossible that the Pind

Dadun Khan specimens may have been a Pseudophiops or some

other lizard.

In his Catalogue of the Reptiles inhabiting the Peninsula of

India, l.c.. Dr. Jerdon describes Calosaura Leschenaultic from

specimens obtained in the Salem and Coimbatoor districts, but he

does not mention the form of the nasal plates. Major Be ddome has,

however, since procured the same lizard in the same localities, and, |

on my writing to inquire, he has kindly examined his specimens,

and he informs me that the nostril is between two swollen plates

followed by a small post-nasal. I think there can be’ but little

doubt, therefore, that this is Gra y’s Cabrita brunnea.

It will be seen from my remarks on the next species, that the

characters of the nasal plates are eminently variable amongst these

lizards, which appear to be otherwise closely allied, and I therefore

see no reason for considering Calosaura and Cabrita distinct genera.

The generic character will, however, require modification, but to this

I will recur after my notes on C. Jerdoni.

The few individuals of Cabrita Leschenaulti which I obtained

_ were found in thin forest. It is a quick active lizard, but less so

than Acanthodactylus, and its habitat accounts both for its being

~ less agile, since it can more easily elude its enemies by hiding,

| and for its very different coloration. The length is 6 inches, of which

| the tail is nearly 4.

The following description of the coloration is taken from a fresh

Specimen. Head above dusky, centre of the back brown, bordered

* Proc. As. Soc. Beng. March, 1870, p. 71.

348 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [No. 4,

with black against a white line which runs from behind the eye-

brows to the tail, below this on the sides is a band of brown, finely

mottled with black, then another white line less distinct than the —

first, running from the upper labials through the tympanum and

just above the shoulder to the thigh. Below this from the thigh

to the shoulder is an apple green band broken by black mottling,

especially above in front. Some black spots and occasionally mot-—

tling occur on both upper and lower labials. Lower parts pure

white. Limbs above brown finely mottled with black.

A female killed in April contains 6 eggs, each about 3, inch

long. The femoral pores vary in number from 13 to 15, and the

transverse rows of ventral shields from 24 to 27 in the specimens

before me. On such slender evidence, nothing certain can be stated

as to the connection between the number of the latter and sex, but

in 2 females the ventral shields are in 27 transverse rows, whilst

a male has 24. :

Loc. 8S. E. Berar and Chanda, not common. A single specimen

was also obtained in Udiptr between Chhatisgarh and Chota-Nag-

pur.

5. Casrita JERponI, Beddome.

Madras Monthly Journal of Medical Science, January, 1870, p. 34.

Major Beddome obtained only a single specimen of this

interesting form. I have been more fortunate, having found a small

lizard abundant in several localities, which Ihave no doubt is that

described, but which has the nasal shields different from those in

C. Leschenaultit. In my specimens the nostril is between three

shields, one pree- and two post-nasals, the preenasal large, articu-

lating with the rostral, the opposite nasal and the prefrontal, one

shield behind and below the nostril which joins the first labial

and the anterior loreal, and one behind on the canthus rostralis

which touches the anterior loreal and the prefrontal. In every

other detail, my specimens agree with Major Bed dome’s de-

scription.*

* Since writing the above, I have heard from Major Beddome, to whom

I sent a specimen, that it agrees exactly with his type. Major Beddome

also informs me that he proposes to make this species the type of a new genus

Cabritopsis on account of the differences in the nasal plates. I prefer keeping:

C. Jerdoni in Cabrita, as the distinctions scarcely appear sufficient to require

| 1870. | Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 349

The characters of the nasal plates are the same or very nearly

the same as in the genus Hremias. But in that form there is a

distinct collar of large scales beneath the throat, and this only

represented by a small fold before each shoulder in Cabrita.

In some individuals of C. Jerdoni, the sutures between the post-

occipital plates appear to be obsolete as in Major Beddome’s

specimen. In others, however, perhaps of less mature age, the sutures

ean be distinctly traced between the two pairs of raised lines. In

some specimens the suture between the occipital plates is obsolete.

The central post-occipital is much broader than in Calosaura Leschen-

aultit, being very little narrower than the lateral plates beside it.

Femoral pores 11 to 14, ventral shields in about 20 to 24 trans-

verse rows. Specimens from the eastward, from Chhatisgarh and

the states west of Chota-Nagpur, are darker and less rufous, with

more black spots along the sides of the back, on the flanks, and on

the chin than those from the neighbourhood of Chanda, and the

former are rather larger in size. The average length differs not

more than half an inch, being about 43 to 5 inches, of which the

tail is 34, measured from the anus.

Loc. Abundant on a range of rocky hills in 8. EH. Berar, just

west of the Warda river near Chanda. Found more sparingly in

parts of Chanda, Bhandara and Raipur ; common in the sal forests of

eastern Bilaspur, Udiptir and Jashpitr and probably in Chota-Nagpur.

The following is the character of the genus Cabrita as amended

to comprise the additional species, and the synonomy of the forms

included.

CaBrita, Gra y.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1838, Ser. I, Vol. I, p. 282.

Syn. Calosawra D um. et Bib., Erp. Gen. V, p. 261.

Nasal shields swollen, variable in number and distribution. No

collar, a fold before each shoulder. Eyelids present, lower eyelid

_ with a large transparent disk. Dorsal scales similar to lateral, all

Sharply keeled and arranged in oblique rows. Ventral scales

4-sided, smooth, longitudinally arranged. Femoral pores. Toes 5-5,

keeled beneath. Coloration brown, not grey.

generic separation, and the three species C, Leschenaultii, OC. brwmmea and

_C. Jerdoni together form a well marked and natural genus,

350 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central Ind/a. [No. 4,

1. Cabrita brunnea, Gray, A. and M.N. H., I, p. 282.

C. Leschenaultii, Gray, Cat. Rept. Brit. Mus. 1845, p. 43.—G inther,

Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 71.

Calosaura Leschenaultii, Jerdon, J. A. S. B. XXII, p. 476,—Proc. As. Soe.

1870, p. 72.

Ioc. Cavery valley in the Coimbatoor and Salem districts, (J e r-

don, Beddome). 3

2. C. Leschenaultii, (M. Ed.)

Lacerta Leschenaultii, M. Ed., Ann. Sci. Nat, XVI, pp. 80, 86, pl. VI. fig. 9.

Calosawra Leschenaultit, Dum. et Bib., Erp. Gen. V, p. 261.

Loc. Coromandel, (Leschenault), 8. EK. Berar, Chanda and country

between Bilaspur and Chota-Nagpur, (W. T. B.).

3. C. Jerdoni, Bed d.

Mad. Monthly Jour. Med. Sci., January, 1870, p. 34.

Loc. Cavery valley (Beddome.) 8. E. Berar, Chanda and

throughout the southern Central Provinces ; Chota-Nagpur, (W.

ae: Ae

The next lizard is a very interesting novelty, being an addition-

al form of the naked-eyed lizards (Ophiops) of which one species

was described by Mr. Blyth in the Journal of the Society for

1853, Vol. xxii, p. 653, and two others have been recently named

by Dr. Jerdon (Proc. As. Soc. Beng., March, 1870, p. 71).*

These Indian forms have been separated by Dr. Jerdon from

true Ophiops as a new genus Pseudophiops, on account of differences

in the characters of the nasal and post-nasal shields. In Ophiops

proper, the nasal is between an upper and a lower nasal shield,

with 2 post-nasals (Dum. et Bib.) or 3, according to Gray

and Ginther. In Psewdophiops, the nostril is in the hinder part

of a nasal shield, which is followed by two post-nasals. In the

new form, the nostril is on the ridge ofthe snout between an up-

per and lower plate as in Ophiops, but with one small post-nas

which lies between the posterior margins of the two nasal shiel

* Dr. Jerdon 1. c. mentions having obtained near Saugor another s

of this group. Can it be that now described ?

1870. | — Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 351

and is only just separated from the nostril. In other specimens or

' im allied species, the nostril may very possibly be found to be at the

point of junction of the three plates.

- After the details already given in the case of Cabrita, I doubt

much if these characters of the nasal shields are of generic import-

ance. They appear to me to be at the most sectional or sub-

generic characters. They are easily recognised, however, and are

therefore convenient for classification. I am myself inclined to

consider Pseudophiops asa sub-genus of Ophiops, and the present

form as an additional sub-genus. If, however, Pseudophiops have

generic rank, the present may also be considered a distinct genus.

| Gymnops subg. nov. Ophiopis.

_ Naris inter dua scuta inflata, uno supervort, altero inferior’, posita,

scuto tertio posteriori ad narem fere attingente. Palpebre nulle.

6. Ophiops [Gymnops] Microlepis, sp. nov. Pl. xv, Figs. 1-5.

O. scutis cerebralibus subplanis, haud rugatis, prefrontali unico, post=

_ frontalibus suturd sold disjunctis, scuto nullo intervenrente, occipitalibus

_ parvis, quartam partem postocerpitalium subequantibus, submentalibus

utrinque 6 vel 7; squamis dorsalibus minutrs, carinatis ; preanali uno

magno, altero vix minort ante eum ; caudd elongatd, antece subquadratd,

postice rotundatd, attenuatd, corporem longitudine magis quam duplo

excedente ; dorso medio griseo, ventre albido, lateribus maculatis, lined

albidd utrinque ab superciliis ad lumbum decurrente, maculis fuscis supra

et infra marginata, alid inferiort infra oculum oriente, viz. post humerum

distinguenda, fasciates.

Head of moderate length, muzzle depressed, rounded. Rostral

‘shield large, running back below the nostril so that the lower

nasal shield rests partly on the rostral, partly on the first labial,

All the three nasal shields swollen, the two upper nasals meeting

with a short suture behind the rostral. Post nasal small, on the

¢ tanthus rostralis, semi elliptic, the rounded margin directed forwards

and only just separated from the nostril; this shield is separated

from the upper labials by the lower nasal, and abuts behind part-

_ ly against the prefrontal, partly against the anterior loreal. Pra-

’ frontal hexagonal, single, concave in the centre. Postfrontals each

about equal in size to the prefrontal meeting in a rather long su-

3 45

852 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [ No. 4,

ture, without any intermediate shield. Vertical elongate with a

longitudinal groove in the middle for the anterior half of its length,

sides concave, posterior margin forming a salient angle. The two

large supra-orbitals have a row of granules on their exterior mar-

gins, a small shield in front and one or two behind them. Occipi-

tals small, each little more than a quarter the size of a postoccipital.

Postoccipitals irregularly pentagonal with small shields between

them, hinder edges straight, rather oblique.

Loreals two, the upper parts of both bent over to form the can-

thus rostralis, the anterior about half the size of the posterior, the

latter in the specimen broken up below on each side into small

shields. Temples covered with small inflated subcarinate scales

with 3 or 4 small shields along the upper margin. Ear opening

rouch higher than broad, one enlarged scale in front of the upper

portion. Upper labials about 8, the 5th from the front much en-

larged and below the orbit, lower labials 7 or 8. Mental shield

large, chin shields in 6* (? 7) pairs the first two (3) pairs meeting,

The fore leg laid back extends to the thigh, laid forward it reach-

es to the end of the snout, the hind toe comes just beyond the ear,

The first three toes on the fore foot are graduated, the 4th is very

little longer than the 38rd, the 5th about equal in length to the

2nd. All the toes are keeled and denticulate beneath, but not

at the sides. In the hind foot, the first four toes increase regularly

in length, the 5th is about as long as the 3rd.

There is a well marked fold in front of each shoulder, not verti-

cal, but inclined obliquely upwards and backwards, with very sma

scales behind it and in front of the shoulder. There is no colla

beneath the throat. Scales of the belly rhomboidal, in six rows,

the four centre rows about equal in size, the lateral ones rathe

smaller. Dorsal scales strongly keeled, very small, much smallei

than in Cabrita Leschenaulti, and not oblique as in that species,

ranged in transverse rows; there being about 50 in each row

Scales of the tail much larger than those of the back, all strong

keeled. Two large plates in front of the anus, one before the oth

the hinder being the largest. Femoral pores 14 on each side.

* In the only specimen obtained there are six chin shields on one side, sever

on the other.

1870. ] Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 353

Tail rather more than twice the length of the head and body,

measured from the nose to the anus.

The dimensions of the specimen obtained are:

in.

I reTIO UIE EG a tos See BN a eee RE 7.2

Length of head from end of nose to hinder margin

Beemosrocorprials, Must sak. sSNPs Naa O, 0.55

hy inom end of nose'to ear, oi) seh Wek be 0.55

Breadth of head at superciliary ridge, .......... 0.25

Length of head and body from nose to anus, .... 2.1

Sree yor fait from anues so). eo 22 ae. OE BV ea 3 5.1

do. of fore leg and foot to point of finger, .... 0.9

Go. sof loOncest: fNBGry. FF 8d oe sO

mer 7 or bind les and foots iis 6 2 ee OS ca)! ‘WS

Maret Gl longest $00)... os wade ts edd JOO ds 3s 0.56

In colour, the head above and the middle of the back are grey,

marked towards the sides with dusky brown, especially on the

margin of two narrow white lines, one running backwards from

the hinder part of each superciliary ridge to the insertion of the tail,

where it becomes lost in a broader pale reddish band. These bands

a little way down the tail unite above and all the upper part of the

tail becomes reddish. The sides of the head, body and tail are

_ spotted with dusky, the spots on the head and body being fewer

below, and another white line less well marked than the upper one

runs from below the eye just above the shoulder, becoming much

less distinct behind; below this, in life, there are on the sides a

few green spots mixed with dusky specks which fade in spirit.

_ Lower parts white.

‘Loe. Buta solitary specimen of this curious Lizard was found

at Korba in Bilaspir, the eastern part of the Chhatisgarh divi-

sion, Central Provinces.

_ Ophiops microlepis may be distinguished from 0. Jerdoni by the

differences in the nasal plates, by the head shields being flat and

not ribbed, by the post-frontals having no intermediate shield, by

the smaller occipitals, and by the narrow shields between the post-

occipitals, whereas in O. Jerdont, the intermediate plate is half the

breadth of a post-occipital.

354 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. (No. 4,

Other differences are the much smaller scales, the more numer-

ous chin shields, the proportionally longer limbs and much longer

tail, and the more numerous femoral pores. In O. Jerdoni, the length

from the nose to the anus is 1.65 inch, of the tail from the anus

2.4. In O. microlepis, as before, the head and body measure 2.1,

tail 5.1 inches.

Of the two new species of Pseudophiops, described by Dr. J e r-

don, only a few characters have been given, but these shew other

differences from O. microlepis, besides those of the nasal plates,

which are similar, it may be presumed, to those of O. Jerdont. In

Pseudophiops Theobaldi there is a shield intercalated between the

posterior frontals, and the proportions of body to tail are 5 to 7.

P. Beddomei has two anterior frontals, and the head still shorter

and more triangular than in Jerdoni, The reverse of the latter is

the case in the present species.

7. Euprepes innotatus, sp. nov. Pl. xvi, Fig. 9.

E. parvus, figura coloreque E. macularii similis, dorso olivaceo, la-

teribus purpurascenti-brunneis, ventre flavo, (vel albo ?), linea albescenti

utringue superciliart postice et antice productd, alia inferiort breviort

ab aure ad humerum decurrente ; palpebré inferiorit medida translucente,

lineis impressis haud notatd ; squamis in 32 seriebus longitudinalibus,

dorsalibus quinque carinatis. |

IT am indebted to Dr. Anderson for calling my attention to

this species, which I had overlooked amongst several specimens 0

#. macularius, Bly th. I have unfortunately but a single example,

it differs, however, so much from the two Indian Huprepes, with

transparent lower eyelids, previously described, viz., Z. trilineatus,

Gray and #. Beddomeit, Jerdon, that I see no resource but to

consider it new. 5 :

Desc. A pair of small supranasal shields ; the single prefrontal

touches the rostral, but is just separated from the vertical by the

post-frontals.* Opening of the ear not very small, with two or three

minute denticles in front. Lower eyelid with a transparent disk

Scales in 32 longitudinal series and in 82 transverse rows between

the axils: dorsal scales with 5 (here and there with 4 or even *3

* This is not a character of much importange, and I find it varies much, it

other species, in different individuals.

1870.) Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 355

well marked equidistant keels. Preeanal scales not enlarged, sub-

' caudals broader behind but not near the anus.

Colour olivaceous above, sides purplish brown, under parts yel-

low when alive with a red band from the thigh to the shoulder ;

these colours disappear in spirits, and are doubtless only seasonal.

A few black spots on the back and upper parts of the tail. A whi-

tish line on each side from the nostril along the superciliary ridge

' and extending about half way down the back, another, very ill

marked, from the tympanum to the shoulder, a few fine white spots

_ are scattered over the sides of the neck.

- In the only specimen procured the tail is imperfect. The body

measures 2.25 inches from the nose to the anus, fore limb to end

of toes 0.7, hind limb 0.9, 4th toe of hind foot 0.3, 3rd of do. 0.22

gnch,

This species is distinguished from £. trilincatus by having five

(sometimes four) instead of six or seven keels on the dorsal scales,

and by the very different coloration without any trace of the cen-

tral dorsal line. The same characters apparently separate it from

_E. Beddomei, Jerdon, Proc. A. 8. B., 1870, p. 73, the scales of

which, however, are not described, but the coloration is even more

diverse than that of £. trilineatus. From all other Indian forms

| the present is well distinguished by its transparent lower eyelid.

_ Loe. Pem Ganga valley, 8. E. Berar.

It is well worthy of note that the species of Huprepes with a trans-

_ parent lower eyelid appear restricted in South-Hastern Asia to what

| T have called the Indian province proper. None are known from

| Malabar, Eastern Bengal or the Indo-Chinese countries (except

one species of avery peculiar type from Borneo), nor even from

the Bengal sub-division of the Indian province. One species, £.

Petersti, Steind., has been found in Thibet. This is precisely what

might have been expected, the form being principally African.

8. Evrrepes [Tiriqva] carinatus, (Schneider).

Euprepes rufescens, (Shaw). Ginther Rept. Brit. India,

».79. E. See, Dum. et Bibr. Erpét. Gén. V. p. 692. Liliqua

rufescens, Gray, Cat. Liz. Brit Mus. p. 109. Huprepes carinatus,

| (Schneid.), Peters, Monathsberichte Berl. Akad. 1864, p. 50.

356 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India, [ No. 4,

All my specimens from Chanda, Raiptir and Chota-Nagpir differ

so much from Ginther’s description, that until I had an op-

portunity of comparing them, I supposed them to be either a varie-

ty of Tiliqua trivittata, Gray, or else a new species. The most

marked peculiarity of all the specimens I have collected is the exis-

tence of five keels on the dorsal and lateral scales instead of three,

the usual number in £. carinatus. Occasionally the two outer keels

are more or less obsolete on part of the back and sides, but in most

specimens there are five well marked keels throughout. Specimens

from Bengal and the countries to the eastward have only three

keels in general, but careful examination usually shows the pre-

sence of the two others more or less imperfectly developed on a few

scales, usually on those of the loins.

Dumeril and Bibron notice this, but they are in error

in supposing, p. 694, that the young has ‘‘ sometimes seven but

more frequently five keels,’ and they have evidently confounded

EL. macularius, Blyth or else #. multicarinatus, Kuhl, with the

young of £. carinatus, as did also Cantor, (vide Theo b. Cat.

Rept. p. 24, J. A. 8. B., Part II, 1868). I obtained several young

specimens which I take to belong to the latter, of various sizes up

to about 5 inches in length. All have three keels only.*

I cannot attach much importance to the form of the anterior head

shields. In some specimens the preefrontal touches the vertical, in

others it is widely separated.

In coloration, specimens of Euprepes carinatus from localities as

distant from each other as 8. E. Ber4r and Chota Nagpir agre

perfectly, but they differ somewhat from all described varieties,

though approaching Giinther’s var. a and Dum. et Bi-

bron’s var. A. The following description is taken from a fre

specimen.

Back olive, the posterior edges of the scales darker in some s

cimens ; superciliary stripe white, continued as a well marked whit

band down the sides of the back to the insertion of the tail an

continued as a pale but not white band on the tail for about one-thirc

of its length ; beneath the narrow white band isa broad chesnut 0

* If not the young of H. carinatus, these belong to an undescribed speci

but all my specimens appear to be immature.

1870. | Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 357

| including the eye and the upper part of the ear, and extending

| backwards as far as the thigh: lower part of the sides of the head

| including the upper labials white, as are sometimes all the lower

parts, but they are more frequently golden yellow, in some cases

with a blotchy scarlet band, extending from the shoulder to the

thigh, below the chesnut portion of the sides, a pale whitish line

intervening between the two colours. These red patches I believe

to be seasonal, and so is perhaps, to some extent, the golden yel-

low of the under surface, which varies also in extent. These red

_ and yellow colours fade in spirit. :

In the specimens which I suppose to be young, the back has a

coppery tinge only seen in fresh specimens. Nearly all, both young

and adult, have 32 rows of scales round the body, a few specimens

having 30 or 31. The largest specimen obtained by me measures

10.5 inches, of which the tail is 6.5. This is decidedly smaller than

specimens from Lower Bengal and the Burmese countries.

Whether the form inhabiting the Indian Peninsula deserves se-

_paration from the Bengal and Burmese species I am not certain,

_but I think the difference in the development of the keels on the

_seales, and in the coloration, eastern specimens being almost uni-

| form, shew the two to be well marked races.

| Loc. Huprepes carinatus I found, although not very common,

throughout the country traversed, wz.,in S. HE. Berar, Chanda,

Bhandéra, Raiptir and Bildspur in the Central Provinces and in the

country west of Chota-Nagptr. I did not observe it in the sal

| forests of the latter region, itis usually seen in thin tree jungle

with underwood, or amongst bushes.

i Zz. trivittata, Dr. Jer don informs me, occurs at Nagpir. I

did not meet with it to the southward or eastward. ‘The speci-

men in the Museum at Calcutta differs not only, as pointed out by

“Theobald, in having five keels on the scales throughout, but

also in those keels being stouter, more regular and more equally

developed than in carinatus, in the very different coloration, three

_ broad white bands with distinct edges down the back, and in the

number of scales, there being 36 longitudinal rows round the

| body,

358 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [No. 4,

9. KE. [Tim1qva] macvLarius, Blyth, var.

E. macularius Blyth, J. A. 8. B., 1853, Vol. XXTI, p. 652,

Tiliqua multicarinata, Jerdon, J. A.S. B., 1858, Vol. XXII,

p. 479, note—T heobald, Cat. Rept. — As. Soc. Boney

p. 24, in J. A. 8. B. for 1868, appendix, partim.

I obtained a considerable number of specimens of a scink which

I have very little hesitation in referring to the above species. It

agrees admirably in every character except the number of keels ox

the scales, which appears to me somewhat variable in both instances.

The coloration is identical. I shall proceed first to give a detailed

description, and then to point out why I do not think this species

can be identified with Seincus multicarinatus of K u hl, as has bee

proposed by Mr. Theobald. .

Desc. General form less stout than in £. earinatus. Lower eye-

lid scaley. <A pair of supranasal shields; the single prefrontal

meets both the rostral and the vertical, and often forms a rathe

broad suture, with the first especially ; post-occipitals generally

rather short longitudinally, and often ribbed posteriorly ; behind

them, as in £. carinatus, are two plates of small longitudinal ex-

tent, but nearly equal in breadth to the post-occipitals, and with

many keels, usually about nine, upon them. Opening of the ea

rather small, slightly granulate in front and below. The fifth ug

per labial usually longer than the others, but this character is far

from constant, and appears rarely so well marked as in LZ. carinatus

Scales in 28 longitudinal rows, rarely in 27, 29 or 30, and in 20 t&

24, generally 22, transverse rows between the axils, those of the

back with from five to seven keels each, the prevailing number be-

ing five. No enlarged preeanal or subcaudal scales, except (in the

latter only) when the tail has been renewed. |

The coloration is nearly as described by Blyth. Upper part

bronze, the hinder part of the back and the anterior portion of the

tail usually but not always with a few irregular black spots varyin;

much, both in number and character, in different individuals, an

occasionally forming interrupted lines on the tail. Sides darker

than the back, especially above, and more or less spotted witl

white, the sides of the tail near the base with alternating longitud,

inal broken lines of dusky and whitish ; hinder parts whitish, 01

1870. |] Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 359

sometimes, in fresh specimens, yellow, with a red band along the

lower part of the side. These red and yellow colours were only

observed in spring. Length 4.5 to 5.5 inches. A large specimen

measures 5.7: in this the tail from the anus is 8.6, forelimb and

toes 0.55, hind limb and toes 0.8, longest toe (4th) of hind foot 0.3,

next longest (8rd) 0.23 inch.

Mr. Blyth’s original specimen was supposed to be from Rang-

pur. Itis doubtless the same to which Dr. Jerdon had al-

Iuded in the same volume of the Society’s Journal (Vol. XXII,

p- 479, note). Of the four specimens mentioned under this name by

Mr. Theobald in his Catalogue of the Reptiles in the Society’s

Museum, p. 24, three probably belong to a different species, the

coloration not agreeing with Mr. Bly th’s description. The 4th

specimen which isin very poor condition is evidently Mr. Bly th’s

_ type.* It is rather stouter than my specimens from Central India,

and the tail and limbs are a little shorter in proportion, whilst the

dorsal scales are very generally seven-keeled throughout, a few

scales only having but five or six keels. In the characters of the

head scales, and in the coloration, I see no distinction, and the num-

ber of scales round the body is the same, o7z. 28. The Indian Mu-

seum has recently received other specimens from Assam and Ca-

char, which closely resemble Mr. Bl y th’ s type specimen. It is

thus evident that there is a slight distinction between the Assam

' species and that inhabiting Eastern Central India, the difference

_ being similar to that found in L. carinmatus. It may be briefly ex-

_ pressed by saying that Assamese specimens have seven keels on the

dorsal scales as a rule, five as an exception, whilst in specimens

_ from Chhatisgarh and Udipir five keels are the rule, seven the ex-

ception, and that the latter form is rather more slender with longer

tail and limbs. I have unfortunately no specimens from Pegu for

comparison ; so I cannot tell if Mr. Theobald’s Tiliqua multr-

carinata, Jour. Linn. Soc. 1868, Vol. X, p. 26, be the same or not.

Mr. Theobald has examined my specimens and is disposed

_ to consider them distinct.

* Tam indebted to Dr. John Anderson for pointing this out to me;

the specimen was in such poor condition, that I did not myself remove it from

the bottle, and having satisfied myself that the other three specimens could

“not have been the types, I rather hastily concluded that the original of Mr.

Blyth’s description had been lost.

360 . Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [No. 4,

Unfortunately Kuhl’s Beitrage is not procurable in Calcutta,

and I have not access, therefore, to the original description of Scineus

multicarinatus. ‘The characters of the British Museum specimens

from the Phillippines, as given by Gray inthe Catalogue of the

specimens of Lizards, 1845, p. 109, shew totally different coloration

from /. macularius, an important character where the ornamenta-—

tion is so constant as it appears to be in the Indian species ; the

head shields are said to be rather rugose, the scales large, ovate,

and transverse. These are not the characters of FE. macularvus,

which has smooth head plates, and hexagonal scales about equally

broad and long.

From £. carinatus this species may be distinguished by the more

numerous keels and the coloration, by its much smaller size and

narrower form. |

Loc. Not rare in the Eastern part of Chanda and in Bhandaré

Extremely abundant (far more so than £. carinatus) throughout

the s4l forests in Bilaspur, Udiptr and Jashpur west of Chota-Nag-

pur.

10. HE. (Tiliqua) septemlineatus, sp, nov. Pl. xvi, Figs. 7-8.

E. parvus, similis E. carinato sed multo minor, supra et ad latera

nigrescente brunneus, albido longitudinaliter 7-lineatus, ventre albido,

squamis tricarinatis in 30 seriebus longitudinalibus, palpebra inferiord

striis impressis signata.

Dese. Form moderately slender. A pair of supranasals. The sin-

gle prefrontal is just separated from the rostral, and more broadly

from the vertical ; fifth upper labial elongate. Lower eyelid with

faint lines on it throughout and with no transparent disk. Ear open-

ing small, with two or three well marked denticles in front. Scales

three keeled, in 30 longitudinal rows, and about 28 transverse be-

tween the axils, preeanal and subcaudal scales not enlarged.

lour brownish black above with seven equidistant narrow white

longitudinal stripes, three on the back and two on each side, th

upper of the latter arising from the supercilia, the lower from

upper labials. These bands are only lost on the tail down which

some of them extend. Plates on the top of the head dark in the

centre with pale margins, imbs dark gt. the hind legs with

white os lower parts white.

1870. | Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 361

_ Length nearly 4 inches,* tail from anus 2.1 ; fore limb to end

of toe 0.43 ; hind limb to do. 0.65 ; third toe of hind foot 3 the

length of the fourth.

- Loe. A single specimen only found ona stony ploughed field

amongst thin jungle in the Pem Ganga valley, 8S. E. Berar.

11. Rropa Harpwickn, Gray.

- Scarce in the southern part of the central provinces. I have not

met with a Roopa in 8. HE, Berar or Chanda.

_ My largest specimen measures 4.2 inches, of which the tail from

the anus is exactly 2. Scales in 26 longitudinal rews in two large

female specimens, and in 25 in two smaller ones (males ?). One of

the former contains four eggs. }

- Loc. Korbain Bilaspar.

- 12. Rriopa atsopuncrata, Gray.

_ Only found in the same neigbourhood as the last, and scarce.

The country where alone I obtained specimens was just where the

range of the sal tree was entered from the westward.

___ In five specimens procured, three have 28 and two have 26 scales

round the body ; transverse series between the axils of the fore

and hind limbs 45 to 48. My largest specimen measures 4.4 in.,

of which the tail is 2.5.

Loc. Korba in Bilasptr ; Udipur.

13. HemImActTYLUS MACULATUS? Dum. and Bib.

> The larger tubercles often vary greatly in the extent to which

they are angulate in the same individual ; in parts of the body they

are often sharply trihedral, in other places, especially on the hinder

part of the head, the sides of the body and the upper parts of the

limbs, hemispherical. In different specimens, I find the upper la-

dials vary from eight to eleven, the former being the common num-

ber about Chanda. The lower labials are if anything even more

variable. The rows of scales across the abdomen are in some spe-

cimens only 34 or 35, usually there are about 40.

e The specimen is imperfect, the tail having been broken when captured and

since lost, but the measurement was taken at the time of capture.

362 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [No. 4

I cannot help doubting whether the type of Dumeril and

Bibron’s species, 241 mm. (above 93 inches) long, is really iden-

tical with the Indian Gecko. Jerdon has noted this distinction

also in his Catalogue; J. A. 8S. B., XXII; p. 467. Out of a consi-

derable number of specimens, I have none exceeding 44 inches in

length. But the synonymy and classification of the Hemidactyli of

India and the neighbouring countries is still far from clear.

Loc. Found everywhere under stones and on trees. Very common

about Chanda ; I obtained specimens also in Raiptr and to the east-

ward. Itis common in Calcutta houses, the tubercles being a

trifle smaller and blunter than in Central Indian examples.

14. Hemidactylus gracilis, sp. nov. Pl. xvi, Figs, 4-6.

HT, affinis H. reticulato, Bedd., gracilis, corpore parum depresso ;

cauda rotundata, elongata, sine spinis vel tuberculis majoribus ; dorso

granulato, tuberculis majoribus subtrihedris elongatis ornato ; poris femo-

ralibus nullis, inguinalibus 6 ; griseus, maculis et lineis fuscis superne,

utrinque, et sepissime subtus fasciatus.

Form slender, much less depressed than usual in the genus, bac.

granular with many elongate subtrihedral tubercles, all of equal

size and smaller than the ear opening, and arranged in distinct

longitudinal rows, the two central rows being the best marked. Tai

round, but slightly depressed at the base, and not at all farthe

back, tapering, without any enlarged or spinose tubercles whatever,

this being clearly, I think, not due to reproduction, as it is constant

in four specimens, three of which have perfectly well developec

tails: subcaudal scales hexagonal, broad. The scales of the top an¢

sides of the tail simply subimbricate, not in rings. Toes elongate,

not webbed, the plates beneath them narrow and undivided at th

base, broader and double towards the tips. Upper labials usuall

9; lower 6 to 7, generally 7; the hinder 3 labials small

The rows of scales across the belly are about 24 in number

but they pass so gradually into the granular scales of the sides i

most specimens, that it is very difficult to countthem. Ear opening

small, pupil of eye vertically oval, nearly as broad as high in some

cases, edges deeply waved. No femoral pores, 6 preeanal in a

curved or angulate line with the convexity directed forward. Colo:

“

—1870.] Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 363

ration dirty grey, whitish beneath, head and back elegantly mark-

ed with black spots, often subquadrangular, which form bands,

especially down the sides of the back. A pale line runs from the

nostril down each side of the back and along part of the tail, be-

low this the sides are marked with longitudinal dark lines, broader

_ above than below, and in some specimens there are narrow rather

faint dusky lines along the belly ; tail more or less longitudinally

striped throughout. Length 38 inches ; of which the tail is 13.

This species has a smooth tail like Hemidactylus (Lewwrus) Berd-

morei, Bly t h, and two allied species, described by Theobald,

but in those forms there are no enlarged tubercles on the back, and

they are of the usual broad depressed shape, not slender like Z#.

gracilis.

Loc. I only obtained four specimens of this new form, two from

8. E. Berér and two from near Raipur.

15. Hemidactylus marmoratus, sp. nov. Pl. xvi, Figs. 1-3.

Hi. robustus, dorso minute granulato, lateribus serie unied longitude-

nali tuberculorum distantium planulatorum ornatis, cauda depressa an-

nulata, tuberculis elongatis squameformibus utringue duobus vel tribus

ad latera annulorum singulorum armata, scutis subcaudalibus magnis,

poris femoralibus utringue circa 12, intervallo preanali lato disjunctis,

digitis omnibus unguibus preeditis: superne griseus, fusco-marmoratus,

subtus albescens. Long. circa 3.3, corporis 1.85, caude nuper renovate

1.5 une.

Habit stout as in A. maculatus. Back uniformly granular,

' sides with one sub-distant series of very small flat tubercles from

thigh to shoulder, and a few others irregularly scattered about the

loins, all very inconspicuous. Tail depressed, distinctly ringed, each

ring with one large scale shaped tubercle behind at each side of

the base, and one or two others, rather smaller, above, but none on

the top. Subcaudal scales very broad. Femoral pores 12 on

each side, separated by a broad space in front of the anus. Scales

of the abdomen in about 38 rows. Upper labials 11-12,

lower 7-8. ‘wo pairs of enlarged chin shields, the first irregularly

‘pentagonal and truncated behind, the hinder pair much smaller. Ear

_ opening rather large. Pupil narrow, vertical edges deeply waved.

364 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [ No. 4,

Fingers with broad divided plates below, and all provided with

distinct well developed claws. Grey above, marbled with dusky, a

dusky band running from behind the eye to the shoulder. ’

This is a fifth species found in India or Ceylon of the group to

which Hemidactylus Coctai belongs, characterized by the absence of

enlarged tubercles on the back. They may be differentiated as

follows :—

I. Enlarged chin shields present.

. a Claw on thumb minute or wanting.

* Femoral pores numerous in a continuous row.

1. Hemidactylus sublavis, Gray.

** Femoral pores 6 or 7 on each side, interrupted in front

of the anus. Tail with scale like tubercles at the side.

2. H. Coctei, D. and B.

b. Thumb claw well developed.

* Rows of scales across belly about 45.

3. HH. Kelaarti, Theobald, Cat. Rept. J. A. S. B., 1868,

Prt peas |

** Rows of scales about 38.

4. HH. marmoratus, sp. nov.

II. No enlarged chin shields.

5. LH. aurantiacus, Bed d.

H, Kelaarti, Theobald, which is very near the present

species, is also distinguished by its more numerous femoral pores,

but this is not so good a character as that of the scales on the

belly. It is a very much larger form, measuring 5°2 inches of

which the tail is 2‘5. From the shape of my specimen, I have no

doubt of its being adult.*

Loc. Only a single specimen of H. marmoratus was obtained i

S. E. Berar, near Chanda. It was found in my tent.

16. CatoTEs vERsIcotor, Dau d.

This lizard appears to me far less abundant in the portions of

Central India which 1 have traversed than it is in Bengal or

Madras. Although a tree lizard, it is by no means common ”

* H. Belli, Gray, Cat. Liz Brit. Mus. p. 155, of unknown locality, is clos

ly allied, but appears to have a more spinose tail, and differently shaped chi

shields from the present species.

1870. | Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 365

forest, it appears to keep much to thin bush, and frequently to

haunt rocky places.

The variety common about Chanda and 8. E. Berar has a yellow

band down each side of the back, which disappears in large speci-

mens.

17. Srrana Ponpicerrana, C u v.

S. minor, Ginther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 135.—Stein-

dachner, Reise der Novara, Zool. Theil., Reptilia, p: 26.

Although it is possible that there are two distinguishable forms

of Sitana in India, one much larger than the other, I doubt

greatly whether the proportions of the legs, which have been

mainly depended upon by Giinther, when pointing out the

differences, are sufficiently constant to enable them to be used as

specific characters. If they really be so, I should have to describe

two new species, as I have obtained two forms, both of which

differ somewhat in the proportions of their limbs from the two

species discriminated in Ginther’s Reptiles of British India.

If they are not, and I shall give some measurements which will

shew a considerable amount of variation, then the only difficulty

in identifying the smaller Southern form with S. Pondiceriana,

Cuv., disappears. As the lizard abounds in Southern India, it is

far more probable that Cuvier’s specimens were obtained

from the neighbourhood of Pondicherry than that they were cap-

tured in the Northern Deccan,* whilst Dumeril and Bibron

had palpably, I think, specimens both from the North and the

‘South, and their description is very probably taken from a

Northern individual.t

Ginther describes his S. mnor as having the forelimb

_ extending beyond the vent if laid backwards, the hind limb to or

beyond the extremity of the snout, if laid forwards; the lower

thigh, he adds, is considerably shorter than the foot, the length of

which is more than the distance between the shoulder and hip

joints. Now I have collected between 380 and 40 specimens

* T have not access to Cuvier’ S original description.

+ The figure in Jacquemont, Voy. dans!’ Inde, Atlas, pl. 10, is that of the

Northern variety, and Dumeril and Bibron mention Jacquemont’s speci-

mens amongst those in the Paris Museum.

366 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [No. 4,

from S. E. Berar, Chanda and throughout the country extending

thence to Chota-Nagpur, and although all of them, I believe with

out exception, have the hind limb sufficiently long to extend to the

end of the snout, or beyond it, the latter being more common, th

fore limb very rarely extends to the vent ; out of the whole number,

I can find only one specimen in which the fore foot laid back

extends beyond the vent. I have not a single specimen exceeding

7 inches in length, and the majority are under 6. Precisely

in accordance too with Jerdon’s account J. A.S. B., XXII,

p. 473, I find the dewlap-like gular appendage comparatively

slightly developed, never much exceeding half an inch in length,*

and in only one specimen is it tricolored ; in general, even in May,

it was scarcely distinct in colour from the remainder of the throat ;

but the male had always, late in the season, an indigo stripe from

the chin to the front end of the pouch. Specimens of the larger

form which I have seen in previous years usually had the pouch

fully coloured in April.

I find that specimens in the Indian Museum from Ceylon agree

with those collected by myself in every character, they have the

same leg proportions, and they also resemble mine in some pecu-

liarities of the scales to which Giinther does not refer in his

description. About eight to ten rows of scales in the centre of the

back are much larger than the scales of the sides, but a few large

scales, the number varying greatly, are usually interspersed amongst

the latter. A few large, strongly keeled, almost spinous scales

are also distributed over the occiput. Specimens occur, however,

without these enlarged scales.

The following measurements of my own specimens and of two

from Ceylon in the Museum will serve to shew the proportions of

different parts of the hind legs and of the body. The three speci-

mens from 8. E. Berar were captured in the same spot. The dimen-

sions are in inches,

* It perhaps becomes larger, later in the year, in the breeding season.

+ The larger size of the dorsal scales appears to be shewn in Giint her’

figure.

1870.) Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 367

Loe. Whole length. Lower thigh, Hind foot. Thigh to

:. shoulder.

e4 S. HE. Berar,.. 6:7 0°6 0°75 0°8

Me. ditto, .... 5:8 0°5 0-7 0-7

ime. ditto, .... 50 0°5 0:7 0°55

m4 Raipor, .... 6:25 0:65 0:8 0:75

mo Ceylon, ..., 75 0°75 0°95 1:95

Mepeditto, ...... 5:0 0:6 0°8 0°85

It will be seen that whereas the proportion between the lower

thigh and the foot is nearly constant, that between the limbs and

- the body varies greatly.

Sitana Pondiceriana is found in open country, amongst bush

‘jungle, and in forest, but is perhaps most commonly seen in thin

tree jungle. I not unfrequently met with it even in the great sal

(Shorea robusta) forests between Bilaspir and Chota-Nigpur. It

_ is purely a ground lizard, as has already been shewn by Jerdon.

Tt is very abundant, being perhaps the most generally spread of all

lizards inhabiting the Indian peninsula, and I have seen thousands,

but I never yet observed one on a tree in the position depicted in

“Ginther’s Reptiles of British India, Pl. XIV, fig. A. Itis

quite as great a mistake to represent Svtana in this position, or

indeed upon a tree at all, as it would be to draw a Euprepes, a

plover or a hare in the same position, and Dr. Giinther might

have avoided this mistake by attending to Dr. Jerdon’s de-

_ seription of the animal’s habits.

foc. As already mentioned Sitana Pondiceriana abounds in §.

‘E. Berar, throughout the southern part of the Central provinces

“in the districts of Chanda, Bhandéra, Raiptr and Bilaspur, and

in the country west of Chota-Nagpir.

» 18. Srranwa Deccanensis, Jordon.

“

8. Pondiceriana, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 135; Dum. et

2 ibron, LV, p. 437, partim.

i did not obtain any specimens of this large form during the

Bost season, but I find some amongst my former collections from

‘Ngpir and Chanda, and I believe one of these at least was from

near Chanda, where it probably meets the range of the smaller

" 47

368 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [No. 4,

race. These specimens shew precisely the same proportions of the

limbs as I find usual in the smaller race, the hind foot laid for-

ward extends just beyond the snout, while the fore limb laid back

does not reach, or, at the most, just reaches the vent. The dorsal

scales are enlarged, but there is an absence of enlarged scales on

the sides, and although one or two occur on the occiput, they are’

much less distinct and less numerous. The gular pouch is well

developed, being 14 inches long at its union with the throa

and head, or nearly three times as long as in the smaller race, bu

as I have previously stated, I am not sure that I have a specimen

of the latter with a fully developed pouch. The following are the

dimensions of the three larger specimens.

Whole length. Lower thigh. Hind foot. Thigh

shoulde:

1 8:25 09 1:2 1:2

2 7:25 0°8 1:15 0°9

3 imperfect 0-9 1:22 11

The weight of the body must be far more than double that o:

the smaller specimens.

There is evidently very little difference between these forms o:

Sitana except size, as will be seen from the preceding details.

have obtained specimens of both races which, agreeing with eacl

other, differ from both the forms described by Giinther in

length of the legs. I shall endeavour to procure further specimer

and to decide if all these varieties pass into each other by insem

sible degrees, or whether there are really two races distinguishet

by the marked difference in size. The former appears to me

more probable at present.

19, CHARASIA DORSALIS, G ray. .

A fine rock lizard which I found abundantly in parts of Cent 7

India puzzled megreatly. I could not conceive it probable tha

so conspicuous a species had escaped notice, but nevertheless x

generic description in G tinther’s Reptiles would apply to it

In all but one character it agreed with Charasia dorsalis, but

eharacter, the arrangement of the scales on the tail, is mentione

by Dr. G int her as one of the principal distinctive marks, am

1870. ] Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 369

I find it also employed by Dr. Gray (Cat. Rept. Brit. Mus.

p. 231) in characterizing the genus, the scales of the tail being said

to be arranged inrings. In my specimens, on the contrary, the caudal

scales are unmistakeably imbricate, as much so as in Calotes versi-

color. In the very careful and detailed description in Dum eriland

Bibron,* IV, p. 486, not a word is said of rings on the tail, nor is

this character mentioned by Dr. J er don, Cat. Rept. J. A. 8. B.

XXII, p. 475, and in specimens from the Nilgiris, formerly presented

to the Society’s collection by Mr. Theobald, I find that al-

though the caudal scales are partly in rings, the annulation is

often ill-marked and irregular and never appears to resemble the

very characteristic arrangement seen in Stellio. Major Be d-

dome also, to whom I wrote on the subject, informs me that in

‘Specimens in his possession the scales on the tail are subimbricate.

_ I conclude that this character is variable, and that the individual

specimens in the British Museum described by Drs. Gray and

Ginther exhibit it in a more marked manner than usual.

The genus Charasia is in fact little more than a sub-genus of

Agama, distinguished by the absence of preanal pores.| It is one

of the forms with African affinities which are so common and

widely spread in India proper, and which serve to distinguish its

fauna from that of the countries lying east of the Bay of Bengal.

The coloration and habits ef Charasia dorsalis have been well

described by Dr. Jerdon lc. I have repeatedly seen and

secured specimens with the head a brilliant scarlet above and on

the sides, a black streak from the nostril through the lower eyelid

and over the tympanum passing into the black of the sides of the

neck, chin red marbled with dusky, just as in Stellio cyanogaster

| blue and grey are intermingled, back dull rufous becoming ashy

behind and shightly mot‘led with grey and dusky, sides, belly and

limbs blackish excepting some orange spots along the sides.

These brilliant colours are seasonal and confined to the males as

_ * Tam equally unable with Dr. Gray, Cat. Rept. Brit. Mus. p. 246, to find

anything corresponding with the “6 4 10 écailles crypteuses de ferme rhom-

Boidale” saidby M.M. Dumeriland Bibron to occur in male specimens

on the edge of the anus, and to be arranged in oblique and crossed series.

_ +1 recently described an Agama (A. annectans) from Abyssinia with the

caudal scales in rings (Obs. Geol. & Zool. Abyss. p. 446.)

370 Reptilia and Amphibia from Centrat India. [ No. 4

in Calotes versicolor, and I observed them at the same time of year,

in May. At other times of the year the coloration in the living

animal is brownish grey, with irregular blackish marks on the

sides and back, those on the latter having sometimes an imperfect

lozenge shape, and with dark cross bands on the upper part of the

tail.

Charasia dorsalis is rarely seen except on high rocks, andi

especially met with on hills of granitoid gneiss, which usually con-

sists of enormous detached blocks piled upon each other. I did

not find it on the sandstone hills of Bilasptr, although they have

precipitous sides. I have found this lizard both in forest countries

and in open places, but always with the same habitat. It ne

unfrequently, if pursued, takes refuge on a tree. I obtained spe

cimens chiefly by shooting them, as the localities they inhabit «

frequently rather difficult of access and abound in narrow clefts,

into which these lizards escape. I once saw one with alarge gree

beetle, a Cetonia, in its mouth.

The largest specimen obtained by me is 92 inches long, of whiek

the tail measured from the anus is 63. The nostril is a little farth ar

back than in Nilgiri specimens, but the difference is trifling. é

Loc. Ihave seen this lizard once, I believe, in S. E. Berar wher

it is certainly very rare, probably because no suitable habitat exists

I found it common on a rocky hill about 60 miles west of Raipur,

and abundant thence to the eastward, in suitable places, in Chhatis:

garh, Udipir and Jashpur, and near Ranchi and Hazéribégh.

have also met with it, I believe, in former years, near the Goc

very.

OPHIDIA.

20. TypHiops BRAMINUS, Daud. var. PAMMECEs.

T. tenuis Ginth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 176, Pl. XVI, fig. ( 6

T. pammeces, id. app. 7

A single small specimen was found under a stone. It is nea

six inches long and about three millemetres or barely one-eighth of

an inch thick, so that the thickness is little more than one-fiftieth ¢

the length. The rostral shield is considerably narrower in fron

than behind, but the general form of the head shields is the same

= 1870. | Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. a71

as in 7. braminus, there is the same number of longitudinal rows,

twenty, (1 leave the counting of the transverse rows to any one who

may find the occupation congenial), and the thickness of the body

is evidently a very variable character. I do not think that the form

should be distinguished from 7. braminus.

Loc. 8. EH. Berar.

21. Tropmonotus quincunciatus, Schleg.

Var D. Giinth. Cat. Col. Snakes Brit. Mus. p. 65.—? var.

6. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 261. |

T. piscator, Jerdon, Cat. Rept. J. A. 8. B., XXII, p. 530.

I obtained two large specimens, a male and a female of this

common snake, from beneath a large stone in a stream. They evi-

dently lived in the place, and when dislodged shewed a great dis-

inclination to quit the water. I found them to be provided with

Z perfect nasal valvules; they were so large and so unlike ordinary

specimens of 7. guwincunciatus in colouring that at first I mistook

them for Homolopside.

The largest was a female measuring 51 inches in length, of

which the tail was 11°5. Her colour was olive marbled with black

-and an indistinct row of small pale yellowish spots on each side of

the back from the head to the anus. Ventral scales 148, subcau-

dals 61. The smaller was a male, 38 inches in length, of which

the tail was also 11°5 or the same length as that of the much

larger female, with 148 ventral scales and 89 subcaudals, Its

colour was olive without any dark marks, but with a row of well

marked small buff spots down the sides. In both specimens the

_ plack lines from the eye to the upper labials were very ill-marked ;

_ the lower parts were white with a slight pinkish or orange tinge.

_ he stomach of the female was empty, that of the male con-

tained small fish. In the oviducts of the former I counted 85 soft

partly developed eggs.

A smaller specimen obtained afterwards at Korba, on the bank

of the Hasdo river, had precisely similar coloration with the

“male specimen above deseribed. It had 158 ventral and 81

_ subcaudal shields.

_ Loc. S§. HE. Berar and Bilaspur.

372 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [No. 4,

22. Pryas mucosvs, (L.)

The common rat snake appears to me to be much less common >

in the Deccan proper, west of Nagpur, than it is to the eastward.

This snake attains a greater size than that given by Giinther,

I shot one this year 7 feet 7 inches long, of which the tail was 2

feet 1 inch. The ventral shields were 197, subcaudals 124.

On another occasion I saw a Ptyas mucosus seize and commence

to swallow a large Calotes versicolor. When my attention was first

attracted, the snake was fairly pursuing the lizard at full speed

along a sandy path. Presently both stopped, the snake made a

slight movement and in an instant had the head of the lizard well

within his jaws and his body thrown over that of his victim.

Loc. Central Provinces, Chota-Nagptr &c. —

23. ZAMENIS (?) BRACHYURUS, Giinther.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1866, Ser. 3., Vol. XVIII, p. 27,

pl. vi, figs. A. A.

A small snake, which I captured on the ground in thin tree

jungle, proves to belong to this rare species, though it differs so

much in appearance from other Indian forms of Zamenis that 1

was inclined to look upon it as a species of Coronella. The speci-

men measured when captured 21} inches, of which the tail is

inches only. Ventrals 213, subcaudals 53. It agrees very well

with Ginther’s description. In the fresh specimen the co-

loration was almost uniform, olivaceous above and whitish below,

in spirits an indistinct marking becomes more apparent, the ante-

rior portion of the scales in the front part of the trunk being

paler than the remainder, and the ventral scales have a dark

hinder border, The last maxillary tooth is very little if at all

larger than the preceding, and although, on one side of the jaw,

it is separated from the latter by an interspace, this is evidently

due to loss, as, on the opposite side, the distances between all the

teeth are regular. If perfect, there would probably be about 10

or 12 maxillary teeth on each side of the jaw. q

The back is somewhat compressed and almost keeled towards

the tail, the scales are perfectly smooth, in 23 rows, and the ar

undivided, as in the British Museum specimen.

Loc. 8S. EH. Berar, near Win.

+ 1870. ] Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 373

24. Denpropuis picra, (G m.)

A single specimen procured has 196 ventral and 135 fs em

shields, the number of the former being considerably greater than

usual, The coloration is also a little different from that given by

Giinther. The whole of the upper surface in brown, paler in

_the middle of the back. Ventral portion white with a slight

_ dusky band along each side just about the edges of the ventral

scales. Some black irregular spots on each side behind the head.

Loc. Jashpur, W. of Chota Nagpur.

25. PAssERITA MYCTERIZANS, (L.)

A specimen 44 inches long is a female containing 4 large eggs.

Ventrals 194, subcaudals 148.

Loc. Korba, Bilaspir. This is I fancy nearly as far to the

westward as it is found in Central India. I have never noticed it

near Nagpur, in Berar, or in the western portion of the Nerbudda

valley. In Bengal and Orissa it is one of the commonest snakes.

It is also found in the western ghats near Bombay,* P. Z. 8. 1869,

p. 502.

26. lLycopon avuicus, (L).

The only specimen obtained belongs to the var 6 of Giinther’s

Reptiles, ferruginous brown with yellowish white cross bands on

the back. Ventrals 205, subcaudals 66.

Loe. Udiptr, west of Chota Nagpur.

27. Nasa Tripupians, M err.

All the specimens I have seen in the Chanda and Nagpir coun-

try as well as those in Berar and throughout the Deccan have the

* T would here call attention to the evidence afforded by the list of reptilia

1.°c. collected by Dr. Leith of the occurrence of Malabar forms of Reptiles

in the hills near Bombay. Amongst the species enumerated from Mahablesh-

war and Matheran are Gymnodactylus deccanensis, Calotes Rouxti, Silybura

—macrolepis, Cynophis malabaricus, Trimeresurus gramineus (an Indo-Chinese

form) and Hylorana malabarica. With the exception of Calotes, I am not

sure that any of the above genera even have been found in the Deccan proper,

that is, the open country between the Western Ghats and Nagptir. Sykes

| did not distinguish the two well marked faunas on the edge of which he col-

| lected, I have already shewn (J. A. S.B. 1869 Pt. II, pp. 178 and 184 &c.) that

Many Malabar birds range northward along the Western Ghats in the same

| tanner as the reptiles are now proved to do, and as is the case with land-

| shells.

374 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [No. 4,

double ocellus or ‘‘ spectacle mark’’ more or less well developed.

I have not myself seen the common Lower Bengal and Burmese

form with the single large ocellus on the neck in Central India.

28. Bunearus cmRutevs, (Schneid.)

A female of this much dreaded snake was brought to me at

Korba in Bilasptir. It contained 9 eggs, each above an inch long,

enclosed in a cartilaginous skin. Length of the snake 35 inches, —

of the tail 34.

29. Daxsora Russexxi, (8 h a w.)

Although not abundant I have seen this snake in 8. EH. Berar,

and also near Bétil. It is a sluggish animal; a friend once told

me he had carried one home under the belief that it was a young

Python, the markings not being much dissimilar; it made no

attempt to injure him, and he was only undeceived by one of his -

dogs being bitten and quickly killed by the snake.

Class AMPHIBIA.

30, Rana cyAnoputyctis, Schneid.

Extremely common in tanks, keeping in the water or on the edge,

My largest specimens are less than 2 inches in length, but I have

seen some a little larger.

Loc. 8. E. Berar, Chanda, Raipur. I did not see this frog in

the country east of Bilaspir where there are no large tanks.

31. Rana eraciuis, Wie g.

Equally common with the last in Chanda and Raipir. It keeps

more in marshy ground at some distance from the water’s edge.

Giinther mentions that specimens of this frog received from

Madras have the hind legs a little longer than examples from Indo-

Chinese countries. I find them in frogs from the Central Provinces

to be considerably longer than the dimensions said to prevail

usually, instead of the distance from the vent to the metatarsal

tubercle being equal to that of the body or a little more, it exceeds

the latter in a proportion varying in different specimens between

6:5 and 10:9. I did not obtain a single example exceeding 1°83

_ Inches in length of body. The coloration varies greatly, usually t

1870. ] Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. 375

is olive or brownish olive with large irregular dusky transverse

_ bands on both body and limbs. Sometimes there is a pale yel-

lowish or pinkish streak down the back, and this varies from a

narrow line to a band one-third the breadth, All these variations

may be found around the same tank. As a rule specimens with the

_ pale dorsal line are much rarer and more local than those uniformly

- colored.

Loc. Chanda, Raipur &c., in all damp places. I believe I met

with this frog in Chota-Nagpir also, but I can find_no specimens

amongst those collected.

32. PyxicEPHALUS BREVIcEPS, (Schneid.)

I obtained a single specimen of this frog, apparently young. It

measures 1.5 inches from nose to vent, the hind leg from the vent

to the end of the toes being just over 2 inches long. The color-

ation differs considerably from that given by Giinther, there

being no trace of a yellow dorsal band. The following description

was taken from the living animal.

Upper parts yellowish brown (greyish in spirits) with a trans-

verse dark mark between the hinder part of the eyes and some

blackish patches in front of them and around the nostrils, the

back with small imperfect black rings, some of which behind

the shoulders are arranged in an arc with the convex side in

front, others are irregularly scattered; sides of body and the

thighs before and behind mottled with yellow; the limbs with

some transverse dusky marks, and dusky patches on the sides of

the chin; rest of the lower parts white except under the thighs

where the skin is flesh coloured.

The abdomen and back part of the thighs are granular, the

back and the remainder of the body smooth. Maxillary teeth very

small scarcely perceptible, vomerine teeth separated from the

_choanze by a wider space than from each other.

Loc. Udipur between Chota-Naégpur and Bilaspur.

30. CALLULA PULCHRA, Gray.

A single young specimen about an inch long was found under a

large stone. The toes are absolutely free, but this is very proba-

376 Reptilia and Amphibia from Central India. [No. 4,

bly due to immaturity, as it appears to differ in no other respect

from larger specimens. The tongue is slightly notched behind

and grooved above. The skin is perfectly smooth ; colour brown

above irregularly spotted with ash grey, below whitish.

Loc. Bhandara district, Nagpir division of the Central Pro-

vinces.

34. PoLYPEDATES MACULATUS, (Gra y.)

I found a few specimens mostly amongst bushes or grass by the

sides of rivers. The largest procured measures 2.8 inches from

nose to vent, hind leg from vent to end of toes 3°8 inches. Ina

small specimen the same measurements are 2 and 3 inches respec-

tively. The following is a description of the coloration of fresh

specimens. |

Upper parts ochreous yellow, yellowish brown or chocolate, an

indistinct dusky mark, often nearly obsolete, between the eyes, and

transverse dark bands on the back of the limbs, occasionally some

indistinct dusky blotches on the back also, but none of these are

very constant, a dark band runs from the nostril to the eye and a

broader one from behind the eye through the tympanum to above

the shoulder ; before and behind the thigh, and the hinder part of

the side flesh coloured with large yellow spots ; lower part of the

limbs and belly pinkish white.

The skin is smooth above ; there are fine, close, granular tuber-

cles throughout the abdomen and the lower and hinder sides of

the thighs.

The vomerine teeth are in very short rows widely separated

from each other in the middle.

Loc. Hastern part of Chanda, Bilaspur, Udipiir.

~~~" 200 02000 2 PO OEE

1870.] 877

On tHE Meruop or AssAyine SILVER ADOPTED IN THE ASSAY OFFICES

or H. M. Inp1an Mints, by H. EK. Busteup, M.D., #. IL

Madras Army, Officiating Assay Master, Calcutta Mint.

{with pl. xvii. |

[Read and received Sept 7th, 1870.]

The process of assaying silver about to be considered is one

which (on a large scale, at least) is peculiar to the Indian Mints :

it has been in practice in the Calcutta Mint since 1850, it extended

thence in course of time to the Bombay Mint and more recently to

the Madras one.

Though it has been favourably reported on, and described more

or less fully as an official duty by various assay officers to local

Mint Committees, &c., &c., no steps, that IT am aware of, have yet

been taken towards making more public the manipulatary details

of the process. b

It has been suggested to me that it might prove not only im-

teresting, but useful to have described the practical working of a

system, of the utility of which great experience has been afforded

in the Indian Mints, as, on assays made by it, an amount of silver

bullion reaching on an average the value of over seven* millions

sterling is annually purchased by these Mints, and by it a silver

coinage to about the same value annually, is watched over as re-

gards its purity and maintained up to the legal standard of fineness.

I propose, therefore, to give a somewhat detailed account of the

process, omitting only the minor steps in the manipulations, which

it would be unprofitably tedious to attempt to bring within the

compass of a description ; practice alone can lead to an acquaint-

ance, or can familiarize, with these.

To render more intelligible to the general reader the nature and

_ object of this process of assay, and wherein it contrasts with the

other methods in more general use, it may be desirable in the first

place to allude briefly to the principles on which those other

systems depend for their results, avoiding technicalities and de-

tails, as a full description of those processes may be found in any

work on Assaying, and in most works of Chemistry and Metallurgy.

* Average for last 20 years.

378 On the Method of Assaying Silver. [No. 4,

In general terms then, it may be said, that the particular duty

of an Assayer is to ascertain the proportion of pure gold or silver

present in any specimen of mixed metal submitted to him for exami-

nation, so that from his report the value may be assigned by cal-

culation to the mass which the sample is supposed to fairly

represent.

This is done by the separation of the precious metals from the

coarser ones with which they may happen to be alloyed.

The most ancient plan for thus separating silver is that by

‘*¢ Cupellation” which attains the end in view, owing to the fact

that silver resists the action of air, at a high temperature, while

the baser metals under identical circumstances become oxidized,

- and if a certain proportion of lead be present, its very fusible

oxide unites with the other oxides produced during the operation

and renders them capable of soaking with it into a porous little

vessel (made of bone-ash), called a cupel, leaving behind on the

surface of each cupel, a glistening button of pure metallic* silver,

whose weight can be accurately ascertained.

A certain weight of the specimen of the metal to be assayed is

folded up in a certain proportion of thin lead and placed on a

cupel. The operation is conducted in a suitable oven (called

a ‘ muffle’) and furnace. When the remaining little button of |

silver has cooled, it is weighed and the loss of weight of the speci-

men operated on represents the baser metals that have been re-

moved: thus if the specimen weighed 20 grains and the resulting

bead of pure metal weighs 15 grains the mass would be reported to

contain 75 per cent. of pure silver,

Several contingencies, however, and collateral circumstances —

(known to assayers) tend to modify the result of an assay by cupel-

lation, and the assayer has to consider them all in arranging his

compensation, failing this the report would be most erroneous ;

everything, therefore, depends on his skill and experience ; but even

in the hands of the most experienced and the most skilful the re-

owing to unavoidable imperfection in the assay: the average

* Should gold or platinum happen to be present in the specimen assayed,

as they also resist oxidation, they remain behind, included in the ‘ button,”

and are under ordinary circumstances estimated as silver.

1870. | On the Method of Assaying Silver. 379

"range of this error ought not, however, to exceed } dwt. (6 grs.) in

the lb. Troy, or say 2 parts in 1000 ; so that this method is suffi-

ciently accurate for keeping a coinage tolerably close to “ Stand-

ard” and even well within* the legal limits on either side of it.

The assay report furnished by it, however, is too remote from

accuracy, ?.é., 18 not within sufficiently narrow limits to fairly re-

- gulate the valuation of merchants’ bullion with satisfaction to

seller or buyer, the latter being, in this country, almost invariably

c the Mint.t

i The above was the method of assay prevailing in this Mint up to

P 1850. Though it is still practised by many English assayers of

"great skill, it has been almost entirely superseded on the Conti-

nent in consquence of its short-coming by one contrived by Gay

: Lussac, which is less dependent on the individual operator.

_. This, known as La voie humide, or the volumetric process for

ascertaining the fineness of silver bullion, consists in precipitating

- the silver as an insoluble chloride from the solution in nitric acid

of a certain weight of the metalto be examined, and in effecting

this by the use of asolution of common salt (chloride of sodium),

containing a known proportion of salt; this is added gradually

till just sufficient has been used to throw down the whole of the

silver present as chloride : as chlorine unites with silver in defi- -

nite chemical proportion, the amount of silver present can be easily

and accurately estimated by merely ascertaining the amount of

- chloride of silver.

_ This is the method practised at the Paris Mint, and by the

Toate outside assayers to the Royal Mint of Great Britain, and

L I believe at most of the Kuropean and American Mints.

salt which has been exactly necessary to convert the whole of it

__ * It being impossible in the operations of a mint to produce a certain mix-

ture of metals (such as silver and copper) with mathematical accuracy, a

certain deviation is allowed above or below the legal standard: In India this

deviation or “remedy” in fineness is 1 dwt. in the pound Troy 4%, e. 535th

part equal to about 4% parts in 1000.

_ P.S. Since this paper was read, a Legislative Act of the Government of India

has been promulgated which declares that the remedy in fineness is not to

_ exceed 2 thousandths for the Rupee and Half Rupee, and 3 thousandths in the

_ case of the smaller silver coins,

_ + 4. e. The Mint receives the bullion in bulk and returns it in coin, a certain

_ Seignorage to cover expenses being deducted.

380 On the Method of Assaying Silver. [No. 4,

Assays can be confidently made by it to }dwt. or about

grains in the pound Troy, or even indeed to half this, say to

part (0.5) in 1000.

The volumetric system is especially applicable where the silve

to be assayed by it is alloyed with copper only, and where the

fineness is approximately known beforehand ; both these condi

tions to its successful usage exist in such Mints, where the only

silver assays made are those of metal already alligated for coinage

to the legal standard, 7

It is acknowledged by its advocates that the presence of mer-

cury in the alloy would materially interfere with the accuracy of

the assay, and a certain (rather tedious) modification of the pro-

cess is essential to avoid error under such a contingency. .

Its adoption in the Indian Mints was not considered desirable

by their assay officers for reasons of which the following are a

few :—1, A vast amount of the silver which comes to the India

Mints, (viz., China and Rangoon Sycee, bazaar cake silver,

Japanese coins, &c.,) contains not only mercury, but lead and other

coarse metals. 2, No sufficiently approximate idea of the finenes

of such silver can be formed before hand, thus necessitating a pre

liminary assay by cupellation. 3, The high temperature of ar

Indian climate renders it impossible to retain the solution of salt

at an uniform strength for any length of time; the evaporation

and concentration derange the equivalence which it is essential

maintain between ¢¢ and the proportion of silver meant to be pre-

cipitated by it; thus involving very frequent tedious testing t¢

ascertain daily the actual strength of the standard solution. 4,

The whole of the important manipulations should be gone throug

by the Assay Master himself or his Deputy, a labour beyond thei

strength in this climate with a very large daily number of assay

of various finenesses ; and one which would preclude the possibili

of his attending to the many other important duties which devoly

on the head of an Assay office to a Mint in India.

The method of assay by cupellation then not being accurate

enough for the requirements of trade, and that by the French pro:

cess being considered unsuited to the peculiar work devolving of

the assay officers of the Mints in India (where there are no bullic

—1870.] On the Method of Assaying Silver. 381

refineries), it became necessary here to adapt and introduce a

system more likely to fulfil all the objects required of it.

_ In the volumetric system it has been seen that the proportion of

silver present in a mixed metal is estimated by ascertaining the

exact amount of salt which it took to precipitate it in the form of

chloride of silver; the same end can be attained by collecting,

drying and weighing the chloride itself.

_ 100 parts of it represent 75°3 of pure (metallic) silver.

Hitherto this process when resorted to at all seems to have been

restricted to a very limited application, such as a solitary analysis

for some special purpose, possibly the examination of a standard

*‘trial-plate’”’ where the greatest accuracy was required, or perhaps

an assayer would resort to it as a delicate confirmatory test of one

or two of his assays by the volumetric method.

Some books which go into the principles and details of the

assaying of silver, make no mention of it whatever, others allude

to it, merely to dismiss it, as ‘‘ tedious and less exact” (than the

French process). In theory, the process is allowed by all to have

the merits of accuracy and simplicity, but it is implied that the

tediousness and difficulties of the manipulations (supposed to be)

necessary to the carrying out of the theory, detract materially

from its practical value: certainly the few details of the manipu-

lations occasionally given, such as the weighing the chloride of

each assay (after collecting on a filter and fusion)* in a porcelain

capsule, previously counterpoised, were calculated to deter from

the idea of this process being ever made available for the assay of

‘Silver on a large scale.

The credit is due to Mr. J. Dodd, a former assay master of

the Calcutta Mint (and a Surgeon in the Madras army) of having

encountered those difficulties of manipulation, and of having over-

come them inasmuch as he modified and simplified them, and in

‘short so systematised the whole practical working of the process,

as to render its application to the assaying of silver, to any amount,

€asy, accurate and economical.

_ * Of course in practice it would be necessary periodically to recover the

‘Silver (by reducing it to the metallic state) from the closely attached fused

chloride in each capsule,—a very tedious measure,

382 On the Method of Assaying Silver. [ No.

That this result was not attained without much labour and mue

patient investigation, and that his successors in office acknowledg

their deep obligation to Mr. Dodd’ s intelligent industry will be

apparent from the officially recorded testimony of two of them, whic

I think it due to him and to them not to withhold, when making

mention of the practical carrying out of this method of assay.

Vin SirWm. O’Shaughnessy, who was Deputy Assay

Master of the Calcutta Mint in Mr. Do d d’s time, and himself ¢

practical chemist of high reputation, writes in April, 1852.

“Previous to making over charge of the assay office to Dr,

‘Shaw on the occasion of my proceeding to England on duty,

‘“T deem it an act of justice towards the assay master, Mr. James

“Dodd to place upon record an acknowledgment of the emi

“‘nent service Dr. Dodd has rendered to the Assay Departmen

“and to the art of assaying generally by his investigation of thi

‘‘analytical process for assaying silver, his improvements in th

‘‘ manipulation of the process, and his admirable system of arrange

‘‘ment which renders it capable of effecting in 24 hours mor

‘‘ assays of silver than the mint can ever require in that time.”

Dr. Shekleton the present assay master (now on leave)

an assayer of long experience, when giving officially to the Mi

Committee at their request a detailed statement of the proces

says (April 755), ‘*It would be quite impossible, however, by ¢ n°

““mere description to form an adequate idea of the elegance of th

‘process on the perfection to which it has been brought by the

‘skill and unwearying industry of Mr. Dodd, late assay maste

“To him is due not only the merit of its introduction, butt

‘‘yemoval of every practical difficulty in its working ; the cont

‘dence with which his system has been adopted by all his succes

‘¢ sors is the highest tribute to its completeness and efficiency.’*

Method of assaying silver by the ‘‘ chloride process” (as conducted

in the Calcutta Mint) given somewhat in detail.

The samples (or “ musters’’) for assay are, to save time, irst

approximately weighed by an assistant, they are then plac

* When in the Madras Mint, I remember seeing recorded similar tesbimor

from Dr. Shaw, the Assay Master, when describing the process on recomme

ing to the Madras Government its adoption i in his office.

1870. | On the Method of Assaying Silver. 383

(each sample in duplicate) in small shallow saucers of polished

copper and so brought in batches of 40 on a board, containing in

numerical order receptacles for the little saucer, to the Assay

Master who, in the delicate assay balance, exactly brings each

sample to the one required weight.*

As each sample is weighed, it is transferred from the platinum

skiff of the balance to a bottle on the left hand of the assayer, by

means of a small copper funnel. The bottlest for this purpose

are held in readiness for the musters by an assistant and, om receiv-

ing them, are removed into the Laboratory in batches of six.

On being taken to the laboratory, they are ranged on a circular

' platform or turn-table and there one of the (European) assistants

adds by means of a pipette 14 drachms of nitric acid to each

bottle, which are then (without their stoppers) transferred to a

sand-bath and exposed to a considerable degree of heat, till solu-

tion of the contents is effected.

The specific gravity of the nitric acid used is generally 1200,

4%. e. in the case of known alloys of only copper and silver, such as

the standard meltings, coins, &c., but when the nature of the alloy

is uncertain, such as bazaar silver, or some sycee, (where the

presence of mercury may be suspected), a stronger acid of sp. gr.

1320 is used. It has been found too by experience that the chlo-

rides from fine bar silver eventuate better, when the solution has

been effected in the stronger acid.

When the samples have been completely dissolved,t the bottles

are brought back to the platform and there each receives through

a glass funnel§ about six ounces of cold distilled water.

There is then added to each bottle through a glass pipette, as

before, 14 drachms of hydrochloric acid, sp. grav. 1060, which

immediately converts the silver present into the characteristic white

precipitate of chloride of silver, which forms in slow-falling curdy

- volumes.

* The amount of this weight will be more particularly referred to further on.

+ The chief appliances will be described more fully in an appendix.

ft A slight residuum of gold, as a black powder is very generally seen.

§ The portion of this which enters the neck of the bottle is protected, or

Sheathed, with an inch of India rubber tubing to prevent chipping, if struck

against the neck of the bottle.

384 On the Method of Assaying Silver. [ No. 4,

The stoppers (previously dipped in distilled water) are then care-

fully replaced and the bottles are allowed to stand for five minutes.

The bottles are next well shaken two and two by the laboratory

workmen for three or four minutes till the chloride aggregates

and rapidly falls down, any particles which may remain attached

to the neck or upper part of the bottles are washed down by a

quick circular motion, and more distilled water being added to

within about two inches of the neck, (great caution being observed

in removing and returning the stoppers); the bottles are then

allowed to rest each in its assigned place on the platform for four

hours.

At the expiration of that period, the clear supernatant liquid

(blue coloured when copper is present) is removed by a glass

syphon, which is lowered to within an inch of the deposited

chloride, the greatest care being taken that none of it is drawn up

into the syphon. As each platform is made to revolve on its

centre, according as each bottle is syphoned, the operator sitting in

one place brings the platform round till the next bottle in orde

gets under the syphon, which is thus in rotation lowered into each.

The fluid escapes from the long leg of the syphon through @

funnel fitted in the table to a jar placed underneath,

After the first syphoning, the bottles are immediately filled

again with distilled water, and each gets a quiet circular motion

for a few moments, and the precipitate is again allowed to settle

as evenly as possible, this time it will be sufficient to allow them to

rest for two hours, when they are again syphoned as before and

stoppers returned.

Under ordinary circumstances mie two washings are sufficient

but if the silver is evidently ‘‘ coarse,” a third or fourth washing i

similarly given.

When it is considered that the chlorides have been sufficiently

washed, the bottles are placed for half an hour ina reclinin

position on their platforms, this eauses the chloride to fall and

settle to one spot and renders its removal from the bottles more

easy. :

Meantime a pneumatic trough has been got ready, capable of —

containing a batch of twenty inverted bottles; the trough is filled —

1870.] On the Method of Assaying Silver. 385

with distilled water: for each bottle there is placed on the floor of

the trough a small porcelain saucer holding a little Wedge-wood

crucible or cup, each numbered to correspond to the bottles. A

laboratory workman then removes the stoppers from the bottles

and hands them one by one to an assistant at the trough, who

_ placing his forefinger over the mouth of each bottle inverts it over

its corresponding cup, and does not remove his finger till the neck

of the bottle has passed down through the water and well into the

cup: then the finger being taken away the bulk of the chloride

falls by its own weight to the bottom of the cup.

_ The bottle is held in the position by two rings one (the larger)

above the other, which are fixed to the sides of the trough: this

arrangement retains each bottle in situ, at the proper slant, and

admits of the operator gently revolving or slightly raising the

bottle with his left hand, while with the right he patiently taps

the bottom and sides till the whole of the chloride has been dex-

terously got out, the finger is then again placed over the mouth

and the bottle raised up through the rings and handed (mouth

_ upwards) to the assayer, or to the supervising assistant standing by,

who carefully examines it to see that every particle of chloride has

been dropped into the cup. When this part of the manipulation

has been neatly done, none of the chloride falls over into the saucer

which is placed as a precautionary measure under each cup.

- When the chloride falls into the cup, it is in an uneven lumpy

state and not in a favourable condition for being uniformly dried,

_ it has therefore next to be broken up. For this purpose the cups

_ (containing the chlorides, and water to the brim) on removal from

the trough are taken in batches on a tray to an assistant seated at a

steady table, who first carefully decants off about half the water, and

_ then with a finely polished glass rod (four inches long and one-third

_ revolving the cup on the table; this causes it to lie evenly and

_ loosely at the bottom of the cup as a purplish grey powder, not too

| fine.

He next washes the rod over the cup with distilled water from a

_ drop bottle, lest any of the chloride may be adhering to it, and sprin-

_ kles a drop or two from it on to the surface of the water in each

386 On the Method of Assaying Silver. (No. 4,

cup, so as to cause to sink any minute particles that may happen to

remain floating. He then, after an interval of ten minutes, drains

off about three-fourths of the supernatant water, which helets run

down the rod into a vessel near him, and with a tap or two with

the rod to the outside of the cup to still further loosen the deposit, —

this part of the manipulation is concluded.

The crucibles are next taken to the drying furnace, where a_

steam bath is ready to receive them, on the perforated upper plate

of this they are ranged, and allowed to remain for about an

hour. This gradually and without spurting, frees the chlorides”

from moisture, which may be known by their caking, 7. e., leaving

the sides of the cups round the edges and forming at the

bottom of each a loose cake, resembling somewhat a gun-wad. The

crucibles are then arranged on a hot air plate and there exposed

to a temperature of between 300° and 350° (Fahr.) for about 2-

hours, till thoroughly dried, when they are ready for weighing.*

When the above manipulations have been carefully and satisfac-

torily gone through, each little cup contains an unbroken, tole-

rably firm, cake of chloride of silver, lying unattached, which

admits of being easily grasped with a pair of forceps, and cleanly

lifted out of the cup and conveyed to the skiff of the assay balance

in which it is weighed. The cups are generally brought from the

laboratory to the assayer at the balance, in batches of 8 or 10. A

“ Standard,” synthetically prepared of pure silver and copper, and

an assay pound of pure silver are introduced with each day’s set of

assays and their chlorides dried with the others, and the analysis”

of them verified before weighing the rest. Occasionally these

‘‘ checks” are also fused and weighed in a porcelain capsule, but

the weight found never differs from that of the chloride merely dried

as above.

Once, or twice a month, the silver is recovered from the accumula-

ted chlorides, which are well pounded in a mortar and brought to

a powder and then mixed witha proper proportion of chalk and

charcoal, and put into a wrought iron crucible and reduced with

* The chlorides are weighed warm, to obviate the risk of their absorbing

moisture ; a precaution especially necessary in the heavy monsoon weather

in this country.

1870. ] On the Method of Assaying Silver. 387

heat. The metallic silver so recovered is transferred to the

_ Mint.

_ Under the circumstances of the solution and of the precipitation

as detailed above, should any gold happen to be present in the sam-

ple operated on, it is not dissolved, and therefore becomes entangled

with the precipitated chloride of silver and dried and weighed with

it, and accordingly comes to be regarded and valued as silver. In

this the chloride process resembles that by cupellation, which like-

wise takes no distinguishing cognizance of gold, and both these

_ processes contrast in this respect with the volumetric one which is

a rigid analysis for silver alone ; so that, strictly speaking, an assay

conducted by either of the first-named methods ascertains the

proportion present of “ the precious metals,” 7. e. silver and gold.*

Should mercury be present it does not interfere with the result,

_ when the solution has been effected in excess of nitric acid with

strong heat. Thus the mercury becomes peroxidized, and hydro-

chloric acid forms no precipitate in solutions of mercuric salts :

-any mercuric chloride resulting from the combination would re-

main in solution, and be washed away in the course of the process.

Should lead happen to be present, hydrochloric acid gives no

precipitate in a dilute solution, the chloride of lead being soluble

in a certain proportion of distilled water: but even were the pro-

portion of lead to silver tolerably large, and the chloride of lead

happened to be thrown down, the repeated washings would dis-

solve and get rid of it.

With regard to the weight of the small portion taken to re-

present the mass, the system prevails in the Indian Mints of

taking samples for assay by granulating a small portion of the

contents of each melting pot; when the metal is in a thorough

state of fusion and has just been well stirred, a small ladleful

of the molten metal is quickly poured from a tolerable height into

* Much of the silver which finds its way to the Indian Mints is rich in gold;

for instance sycee contains on an average somewhat about 12 grains in the

Troy pound. This in minting operations is considered as silver, and as such

it enters into the coinage. There being as yet no refineries established here,

through which such silver could pass to the Mechanical Departments of the

Mints, the silver coins made during a period when a heavy importation of

sycee had been worked up, contain as much as 4 or6 grains of gold in every

_ 82 tolas or 1 tb Troy.

388 On the Method of Assaying Silver. [No.

a vessel of water, and the granules so formed received on

strainer, lifted out and perfectly dried.* The weight of this speci

men representing each pot was at first fixed at 24 grains techni

cally called the ‘‘ assay ib’; this in the case of pure silver yielde¢

31.87 grains of chloride of silver, while the same quantity c

Indian Standard silver (which is 33th silver plus 3,th copper

916.66 in 1000) yielded sas dani less or 29.21 grains ;

the weight of chloride being ascertained in each case a table which

was calculated and prepared for the purpose was referred to and the

equivalent fineness assigned to the 3 dwt., plus the odd grains, when

any. But when it became desirable to prepare for the decimal forn

of notation, a number more convenient than 31.87 was looked fo

to represent purity or 1000, and 25 was fixed on as a desirable start-

ing point, particularly as the quantity of pure silver yielding that

amount of chloride, viz. 18.825 grains, was quite large enough to

represent each pot.t

The weight therefore of the ‘‘ assay pound” in use at present is

18°825 grs. This produces (with chlorine) in the case of pus

silver 25 grains of chloride of silver.

But to obviate the necessity of constant reference to a calculated

table to find the equivalent in pure silver of the amount of chloride

of silver found in each case, it was ingeniously arranged to stamp

each of the assay weights not with its actual weight, but with the

* The introduction into the Calcutta Mint, of this system of taking musters

is I find attributable to Dr. Boycott, late Assay Master, and to Dr.

Shekleton, who by a number of interesting experiments satisfied themselves

that samples so taken represent the mass of mixed metal to be valued much more

fairly than samples of the same mass cut or gouged from it after it has been

poured and allowed to coolin the ingot moulds where a partial separation of the

copper from the silver seems to take place; the result being, according to the above

experiments, that in the case of ingots cast in upright moulds, all the outside is

much below the average fineness of the mass on assay, and the centre much above

it. This refers to alloys of silver and copper mixed in or about the proportion of

“standard.” According to Monsieur L e v ol, however, it would appear that when

an alloy of silver and copper in which the proportion of the latter is very high

(viz. over 28 per cent.) has been melted, poured, and allowed to cool, an opposite

result to the above is found, viz. the outside of the ingots is above the averag

fineness. An assay therefore from a granulated sample ‘must give a much nearer

approximation to truth, than one from a cut sample.

t+ The average weight of the contents of each melting pot is 12,500 tolas or

about 390 pounds Troy, so that the specimen taken ‘to represent this is but

about the 119,000th part ; each sample is assayed in duplicate.

+ The basis for these numbers was founded on the proportion in whic

1870. | On the Method of Assaying Silver. 389

figures representing the proportion per mille of pure metal which

such a weight of chloride so found corresponds to ; thus, supposing

a melting of five franc pieces was being assayed, and the chloride

resulting from the assay pound operated on, weighed 22.5 grains,

(shewing the actual pure contents in the sample to be 16.94 grs.),

instead of referring to a table to see the equivalent per mille-age

of pure silver, that weight which is actually 22.5 grs. has 900

marked on it, and the assayer simply reads the touch from it.

Accordingly the assay weights are as follows :—

Actual Weight, Figures marked on

in grains. the weights.

Bers 525 195) aith salfaiaee Se wa Go Sheets ey Bisitet 1000

MR nn 265i UG Ie vey al el'n; wired Shale ie SSydhwdeh » (Std.) 916°66

1 ee GgNet efi Nalta tea) ol 0 Slat avele aie ial « TER ee ICY 900

RRR Shi fla ds ee abt apo" SE WRI ee vet ee She oly : 800

oo See a EE Sune’, Stes tes Ce ie tin. (ts ae 700

DEI EY, see Oi sds d liek Sbue. Jian atin 600

Mee le ha Siesta eles ore oe cies haere rh SyO ea Pem oC0

(saw 2, UDR as See | es Peete EE eg Sa ae 400

Se ners eee ak lealactas wanes Daialiatarahe F 300

Ma Be 24) VSL RTS evar a otra zhe tel ska Py Silber se ae. 200

Seen: <P e 8 a Gobtu ls athe’ s \taks dae ws bi stab cade atietatad vite 100

PEEP: AIC chs Ui 2s hate scare mhatahafe abeig sip e halal kale 00

ade ih ccd atala ae als elle es ebiele elaie « ‘ 40

eG te SL Rohl teal ade wisiverins aoe ea wi dia's 30

“Cs ST 8 a Sah auls aeaeb aly de fatola ara tamare sha: where 10

RIE TWAE Mgiais Gibikuis <teisiety o6'a(ai9 sno & Be oe cae ; 3

Here cla lwia s,s cle (hevels wy ss 8 wilacns 0 0s sbayale eter ete 4

OO75 os 2 55 sbahayalelatys Restrieys Giavere sates Pete baste tel afeye a 3

AMD calc te aia leis\in aliehele's s,s ere e's =e Se wdaiats sl ele ats ° 1

Assay bb., weight = 18°825 grains.

-_ The assays for the valuation of merchants’ bullion are reported

to the ;,4,th part, z. ¢., the value of our smallest weight, and as

the distance from zero to the point (shown by a scale and indica-

- tor) at which the balance ‘breaks’? with this weight in either

890 On the Method of Assaying Silver. [No. 4,

pan is sub-divided into five, the decimals over or under one-thou-

sandth can be read off.

Accordingly assays are reported to the mint office (as a matte

of interior economy, for facilitating the alligation arrangements

to 4 and ‘6 (e. g. ‘°997°4”’: ** 900°6’’), and the assays of the stan¢

ard meltingsand of the local pyx coins are reported to*2. Thus

reports are made with confidence by this process to a little over

1 grain (1°152) in the Troy pound. ,

Though the whole process can be carried through to coms

tion in the case of a small number of assays within 24 ho

still in the ordinary heavy current work of the office, assays are

not completed till the third day. Thus, the samples are tendered

suppose on Monday, they are “ weighed in” dissolved. and preci-

pitated on that day, on the next they are washed and syphoned

twice, and on Wednesday they are “ potted,’ dried and reported.

The certificates of value (payable on demand at the Government

Bank) are examined and signed by the assay master on the fol

lowing morning and handed to the merchant or his agent. In

like manner samples tendered on Tuesday are, under ordinary

circumstances, weighed and reported by the assay master on

Thursday, and so the work goes on steadily, under a Rystorkota

routine, where each hour has its assigned duty.* :

An ordinary day-work consists of eighty assays,+ estimating

imported bullion to the value of 4 lacs of rupees, and standard

meltings and coins to the value of 5 lacs. But on emergencies, i 1

time of heavy pressure, by working extra hours, as many as 164

assays have been daily conducted, estimating bullion to the value

of eight lacs of rupees, and standard coins and meltings to the

value of fourteen lacs.

Such is an outline of the method of assay, worked on a lara

* When holidays or Sundays intervene, the current work is so arranged

that the chlorides are not allowed to remain an undue time exposed in the

bottles, more especially after the second syphoning, when a minimum of aci¢

is present ; under such circumstances, the chlorides are found to lose somewhat

in weight, becoming finely divided, easily broken, and showing a tendency to ad-

here to the cups :—similar results from allowing the chlorides to remain in the

bottles with insufficiency of acid have been found to follow even when the bot

tles have been the whole time secluded from light. Syphoning too low must

also, for similar reasons, be guarded against. .

_ | Exclusive of any gold assays which may be going on.

1870. ] On the Method of Assaying Silver. 391

‘scale; of course successful results from it cannot be expected

unless each step in the manipulation be conducted with great

care and accuracy, and only then after much practice and ex-

perience.

The natives of this country possess great aptitude in acquiring

the skill and confident lightness of touch, so essential for delicate

manipulation ; this, added to their characteristic patience, makes

them admirable subordinates in an assay laboratory, under judi-

cious supervision ;* moreover, their labour is cheap, so that on the

whole, the process seems to be especially suitable for an Indian

Mint.

When bar silver is imported from the Continent, the assays of it,

made here, almost invariably correspond most closely with those

previously made of it in Paris by the volumetric method, But were

further proof needed of the practical accuracy of our system, it is

to be found in the very close proximity to the legal standard, at

which the large Indian coinage has been maintained for many

years, as annually reported by the assayers to the Royal Mint of

Great Britain, who test the fineness of the Indian pyx coins

by the French humid process.

Without this method (improved and made more perfect, as it has

_ been, in the hands of successive Assay officers,) it would, to my

mind, have been very difficult for the assay establishments of the

- Indian Mints to have dealt with, 7m the same time and with the same

accuracy, the immense importation of silver to India during the

last 15 years. In the single year 1865-66, there was poured

into the Indian Mints, and manufactured into coin, silver alone

reaching in value to the prodigious amount of over 14 millions

sterling.

The system which enabled the assay officers to value such a

rapid and heavy influx with accuracy, and with satisfaction to the

importer on the one hand and to the mint (the buyer) on the

_ * The Calcutta Assay office has been fortunate in the possession of its Fore-

man, Mr. Frewin, who for over 30 years has been actively engaged in assay

operations. He was head assistant in the office under Mr. Dodd when the lat-

ter was investigating the adaptation of this system, and no doubt Mr, Fre w-

in’s intelligence and dexterity contributed to its successful introduction and

_ subsequent working ; he has trained numerous subordinates to the laboratory

work who have turned ont expert manipulators.

392 On the Method of Assaying Silver. {No. 4,

other, and to faithfully maintain the immense resulting coinage

close to legal standard, has been put to a severe test. If success

be the criterion of merit, the 20 years’ large experience of this

method gained in the Indian Mints goes, I think, to show that it

is worthy of a yet wider field of utility.

Appendix.

1. The bottles, used in this process, are of thin (but strong)

white glass and contain about 12 fluid ounces : about 6 inches in

height and 23 inches in diameter at the bottom, which should pre-

sent a perfectly even, level floor: they are without any (abrupt)

shoulder, but become gradually pyramidal from about half way up

to the neck: this shape favours the easy dropping out of the

chloride. The neck is about one inch in length, polished on its

inner surface ; the stoppers are of ground glass, polished, with

globular heads, and are made to fit with the utmost accuracy and

smoothness. The bottles and stoppers are numbered, to corre-

spond with the number on the muster board and also on the

cups.

2. The ‘cups’ are Wedgwood crucibles, smooth and thin,

about 14 inches in height, 13 inches in diameter above, and a little

less than one inch in outside diameter at the bottom. The floor

should be perfectly level, and neither it or the sides should

present any roughness likely to retain the chloride. The cups are

all numbered. .

3. The porcelain saucers are shallow, ? of an inch in depth, the

upper diameter is about 4 inches, the lower 23 inches.

4. The turn-table is a circular board of about 3 feet in diame-

ter, fenced by a brass railing (or by a simple ledge) ; its centre is

occupied by a raised platform about 2 feet in diameter, between

which and the rail the bottles (26 on each) stand, the round outer

edge of the platform having semilunar niches cut in it, into which

the bottles fit; opposite to each niche on the platform is a little

concavity in which the stoppers rest when not in the bottles. Each

turn-table is made to revolve on its centre in either direction, and

is raised about 6 inches above the long general table on which all

are supported ; close to each a funnel is fitted into the lower (sup-

1870. | On the Method of Assaying Silver. 393

porting) table for conducting away the fluid syphoned from each

set of bottles.

5. The trough is a basin of cast iron (painted), it may be oblong

or round, raised to about the height of 3 feet from the ground ;

when round and large enough for 20 bottles, space and distilled

~water may be economised by having a platform insulated in the

centre. This is convenient for resting the bottles on after the

chlorides have been got out. A trough of this kind may be about

24 feet in diameter, having a space 7 inches broad and 4 deep all

round between the circumference of the basin itself and the outer

edge of the island platform, Into this space is poured distilled

water to the depth of 3 inches. From the rim of the trough hang

as many brass supports as there are bottles to be inverted, these

are two circular clasps connected at the back to a bar common to

both : one, the larger, is 14 inch above the smaller and lower one

which is under water ; they are open in front (or towards the centre

of the basin) to about 3 of an inch in width. The openings of

both are in the same line owing to the lower (smaller) segment

being projected towards the centre by an abrupt curve in the con-

necting bar, by which they hang from the brim. This arrangement

receives and fixes the inverted bottles in the required position. The

distilled water is removed from the trough by the withdrawal of a

plug. These troughs are sometimes made to revolve on the centre.

6. The drop bottle used for washing down the glass rod when

breaking up the chlorides, and for sprinkling the surface of the

cups, is small sized, round, so as to be easily grasped; it holds

about six ounces. The stopper is hollow, with 2 small tubes lead-

ing from its head, one opposite to the other. Glass is so liable to

break or chip, that a hollow silver stopper is now generally sub-

stituted.

7. The steam-bath is simply a square vessel made of sheet

copper, between three and four inches deep, the top or upper plate

of which has a number of circular openings about two-thirds of

the diameter of a wedge-wood crucible. There is also a steam

escape pipe leading from the centre below to about a foot in height.

They are of various sizes to contain from 10 to 150 pots: they are

_ raised or moved by two lateral handles.

394 | On the Method of Assaying Silver. (No. 4,

8. Hot air plate: of thin sheet iron bored with holes for the

reception of the crucibles, raised by iron feet about 14 inches above

the furnace plate, It is furnished with a square tin cover which fits

over it. This is provided with lateral apertures for the escape of

heated air, and with a tube from its roof for the reception of a ther-

mometer.

The drying furnace on which the above rest is surmounted by a

hood, the door of which (glazed) slides up and down by weights

and pulleys ; the plate is heated by means of gas jets ; it has a good

draught, to carry off the nitrous fumes, as on it the musters are

dissolved in the first instance on a sand bath. |

9. The forceps for removing the cake of chloride from each cup

to the skiff of the balance should not be too sharp in its grasp, it

is much improved by having the blades tipped for about an inch

from the points with platinum about 4 inch in width.

10. It is a convenience to have the assay weights arranged in

a set of ivory compartments in the weight box; on the floor of

each compartment are engraved the figures corresponding to those

engraved on the weight which occupies it; by this means the

assayer has merely to glance at his weight box to see what weights

are in the pan of the balance, and to read off the ‘ touch” when

each chloride is counterpoised.

Description of the Figures.

No. 1. The fluid being syphoned from the bottles; those in a

slanting position on the turn-table have been syphoned for the last

time, and the chloride is being thus caused to collect to one spot.

No. 2. The bottles in position in the trough—so as to let the

chloride fall into the cups underneath the water.

No. 3. An assay bottle—in natural size—in which the sample

is dissolved and the chloride of silver precipitated.

No. 4. Wedgwood cup in which the chloride is received,

broken up and dried.

PUXVI.

DF BUSTEED, Journ: Asiat: Soc: Bengal, Vol: KXXIX Pt I,1870.

396 | Descriptions of some new land shells. [No. 4,

forms which I have within the last few years collected in Pegu

and at Moulmein.

Jerdonia (?) Phayrei, n. sp.

Testa parva, turbinata, perforata ; apice exserto; anfractibus

quinque, angulariter quadratis, convexe planatis, bicarinatis : cari-

na quaque plurimis setis regulariter radiatim parumque sursum

inclinatis armata, hac peripheriali, illa ad suturam posita, in ul-

timo anfractu tantum carinis duabus solutis apparentibus; area

circumumbiliacari duabus carinis filiformibus circumdata, umbili-

cum valde profundum coarctantibus. Epidermide vix scabriuscula,

fusca, ad aperturam leviter striata. Apertura subcirculari, integra,

haud obliqua ; peristomate prope marginem superiorem breviter

expanso. Diam. major .13, diam. min. .10, alt. .12 une.

Habitat: ‘‘ Shan States,” valle superiori Salwin.

I have named this shell in compliment to Sir A. Phayre,

first Chief Commissioner of British Burma, who directed the ex-

ploration of the upper Salwin. I include it merely provisionally in

Jerdonia, as the operculum is unknown, and I have only one speci-

men to describe from. It may prove to be a Cyathopoma.- .

Alyceus bifrons, n. sp. Pl. XVIII, Fig. 1.

Testa perspective umbilicata, depresse conoidea, translucente, cor-

nea ; apice rubello; spira elevatiuscula, sutura impressa ; anfractibus

quatuor, rotundis, juxta stricturam regulariter et confertim striato-

costulatis, reliqua parte aliquando fere leevigatis, aliquando levissime

striatis. Strictura glabra, longa, fere quartam partem ult. anfractus

sequante, duabus costis fortissimis munitaé, quarum posterior paulo

robustior et anteriore longior est; tubulo suturali tenuissimo,

adpresso, quartam peripheriz equante; apertura ampla, circulari,

sensim deflecta; perist. duplici, albido, labio adnato angustissimo,

labro infra modice incurvato. Diam. maj. .20, min. .15, allt.

.10 une.

Habitat: Shan States.

Alyceus cucullatus, n. sp. Pl. XVIII, Fig. 2.

Test4 umbilicata, depresse subdiscoidea, rubente cornea, transver-

sim striata, juxta stricturam striis fortioribus sive costulis filiformi-

1870. | Descriptions of some new land shells. 397

bus confertissimis ornata; apice glabro, rufescente, elevatiusculo ;

anfractibus quatuor, convexis; tubulo suturali modico, quartam

peripheriz vix cequante ; strictura brevi, levigata, striis nonnullis

costiformibus ad basin et costa crassa transversa notaté. Apertura

parum obliqua, subrotundata, fere soluta, labro externe modice

expanso, lamellose undalato, ad marginem paulo incrassato, 5-inciso,

lamella supera maxime producta; labio simplici, paulo arcuato,

supra vix adnato ; operculo corneo, margine elevato nucleoque cen-

trali parum excavato. Diam. maj. .21, diam. min. .20, alt. .21 unc.

Habitat: Shan States.

This is a remarkably fine species with the crenulated lip of A.

plectocheilus much exaggerated.

_ Alyceus Feddenianus, n. sp. Pl. XVIII, Fig. 4.

Testa globoso subturbinata, profunde umbilicata, glabra, in ulti-

mo anfractu ad suturam peculiariter deplanata, deinde subangula-

ta et infra angulum levissime convexiuscula seu planata et angustata,

solida, brunnea ; anfractibus 33, rapide crescentibus, superioribus,

convexiusculis, ultimo supra et prope umbilicum angulato; tubulo

suturali tenui, prope aperturam oriente et fere dimidium ultimi

- anfractus in longitudine equante ; strictura brevissima, v1x conspi-

cuca; apertura circulari, carneola, supra angustissime adanata;

perist. duplici, interno integro, tenuissimo, externo breviter ex-

pansiusculo et reflexo. Diam. maj. .20, d. min. .16, alt. .16 unc.

Habitat: Shan States.

This shell is an interesting addition to the Dioryx group, the

only other Pegu form being 4. (Dioryx) amphora, B.., first procured

by myself at Moulmein. The latter is a very variable shell in

size, unless two forms have been confounded under it, and Mr.

Fedden’s collection contained two examples of it from the up-

per Salwin, but I have not the means of re-examining these just

now.

Out of four species of Alyceus, collected by Mr. Fed den, three

are new ; so that when greater facilities exist for examining this

region, we may look for large additions to this very interesting

genus of operculated land shells.

398 Descriptions of some new land shells. [No. 4

Alycseus graphicus, Blf., var., Pl. XVIII, Fig. 3.

Jour. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, 1862, Vol. xxxi, p. 137.

Beside the typical form described by Mr. Blanford from A

can and Pegu, an interesting variety also occurs in the Shan State

for the identification of which I am indebted to Mr. Blanford.

It differs from the type by a shorter, more subtile and subglobos

shape, and by the ribs on the whorls being slightly more distant

from each other and very sharp. There are also some of the stronger

ribs traceable even on the constriction near the aperture. The

shell is pure white with the apex and the adjoining whorl beau i

fully pale yellow. I have given an illustration of this variety in

order to facilitate comparison. , ;

Diplommatina Salwiniana, n. sp.

Testa sinistrorsa, ovate turrité, non rimata, pallidissime flaves:

cente; sutura impressa ; anfractibus 73, convexis, regulariter

centibus, transversim distincte striatis, striis in ult. anfractu magis

distantibus ; apertura rotundate ovata, margine columellari re

dente parvo submediano instructo, margine externo uniforme « cur:

vato, tenuiter calloso. Long. .20, lat. .10 une. 4

Habitat: Shan States. 4

Diplommatina pupeeformis, n. sp.

Testa sinistrorsi, oblongo ovali, non rimata, pallidissime comnedt

sutura impressi; anfract. 7, regulariter crescentibus, transvel

saliter confertim striatis ; apertura subcirculari, margine columel

lari brevi, recto, dente columellari modico instructo, labro duplici

margine externo expanso. Long. .16, lat. ‘08 une.

Habitat: Shan States.

Diplommatina affinis, n. sp.

Testa dextrorsd, ovata, turrita, vix rimata ; anfract. 7, regulari

crescentibus, transversim leviter striatis, ultimo antice valde as:

cendente D. pullule modo ; apertura ovali, margine columellari recto

dente parvo instructo, labro duplici, extra expansiusculo. Long

.18, lat. .08 une. rs

D. puliula differt magnitudine, spira minus attenuata et ape

magis rotundata.

Habitat : Shan States.

1870. | Descriptions of some new land shells, 399

Diplommatina scalaroidea, n. sp. Pl. xviii, Fig. 5.

Dipl. testa ovato turrita, sinistrorsa, albida, solidula, non rimata,

apice subobtusa ; anfractibus 7, convexis, sutura profunda junctis, an-

tepenultimo latissimo, penultimo supra aperturam sensim constricto ;

anf. primis duobus ad apicem leevivgatis, ceteris costulis transversis,

sub-oliquis, distantibus, filiformibus ornatis, interspaciis politis; aper-

tura late ovato-rotundata, labio lateraliter incrassato, supra producto,

adnato, medio tenuissimo ; columella plica valida et infra eam in-

cisione profunda instructa ; labro duplici, incrassato, paulo dilatato,

intus levi, extra paulo reflexiusculo, prope medium insinuato. Alt.

testze 0.2, lat. max. 0.1; alt. apert. .07, lat. apert, circ. .06.

A very marked type of the sinistrorse Diplommatine, somewhat

allied to the Assamese D. Jaintiaca, G.-A usten, but readily distin-

- guished from it by its more turreted shape, and by the deep incision

below the columellar fold.

Habitat: Mandalay, regno Burmanico.

Sprracutum Gorponi, Bens.? Pl. xviii, Fig. 6.

Opisthoporus Gordont, Benson, Ann. and Mag. nat. hist. 1863.

Testa planorbulari, late umbilicata ; anfractibus 5, depressiuscule

teretibus, sutura profunda junctis, transversim minute striolatis et

rugis nonnullis tenuibus spiralibus notatis ; ultimo prope aperturam

sensim descendente, supra gibbsulo, tubulo ab apertura modice

| (circiter 4m,m.) distante et postice curvato instructo, ad aperturam

_ breviter soluto; colore albida, strigis castaneis latiusculis, fulgura-

tim transeuntibus, et ad peripheriam ult. anf. fascia castanea

_ dentata interruptis ; epidermide cornea, rugulose striata; apertura

obliqua, sub-circulari, perist. duplici, interno levi, supra paulo

| emarginato, externo expanso et reflexiusculo, alato, ala intus

| excavata, angustatim in anf. penultimum ascendente et adnata.

| Diam. maj. .91, min. .75, alt. .27, apert. .27 une.

_ Habitat: valle “ Sittonug” prope Tonghu, teste F. Mason.

_ This fine species differs from S. Avanum, Blanf., (which it

| Somewhat approaches in size), in the peculiarly deflexed last whorl

| towards the mouth, and in its greater volution, the last whorl being

| at the aperture slightly detached from the previous one. The wing

| too nearly lies in the plane of the aperture, and very little inclines

400 Descriptions of some new land shells. [No. 4, A,

forward. The tube is situated a short distance behind the aperture, ;

and is rather strong and inclined backward in a curve, being sensibly —

constricted towards its end. I can hardly, see any difference betwee

the Tonghu specimens and Benson’s description of Op. Gordoni,

except that Benson mentions in his species the existence of

minute spiral strize while in my specimens the striee are in some

rather strong and few, in others they are nearly quite obsolete.

Pupa fartoidea, n. sp.

Testa cylindracea, polita, diaphand, subrugose striata, pallidis-

sime cornea, ad apicem conoideum parum inflata; suturd impressa,

moniliforme serrata ; anfractibus 7; apertura quadrate ovali, labio

albido, reflexiusculo, umbilicum fere obtegente, dentibus duobus ins-

tructo, dente parietali crasso, lamelliformi, alteroque mimimo, ha d

procul a sutura posito. Long. .15, lat. .07 une. ;

Hatitat :—Shan States. Bt,

Pupa Salwiniana, n. sp.

Testi pyramidata, rimata, fusce-corned, epidermide levi induta

anfractibus 6, convexiusculis, sutura impressa junctis, ultimo 4

aperturam breviter ascendente ; apertura rotunde oblong’, parum

dilatata et tertiam longitudinis superante, dentibus quinque, albi-

dis instructa: dente primo parietali magno, lamellari, mediano,

alteroque parietali mimimo juxta suturam posito, tertio parvo m-

bilicum juxta, quarto quintoque in labro submediano et ad bas in

sitis, modicis, sequidistantibus ; labro simplici, non reflexo.

Long. .16, lat. .09, aperturee alt. .06 unc.

Habitat : cum precedente. :

This species resembles P. bathyodon, Bs., but is more accuminate-

ly and regularly pyramidal.

Vitrina (?) venusta, n. sp. :

Testa ovato auriforme, supra vix convex4, diaphana, tenuissi mat,

polita, subrugose striata, lete flavescente brunned; anfractibus ly

celerissime crescentibus ; apertura latissim4.

Diam. maj. .30, d. min. .17, alt. .10 une.

Habitat: prope “ Chuegale Sakan,” montibus “ Arakan” dictis,

inter Tonghup et Prome. Though a small species, itis a well marke d

one, but I did not obtain it alive; it may be a Helicarion. The

1870. | Descriptions of some new land shells. 401

_ species is closely allied to the Nilgheri V. auriformis, Blanford,

but is smaller and comparatively higher.

Vitrina Ataranensis, n. sp.

Testa rotundate ovata, polita, lineis incrementi leviter rugata ; an-

fractibus quatuor, regulariter crescentibus ; sutur4 excavata ; apice

elevatiusculo; apertura obliqua, quadrato-lunari, margine tenuis-

simo ; colore succinea, (junioribus virescentibus). Diam. maj. .64,

d. min. .54, alt. .22 unc.

Habitat prope ‘‘ Ataran” flumen, Provincid Martaban.

The-animal is dark colored, mottled with paler, and belongs to

the section Helicolimacx.

Wanina (Sesara ?) Ataranensis, n. apy Pl svi; Wige: 7.

H. testa sub-lenticulari, imperforata, pallide castanea, ad perphe-

riam ultimi anfractus acute carinata; spira convexiuscula; sutura

vix impressa; anfractibus 63, angustis, supra transversim costulate

striatis, striis apicem versus evanescentibus; apertura verticali,

angusta, labio tenuissimo, labro intus incrassato, albido, ad basin

lamellis duabus armato; hac prope umbilicum costiformi, simplici,

intrante, illa longa, sub-hipposideriformi, incrassata, reclinata ;

anfractu ultimo ad aperturam non descendente; basi convexius-

cula, infra peripheriam et regione centrali leviter excavata. D. maj.

.40, d. min. .35, alt. .18 unc.

Habitat prope “ Ataran” flumen Provincia “‘ Martaban.”

This elegant little shell is closely related in form to HZ. (Stenotrema)

spinosa, Lea, of Alabama. I have not seen the animal, but from

the relation of the shell to Nanina (Sesara) pylaica, Bens., which is,

beside several others of the same type, also found about Moulmein,

I suspect that it belongs to the sub-genus Sesara.

Stenogyra [Opeas] terebralis, n. sp.

Testi elongata, imperforata, tenui, cornea, non polita, anfracti-

bus 103, depresse convexis, sutura impressa junctis, confertim stria-

tis; ultimo tertiam longitudinis vix squante, epidermide scabra;

| perist. acuto, margine columellari brevissime reflexo, leviter torto.

Long. teste .95, lat. max. .17, alt. aperture .22 unc.

Habitat: Shan States.

402 Descriptions of some new land shells. | No.

Biruinta nassa, Theob, Pl. xviii, Fig. 8.

Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1863, Vol. xxxiv, p. 275.

Bith. testa elongato turrita, polita, diaphana, solidiuscula, imper-

forata; anfractibus 6, lente convexis, sutura simplici junctis, striis

exilissimis incrementi tectis; ultimo basi convexiusculo; spira

breviore ; apertura subovata, intus levi, supra (vel postice) acute

angulata, antice rotundata, sensim producta; labio et labro leviter

curvatis, primo paulo incrassato, altero acuto, margine tenui, extra’

prope marginem costa solidiuscula crassa instructo; operculo

testaceo, ovato, concentrice striato, nucleo subcentrali.

Alt. testee .35, diam. max. .25, alt. apert. fere .2, lat. .15, une.

Habit: Shan States.

This is a very interesting species. The shell is exactly like a

Blanfordia, but it has the calcareous operculum of a Bithinia.

Lithoglyphus Martabanensis, n. sp. Pl. xviii, Fig. 9.

Testa globose conicd, imperforata, solidd, virescente albida, trans-

lucente, fere leevi, transversim exilissime striata, spira parva, regulari,

subobtusa ; anfractibus 44, celeriter crescentibus, ultimo 3 longitudi-

nis equante, apertura ellipticé, antice rotundata, postice angulata,

Columella callosa, polité, paulo dilatata, labro acuto leviter curvato,

antice ad latus subtruncato. Long. .20, lat. .12, apertura 0 .10 une.

Habitat rivulis quibusdam provincia ‘‘ Martaban.”

A few examples of this interesting addition to the Pegu fauna

were forwarded to me from the Martaban district, by F. Ne pean,

Ksq., of the Forest Department, mixed with the common Paludinas

and Melanias of the district. The operculum is horny. The general

form of the shell, and the peculiar flattening of the columellar lip,

quite agrees with the European species of Lithoglyphus. Gould’s

Ammnicola cincta from Tenasserim has been suspected by Frauen-

feld to belong to Lithoglyphus, but it is tolerably certain that

Gould’s species is very closely allied to, if not identical with,

Paludomus labiosa Benson.

1870.] : 408

On THE Lanp SHELLS oF BouRBON, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF A FEW

[Received and read 7th September, 1870. }

The described land shells of Bourbon, or La Réunion, are far

fewer in number than those of its sister Island. This can be ac-

counted for, by the great difficulties the collector has to encounter

in the mountainous districts,—always the most prolific, owing to the

great height of the mountains, which are at the same time ex-

tremely rugged and precipitous ;—secondly, by the greater part of

the Island which is under cultivation being almost devoid of the

deep, well-wooded ravines and small hills, rising abruptly from

the table-land, which form such a characteristic feature of the

present Mauritian scenery and still enable the naturalist, through-

out that Island, to examine at his ease, at least some trace of the

original fauna and flora... I have not the least doubt that in the

centre of Bourbon, scarcely ever visited by any naturalist, on the

slopes and plateaux of the almost unexplored lofty mountains,—

in whose most inaccessible parts, descendants of the old Maroons

are still said to exist in a perfectly wild and savage state,—

many very interesting new species and even perhaps genera are yet

to be found. I much regret not having had time to explore Cilaos,

Plaine des Palmistes and the district round the still active volcano,

all three evidently offering a rich field to the naturalist; unfor-

tunately my time was limited in the walking tour which I made

round the Island. I now give a list, with a few remarks attached,

of all the species which, as far as I am aware, have as yet been

| described from Bourbon.

_ 1. Herix canaturna, Fér., Prod. 48. (Nanina apud Albers.)

This is, as far as I can remember, a true Helix and not a Nani-

na ; unfortunately I did not make any note on this point, when I

examined the animal, though I probably should have done so, had

it possessed a mucous gland.

The tentacles are purplish-black, the front of the neck stained

dark brown, the posterior part of the animal yellowish-brown, sole

404 On the Land Shells of Bourbon. . [ No. 4,

of the foot the same. It is tolerably abundant in damp places

under stones &c., in ravines, at an elevation of about 1000 feet

above the sea. I found it alive in nearly all stages of growth; in

the very young state it somewhat resembles the figure of Vitri-

na Borbonica, Mor1t., Series Conchil. p. 48, 1860.

2. Hettx (Doroasta) smarts, F ér., Prod. 262 (var. Borbonica,

Desh., Moll. de la Réun. p. 85). {

are two common varieties :—var. A, very large, much more so than

any I found at Mauritius or the Seychelles ; var. B, smaller, with a

broad brown band, much more developed than in any from the other

localities of this widely distributed Helix. Deshayes makes a

species, H. Borbonica, which is nothing but this variety, only the

above characteristics are even more marked than usual. Animal

light brown, closely mottled with minute, pale yellowish spots,

tentacles brown.

3. Hetix? perrora, Fér., (Nanina apud Albers).

This and the following 2 species I did not find myself.

4, Hex? Frarrieri, Desh., Moll. de la Réun. p. 86.

5. Herx Evpeu, Desh., ibid. p. 87 (?-Barclayi, Bens.).

6. Hetrx mreErrecra, Desh, ibid. p. 89.

At about 2000 feet elevation, rare and local, in damp woods ; this

species is also found at Mauritius, where it is far more abundant,

creeping about on the ground amongst decaying vegetation; my

specimens from both Islands cannot be distinguished from one

another. Bs

7. Hetrx setimimis, Bens., Ann. Mag. 1851, p. 252, (Z. Vin-

sont, Desh.). a

Another species common to both Islands, found in the same

localities as the preceding ; it appears to be rare at both. 7

-1870.] On the Land Shells of Bourbon. 405

8. Herix Barcuayi, Bens. (Hrepta apud Albers).

This is, I believe, Deshayes’ H. Eudeli, both description and

figure agree admirably ; the unique specimen, from which this latter

was described, appears to have been accidentally broken, whilst

being figured. Deshayes says, ‘‘ from the debris I believe it to

have been 6 to 7 mil. in diameter” ; of H. Barclayi, however, I have

never found any specimen more than 4 mil. At Bourbon I found

this species rather local, on huge boulders, perfectly undistinguish-

able from Mauritian specimens.

Tentacles iron grey, posterior of foot white, the rest of the ani-

mal the same, with numerous and regular dark grey streaks,

showing very distinctly through the transparent shell in a trans-

verse pattern.

9. Henrx SALAZIENsIS, n. sp.

Shell very minute, somewhat turbinated, horny, thin and fragile ;

43 rather convex whorls, minutely transversely striated, striz

wide apart, acute and presenting, under a magnifying glass, a

somewhat lamellar appearance; widely and deeply umbilicated ;

the base rather convex, in young specimens provided with a simi-

lar sculpture as on the whorls, becoming obsolete, however, in full

grown ones; aperture small, with the margin of the outer lip

simple and acute.

Diam. 2, Alt. 4—5 m.m.

I have named this minute species after the village near where

I found it, about 24 miles up a steep pass towards the centre

of the Island. Salazie is extensively used as a sanatarium,

on account of the invigorating temperature and some noted

mineral water-springs ; it seemed to me, to be one of the most

favourable localities I have yet visited in the tropics for the

botanist and naturalist: plants and ferns, insects, birds, &c.,

all seemed equally attractive and abundant. I especially noticed

many beautiful Orchids in my rambles towards the old extinct

volcano, which towers, some little distance off, at the back of

the village, some 11,000 feet above the sea. I found the little

‘shell above described, in company with the preceding, on large

masses of rock.

406 On the Land Shells of Bourbon. [No. 4,

10. Nanmva (MacrocuzaAmys) Grorrreyi, H. Ad,

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1868, p. 289. |

In the original description, there is unfortunately an error in

the printing of a note from myself; it should be “the animal is

yellow and black and resembles that of WV. nitella, that of NM

virginea is of a uniform dark grey, almost black.”

Animal provided with a mucous gland, tail truncated ; tentacles

black, the black continued a short distance beyond their bases ;

neck yellowish-grey, slightly mottled with black, the hinder part of

the animal yellow, mottled on the sides with black, bordered with

a yellow margin ; sole of foot yellow. It closely resembles the

animal of HZ. nitella, as described by myself, Zool. Soc. Proc. 1868,

p-. 258, the shell, however, is very different, being not nearly so

depressed, &c.; it is more like H. proletaria, Mor|t., but the last

whorl is not carinated, &c. It is abundant at Salazie under dead

leaves, stones, &c., in damp woods.

11. Nanya (Macrocutamys) Marttarpi, Desh., Moll. de la

Réun. p. 86.

I procured two or three specimens of a shell, which I have

identified with this species, both at Mauritius and Bourbon;7

unfortunately I did not succeed in finding live specimens, or a

sufficiently large set of the shells, to be perfectly certain of their

identity.

12. Nanya tivopHora, Morlt., Ser. Conch. p. 57 (? argentea

var. )

I did not succeed in finding this species myself; I consider

it as the most aberrant form of a small group of Mascarene shells,

probably all descended from a common stock at some not very

remote period, now constituting more or less ‘‘ good species,” 2

cording to the individual opinion that each naturalist may have

formed for himself, as to what should constitute a species and what

a variety. I would class these species as follows :—

A. Nanina linophora. This is the most narrowly turbinated,

exerted form of the group, with the strong keel visible on all

the whorls, it is described as coarsely striated ; it is apparentl

very scarce.

1870. | On the Land Shells of Bourbon. 407

B. WNanina argentea, Rv., Conc. Icon. No. 1434. I should fancy

this must be the oldest, or nearest to the original type, from almost

perfectly similar forms being found in both the sister Islands,

under circumstances that would seem to preclude the possibility of

its having been introduced into either. In form it is very close to

the preceding, but the last whorl is more dilated, not compressed,

the sharp keel not visible on the other whorls ; it is finely striated.

C, Nanina implicata, n. sp. Closely allied to MW. semicerina

Morlt.; it differs by the whorls being rounder, more convex, the

keel in consequence almost rudimentary ; the green band of the

epidermis round the umbilicus is a little broader, without the

conspicuous brown stripe next the suture, in its place the same

green epidermis, as round the base, forms two bands in the centre

of each whorl, the lower one being broad and distinctly marked

throughout, the upper one indistinct and interrupted, only clearly

developed in the last whorl; the apex is more obtuse, but the

most characteristic distinction is the absence of the coarse, regular

striation, WV. implicata being perfectly smooth; the proportions of

the two species are almost exactly the same.

In the style of colouring, it somewhat resembles WV. argentea, it

can, however, be easily distinguished by its more depressed and

concave whorls, on the last of which, there is an almost impercepti-

ble keel.

*Rare ; Peter Botte Mn. Mauritius.

dD. Nanina semicerina, Morlt., Rev. Zool. 1851, p. 219,

(Rawsons, Bens.). Locally abundant at Mauritius on shrubs, &c.,

in very damp woods. This handsome shell varies considerably in

colouring, the whorls are a little less concave than in the last, the

keel on the last whorl a little more developed ; it is the most

strongly striated species of the group.

Animal whitish, neck mottled with black, tentacles grey.

13. NANINA ARGENTEA, Rv.

I have already spoken of the affinities of the shell of this species ;

the animal is of a pure white, the front of the neck having a

faint yellow tinge, the tentacles are orange with dark grey streaks;

the tail is sharply truncated, near it there is a mucous pore with a

408 On the Land Shells of Bourbon. [No. 4,

prominent, pointed, orange-coloured hook close to it. Found with

Helix celatura, tolerably abundant, but local, at a considerable

elevation, in damp places.

14. Nantwa (Macrocutamys) niTELLA, Morlt., Rev. Zool. p.

219.

This Mauritian species is recorded by Deshayes, Moll. dela

Réun. p. 85, as also found in Bourbon, I did not find it, however,

at the latter Island. Ihave described the animal from Mauritian

specimens, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 258. |

15. Nanna? proterarta, Morlt., Ser. Conch. p. 60.

Another Mauritian shell, mentioned by Deshayesas found

with the preceding, I think it just possible, he may have mis-identi-

fied his Bourbon specimens, and that they may prove to belong to

the species subsequently described by H. Adams as WV. Geoffrey?,

I certainly found no shell of this type, with the last whorl angu-

lated, or carinated, at the periphery, agreeing with Morelet’s

description of VV. proletaria.

16. Nanna pretumipa, Fér. Bull. un. des sc. p. 303. |

Animal white, thickly sprinkled with dark grey, especially on the

neck, tentacles iron-grey ; provided with a mucous pore. Very local,

but not rare, found at a considerable elevation in damp woods

amongst decaying vegetation &c; living under the same bushes;

distinguishable only by the proportions and number of the whorls

and by the total absence of the strong canaliculation of the sutures ;

I found a good many specimens of a shell which I will now de-

scribe.

17. Nanina CorpDEMmoyI, n. s.

Shell almost exactly like the preceding, only a shade smaller;

with only five whorls, not compressed, with the suture not canali

culated, somewhat indistinctly banded with a rather broad bro

belt ; slightly more openly perforated. 4

NV. pretumida, height 63, diam. 9 m. m,; )

NV. Cordemoyt, ditto 6, ditto, 84 m. m.

1870. | | On the Land Shells of Bourbon. — 499

I have named this shell after M. Jacob de Cordemoy,

a well known botanist at Bourbon.

18, Srenogyra (OrEas) cLavutinus, Pot. and Mich, Gall. de

Douai, I, p. 136.

This little Bourbon Opeas is easily distinguished at a glance from

the still more common and widely spread group, (0. gracilis,

Hutt., O. Mauritiana, Pfr. &c.,) by its more polished and shining

appearance, by its being devoid of regular and distinct striation, by

its more swollen and more rapidly increasing whorls, this difference

being especially noticeable in the first few whorls near the apex, by

its more angular aperture, &c.; it is, I believe, the shell described

by Pfr. Mon. Hel. Vol. I. p. 159, in the foot note marked with

a single asterisk, where it is referred to the Bud. clavulinus of P. and

M., he there gives the length of the species as 8 mill., this is probably

my var. A.; in Vol. III. he re-describes the species from a Mauritian

specimen, where he gives the length as only 6 mil. &c., agreeing with

my var. B. I have never seen this species from Ceylon or any part

of India, though the other group of O. gracilis &c., is as abundant

at both, as at Mauritius and the Seychelles ; I did not, however, find

my var. B.of O.clavulinus at Bourbon, though I expect both it and

| Opeas Mauritiana and gracilis will eventually be discovered there ;

_ the habits of the subgenus Opeas are more favourable, than perhaps

| those of any other mollusk, to their introduction into distant coun-

| tries, they are to be found in cultivated spots nearly everywhere,

| even in the gardens of large cities like Calcutta and Port Louis, where

| they bury themselves in the ground amongst the roots of plants, &c.,

| sometimes under stones.

I divide this species (0. clavulinus, P. and M.) into two forms or

| varieties—

| A. Whorls seven, the last one especially not quite so tumid as

| in the next variety. Bourbon, Mauritius and the Seychelles.

| Long. 84, diam. maj. 3; long. apert. 23, diam. 14 m. m.

| B. (Pfr. Mon. Hel. III. p. 394). Whorls six, broader in pro-

| portion to their length than those of the preceding. Mauritius and

| the Seychelles. F

Long. 6, diam. 22 ; long. apert. 2}, diam. 1} m. m.

410 On the Land Shells of Bourbon. [ No. 4,

My numerous specimens of this variety all have the above

measurements, agreeing with those given by Pfr. loc. cit., except.

as regards the aperture, to which he ascribes 2$ in length and 1 _

in breadth. I purpose speaking of the other Mauritian species of

this sub-genus in another paper, which I hope to publish shortly,

on the land shells of Mauritius.

19. Buirmus venustus, Morlt. Journ. de Conch. 1861.

I found no species of this genus, and think it possible Maillard

may have, by accident, sent some shell from the Comoro Is. to

Deshayes, who has recorded this species from Bourbon.

20. Ewnyza sicotorn, Hutt., J. A. S. Beng.; III, p. 93.

I believe myself that this little species has been introduced here

amongst the roots of sbrubs, &c., as well as into Mauritius, the

Seychelles &c. ; I have always found it in all these islands near the

sea, in other words where there has been a great deal of cultivation.

21. Grssus (Grpsunia) mnTERsEcTA, Desh., Moll. de la Réun.

p- 91, (? var. of Bourguignati, Desh.). |

I think this species is very doubtfully distinct from the following,

of which I found some undoubted varieties approaching, by a

slight diminution in the convexity of the whorls, very closely to’

Deshayes’ figure of the present species. 4

22. Gissus (GispuLina) Bourcuienati, Desh. ibid p. 90.

(bacillus, Pfr. var.).

I have hesitated some little time, whether to accept this speci

or not, it only differs from the Mauritian G. bacillus, Pfr., by

its slightly smaller proportions and by a very marked differen

in the sculpture, which in this species is very fine, hardly dis-

cernible except under the lens, whereas it is coarse and very

distinct in G. bacillus, this characteristic has decided me on re-

taining the species; the animals are hardly distinguishable.

should have described the colour of the animal of G. bacillus

‘yellowish inclined to green” in my description in Zool. §

Proc. 1868, p. 259, that of the present species is a decided yellow,

1870. ] On the Land Shells of Bourbon. 411

with the front of the neck slightly crimson, sides of the foot

mottled with dark brown, tentacles crimson. Not uncommon, widely

spread, in damp woods. My specimens are all rather smaller than

Deshayes’ type, being 93 mill. in length and 5} in diameter; a

variety, probably Deshayes’ zntersecta, being in length 10 and in

diameter 42. This shell agrees very fairly with a species figured as

P. versipolis, Fér.in Deshayes’ Hist. des Moll. and in Kiis-

ter’s Conch. Cab. Pl. XI, f. 11 and 12, though I believe them to

represent Mauritian specimens of the allied G. bacillus, Pfr., des-

pite the magnified sculpture in both agreeing far better with that

of the present species. Morelet, Ser. Conch. p. 89, justly points

out that the figured specimens do not agree with the original

description ; Férussac’s remark that the animal of G. versipolis

is of arich orange red fortunately sets the question at rest, confirm-

ing Morelet; it can neither be G. bacillus nor G. Bourgugnate,

the animals of both of which are pale yellowish.

23. Gresus (GipBuLinA) vERsIPoLis, F ér., (=funiculus, Val.)

Of this species I only succeeded in finding one or two live speci-

mens in a damp wood under stones; dead, bleached shells, on the

other hand, were more plentiful and wider spread than those of any

| other Bourbon species of the genus, especially on the dry, sandy

| plateaux behind Salazie, where I could find no traces of any other

‘land shells whatever ; the animal is of a rich dark orange colour

with purplish-black tentacles and with 2 broad streaks of the same

| shade on each side of the foot. This is, I have no doubt, the shell

| Férussac called Pupa versipolis, Prodr. 468. The figure given

| by Morelet, Ser. Conch. Pl. V, fig. 14, (the lower variety princi-

pally) corresponds perfectly with some of the varieties I found of

| the present species at Bourbon, though not ewactly with any of the

| Mauritian species that I have seen, the nearest being G. holostoma,

| Morlt., var. and G. Dupontiana, mihi, one of which has probably

| given rise to the statement that G. versipolis, F é r., is also from Mau-

| ritius. Morelet states the specimen figured to be an authentic speci-

'men of Férussac’s type, but does not clearly mention whether

‘itis from Bourbon or Mauritius; in any case it differs materially

‘from both G. bacillus and G. Bourguignati, one of which, as I before

412 On the Land Shells of Bourbon. [ No. 4,

mentioned, was figured by Deshayes and Kiister for this

shell. Férussac’s note that the animal is a handsome scarlet-

orange colour answers perfectly to this species, the only shell of this

type from Mauritius with a similar animal is G. holostoma, Mor1t.,

one of these two then G. funiculus, or G. holostoma, must be Férus-

sac’s original versipolis, and if the type specimen was from Bour-

‘ bon, it undoubtedly belonged to the present species, the colour of the

animal precludes its having been either G. bacillus, Pfr., striata-

costa, M or1t., or the shell kindly identified for me as it by Mr. H.

Adams from the late Mr. Cuming’s collection, the animal of

which I wrongly described under this name in Proce. Zool. Soc. 1868, -

p. 260, and which is, I believe, a new species ; these three last have

as yet been found in Mauritius only.

24. Grispus (GrBBULINA) TURGIDULUs, Desh., Moll, de la Réun.

p. 93.

This shell appears to be very rare, I did not succeed in taking

it alive, I procured my specimens on the road to Salazie; it most

resembles asmall variety of the Mauritian G@. callifer, Mor1t.

25. Grpsus (Grpputina) uvuLa, Desh., ibid,

Also rare, with the preceding.

26. Grssus (GrppuLiNA) cYLINDRELLA, H. A d., Zool. Soc. Proe.

1868. .

Very scarce, in damp woods at a considerable elevation,

27. Grispus (Grssutina) Desuayesi, H. A d., ibid.

I only found a few specimens of this interesting little species

amongst loose stones, on a very arid mountain close to the village

of Salazie. .

28. Vertico (?) puputA, Desh., Moll. de la Réun. p. 92.

Abundant on large boulders, overgrown with creepers &c., neat

Salazie, I examined it carefully and could only detect a single pai

of tentacles, unfortunately I had no magnifying glass with me at

the time to make quite certain. |

-1870.] On the Land Shells of Bourbon. 413

29, VERTIGO (ALHA) Borzontca, H. A d., Zool. Soc. Proc. 1868,

p- 290. }

Very local, also found on huge masses of stone, at a great

elevation.

30. VERTIGO (PAGODELLA) INCERTA, 0. sp.

Shell very closely resembling Vertigo (Pagodella) ventricosa, H.

Ad., from Mauritius; there are, however, two parietal teeth and

within the outer lip a distinct, well-developed tooth, with occasion-

ally another small, indistinct one close to it; the columellar is

slightly more dilated and sub-angulated ; rare, in company with

V. pupula near Salazie.

This most perplexing of shells can only be distinguished from

Pagodella ventricosa, H. A d., Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 303,—by the

different dentition of the aperture ; of the latter I found about 40

specimens, to all appearance full grown and in first rate condition,

some of them, tomy mind, very old specimens, in none of them were

there any signs of any teeth whatever within the outer margin of

the aperture! Ofthe Bourbon species, I only found 5 specimens,

one evidently young, the other 4 full grown and all showing the

peculiar characteristics pointed out in my description. Still the

resemblance is so striking, that I think no naturalist would hesi-

tate to avow, that they must at no very remote period have had a

common origin ; there is, indeed, just the chance that at Mauritius

_a similar variety may exist, but, from the number of specimens I

found there, I doubt it exceedingly. I have, however, written to Mr.

Dupont at Mauritius to ask him to kindly examine all he can

_ possibly procure of this species, and to see if he can find any trace of

the apertural teeth, which give such a different appearance to my

V. ineerta.

_ 81. Tornarentina (SEPTINARIA) ceRNICA, Bens.,, Ann. Mag.

1851, p. 255.

_ This interesting shell is perfectly identical with the Mauritian

form, described by Benson, I found it, at a considerable height,

with Vertigo Borboniea.

414 On the Land Shells of Bourbon. [No. 4,

32. SUCCINEA MASCARENSIS, N. sp.

This shell is also common at Mauritius, where it lives in the

cultivated plains on walls &c., Deshayes records it, Moll. de

la Réun. p. 90, as S. striata ? Krauss, which it certainly closely

resembles, but can be distinguished by its less ventricose and more

attenuated form. It also resembles Quoy’s Succinea australis from

Tasmania.

Shell resembling S, striata, Krauss, but smaller, with the last

whorl and the aperture more compressly elongated ; the apex also

is more tumid, not so produced.

Length 7, diam. 43, m.m.

33. AcHATINA FuLICA, Fér. Prod. p. 347.

Deshayes also mentions as found in Bourbon, A. fulva, Fér.,

this was probably one of the numerous varieties of this Peeed

species.

34, A.pantuEerRA, Fér. Prod. p. 349.

Deshayes records this species from Bourbon, where I suppose

it was introduced as at Mauritius, I did not find it myself. I take

the shell, mentioned on the same page as A. purpurea, to have

been probably a variety of this species.

85. Hyarmax mMariarpi, Fisher, Journ. de Conch. Vol. XV.

Animal flesh colour, mantle brown, posterior of foot pointed, pro-

duced, thickly marked with longitudinal dark brown lines; 4 dark

brown tentacles. The colour often varies in being of a lighter

shade throughout. Abundant near Salazie, in damp woods under

stones, leaves &e.

36. Cycrostoma (TRoPpIpoPHORA) TRICARINATUM, Lam.

I only found this curious species at Mauritius, where it is very

rare and sub-fossil, as extinct there, I believe, as the Dodo.

37. CyYcLOsSTOMA FIMBRIATUM, Lam.

This, like the preceding, I did not find myself at Bourbon, the

are both recorded by Deshayes.

1870. ] On the Land Shells of Bourbon. 415

_ 38. OMPHALOTROPIS RUBENS, Quo y, Voy. del Astrol, p. 189, (var.

Moreleti, Desh. Moll. dela Réun. p. 81).

Of this species I found two varieties, one the typical, often

undistinguishable from the Mauritian form; the other a slightly

smaller variety, named by Deshayes, O. Moreleti, Moll. dela

Réun. p. 84; it is alittle smaller, more attenuated, the whorls

are slightly less ventricose, and the sculpture, though the same,

_ashade more obsolete, the broad brown bands round the whorls

are very striking and are nearly always more or less present,

the Bourbon typical form also often possesses them, though not

80 generally ; at Mauritius, on the contrary, the striped variety,

is very rare indeed, in this respect presenting a remarkable

analogy to Helix similaris, of which Deshayes has also made a

species from an extreme form, as 1 have previously mentioned, which

may well be compared with his Omphalotropis Moreletc in their re-

lationship to their respective type forms.

39. OmpHatorroris Borsonica, H. Ad., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868,

p- 289.

This very distinct species cannot be confounded with any other

of the genus, it can instantly be distinguished from O. rubens,

with which it agrees in size, by its being very minutely and indis-

- tinctly spirally punctated, instead of finely, distinctly, longitudinally

striated, the whorls are much more convex, the last one more

ventricose, the outer margin of the aperture not reflexed, the

colouring more constant and more sombre, the umbilicus wider,

the keel scarcely raised, obtuse, and broad, instead of narrow,

acute and thread-like. In the plate accompanying Mr. Adams’

description, the colouring does not give a quite correct idea, the

ground colour is a darkish brown, sometimes indeed without

‘any markings at all, but generally minutely and rather closely

- maculated with dull yellow, in rather a zigzag manner, the broad

keel also, where it shows through in the interior of the aperture, as

_ it does in fresh specimens, should be of a light yellow and not dark

brown. I think too in the description, it should not be ‘“ et circa

perforationem compresse carinato,” as it is decidedly less compressly

earinated round the umbilicus than its near ally, the type of the

genus, 0. rubens. In damp woods, tolerably abundant.

416 On the Land Shells of Bourbon.

40. OMPHALOTROPIS EXPANSILABRE, P fr.

This is another Mauritian species, my specimens from the two

islands being perfectly undistinguishable after a most careful

examination. Rare, at a considerable elevation, crawling on the

ground in damp woods.

41. OmpHALotrropis proTurATA, H. Ad., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, —

p. 305.

Another of my new species from Mauritius, where it is extremely

rare. I subsequently succeeded at Bourbon, with much trouble,

in getting a better set of specimens, but it appears to be there

also exceedingly local ; it is distinguished at a glance by its more

attenuated and produced form, and by its last whorl being ventricose,

perfectly rounded at the periphery, not in the least angulated

or keeled. A very faint keel round the umbilicus is discernible

in all of my Bourbon specimens.

I have purposely not mentioned a species described by M orelet,

Ser. Conch. p. 48, as Vitrina Borbonica, I cannot help haying great

doubts of the correctness of the recorded locality; Deshayes does

not include it in his Cat. des Moll. de la Réunion. I know of no

species of the genus from the Mascarene Islands.

INDEX

PART I, VOL. XXXIX,

[Notr.—The Index has been divided into four parts, 1. Names of Minerals,

rocks,

Vertebate animals.

with an (*) asterisk, ]

Names of Minerals, Geogra-

—

phical Stations, &c. &c.

Abyshkau, 47.

Aksai-Chin, 50, 60.

Akyab, 125, 129.

Alakul, 47.

Alatau, 47.

Aling-Gangri peak, 50.

Altai, 45, 47.

Amber, 29.

Ambergris, 29.

Amoor river, 42, 45, 46.

Anadyr, 45.

Andamans, 27

Andamans (birds from), 240.

Andamans (Geology of), 231.

Aral, 42, 45.

Arctic region, 44.

Arrakan, (rain in), 247, 259.

Asrang, 58.

_ Assam (rain in), 246, 258.

_ Assay of silver, 377.

Baikal, 46.

Balasore, 127.

Balkash, 43, 46.

Bancoorah, 127.

Barun-torie, 47.

Bawung, 49.

Behar (rain in), 248, 261.

Behrings straits, 42.

Benares, 126, 129.

Bengal (rain in) 249.

Berhampore, 126, 127, 129.

_Bogra (rain at) 254,

Bootan doars, 255.

Borax (fields), 55.

_ Bourbon (shells from), 403.

_ Building stones, 237.

Burdwan, 127.

geographical places, &c. 2. Plants.

Names of new genera and species have been marked

3. Invertebrate animals. 4,

Buxa (rain at), 131, 255.

Cackar, 129.

Calcutta (meteorology of), 125, 127,

128, 129.

Camorta, 25. .

Caspian Sea, 42, 45.

Central India (Reptiles from), 336.

Chak-chaka, 52.

Charyu, 42.

Cherra-punji (rain at), 254.

Chittagong, 125, 129.

Chukchagyy, 47.

Chuling-chu, 49,

Churkang, 48.

Churkang-chu, 49.

Coal at Andamans, 236.

Coal on the Nicobars, 28.

Contai, 127.

Coral rocks, 27.

Cuttack, 125, 128.

Dacca, 126, 129.

Dacca (rain at), 254,

Dak-Korkor, 49, 56.

Darjeeling (rain at), 256.

Delta (rain in the), 247.

Demchok, 48.

Dengiz- Citter, Al.

Dinagepore (rain at), 256.

Diorite, 28.

Dokpa tribe, 50.

Drungarie, 42.

False Point, 127, 128, 129.

Gabbro, 28.

Gangetic Delta, 259.

Ganjee Thok, 54,

Gartok, 56.

Geology of Nancowry, 26.

Girke, 54,

Goldfields, 52, 54.

Gyachun, 54.

418

Hagong-tso, 52.

Hazaribagh, 125, 129.

Himalaya (rain in), 248, 263.

Hindoo Kush, 59.

Homfray Ghat, 234.

Hooghly, 127.

Howrah, 127.

Nii, 45.

Indigirka, 45.

Indus (upper), 47.

Issik-kul, 41, 47.

Tron, 238.

Irtysh, 46.

Jaxartes, 42.

Jessore, 126, 127, 128, 129.

Jiling, 52.

Kanbari (plants from}, 62 et seq.

Karkara, 42.

Karakash river, 51.

Kashghar, 59, 60.

Kalay, 51.

Khasi hills (rain in), 246, 256.

Kinglo, 53.

Kirghiz steppes, 41.

Kishnaghur, 127.

Kobyma, 45.

Kokan, 42.

Korakoram range, 59.

Kulundinsk, 46.

Lakhang, 49. -

Lena, 45.

Lhasa, 47, 57.

Lime, 238.

Likche, 57.

Lohba, 57.

Loh-mantang, 58.

Lohtod, 57.

Madras, 125, 129.

Magnesian elaystone, 27.

Majin-country, 53.

Malay peninsula {birds from), 277.

Malda (rain at), 256.

Maps {Russian}, 41.

Marpo, 79.

Martaban (plants from} 63 et seq.

Masarowar lake, 53.

Meteorological observations, 123.

Midnapore, 127.

Monghyr, 126, 129.

Mongolia, 42.

Mooltan (rain at}, 252,

Monsoon (8. W.,) 1381.

Muktinah, 57.

Mustagh, 59.

Mustang, 57,

Mymensingh (rain at), 254,

Nagchail, 54.

Nala-Ring-tso, 53.

Index.

Nam-tso-Chimbo, 48,

Nancowry, 25.

Nari-khorsum, 50.

Narkondam island, 235.

Nubradan, 49.

Obei, 45.

Olenen, 45.

Olintora, 45.

Orenburg, 42.

Orissa (rain in), 249, 263.

Ovi, 46.

Oxus, 60.

Pamir steppe, 60

Pangkong lake, 49.

Patna, 126, 129.

Pegu (shells from), 395.

Penang (birds from), 277.

Penjyna, 45.

Peru, 42, 43.

Phaiyu-Pooyu, 50, 53.

Phondok-tso, 49.

Piasino, 47.

Poori, 127.

Port Blair, 125, 129.

Port Mouat, 234.

Quicksilver, 238.

Rainfall of Bengal, 131, 243.

Rampore Beauleah, 127.

Rampore Beauleah (rain at), 256.

Rawung-Chaka, 49.

Riego, 54.

Rooksum, 48.

Roorki, 126, 129.

Rudok, 47, 48.

Rungpore (rain at), 256.

Sahali, 47.

Salt lakes in Tibet, 53, 55.

Saugor island, 125, 127, 123, 129,

Sayan, 47.

Seasons of rainfall, 250.

Semipalatinsk, 43,

Serpentine, 237.

Serpentine rock, 28. q

Shan States (shells from}, 395.

Sharjo, 49.

Shellifuk, 54.

Shigatze, 56.

Shinewar, 54.

Siam (plants from), 62 et seq.

Siberia, 41,

Silhet (rain at) 247.

Silhet (rain at), 254.

Siling, 51.

Silver {assay of), 377.

Sining, 51.

Sarikul, 60.

Soory, 127.

Stanovoi mountains, 47.

Sumy, 46.

Syr-Daria, 43.

Tadum (monastery, 4:7, 56.

Taimyr peninsula, 42.

Tashkurgna, 59.

Telekul, 42.

Tengri-noor, 48, 50.

Thin-Shan, 47.

Thok-Dikla, 54.

Thok-Talung, 47, 48, 50.

Thok-Maroobhoob, 54

Thok-Nianmo (gold field), 52, 54.

Thok-Sarkong, 54.

Thok-Ragyok, 54.

Thok-Thasung, 54.

Tingche, 49.

Tingri-maidan, 58.

Tipperah (rain in), 247, 259.

Trans-Baikal, 47,

Trans-Chin, 42,

'Tso-Silder, 53.

Tumen-Ula, 42.

Tundras, 47.

Tungachan, 42.

Udaure, 45.

Ural, 42, 43.

Usowri district, 47.

Viper island, 234.

Wellesley province (birds from) 277,

Whor (or Hor) country, 50.

Yablonoi, 47.

Yakutsk, 41.

Yana, 45.

Yenisei, 45, 46.

Yeniseisk, 41.

Zaisau, 47.

Zaskar, 57.

Zoological provinces, 336.

Plants.

Acanthus leucostachyus, 79.

- longebracteatus, 79.

a Maderaspatensis, 79.

Acrostichum, 90.

* Alsodeia longiracemosa, 63.

Aleuritia, 82.

Amarella, 229.

Ammania pygmea, 76.

" dentelloides, 76.

Amoora Aphanomyxis, 71.

cucullata, 72.

Rohituka, 71.

9 spectabilis, 72.

Aneilema croceum, 85.

Anisoptera Bantamensis, 65,

Index.

* *&

ochraceuw,var.Griflfithii, 85.

419

Anisoptera Palembanica, 65.

Anomianthus heterocarpus, 61.

Anosporum cephalotes, 84.

a monocephalum, 8d.

Aplectrum, 84.

Astropetalum, 75,

Asystasia Neesiana, 79.

is Parishii, 79.

Atalantia citrifolia, 69.

Missionis, 70.

2 monophylla, 70.

Bambusa Amahussana, 86.

Andamanica, 88.

aspera, 87.

atter, 87.

auriculata, 86.

Bitung, 87.

brava, 86.

lineata, 86.

nigro-ciliata, 88.

pista, 86.

Rumphiana, 86.

Thouarsii, 86.

schizostachyoides, 89.

us vulgaris, 86.

Barleria longifolia, 78.

Beesha elegantissima, 90.

Begonia Malabarica, 76.

3 Roxburghii, 77,

Biophytum, 68.

Blepharis boerhaaviefolia, 79.

£ Maderaspatensis, 79.

Brassaiopsis Hainla, 77.

fs palmata, 77.

Brownlowia argentata, 67.

Bursera serrata, 70.

Calophyllum cymosum, 64.

plicipes, 64.

pulcherrimum, 64.

a spectabile, 64.

Cansjera zizyphifolia, 72.

Capparis flavicans, 62.

As roy dsizefolia, 62.

Carapa carnosa, 72.

» -obovata, 72:

Casparea oligocarpa, 77.

Celastrus robustus, 73.

Chloothamnus chilianthus, 88.

Choricarpha aphylla, 85.

Cipadessa baccifera, 71.

Cissus hastatus, 74.

» pentagona, 74,

Citrus hystrix, 70.

» +» papeda, 70.

Clematis floribunda, 61.

- subumbellata, 61.

Cnestis flammea, 76,

foliosa, 76.

420

Cnestis ignea, 76.

» platantha, 76.

kA ramiflora, 76.

Connaropsis diversifolia, 69.

se Griffithii, 69.

Connarus Diepenhorstii, 76.

oa monocarpus, 75.

Cyperus cannescens, 85.

9 cephalotes, 84.

“a monocephalus, 84.

a pallidus, 85.

Deodalacanthus Salacensis, 78,

tetragonus, 78,

Decaschistia parviflora, 66.

Dendrocalamus, 87.

Dicostygma fabrile, 64.

Dicterocarpus Bandii, 65.

e cordifolius, 64.

9 grandifolius, 64,

‘- obtusifolius, 65,

a5 pilosus, 65.

tuberculatus, 64,

Didymochiton, ge

Didymoplexis pallens, 84.

Dinochloa Tjangkorreh, 86,

Dysoxylon, 71.

ze Championii, 72.

Ebermaiera argentea, 78.

Be incana, 78.

= lanceolata, 78.

“ trichocephala, 78.

. velutina, 78.

Echinocarpus murex, 67.

Sigun, 67.

Elmocarpus floribundus, 68.

99 Griffithii, 68.

- serratus, 68.

‘= Javanicus, 73.

Eranthemum Andersonii, 79.

“ Blumei, 79.

ae crenulatum, 79.

< latifolium, 79.

gs Salacense, 78.

Erythroxylon Burmanicum, 68,

retusum, 68.

Evonymus Bancanus, 73.

, Griffithii, 73.

: grandiflorus, 73.

= Sumatranus, 73.

Fimbristylis abjiciens, 85.

isp Arnottii, 85.

a cylindrocarpa, 85.

~ sheenoides, var. 8 mono-

stachya, 85.

Franquevillea major, 84,

Garcinia fabrile, 64.

Gastrodia Hasseltii, 84.

3 Javanica, 84.

Index.

* *

Gentiana Jeschkei, 229.

Gigantochleea atter, 87.

Gleichenia dichotoma, 28.

Globbar Arracanensis, 83.

ee spathulata, 84.

Gmelina hystrix, 81.

Gonocaryum gracile, 72.

¥ Lobbianum, 72.

Gordonia oblata, 64,

Graptophyllum hortense, 79,

pictum, 79.

Grewia ‘heteroclyta, 67.

Gymnandra borealis, 80.

ss globosa, 80.

* spectabilis, 80.

Gymnopteris, 90,

Hartighesa angustifolia, 71.

excelsa, 71.

fe mollissima, 71.

Helicteres plebeja, 67.

Hemiagraphis elegans, 78.

- pavala, 78.

Hemiandrina Borneensis, 76.

Hemionitis lanceolata, 91.

# Zollingeri, 90.

Heynea frutescens, 72.

= quinquejuga, 72.

P Sumatrana, 72.

Hopea grandiflora, 65.

Hygrophila longifolia, 78.

spinosa, 78.

Hypoxys, 84.

Hypoxis aurea, 84,

a) orchioides, 84.

Hyppocratea angulata, 73.

Ilex daphnephylloides, 72.

Ischurochloa, 86.

Jzeschkea gentianoides, 229.

Justicia flaccida, 80.

‘5 latifolia, 79.

By nasuta, 79.

ss nummulariefolia, 78.

“J origanoides, 78.

sa) peploides, 79.

ce picta, 79.

» quinquangularis, 79.

- Vahlii, 79.

vasculosa, 80.

Kokoona, 73.

Kurrimia paniculata, 73.

a pulcherrima, 73.

is robusta, 73.

Lasiosiphon scandens, 82, 83.

Leleba, 87.

Leleba Rumphiana, 86.

Lemon papeda, 70.

Lepidagathis hyalina, 78,

is incurva, 78.

Leptochloa urceolata, 86.

Leptonychia glabra, 67.

Ff, heteroclyta, 67.

Limo tuberosus, 70.

Limonia citrifolia, 69.

¥y pentagyna, 70.

Linostoma decandreem, 83.

5 pauciflorum, 83.

a scandens, 83.

5 Siamense, 82, 83.

Lobelia dapatrioides, 77.

oP erent hi,’ 78,

Lomatogonium, 230.

Lonicera glaucophylla, 77.

vrs gracilis, 77.

Luvunga calophylla, 69.

= eleutherandra, 69.

as sarmentosa, 69.

Lycesteria, 77.

Mallea Rothii, 71.

» subscandens, 71.

Mangifera foetida, 75.

es Horsfieldii, 75.

Indica, 75.

a sylvatica, 75.

Mantisia spathulata, 84.

Marsilea erosa, 90.

‘ i quadrifoliata, 90.

Meliosma simplicifolia, 74.

Melocanna brachyclada, 89.

- gracilis, 88,

‘5 Kurzii, 89.

me longespiculata, 89.

2 Zollingeri, 88.

Miliusa Roxburghiana, 62.

Mischospora efoliata, 85.

Mollugo Glinus, 77.

Monoceras Griffithii, 68,

a holopetala, 68.

“ leucobotryum, 68.

3 odontopetallum, 68.

. trichanthera, 68.

Monosoma, 72.

Nastus humilis, 86.

Nectandra, 83.

Nelsonia campestris, 78.

- origanoides, 78.

3 tomentosa, 78.

Nothocnestis Sumatrana, 73.

Olax Sumatrana, 72.

Ophelia, 229.

Ornitrophe Apcretica, 74.

* Oxalis gracilenta, 68.

» sensitiva, 68.

Oxythenanthera nigro-ciliata, 88.

* Pachygone dasycarpa, 62.

PA ovata, 62,

Panax palmatum, 77.

Index.

421

Pandanophyllum costatum, 85.

Papeda Rumphii, 70. *

Paramignya citrifolia, 69.

Parashorea (n. gen.,) 65.

x lucida, 66.

- stellata, 66.

Pentacme suavis, 66.

Phzeanthus dioicus, 62.

cp nutans, 62.

Phlebocabymna, 72.

Phlebochitum extensum, 75.

Phlogacanthus insignis, 79.

thyrsiflor us, 80.

Platea ‘Crgibaana: 72,

5 Lobbiana, 72.

Polygala arvensis, 63.

ciliata, 64.

ri elegans, 64.

Ae elongata, 64.

- erioptera, 63.

Pe glomerata, 63.

. Heyneana, 64,

py Javana, 64.

= Khasyana, 64.

“ macrostycha, 64.

i Persica, 64:

: rosmarinifolia, 63.

9 triflora, 63.

Fi Vahliana, 63.

Wichtiana, 64.

Primula imperialis, 82.

55 prolifera, 82.

Hy rotundifolia, 81.

Psilzea Dalbergioides, 83.

Pyrospernum calophyllum, 73.

Rhinacanthus comunis, 79.

: nasuta, 79,

Robergia hirsuta, 75,

Rotala. 76.

Rourea acutipetala, 76.

2 dasyphylla, 76.

fy diversifolia, 69.

3 santaloides, 75.

Roydsia suaveolens, 62.

Rucllia flava, 78.

», pavala, 78.

Sabia floribunda, 74,

Salvinia elegans, 90.

fe natans, 90.

_ verticillata, 90.

Schima crenata, 64,

» Oblata, 64.

Schizochiton, 71.

Schizostachyum brachyaladum, 89,

A chilianthum, 88.

a elegantissinum,90,

a longispiculatum,89,

3 Zollingeri, 88,

422

Schmiedelia aporetica, 74.

Scirpodendron, 85.

Sclerostylis, 70.

Selaginella aristata, 91.

“- Belangeri, 91.

eS imbricata, 91,

+ Junghunniana, 91.

3 semicordata, 91.

a tenella, 91.

Semecarpus acuminatus, 75.

Shorea leucobotrya, 65.

» longisperma, 66.

3 , lucida, 66.

3, obtusa, 65.

» Siamensis, 66.

Smithia dichotoma, 86.

Strobilanthes flava, 78.

- scabra, 78.

Swintonia Griffithii, 75.

Schwenkii, 75.

Synaptea (gen.,) 65.

= Bantamensis, 65.

es grandiflora, 65.

Sunaptea odorata, 65.

Tapiria hirsuta, 75.

Teinostachyum attenuatum, 89.

me schizostachyoides, 89.

Ternstroemia macrocarpa, 64.

- Penangana, 64.

Tinomiscium phytocrenoides, 62.

“a phyrrhobotryum, 62.

Tzeniochlesna acutipetala, 76.

- Diepenhorstii, 76.

Griffithii, 76.

Trentepholia bifoliata, 85

Triphasia sarmentosa, 69.

Troostwyckia singularis, 76.

Tryphera prostrata, 77,

Uvaria cordata, 61.

y» Hamiltoni, 61,

3» heterocarpa, 61.

3» macrophylla, 61.

ovalifolia, 61.

Vatica Chinensis, 65.

Vitis cinnamomea, 74.

» elegans, 74.

33 glaberrima, 74.

3» pentagona, 74,

» repens, 74.

Walsura trichostemon, 72,

,. villosa, 72.

Xanthochymus, 64.

pictorius, 64.

Zanthoxylon euneurum, 69.

Zizyphus calophylla, 73.

» » glaber; 72.

> Horsfieldii, 73.

3» ornata, 73.

Index.

_ Invertebrate Animals,

Achatina Areas, 21.

Acteon coccinata, 36,

Achatina fulica, 413.

~ fulva, 414.

ee Fairbanki, 21.

P hebes, 21.

3 panthera, 414.

z Theobaldiana, 395.

Ala, 413.

Alyczeus amphora, 397.

a bifrons, 396.

s cuculatus, 396.

- Feddenianus, 397.

graphicus, 398,

is Ingrami, 7.

sculptilis, 24.

Amnicola cincta, 402.

Bithinia Nassa, 402.

Blanfordia, 402.

Bulimus albizonatus, 19.

Calcadensis, 18.

clavulinus, 408.

gracilis, 22, 409.

intermedius, 19.

Nilagiricus, 18, 24,

Niligiricus, 395.

ae venustus, 410.

vicarius, 18, 395.

Cerithium alveolus, 36.

me: Traillii, 36.

Conus marchionatus, 36.

mustelinus, 36.

», zonatus, 36.

Corbis fimbriata, 37.

Cremnobates, 11.

Cremnoconchus carinatus, 12,

pe conicus, 10.

s var. canaliculatus,

Syhbadrensis, 11.

Cyclostoma fimbriatum, 414.

- Hinduorum, 12.

a tricarinatum, 414.

Cypreea annulata, 36.

» helvola, 36.

» pellis serpentis, 36.

Diplommatina affinis, 398.

Blanfordiana, 2, 7.

depressa, 2.

diplocheilus, 5.

gibbosa, 5.

insignis, 6.

Jaintiaca, 4.

Jatingana, ...... 1

pachycheilus, 2, 5, 7.

eo parvula, 5.

Index. 492

Diplommatina polypleuris, 4. Helix proletaria, 406.

5 pullula, 398. * 4, Salaziensis, 405.

* pupeeformis, 398. » Sanis, 395.

‘a Puppensis, 4. » setiliris 404.

- * a Salviniana, 398. », similaris, 395, 404.

* ae scalaroidea, 399, Vinsoni, 404.

$c semisculpta, 2. Hemicardimm cardissa, 37.

* Sherfaiensis, 3 Hemiplecta, 15.

23 ? ° 7)

- . tumida, 6, Hyalimax Maillardi, 418.

Dorcasia, 404. * Jerdonia Phayrei, 396.

Lithoglyphus Martabanensis, 402.

Lithotis, 23.

Mitra cruentata, 36.

Electra, 22.

Ennea bicolor, 409.

» stenopylis, 24.

Euchelus foveolatus, 36. » exasperata, 36,

Gibbus bacillus, 410. » ammigera, 36.

- - Bourguignati, 410, » Gruneri, 36.

» cCallifer, 411. » plicata, 36.

a cylindrella, All, . semifasciata, 36.

» Deshayesi, 411. — Murex adunco-spinous, 36.

» funiculus, 410. » ligrispinosus, 36.

>, intersecta, 409. Nanina acerra, 15.

» turgidulus, 411. * » apicata, 16.

2 wuvila, 411. » argentea, 406.

versipolis, 410. * » Ataranensis, 401.

Gibbulina, 409. » attigia, 395.

~ striatacostata, 411. es cacuminifera, 16.

Glessula, 22. * $5 Cherraensis, 14.

% as filosa, 19. = » falcata,15,

Pr hebes, 21. » Geoffreyi, 405.

Pi Jerdoni, 20. * » Gordemoyi, 408.

x 3 lyrata, 20. » Himalayana, 17.

var. Matheranica, 21. » hyphasma, 17.

* sf pulla, 21. * » immerita, 18.

id ‘J rugata, 20. * » implicata, 406.

o* is Singhurensis, 19. » indica, 16.

ad 8 Tamulica, 22 e infula, 395.

Tornensis, 22, » interrupta, 17,

‘Helicarion, 4.00. * » koondaensis, 16.

Helicolimax, 401, » linophora, 406.

Helix ansorina, 395. » Mailardi, 406.

Barclayi, 404.

Blanfordi, 395.

nitella, 405, 407.

planiuscula, 24.

3 Borbonica, 404. * 3. . Plieatula, 13.

» colatura, 403. 3) pollux,; da,

» consepta, 395. » proletaria, 407.

3», delibrata, 395. » pretumida, 408.

», detecta, 404. 34 rimicola, 24.

% rubellocincta, 14,

Eudeli, 404.

‘Frappieri, 404.

gratulator, 395.

helicifera, 395.

Huttoni, 395.

imperfecta, 404.

macromphalus, 17,

octhoplax, 24.

Oldhamii, 395.

Pinacis, 18.

semicerina, 407.

serrula, 15.

Shiplayi, 16.

subjecta, 24.

virginia, 405.

vitrinoides, 395.

Na ee albescens, 37.

”?

albula, 36.

costellifera, 37.

424

Natica globosa, 37.

39 livida, 37.

» mMmammilla, 36,

Nerita albicilla, 36.

43 polita, 36.

Omphalotropis Borbonica, 414.

expansilabre, 414.

Morleti, 413.

picturata, 414.

rubens, 413.

Opeas, 401.

clavulina, 408.

gracilis, 408.

Mauritiana, 408.

» Walkeri, 395.

Opisthoporus Gordoni, 399.

Otopoma clansum, 12.

Hinduorum, 12.

Pagodella, 412.

ss ventricosa, 412,

Paludomus labiosa, 402.

ornata, 10,

reticulata, 9.

rotunda, 10.

stephanus, 10.

Philopotamis globulosus, 10.

Phos Blaimvillei, 36.

Plectopylis, 17.

Pleurotoma abbreviata, 36.

tigrina, 36.

Polydonta incarnata, 36.

Pupina imbricifera, 7.

Purpura bitubercularis, 36.

musica, 36.

w tuberculata, 36.

Pupa fartoidea, 400.

Salviniana, 400.

> versipolis, 410.

Pyramidella auris-cati, 37.

Rapa papyracea, 36,

Septinaria, 412.

Sesara, 401,

Spiraculum Avanum, 399.

Gordoni, 399.

Spiraxis hebes, 22.

Stenogyra clavulina, 408.

= gracilis, 22.

93 terebralis, 401.

Strombus columba, 36.

Succinea australis, 413.

daucina, 23

Girnarica, 23.

Mascarensis, 412.

rutilans, 23.

rupicola, 23.

striata, 413.

tumida, 23.

var, subcostulata, 23,

bE)

2”

Index.

Tectura Borneensis, 36,

Tellina rhomboides, 37,

Tornatellina cernica, 412.

Trochus fenestratus, 36.

Tropidophora, 413,

Venus affinis, 37.

» alabastrum, 37.

Vertigo Borbonica, 412.

» incerta, 412.

»» pupula, 411.

Vitrina Ataranensis, 401,

auriformis, 401.

Borbonica, 414,

venusta, 400,

”

Vertebrate Animals.

Ablabes collaris, 184,

melanocephalus, 183.

Nicobariensis, 184.

Rappii, 184.

. sagittarins, 185.

Abrornis albogularis, 271.

Pa polyogenys, 107.

< xanthoschistos, 107.

Acanthylis caudata, 94.

ne sylvatica, 114,

Accipiter nisus, 265.

Aceros Nipalensis, 95.

Acridotheres fuscus, 271.

tristis, 110.

Acrocephalus agricolus, 270.

brunnescens, 119, 270,

dumetorum, 270.

Actinodura ? Egertoni, 105.

Actitis glareola, 273.

» hypoleucus, 273,

»» ochropus, 273.

Aigialitis Leschenaultii, 273.

. minutus, 29, 34.

is Philippensis, 39, 278,

Aithopyga eupogon, 300,

Lathami, 298,

miles, 98.

mysticalis, 298.

Nipalensis, 98.

saturata, 98.

siparaja, 298,

Agama annectans, 369.

Agrodroma cinnamomea, 119.

griseo-rufescens, 119,

similis, 119,

sordida, 119.

Alauda gulgula, 120.

gulgulensis, 120,

» Malabarica, 119,

Alcedo Bengalensis, 95, 297.

Index.

Alcippe Brucei, 122.

m3 Nipalensis, 103, 122.

oe poiocephala, 122.

Alcurus striatus, 106.

Allotrius zenobarbus, 108.

Ambassis Dussumieri, 35.

Anas peecilorhyncha, 275.

Anastomus oscitans, 275.

Anortinus carinatus, 96.

53 galeritus, 96.

Ansonia, 152.

Penangensis, 152.

Anthreptes, 301.

3 p. 98.

Anthus hs 108.

Aquila hastata, 265.

Arachnechthra Asiatica, 268.

9 flammaxilaris, 301.

jugularis, 301.

Arachnothera latirostris, 302.

“3 magna, 98, 300.

an modesta, 302.

pusilla, 267.

Arbor icola atrogularis, 273.

- rufogularis, 273.

Ardea cinerea, 274.

3» concolor, 34.

», leucoptera, 34.

3 purpurea, 274.

Ardeola leucoptera, 273.

Ardetta cinamonnea, 274.

< flavicollis, 274.

7” Sinensis, 274,

Artamus fuseus, 100.

» leucogaster, 241,

% leucopygialis, 241.

Arundinax olivaceus, 270.

Astur trivirgatus, 92.

Athene Brama, 94.

» cuculoides, 94.

Atherina Forskalii, 35.

Bagarius Yarrellii, 37.

Bangurus ceruleus, 209.

Baza lophotes, 93.

Bellia, 227.

Bhringa remifer, 268.

Brachypodius, 317.

* melanocephalus, 316.

a tristis, 316.

Brachypternus aurantius, 267.

Brachypteryx cruralis, 102.

a hyperythra, 102.

A nigrocapitata, 308.

nigrogularis, 308.

Nipalensis, 102.

Peenshocele cristatella, 138, 178.

PS jubata, 179.

AS moluccana, 179.

425

Bubutus Isidorei, 287.

Bucco frontalis, 288.

» Lathami, 289.

3» Malaccensis, 288.

3» quadricolor, 288

Buchanga indermedia, 322.

Budytes viridis, 271.

Bufo gymnauchen, 156.

» isos, 156.

melanostictus, 155, 156.

3 Spinipes, 156.

viridis, 155,

Bungarus ceeruleus, 374.

Buphus coromandus, 274.

Butorides Javanica, 87 4,

Cabrita, 349.

oo brunnea, 345, 350.

s Jerdoni, 348, 350.

na Leschenaultii, 345.

Cabritopsis, 348.

Calzenas Nicobarica, 32.

Callula pulchra, 375.

Calliope Kamtschatkensis, 270.

pectoralis, 270.

Callophis intestinalis, 212.

Calornis cantor, 326,

Calosaura,. 349.

a Leschenaultii, 345, 350.

Calotes mystaceus, 177.

a RaUxilfego,

» versicolor, 364, 369.

Caloula pulchra, 155,

Calyptomena viridis, 284.

Cantor chalybeus, 326,

Canteria Dayana, 208.

Caouana olivacea, 137.

Caprimulgus albonotatus, 266.

macrourus, 283.

Caranx hippos, 35.

Caretta squamata, 137.

Carpophaga Alnea, var. Nicobari-

ca, 32.

o bicolor, 32.

3 insignis, 111.

55 insularis, 32.

ih myristicivora, 32.

sylvatica, 243, 272,

var. N icobarica, oZ.

Canaten rutila, 275.

Ceblepyris culminatus, 321.

Cecropsis rufula, 115.

Celeopicus porphyromelas, 293.

Centropus Andamanensis, 241.

i rufipennis, 241, 267.

as viridis, 98.

Cerberus rhynchops, 206.

Ceryle rudis, 95.

Ceyx tridactyla, 295.

426

Chalcophaps Indica, 32, 112, 331.

Chzemorornis leucocephala, 106.

Chaptia znea, 100.

Charadrius longipes, 278.

Charasia dorsalis, 368.

Chatarrhea Earlei, 269.

Chatoissus chacunda, 35.

Cheetornis striatus, 270.

Chaulelasmus streperus, 275.

Chelidornyx hypoxantha, 100,

Chelonia imbricata, 138.

RS virgata, 138.

Chettusia inornata, 273.

Chloropsis, 313.

Chrisopicoides, 289.

Chrisocolaptes sultaneus, 97.

Chrysonotus, 289.

Chrysopelea ornata, 194.

rubescens, 195.

Chrysophlegma chlorolophus, OF:

Ps flavinucha, 97.

a meutalis, 292.

Circus cyaneus, 114,

melanoleucus, 114, 266.

3» Swainsonii, 114, 265.

Cissa Sinensis, 109.

Cisticola schzenicola, 107.

Cittacincla macrura, 325.

Clupea Neohowii, 35.

Colabates sulphurea, 108.

Coluber semifasciatus, 188.

Columba intermedia, 272.

sinica, 333.

ee viridis, 330.

Compsosoma Hodgsoni, 189.

melanurum, 188.

radiatum, 187.

semifasiata, 188.

Copsychus Mindanensis, 324.

53 saularis, 106.

Coracias affinis, 95

Corvus Andamanensis, 242,

culminatus, 242.

» Splendeus, 242.

Corydalla Richardi, 108,

x rufala, 108.

»» striolata, 108.

Corydon Sumatranus; 285

Coryphophylax Maximiliani, 180.

Cotyle sinensis, 266.

Criniger flaveolus, 106.

a gularis, 315.

Crocopus phenicopterus, 272.

a viridifrons, 111.

Cryptolopha cinereocapilla, 100.

Cuculus canorus, 267.

2”

Malaccensis, 292.

Index.

Cuculus micropterns, 267.

E striatus, 98, 267.

Culicipeta Burkii, 107.

Cursorius Gallienus, 116.

Cyanecula Suecica, 270.

Cyanops Asiatica, 98.

chrysopogon, 287.

cyanotis, 98.

Franklinii, 98.

mysticophanes, 238.

versicolor, 287.

Cylindrophis maculatus, 183.

rufus, 183.

Cymbirhynchus macrorhynchus, 285

Cynophis malabaricus, 373.

Cyornis Jerdoni, 113.

magnirostris, 100.

rubeculoides, 113.

; ruficauda, 268.

» Tickelliz, 113.

Cypselus batassiensis, 94.

3, tectorum, 94.

Cyrtodactylus affinis, 167.

a rubidus, 165.

Daboia Russellii, 226, 374.

Dacelo pulchella, 297.

Demigretta concolor, 34, 243.

Dendrochelidon coronata, 114.

Dendrocitta Bayleyi, 242.

rafa, 119.

Sinensis, 110.

Dendrocygna awsure, 275.

Dendrophila frontalis, 99.

Dendrophis caudilineata, 194.

a picta, 193, 373.

Diczeum chrysorheum, 303.

coccineum, 99, 303.

cruentatum, 303.

minimum, 268.

trigonostigma, 303.

Dicrarus cineraceus, 322.

intermedius, 322.

longicaudatus, 100,

» longus, 99.

Diplopelma carnaticum, 154. .

Dipsas bubalina, 199.

Ceylonensis, 200.

hexagonotus, 198.

multifasciata, 199.

nigromarginata, 199.

trigonata, 199.

Dissemurus affinis, 323.

Malayensis, 322.

Rangoonensis, 322.

3 setifer, 322.

Dong (= Yak), 54.

Draco reticulatus, 182,

PP)

”

Index.

Draco volans, 182.

Drymocataphus fuscocapillus, 308.

nigrocapitatus, 308.

Drymoipus inornatus, 107,

Drymophila velata, 323.

Edolius sp., 241.

» . Malayensis, 241.

oS paradiseus, 100, 322,

Emberiza hortulana, 121.

ES Huttoni, 121,

ae pusilla, 272.

i spodocephala, 272.

Hmyda granosa, 343.

+5 Vittata, 343.

Emys crassicollis, 227.

» - tectum, var. intermedia, 339.

Engystoma carnaticum, 154.

Enhydrina Bengalensis, 213.

a schistosa, 213.

3 Valakadyen, 213.

Enicurus immaculatus, 107.

» maculatus, 107.

5) » ierifrons, 107.

Ephialtes Lempigi, 93.

a pennatus, 93.

Erpornis xantholeuca, 10S.

Hrythrosterna acornaus, 116.

* leucura, 101.

cf maculata, 116.

oF parva, 116.

pusilla, 268.

Eudynamys orientalis, 98, 287.

Kulabes Andamanensis, 31, 242, 327.

5 intermedia, 110, 326.

- Javanensis, 326.

Eumeces, 174.

pe Bowringii, 177.

- indicus, 175.

HKumyas melanops, 100.

Kupetes macrocercus, 305.

Euprepes Beddomei, 354.

= carinatus, 169, 355.

oe innotatus, 354,

~ macrotis, 138, 171.

o9 macularius, 358.

ae multicarinatus, 356.

a olivaceus, 172.

2 Petersi, 355.

- rufescens, 169.

7 Sebee, 355.

ss septemlineatus, 360,

trilineatus, 354.

Eurylaimus ochromalus, 286.

Huspiza aureola, 272.

Exfalcatoria Chinensis, 273.

Falcinellus igneus, 275.

Francolinus sp., 121.

Gallinago gallinula, 273.

427

Gallinago stenura, 273.

scolopacinus, 273.

Gallinula chloropus, 274.

35 pheenicura, 274.

Gallophasis Horsfieldii, 272.

Gallus ferrugineus, 272, 333.

» sonerati, 116.

Gamsorhynchus rufulus, 269.

Garulax gularis, 269.

ay leucocephalus, 104,

5 moniliger, 104.

6 pectoralis, 104.

a ruficollis, 269.

Gecinus occipitalis, 267.

Gecko caracal, 164.

», chameleon, 162.

» chaus, 164.

» guttatus, 160.

> Harrieti, 163.

> pardus, 164.

» ~smibhii 161.

», stentor, 160.

» tigris, 165.

» Verrauxi, 160.

Tytleri, 164.

Geocichla albogularis, 31.

ts citrina, 118, 268,

a cyanota, 118.

Hs innotata, 31.

modesta, 306.

Geophila striata, 332,

Glareola lacta, 273,

Goniosoma oxycephalum, 193.

Gracula dubia, 327.

7 intermedia, 31.

35 Javana, 31.

Graucalus Macei, 99.

Graculus carbo, 275.

se Javanicus, 275.

Gymnodactylus Deccanensis, 373.

-: pulchellus, 168.

be variegatus, 167.

Gymnops, 351.

Heematornis cheela, 240.

Heematospiza Sipahi, 110.

Halcyon atricapillus, 296, 240.

fs Coromandelicus, 296.

ss fuscus, 240, 266, 296.

es gularis, 297.

ye Gurial, 95.

occipitalis, dl.

Haliastur indus, 93.

Halizetus falviventer, 265.

Ps leucogaster, 30,

Halys himalayanus, 226,

Hara aspera, 37.

»» Buchanani, 37.

» carnatica, 37.

428

Hara conta, 37.

», filamentosa, 37.

3 Jerdoni, 39.

Harpactes Diardi, 283.

Ps fasciatus, 284.

Pe Hodgsoni, 95.

a Kasumba, 2838.

Hemichelidon fuliginosus, 100.

Hemicircus brunneus, 294.

Hemidactylus aurantiacus, 364,

Index.

59 Bellii, 364.

- Berdmorei, 363.

Me Cocteei, 364, 165.

Pe frenatus, 164,

aa gracilis, 362.

ss Kelaartii, 364.

*5 maculatus, 164, 361.

* marmoratus, 363.

sublzevis, 364.

Hemilophus Feddeni, 291.

» Hodgsoni, 291.

* Javensis, 290,

<2 validus, 291.

Hemipus, 321.

bel capitalis, 99.

Hemixos flavula, 106,

Henicurus Chinensis, 304.

pe ruficapillus, 304,

Herodia egrettoides, 274.

ai Andamanensis, 243.

Hierax czrulescens, 281.

ve eutolmus, 282.

i: fringillarius, 281.

vs melanoleucos, 265.

Hinulia indica, 175.

Pe maculata, 174.

Himantopus candidus, 274.

Hipistes hydrinus, 207.

Hirundo daurica, 266, 115.

¥. erythropygia, 115.

a fluvicola, 113, 115,

* ruficeps, 115,

- rustica, 94,

Hoplopterus ventralis, 273.

Horornis flaviventris, 106.

Houbara Macqueeni, 116.

Hydrobata, 305.

Asiatica, 102.

Hy drochelidon Indica, 275.

Hydrocissa albirostris, 266.

coronata, 266.

Hydrodipsas elapiformis, 208.

Hydrophasianus chirurgus, 274.

Hydrornis Nipalensis, 102.

Hydrosaurus salvator, 137.

Hydrus Valakadyen, 214.

Hylorana macularia, 149.

“ Nicobariensis, 150.

Hylorana erythrza, 148,

e temporalis, 152.

F- Tytleri, 148.

Hypsipetes McClellandi, 106.

sh Nicobariensis, 31.

es concolor, 106.

virescens, 31.

Hypsirhina plumbea, 206.

Ianthia cyanura, 106.

* hyperithra, 106.

Tole virescens, 270.

Tora innotata, 309.

3, Lafresnayi, 309,

3» Sscapuluris, 312,

3 typhia, 117, 310.

», Zeylonica, 117, 310.

Irena cyanea, 319.

» Malayensis, 318.

3 puella, 106, 242, 318.

», turcosa, 319.

Ixalus opistorhodus, 153,

Ixidia, 317.

» cyaniventris, 316.

Ixos flavescens, 106,

_ metallicus, 316.

S pheeocephalus, 315.

Ixulus flavicollis, 109.

» occipitalis, 109.

» Striatus, 109.

Ketupa Ceylonensis, 266.

Lagenoplastes, 113.

Lanius arenarius, 99.

3 caniceps, 117.

» cristatus, 268.

» erythronotus, 117, 268.

3 magnirostris, 320.

» nhigriceps, 268.

» strigatus, 320.

» Lucioneusis, 319.

tephronotus, 99, 117.

Leiophila annectans, 109.

Leiothrix argentauris, 109.

Leucocerca fuscoventris, 100.

leucogaster, 116.

Leptocoma Zeylanica, 267.

Limnaetus nivens, 93.

Lissonota maculata, 174.

Lobivanellus Goensis, 273.

Locustella certhiola, 270.

Lophocitta galericulata, 325.

Lophospiza, 92,

Loriculus gulgulus, 282,

” vernalis, 97.

Loxia ferruginea, 329.

» ferruginosa, 329.

Lycodon aulicus, 201, 373.

‘is ophiteoides, 204, °

A striatus, 200.

Lygosoma, 138.

Lymnodytes, 149.

Mabouya agilis, 174,

eee Jerdoniana, 172,

Mabouia maculata, 174.

Machlolophus spilinotus, 109.

7 Macropygia Amboniensis, 331,

mS ruficeps, 331,

r rufipennis, 32.

$5 tusalia, 112,

Malacopteron, 307.

Megalaima Hodgsoni, 98.

virens, 97.

Megalorbynchus Hayii, 289.

Spinosus, 289.

Megalurus palustris, 269.

Mesapicus leucogaster, 290.

Megapodius N icobariensis, 32.

Meiglyptes marginatus, 294.

> pectoralis, 294,

a tristis, 294,

Mergus castor, 275.

Merops Philippensis, 304,

3 quinticolor, 266.

4h viridis, 95.

Merula boulboul, 102.

» castanea, 268.

Metopidius indicus, 274.

Micropternus badius, 293.

fr brachyurus, 293.

ie phaioceps, 267.

Milvus Govinda, 98.

» —melanotes, 114.

Minla castaniceps, 109.

» cinerea, 109.

Mirafra Assamica, 272.

Mixornis nigricollis, 308.

S rubricapillus, 103.

Mocoa Sikimensis, 175.

Motacilla luzoniensis, 108.

Microtarsus, 317.

Myiagra azurea, 324, 31, 100,

es coerulea, 31.

Myiomela leucura, 106.

Myiphonus Temminckii, 102,

Muelleripicus, 290.

ss Hodgii, 241,

Myzanthe ignipectus, 99.

Munia acuticauda, 271, 330,

» ferruginosa, 329,

» Jleuconota, 242.

» malabarica, 35.

» Malacca, 329.

» Maya, 329.

» rubronigra, 110, 329.

» Sinensis, 329.

Melanochlora sultanea, 109, 325.

Microtarsus melanoleucos, 316.

429

Munia striata, 242.

z undulata, 119.

Muscicapa pectoralis, 324.

Muscicapula superciliaris, 116.

Naja tripudians, 373, 211.

Naultinus, 167,

Nectarinia Hasseltii, 300.

a Javanica, 301,

Pe lepida, 301.

re malaccensis, 301.

“ pectoralis, 31, 241.

A Phayrei, 300.

Nectarophila Brasiliana, 300.

es Malaccensis, 301.

Nettapus Coromandellianus, 275.

Niltava grandis, 101.

Pn Macerigoriz, 101.

» sundara, 101.

Ninox sp., 240.

» affinis, 240.

» scutellatus, 240, 266.

Numenius phzopus, 33.

Onychoprion melanuchen, 34, 243.

Ophiops, 350.

Ophiophagus elaps, 210.

Ophiops Jerdoni, 353.

. microlepis, 351.

Oreocincla dauma, 118, 268.

4 mollissima, 103.

Oriolus castanopterus, 317.

a macrourns, 31.

Oe melanocephalus, 381, 106,

A Traillii, 106. [118,

99 xanthonotus, 317.

Zeylonensis, 118.

Oroczetes cinclorhynchus, 118.

2 erythrogastra, 268.

Orthotomus coronatus, 107.

hy longicauda, 271.

Ortygornis gularis, 2738.

Osmotreron, 330.

a bicincta, 272.

= Phayrei, 111.

Otocompsa emeria, 117.

" fuscicaudata, 117.

e jocosa, 106, 117, 242.

m4 leucotis, 117.

ad monticolus, 106.

Otogyps calvus, 265.

Ovis ammon, 54.

Palzornis erythrogenys, 30, 241.

‘ Nicobaricus, 30, 241.

PP rosa, 97.

schisticeps, 97,

1 torquatus, 266.

Pangshura, 339.

A flaviventer, 342,

» Smithii, 342.

430

Pangshura tectum, 339.

an tentoria, 340.

Paradoxornis flavirostris, 268.

Bs gularis, 103.

Parus cinereus, 119, 271.

Passer Indicus, 272.

Passerita mycterizans, 373.

Pandion haliztus, 265.

Pavo cristatus, 272.

Pelamis bicolor, 138, 214.

5 platurus, 138, 214.

Pelorneum, 308.

ruficeps, 103.

Peripia Cantoris, 163.

» Leronii, 163.

Pericrocotus Andamanensis, 323.

brevirostris, 99.

elegans, 323.

flammeus, 99, 323.

igneus, 323,

peregrinus, 268.

princeps, 323,

roseus, 99,

solaris, A

speciosus, 99, 323.

Peronticus papillosus, 275,

Petrocossyphus cyaneus, 102.

curvirostris, 286,

Sumatranus, 2 °6,

viridirostris, 287.

Phaiopicus pectoralis, 295,

tristis, 294,

Pheenicophaus Diardi, 286.

Phelsuma Andamanense, 162.

Philinopus jambu, 330.

Philentoma velata, 323.

Phayrea isabellina, 196.

Phryniscus, 152.

Phyllornis aurifrons, 106.

cyanopogon, 313.

Hardwickii, 106.

icterocephalus, 314.

Javensis, 313.

Phylloscopus affinis, 107.

fuscatus, 271.

lugubris, 271.

viridanus, 271.

Picoides tridactylus, 289.

Picumnus abnormis, 97.

Picus Macei, 97.

99 Majoroides, 97.

9» Melanogaster, 293.

» rubiginosus, 293.

» rufus, 289.

Pimelodus aspera, 37.

carnaticus, 37.

conta, 37.

Cochinchinensis, 270, 314.

Index.

Pimelodus hara, 37.

. itckeea, 37.

Pipastes agilis, 108.

Pitta coccinea, 305.

» granatina, 305.

Planesticus atrogularis, 103.

# ruficollis, 102.

Platurus Fischeri, 138.

es laticaudatus, 138.

Platyceps semifasciatus, 188.

Plestiodon, 174.

Ploceus baya, 110.

re bengalensis, 271.

Plotus melanogaster, 275.

Pnoepyga caudata, 101.

longicaudata, 101.

pusilla, 101.

iS squamata, 101.

Poliztos ichthyzetos, 265.

Polypedates Hascheanus, 147.

¥ maculatus, 148, 376.

Polyphasia tenuirostris, 98.

Polyplectron bicalcaretum, 333.

* tibetanum, 272.

Pomacentrus punctatus, 35.

Pomatorhinus, 308.

erythrogenys104, 269.

leucogaster, 269,

M’Clellandi, 103.

Phayrei, 103.

schisticeps, 103.

Porphyrio polyocephalus, 274,

Pratincola ferrea, 270.

indica, 106, 242.

a leucura, 270.

Prinia flaviventris, 271.

Propasser rhodochrous, 110.

Psammophis condanurus, 196.

Psarisoma Dalhousiz, 95.

Pseudophiops Beddomei, 354.

Theobaldi, 347.

Plapoclas alchata, 121.

arenarius, 121.

exustus, 121.

SA fasciatus, 121.

Pteruthius erythropterus, 108.

Ptionoprogne concolor, 115.

rupestris, 116.

Ptyas hexagonotus, 186.

» Korros, 187.

+, mucosus, 185, 372.

Ptychozoon homalocephalum, 159.

Puellula rubida, 165.

Pycnonotus cyaniventris, 316.

» pygeeus, 106.

Python molurus, 205.

. reticulatus, 205.

Pyxicephalus breviceps, 147, 375.

Prd

* * F

Querquedula crecca, 275,

circia, "275,

Ramphiculus, 330.

Rana cyanophlyctis, 146, 374.

» gracilis, 374, 142.

>» var. Andamanensigs, 143.

3 9 Nicobariensis, 144.

By 5, pulla, 144,

Reguloides occipitalis, 107.

5 proregulus, 107.

ih viridipennis, 107.

Reinwardtipicus, 291.

Rhinorta chlorophea, 286.

Rhodophila melanoleuca, 270.

Rhycticeros plicatus, 96.

Riopa a!bopunctata, 361.

> anguina, 177.

» Hardwickii, 361.

», limeolata, 175.

Rollulus cristatus, 333.

Rubigula flaviventris, 106.

Ruticilla frontalis, 270.

43 fuliginosa, 106.

3 rufiventris, 106.

Salpornis spilonotus, 113.

Sasia ochracea, 97.

Saxicola opistholeuca, 119.

Scincus pavimentatus, 174,

Seena aurantia, 275.

Seranus Sonnerati, 35.

Serilophus rubropygia, 95.

Sibia gracilis, 105.

Silago Sihama, 35.

Silybura macrolepis, 373,

Siphia strophiata, 101.

» superciliaris, 101.

Sitana Deccanensis, 367.

>, minor, 365.

» Pondiceriana, 365, 367.

Sitta cinnamomeoventris, 99.

», formosa, 99.

Siva cyanouroptera, 109.

3 strigula, 109.

Spatula clypeata, 275.

Sphenocercus apicaudus, 111.

sphenurus, 111.

Spilornis cheela, 93.

Spizalauda Deva, 119.

+ simillima, 120.

Spizixos canifrons, 106.

Stachyris chrysea, 103.

nigriceps, 103.

f ruficeps, 103.

Strix candida, 93.

Sturnia erythropygia, 242.

Sturnopator contra, 110.

Suya atrogularis 107.

Tantalus leucocephalus, 274,

431

Tetrao luzoniensis, 333.

Temera Hardwickii, 35.

Temenuchus Andamanensis, 342.

Ai Malabarica, 110.

Tephrolanius, 321.

Tephrodornis gularis, 320.

on pelvica, 99, 320.

ps sordida, 320.

+ virgatus, 320.

Tesia castaneo-coronata, 101.

» cyaniventer, 101.

Tetragonosoma effrene, 203.

Tiaris subcristata, 180.

Tichodroma muraria, 118,

Tiga intermedia, 289.

» Rafilesi, 290.

3 rufa, 289.

» tridactyla, 289.

Tiliqua carinata, 169.

A multicarinata, 358.

rs olivacea, 172.

Pe) rufescens, 355.

is rugifera, 170.

trivittata, 356.

Pimnalia, 305;

35 erythronotus, 308,

a pileata, 103.

Tinunculus alaudarius, 92.

cenchris, 114,

Todiramphus collaris, 240.

occipitalis, Sl.

Totanus glottis, 274.

Tragops fronticinctus, 197.

Treron olax, 330.

>» vernans, 330,

Trichostoma Abbotii, 269.

Trigonocephalus Cantoris, 222,

Tringa subminuta, 273.

» Lemminckii, 273.

Trimeresurus Andersoni, 216,

ee labialis, 223.

: Cantoris, 222.

Sy carinatus, 217.

33 convictus, 224.

ee erythrurus, 217.

ai gramineus, 216.

2 monticola, 225.

Fe mutabilis, 219.

i obscurus, 216.

% porphyraceus, 218,

uf puniceus, 221.

af purpureus, 138.

5 viridis, 224.

Wagleri, 221.

Trionyx gangeticus, 344.

* Trochalopteron Austeni, 105.

ie pheeniceum, 105.

” ruficapilleum, 104,

432

Trochalopteron rufogulare, 104.

sa Squamatum, 104,

Tropidonotus piscator, 371.

ds platyceps, 191.

a quincunctiatus,190,

371.

PS stolatus, 191.

ae striolatus, 190.

Tytleri, 190.

Trypauchen vagina, 35.

Turdinus brevicaudatus, 269.

ay macrodactylus, 306,

Turdirostris superciliaris, 307.

Turdus chrysolaus, 102,

a concolor, 306.

7 J avanicus, 306.

me modestus, 306.

fa Dussumierii, 33,

Turnix luzoniensis, 333.

» ocellata, 333.

» plumbipes, 334,

3» pugnax, 333,

>» 8p. 29,'33.

taigeor, 334.

Tartur Chinensis, 332.

» + meena, 272,

Pa risoria, 272,

» Suratensis, 112, 332,

tigrinus, 332.

Ty phlops braminus, 370,

Typhlops pammeces, 370.

ee tenuis, 370.

Typhloscincus Nicobaricus, 138.

Tytleria hypsirhinoides, 201.

Upupa epops, 99.

Vivia innominata, 97,

Venilia porphyromelas, 293.

»y Malaccensis, 292.

Volvocivora Sykei, 116.

y saturata, 321.

a melaschistos, 99.

> fimbriata, 321.

- culminata, 321.

Xantholema Duvaucelii, 288.

. indica, 289, 267.

Xanthonotus, 318.

Xema brunnicephala, 275.

Xenelaphis, 186.

Xenopeltis unicolor, 201.

Xenurelaps banguroides, 211.

Yak (wild,) 54.

Yungipicus rubricatus, 97.

pygmeeus, 97.

Yunr torquilla, 267.

Zamenis brachyurus, 372.

» himalayanus, 191.

Zanclostomus tristis, 98, 286.

Zoothera marginata, 268.

Zosterops palpebrosus, 109, 114, 31.

Meteorological Observations. 4

_ Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Catcutla,

inthe month of January 1870.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” Hast.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the sea level, 18.11 feet.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

“4 § _ | Range of the Barometer = # |Range of the Tempera-

pee 2 during the day. ae ture during the day.

PES be

Date. | & Q S 3

Peed Mor | Mim: | Dif, 3.4) Max. | Min. | Diff.

Ss ~ 3 = mea

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. re) ) ) Oo

a 30.021 | 30.087 | 29.959 0.128 64.1 74.5 86.0 | 18.5

2 O09 (O91 955 136 65.8 76.5 5S.) | 190

3 29.939 .OO9 864 145 67.8 79.3 58.6 | 20.7

4, 908 | 29.987 £856 131 68.9 19.7 GO |) Wee

5 942 | 30.010 901 .109 69.0 80.3 60.2.5) 208

6 975 042 928 114 70.3 82.4, 61.0 | 21.4

Z .937 O15 869 146 18 82.5 63.0 | 19.5

8 947 .030 883 147 70.1 18.3 620% | 15.6

9 .967 061 .899 162 67.4 76.8 60.0 | 16.8

10 ~ 925 .O10 846 164 64.2 76.0 50.4 | 20.6

11 895 | 29.992 .832 .160 65.7 17.5 56.2.) 2las

12 .890 973 827 146 64.4: 75.5 56.5 | 19.0

13 873 954: .808 146 64.8 76.5 56.0 | 20.5

14 903 toyed 868 103 65.2 76.0 55.9 | 20.5

15 944 | 30.040 891 149 66.0 138.5 56.4 | 22.1

16 907 043 .906 137 O71 79.5 56.0 | 23.5

17 OFA. .048 1g 129 69.0 “i 63.2 | 14.6

18 961 O44 910 134 V1.2 79.2 65.0 | 14.2

19 898 | 29.980 842 138 15.9 83.2 68.0 | 15.2

20 913 yal .868 103 13.4 80.2 70.3 a

21. .984 | 30.058 925 133 70.0 71.6 67.0 4.6

22, 974 051 923 128 71.4 78.5 65.3 | 13.2

23 964 038 921 aly 70.0 77.0 65.5 | 11.5

24, 30.006 O91- .950 141 65.1 74.3 57.4 | 16.9

25 .028 127 975 152 65.2 75.6 56.0 | 19.6_

26 014 .O96 26a. |, Sas 65.4 76.6 55.7 | 20.9

ey .008 .106 961 145 66.3 76.7 aT .O | TOF

28 O17 O96 .968 128 67.3 78.2 58.6 | 19.6

29 .022 118 .962 156 66.8 78.4 57.0 | 21.4

30 .Q02 .100 947 153 67.6 78.5 58.6 | 19.9

31 29.957 O47 897 .150 67-1 78.5 58.0 | 20.5

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Meaus are derived, from the hourly observations, made during

the day.

il Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of January 1870.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—/(Continued.)

' - —— 5 . Se gy a. om

é es | # E S 5.4. | Sekai ae

= S 5 A 2 en | eos : a i

> a4 a ‘one GH

e 5 E Er a pee S =a | Of to

Di.| 9. | 2/843 | 8 1 oo |e

22) a) Ba 3. Ss 1 SS eee

Pei} e |e | as | 28 | BS | Soe) ses

ag ok Se es a 3 ae | 988 ga

® A 8 3 Poy o> o gy geo | OC

) Co) Ce) o) Inches. | T. gr. | T. gr.

1 56.3 7.8 | 49.3 14.8 0.365 4.05 2.62 0.61

2 58.8 7.0 | 53.2 12.6 416 62 AZ -66

3 59.9 7.9 | 53.6 14.2 422 67 SL 62

A 60.2 8.7 | 53.2 15.7 416 59 3.15 59

5 61.3 73 | 66.1 13.9 4A 90 2.86 63

6 62.5 7.8 | 56.3 14.0 462 5.08 3.00 63

7. 64.5 7.3 | 58.7 13.1 501 49 2.96 65

8 62.5 7.6 | 56.4 13.7 464 .O9 94 63

9 57.8 9.6.| 60.1 17.3 379 4.14 3.25 56

10 56.1 8.1L | 48.8 15.4 308 3.99 2.70 60

11 57.2 8.5 | 50.4 15.3 379 4.21 81 60

12 57.3 7.1 | 50.9 13.5 385 29 45 64

13 57.5 Dao ie OLE 13.1 396 40 43 64

14 57.3 7.9 | 51.0 14.2 386 10) 61 62

15 57.6 8.4 | 50.9 15.1 385 .28 .80 6L

16 59.3 7.8 | 53.1 14.0 415 .60 72 63

if 62.9 6.1 | 58.0 11.0 489 5.39 37 70

18 65.8 5.4 | 61.5 9.7 550 6.04 .26 73

19 67.5 7.8 | 62.0 13.3 559 -O9 3.3L 65

20 70.6 3.1 | 68.4 5.3 690 7.54 1.42 84

21 68.2 1.8 | 66.8 3.2 655 22 0.78 90

22 67.1 4.3 | 63.7 ‘es 591 6.48 1.87 78

23 64.2 5.8 | 59.6 10.4 516 5.68 2.32 AL

24 57.0 8.1 | 50.5 14.6 .380 4.22 .67 61

25 57.3 79.) 51.0 14.2 386 30 61 .62

26 57.9 J-0.|. 519 13.5 398 42 3 64

27 58.7 7.6 | 52.6 13.7 408 52 63 63

28 59.1 8.2 | 52.5 14.8 407 50 Sie 61

29 58.9 7.9 | 52.6 14.2 408 52 74 .62

30 59.5 8.1 | 53.0 14.6 Ald 7 87 61

31 59.2 4.9. |. b2.9 14.2 412 .O7 75 .62

All the Hygrometrical elements are coinputed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations. lll

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of January 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

O8 Range of the Barometer | 2... | Range of the Tempera-

= g p

= 5 i. for each hour during mq 8 ture for each hour

“oD 2 = the month. — during the month.

0) <<? Be ee PE eS eee

Hour.| 5 S an) =

aan : é : “a

sco | Max. | Min. | Dif. | 3. | Max. | Min. | Diff.

as ao

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches.

fe)

Mid-

night.| 29.957 | 30.031 | 29.872 | 0.159 63.9 72.6 59.0 | 13.6

1 .952 034: .872 162 63.3 72.3 58.5 | 138

2 946 031 872 159 62°6 72.0 58.0 | 14.0

3 .940 O31 .870 161 61.9 71.6 57.5 | 14.1

4 .936 O21 .868 153 61.3 CLO 57.0 | 14.0

9) .945 013 874 139 60.7 70.3 56.3 | 14.0

6 .962 .037 .878 159 60.3 70.4 55.7 | 14.7

i 981 061 894, JZ 60.1 70.5 55.4] 15.1

8 30.009 .093 915 178 62.0 Ay 57.5 | 13.5

9 035 114 .940 174 65.5 72.0 OLD) | 10:9

10 041 127 954 Vis. 69.6 76.3 65-2.) LEE

11 .023 107 922 185 72.7 79.0 68.0 | 11.0

Noon.| 29.994 072 .896 176 74.6 80.2 69.5 | 10.7

1 961 .036 .865 Bal 76.3 81.5 70:5)), ALO

2 -931 002 837 .165 77.3 82.5 70.5 | 12.0

3. 913 | 29:987 .820 muy 77.8 83.2 71.0.) 12.2

4 .908 975 .808 .167 76.5 82.3 71.5 | 10.8

5 evi .980 813 167 75.0 81.2 405! TOcg

6 .918 SM 818 173 72.3 80.2 68205 | MF

7 .931 | 30.005 .838 167 69.9 78.5 66.0 | 12.5

8 948 .022 848 174 68.2 (ie 64.0 | 13.5

9 .961 .033 873 .160 66.7 76.5 62.8.) 13.7

10 .967 .038 879 .159 65.7 138 GLO). 2.7,

11 961 026 874 152 64.8 73.0 59.7 | 13.3

| The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

| Thermometer Means are derived from the observations made at the several

| hours during the month.

iv Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of January 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

‘ 43 +3 =< 5s | SS a4da8

3 Peg | | oa Be | 38 3 eRe

= cee OE ee 2 es | aus lie;

F pe} Bo. |S |) eS es

| Se | 2 | B@4 oe | 8. | 35 |e

(EBS |3|2/|2, | 88 | BB | Bee |ses

aq A a Ag & 8, : |: 2] g a

ge |p he tps | ss | os Se

| = A |S | At at Se ee oe

0 oO ° Inches. |} T. gr. } Tage

Mid-

night.| 69.7 | 42/559! 80 | 0.456 | 6.08 | 1.55 | 0.77

1 59.1 | 42] 553] 8.0 447 | 4.99 52 77

re 58.6 | 4.0] 55.0} 7.6 442 94 43 78

3 68.0 | 3.9] 545] 7.4 435 87 .36 78

4 67.6 | 3.7 | 643] — 7.0 432 84 28 79

5 67.0 | 3.7| 53.7] 7.0 423 75 25 79

6 | 666 | 37| 5633| 70] 418 | .69 | 24 79

7 56.5 | 3.6| 53.3 | 68 | 418 69 20 80

8 57.7 | 43| 5388| 82 425 75 50 76

9 59.3 | 62] 543} 112 432 80 | 2.18 69

10 | 61.0 | 86] 541] 15.5 429 72 | ae 60

11 | 62.1 | 106] 53.6] 19.1 422 62 | 4.06 53

Noon.) 62.5 | 12.1] 54.0} 20.6 428 66 BA 51

1 |. 632 | 13.1] 540] 938 428 65 | 5.04 48

2 | 63.8 13.5 | 543 | 23.0 432 68 30 47

3 | 63.8-| 140] 540] 923.8 428 63 50 46

4 |" 63.3 | 13.2} 641.| 99.4 429 67 08 48

5 | 63.5 | 11.5] 55.4] 19.6 449 88 | 4.43 52

6 [063.8 W485) eg | rags 473 | 6.18 | 3.40 60

7 | 63.0 | 69] 57.5| 12.4 481 30 | 2.68 66

g fb ee peo 67.6 | 908 483 32 26 70

9 | 6Le Peeo ere |) 5.6 485 36 | 1.87 74

10 | 60.9 | 48] 57.1| 8.6 475 26 76 75

11 | 604 eases ys 472 23 60 77

All the Hygrometrical clements are computed by the Greenwich Constz nti

Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of January 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &c.

Date.

Or em Oo wore

Max. Solar

radiation.

ain Guage

13 ft. above

Ground.

2 °@

5 Se

0.02

0.48

0.25

General aspect of the Sky.

WIND.

= :

Prevailing |4 2/22

direction. = o A =

Ay =

[N.W.) ib | Miles

NW,NN.W.&W.| ... | 117.7

WN.W&N.N.W. 93.3

N.N.W. 109.2

N. N.W.&N. 110.3

INGbyS EL 128.8

N.N.E.&N by E.| ... | 101.0

S.W & N. EH. 90.1

N. BE. & N.N. E. 139.0

N.&N. by W. ye LOSES

N.byW.&W.byN.| ... | 136.6

WbhyN&NNW. 126.5

N. N. W.&N.N.E! ... | 124.9

N.N.E. 150.6

INN ES GN, 129.2

N. & W.N. W. 125.2

W.N.W&variable| ... | 78.4

H.&N.N. E. Gin

N. by W. & W 154.0

SWw.& W. 86.7

[W. N. W

S.wW, WS. W.& 83.8

N. & variable. 120.9

90.7

117.0] 0.02 |W.by N. & N. E ...

Chiefly clear.

Clear. Slightly foggy from

9to ll Pp. M.

Clear. Foggy at midnight.

Clear. Slightly foggy at 10

& ll yp. M.

Clear. Slightly foggy from

midnight to 24. mM. & 8toll

P.M.

Clear. Slightly foggy from

7 to 94 P.M.

Clear. Slightly foggy from

7to 10 Pp. Mm.

Chiefly clear.

Clear.

Clear. Slightly foggy from

9 to ll Pp. M.

Clear tol p.m. Ni to 6 P.M.

clear afterwards.

Clear to 4A. May \i & Vai

afterwards. Foggy at 9 & 10

P. M.

Clear to 10 a. m. \i to 2 P.

M., clear afterwards. Foggy

from 7 to 11 P. m.

Clear to5 a.M.\ito2P.mM.,

clear afterwards.Slightlyfoggy

from 8 to 1l P. M.

Clear. Foggy from midnight

to2a.mM.&7toll P. mu.

Clear to 2 Pp. M. \i after-

wards. Slightly foggy from 4

to64a.mM.&7to ll p.m.

\ni to 3 A. M., stratoni to 4

p.M., \Wi afterwards. Foggy

from midnight to 7 a M.

Chiefly \i. Drizzled from

55 to 7 A. M.

Overcast to 3 a. m. \Wi to

10 a. M., “1 & i afterwards.

Chiefly overcast. Rain from

2+to7 A.M. & 43 to 7 Pp. M.

Overcast to 6 P. M., clear

afterwards. Slight rain after

intervals till 5 p. mM.

Chiefly \ni. Drizzled at 9 &

10 p. M.

sal Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of January 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

gg SE Winp.

o.2 |se sg o

MD's & = 5 a

3| 33 Bc directio : a2

rection.

A| Ss |g a &

oO Inches tb

23, 114.0} ... ISW,WNW&NW| 1.0

24) 115.5 |)... i. Ny Ree W:

25(416:0' |) yi of We, & Ww WN a;

26)117.8; ... |INby W&WN.W.] ...

27/116.2)| ... |WNW&WSW.

28) 115.8 | °c BWW: Be Wa |.

29}117.0| ... |WNW.&W.byN.

30) 122.0; ... [WSW.&W.byN,| ...

31\217.0 | 40 eee WE

145.2

121.0

93.2

92.6

85.3

99.7

110.6

82.0

General aspect of the Sky.

\nito lp. m., clear after-

wards.

Clear. Slightly foggy at 10

and 11 p. M.

Clear. Slightly foggy from

midnight to 2 a. M.

Clear to 9 A. M. \i to 6 p.m.

clear afterwards. Slightly fog-

gy from 7 to 11 P. Mm.

Clear. Slightly foggy at

midnight & 1la.m. & from 7

"° Chiefy clear. Sligh :

‘hiefly clear. Slightly fo

from 8 to 11 Pp. mh ye

Clear. Slightly foggy at mid-

night

Clear to 5 4. M. \i to6 P.M.

clear afterwards.

Clear to 6 a. M.,\ito 6 P.M.

clear afterwards. Slightly fog-

gy from 7 to ll p. w.

pan SEPA AUR SNOT tee 5 eT LAN OAL EID UR CS Slee RT

Ni Cirri, —i Strati,7i Cumuli,—i Cirro-strati, ~ i Cumulo strati,~ i Nimbi

“i Cirro cumuli,

Meteorological Observations, Vil

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

m the month of January 1870.

Montuiy Resvtrs.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month.. ... 29.960

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 10 a. M.on the 25th. ... 380.127

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 4. mM. onthe 13th. ... 29.808

Hatreme range of the Barometer during the month a6 oe Onto

Mean of the daily Max. Pressures... it ee ... 30.041

Ditto ditto Min. ditto A we 202004

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month .., son 0k OFL37

fe)

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month _.., ae san, OF 9

- Max. Temperature occurred at 3 p. M. on the 19th. oe Sate cObees

Min. Temperature occurred at 7 a. M, on the 10th. a ue 584

Extreme range of the Temperature See the month ae. et has

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature .. sm i so Aa dla

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, 7 sn, 698

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month.. fe tS al

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month ... 60.6

| Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean, Wet Bulb ness: wae vies

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month ie 54.8

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed mean Dew- -point , 13.1

treats

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month .., ae w. 0.440

Troy grain.

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month ts eee oA.

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation ... 2. 66

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity 0.65

Co)

Mean Max. Solar radiation Thermometer for the month .., 116.4

Inches.

Rained 4 days,—Max. fall of rain during 24 hours .., .. 0.48

Total amount of rain during the month fn OUT

Total amount of rain indicated by the Gauge attached to the anemo-

meter during the month ts 0.65

| Prevailing direction of the Wind... a W.N.W,N.N.W.&N.N.E.

Vill Meteorological Observations.

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the month of Jany. 1870.

Montuiy REsvUtts.

tons

ical Observat

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorolog

AANNATMAMN NMA MIO ANA Ss NARA MAN

Le | ae

TWIMAMAMAIOOTAANAA AHN AAO WS OO

NANA AR AR ANTAAARMAMDAANMATH~

Nena n AA NMMMARANAAAAN

ind blew, together with the number of days on

[e)

42 Sessa eco

one an Eee Cee eee eee te

th SMM ANANANAN Come Oe ee ee ee Oe Oe |

E TD Mw VAN N SM ea ae AN

[eal

-Q ee

urd

= a

=e.

5 -

va" g5

B.S

B& 2 a4 + xa

a, aA

tu as]

Sb, os

qd ° =

o dO

£2 ge

mn E

ge?

Rae S|

sph

&, =

oO rt co re | oe A oe ee |

"WO WIR i 5.

“tH ON

‘UO WIR

‘WO UR

ma Aq °N

te | NWO DWATUAMMAMANAQAAN

Notas aSa SR HAO NASAAAN SSSI SN

NAAR AM SM ND AAOANAAAS

= rl | |

Tables shewing the numb

“UO ULB]

ayy) ONDA SAAANTR DIANA Oa

f= =|

“INOTL 7S Ep AND IDONDAOH SHNMAWORDAOG

Ho ie =e

Meteorological Observations. mh

Abstract of the Results of the lMourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in lhe mouth of February 1870.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” Nerth. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the sea level, 18.11 feet.

Daily Means, Xe. of the Gbservations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

va |

| = 8 4 | Range of the Barometer = x |Range of the Tempera-

| aS | during the day. | ae ture during the day.

"er Ore yea SESH ty eco

Poae| ES | | | As | | |

| 2°° | Max. | Mix. | Dif | £3 | Max. | Min. | Diff.

ASR. | ' Sm }

SS ee Bee as Tao

1 29.043 30.049 | 29.879 | 0.170) 68.5 | 80.2 | 57.6 | 29.6

2 879 | 29.962 | 814 48 | -70:00 | 89 || 760.0 | 91.9

3 “4 891 761 AO 73,0 | oe 85, 5 | 63.5 824)

4 .808 899 | 751 148 | 74.0 | 86.3 | 65.0.| [21.3

5 779 836) .731 105 | 76.2) T= seis 1668.4 | gia

6 833 | 1G | hoe lddk |) 72 | 8515 166.5 (9-0

Ppeee | .920/ 793 197 |) 738 ' ° 85.3 “1 63.7 | 921.6

moss?) 97) | . .885 136 | 73.6 |° 85.0. | €5.6 | 19.4

9 ep | .952| | 796) .156-| 76.5. | 48710") 66.7 | 203

| | .976 844 32h 275-7) SRO 06.5 120g

11 .928 | 30.020 871 | 149 | 75.5 | 86.0 "| 66.2 | 19.8

12 mae | | O14: £880 234 [ESC 878, S672 Pts

13 920} .004 843 161-| ‘77.4. | 88,0 ‘168.2 |) 19.8

44 889 | 29.979 832 147 | 76.7 | 86.0 | 68.5 | 17.5

15 949 | 30.053 .897 156 ly 73.9. | 82.0 “| 67.2 | 44.8

a6 923 | 007°) .860 MAD | VES) BI Peo 6 '| ge

17 912 | 29.984] —.869 is. | Syed | eos *92.9 | i496

18 955 30.025 | 916 169) Wao) ears 162.0. | Cat 4

19 986 070 | 935 as ees \ I) 65d: “5660: | 419.5

mae .990/ 096) .930| .166| 71.0 | 82.0 | 62.0] 90.0

21 |» .994 | 934/136) 713 | 8L7 | 6101 207

22-7 988 061 S| AR! RS) 1) Bee SING2.6 | Gaey

es P30.013) 110} 941| 169| 746 | 85.6 | 640] 216

98 96 91 J45 | 75.7 | 87.5 | 66.0 | 21.5

Sm toes oe | ae | zee | ae hese | ge

Bee) 985 | os} .923| 138) 77.7 | 868 | 71.0| 15.8

27 963 | 081 894 | 187 | 78.2 | 88.2 | 72.0 | 16.2

28 966 | 046) 909) ..187| 766 | 87.5 | 683 | 192

| | ape |

® Lhe Rh cei Heike of of ie ee Barometer, as ikaw ise elie Dry ad Wet Bulb

Thermometer Mcaus are derived, from the hourly observations, made during

3 | Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Resulls of the Mourly Meteorological Observations

luken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

an the month of February 1870.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements _

dependent thereon.—( Continued.)

a wee te ‘s Sy cot ep

A es | 8/8 s 28 | SSS es

= eae > Ss |S0a |e 73

2 >) “ ° G4 42 Pe 5 2e

aoe ee ee = S2 |e 8g | oS)

Date | | = = 3 = a rH oa} 9 ap |

6 5 2 a | a F ‘3/5 "Sah £ ES me

Es a ae ies rs B st | SRS | Oo g

eS 5 | aa o | FO | eegeee se

AS a iS) a} Ea = oe FL s

® A p> 5 eam oF 4 |ses| Sue

= a 3 |.-A = a | <q =

° ) ) | ) | Inches. | T.. ge. fee.

1 60.0 8.5 | 53.2! 15.3 | 0.416 4.60 3.05

2 62.0 8.0 | 55.6] 14.4 452 98 02

3 67.3 5.7 | 62.7| 10.3 572 6.26 2.50

4 69.2 4.8 | 65.8 8.2 634 93 i]

5 69.1 7.1} 641) 121 | .599 51 3.15

6 67.3 7.9) G18) 13.4 | .b35 L05 32

vf 64.0 9:8 | 67.1 |- -16.7.-| | 495 5.18 80

8 66.7 6.9 | 61.9| 11.7 | .657 6.08 2.85

9 66.2 9.3 | 59.7] 18.8 518 5.63 3.83

10 67.1 8.6] 61.1] 146 543 90 61

ll 66.0 9.5 | 59.3) 16.2 511 56 9) :

12 66.5 | 103] 59.3| 17.5 511 53 4.30 ;

13 66.6 | 10.8| 59.0] 18.4 | “306 49 52 }

14, 67.6 9.1] 61.2| 15.5 BAA 90 3.90 :

15 63.0 | 10.9 | 53.4 | 18.5 AAQ 4.89 4.12 ,

16 60.2 | 11.1] 51.3] 20.0 390 .28 05 JB

Wy 60:2 of h.3-| Sted | 203 .388 125 10 :

18 60.0 | 11.9 | 50.5 | 21.4 .380 17 31 19

19 65.2 8.6 | 59.2) 14.6 509 5.56 3.42 62

20 60.1} 10.9} 51.4] 19.6 .392 4.30 95 53

21 61.2 | 10.1 | 53.1 | 18.2 415 56 77 BS

2 64.1 8.7 | 5¥1-| 15:7 475 5.19 52 60

23 66.3 8.3} 60.5] 141 532 .80 40 6:

24 G52 oe lOG. | dareSoteel 25 486 .28 4.23 56

25 65.4 | 10.8] 57.8] 18.4 .486 .28 38 55

26 67.9 9.8 | 61:0]. 167 Al 85 25 58

27 69.5 8.7 | 63.4 | 14.8 586 643 3.92 62

28 67.5 9:0) 6001s (AB6 543 5.89 88 .60

| |

: "gj

——

All the fixe geometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Consta:

Meteorological Observations. “I .

i Abstract of the Results of the Iourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calculla,

in the mouth of February 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

* _- :

6 8 Range of the Bical = , |tange of the Tempera-

oe fer each hour during 6 2 ture for each hour

a yes a

eb the month. ag during the month.

ie 5) ro _ F =

ae our. ss Bo i g

| AAaN swt: vas a5 d

} S fc oo | Max. Mian.) Diff. So Max... | Min. ic Daf.

a AS zat

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches.

ie)

(es)

Mid-

Mnight.| 29.926 | 30.011 | 29.793 | 0.218 | 69.4 154. °| 63.0 |) 12.7

P 1 .918 004 790 | .214 68.7 75.2 | 626 | 126

. 2 .909 | 29.999 IGANG 68:0 74.6 | 62.0 | 12.6

3 ‘} .900 .993 753 | .240 67.4 738: "6UR} 125

4 .893 .995 PAZ 2a 66.8 732 | 600 | 13.2

| 6 .904 | 30.018 749 | .269 66.2 72.5 | 59.0 | 13.5

i 6 .922 029 757 | .272 65.7 72.4 | 58.2) 14.2

B 7 943 .066 776 | .290 65.4 72.0 | 57.6) 144 »

» 8 .969 086 799 | .287 67.8 73.0. | 6016 | 12.4

- 9 .994. .107 824 | .283 71.8 76.5 | 650} 11.5

10 | 30.005 .110 836 | .274 75.7 79.0 | 704] 86

mil | 29.989 .089 823'| .266 (9S 4 Say | 74s 9.0

oon.| .961 .059 796 | .263 81.5 85.0 | 76.5 | 85

pi .929 .030 774| .256 83.3 86.8 | 78.5; 8.3

i 2 .897 | 29.996 460,| | .246 84.5 88.0 | 79.7} 83

38 1875 .975 731 | ..244 85.1 88.0 | 80.2} 7.8

4°) .865 941 ies. 210 84.6 88.2 | 79.2 | 9.0

5 | .869 .948 moma, 2i0 83.4 CAO Tea Ver

6 .878 955 751P|)., .204 3): 80.1 Sao! |S 7H00) BS

7 .892 .970 766 | 204 76.7 80.5 | 71.5 | 9.0

8 911 .983 782 | 201 74.5 78.8 | 68.9] 9.9

& 9 .926 | 30.001 F90P1%, 210 73.0 77.5 | 67.5 | 10.0

10 .935 .018 799 | .219 Fal MG, 77.3 | 66.5 10.8

11 934 013 798 | 215 70.7 76.2 | 65.0 | 11.2

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

Bee mometer Means are derived from the observations made at the several

1ours during the month.

Lo 2 al

——

Meteorological Observations.

“us.

‘—

Loy

iV)

Land

- &

Leo

“

“S

™e

it)

—

[o @)

™~

“=

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—( Continued.)

‘Synm Furdq ory

-Rinqus 039)diu09 ‘Aq1p

“UN }T JO eaiSap uveyy

"uOINBAN eS ejo;duI09 a

I0J poambad mmode 4.

mR SIHansass

M As

jo WIP IOAN [euOHPPY Oe ae ‘a

’ HL MAOADDOARMMDOIWRH

qe Jojooy qng em | & KARSRRREFSERAA

Anode A JO WYSIO A Uap cg

= mn

"aNOd’G A £ FANRANASASSR

Jo cadoj onjsupy uvopy | BSAA AAD

. - fees

Re he yee eso ape ‘er at aie

“9utod

“ ‘ABMNOSES OD I~ DN

MO eAOgR ging AAT 22 Ei

; AAASOAT IN |NS

‘qulog Macy peyndutog | C BAISSSABAGGWHOM

1010 DH S14 GH 1H 1 16 1610

ree

1D FMA OD OF OOD as S 05

"QO AA OAOGV Qu ACT | °

ADONOSMmAAMONA

‘r990urlour | - ~- =FRnok

sats ae ° SOMO ANA AR ads

“LOT, GIR AA UBIPL WOODOOOONONMO HHO O09

lata co Ie Ce eee ——— 3 ee ee ee ee ee

5 os "e On

° a ee ee ee m4

AHI IBIAS 4 ‘

mFIOHOANAMBMAMNMA

FAOQOHARSHSHA

cre Ok monte N

HOM OMIIN AAR OD

HOSHOSHOHNHSSS

—t Yes)

COPrPONnNMNMNnADHO

D> OD GD NID AD tN st

SF o<f St i <i St ad 13 10 19 15.19

chee ee ee ee

SOBASNS OHI

ANAAMAANARA SS

IDI~S CO OH IN AAD SO mM DE

a PP an i ie ee rT

wD SH SR SM KH 10 SO O O22

ID 1D AD WD 1D 1D ID DH C 29 19 19

OD GB 6 0 OM Niky N HOD

SES Flee: 66 ee fees Eee A < eae e.g

ID COIS DW IMmONTOMmOO

Tn on Oe Boe Be Boe |

C110 DD WH DOM O WO

WOODONMN OMS

wmowmuvuouvnnownwo sooo

SAN MOON DAS —

"All the Hygvometrical clements are computed by the Greenwich Cons

Beteorological Observations.

xii

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations.

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of February 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

| ene | WInp. |

rie 1S Ord | Lgl

as |e25 ey) ae

tee (oo | Poovail hs E | > =| General aspect of the Sky.

See ees| Feins aaa e |

8 "ect m4 coon

alae ja+ | direction. AEA S|

fe) Seales | 1b | Miles Peciae re SUR iE

1 117.8 . WW | ... | 80.4! Clear to noon, .1ito6 Pp. M.,

| clear afterwards. Slightly fog-

af igy at9 & 10 P.M.

2] 119.5 SESW dase. |. 87.3" Clear,

¥| 123.3 iS. i... | 156.0) Clear. Foggy from 4to7 a.m.

4; 123.7 5. &S: by HE. ... | 140.7) Chiefly clear.

F 126.2 SSW,SW&Sby HE ... 211.0; \ni to 7 a.m., clear after-

wards.

6! 124.8 iW. 5S. W. 1 nah baae.| Clear. ee foggy from

| 2to6a.m. €at8&Ip. mM.

g427.0|. |. \N:N.W.&S.8.W.| ... | 76.2! Clear. Slightly foggy from

| |" 1 tO P.-E.

8) 124.5). S. by E. & 8 W. 79.6| Clear.Foggy from 3 to 9a.m.

9} 126.8 | - . S. W. 121.3) Clear.

Pe Siby WSS. W . 1145.7] “Clear to IP. 26,,\itoS eu.

‘clear afterwards.

11) 125.5 i. WW. 60.5.5, VV 86.7 | Clear. Slightly foggy at 7

| &S Pp. M.

lz 126.0 | i. W.& SSW: i 107-7) Cleans.

13) 126.0 | os) WW ht | 134.90 Clear.

14) 125.0 | IW.S.W.& WNW) 0.7/ 172.5) Clear to 5 a. w. Wi to 10a.

. | M., clear afterwards. Slightly

| foggy at ]l p. M.

15; 121.8 | \W,WbyN.&NW. ... | 103.5) Clear. Slightly foggy from

7 to ll p.m.

16| 120.2 Woe WeWGyN| ...| 2101 Clear. Slightly, Seen, at

8 P. M.,

17} 120.3 | a W.& W. seein ... | 133.5) Clear. Slightly foggy from

7to9 Pp. M.

18 123.0 W. & W.S.W. | frees 9 | ; Clear. ote foggy from

to 9 P

19} 121.5 iS. & W. ested kee: 8) Clear. "Slightly foggy at 8

. .M.

20} 117.0 WoW. W. | .. | 180.2 Clear, Slightly foggy from

| at8tolOa.m. & 9to ll p.m.

21/ 120.2 W.&5S.W. iv | 69.6) Clear. Slightly foggy at 6

| &7aM,&SR&9OP.M. ;

22) 121.4 8S. W..& 8.S.W. | °°} 97.0), Clear. ,

23} 122.0 Ss Oe W. . | 90.8; Clear. Slightly foggy from

5to7 a. M.

24; 119.5 S.S.W.&W.N.W| ... | 89.1) Clear. Slightly foggy from

| 8 to lO Pr. Mm.

25) 125.2. WS.W,S.SWA&S ... | 83.9) Clear to 64. a. \rito6 r,

., stratoni afterw neds, r4

26) 122.2 | S.W.&S. by E : | $4.6) " Sasiats to5 a.m., \Wi to?

P. M., stratoni afterwards.

xiv Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Tesults of the Hourly Meteorological Observations _

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of February 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather. &e.

_ ae | Winp.

So | 25s —- :

: i ics Fee a ; £| », =| General aspect of the Sky.

2) vo let g| Prevailing a4 z= 's

a = S fe 420 | direction. a & a c

“O [Inches lb Miles|

27, 122.0; ... [W.byS.&S.S8.W.) ... | 96.3; Stratoni ‘o 7 a.m., \i to 11

A. M., clear afterwards.

28) 124.0) ... |S. S.W&W.N.W,) ... | 144.4 is ees Slightly foggy at 8

1 9P.M.

\1 Cirri, —i Strati,7i Cumuli,i Cirro-strati, ~i Cumulo strati,~ i Nimbi

“1 Cirro cumuli,

Meteorological Observations. xv

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

wm the mouth of February 1870.

Monrnty Jexsuttrs.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month.., a Loses

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 10 a. m.on the 23rd. ... 80.110

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 3&4. M.on the Sth. 29.731

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month ae 2 08879

Mean of the daily Max. Pressures _... Ke a. ... 30.005

Ditto ditto Min. ditto ; $6 .. 29.863

Mean duily range of the Barometer during the month cn me O42

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month

Max. Temperature occurred at 4 Pp. M. on the 27th.

Min. Temperature occurred at 7 4. M, on the Ist.

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature .

Ditto — ditto Min. ditto,

Mean duily range of the Temperature during the month.

em OO OO O1 MH +7

CO OVOO ND &

2 Wm SO So bo bo

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month ... 65.0

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Ther mometer 9.2

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month oe 58.6

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed mean Dew- -point . 15.6

See ee

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month .., ny vc. 0,499

Troy grain.

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month vw «= 4A

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation ag. Oe

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity 0.60

Mean Max. Solar radiation Thermometer for the month .,, 123.0

Inches.

Rained no days,—Max. fall of rain during 24hours ,., bat) ONG,

Total amount of rain during the month be aay.

Total amount of rain indicated by the Gauge attached to the anemo-

meter during the month ; eC hy

Nil.

Prevailing direction of the Wind... due “S.W..&S.S.W.

_. xvi _ Meteorologicat Observations.

cal Observations taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the month of Feby. 1870.

Monrtauy Resouts.

Absivact of the Results of the Hourly Meteorolog

ae. ee —

“UO ULEYT pray

“MN

“10 ULBIT

"AA NU AA

Seaeaoe ANNAN AA Se

SAAN NAMMNMAANMDMAADMMAAAAN

"UO ULVIT

wAQTM) SaaS _ SN AMRMN ARNAVQAANAS

"UO ULe YT

“MM

"MO UIRYy

9 Aq “AA

“UO UIRYT

“M'S°M

"UO UIRY

ANANANTNAMANAANANANNANANA THAW MONA AC a

SSSA BIN MOR ARR IN MH

ATrNN WOW D1) Ma FwmwWwANNANN

SCOSwWIonNnSCSOMOAAMAOMRAAAMMASS

I~ OOM MAAM MO AMIOMMAMAMANDANR ODDO

1 was blowing, it rained.

NMNAMAARANAN aan Seno

ticular wind blew, together with the number of days on |

"UO UL

‘

“MO WILY

“or Aq "S

“uO Wrey

“U0 UR Yy

OMA ANAMAMAAD NMA ANNMSaASN

A ANA RR RR RS a4 AMANNNANANAN

U0 WIRY

‘HS CW

"UO UR

“UO URI

e same hour, when any particular win

on which ata given hour any par

n> “a

ON gue

& } “uo ureyy

po ee

= "UO UR!

UO WIR IT

dae Aa

“UO UR}

“uo ULC YY,

“aT éq “Ai

“UO ULE]

“Nr

rs eo mena

Tables shewing the number of da

en = 5 .

“mo}y ee NN ae ae SHAMIM ONDAOR

= A

Meleorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

ww the month of Marck 1879.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” Kast.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the sea level, 18.11 feet.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

| es

ees

{ Date. ae fe)

| = ee

| = ~~ o

Inches.

; i 29.933

2 .849

3 831

4 .879

5 887

6 877

7 .850

8 848

9 849

10 bpBB4

ll 815

12 .813

13 792

14 ed

15 779

16 76d

17 .826

18 943

19 908

20 894

21 .906

22 891

23 .872

24, 864

25 .823

26 844

27 .875

28 813

29 744 |

39 Ha

31 746 |

| The Mean Height of the Barometer, as

| Range of the Barometer

during the day.

Max. Min. Diff.

| Inches. | Inches. | Inches.

30.014 | 29.860 0.154

29.922 769 153

.903 775 .128

961 .830 1a]

.966 832 134

957 .810 147

931 793 .138

934 791 143

932 789 143

916°| .765 151+

902; 764 138

874, 775 .099

910 704 .206

854 702 152

857 .696 161

844 704 .140

Oneal | HON. Las

30.035 .896 139

29.974 844. .130

955 834 12k

.992 857 135

.978 913 165

95 . .793 158

977 | 802 AGS

892 G45 147

.922 788 134

963 808 155

898 736 162

816 .668 148

784 .633 151

.840 688 162) |

Thermometer.

Mean Dry Bulb

co)

ODWEWMNORNODDOOHOOCOOD

COCO OO COD OMTIATO MOMMA OWNBOVWowwsyy

not OW BNI OWOMNONWAWWHEYWAONWHANNOAWOD

DO Re ee BE WO Ww

o ome oe Oe OMe 2)

SINT CO

{

likewise

| |

Range of the Tempera-

ture during the day.

| Max.

| |

j |

| Min Dif.

fae

giirealie

| 89.0 63.0) 26.0

92.7 | 68.7 | 24.0

93.0 | 68.2 | 24.8

| 91.5 | 68.0 | 23.5

98h rose | Opa

91.7 | 69.5 | 22.2

93.0 | 70.5 | 22.5

GOON TRS) We

| 89.5 | 69.4 | 29.1

| 92.0 68.0 | 24.0

91.8 | 70.0! 218

| 885 9| 723 | 133

90.0 | 67.5 | 22.5

Ske | 7o0' |) 919

90.4, 76.0 | 14.4

93.0 | 74.5 | 18.5

te BRO) p78) |) ond

TAT. gOm) | Ye

88.0 | 70.0! 18.0

90.0 | 71.5 | 18.5

| 92.3 | 74.0 | 18.3

92.9 | 75.7 | 17.2

94.0 | 75.0 | 19.0

88.5 | 75.5 | 13.0

$2.0 74.2 | 17.8

91.2 | 74.5) 167

OBB. | 7a | 194

| 95.4 | 75.0 | 20.4

98.5 | 76.0} 29.5

| 1012 | 76.2] 25.0

| 97.0 | 78.5 | 18.5

| |

the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Meaus are derived, from the hourly observations, made during

the day.

XVI Meteorological Observations;

Abstract of the Resulls of the Mourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

tn the month of March 1870.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—( Continued.)

: gal Valais cere. oe —_- | 5; yh ae

2 fe |/212 |3 | $3 |Seetee.

poe ae PB | Ss obs lm es

aa o | > BS) +2 | Ss leo

E! AR ie 8 poe: = AS | Ok tp

Dates): 234.) Vac Ss | a re te 221388

o 5 2 So 2 @ 5! 35 | Muse | boa

Es = = re fa 2 Ee & EFS oo

a | a 5 | As 2, O | 2861 [58

aS = S a Fa |= 8S) seu

& A p> 5 Pony $5 o g wee] SUE

J |e | 8 | A oaa 24a

| ) oy) | 0 gh Heras as ) “Tnches. | T. gr. «| 2 1. = |

; ;

a | 66.9 | 98 | 60.4| 15.8 | 0.530 | 68.76 | 3.90 | 0.60

2 | 69.7 | 93] 632] 15.8 | 682 | 628 | 4.22 .60

3 | 666 | 12.7| 57.7] 21.6 | .485 | 522 | 6.87 .49

4 | 67.0 | 126) 582) 214 | .493 | 32 37 50

5 | 70.1 | 99] 632] 168 | 582 | 627 | 4.64 58

oe: | (7Ra 188 | 64a 14ee) AeRe 76 | 3.90 63

7 | 714 | 9.8| 645 | 16.7 | .607 53 | 4.68 58

“$ | 68.6 | 12.0] 602] 20.4 527 | 6.67 | 5.34 52

9 | 668 | 123 | 682} 209 | 493 32 21 51

10 | 67.7 | 11.5] 59.6] 19.6 | .516 57 | 4.99 53

11 | 68.6 | 114| 60.6! 19.4 | .534 75 | 5.06 53

12| 705 | -7.1) 656) 124 628 | 6.81 | 3.26 68

13 | 68.0 | 82] 623] 13.9 | .565 13 53 64

4) |} 913 | 98410544 1438) | 696 76 96 63

Wee | o760° 1 0G6a | Fie) 10S.) Fears. Bae 25 728

162 | &¢a9 [74 | GOee] 1067) 720 | 798 .86 67

ek el ee eS ee, ee 74

18 | ‘675. | -60] 63.37} 10:27.) 684 | 638 52 72

19 69.7 8.6'| 63.7} 146 591 .B9 3.89 62

20° | 712 | 95 | 645] 16.2 | .607 54 | 4.50 59

21 | 72.0 | 10.9| 644 | 18.5 | .605 48 | 5.31 55

ov | 274.0 ("9.6 | 67} Iee | 666 | 7AB | \ eee 59

93 | 71.8 | 12.2| 63.3] 207 | 584 | 624 | 5.93 1

a1 | 715 | 98] 646! 16.7 | .609 55 | 4.69 58

ok) 3889) (eee | Cee? | TEBE SBR | ee 32 62

“26 | 73.9 | 88 | 67.7] 15.0 | .674 24 48 62

27 | 72.0 | 11.4} 640] 194 | .597 | 640 | 6.56 bs

28 | 730. || EES | 65.1 | 19.2 619 63 65 bs

29 | 744 | 116| 663] 19,7 644 86 | 6.05 53

30 | 73.3 | 14.0) 64.9] 22.4 | 615 BD 86 49

: 14.1 | 64.6 | 22.6 | .609 A7 .90 48

Meteorological Observations. YX

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of March 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

63 Range of the Barometer = . |Range of the Tempera-

2, for each hour during a 8 ture for each hour

Tap 7S the month. o during the month.

oes % 5

2523 | Max. | Min. | Dif. | $8 | Max. | Min. | Diff

aa =a

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. rey O O 0

Mid- |

night.; 29.843 | 29.962 | 29.722 | 0.240 76.3 82.0 | 71.5 | 10.6

1 834 .956 714 | 242 75.5 82.0: } 70.7 | 1h

2 827 .950 .708 242 74°8 82.0. | 69.5 | 12:5

> ol a 3 5) .937 sf0g. | | ap 74.1 82.0 | 68.5 | 13.5

4 814, .930 695:| .235 73.6 81.8 | 68.2 | 13.6

5 827 .940 OF | 235 73.0 79.8. | 65.6 | 14.2

6 847 955 14 | .241 72.3 78.5. | 63.0 | 13.5

7 871 .969 741 .228 72.6 78.5 | 63.8 | 14.7

8 898 | 30.004 768 | .236 75.5 82.0 | 67.0 | 15:0

os .916 O11 £84| .227 79.2 S73 | 240.0.) 18

10 .918 035 183 252 82.8 ES (70.2 || Baas

li 904; .001 viel .230 86.0 94.5 73.0 | 21.5

Noon. 881 | 29.980 754 | .226 88.2 97.0 | 75.5 | 21.5

1 .850 .958 19 | .239 89.6 99.5 | 75.5 | 24.0

2 818 922 674 | .248 90.7 100.4 | 76.6 | 23.8

3 795 ry) } 649° | 1.261 91:2. | JOL:2 1272.7 | 238

4 783 .918 .633 | .285 G10- (A006 | 768 | 23:7

5 780 910 .640 | .270 89.9 98.0 | 75°5 | 22.5

6 784, 905 656 | .249 86.4 93.2 | 76.0 | 17.2

‘a 197 .896 672 | .224 83.3 89:6 | 72.5 | Wal

8 819 924, 692'| | .232 81.3 87:0 |p Zb-7 | dees

9 837 934 713 221 79.6 85.2 | 71.7 | Ib

10 849 942 728 214 78.5 84.5 | 72.6) 11.9

a 43. | 925 | | 23 | | 202! | 77 | 283.7, 198.3 | Md

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bu'b..

Thermometer Means are derived from the observations made at the several

hours during the month.

menses

Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

tuken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of March 1870.

)

oot

ro)

gut

_—

[

io)

cnet

oie

——s

| Fry

ro)

cS)

Ai)

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

*kq10m St10q 101}

-vanqes ajofduroo *Az1p

-IMUN}] JO voisop uBojy

‘MOIIBANIS éyordu00

Joy paambor anodv 4

se mare MA. [eucHIPPY

‘die JO J00F OIQny) & UT

anode A JO JYS10 AA UBopy

‘mnodv 4.

JO d0L0} ISU] UBOTT

“quo

MAT AOGB qIng AUCT

‘quIog MocT payndmoy

"JOAA aAoge qung Ary

LOUT, TIN PAA BVH, |

* LoqoUuLoUrL

1® £6 0 — MmMnmArm AHOmMN 4

RERRZZBSRSRE SSSRRSS8R8SSR

(on)

02 40 I~ lk FH 0 CO o> <O — mH OMIO HS RH MD

b& SASHRR ERR ARS RRSARS SSB AaRS

ry AMOOONADOODN INMMAMmMMHNARDANO

& NAAN CARRSRS SSRSRRSRSKAA

ei Ja) Yer Je) ms

* ;

FH DONA O RAHM D ONMNDMIDARMOM

z Sooweinweenoae Rios mMnNaASSaUNDIO

3) CBee ueyese ee oon. ID 1D 1O 1919. 1919 OOO OO

2 ne See ey ae

—

> =MDADSHABDOANS

aes N ANDAMAN RAS es

NAA OSHN A156 162659

efile tile ti lelileiileilalieklogle—lolve)

° tia matt iep cet

Neila lilei is iol lei la yley leg lof lay le)

MD ADiwad DD OmMmMION DO 2 IDID AAS DO 190 1) 0

PR Re ee Fe ar ee a Te GR ak eR a Ba A eee | A ee

° LD <A <i <p <i GD 2 OD 19 CO 4 oD ONWSGSWOAHRDONS

se a

COOMA ONMADWMrON

So BRSOSOBDDHADBSOHN

mMRROSCOSSSCORKRN

AANDADAAUMAMAN

ae SE ei. SPO OE ea aad, Bei ee Os ae

ANNAN AANN SH AHO

iy le De le eee le ee

coke, ot or 4 Brno

robe tw pp ang icin ok sete i ais a

All the Hygrometrical clements are computed by the Greenwich Consts

Meteorological Observations.

XXi

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations.

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Caleutla,

am the month of March

1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

Max. Solar

radiation.

Rain Guage

13 ft. above

Ground.

Inches

120.0 | 0.03

125.5

| 13

General aspect of the Sky.

WInp. |

Prevailing \ Aims

| direction. = tas

| oes’

b | Miles

S.S.W.& W.S.W]| ... | 101.7

5.32. Wi. 170.6

S.S.W.&W.N.W.| ... | 169.0

W.byN.&S.byW.| ... | 121.0

Wed 8. Sow.) . 96.0

[SSw

WbyS,WSW&... | 92.6

SW,SSW&WSW) ... | 117.9

(NNW.

W.byS,S.S. W.& 150.5

[W. by §|

WNW,W by N & ... | 118.0

| [W.S.W.

'S. by W,8.8.W, & 138.0

I aie by S. 125.3

S. W. & 8.8. W.| 2.4) 144.7

[by W

S.W,S.S.W. & 8.) 6.4) 206.4

S, W,& 8S. W. 0.8 | 190.6

SW SO. Ws to. 1201

Se Sah 186.3

S.S.W &S by E| 2.4| 160.3

W. & W. by S. 192.4,

Clear. Foggy at 6 a.m.

Clear. Shghtly foggy at 6

A.M.

Chiefly clear.

Chiefly clear. Foggy from

i2to 7 A. M.

Clear to 1 Pp. M., \1 to 6 P:

M., clear afterwards. Slightly

foggy from 5 to 7 a. M.

Clear to 8a. M., \i to 6 P.

M., stratoni to 9p. M., clear

afterwards.

Clear to 3 a.m. \_1 to 94.

Im., Clear to 2 p. mw., \i to 6 BP.

im., clear afterwards.

Clear to 10 a. M., \i to 6

p. M., clear afterwards. Slight-

ly foggy at 8 and 9 Pp. M.

Clear to 6 a. M., \i to 3 P.

M., clear to 7 p. M., \i after-

wards.

Clear to 10 a. mM. \i to 9 Pp.

M., clear afterwards. Slightly

foggy at8 & 9p. Mm,

Clear to 3 a. m., clouds

of different kinds afterwards.

Brisk wind between 3 and 4

p. M. Lightning to S. S. E. at

7.p.M. Light rain at 73 a.m.

& at 2,3,6 & 8i p.m.

Clouds of different kinds.

High wind between 5 & 6 P.

mM. Thunder lightning & light

rain at 5+ & 9 P. mM.

Chiefly clear.

Scuds from SS Wto4a.m.,

clear to 11 4. m., “ito 6 p.m.

\i afterwards.

Clear to 5 a. M., \i after-

wards.

Stratoni to 2 p. w., overcast

afterwards. Brisk wind from

83 to 10 Pp. m.

Overcast to 4 Pp. w., \ni af-

terwards. Drizzled at 7,9 &

10 a.mM., & 4p. m.

xii Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of March \870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

Cirri, —i Strati,

Cirro-cumuli.

ferent kinds afterwards. Brisk

wind at 93.4. Mm.

flee | WInp.

42 (fio = ee

Sai 1 Sas a , =| p, =| General aspeet of the Sky.

wig lea & Prevailing Hols ‘Ss

Sie Se? direction. Sola Ss

bith |Pics iigiees

oO Inches lb ; Miles

129.5 S8,S.byW.&WhbyS.! ... | 106.5; Stratoni to 3 a. M., \i to

noon, ~itod Pp. M., Ni after-

wards.

128.8 W. by 8. & S. .. | 75.5] Ni to 3a. w., clear to 9 a.

1 M., \i afterwards.

131.0)». | We deeS 115.0; \ito6 p. m., clear after-

wards.

131.0 S.8. W. & W. 92.7| Seuds from S. 8.W. to4a.

M., clear to 104. M., \i tod

p.m., clouds of different kinds

‘ rn Drizzled at 10

131.6 W.S. W.& S.W 116.3 Vines to lla. m., “i after-

wards.

125.5 W.&S.S. W. 1.8;192.0; “Wi to8a.m., stratoni to 2

MS wy to 6 P. mM. clear af-

terwards. Brisk wind from 8

[S. w. to 9} a. M.

127.5 SSW,WbyN & W. 119.5 Clear to 4a. m., clouds of

different kinds to 10 a. mM. ~i

afterwards. Lightnig at 8} &

1l vp. m. Drizzled at 5} P. M.

130.0 W.& N. W. 125.0! Clouds of different kinds to

8 a.M., “1 to5p.M., clear. af-

terwards.

132.0 N.W. & W. byN. 101.8 | Clear to 11 a.M., “i to5 Pp.

mM., clear afterwards.

131.0 S.W& WwW 109.0! Stratoni to 6 a. m., clear

eile: Foggy from 4 to7

134.04 >,.. |S. S.-W: 163.2 * Chiefy clear. .

133.4 S. S. W. 212.5 | Clear.

129.8 S.S. W, SW.& E.| 2.0! 219.1 | Clear to noon, clouds of dif-

ee ree nes.

Meteorological Observations. xxui

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

tn the month of March 1870.

Monruty Resutts.

Inches.

Meen height of the Barometer for the month... . ... 29.840

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 10 a. ar.on the 18th. ... 80.035

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 4 P. M.on the 30th. ... 29.633

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month a ... 0.402

Mean of the daily Max. Pressures... ie ee ws. 29.922-

Ditto ditto Min. ditto Me t. 28775

Aflean daily range of the Barometer during ile: month a, we O1LF

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month _.., wad pc J6LG

Max. Temperature occurred at 3 Pp. M. on the 30th, tee saath OL Z a

Min. Temperature occurred at 6 a. M, on the Ist. hes e. OBLOE

Fixtreme range of the Temperature during the month Aes aie axoue

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature ... in Me het lee

Ditto ditto Min. Bt; | i; LS Guy,

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month., wan Oke

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month ... 71.0

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Ther mometer 10.0:

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month ; 64.0

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed mean Dew- -point . 17.0

“pibhee

Mean Elastic force of V apour for the month .., np . 0.597"

Troy grain.

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month done QG.42e

“Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation ... 4. 72

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity 0.58

Mean Max. Solar radiation Thermometer for the month .., 127.8

Inches.

Rained 5 days,—Max. fall of rain during 24hours .., ies (O.08

Total amount of rain during the month ..2r 0.09

Total amount of rain indicated by the Gauge attached to the anemo-

meter during the month __.. Tne ee rs i.e Ne

Prevailing dir ection of the Wind... oe S.S.W.

KIV Meteorological Observations.

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the month cf March. 1870.

MonrTaoiyuy Resutts.

tons

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observat

| Tables shewin

"uO ULBYY

"MM 4AQ°N

"UO ULBIT

"M ‘NUN

"U0 WRIT

"MN,

‘UO ULB}]

"MNT AA

“UO ULBYT

"NA" AA

————

A S-<nnp = nnnEEEEEEeeEen>=a-aeneer nent ooo

AN SSSR HMB MAN SAN AN SRS —

SMR MNNNAN ANA NIAM ASAIN

UO WIRY ae -

“9 Aq “A "Ml TAT AARRNA AANA ODSOSNwON >

MO WIR}

“MSM NM es ets OO 9 NI HO <A 2D 1 16 DM CS io N As

“uo uleYy ei om omg

“M ‘a eat OD AD AD AD GD OD <I OO 1D BC 19 6S Ss SH OS Ot 4 HD 4 OD 10 HD OD

pO } UY re 4

“M'S'S] &S SS ORR KHSSSSRAA A BHSHGNS

Ce Ot Lowel

uo ULBY es —

Pc Nn pee BEE ee

‘uo UR

“M Aq“g NaN Bee SWMOAN — Samm aIOs

“U0 WLBYy

7. FINMNMANRAN FH FF - NMDBDSH

wind was ae it rained,

ticular wind blew, together with the number of days on

"do ULRYy

nT xq “a Aq ‘9

“uo Wey]

W'S ‘S$

‘uo UIRY

“MO WLR YT

ae i%

“UO ULRY

‘uo UlRy

‘uo Urey

“ar &q NT Aq * 9

“UO WLR}

“HN

"UO Trey

‘HN

‘UO Urey

‘HN UN

“uo Uley

“a Aq * NT

“UO ULBY

aN AS aM Ne N

ich at a given hour any par

iN au08 L

7A at the same hour, when | aE

FOF SSS ON SS ae

o the number of davs on wh

Hfeteorological Observations. XXV

Abstract of the Results of the Mourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the mouth of April 1879.

Juatitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 384” Kast.

Height of the Cistern of tlre Standard Barometer above the sea level, 18.11 feet.

Daily Means, Sc. of the Gbservations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

eal or

he 3 _ | Range of the Barometer = H Rengh of the Temperas

gas during the day. es 3 ture during the day.

ace) fons} €

Date.| 5 Bo ES :

so | Max. | Min. | Diff. | 223 | Max. | Min. | Diff.

mj Ps = H

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. ° 0 fe) °

1 | 29.718 | 29.789 | 29.633 | 0.156 | 86.2 98.6 | 78.0 | 20.6

2 822 .909 al «179 84.6 95.2 3.0 > 202

3 863 948 812 136 88.6 96.0 17.2.| 18.8

4, od 930 99 131 85.6 96.5 78.0 | 18.5

5 803 897 420 Ba PC $2.7 91.6 45.7 | 15.9

6 206 WES 621 14 84.9 $6.2 76.3 | 19.9

vA .692 143 626 sch, $4.9 96.9 sa0) | 21:9

8 eZ LL. 44 -626 148 82.7 95.4) 74.8 | 20.6

9 3697 486 568 218 78.1 90.4 70.5 | 19.9

10 Ld 91 6a4 137 74.9 83.2 68.0 | 15.2

iL 485 848 16 132 Tia 86.7 67.7 | 19.0

i2 .823 903 AQ -161 79.0 89.4 72.5 | 16.9

13 718 800 625 17a 83.4 93.8 75.2 | 18.3

14, S704, 4 OF 681 116 85.2 93.8 JSdo | ihe

15 733 SOT 638 149 85.3 93.8 79.0 | 16.5

16 ay ee) 781 .630 151 86.4 97.5 78.2 | 19.3

17 32 789 672 Sy 85.1 95.0 78.4 | 16.6

18 808 880 443 137 84.9 92.8 8.5 | 14.3

19 848} 912 £68 147 , 85.6 94.8 | 79.0 | 15.5

20 841 .930 163 ~L6F 85.3 96.5 5.4 | 21.1

21 834 919 146 173 85.3 97.0 70.4 | 21.6

22 816 912 3d 178 83.4 96.0 76.7 | 19.3

23 780 843 604 189 85.1 95.0 77.4 | 17.6

24 lee .74gh| «S83 | 163) 862 | 973 | 784) 179

2d LOY 780 623 187 $5.0 97.8 (4.5 | 23.3

26 27 £803 .636 167 84.8 96.0 45.0 | 21.0

27 409 198 614, 184 83.5 96.0 76.0 | 20.0

28 O09) | Be if fe 628 147 84.1 94.4, peat \ Th F.0

29 433 499 .666 133 88 0 97.0 80.5 | 16.6

39 789 825 698 ave) S72 94.4 | 81.0 | 13.4

The Mean Ileight of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

(Thermometer Means are derived, from the hourly observations, made during

ithe day.

“xxvi Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Mourly Meteorological Observations

tuken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the mouth of April 1870.

‘Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

' J e al 5 . SH a ym

£) 3-4) 2 be of} Bae

Gy ee cvlie A 5 ‘see | ol Re, meces

2-1/8 )8 |38 |. 32 eee

Date.| Fa. “a - eS ‘SB mo | selbe ae

sf |343 | 4. 7595 13 )oeeeee

Pi | 312| 22) HE] es |bielees

d2 |p| # | ee | ae |) 82a

cB) a 5 Ty a a ie core oO H

a A Oo = = a7 | 4 =

| |

oO ) oO oS) | Inches. | T. gr. | Tigre.

1 | 767 | 95] 700] 162 | 0.727 | 7.74 | 5.25 | 0.60

2 | 733 | 113| 654] 192 | 626 | 669 | 70 | 54

3 | 73.0 | 13.6} 648] 218 | 613 53 | 6.61 50

4 | 72.1 | 13.5] 62.6] 23.0 | .570 08 68 48

6 | 732 | 95] 66.5] 162 | 648 96 | 4.76 59

6 | 752 | 97| 684] 165 | .690 | 7.36 | 5.18 9

7 | 748 | 10.1 | 67.7] 17.2 | \674 21 28 58

8 | 754 | 73] 70.3| 124 | .734 89 | 3.83 67

9 | 72.5 | 56] 686] 9.5 | .695 52 | 2.70 74

20! GOR Ae) eS. St) ee ee 29 75

al | 70.0 | 7.1] 65.0] 121 | .617 71 1 321 63

a2 | 738 | 62/702] 88 | .732-| 7.91 | 256 75

33 | 778 | 5.6| 739] 9.5 | .824 | 883 | 3.13 74

a4 | 799 | 53| 762| 9.0 | .887 | 9,49 12 75

% | 792 | 611 749| 104 | .881 09 55 72

a6 | 768 | 96| 701] 163 | .729 | 7.77 | 6.29 60

i7 | 783°} 681735] 116 | 814 | 869 | 3.88 69

18 | 787 | 62) 744| 10.5 | 838 95 BA 7:

19 | 77.6 | 80| 72.0] 186 | .776 26 | 4.50 65

20 | 748 |-105| 674! 17.9 | .668 | 7.12 | 5.52 56

21 | 755 | 9.8| 686] 16.7 | .695 Al 23 59

92 | 75.9 | 95| 692| 162 | .708 56 12 60

23 | 773 | 78|718| 183 | .771 | 823 | 434 66

24 | 768 | 9.4] 702} 160 | .732 | 7.79 | 5.20 60

95 | 77.9 | 7.6] 72.6] 129 | .790 | 843 | 4.29 66

26 | 769 | 9.91 714 | 134 | .76t 13 33 65

a7 | 95.4 | * 8.1 | 69.7) 138 | .790 | 7.71 29 64

93 | 772 | 69| 724| 11.7 | .785 | 839 | 3.82 69

99 | 792 | 88| 739| 141 | .824 76 | 4.92 64

30. | 78.8 ). 84! 938] 134 | 822 15 62 65

Meteorological Observations. ¥XVIE

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations.

token at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calculla,

wm the month of April 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

68 Range of the Barometer =. |Range of the Tempera-

en for each hour during a 8 ture for each hour

no 4 the month. 2 during the month.

ere ge eee ee ie

Hour.) 5 Bo Ag

e463 | Max. | Min. | Dif. | 22 | Max. | Min. | Diff:

et ae

as co

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. re) re) oO o

MMid-

night.! 29.760 | 29.849 | 29.654 | 0.195 tak 84.5 | 70.4 | 14.1

1 ee | .644)> 679 | 165 |) 78.6-| (83.6 | 69.2 | 144

- 742 .836 .668 168 78:2 | 83.0 69.2 | 13.8

3 a| ee | eo7 > 178 | 478.1 828 | 60.0) 488

4 733 640 | %650./' 100. | 2976.1 -89.4 i lee-5 | 73.6

5 747 .868 663 | .205 il 81.0 | 68.0; 13.0

6 .766 882 .678 204 76.6 81.0 ey au hs

7 788 902 £700 .202 (03 81.8 68.0 | 13.8

8 meet 926 723 .203 80.4: 84.5 72.0 | 12.0

9 826 943 .734.| .209 83.7 B78 1 45:0) 17 W2.7

TO 826 GAS 743 205 86.8 90.2 77.4 | 12.8

it 816 93d 424 yess 89.5 93.2 79.1) 14.1

Noon. 797 .923 FOG0 |p 217 91.3 95.0 | 80.2 | 14.8.

1 od .880 .678 £202 92.9 97.8 Be 7< clGar

2 735 849 657 .192 93.8 98.0 83.0 | 18.0:

3 708 622 618 204 93.8 98.5 76.0 | 22:3

= mao | -815 | 688) 232 | 98.3 | 98.6 | 981.71) 16.9

5 688 | 812] 568) 244 | 912 | 97.0 | 748) O99

6 ies |) 6823| 585 | 938: | e86 | 94.0. | 96 | des

7 is) -=848 | .687 | 21F-. |. 856 | 90.8 1 928) 477

8 43 | 847 | 666 | 481. | 83.3 | $9.0. | 9151 i75

9 eo. |. 868.\ 679 |. 989 | 81 Cer lee oO ass

10 730 | .880| .699| .18% | 808 | 87.0 | 72.01 150

il “/ias 857 702 1390 80.0 85.6 BOLD Tock

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Means are derived from the observations made at the several

hours during the month,

EXVIN Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

au the monlh of Apr’ 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

go toue Doi |p a eesti oe ee ee

a 1S 3 2 vi ES ree B | Ee

2 te | @) 3 (8 (eo

2 aa eee re $3 |\eee| S23

ons — Co oS

— = » he

Ee BS] ah i | gee | gs e

a8 A a | Ag a A, e SEG] dite

go bs =| b. 5 S 3 aS |maaeg)] $e

a is S = A+ > we | STFS yes

a A} OLA = at | ag a

Mid-

night.| 74.6 | 45| 71.4] 77 | 0.761 | 822 | 231

1 74.3 4.3 | 71.3 7.3 758 21 17

2 74.3 29 | 22ee 6.6 -766 28 1.97

3 74.2 3.6 | $1.7 6-1 768 3 -80

A 74.0 3.6 | 71.5 6.1 763 28 79

5 73.8 3.3 | 71.5 5.6 763 28 64

6 73.7 29 | 71.7 4.9 768 Oo 42

7 TAA 2.9 | $2.4 4.9 785 5k 47

8 76.0 4.4) 72.9 7.5 797 5 2.35

Ny] TES 6.9 | 72.0 11.7 776 18) 3.77

40 77.6 Re he 7 aod 14.7 778 -2t 4.94

il 78.0 11.5 | 71.1 18.4 753 7.98 6.31

Noon.| 78.0 33.3 | 70.0 21.3 727 -66 7.49

1 77.8 15.1 | 68.7 24.2 697 32 8.45

2 77.6 16.2 | 67.6 2.9 679 13 9.05

3 Yeok 16.7 | 67.1 26.7 651 6.93 25

4, 17.3 16.0;| Bat 25.6 674 7.08 8.87

5 | 766 | 146] 67.8] 23.4 | .677 14 | 7.88

6 76.4 12.2 | 69.1 19.5 706 47 6.45

7 75.8 9.7 | 69.0 16.5 FOL 50 5.22

8 75.8 7.5 | 70.8 12.8. 139 - 92 4.01

9 7d.1 6.4 | 70.6 10.9 AL 97 3.04

JO 75.1 Ct Al ee om 2 i 753 8.11 2.96

11 74.8 B28) | hbo 8.8 756 15 66

All the Hy grometrical clements are computed by the Greenwich Cons ants

Meteorological Observations. XXIX

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Caleutla,

im the month of <dpril 1870.

_ Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

Sen eD > Winp.

eee ies

ees = Ties

Pigs. > 2 oy =! + =! General aspect of the Sky.

2) 45 |aen| Prevailing 4 Gita Ss

ie a sO direction. sol Ss

saa eo lw rales) | ma 4 o

mH Ao | =

o |Inches | ib | Miles

1,133.0; ... |S. W.&S.S. W.| 1.0} 170.5 Clear to 2 p. M., .ito6 P.

M., \ni afterwards. Lightning

to W from 9 to 11 Pp. m.

erieeo) 4... /W. by N. & N ... | 197.4 Clouds of different kinds.

S) lobed» ss. 15. &. W. ay | 13409") Stratton to dA, \ai to lt

Herp We oma NE ee OW OL es: | BE. 5

clear afterwards.

4\ 130.2) ... |W.S.W.&S.S.W. | 3.0) 145.9! Clouds of different kinds.

Brisk wind between 6 & 63 P.

im. ‘Thunder & lightning at 5,

| 6&9 p.m. Drizzled at 55 p.m.

5| 125.0; 0.27 |S.S. E. & Variable, 0.4) 159.2)! Overcast to 11 a. m.. clear

afterwards. Thunder from 5

to 9 a.m. Lightning at 3, 4&

7 aom., slight rain at 33, 6, 7

& OA. M.

6) 132.2; ... ISS W&S by W| ... | 143.4) Chiefly clear.

ia O i.) |. 5.5. W. wu bloore| (Clear toil 2) m4 C1 to wie.

M., clear afterwards.

bese} 0.07 |S. S. W. 18.0) 245.2! Clearto 44.M.,~itol0a.M.,

clear to 3 vp. u., clouds of dif-

ferent kinds to 8 v. M., clear

afterwards. Storm between

45 &52.M. Thunder, light-

ming & rain at 5 Pp. M.

9| 125.5 | 1.27 |S & Variable. 40.0 | 295.7| Clouds of different kinds to

2 Pp. M., overcast afterwards.

Storm at 65 p. m., thunder &

lightning at4a.m.3 P.M. &

from 5 to 8 p. Mm. Rain at 4 4.

mM. & from 4} to 7} Pp. M.

10} 122.5} 0.66 |E.S.E.&N.N.E. | 4.0) 241.9! Clouds of different kinds to

6° a, M.; clear t6 1D ames ai

to4p.M., clear afterwards.

Brisk wind between midnight

& 1a. mM. Thunder & lightning

|from midnight to 2 a. M., rain

at 1 Pp. M.

by 8S. vont Lan.) Clear,

, Suede) ae. 119908 Ir CléearstoilO arw., Oite 6x:

M., stratoni afterwards. Rain

between 2 & 3 P. M.

13) 125.5) ... |S.SH,SbyEH.&SW] ..- | 167.5| Chiefly ~1. Lightning to 8.

at 4 A. M.

14, 126.0; ... |S.S.W,&.S.byW.) ... | 216.0} Clear to 44. m. Scuds from

SS Wto8a. m., elear after-

iwards.

i220; ..... |B, &

12) 128.8} 0.69 |. S.

XXX ‘Meleorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Ilour/y Meteorological Observations

tuken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Culculta,

in the month of April 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &c.

Bg [ae . Winp.

Be eas |. £] », £| General aspect of the Sk

eieres vote é Peotne 4 z b> = | General aspec e Sky.

S| SS 13 ae | direction. So ra =

= |S bere Be |

o =| Inches } th | Miles}

15/ 129.0] ... |S.S.W,S.&8.byW) 0.4 | 243.2 | Seuds from S. S. W to 84.

| u., clear to 7, Pp. M.. scuds

from S by W afterwards.

16} 127.5) ... SSSW,WSW &S ... | 245.6] Scuds from 8.8. W. tod”

A. M., clear afterwards.

17| 127.5) ... |SSW.S&S8 by W| ... | 193.2} Chiefly clear.

18, 127.7}... |S.8.W.&S by E) ... | 221.7] Stratoni & \ito6 a. w.\ni

to 5 p.M., stratoni afterwards. —

Lightning toWat 67 &8 p.m.

19) 128.0] ... |S. &S. by E. 2.8 | 158.7 Clouds of different kinds.

Brisk wind at 9} Pp. M.

20|}.130:0:) ... [WaS.WV& S.8.B) |.) 1282

Clear to 11 a. m., \i_to-d-p,

im., clear afterwards.

21) 129.9) ... [W.S.W.&S.byW | ... | 109.2 | Clear to 5 a. M., \i to7 PB,

M., clear afterwards.

22; 128.8; ... |S. &S.S. W. ... | 144.0} Clear to 7 a. m., \ 1010)

A. M., clear afterwards. Fog-

gy from 2 to 6 a. M.

23/ 127.0; ,.. |S. & S. by W. 1.8 217.7; Clear. Brisk wind from 1

to 3) p.m. Lightning to W at

SP. M.

\ni to 7 a. M., clear to 4i Pp.

M., stratoni afterwards. Brisk

wind between 5 & 5} & at 64

p. M. Thunder & lightning to —

‘Wat 6 p.m. Drizzied at 5}

, & 7 P.M.

25) 133.0 | 0.04 |S. & Variable. 3.0 | 222.3 Stratoni to°3 a. m., clear to

10 a. m., clouds of different

kinds afterwards. Brisk wind —

from 2 to 11 Pp. m. Lightning

lto NW at8&9 pv. mu. Thur

der & rain at 9 P. M.

26; 129.5 | 0.19 |S. by E. & S. 2.4 | 256.8 | Clouds of different kinds to —

8p. M., overcast afterwards.

Brisk wind between 8} & 9p.

M. Thunder at 9p mw. Light- |

ning from 7 to 10 vp. mw. Rain

at 9 & 10 p. um. a

27| 129.4 0.84 |S.S. W.&E.N.E.| ... | 169.2} Overcast to 3a. u., Wi to

7 A. M., clear to 4 P. M., over=

cast afterwards. Thunder at

77 Pp. M. Lightning to N W at

7&8v.M. Rain from 7} to

83 P.M. =P

24, 130.0; ... IS. & Variable. 3.8 | 262.2

Meteorological Observations. XXXi

Abstract of the Result of the Hourly Meterological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

wn the month of dAprit 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &c..

a lope WIND.

eS we oss :

Ace ae = q ~_

| eh aes mals bi z | be’ | General aspect of the Sky.

S| BS lease Prevailing M | tas

Be pie BS a direction. a 2 | 2S

ja) = oS tay 4+ $4 Rie

- | ia eal = iat

129.0' . N.& Variable 156.3; Overcast to 5 a. M., “i to

of different kinds afterwards.

Thunder at 223, 3 & 4p. Mm.

: Drizzled at 5 p. mM.

127.5; .. ISS W.& Variable.’ ... | 133.7) Overcast to 7 a. ut., clear to

“29 |

| 2P. M., \ito 8 P. M., clear

| afterwards.

=301 127.0! ... ISSW& Variable.’ ... | 126.8} \.i to noon, stratoni after-

wards.

Cirri, —i Strati,~i Cumuli,—i Cirro-strati, +i Cumulo strati,~i Nimbi,

Mi Cirro-cumuli,

XXX Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Resulls of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Geueral’s Office, Calcutta,

in the mouth of April 1870.

Monruty Resvttrs.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month.. ... 29-757

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 10 a. ar. on the ‘Srl. ... 29.948

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 5 Pp. mM. on the 9th. . 29.568

Ketreme range of the Barometer during the month ... 0.380

Mean of the daily Max. Pressures ... 29.832

Ditto ditto Min. ditto ae ... 29.678

Mean duily range of the Barometer during the month .., wu. O.154

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month .., age 1 * 84.1

Max. Temperature occurred at 4 Pp. M. on the Ist. at ae 988

Min. Temperature occurred at 6 a. M, on the 11th. a yey.’ kee

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month se pa

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature .. a2 oy . O65

Ditto — ditto Min. clitto, rs i ete

Mean daily vange of the Temperature during the month.. | 268

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month... 75.8

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer 8.3

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month ee 70.0

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed mean Dew-point .. 14.1

Twshoin

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month .., eas a. 0.727

Troy grain.

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month ef boo.

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation ... 4.43

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity 0.64

Rained 11 days,—Max. fail of rain during 24hours_...

Total amount of rain during the month

Total amount of rain indieated by the Gauge attached to the anemo-

meter during the month zs a bee

Prevailing direction of the Wind... ie + $8. v.

Meteorological Observations. xXxul

eros et Peete Ml

* MA Aq ‘Ni re

ry ‘ ® ‘ c= ac

M*N'N

“Uo WIRY oa = ea

‘mo UlBy 4

UNA NT La ri Guid = HS =

M N'A

‘UO ULB]

ligt

]

ie a - Sasa NH ANMAAAAN

ith the number of days on

m0 €@) Wle3jy Bie thatch. Mea ee” PPR Rehm usr.) agen

e re re A re [oa | ro re [on ll ooo

"9 Aq "MA an

“uo trey

Bas, ae OMDANRH A Ae MAAN NM

"M'S' AA a sh

"UO ULeYT re

“MC SHAN NMNN OW AMS Soe iaen Maen eee) re

d blew, together w

"UO ULB ea

: “a DADCDAKROCOSOMWUHOOMWIANAUHAANMANA

UM'S 'S =

was ue it rained

"UO ULB, My

“M 49° QV 6D GI OD GO GNI AI CD OD SID OD OD OS IS OO SH OO 18 10

icular w

“UO ULB

"a 1D OO O10 SH Se a eis ae ee

‘uoweyqy . ot

ow 44 ‘s) § NSA AANTARAAANATARAAAAMAN

"uo Wey] ©

ma SS S§

"UO WLBT

Loa -s A ao ANNAN AAA NN

— re

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the month of April 1870.

MontHuy RESULTS.

Tables shewing the number of days on which at a given hour any part

aN aHAM AANA MANANAMMNAR

eae

TONS

‘HO Ue]

a “hy A ARAN MNMMON aS ac — N ao

"HO UBT

Peter ii el =i = NS

Gg Aq “iy

“dO URI ;

er NANA AANAAN N AT AN a ae

‘UO WLR yy,

“aT Aq “oT ro — asa re re sree Seq foal

‘UO ULB IT, aa

nae No

‘UO LRT

ie” Ni x

‘UO IVT,

“AH ON ON Wi, Seen poke A ieee Se

“UO UleYy,

“a Aq ‘N

“uO Urey)

“Ny

pee at the same i when 7 an win

SHAMAN ANAS Natasa O44 ang

— i=

a > me)

Abstraet of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observat

Meteorological Observations. XXXIV

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calculla,

a the month of Muay 1870.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the sea level, 18.11 feet.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

Se 2

ee 8 _ | Range of the Barometer a Hi Ranges of the Tempera-

eal = = during the day. FA 3 ture during the day.

DS © os ie oS

Date. | % Bo | A 3

| = °° | Max. | Min. | Dif. | $3 | Max. | Min. | Dif

Kj & et SH

Ra | is

Tnches. | Inches. | Tnches. | Inches. oO oO O oO

PT) 29.738 | 29.810) 29.650 | 0.160) 88.3 96.5 | 824) 14.1

2 649 414 504 160 89.4; 100.8 82.0 , 18.8

3 612 684, 509 175) 89.6 100.5 82.0 |. 18

4, 609 678 521 157 89.0 07.4 83.2 | 14.2

5 597 671 519 152°| 90.1 103.4 | 82.6 | 20.8

6 613 672 O38 134 89.3 99.0 82.5 | 16:5

7 588 664 509 185 89.2 98.2 83.0 | 14.7

8 509 | .586| .406| 180) 90.1 | 101.0 | 82.6] 18.4

9 — 603 O84 414, 170 91.8 103.6 83.0 | 20.6

10 | 604 572 413 159 | 90.4 |} 101.0 | 82.2 | 18.8

44 A494 547 419 128 89.5 100.6 81.6 | 19.0

12 556 .613 502 a 89.0 93.5 82.0 | 16.5

14, 614 .686 563 123 87.8 96.7 S17 \ 1a.0

15 608 | 674 549 20.) 84.6 96.85 Ole AES

16 649 703 .O9d 108 88.0 98.0 $1.2 | 16.8

17 676 TAA G05 sooo) 80 98.0:> "| “82% |, 15:5

18 .650 O02 ol 1d) 88.7 97.5 82.5 | 15.0

19 632 .7d8 531 227, 86.8 97.0 75.0 | 22.0

ory 698 676 510 166 84.4 93.6 100 dyed.

21 575 .666 608 158 88.3 94.1 75.7 | 18.4

22 .633 231 562 W69*) 85.2 Ooe2-.) 7.8 \\ Gay

23 .686 £766 .630 136 85.3 93.2 76.6 | 16.6

24 .678 748 561 MUSE 86.2 94.0 F220 |) Toro

25 682 19 618 152 87.2 95.4 80.5 | 14.9

26 668 12 .608 104, 84.7 G2.7 SiO i acy

27 634 .680 573 107 | 84.2 O18 796. |) 120

28 599 691 520 131 85.5 | 94.5 78.7 | 15.8

29 528 605 467 138 84.7 89.7 80.5 9.2

39 467 532 394, 138 | 84.9 96.6 | 80.0 | 16.6

31 ATA 548. 420 128 87.7 100.9 | 78.0 | 22.9

The Mean Ifeight of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Means are derived, from the hourly observations, made during

the day.

EXEV Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Tonrly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of May 1870.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—/( Continued.)

| =

bs sal | eae 6 64 | C88 | se.

SS ND ic | doh 3° >| Site ee

Ss a FE Po |mse inca

= . | & 2 Be “es | sae |e 88

: k ae oOo oD

Die.) ®, | 318] 3 28 (Fee | ose

CO ee be oe au | 2a }aee | Bes

Fe} 3 | $) #4 | B8 | &S | Soaps

aE Ra a AE ae a, | SRE| ees

io] = b =) ee ao x as pm Pic fo) = fs =f

oF Fy 5 ry oe og me ° oro H

a) ° | o) | 9 | Inches. | T. gr. | TF. gr |

1 | 810 | 7.3| 766] 11.7 | O809 | 9.54 | 4.26

9 | SLy f 721 77.7) 398°) elk 7 66) ee

3 | 82.7 68 78.6| 10.9 | .958 | 10.16 14

419 Beg | eto eee | 10.1 | 967 | 26.) 3.82

5 | 813 | 88| 760) 141 | 882 | 9.33 | 6.21

6 | 81.9 | 7.4) 77.5 | 118 | .026 | ~.80 | 441

7 | 82.3 | &9 |. 782 | 1.0 | 946 | 10.02 14

9 | 827 | 7.41 783 | 1,8 | 040, | . 0a 7) ieee

g'| 822:| 34317341 181) SIL | 8557) eae

3 | 815 | 8.9| 762] 142 | .887 | 9.39 | 5.28

rs ae OR | 125°; 910 | 63 | 466

12 80.9 8.1 | 76.0 / 13.0 | .882 | 25 ae

13. | 802 al 76.1.) $38 |~ 266 eae | 88.

mC 75 .0- Ie: .8d¢ ve :

14 79.8 8.0 | 75.0 | 12.8 854 07 53

15 79.9 | i 75.3 | _ per ae | +

16. | 802 8} 75) 12. 868 ae

17 | 816 | af "73 ALS | Sih |)

18 | 81.0 Z.7| 76.4.| 123 | 893 49 AZ

79 | 80.2 06 7o0.) 100 | aes 45. | 3.76

20 | 77.0 | 74) 718) 126 | 771 | 8.23 | 408

rot a ae oc i I a 2 ae 8 843 98 04

22 | 800 | 52} 764.) &8 | 803 | 9.5% | \3.06

a3, | 79% |. 65 | 79) O« | B70 AO 24

S40) eer OS bay Take ieee i 86

25.°|. Boe hes ae ae Seis Ve 65

og |. Sob TV AGT 769! “Fe. |. sane. 40° | age

27, | 707 1S eee Pee |) abe 59 65

28. | 79a } ARO Feet SG) +) sag 1& | 3.49

29" | | S02 tram ene nt \usgewe eae 73. 28

30... 79.6-5)< Be gor oe 873 34-| 3.15

Shi] FOR) BO as 851 04 | 462

{

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants

Meteorological Observations. KY XVI

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Geueral’s Office, Caleulta,

wr the mouth of May 1870.

Hourly Means, &e. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

ees Range of the Barometer ry .. |Range of the Tempera

+ a for each hour during po 2 ture for each hour

eH = the month. 3 during the month.

aye is SR NEA a0 2a es LO

Hour.| & oo : anes Z | |

aa x 2 q : an

Meee) Max.) Min. | Dif. |} $2 | Max. | Min: | Dif.

hak: ae ee

| / |

Mid-

night.| 29.610 | 29.768 | 29.480 | 0.288 82.9 85.7 76.5 9.2

: 1 597 61 AGS 293 82.6 85.2 76.5 87

2 086 a1 459 292 82-4 85.0 76.8 8.5

3 579 7A 453 289 | 82.1 84.7 16.5 8.2

4, 082 4L 456 -285 81.9 84.5 76.8 od.

5 598 745 AGG | .279 81.7 83.7 | 766) FA

6 _ 614 760 486 274 81.7 $3.5 1.3 6.2

7 634 erO 498 278 83.0 85.0 78.5 6.8

8 650 489 493 296 85.6 87.7 | 81.6 6.2

9. .661 810 503) 207 | 88.5 90.5 83.2 7.3

10 .660 806 497 .309 91.0 $3.5 86.0 4.3

il 648 494 489 308 93.5 | 96.8 | 88.0 8.8

| | |

Noon. .633 785 470 315 94.8 99.5 | 89.0 | 10.5

2 611 758 451 B07 96.0 | 101.4 | 86.5 | 14.9

2 584 738 Al4.| B24 96.2 TOUS: .| S48: 1-120

hE 561 715 ALG BOS 95.9 103.4 83.0 | 20.4

4 540 689 B97 292 95.0 103.6 82.6 | 21.0

5 531 630 BOA 236 93.3 103.0 | 82:6 | 20.4

6. 540 651 399 252 99.9 99.6 82.8 | 16.8

| ae UBGd .668 432 236 |' 87.6 | 94.5 75.0 | 19.5

e Ss: 589 (758 4AG 312 85.8 Qia2 76.0 | 182

eo. 611 748 455 293 | 84.6 BB-O0 ogee, 1.18

e 10 .619 736 481 255 83.9 89.5 | 768 | 13.0

ie iL | .616 726 488 | .238 83.5 87.4 | 75.5 | 14.9

| | |

| |

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

‘Thermometer Means are derived from the observations made at the severai

hours during the month. ,

XXXVU Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

an the month of May 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the 1Tygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Counlinued.)

a iis 43 Se = 3 | Se | -4 3

Ss > = E rs) ee Sats s

4 Es Be las = oe SB — e

Be ~ = an oH > a aoe, = Bw

2 o 3) e) ee (eh Gi 7»

r= > 5 > as o6 Sree tO ace

(a 3 Sot le 2 £2 | Eee | oes

How | "2 3 = =| = ‘no 6 | | BS Pee Sine

coe th) eee a: Sai 2. | 2S | sea es

| Fo |} a8 | @ | ge | Be | eo

| a6 b be oS fe se | oe | she

os is ° aan Si Sd | Se 8 los

| ae Al So an = adie | a

| oF) 0 ) oy) Tnehes. | T. gr. | T. gr.

Mid-

night.) 79.2 3.7 | 76.6 6.3 | 0.899 9.65 2.14 0.82

1 79.1 3.5 | 76.6 6.0 899 65 OB 83

2 79.1 3.3 | 76.8 5.6 905 7 1.90 Sb

3 79.2 2.9 | 77.2 4.9 916 85 66 85

A 79.2 2.7 | 17.3) 4.6 919 88 56 86

5 79.3 9.41 77.6 4.1 928 99 38 88

6 | 74 | 23] 778| 39 | 1934 | 1005 | 32 | 9sm

7 80.2 2.8 | 78.2 4.8 946 35 67 86.5

8 81.2 4d 73.1 "5 AB 0G

9 82.2 e371 7a4. | AG 952 10

10 | 835. 1°85 9741 196 |} “ope

11 | 827 | 108 7621 17.3 | 887

Woon) osaee > jee | 75.4] 19.4 865

1 82.2 | 13.8 | 73.9 | 22.1 S24

2 81.8 | 144] 73.2) 23.0 806

3 81.3 1.6 | 72.5 | 23.4 787

mn $1.4 | 13.6 | 73.2] -21.8 806

5 813 | 12.0! 741| 19.2 830

6 81.4 951 75.7 | 152 873

7 80.5 711 76.31. 11.4 887

8 80.1 5.7 | 76.1) 9.7 885

9 79.7 4.91 76.3 | 8.3 890

10 79.4 Ba tee | agg 887

1 79.5 4.0 | 76.7 6.8 902

Meteorological Observations. XXXVI

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorologiwal Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calculla,

au the month of May 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather. &e.

Saeco e WIND.

mal fe! S Org °

RD ‘3 Be = & < by

3 ue zeae Prevailing | 4g =I z General aspect of the Sky.

3S ats. direction. Ss 1g =

A) SF lec | AeA Ss

o {Inches lb | Miles

Paeon) ... s 92.7 | Stratonito6a.mM., Wi&\Wi

Re JO. Ac MEY Stratont ww Nai

afterwards.

2} 130.0) ... ISSW,SW&SbyW| ... | 167.6 | Stratonito 6 a. m., clear to

. noon, “ito 5d P. M., \1 alter-

wards.

3; 129.9; ... |S.S.W,S &SbyW.| 1.0 | 238.9 | Chiefly clear.

4/ 128.0; ... |S.S.W.& S.byW. | 2.0 | 331.5 | Chiefly clear. Brisk wind

from 5 to 10 Pp. M.

Ij5.6)| .... |S. by W. &S.SW.| 0.8} 319.0| Chiefly clear. Brisk wind

from 4+ to 7. M.

Gieg0 0) 4. S. 0.4| 251.5 | Chiefly clear.

f/131.8) ... |S. by W.&S.S.W.| 0.2 | 268.0} Stratoni to 54. m., clear to

9 A. M.,\1t07 P. M., stratoni

‘afterwards.

§| 135.0; ... |S. S. W.&S byW)| 0.2| 246.1} Clear to 6 a. m., \i to 6 pe.

Im., scuds afterwards.

B1135.0) «.- SSWaS ... | 205.6} Scuds to 4a. m., clear to 5

P. M., \1 afterwards.

10) 180.0) ... |S.& SbyW. ... | 166.6} Stratoni to 4a. m., \i tol

ip. M., “ito4p.mM., clear af-

terwards.

i ta90) ... |S byW &sS an | DOS: i Clear toi sae. Sa to: dw,

M., clear afterwards.

fetes 2 ar... |o. &. by W. 0.2 | 258.3.| Clear to noon, \i to 7 P. M.,

clear afterwards.

feo... |S. a5. by B: 0.8 | 259.7 | Chiefly clear.

fea... |\S.&8. by E. .. | 263.0) Clear to 8 a. m., \i after-

wards.

isidal.o)... |S.by WS. 0.4|2975.5| \_ito7 a. m., stratom to

noon, Ni afterwards.

$e). 100.0). ... S. ... | 244.8 | Stratonito 3 a. u., \Wi to 2

Pp. M., \1 to 6 Pp. M., clouds of

different kinds afterwards.

.2| Chiefly clear.

5| Stratoni to 4 a. M., scuds

to. 10 «a. M.. clear to 7 P: M.,

stratoni afterwards. Brisk

wind from 1 to 5} p.m. Light-

ning at 8 & 9p. M.

317.5 \. Clear to7 a.M., “ito 6 P.m®.,

overcast afterwards. High

wind between 6 & 7 P.M.

Thunder at 7 P. mu. Lightning

from 7 to 9 p. M., Slight rain

from 62 to 9 ¢ P. M.

17/128.7| ... |S,SSW&S by E. 0.4] 2

oe). |S. by E,&S. | 2.0/8

Wo)

19; 135.8| 0.39 |S. by E. & S.

Searix. Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

tuken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calculla,

a the month of May 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

cae gp Winp.

Be EGE =|». | General aspect of the Sk

iat a ae 5 Prevalling wk Be eneral aspect 0 e Sky.

Serr oe) ; ~~ Mm °

é 3 x BO direction. ar 5 C

0 |Inches| | th | Miles}

20) 126.2 |}0.10 IN. E.& 8.58. W. (36.0; 269.5; ‘Ni to 8a. M., -1to3 P.M.,

.ito 6 Pp. M., overcast after-

wards. Storm from 7 to 9}

P. M. Thunder at OF P. M.

[ by W ‘

21; 126.5 | 0.43 |S. by E,S.S.W. Ya 7.6 337.4 | Clouds of different kinds.

Brisk wind from 8? a. M., to

3 p.m. High wind between 8

&9 p.m. Thunder & rainat 9

p.M. Lightning from 8 to 10

P. M.

Clouds of different kinds.

Brisk wind between 9 & 10

a. u., & at 82 p.m. Thunder

at 91». m. Lightning from 8

toll p. m. Drizzled at noon,

9&1lp. M.

Clouds of different kinds.

Lightning to W. at (8 Pp. M.

Drizzled at mid- night.

Overcast to 3 a. M., \i to

7 a. My 71406 Bee ‘clouds

of different kinds afterwards.

Brisk wind between 1 & 2 a.

mM. Lightning to W at 8 p. m.

Drizzled at 10 P. m.

\i to 2 Pp. M., stratoni after-

wards.

Clearto 5 a. M., “itol P.M.

22) 124.0) =. 18:48. 5. W. 3.8 | 350.2

23) 127.8] ... |S. S. W. 1.0 | 290.4

24/129.5| ... |S.S.W.& S.byE. 1.0 | 284.0

25/133.0| ... |ISSW,EbyS&SSE) ... | 233.0

26 127.5| ... |SbyWSSW&SSEl ... | 277.3

27,115.5| ... {S.8. E.& S.S.W.| ... | 162.0| Stratoni to 2 a.m., clear to

5a.m., ~“1& Nito 1 P. ae

overcast to 5 p. M., stratoni

afterwards. Lightning from 7

to 9 p. mM. Drizzled at 72 Pp. M.

Overcast to 5 A. M., Wito6—

P. M., overcast afterwardé.

Brisk wind between 7&8 P.M. —

Lightning from 8 to 10 Pp. M.

Drizzled at 8 P. M.

Overcast. Drizzled at 8 ea

103 P. M.

28 130.0! ... SbyW&Variable. | 1.6 | 138.9

29} ... | 1. ISSW&S,by E. | ... | 197.8

Meteorological Observations. xl

Abstract of the Result of the Hourly Meterological Observations

luken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutla,

am the month of May 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e..

= dj soe WIND. |

oer: : 2G l t of the Sl

i His Hee Bs E 5 a3 eneral aspect of the Sky.

Si ies irection. = 2 aS

foe | 5 /A is

oO oe ib | Miles.

S044) ... SSE&S ... | 141.0) Overcast to 7 a. M., cito3

Pp. M., overcast to 6 Pp. M.,

'stratoni afterwards. Thunder

'& drizzled at 22 Pp. M.

134.8)... (8 E,SSE&S. ho 953.0)) Clear to Asm. Nv tock x.

M., stratoni to 3 Pp. M., “1 to

7 p. m., clear afterwards.

[Lightning to N. W. at 8 p.m.

NiCirri,—i Strati,~i Cumuli,\—i Cirro-strati, 0 i Cumulo strati,~i Nimbi,

‘ai Cirro-cumuh,

xhi Meteorological Observations. -=

Abstract of the Results of the Mourly Meleorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Culcutta,

wu the mouth of May 1870.

Monrtutiy Resvutrs.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month.. ... 29.601

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 9 a. ar.on the Ist. ... 29.810

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 5p. M.on the 30th. ... 29.394

extreme range of the Barometer during the month dg .. 0.416

Mean of the daily Max. Pressures... vise ae . 29.671

Ditto ditto Mun. ditto ; op we. 29.525

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month .., ». 0.146

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month ... aes cot i ean

Max. 'Teimperature occurred at 4 p. M. on the 9th. ss ay. 105.8

Min. ‘Temperature occurred at 7 vp. M, on the 19th. ts nad ae

Eetreme range of the ‘Temperature during the month Res bas

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature ... BE is ae

Ditto — ditto Min. ditto, e: aes (~ 2Ome

Alean daily range of the Temperature during the month., i eee

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month ... 80.6

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer 7A

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month Me 76.3

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed mean Dew -point .. 11.4

Tackee =

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month .., ads w. 0.890

Troy grain. —

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month : .. Oaan

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation ... 4.08

Mean degree of humi dity for the month, complete saturation being unity 0.70

Mean Dax. Solar radiation Thermometer for the month ..,

Rained 10 days,—Max. fall of rain during 24hours... om

Total amount of rain during the month a

Total amount of rain indicated by the Gauge attached to the anemo-

meter during the month mae a . Oe

Prevailing direction of the W ind.,\ ae rit 8,8 by. W&S.S. W.

eyor General’s Office, Calcutta, in the month of May 1870.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Surv

ith thé number of days on

ined

gether w

it ra

Montauy Resvutrs.

hour any particular wind blew, to

r, When any particular wind was blowing,

a given

ys on which at

which at the same hou

Tables shewing the number of da

Melcorvlogical Observations.

“AAT NM

“WO ULL IT

"NAq* Ad

‘UO ULV

WOOO OmRR SD

=i tm

“WO WLR

‘'$

WOmémOSOHOG OS

™

ONNMANAMANAADMNNA

“H'S

ma TIN

"do Wey

Nw Aq

"WO WRIT

oN OW ‘

“UO WLR

“tL °N'

"UO UIT

a ae

"uo Urey

“oT fq “NT

“UO UIBIT: eee’

car

MOG Fin Oo ~ DO

ma re

ASHNMAMONRDD

Meteorological Observations. xhikt

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of June 1870.

“Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the sea level, 18.11 feet.

Daily Means, Kc. of the Oleervations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

ee?)

Be a

a4 .

22 . | Range of the Barometer | = 4 |Range of the Tempera-

aa | during the day. sale ture during the day.

Date.) Si Bo | Ag

Peace . a5 po

s 275 | Max. | Min. Diff. So Max. | Min. | Diff.

| Sas | =

}

| Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. tf)

Oo oO oO

1 | 29.542 | 29.690 | 29.458 | 0.232 87.0 97. | 76.51 21.0

2 599 665 531 134 | 84.4 99.5 | 78.0 145

3 #11 |~ .693 534 159 | 86.9 95.6 | 77.5 | 18.1

4 627 697 538 .159'| 87.1 95.0 | 80.6 | 14.4

5 .660 707 619 088 | 87.2 93.6 | 82.0 | 11.6

6 711 768 623 145 | 87.3 93.8 | 79.5 | 143

7 .668 TAS b95'| - .150| 86.2 92.5 | 80.0 | 19.5

8 597 668 1G 152| 87.7 92.9 | 842] 87

9 606 696 535 ten) S73 93.8 | 77.8 | 16.0

10 || ~ .659 706 612 094 | 86% 92.7 | 80.3 | 19.4

il G62 995.4 588 139 | 87.6 94.5 | 82.5 | 12.0

12 670 736 588 148 | 88.0 94.8 | 82.5 | 12.3

13 701 741 670 071 | <83.7 90.7 | 80.0 | 10.7

14 | .650 708 589 119 | 86.0 e705 | 12

165 589 644, 490 5A |. STB 94.5 | 82.2 | 12.3

16 545 592 ATA TS. |) S&5 91.9 81.4.) 10:5

17 | 504 dA AAAi 110 | 83.8 88.2 | 78.5 |. 9.7

18 439 B21 346 175 | 83.9 89.9 | 80.21 9.7

19 330 403 236 167 | 83.0 87.0 | 80.21 6.8

20 405 536 330 206 | 79.3 80.8 | 78.2| 2.6

21. 602 686 BOS 181 | 79.8 84.8 | 77.0| 7.8

22 654 716 587 | °.129| 84.0 89.8 | 79.4 | 10.4

93 658 698 ‘att 087 | 80.5 83.7 | 78.0 | - 5:7

D4, 637 692 573 119 | 79.8 82.6 | 77.5 | 6.1

25 613 656 BAS vias | Roe 88.5. | 79.0| 9.5

26 613 655 568 087 | 83.6 88.8 | 78.8 | 10.0

27 630 677 586 091 | 83.0 87.7 | 80.31 7.4

93 | .638 686 569 117 | 83.9 88.7 | 80.01 8.7

29 651 698 579 419 | 85.4 91.8 | 80.8 | 11.0

30 651 .688 .600 088 | 84.5 89.0 | 81.0| 8.0

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

| Thermometer Means are derived, from the hourly observations, made during

) the day.

liv Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Tlourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Culenlta,

an the month of dune 1876.

Daily Means, &c. of tle Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Cortinxed_)

ss SAB gs i 3 Soot See bales

2 48 81 8 [eo eee

MH E cy, > >So ios |? 3

2 o 2 no tr 42 =. oh we

a 6 5 3 = Pat es Sa | SS os

Detect a. eee e =o Seo A ge

Sips) | 9. 6 3 a Soa & =

Fela | 2| 68 |e | ES | seelsce

° 4 : ‘ — ~~

ff ie + @ | pe Se | So | aeee mere

= a bo oe a a bag =

° o ty) ° | Inches. | TE. gr. | F. gr.

1 | 80.7 | 63] 769| 101 | 0908 | 966 | 363 | 0.73

S| eB: |e | Fem me Sees 51 | 2.80 77

3. |. BS 48) | oe): ee) ee 72 | 3.53 73

4 | 818 | 5&3] 786| 85 | .958 | 10.19 14 76

6 | 816 | 571 781| 91 | 943 04 33 75

6 80.7 6.6 | 76.7 | 10.6 902 | 9.58 83 71

9 | 2! 1 aeO P 9 OM ol ~ eee Al 58 72

8 | 813 | 64/ 77.5| 102 | 925 84 32 73

9 | 805 | 68] 764} 10.9 | .893 51 90 71

20 | 808 | 6317714 90 | 91a 74, 21 75

1L | 812 | 6455974) 102 | .922 81 7h 73

12 | 814 | 661 974| 106 | .922 39 39 72

13 | 799 | 38/7721 65 | .916 81 | 2.26 81

14 | 804 | 56| 765} 95 | 896 56 | 3.35 iy

15 | 811 | 64/ 77.3) 10.2 | .919 78 41 73

16 | 8L4°|. 31) 792; 63 976 | 10.45 | 1.90 85

Wy) SED) ks | Bi | ad ee .66 09 gl

is. | S82 | 38} 614 48.1 oa oe 71 86

19 | 805 | 25) 787) .43-| 961 33 | 87

90 1 786 PLO7 | GRer est {oS 21 | 0.38 96

91 | 776°) $21 wat 87 | BSS | Os5°) cee 89

22 | 80.5 | 35/780} 6.0 | .940 | 10.07 | 210 83

93 |. 99.) | 2 AT Geant eek TS es 18 | 0.80 93

24) 986 | 2 17a | 7 a | gan 09 66 94,

25 | 798 | 291 77.8| 49 | .934 03 | 2.69 86

26 | 803 | 331 780} 586 [ .940 07 96 8d.

87 1) SOS Ty aa ae ee ee 33 49 87

98 | 806 | S31 Fes) 6G bt oe 16 97 84,

29 |) @bg") ao yea) See ye 14 | 2.54 80

20 | 80.8-+4+-391 982+ 168-1 ~ 0% 13 .22 82

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constant:

Heteorotogical Observations. xlw

Abstract of the Results of the Houriy Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcwlta,

am the mouth of June 1879.

- Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereor.

‘Ss Range of the Barometer | & . | Range of the Tempera-

#5. foreach hour during m8 ture for each hour

mee the month. : 2 during the month.

yee ;

Hour. eo : Ag

aan nee : =e , ,

SS | Max. | Min. | Dif. | 32 | Max. | Min. | Dif.

| |

| Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. 0 ee Reap ae eee

Mid- . ate

night.| 29.613 | 29.745 | 29.346 | 0.399 ‘82.0 85.5 18.0 | 7.5

1 = 004 -736 336 | .400 81.8 852 | 78.5 | 67

2 59S 412 330 | .382 | 816 $4.8 | 78.5] 63

3 087 -692 345 347 81.3 - 84.6 78.2 6.4

4 588 706 .339 | .367 $1.2 $4.5 | 785 | 6.0

5 897 M32 351) ,381 81.1 84.5 | 78.5 | 6.6

oO 610 -140 .006 84 81.2 84.2 78.0 6.2

v - 627 781 368 | .383 82.4, $3.2 | 79.7) 5.5

8 640 | .763 -347 .386 84.1 87.4: 78.0 9.4

9 - .649 768 390 | .378 85.7 89.6 | 77.7 + 119

i0 649 76% 380 | .387 87.0 $1.7 | 77.6 |, 14,2

il 642 736 204 | .402 88.1 93.7 | 78.0) 15.7

Noon. -628 48 wad | 411 88.4 $6.0 | 78.4 | 17.6

1 .607 430 315 418 88.9 97.5 78.0 | 19.5

2 -O86 716 ~299 ALT 89.1 $7.5 78.5 | 19.0

S°. 566 .680 | = .283 397 89.0 97.0 77.0 | 20.0

4 547 873 247 | 426 88.6 95.7 | 78.9 | 16.8

6 | 644) .680; .236| 444 | 878 | 940 | 775 | 16.5

6. .5dd: 718 209 463 86.6 91.2 47.9 | 13.3

ee O77 G92 279 | 413 85.2 B92" | 770 | 17

8 608 509 |. ..287 423 84.1 $7.8 S24 | LOY

. 9. 623 748 310 | .438 82.9 86.5 | 76.5 | 10.0

10 | 632 .760 331 | 429 82.1 86.0 | 77.5 | 8.5

11 - 628 782 330 | 417 82.1 85.7 | 77.7 | 8.0

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Means are derived from the observations made at the several

hours during the mouth.

xlvi Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, 7

in the month of June 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

= -

ra ; 43 a Bok |e St bee

Spe pat & [s | 88 [Sag | ee

ee a 8 | 53 | eee | Hes.

z 8) BIS | So dees Lee

e2 || 8 | 2.-|.28-)63 ie gee

aq aa a | Ag do q- | BS eel ae

SO bs 5 bs 5 ea as 7g 38 ELS

0 Oo oO oy) Inches. | T. gr. | T. gr

Mid-

night.) 79.5 + tf 4.3 0.931 10.02 1.45

1 79.5 2.3 | 77.9 3.9 937 .08 32

2 79.4 2.2 | 77.9 3.7 937 .08 25

3 79.4 1.9 | 78.1 3.2 943 16 08

A, 79.4 13.1 764 3.1 943 16 05

5 79.3 1.8 | 78.0 3.1 940 mT) OL

6 79.5 1.7 | 78.3 2.9 949 .22 0.99

7 80.2 2.2 | 78.7 a4 961 33 1.28

8 80.9 3.2 | 78.7 5.4 961 31 90

9 81.4 4.3 | 78.4 7.3 952 17 2.63

10 81.7 5.3 | 78.5 8.5 955 16 3.13

11 81.9 6.2 | 78.2 9.9 946 05 67

Noon.| 81.9 6.5 | 78.0 10.4, 949 9.99 85

1. |. SLé V3 |. Ft 11.7 916 71 4.33

2 81.5 7.6 | 76.9 12.2 908 .62 50

‘3 |: 816 | °7.4177.91°118 916 71 37

4 81.4 RN eg 11.5 913 .68 24,

5 81.1 Sd j.VI8 10.7 913 70 3.90

6 80.8 5B.| Tike 9.3 919 .80 34

7 80.5 Ay | Rete 8.0 916 79 2.82

8 89.1 4.0 | 77.3 6.8 919 84 37

9 79.7 eee} hae ae 5.4 925 94 1.85

10 79.3 2.8 | 77.3 4.8 919 88 63

11 79.4) 2 Ne 4.6 925 94 57

All the Hygrometrical clements are computed by the Greenwich Consta nts.

Meteorological Observations. xl vii

Abstract of the Results of the Tourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of June 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

WIND.

General aspect of the Sky.

Prevailing

direction.

it. above

Max. Solar

radiation.

Date:

2) 129.8

3| 180.0

A) 129.5

5| 130.0

6| 124.8

7| 124.2

8) 127.3

9| 198.5

127.0

130.0

133.6

Rain Guage

1.65

0.63

Ground.

Variable.

Max.

Pressure

Velocity.

E.byS.& 8. by W.

S.S.W. &S

S. by E. & 8.

S: & S. by E.

S. & 8.8. W.

[S. by W.

S. byE, 8.S.W. &

8. 8..W.

Se WW

S.S.W. & SbyW.

S&S. by W.

S. by E. &S.

2.8

oe)

= Daily

—

Pee (qo)

“I

er)

es)

197.0

B to4a4.m., \Wito8 a. M.,

clouds of different kinds to

7 p.M.,O afterwards. Brisk

wind at 8} ep. Mm. Thunder at

8 &9p.m. iightning from 7

to 9p. mM. Rain from 8 to 10

P. M. :

O to10a.mM., clouds of dif-

ferent kinds afterwards. Brisk

wind at 8t p.m. Drizzled at

82 & 10 P. M.

\~i to 4.4.M., Wi to 9 a. M.,

“i to6p.m.,O afterwards.

Brisk wind at 92 p.m. Thun-

der & lightning 9¢ & 10 p. a.

Rain at 9 & 10 P. M.

Clouds of different kinds to

8a.m., “ito5P. M., B after-

wards.

B’to Gacw., 1 te 7 2.

B afterwards.

B ton? Ane “toe 2 m:

clouds of different kinds after-

wards. Brisk wind from noon

to 6 p.m. Thunder at 10 p. m.,

lightning from 9 toll P.M.

Drizzled at 8 a. M. & 93 P. M.

S to 8 aAluee. 7 fos Ps Wy

B afterwards. Brisk wind

from 10 a.m., to 44 P. M.

S to5 a.mM., clouds of dif-

ferent kinds to 1 Pp. m., B

afterwards. Brisk wind from

85 to 93 a. M.

Clouds of various kinds.

Brisk wind at.4 & 72 P. mM.

Thunder, lightning and rain ~

between 8 & 9. P. M.

Oto12,4.M., “i to4P.M.,

\i afterwards. Drizzled at 93

A. M.

\ito5 a. M., Wi to 10 a.m.,

ni to 5 p. M., \i afterwards.

B to 5 a.m., 71 tod P. M,,

\i afterwards.

\G Cirri, —i Strati, “i Cumuli, \_i Ciro-strati, ~~-i Cumulo-strati Wi Numbi,

\ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, S stratoni, O overcast,

xIvul

Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Obstrvations

tuken at the Surveyor General's Office, Culculta,

wm the mouth of June 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &c.

Max.

Pressure

: =

a. o T

Sg a WInp.

MS | Aaee

ti. see “7:

S| 4d ase Prevailing

é = = = x direction.

| o |Inches

13) 109.6 | 0.30 |S. & S. by W.

14| 129.8 S.8.W. &S.by W.) ...

15} 129.9 8. &8. 8S. W.

16} 109.5; 0.17 |S.S.W. & S. byE.| °°

17 4.39 |S. by E, &S.S.E. °°

18) 130.0} 0.06 |E. & 8. 8. E.

19, 110.0; 0.38 |E. & E. N. E.

20 2.53 |E. 8. E. & S.S. E) ...

21 0.73 |SbyW,SW&SSW) ...

22} 125.0 8. W.& $8. WI ...

23 0.81 |S.S.W,S.&S.byE.

Daily

100.0

274.4

301.8

164.9

197.6

178.5

General aspect of the Sky.

Clouds of different kinds to

10 a. m., Oto 8p. M., Safter-

wards. Thunder at 11} a. m.

Lightning to 8S. W. at 8 p. m.

Slight rain from_9} 4. M. to

lp. um. & at 6} Pp. M.

\i'to 5 a. M., Wi & “i to 6

ep. M., 8 afterwards.

\ito4a. M. -ito4 Pp. m.,

S afterwards. Lightning to

W at 8p. M.

Sto6 a. m., -ito124.m.,0

to 4 p.m., clouds of different

kinds afterwards. Thunder

at 93 & 10 a.m. &atl& 2 p. m.

Lightning to W. at 8p. m.

Slight rain at 934. Mm. & from

lto3 Pp. M.

\ni to3 a.M.,8 to 104. m.,

Oto3p.m.,Sto7p. Mm. Wi

afterwards. Thunder & light-

ning between 11 & 12 a. um.

Rain from 11 a. mM. to 4 P. m.

Sto44.M., ~i tof6 p. m.,

i afterwards. Lightning at

8 & 10 p.m. Slight rain at 13,

9 & 123a. m. & at 13 P.M.

S to 5 4. M., seuds from E

to 10 a. M., “i to3 p..m., O

afterwards. Thunder at 12

a.M. & 4 p. m. Rain after

intervals from 8} a. M. to 9}

P. M.

O. Rain & drizzle whole

ay.

O. Thunder at 23 & 6 Pp. M.

Lightning to W at 9p. M.

Slight rain from 9} 4. M. to

9r.M. «

Stolla.m. “ito3Pp.M.,

S afterwards.

Sto7a.m.,Oto 8 P. M.,

\n_i afterwards. Thunder at

a. M. Slight rain from 7} 4.M.

to 7 P. M.

\i Cirri,—i Strati, 71 Cumuli, Wi Cirro-strati, ~_i Cumulo-strati, \_1Nimbi,

\ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, S stratoni, O overcast. a

Meteorological Observations. xlix

Abstract of the Result of the Hourly Meterological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

an the month of June 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &c..

WIND.

General aspect of the Sky.

Prevailing

direction.

Max. Solar

radiation.

han Guage

13 ft. above

Ground.

WViax

Pressure

2.86 |S.byW&S. .. | 142.0) O to 2 Pp. m., clouds of

different kinds afterwards.

Lightning to W at 8p. mM.

Drizzled at 2&3 a.m. Rain

from 5 a. M. to 3 P. M.

127.0} 0.03 S. 2 ALO, BSAOS AM, OL to Jes M.,

B afterwards. Slight rain

between 1 & 2 P. M.

130.0| 0.22 |S.byE.&S.S.W.| ... | 208.3! Chiefly “i & \i. Rain at 1

'& 10 A. M.

120.0} 0.19 |S,S.byE.&8.S.E.| ... | 239.6) \ito9 a.m.,S to6P. m.,

) B afterwards. Thunder at 1

&2p.m. Rain atdz a.m. &

at 1,2 &3 Pp. m.

28) 129.0) .., |S. &S. by E, yo PAG, i tO A Mt, 1 Oe SCO

p. M., B afterwards.

29/131.3| ... |8.&8. by E. 2) 1781. |. BtoS as Mes Ni to 6's. I

“ito 6 p.M., S afterwards.

; Drizzled at2 & 104. M.

30,116.00} .., |S. &8. by W. .. | 205.9} S tol0Oa.m., “ito aP. M.,

S afterwards. Drizzled at 3

A. M.

\iCirri,—i Strati,>i Cumuli,—i Cirro-strati, ~i Cumulo strati,~i Nimbi,

\ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, S stratoni, O overcast.

} Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

im the month of June 1870.

Montuty Resvtts.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month... . ».. 29.604

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 9 4. M. on the ‘th. .-. 29.768

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 5 Pp. M.onthel9th. .., 29.236

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month +P .. 0.532

Mean of the daily Max. Pressures... nie ‘a ... 29.668

Ditto ditto Min. ditto ma ... 29.535

Mean daily vange of the Barometer during the month .., .. 0.133

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month _ ... sve’ bo, Hlbea Se a

Max. Temperature occurred at 1&2 p. m. on the Ist. = a =~ O75

Min. Temperature occurred at 9 Pp. M, on the Ist. axa beer. SOR

Eetreme vange of the Temperature during the month uae ie. ae

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature ... + we oe GU

Ditto —_ ditto Min. ditto, is “ce

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month... so US

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month .., 80.4

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer 4.3

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month ne 77.4

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed mean Dew- -point .. 7.3

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month .., ove . 0.992

Troy grain. |

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month » 9:6m

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation ... 2°55

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity 0.80 —

Inches.

Rained 20 eRe fall of rain during 24hours ... ww. 4.39

Total amount of rain during the month . 16.09

Total amount of rain indicated by the Gauge* attached to the anemo-,

meter during the month :

Prevailing direction of the Wind... ae oo S, 8. S. W. & S by Ea

* Height 70 feet 10 inches above ground,

ical Observations taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the month of June 1870.

Montaty ReEsvtts.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorolog

ith the number of days on

d blew, together w

iven hour any particular w

when any particular wind was blowing, it rained

ich ata g

hour,

which at the same

Tables shewing the number of days on wh

Meteorological Observations,

——— _. |

eS re

SS — =

aoa ae

Seon es rt

mAINHOA AS mdr

re anasto No

SSA RAN NMONN QI

= SHO a Me Sees

eo) Se ey rt cence eg ate Si Cio) a oe) SS

cal taal RU soos

£ =

QQ Nr GIA SF 0 19 GD QI SH 2 6 CO 19 6 19 be 8D SHE NI G1

mem rm rr) Gee.) i

OD DeO Ww ID. IO RDWOWOAOMmMmMADO

= —_ a

4 Se Nas

AOMOAnRNRODOWAPAATRNA THM MH AO i~ 10 10D

tal on Loma) rj a) (al SiS il i=.

NAAN aaa eS oN AAMAN MANA Se

Len re

No.of days

re (ON Te > | re

taal eat fe} —=l i! rod i!

‘=m! i re |

Ln en OS OS Bi | irs NI rt

re oral | es Il oo | (a req ar

a4 = =

rst

[mal

Soe Rm GID OR DAO SHNAMAMONDAOHM

Ste msr4 O° mer

qj Za

NNR ARN MANAN aoe N

Meteorological Observations. Tu

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

wn the month of July 1870.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the sea level, 18.11 feet.

"Dail y Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

G4 re

= 8 _ | Range of the Barometer "2 # = |Rtange of the Tempera-

e238 during the day. Fe: ture during the day.

cet Eg

Date. | aa] Q | a =

go | Max. | Min. | Dif. | $8 | Max. | Min. | Diff.

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches.

fo)

29.617 | 29.672 | 29.540 0.132

1 85.4 91.0 | 80.5 | 10.5

2 550 597 71. 126 | 85.6 OL@:.| Sb. soe

3 514 566 A482 084 | 84.6 89.7 | 82.31 7.4

A 597 645 560 085 | 83.2 882 | 7951 87

5 642 689 589 100 | 83.9 89.2 | 805 | 8.7

6 - 632 679 VE: 104 | 85.5 90:8. | 81.7 '| .9:3

a 597 634 533 Ol 85-4 90.5 | 815 | 9.0

8 596 661 51 110} 84.5 88.0 | 82.5 | 5.5

9 639 693 588 105 | 82.3 86.0 | 78.8| 7.2

10 .639 695 570 125 | 83.3 87.6 | 80.2| 7.4

11 609 673 533 140 | 84.5 OK D SOO Tey

12 569 618 502 116 | 85.8 92.2 | 80.5 | 11.7

13 508 557 433 124 | 85.9 92.0 | 81.0 | 11.0

14 458 OS 389 116 | 86.6 93.7 | 81.5 | 12.2

15 458 506 1384 122 | 85.7 91.0 | 82.0 | 9.0

16 457 A95 A401 094 | 83.9 90.0 | 80.8} 9.2

17 A86 552 439 13) ) 84h BOM) hveee | 6

18 .507 BD 440 115 | 84.8 S00. h st.2n| 28

19 484 534 .413 T31 | 85.5 90.8 | 81.7 | 9.1

20 AAI A93 379 121 | 83.9 89.9 | 81.21 8.7

ook 479 .523 440 .083 82.8 88.2 80.0 8.2

22 513 557 467 090 | 82.5 90.1 | 97.9 | 10.2

23 542 587 A491 096 | 33.1 89.5 | 79.01 10.5

24 520 559 450 109 | 82.3 86.0 | 80.3] 5.7

25 488 AL 430 Bid tae 84.0 | 80.0} 4.0

26 459 500 401 099 | 82.0 86.2 | 78.8 | 7.4

27 AAG ll .396 115 | 80.7 85.5 | 78.71 68

28 477 513 A421 092 | 83.3 89.5 | 78.6 | 10.9

99 AGI 505 381 124 |} 84.0 SOG) BLOT Tes

30 AlA A57 1355 102 | 83.5 90.5 | 80.5 | 10.0

31 382 A482 324 158 | 80.9 83.9 | 78.5 | 5.4

The Mean Height-of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

| Thermometer Means are derived, from the hourly observations, made at the

| several hours during the day.

hint Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of July 1870.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—/(Continued.)

Ab ° . fe “8 = Py = h A eae

PE 2.\| Ba 2 3 aa | 88 | ges

Bacio ae |e 2 | PS |Ses limes

2 ro) = & ey 42 a 5 ee |

3 > e = °° os 5 Oo 8

Date.| (2: a A 2 5 we |e | SE's

2 8 pe 3 2 Cr 5 aue | hoe

Fe | 3 | 25 #4 | Bo | €s eae oe

a & a a | A a a a, |x Be | ees

Sa | P| € |] pe | SF | So | ees | See

= A S) A = = ae | =

0 ) oo; #2 Inches. } T. gr. | T. gr.

1 80.8 4.6 | 77.6 7.8 0.928 9.91 2.77 0.78

2 81.7 3.9 | 79.0 6.6 .970 10.35 Al 81

3 81.9 2.7 | 80.0 4.6 1.001 70 1.69 .86

A 80.3 2.9 | 78.3 4.9 0.949 18 Be .86

5 80.5 3.4] 78.1 5.8 943 10 2.03 .83

6 81.1 4.4 | 78.0 7.5 .940 .03 69 79

7 81.1 4.0 | 78.3 6.8 -949 14 43 81

8 81.3 3.2 | 79.1 5.4 973 42 1.93 84

9 80.4 1.9 79.1 3.2 973 47 -ll -90

10 80.8 2.5 | 79.0 4.3 .970 42 5k .87

11 81.0 3.5 | 78.5 6.0 955 23 2.12 .83

32 81.4 4.4; 78.3 7.5 949 12 71 72

43 81.8 4.1 | 78.9 7.0 -967 32 55 .80

74, 82.1 4.5 | 79.4 7.2 .983 A7 67 .80

15 81.8 = ey A 6.6 .973 .38 42 SL

16 81.4 2.5 | 79.6 4.3 -989 -60 1.53 87

17 81.4, 2.7 | 79.5 4.6 .986 0d .66 .86

18 81.8 a0 | ‘toe 5.1 992 61 -85 85

19 81.8 ae | cee 6.3 -976 43 2.29 82

20 81.1 2.8 | 79.1 4.8 973 42 1.71 86

21 79.7 S.1.) 70s 5.3 925 9.94 81 8d

92 | 801 | 24| 784/ 41 | .952 | 10.23 Al 88

23 80.7 2.4 | 79.0 4.1 970 42 44 83

24 80.4 1.9 4. Fos 3.2 973 47 fe <i 90°

25 79.6 1.6-| 78.5 2.7 -955 2 0.92 92

26 80.0 2.0 | 78.6 3.4 .958 .o2 1.15 90

27 79.4 1.3 | 7&6 2.2 -955 3 0.73 93

28 | S077 eae aee) a | ee 39 | 1.54 87

99. | ‘S10! 301989] “51 | 2967 37 80 85

30 81.2 2.3 | 79.6 3.9 .989 -60 .40 88

31 79.5 1.4 | 78.6 2.4 955 ool 0.79 93

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed hy the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations, liv

Abstract.of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Caleulta,

in the month of July 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

Os Range of the Barometer < . | Range of the Tempera-

Be Se for each hour during a Ee ture for each hour

eo & z= the month. a during the month.

o& F

a3 | Max. | Min. | Dif. | $3 | Max. | Min. | Dif

aa ae

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. O Oo Oo 0

Mid-

night.| 29.546 | 29.670 | 29.434 | 0.236 82.2 84.4 | 80.0 | 4.4

1 034 .656 416 .240 81.8 84.0 79.8 4.2

2 523 644 378 | .266 81°5 83:25) FOO |) 4nd

3 512 628 36d .263 81.2 83.0 78.8 4.2

4, 506 624 355 | .269 80.9 83.0 | 78.6 | 4.4

5) 511 643 al .292 80.7 82.5 78.8 3.7

6 523 649 307 | 292 80.7 82:5.) 784), 28

7 539 661 372 .289 81.7 83.8 79.2 4.6

8 552 .672 380 292 83. 86.7 79.2 7.5

9 560 691 386 | .305 84.4, 83.3.2) 790 | Sts

10 560 695 383 | .312 85.6 90.5 | 80.2 | 10.3

11 O54 690 372 | .318 86.7 92.0 | 80.0 | 12.0

| Noon.|, .539 .670 357 313 87.1 93.3- | 80.4 | 12.9

im. 521 659 345 | .314 88.0 93.7 | °sh2.| 12%

2. 001 643 .000 308 87.9 92.6 SL2 | iL

3 482 .622 24 298 86.7 92.2 SOle |e EF

4 467 602 329 |. .273 86.2 92:0 | 80:0 | 12,0

5 465 599 ool .268 85.9 9E.0 80°2 | 10.8

6 477 .603 362 241 85.0 89.0 80.5 8.5

7 498 .639 .389 .250 84.1 87.0 79.5 7.5

8 518 658 406 | .252 83.4 86:2. | 978.8) FA

9 536 .668 432 236 83.0 85.2 78.5 6.7

10 bol .689 445 244 82.7 84.9 79.0 5.9

11 bol 693 440 | .253 82.3 84.5 | 78.8 | 5.7

| Ps

| The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

| Thermometer Means are derived from the observations made at the several

| hours during the month.

lv Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

an the month of July 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

a as oa = 64 SS :/]-a8

Ae: ? 8 Og te |

BPE lee | Bes ae a

How.) 2. je | A] $ me | 22 | Bete

OD fy 2 2 8 | ‘O55 3 2 -OE= 8

Fe | 3 128) B..).Be | ee eee e3

ae | | & | Ae | 98 BRB ge

SS b = B'S Sa a sia 8 So

is A 5 8 am | > SA | SP 8 | Sos

| ty) Ce) ) ) Inches. | T. gr. | T. gr

Mid-

night.| 80.5 1.7 | 79.3 2.9 | 0.979 10.53 1.01 0.91

1 80.3 1.5 | 79.2 2.6 976 50 0.90 92

2 80.0 1.5 | 78.9 2.6 967 Al 90 92

3 79.7 1.5 | 78.6 2.6 958 2 89 92

4 79.6 1.3 | 78.7 2.2 961 37 73 93

5 79.6 1.1 | 78.8 1.9 964 .40 64 94

6 79.6 1.1 | 78.8 1.9 964 40 64 94,

, 80.2 1.6 | 79.1 2.6 973 47 .90 92

8 80.9 2.3 | 79.3 3.9 979 51 1.38 88

9 81.2 3.2 | 79.0 5.4 970 40 Ri}! 85

10 81.6 4.0 | 78.8 6.8 964 29 2.47 81

il 81.9 4.8 | 79.0 we .970 Jo 85» 78

Noon.| 82.2 4.9 | 79.3 7.8 979 42 91 78

Le 82.5 §.5 | 79.2 8.8 976 37 3.31 — 76 @

2 82.2 5.7 | 78.8 9.1 964 25 39 75

3 81.9 4.8 | 79.0 es 970 33 | 2.85 18 3

A 81.6 4.6 | 78.4 7.8 .952 a 84 78

7 80.7 3.4 | 78.3 5.8 949 16 05 83

8 80.5 2.9 | 78.5 4.9 955 25 1.71 86

9 | 805 | °95 178% 1 43° | 961 33 °| .49 87.

10 80.6 2A A 2 3.6 973 45 27 897)

i Ie | 80.6 1.7 | .79.4 2.9 .983 56 02 Sis

All the Hygrometrical clements are computed by the Greenwich Constan iS.

Meteorological Observations.

lvi

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations.

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

im the month of July 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &c.

OS WIND.

ee 45°

. M-a msg “ ey ie

ay a hoes a2] Prevailing Re olinaes a

2| S38 258 direction ea ee

eS sa coral Y ee = nS

o jInches tb | Miles

1/125.0| ... |S&8.byW. . | 987.1

2| 119.0 S. & S. by E. 205.5

3| 123.0 | 0.06 |S & Variable. 165.6

'& 8. by E.

4| 128.7 | 0.27 |S. by W, 8. §. E .

5| 126.0 S. by E.

6) 125.0 S. by E. & 8.

7| 130.0 | 0.03 |S. &8. by W.

8,110.8] 0.108. & 8. by W.

9 0.26 |S. by W, &S.

10| 129.0] 0.15 |S. & 8.8. W.

11] 130.5 S. by W. &S.

12 131.0 S.&8. 8. W.

13) 131.0 Ss.

14) 132.0 §.& 8. by E.

15] 126.0| 0.37 |S.8.E. & S. E.

16| 117.5| 0.77 |E.S.E.& variable.| ...

17| 123.0| 0.30 |S. & S. by E.

General aspect of the Sky.

BD. toy4 sem. .O1 & SE tonZ

p. M., B afterwards.

Sto 8a.m., ~1 to 124. M.,

S afterwards. Lat 8 & 9 P.M.

S10: 8 A.M. mito Pears,

cloudsof different kinds after-

wards. Tatl p.m. Slight R

at 3 & 7% P. M.

Clouds of different kinds to

WoAS Mee Nate Uh ae tg, toe. 4

Pp. M., Wi afterwards. L to S.

W. at midnight,. R at 6 4. mM.

Sito'7 Kam. wae Nv to 2p.

M., S afterwards D at 11 p.m.,

“1 & Ni to4a. M., Wiafter-

wards.

Sto8a.m., clouds of dif-

ferent kinds afterwards. D at

8+,9&lla.M. & 7 P. M.

Sto9a.m.,O to2p.m.,8

afterwards. Lto W atllip.m.

Chiefly O. Sight Rat25.a.m.

& from 9a. M.to5 P.M.

S todas may Na toc%° ALM,

O. to 12 4. m., “1 & Ni after-

wards. T at 3? Pp. mM. Slight R

from 9 to 12 a. M.

\i to 6 a. M., “1 to 8.P. M.,

\i afterwards. D between 11

& 12 4.M.

\ni to 6 A. M., “ito 5 P. M.,

B afterwards.

i to 8 A. My. Ai to 8) Bs Mey

\i afterwards.

Bto7 AM. Arte) 3 Pw,

\_ito 7 Pp. M., B afterwards.

D at 3 re. uM.

Clouds of different kinds to:

to-Gik, Mi to-S Py Mes NI

afterwards. Slight R at 23 &

lla. m. & 2 & 53 -P. M.

Ni to 8 A. M., W_ito7 P.M.,

S afterwards. R at5&10a.M.

& 1,45 & 63 Pp. M.

Chiefly \i. T at 1; & 2 P.M.

Slight R from 53 to 6$,.at 105:

& 12ha.m. & from 2 to 3} P. M.

\i Cirri, —i Strati, “i Cumuli, \_i Ciro-strati, ~-i Cumulo-strati, i Nimbi,

\ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, S stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, L lightning,

Dp Been TY 3 [aspen Nm ‘a

Ivil Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutia,

in the month of July 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &c.

Bg ae Winp.

_ oS Org

as 53 5 z ~ | General aspect of the Sk

$| 43 [seg] Ereiling [gaia 3 : 4

BS Se 3 nO irection. af AS

18} 126.2) ... |S.by E. & 8. ... | 128.0; \ito2a.m., “i toda. m.,

-~ito7 Pp. M., B afterwards.

[& 8S. Tat6p.m. D at 6 & 12 a.m.

19; 130.0] 0.03 |S.byE,E.S.E,S.E.| ... | 127.1 Cloudsof different kinds to7

20) 125.0| 0.08 |S. E. & 8.

Lat9&11} Pp. m. Slight R

after intervals from 12 a. M.

to ll Pp. M.

Vwi to2 a.m.,'\i to 104. M.,

clouds of different kinds after-

wards. T at 1 p.m. L to N at

82 p.m. D at 1,& 2} Pp. M.

Ni to 8a. M., “1to2 P. M.,

O to7 p.M., S afterwards. T

at 21 & 3p. mM. R from 83 95

a.m. & 24 to6 P.M.

O to 4 A. M., clouds of dif-

ferent kinds to yo: ee

2 to p.m. O to7 Pp. M., B after-

wards. T at 3 P. M. Rat 2&3

a, M.&3,4&11 P.M.

Sto3 p.M., ni to7 p.m.,S

afterwards. Slight R at lL &

12 a. m. & 85 P. M.

Stoia.m.,O0tolp.m.,§

afterwards. Slight R. from “Uk

to 12 a. M.

O to 44. M., S afterwards.

Rat3&4a.m.&6 P.M.

Chiefly O. T at 23 & 3p.m.

R from 1 to 6, 8&9. M. &

at 1,2,4&5P. mM.

Oto8 a. M., i afterwards,

R from 1 to 8 a. Mm.

Bto3a.m., ito9a. M.,

“ito3P.m.,0to6Pp.m., S

afterwards. D at 4 Pp. M.

Bto3a4.m., S to8 a. M., 1

to 2 vp. M., clouds of different

kinds afkerw andi: Brisk wind

at 22 p.m. Tat3 &4P. M. R

at 3, 8& 9p. M.

Chiefly O. Rat 3& 5, ae

8; toll} a.m.&from 4to9p. M.

Na Cirri,—i Strati, ™ Cumuli, \_1 Cirro-strati, »_i Cumulo-strati, ~iNimbi,

\ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, § stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, Llightning,

R yain TT) drizzle. wi

21/ 124.0) ,., |S.S.W.&S.byE.) | 113.9

22/ 129.5 | 1.22 |S. by E. & 8.S8.E.) *** | 115.0

23] 130.0} 0.78 |S.S. E,&S.S.W.) ..,

24| 120.5 | 0.04 |S,S.W.&S.byW. 79.0

25! se 0.18 |S.byW. & S.S.W.| ... | 126.2

76.2

66.2

26] 112.0} 0.38 |W.S.W,S.W.&S.! ..

27; 119.0} 1.25 S.

131.9

41.5

28| 128.5 | 2.36 |SSW,S.&S.byW.| ...

29|131.2| ... |S.byW.&S.S.W,

30) 121.0} 1.02 |S.S.E. & S. E. 3.8 | 116.0

31)... | 1.25 |ENE.,NE&SSW. ... | 166.6

EEE

Meteorological Observations. lviii

Abstract of the Results of the Hiurly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

am the month of July 1870.

Montuity ReEsvtts.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month.. ‘i ws. 29.522

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 10 a. at. on the 10th. . 29.695

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 3 Pp. M.onthe 31st. ... 29.324

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month oats saat pOad ke

Mean of the daily Max. Pressures _... sak je ».. 29.573

Ditto ditto Min. ditto aan ». 29.462

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month .., ea a

)

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month __.., one eater Fe 2°

Max. Temperature occurred at 1 p. M. on the 14th. shiny DOK

Min. Temperature occurred at 9 P.M, on the 31st. a So TSS

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month ase oop pkOees

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature ... 89.2

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, 5 daa, SOLS

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month... ace 8.7

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month... 80.9

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer 3.0

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month : 78.8

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed mean Dew- -point .. 5.1

In ches.

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month ,,, as o. 0.964

Troy grain.

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month a - con. Oe

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation ... 1° 79

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity 0.85

Mean Max. Solar radiation Thermometer for the month .,., . 125.2

Inches.

Rained 26 days,—Max. fall of rain during 24 hours »» 2.36

Total amount of rain during the month . 10.90

Total amount of rain indicated by the Gauge* attached to the anemo-

meter during the month _... : was, Oia

Prevailing direction of the Wind... be ele. by W.&Sby E

* Height 70 feet 10 inches above ground.

ical Observations taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the month of July 1870.

Montuuy Resorts.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorolog

Meteorological Observations.

‘UO ULBY

: “M

‘uo UTeY

"9 Aq “AA

UO TRY

re A mt Lama

ANRMNACOINAANN Aare

SSS Rt RB NN MO an re om! N N

4a Noga tet 9 ge re os

1D HAD 10 10 SHH DH OD SOD OOo nRwAawB

Aeserieansne Ann NA ml

articular wind blew, together with the number of days on

NADODDOOINMMAMADODAONONHD

eH — —— ==> pe

= = _ MMA NA —

Oe ta et a a eee

ID DOOWMDDOMONH HAMNMSOSABDBAKWKN®

aN ce Lama! tl

DODO NM DO DA ODP NTR RSNA AAA MNMN

———— eee

re [oe A | ton | oe oe Oe | [ml

DNAANAAMANMMMANMNAAAANN AAs

\No.of days

ei aries ei

SSR RRND RUIMAN TS on ie ee oe ;

aere

which at the same hour, when any particular wind was blowing, it rained.

Tables shewing the number of days on which at a given hour any p

Rleleovologival Observations, Ix

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observatious

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the mouth of August 1870.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” Hast.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the sea level, 18.11 feet.

Daily Means, &e. of the Ghservations and of the Hygronietrical elements

gependent thereon.

ate

S x eae ‘ bd a] = : be ; ae

ea. | Range of the Barometer | "Em ‘Range of the Tempera-

| Sr a during the day. Ropes (ure during the day.

ee Oi, | eae ae

foesacet | —- ~ | > o — = Bene

Dite AS 2 | pet | |

ieee) Max.) Min.:) Diff<). $2 | Max, |‘Mio..| Dif.

ge ae | ott A | |

i rei | re |

| i | }

Boe 20.521 | 29.598 | 29.441 | 0.157 | 81.7 Sirah) ‘Teen .. 8.8

2 ee eget BU) cen) Sater Bo, | 7064. 6:1

3 Meee ag, 2 tate | 12 | RAS), 890: -| BOR Ses

4, m8 | 620 5A SRP TG te ROBE PGB ade | DB

5 Moe Fit) 608 106 | $3.4 89.0 | 79.0 | 10.0

} ag). 760 B40 120 | 83.9 90.8 | 80.0! 10.8

es | .w83 G84) .099 |- 843 9U.2 | 80.4} 9.8

Pee; s04 | (B15 75 | 110} 84.9 90.0 | 814) 8.6

e726 | .729| — 850 WiO-| 85.5 $1.8 | 81.6 | 10.3

10 686 | ied et Bit) ada 85.5 GO.5 81.0.1 6 oS

11 mee) 607") | 805 | 7.322 | S49 | 7 B18, ( B00.) Tis

12 S000 1. “.659 | 54 Ea: Mela ie Gar IRR Ita

13 Bee rot, | age |. A $1.2 86.0 | 78.5.) "we

it Mey bel eke ko L1GL | 8 SE 89.4 | 78.0) V1.4

Me fo “det eo aie) | 08y |) 801 | 8he 98.6 nag

16 Pci. pet 407 | 094) 81.3 87.2 | 78.0) 9.2

17 mere oo | Or i tS |.) Sto 85.0 | 79.0} 6.0

18 593 YG | 501 O95 83.0 88.5 | 80.0) 8&5

19 ie |) 601 | 481 | Avo, 93.3) 888 |¥80.61 ‘82

20 517 593 | 403 |. 093 | 81.7 $5.4 | 80.5) 4.9

eh AO 596 | 490 106 | 81.9 MB | BOA 4

22 etegl 607 AOG AP) SRB ||, | Sse BGS 4 RS

23 561 1S IN Meee” et MR Mme 8 B50. FO 541 | tes

= 04 eg yh eres. b OO: | LPR TES 76.5 41 a

25 623 eae pe 2c a ae 0 an a RS 80.7 LOU eh

26 626 br Gl = ene) ST | PBME |} BES TSS |) RO

27 628 677 es | aS | Sa BI eR a Peas

23 450 708 G04 adi.) 82a Ne Sie 8020 | Ta

29 682 745-4 ° .609 Jao | S20. | 87.38 RB 76

39 oer) ora yee eed | See i og Mag ho 8S

31 515 | — .569 43d 132.) 82.2 | 87.5 | 80.0. 7.5

The Mean Height of the eer eee as ene the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Means ate derived, from thie hourly observations, made at the

several hours during the day.

———

Ixi Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Wourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August 18790.

Dail ily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—/(Continued.)

' S aa = . SH : .. ¥

Py 46 = 5 . 8-H S.8 St -3-6 x

4 Ee Sa $ Su | Boe | Fae

= - E S = °° SBE | ee

Date. A a is a af S oo q : Fs as

ff )2 18 18, | os) C4 geese

rela | 2 | a8 | 28 | GO | Sees

Sq P| & bony es ¢, | Se aecece

= =e el ae = a7 | =

Co) to) oO ) Inches. | T. gr. | T. gr.

J. 78.9 2.8 | 76.9 4.8 0.908 9.76 1.61 0.86

2 79.7 2.6 | 77.9 4.4 937 10.08 50 .87

3 89.8 3.7 | 78.2 6.3 946 13 2.22 .82

4 79.3 1.5 | 78.2 2.6 946 19 0.88 .92

5 80.0 a 5.3 934 03 1.83 85

6 80.8 3.1 | 78.6 5.3 958 .28 85 85

7 80.6 3.7 |- 78.0 6.3 -940 07 2.21 82

8 81.1 3.8 | 78.4 6.5 952 Ri i a2 81

9 81.3 4.2 | 78.4 Tekh 952 Bg 55 .80

10 81.8 3.7 | 79.2 6.3 .976 43 29 .82

i1 81.6 3.3 | 79.3 5.6 979 45 .03 84

12 89.4 17 \" Face 2.9 976 50 1.01 91

33 78.9 Ae a iy os 3.9 919 9.90 OL .88

14 79.0 i fe ade 4.6 913 .82 55 86

15 78.4 Ly) 22 2.9 -916 89 |° 0.95 OL

16 79.7 1.6 | 78.6 a 958 10.32 92 924

17 89.5 1.4 | 79.5 2.4 .986 .62 .82 93

18 81.0 2.0 | 79.6 3.4 .989 .63 1.19 90

19 81.0 2.5 | 79.4 3.9 -983 54 .o9 88

2) 80.5 1.2 | 79.7 2.0 .992 .68 0.69 94

21 80.6 1.3. 2958 2.2 992 .63 .76 93

22 80.5 1.9 | 79.2 Se] 976 .50 Liz 0-4

23 erg ee Maa OF a 4.4, 919 9.90 AT 87

24 77.2 1.1 | 764 1.9 .893 .63 0.60 94

2 | 788 | 07/783] 12 | .949 | 10.97 39 96

26 79.4 a2 | Fre aa 937 .08 1.26 89

27 79.3 2:91 ite 4.9 919 9.88 .66 86

28° | BOT free mie.) gates Ca | es nea 28 ‘89

29 80 1 2.9} “Fe 4.9 943 12 70 86

30 80.1 2.5 | 78.3 4.3 949 -20 48 87

SL. 79.9 J Bat 78 3.9 949 -20 34 88 —

All tise Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants

o—

Meteorological Observations. Isat

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken al the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

am the mouth of August 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

88 Range of the Barometer =, | Range of the Tempera-

2 3 a for each hour during 6 2 ture for each hour

ae a the month. 2 during the month.

eae $$ —$__________ HO ee

Hour.| & oS As

aS N ‘ : ae : ;

a Max. Min. Diff. a4 Max..: |) Min. | Dit.

=a ES

ad = |

‘Inches. | Inches. Inches. | Inches.

Mid-

fo)

io)

night.| 29.613 | 29.778 | 29.466 | 0.312 81.0 84.6 78.4 6.2

1 .602 ina, A449 .320 80.8 | 84.5 78.2 63

2 591 Ol 436 .328 80°6 84.3 77.5 6.8

3 580 751 A27 old 80.3 &4.0 72.0 7.0

4, 576 AT 423 Ri 80.0 81.6 76.5 5.1

d 586 O04 A427 O27 eee 81.5 76.5 5.0

6 598 162 439 029 (ae 81.5 76.5 5.3

7 613 Lhe A445 .000 80.3 82.3 17.0 5.3

8 .629 “fon 462 329 81.2 84.2 78.0 6.2

9 .640 809 473 .336 82.5 85.6 78.0 7.6

10 643 815 485 0900 83.4 87.0 78.4 8.6

11 634 .806 484 .o22 84.9 89.0 78.5 | 10.5

ieNcons) 616| .787| 460! .327 | 85.7 | 90.0 | 78.6 | 11.4

oo Boe) 1.773) 448 | 225. | 85.7 1.5 | 78.5 | 13.0

p ight (749, 433 | 316 -|. 85.5-| 90.8. | 780 | 128

3 mae} 6 725; 397 | 228 | 85.5 | 91.8 | 78.0 | 13.8

4 ee eyiy | | 380 | .337-| 85.0. | 91.0 | 78.7 | 198

5 Ree 70s| 388. 922°) B41) | 885 | 790 | 106

6 ee) 722). AOI) 321 |. 83.2,'| 882 | 79.0 |. 98

7 fer) (yas | .487 | 296.) 82.5 | 86.5 | 785 | 80

8 ee 3789 | - 457 | 1302). | 82,0--| 885.) 78.61) &9

9 | | oe) aRa B18) | B18: |) 6863. | 790 |: 68

10 ios) .792| ~~ ABT | 4805 |; SLA 285.0 | 79.0. | 60

11 ee). ..7ea' |. .4B0 | > (803% | Sits): S48 |) 786 |. 43

| The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Means are derived from the observations made at the several

|) hours during the month, »

txt Meteorol opel Observations,

Abstract of the Results of the Iourly Meteorological Observations

tuken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

au the month of August 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hy grometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Corlineed.)

’ - ~

} ; ; - | ee!

| t | ° : es ° Ces By i iaow a

H 43 om ; te 2 ° = >

! 3 es ae eo ee = } mee Sum je

a 1 |r» aes LY hha 2 SS shor S

= : Oo : Cad) ee es ; mm 35

beige wae a = > = oO. | Sree po ee

= ~ Gye } n=

co 2 Mm oe 2 *s 3.2 | oe

aan ee. = °: | S2e) o86

| 4 | a) sae a. = ee -s3 |-923

Hour. | wr Fee” a ee S oes Sig: | Sora

} ae Foe i | na ~ vA oo sat ee s a Ge

b jab) } Lae ' oO es — -» na re —- ye | ooeo:n

Poe ae = Ie eo — = Sao lass

2 ).9q Be} Be 1-8 Bb

ae | pager)” Bae ERs —— =e | Gra

ao = Sis S 3 ao ‘ma ea |} Sw

ral | gerd rt ae >a) _ 7 ww * 2 |

= | baal | aA ~} ce TF" Oo wer

bf i | do me tq pte ait). St One

ri i erase mn ma "

}

‘

;

| | Inehes. | 'P. gr.

might. 79.5 | 15, 784) 26.1 0.952 | 1095 0.89 | 0.99

L |) a6 253 Set — <a 958 34 sae 98

2 |, 406 ie di Me MEL 37 AA 4

zs | 793 | 910) 786) 17 | (958°) 3s] ee

4 | 980 } 304 eet Te oes 18 | > 68,1 Oca

& | 78.9 MO 788s. Fz O45 Zi 57 | 9

S| FSB | OR ST oS} oe 2 51 95

7 | ye | Ril yee? 19°) loss | 9 97 |

6/799 o|.ae 1 ees... SB wee Slee 80.1 98

% | $89.0 35 | 782) 43 946-5) AT ee eee

7 | 80.4) 30] 783| 51 99 4——8 78 | 8

Be 4 1 BID 3.9) 78.3 6.6 IAD lt | 2.35 | SI

)

Moon.) ; SEB | TPR) WSF 7a |} eae 03. | (a) ae

PC. WPT) eee) A Beet ey 00 | S.) 2a

® | BLL (S44 | 780] 7.50) 910 6.| aa ae

3'| Ste) Sa) vet 73° ~osp I 61 89

4 | BYO | 580) F894-- 68" | cose Ji AQ Bh

5 | 805 36.) 78.0; 61 | 940 i. |). 83

6 | 80.2 | 3.1} 799). 53 | 937 06 | 1.83 85

7 | S00. 85 | se) 43) 2Oa6 Ao) eee See

s |) 680 (ep igees | Ba igee 32 15 9

9 | 709 |'99)| 786) 3.2 | 958 32 08 9

10 |, 796) | DS) Wea) 8a) 249 | see ee OE

HN | 796 | 161.785} 2.6 | 295 } 29 1 O88 92

| | | i: . |

| | |

| | . {

Ad the Hygrometrical Clements are computed by the Greenwich Constant

Meteorological Observations. Ixiv

Abstract of the Resulls of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Culcutla,

in the month of August 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather. &e.

oe. WIND.

—= & oe Oro :

| Hele a 5 ieee ue

e ae ee 5 Prevailing . é serge General aspect of the Sky.

= S s Son? direction. = é a =

al }

o jinches ib | Miles ;

1) 119.5; 0.04 /S. 8. W. | 230.4} Oto24.M.8$ tod a.m. O

| to 10 4. M.S to 3 Pp. m., “ito

| 7 p.M., B afterwards. Light

F . meat. 6, 79 & 11h ac uw.

2'120.0|. ... |S.S.W.&S. W.| ... | 150.8] ChieflyS Dat9}4.m.&7pP.m.

Peeeaoe S0.W.& Sby W.... | 79.2) Sto5a.m., Witolla.m.

| PUR Nieto Pe Mlb GOO. BAN .

i | ‘clouds of different kinds after-

wards. Lon N at 9p.m. Dat

103 a.m. & 8p. M.

| 1.59 |S. by W. eA |) NU ROLO oO, As Men OEO die: NEL

B afterwards. T& Lat 3&4

| A. M. R from 43 to 8,10 to 12

A. My, & at 6 P. M.

pee 9-40) SiS, BE. &S. |... 1146.3) Chiefly ~i, T at 23 r.u.R

at 14,2 &4P.M.

6) 230.0)... |S.& 8S. 8S. W. tthe Sor! 2 Betorg: sats” bors Parlin,

| O to6p.M., \.i afterwards. T

| at3i&4e.m. Dat 34 & 5 4p. M.

411275) .«- S.S.W.&SbyW)| ... | 59.8) Bto5a.m.,\ito 10am, “i

to3e.mOto6p.m.Safterwards.

8 eee IS. by We SSW. ... | 163.5 | \ito2 4. m., \ii to7 A. a,

| ~i to 4p. M., \i afterwards.

By Dat 9 ae id 1S e: .

9| 128.0) --. |S. by W.&8.8.W.) 0.6 | 193.7 | Chiefly “i. Tat 10 e.m.L on

| Wat8 &10ipm.Datll gp. m.

fotacore--- iS. W. & 8:8. W.| 0.3 | 218.2 | <i1&-itoda.m., \.i to 10a.

| M., “ito4p.m., \iafterwards.

fo) 0-20 |S. W.&S.S. W.| ...|179.5| \itoSa.m., “ito dp. M.,

“j afterwards. T at4 p.m. R

‘s Se at 24 a. M.

12)... | 1-15 SSW,NbyW&W)] ... | 121.8) Chiefly O. Tat 3: a.m. &

6p.m. L from2 to4a.mM. &

| at 7 p.m. R from 3¢ to 12 a.m.

be at. 6, LO-de dp. My

13} 110.4| 1.06 |W.S.W.&WhbyN.| ... | 109.1;| Oto64 m., \Witod P. m,,

4 [W. ‘O afterwards. Rafter intervals.

14; 130.0| 9-18 |S.W,WSW&S.by! ... | 108.1| Oto8am., ~ito4e.m., O

afterwards.'T at 73 p.M.Slight

R after intervals.

15) 116.4; 2-20 |S. by W.& S. 0.1} 94.3) Oto9a.m., S to124.m., O

| afterwards. T & Lat 2p. m.

[able Rfrom3to7am<o4pm,

16| 127.6; 1.00 INE,NN E & vari-| ... | 44.6! Oto 124a.m.,S to4p.m.,O

| afterwards. Lon S at 8 Pp. mM.

| Slight R from 15 to 9.4 Mm. &

| | 4} to 6 Pp. M.

\G Cirri, —i Strati, “i Cumuli, \_i Ciro-strati, ~-i Cumulo-strati, \\_i Nimbi,

\ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, § stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, L lehtning

R rain, D drizzle.

Ixv — Meteorolvgical Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of Angust 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

See = Winp.

"5 a) | ie SZ wo . ;

Be lo ea =| pb |} General aspect of the Sky.

el a ee | ees Prevailing 4) Os

ad gs ies ERG Sa| 3s o

oe = E lidvao direction. sola s

e site clF a

o = |Inches lb Miles)

tires 0.79 IN.N. E.& N.E.! ... | 48.1; Sto 3 4. m., O afterwards.

R after intervals from 12 4. M.

to 10 Pp. M.

18, 122.5 | 0.16 |K,E.N.E.&E.8.E.| ... | 110.1] Chiefly S. Rat 53 & 11 a.m.

19] 125.0; 0.38 |E.S.E & E. | 0.8 | 114.2] Chiefly S. T at 34, 4&5 Pp.

mM. Lon SW at 93 P. m. Rat

2,33 & 7 P. M.

BON ea 0.35 |E. 8S. E&S.by E| - | 163.9; O& Tat 1} v.m.Slight R at

3 & from 93 A. M. to 3 P. M.

7 Waa i HO by B.S. "* 1107.5! Sto54.m.,Oto 9 a.m.,S to

12 a.m., O afterwards. L on 8

at8&9r.m. Light:R at 3}

A.M. & 6 P. M.

2 0.28 |S.S.W, & 8.8. E.) ... | 126.6] Sto 7 am.,Otol0a.m.,7i

to3 rp. m., S afterwards. T at

8; & 9¢ a.m. Lon S at8&9

p. M. Slight R at 3,8, 9 & 10

A.M. & 7 & 95 P. M.

\w_ito 2 a.m., 8 tol0 a.m.,

“i to 4 p.m., S afterwards. L

at midnight. Slight Rat 42 a.

Im. & 2 & 32 P. M.

24)... | 0.44|/S.S.W.&S.W. | ... | 132.1] Chiefly O. T at 27. Slight

[byE R from 4to 12 a.m. & at 4pm.

yi ae 0.85 |S.S.W.S.SE&S.| ... | 99.7 | Chiefly O. Tat 6 &72 4. m.

Shght R from1? to 4&7 a.

M.to 3 P.M.

26; 1389.2 | 0.06 SE,.S.S.E.&SbyE ae 78.5 S to 9 a.m., “1 & Ni to 6p.

23} 133.5 | 0.05 /S.S.W.&8S. W| ... | 37.4

M., B afterwards. Slight R at

‘db? & ll a. M.

27/ 145.5 | 0.05 |S. by E. & S.S.E.| ... | 122.2; § \itol04am.,Sto2p.m., Si —

“ito 7 p. m., S afterwards.

ht R at 12 4.m.& llip.m,

Oto54.m., “itol p.m,

Oto 5 pv. m., B afterwards.

Slight R at midnight & l a.m. —

& from 1} tod p.M.&at7ip.m.

29| 142.5) 0.12 |S.S.E.& 8. byE.| ... | 63.4] Wito5 a.m., S to 124. M.,

\ito 7 vp. mM. B afterwards. R ~

28] 147.0] 0.46 |S.by E&S.S.E] ... | 93.1

at 45 Pp. M. .

30| 141.4, 0.35) 8. .. | 73.6| ChieflyS.R at8a.0.&6hp.a0.

3111403) 0.36/S. & §. E. 0.3| 48.4] \_ito4 a.m, “teen

clouds of different kinds after-_

wards. T & Brisk wind at 3}

p.M. Slight R at 23, 33, 8 &

92 @. ME.

Ni Cirri,—i Strati, ~i Cumuli, Wi Cirro-strati, -_i Cumulo-strati, iN imbi,

Wi Cirro-cumuli, B clear, 8 stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, L lightni x

R rain, D drizzle.

Meteoroloyicul Observations, Ixvi

Abstract of the Results of the Hur’y Meleorologieal Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Culcutta,

im the mouth of August 1870.

Montuty Resvtts.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month.. we. 29.895

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 10 a. st. on the 8th. 1. 29.815

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 4p. M.on the 14th. ... 29.389

Hetreme range of the Barometer during the month ne ane, AO

Mean of the a ly Max. eres ea seh a sa ae Oey L

Ditto ditt Min. dit 4 i _.. 99.530

Mean daily Pris of the Pa cctabor during the month... on, GAZE

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month ... ee 2.

Max. Temperature occurred at 3 p. Mm. on the 9th. si

Min. Temperature occurred at 4,5 & 6 a.M, on the 24th.

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature ..

Ditto ditto Min. ditto,

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month

“TCO STS 00

STF CO ST Ot OD r= bho }

NPR wo &

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month ... 80.0

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb: Thermometer 2.4

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month ape 78.3

Mean Dry Buib Thermometer above computed mean Dew- -point 4.1

hh ches.

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month .., ach »» 0.949

Troy grain.

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month . ice LOZ

Additional W eight of Vapour required for complete saturation ... 1-4l

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity 0.88

Mean Max. Solar radiation Thermometer for the month .., 130.4

Inches.

Rained 29 days,—Max. fall of rain during 24 hours .., aR aco)

Total amount of rain during the month Se) 2.92

Total amount of rain indicated by the Gauge* attached to the anemo-

meter during the month so at 11.62

Prevailing direction of the Wind.. tat SSW&S by E.

* Height 70 feet 10 inches above ground.

Ixvil Meteorological Observations,

General's Office, Calcutta, in the month of August 1870.

e Surveyor

Monrutny Resvutrs.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations taken at t

th the number of days on

Tables shewing the number of days on which at a

“uO recee Ls Oe oe Doe | |

ten wey, i

“M'N'N : %

“10 “0 wey Pen ey aie ae a

‘MN M : : mee

‘Wo Urey A nN mies

TAQ" AA a I | te - Sees = le Bo

uO UTeyy

ea wn “M ie | —

pis, Fs a ee —_-—

f 3 "UO UTR yy aE | a ae Fe —

ual (a P IN _ nia NN

aeys4q:al oe aes ¥

ge ‘mo ULe yy re ae ioe! ain

gS z a ANNA ANNAN NA SaNaAN

° 8 ay" aera = or a MN ot

RANANAANDSRORE ~SSMNANDoS

“m0 Wey ANNDANM NANA

MM ‘S'S NCC as! * saa ae

6 1 ee ars ae eal

“mM 4q°9 W303 2a

SOAK SWN LR LH Sa

any particular wind blew

particular wind was blow

"uO UR) has a.

amy SF ANMNMAMBDNMMSI :

‘UO ULe yy =a cc re =

“a &q “9 p, OO ase OS aaN aa MINoWe ose

= a Peg Mano Remeron eg —

= nd Be "WO WIRY Ss eee

Aes fONANMDHNSORANGTAN SH SMH SOGSG

5 E S a i ret. 9,5) Yes > Ge cee

ee ; NAH HHANMNAMNSNT po

fy. | al ot

8 SS ae ee ee

[-b) re

= j so es _ ;

mM as

o ms i

a aa :

~ Naas Ne Gas

s >

S ; | ee A cee ce |

S| =a Ss

= ‘

aoe (oe ee oe | . — ;

ae NI if

= A a 4 Ok aed ee f

moO Ue) é > |

—. aad a Ne |

a ON ON

"Wo ureyy 3

a Aq Ni : ——

"dO WIRY

AT e

a 5 Dao

p ee ANMAHMOKRDAOH CHANMAWON aia

mors an ae , 2 "

4 “4 ar!

Meteorological Observations. xvii

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of September 1870.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” Hast.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above tlie sea level, 18.11 feet.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

Chey

ae 3 _ | Range of the Barometer = |Range of the Tempera-

a2 4 during the day. ce 3 ture during the day.

a5 bs

Date. | & Bo me :

eo | Max. | Min. | Dif. | S48 | Max. | Min. | Dif

on ia

Si ~~ 8 = et

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. 0 o ) o

1 | 29.589 | 29.722 | 29.512 | 0.210| 80.3 Beran aeem, Fo ues

2°. ial 836 703 133 80.4 6.0 78.5 Mines

3 «800 870 128 142 81.6 85.0 79.5 5.5

4, 13d 187 670 117 80.5 33.5 78.2 ia

5 19 179 653 120 $1.3 86.3 77.8 8.5

6 ry | 99 .682 113 81.6 86.4 78.4 8.0

7 iB) BAA “TOV 144 | 82.4 BZ:0)" 1, Feo 8.5

8 748 804 681 123 83.4) 87.5 80.0 ies:

9 713 778 634 144 | 83.6 Oe, 1, COO eg,

10 705 753 626 w2y | 62.6 SO. Eis 0 71S lap ak

11 759 813 410 103 81.3 85.6 78.0 7.6

12 -768 817 709 108 | 82.6 S89) PG Bie wore

13 776 .820 05 115 85.0 91.2 80.2 | 10

14, 192 847 720 127 84.7 OZ 81.8 9.4:

15 826 894 786 108 84.0 GO.6 $1.0 9.6

16 810 881 725 156 | 85.4 SLA SOW ls 1057

LY GAD 829 .648 181 66.8 OUT «ly Sa he ST

18 709 769 645 124, &5.0 92.0 62.0 | 10.0

19 OL 165 621 145 85.0 i.e $1.0 | 10.5

20 .662 28 584 144 85.4 92:0 81.5 | 10.5

21 635 706 559 147 81.9 Bio la eOa) We) oaees

22 557 11 487 AQ4 82.4 &3.0 foie 8.8

23 574 .639 11 128 $2.1 85.2 79.5 5.7

24, 569 624 504 JAZ0 | 83.3 86.8 | 80.0} 6.8

25 573 .625 521 104 $3.9 88.0 81.0 70)

26 .603 .668 536 vlad |» Sexe 59:0.) 80.07) (ko

27 Reta he edo -| > ket |. OS: |” G4. 88.6. TT eo5 al ae

28 661 712 662 110°; 84.6 90.4 | 80.0 | 10.4

29 .693 “740 640 100 82 5 , 88.0 80.3 ey

30 74d .809 .689 120 | 84.0 89.6 | 80.0] 9.5

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Means are derived, from the hourly observations, made at the

several hours during the day.

Ixix - Bleteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

an the month of September 1870.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements:

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

eral beet 43 E 6 A |S eaeeaa

o 2 “rs & i _e

me = : A 2 Japa us BSS

AY o HH > ° tp 2 3 ‘aa

2 ° 2 & fe a - EB | oS 8

B18 | 4 8 oe eee oe

Date.| 7. a A " = ce eel eas

sf )3 | 3 148.) 83 | GS) Boe) Bs

Fe |e |e | oh | BS | ES | Seale 8

3 b =I biny as a Se Re aoe

ob) % 5 t, t - oa ae °o OO

=| A | oO eat = a =

| ) )

) ) ) | o | Inches. | Tee: | T. gr

1 | 788 | 18] 77.7] 26 | 0.931 | 10.04 | 087 } 0.92

2 79.2 13] 783) 9.2 | .949 24, 74 .93

Oe ea eee ee ee | (25 | 1109 90

A 79.0 LS Wt. BO il Ae | 10 | 0.88 92

5 | 79.0 23 Tht Sood. Sam 9.93 1.31 88

6 78.8 281768| 4.8 905 | 73 61 86

7 73.9 3.51 76.4| 6.0 | 893 60 2.01 83

s | joy | 37} 774) 69'|) 913] Seo) Sie

9 79.8 3.8) 77.1) 65 913 78 25 81

10. | ebro eee | ‘919 | 38. | 1.80 85

11 79.1 2217761 3.7 928 99 25 -| 89

j2 79.5 Bik ora. (eae. * ee 88 80 85

13 80.8 42) 979 | 71°) 987 771602 2.51 80

V4 84.6 4.1 | si ole A 8 ea ia | 9.96 46 .80

15 89.7 3.3/ 78.4} 5.6 | .952 | 10.19 1.98 84

16 80.9 DGt ATR ET 931 | 9.94 2.74 "8

17 81.8 5.0| 788| 80 | .964 | 10.37 4 78

18 81.0 wot ae 1 See a eae 42 81

19 | 897 | 431 77.71 7.3 | l93t | 9.96 ‘57 80

20 81.1 43.| 781) 7.3 943 | 10.08 60 80

a1 | 79.7.) B82 y82). 37 1 os) IF | Tae 89

2 79.4, 3.0! 77.3 5.1 919 | 9.88 73 85

23 89.1 2.0 | 78.7 3.4 | 961 | 10.35 16 90

2 |, 80.6 2.7) 78.7 4.6 O61 31 62 86

25 80.9 3.0 | Toe a ht | 964 34 79 85

28 89.2 ea ae i AY ae ee 9.98 2.12 83

a7 | go7 | 3.417831 538 | 919 | 10.16 08 83

23 | 800 | 46] 768/ 78 | 905 | 9.67 72 78

29 79.9 2.6 | 78.1 44 943 | 10.14 1.50 87

30 80.8 3.2 |. 78.6 5A 958 28 89. 85

{

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich ts are computed by the Greenwich Constantsy.

Meteorological Observations. Ixx

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of September 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

oe Range of the Barometer m= . | Range of the Tempera-

2S... for each hour during Ramee ture for each hour

aye a the month. ae during the month.

) Ss

2% | Max. | Min. | Dif. | $3 | Max. | Min. | Diff

ad a

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. ) 9) fe) oO

Mid- |

night.| 29.713 | 29.851 | 29.546 | 0.305 81.3 84.0 | 78.0} 6.0

1 703 .840 532 308 81.0 83.4 «| 78:0 | 54

2 694, £830 525 05 80°8 82.7 78.0 4.7

3 .686 818 513 .B05 80.6 82.7 73:0 | AF

4, .682 813 ii 302 80.4: 82.5 78.0 A.5

5 .692 821 524 | .297 80.2 Bean i046

6 795 833 536 297 80.1 82.0 TLS 4.2

7 724 .863 538 025 81.0 83.0 Lee Ate

8 745 .870 568 302 82.8 86.9 78.7 7.3

9 757 .890 592 298 84.1 83.0 79.0 9.0

10 755 894 597 297 85.4) 89.0 80.4) 8.6

11 745 .880 581 .299 86.2 90.6 | 80.0 | 10.6

Noon. 724 861 559 302 86.9 OS 1 Sb.4c 1, 10.2

1 .698 825 539 | .286 87.1 92.0 | 80.5! 11.5

2 .670 AOL 506 291 86.9 91:7 ToD" | Tae

3 651 192 AQ2 .300 85.9 91.2 80.2 | 11.0

4 644, 788 487 B01 85.5 91.5 TIO. |" 25

ee 648 .786 490 | .296 85.0 C3) | PSG TAF

6 661 794 512 | .282 83.7 89.9" 4) 787 |) 11.2

7 .680 812 529 .283 83.0 88.5 78.5 | 10.0

8 702 829 549 .280 82.7 87.7 POR) Bee

9 123 842 581 261 82.3 87.0 | 78:5 8.5

10 133 844 58d 209 81.9 86.2 78.5 (Ws

11 27 853 561 .292 81.6 84.5 | 78.0) 6.5

| The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Means are derived from the observations made at the several

hours during the month,

Ixxi Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of September 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

fa vs 45 Ce ek ‘oe Tae

A. |/@)2]/6:) > (as eee

z Bh eal a 2 PS | SES | hee

ss & E > . a) @ -S-e og

fa aie. BeGe 2 28 |BES | e238

Hour. $ < 4 — = 2 P29 a z a. & Ete

Pi la) 2) 2. | ed | £2 | Bealsss

= 4 a a, jf =i r= 2 a B oS, - —

es ipl] Fl] es | #8 | de |goe| see

| |

BT! «8 oO | o Inches. | T. gr. | T. gr.

Mid-

night.) 79.6 1.7 | 78.4 | 2.9 | 0.952 | 10.25 0.99 0.91

1 79.4, 1.6 | 78.3 2.7 949 22 92 92

2 79.2 1.6 | 78.1 2.7 943 16 91 92

3 79.2 14] 78.2 2.4 946 21 .80 93

4 79.2 121784! 230 952 27 67 94

5 79.1 1.1 | 78.3 1.9 949 DA 64 94

6 79.0 1.1.| 73.2 1.9 9416 21 63 94

7 79.5 15/7841 2.6 952 25 89 92

8 80.2 2:61 78.4 | 4.4 .952 23 1.52 87

9 80.6 3.5 | 73.1 6.0 943 10 2.11 .83

10 | 809 | 4517771 7.7 | .931 | 9.94 74 78

il 81.2 5.0 (97.7 8.5 931 .92 3.07 76

Noon.| 81.1 5.8 | 77.6 9.3 928 89 36 15

1 81.0 6.1 | 77.3 9.8 919 78 55 73

2 80.8 61 | 77.1 9.8 913 72 53 73

3 80.5 5.4| 76.7 9.2 902 62 25 7 3

Ay 80.3 5.2 | 76.7 8.8 902 62 10 Ry,

5 80.3 ay 77.0 8.0 910 73 2.80 p's |

6 80.0 BT | Rm 6.3 922 89 18 :

7 80.1 29 (7S 4 4.9 943 | 10.12 1.70 86

8 80.0 rey aap 4.6 943 12 .60 .86

9 80.0 2.3 | 78.4 3.9 952 23 35 88

10 79.9 2.0 | 78.5 3.4, 955 29 15 .90

11 "9.7 1:9 |) 984A 3.2 952 25 .09 90

All the Hygrometrical clements are computed by the Greenwich Cox stants.

Meteorological Observations. Ixxu

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Caicutta,

am the month of September 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

WIND.

Prevailing General aspect of the Sky.

direction.

Ground.

Date.

Max. Solar

radiation.

Rain Guage

13 ft. above

Daily

‘Velocity.

Max

="|Pressure

—

~ Oe

fa)

—

pay

—

(e 6)

S. H.& 8. by E. ... | 104.8} Chiefly O. Slight R after

intervals from 6 a.M. to 2 P. M.

& at 64 Pp. M.

2) 137.8) 2.41 |S. S. E. & S. 1.3/}161.1| Chiefly O. Brisk wind at 42

P.M. Tatl1&124.m.&3P.m.R

from 12to3&1144.M.to7 P.M.

0.06 S. oil 8, O ChieflyS. Tatl2 p.M. Slight

Rat le. mM.

1.00 |S.8S.W.&.S. byW.) 1.0 | 146.1; ‘“~ito3a.m.,\itol2a.a.,0

to6p.M,,\_i1&\iafterwards. T

atlp.m, R at Midnight & 1a.

mM. & from 123 a. M., to 2 Pp. mM.

5| 140.0 | 0.03 S. Pelee Nee Qe NT 0 4A ae, om ae

iterwards. Light Rat 12 4.m.,

33 & 4p. M.

6) 142.0; 0.05 |S. & S. by E. poe hb. | Sos 65 Nt, to. A. Me. ante 2

Pp. M., \i & \1 afterwards.

Light Rat7 &10a.m.&23P.m.

7\ 142.2) .... |S. by E.&S. easel iN i GOT’ abi Bs Me

8) 145.3) ... |S.byE,S.&S.byW)] ... | 223.7| ito3p.m., \i afterwards.

LonN & W at7 P. M.

MAO) yy... |S. by W. &S. 0.8 | 229.0; \ito9a.m., \i&-ito8P.m.

S eon Dat33 &45a.M.

10) 137.5 | 0.87 |S.S.W.&S.by W.| 1.6 | 273.0; Stolla.m., ~ ito 2p. a.,

O afterwards. Brisk wind at

53 p.m. Tat 4a.mM., 3, 45, 52

& GLP. M. Lat 52 & 6 Pp. M.

ition 34 to ll P. M.

Rimes!) 0.02 |S.S.K.&S by E.| ... | 101.0) O to64.u., “itol P. m.,

S & \i afterwards. T at 23 p

m., R from 24 to 35 P. M.

(ou)

12) 142.0; ... |H.N.E.&EbyS. | ....| 21.0] Clouds of different kinds. T

at 3,4 &5P.M.

ya) 145.8)... /k.S. E. jah 196.8") \a to 3 au Mas Wi to Bia. .,

“ito 7 p. M., B afterwards.

14) 144.0 | 0.12 |E.S.E.&Eby N./ 0.2) 56.2) B.to5a.m., Litol0a. m.,

“i to 6 p. mM., B afterwards.

Tat4&5p.m., Rat bp. mM.

16) 148.3) 0.16 |E. by N.&8.S.E.) 0.3} 98.8) Bto3a.m.,\itol2a.m.,

clouds of different kinds af-

terwards. Tat2&3p.m., R

at 2 P. M.

16) 145.2) ... |S.S.E.&S. a. | 27.8:\~B toG au. nrto-% P. w., B

afterwards. T& Lat8 &9 P.M.

| MBs. iS. & 8. EK. .. | 86.6| \Nito6a.m., ~i afterwards.

T & L from7 to llp.m., D

at 10} P. M.

NG Cirri, —i Strati, “i Cumuli, \_i Ciro-strati, \-i Cumulo-strati, \._i Nimbi,

\ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, S stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, . L nsasnahio

R rain, D drizzle.

Ixxiil Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calculta,

in the month of September 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

a fp WInp.

as Eas z | E> | General aspect of the Sky.

$| 45 [ee | Prevailing [4 3) 2's ‘ 5

a = S B20] direction. ae A c

| ) |Inches| [W.S. W.| bb . Miles} ;

18) 145.0} ... |S.byW, S.S.W.&| ... | 59.0; Sto5a.m., Wi & “i to 1p.a.

| | O to6p.mM., S afterwards. L

| from midnight to 34. m., T

from lto4p.m. D at 4p. Mm.

19; 149.4 S.S.E.&8.E. | 68.8 | Bto7a.m.,™i to 5 p. M., \i

afterwards. T at 3 p.m. LonS

W at4& 5a.m.& 3&9tp. mu.

20) 146.5.) 44 Sao iS: Be ee | \nito 4a.M., \ito8 a. M.,“i

to 3p. M., ‘i to6P.M. Bafter-

wards. T at 12 a.m. & 3P.m.,

‘Lon N at 8 vp. uw. Dat 3 p. uw.

21) 132.3! 0.42 18.8. E. & E.S. E.| 1.5 | 138.8| B to 34. mw. \ito7 a. wey

~i to lla. m., O to3 P.M.,8

afterwards. T at 124.m.,L

on N at 7&8 vp. Mm., Slight R

from 11 a. M., to2 Pp. M.

0.37 |E.S.E,&S8. 8S. W.| ... | 45.0 | Sto4a.m, -ito6Pp.m.O

afterwards. T at 83 p.m. L from

63 to 11 p.m. Slight R at 5}, 84

10 & lle. M. |

23/ 122.0! 2.44/18. W. & 8S. 8. W.| 4.0 | 176.0 | Chiefly O. High wind at 112

p.M.Tat4&6a4.m. & 11 p.m.

R at 6,7 & 10} a.m. & from

9tollp.M.

24, 131.2) ... (8. 8S. W.& S. ... | 236.4 | O to8a.M.,Sto3P. m., \i

146.5

to 7 p.m., S afterwards. T at

43 4.M., L on E at midnight,

tare we M.& 7&8pP.mu.,D

at midnight.

25/132.8| ... IS.by E.&S. .. | 162.5| Vito 6 4... “i 6 5 meee

'B afterwards. D at 10} 4. yw.

26/145.5| ... |[SbyE,SSE&S!.../1176| Bto4a.m. ito6p. au. B

afterwards. T at 824. w., L

on N W at7 &8P. mu. Dat

53 & 9a. M.

B afterwards. LonN Eat]

p.M. D at 23 & 4P. M.

28) 146.0 ey JSS eS. Hh. £3 14.9) B. tob a. uw. “i tebe

B afterwards

29| 145.2} ... |SbyE,SE.&S.8.E.| ... | 84.8]! Bto5.a.m., clouds of dif- ~

ferent kinds afterwards. T at —

12 a.m., & lv. M. Dat ite

M., 3,4, & 5 P. M. ~~. an

30| 148.5] 0.5818. 8. Ev & 8. .. | 51.5| Bto6 a. u., “ito 7 enue

afterwards. T & L at6p.m. RB

at 9a. mM.

Xi Cirri,—i Strati, ~i Cumuli, i Cirro-strati, —_i Cumulo-strati, ._iNimbi,

\ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, S stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, L lightning,

R rain, D drizzle. 1

Meteorological Observations. Ixxiv

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutla,

im the month of September 1870.

Monruuy Rusvutts.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month.. 4. (28702

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 10 a. ut. on the 1th. .. 29.894

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 4P~. M.onthe 22nd. ... 29.487

Exvireme range of the Barometer during the month ah i O.407

Mean of the daily Max. Pressures... mass AA .. 29.764

Ditto ditto Min. ditto Rie ... 29.635

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month ee ue O29

)

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month ee 83.2

Max. Temperature occurred at 1 P. m. on the 18th & 20th ... 92.0

Min. Temperature occurred at 6 a.m, on the 5th. 77 8

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month 14.2

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature .. 88.3

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, ; Mas 79.9

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month... 8.4

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month .. 80.0

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermonieter ae

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month ! .. «978

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed m mean Dew-point. .. 5.4:

ra ches.

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month .., af ae OSOSHi

Troy grain.

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month oe crip TOL08

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation ... 1°86

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity 0.84,

Co)

Mean Max. Solar radiation Thermometer for the month .., ' 140.0

Inches.

Rained 24 days,—Max. fall of rain during 24 hours... . wi 2.44

Total amount of rain during the month ay, heeOE

Total amount of rain indicated by the Gauge* attached to the anemo-

meter during the month _.. a Se, 8.38

Prevailing direction of the Wind... 2 S,SSE& Ss by E.

* Height 70 fect 10 inches above ground.

—

XXV _ Meteorological Observations.

ays on

together with the number of d

ing, it rained.

Sq q

ol Lc A oo |

aA THMOAMNANMA SMW MAANM OANA oe

aN = 4

eyor General's Office, Calcutta, in the month of Sept. 1870.

ANN CO Ne 20 SF S10 <FOD <I OD

pre a eee eer ees

Lame! fe oe Been Meee | NaS NA N

D OID DDO BIS HGRA CHADS

cular wind was blow

y particular wind blew,

when any parti

a _ ss 4 ee

on rs | | Lee |

SCHHDDKRUAHOHAANDUIHMONDE RRR RO

_—

Monruty Resvtts.

given hour an

— — “=

AHHMNAN AMNDOMMOSSMOFHON 4

_ cc HN

NUANM SBM DAWMWMWFMOMAAAMAHAAMAABANATAANAANAA

Cm] ANA HANMAN AN SS

1S PP PSM UREN oF ORR 25 —

which at the same hour,

Tables shewing the number of days on which ata

+ ‘

Sp IN Tid ON DRO GIO Hid ONO DO

| cree |

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Surv

Noon.

Meteorological Observations. Ixxvi

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutla,

an the mouth of October 1870.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” Kast.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the sea level, 18.11 feet,

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent there eon.

Cpe

Ne 8 Range of the Barometer e x jRange of the Tempera-

oS during the day. Pls ture during the day.

Mars boa 2

che Bae

Date. | 4 fo. | in x

eo | Max. | Min. | Dif. | £3 | Max. | Min. | Dif

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. O O oO °

1 29.785 | 29.850 | 29.737 0.113 84.3 O12 80.3 | 10.9

2 £796 843 136 107 84.8 91.2 SiO.) TOwe

3 89 879d A/V id amy: SPs7 83.7 Vid 6.0

4 780 844, ile 132 79.5 83.2 77.5 5.7

5 134 197 .662 135 82.0 87.5 ie is

6 Wis) .826 00 126 84.3 90.0 80.5 9.5

| e 788 857 129 128 85.1 90.5 81.3 9.2

: 8 798 863 (30 .138 85.3 90.8 81.4 9.4,

9 or| .864| 744) 2110 | 93.5 | 90.0 |} 790 |: 180

10 .828 900 dA 146 82.9 87.5 79.8 fir

EL 845 911 784, 127 84.1 89.0 79.5 9.5

12 833 906 .769 137 83.8 89.0 80.3 8.7

13 798 873 729 144 Ba-c 90.0 80.5 9.5:

14, .803 .869 756 113 84.1 89.4 80.0 9.4

15 802 867 Bey .130 84.6 89.6 80.5 9.1

16 813 .870 762 .108 83.6 89.8 80.5 9.3)

17 .848 908 810 098 82.0 | 90.5 FES - |) Vee

18 872 .935 815 .120 81.2 88.0 78.0 | 10.0

19 872 947 804 143 82.5 89.0 Elaee 1 Lee

29 884 946| .822| .194| 83.2 | 89.5 | 76.6) 19.9

21 .893 .968 .825 143 84.3 91.6 48.0: | 13.6

22 873 943 801 142 84.6 S10 79.4 | 17.6

93° 868 995 | .g72-|) -.110- | 90:2 | 983.3.) Ye0.| FS

24, 879 .962 831 al 77.5 80.6 75.0 5.6

25 827 .895 .760 135 81.0 87.5 76.5 | 2ED

26 ‘767 | .826| .712| 114! 782 | 79.8 | 76.0] 38

27 ol 831 Bok) 132 79.6 85.0 POST 8.3

28° 843 907 799;) 108 | 79:9 | 85.6 | 752 | 108

29 .868 .932 .805 127 Si? 87.0 ries 9.5

30 .883 .936 .839 O97 81.6 86.7 76.8 9.9

31 .880 .946 823 123 80.9 86.2 77.0 9.2

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Means are derived, from the hourly observations, made at the

several hours during the day.

Ixxvit Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the mouth of October 1870.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

e fea) )e.. ee Pome:

A Ee |3|A 2 Su | Bos | eeS

av . H > oO te O:eewurey et

= . > BS) ee Saez lw ee

2 6 Stes rs rag es Sa | 28 to

s§ |) 2|3)s,] as | SS | gee] be=

E E 3 3 5 As E5 | ¢oa|/3 .8

a B a8 2 ° | 2a B.S

ace e o aa de |. ¢s 7a= =

® A Ps 5 Pony o > Cg an) O'dO

= a) to) a = at | <q =

}

Oo ) | ) ) Inches. | T. gr. | T. gr

1 80.6 | 3.7| 78.0| 63 | 0.940 | 10.07 | 2.91 0.82

2 81.1 3.7 | 78.5 6.3 995 } .23 20 82

3 7995 | 221 780f 3.7 | .940 a 1.26 89

ds 78.0 1.5 | 76.9 | B68. st» (GOR 9.80 0.86 Y2

6 | 738 | 32| 766| 64 | .899 67, | 1.80 Sh

6 | 805 | 38/778] 65 | 934 | 99 | 229 | 81

7 81.2 3.9 | 78.51 6.6 | 955 | 10.21 36 SL

8 | 813 | 40| 78.5 6.8 | .955 21 43 BL

y 79.7 | 3.81 77.0| 65 | .910 | 9.75 25 SL

10 | 796 | 33] 773] 56 | .919 '86 | 1.93 ‘Sh

11 79.4 4.7 | 76.1 8.0 | 885 48 2.73 78

12 |. 794°) Ade) 763) 7.5 |. 890 1 B38 57 79

13 79.0 li, 47 | 971° 8G | .873 36 1 4 | 8

dy {OO lo ee | FRO” ZL 910 "5 AG 8)

15 80.2 | 44 77.1 "5 913 7 63 79

16. | -79B 1, 38 | F71 6.5 913 "i 25 81

17 785 |-35|760| 60 | .882 48 | 1.99 83

18 77.7 3.5 | 752| 60 | .860 | 26 95 83

19. |) -766041 5 6a 72.5.) 46.0 4 787" | Sag > ee 73

20 | 760 | 72/ 71.0] 122 | .751 05 84 68°

21 78 1661-78234 aL 806 63 65 70

59 -|“7bs. | 6a 4 FeO 804) eae 91 AS 72

23 77.8 | 241-761 4.1 885 | 9.55 1.33 88

24 | 75.9 1.6| 748| 2.7 819 20 | O84 2

Bee See ee oe 851 a 1.97 82

96 | 77.2 1.0 | 76.5 1.7 896 wal 0.54 95

"97 73.0 Woah koe pe fy, 908 .80 89 92

98. | 722 2.7| 7531 4.6 862 31 1.47 86

29 78.5 29) 760 5.4 | .890 59 78 84

30, -|-277.8 ys Bagel eee 6.5 | 857 21 2.13 SL

31 76.8 | 4.11} 73.9 7.0 824 | 8.88 22 :80-

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants. :

Meleorological Observations. Ixxvlil

Abstract of the Resulls of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

Range of the Barometer

6a = . |Range of the Tempera-

ie for each hour during a 2 ture for each hour

ch @ = the month. S during the month.

SES ee erie Wey silat |e Biennale, cas,

Hour.) 0 A 5

a2 | Max. | Min. | Dif. | §9 | Max. | Min. | Diff

as an

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. oO re) Oo oO

Mid-

night.; 29.831 | 29.904 29.736 | 0.168 80.4 82.7 76.3 6.4

1 .822 893 ive!) 164 80.0 82.6 75.6 70

2 818 887 AG 170 19°8 82.5 75.0 7.5

3 808 .883 708 178 79.8 82.4 75.0 7A

4, .806 884, £03 18h 19.3 82.2 75.0 7.2

3) 817 G04: By Ne 186 79.1 82.5 79.0 70

6 834 914 29 183 79.9 82.4) 10.9 6.9

7 .839d 929 F409 184 79.9 83.0 75.5 7.5

8 87d .9d4 19d 199 81.4 88.1 75.5 9.6

9 .888 .968 FOL 187 82.9 86.0 76.0 | 10.0

10 885 957 icv 170 84.2 87.6 70.5 \. Viet:

pa | 868 939 145 164 83.2 89.6 76.0 | 13.6

Noon. 843 912 752 .160 86.1 90.6 is OS Tae

E 813 873 125 148 86.6 91.2 105 | 1AGT

2 786 8a4 .684 oi 87.2 91.6 170 | 1as6

3 wie 843 666 Bia 86.38 92.6 | VSO | ASEG

4 .768 839 O62 te LL EE 86.0 90.0 78.0 | 12.0

5 77d 846 O60 .169 84.9 89.2 76-0) 1a

6 187 861 .688 173 83.3 87.2 76.3 | 10.9

7 806 881 LOA ATE 2.3 86.3 76.5 9.8

8 827 891 2A 167 81.8 85.0 76.8 8.2

9 840 .900 133 167 81.3 84.0 77.0 Vin®

10 ita. 913 | 740) 164 | SOO) sam Lazo es

Bt 842 808 WE AGL 80.6 SRO! Ose 6.3

| The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bu'b

| Thermometer Means are derived from the observations made at the several

hours during the month.

xxix Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October 1870.

Hourl y Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continued.)

4 p . = Sey a 3

fH 45 ~ aH ol °o 6 =

2 ae ee: : a8 | .@¢| 83

fs ee: | aa 18 8 Ss | doe line,

2 | 8) 848 (8 “83 (foo

Hour. A , = = 2 3B as “oe Bie

DO $y ie ace i) on ;

F2\|3|212, | as | eS |sesieee

Bee hae a | Ae 68 | ge |Seag| doe

cf |] 8] FS] SF | 85 | ses] Soe

= a Oo a = =F =< =

Co) ) ) ) Inches. | T. gr. | T. gr.

Mid-

night.) 78.6 1.8 | 77.3 3.1 | 0.919 9.92 1.02 0.91

1 78.4, 1.6 | 77.3 2.7 919 92 | 0.89 92

2 78.2 16 I 2.7 913 86 .89 .92

3 "7.9 1.6 | 76.8 2.7 905 77 .89 92

4 77.8 1.5 | 76.7 2.6 902 74 85 .92

5 774 1.4 | 76.7 2.4 902 76 a .93- @

6 77.8 Ea ("770 2.0 910 85 65 94 |

i 78.4 Lb. | 7738 2.6 919 92 86 92

8 78.7 2.7 | 76.8 4.6 905 73 1.54 86

9 79.1 3.8 | 76.4 6.5 893 58 2.21 81

10 79.3 4.9 | 75.9 8.3 879 42 .82 a7

ti 79.5 5.7 | 75.5 9.7 .868 27 |. 3.34 VE!

Noon.| 79.4 64.1745. 71.4 846 .03 92 70° 4

1 79.3 Sh 7 Ole S851 60 4.08 | .69—

2 79.4 78 | Va 12-6 816 8.99 28 ae

3 79.4 714.\ TBO. 118 854 9.09 12 69

4, 79.0 7) Fae 11g .830 8.85 06 62.8

5 78.8 6.1] 74.5 | 10.4 840 9.04 3.49 72

6 78.8 4.5 | 75.6 77 S871 .33 2.60 1 78 8

7 78.7 3.6 | 76.2 6.1 887 5A OL 82

8 78.7 3.1] 76.5 5.3 896 65 1.75 85 3m

9 78.7 2.6 | 76.9 4.4, 908 78 46 SF %

10 78.7 eA tk 3.7 916 87 23 89

ip 78.6 204 72 3.4, 916 .89 ou 90

eet

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constant

eam

° oa

Meleorological Observations. Ixxx

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &c.

See. WIND.

eas SC ~

| 4: |e. 2| Prevailing 4 &| tS 'g ee ae Ye

See | 5 direction. cates eet

Ala* Ss | = ern

o {Inches ib | Miles |

aoe... |S.&8.8. E. on 69.8} B to8a.m., “ito6 Pp. M.,

Ni afterwards.

e650) ... SSE. &8.byW.| ... | 59.8) ° B tod a.m., ai to7 P. mw;

\i afterwards. Lon N W at

7 P.M.

3| 128.0 | 0.40 |S. by W. &S.S.E./0°4|) 57.0} N\ito64.m., Sto4p. m.,

\i afterwards. T at 8 a. mM. R

‘from 73 to 9 a. M.

4,119.0! 0.36 |S.S.E.&S.by W.| ... | 38.8) \ito4a.u.,O0to7p.mu.,5

afterwards. Slight R from 6$ to

8,at ll a.m. & from 2 to 6 P.M.

Ges). 61S. W & S. S.-W. ... | 40.9] cito7 vp. m., B afterwards.

L on Eat 4a. M.

7|\ 151.3) ... |8,S.S.W&SbyW.| ... | 97.0| Bto6a.m., -ito4 Pp. m.,

'B afterwards.

8) 144.4) ... |S.byW. &S.S.W.) ... | 107.9} Nito3a.m., Btol2a.m.,

“i afterwards. Lon N at 11

P. M.

9 147.0| 0.07 S.E.&8.S8.E. |... | 86.1/ S$ toQa.m., B toGa.m,

~i afterwards. Tat 12 4.m.,

1 &2ipr.m., Lon W from 6

to8p. mM. Shght KR at 123

rae

10} 145.0; 0.05| S.S.E. .. | 66.0} Chiefly ~i. Tat 10a. mu. &

from 23 to 7 Pp. M., L on W

at 7 p.m. Slight Rat 10 a.m.,

& 23 Pp. M.

ooo... 1S. o.8.S8.byH.&8) ... | 29.7) Bto7 4. u., “rto 5p. ay

'B afterwards.

12/ 156.0; ... |S. &58S by E. a eece.| Bb té:8\ a. M.yOL to. G: Bae

. \B afterwards.

13] 145.5 0.02 |S. & 8. by EH, a: 1° 44.3), 3B to: 9 as we ian to-6 eee,

\B afterwards. Light R at 114

A. M.

wt4o0) ... \S.&E.S8-E. wo b, 40.2 | B. to: 6 A. is, ato. G Boe.

'B afterwards.

fo044-9);... |S. HE. & 8S. W. fee | OOOO Be Gore ke Miss Ow tO OP: ies

B afterwards. D at 113 a. M.,

& 1S P.M.

16 154.0! .;. |S.S.W,SW&SSE.| ... | 41.4} B to7 a.m., ~i afterwards.

Lat7 & 8p. mM.

o749.0|. =. (S:S. EH. oo BO) Nite: a at, “Cr to 6B. Mi,

B afterwards.

Peet4G.0| .... 8.8. H, HE. & 8. Ey... | 69.5) \ito4a. m., “1to 6P. M.,

B afterwards.

Nei Cirri, —i Strati, “i Cumuli, \_i Ciro-strati, ~-i Cumulo-strati, ._i Nimbi,

\ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, S stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, L lightning

R rain, D drizzle.

Ixxxi Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the [Hourly Meteorological Observations .

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of Octoder 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

Bg (Se . WInp.

Bs Ge &| 2) General f the Sk

5 ae oh: 5 Prevailing 4g Be eneral aspect of the Sky.

go} oh Be) a irection. so =

Ph “aie

| o |Inches ib | Miles | .

19| 146.0 | E.N.E &S8.E.|... | 65.0} “Ui & i to3e. mw, Baf-

/ terwards.

20) 151.0) ....qk. N. EL & N. E. 97.9| Chiefly B. Foggy at 11 p.m.

21| 1463 |). .!...[ in By Be sus. W: 53.9! B to 11 a. M., “i after-

[& 8. by KE.) wards. Lon 8 E at 6 p.m.

22/150.0| ... |S.S.W,S E,Eby S| ... | 35.8} \ito9 4. m., “1to7P. mr,

\_i afterwards. Lon S W at

53 P. M.

Bol. M09 0.10 |S. by E.& ES. E. ... | 27.2| S to 11 4.m., O afterwards.

Slight R at 9 a. m., & from 12

- A. M. to 5 P. M.

Za) 4c 0.81 |E.N.E. & E.S.E. ... | 65.1| O. Slight R from 43 to 10

A. M., at 2 P. M., & from.7 to

ll Pp. mw.

2a 1aGiw ic 2 Be SS. .. | 115.0} Oto 6 a.M., i afterwards.

Dat 11 Pp. m.

26 0.96 |S. S. E. 0.9 | 121.3] Chiefly O. T at 10,11 &712

mM. R from 104.mM.tol Pp. m.,

| a. M. Latlla.u. 8 & 10P,

) & at 7 Pp. M.

27/117.0| 0.88 |S.S.E. & variable.| ... | 65.4| Vito4a.m., § to3 Pp. m.,

O afterwards. T at 43 & 11 Pp.

M.L at 7, 8, 1O& ll P. mw.

R at 2 a. M. 4, 72 & 82 P. M.

28/ 142.3 | 0.28 IN.W. & W. by S|... | 68.8) O to9a. m., io 7 P.M

B afterwards. T at ami idnight.

Lat 3 a. mM. & 6&7 P.M.

Slight R at 1,3, 65 & 75 .4.M.

29) 148.5 | ....|N. & E. N. E. ... | 44.4] Chiefly ~i.

30/ 143.5) ... IN. E.& N by W, ... | 111.0} B.to 44. m., _ito7 a. mM.

“1 to 7 Pp. M. B afterwards.

31) 144.0; ... INby W& NNW.) ... | 83.0| Bto64.m.,\ito 10a. m.,

1 to 5 ep. M. B afterwards.

Ni Cirri,—i Strati, “i Cumuli, \_i Cirro-strati, a_i Cumulo- strati, Wi Nimbi,

\yi Cirro-cumuli, B clear, 8 stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, L china cM

R rain, D drizzle. a

Meteorological Observations, Ixxxli

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

mm the month of October 1870.

Montuiy ReEsvtts.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month.. 2 29°895

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 9 a. at. on the 21st. ... 29.986

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 4p. M.on the 5t = wo. 29.662

Letreme range of the Barometer during the month ae meee O8806

Mean of the daily 1} Max. Pressures _... “ r Le 2E:891

Ditto gittoe Min: ditto _ ee eer AVA le

Meun daily runge of the Barometer during the month she 4s O25

oy)

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month 7 bea ae, Boa

Max. Temperature occurred at 2&3 p. mM. on the 21st. beh cunts te ew EG

Min. Temperature occurred at 2,3&44.M, on the 24th... eet Le OcO.

Hetreme range of the Temperature ‘gne the month re ee ae eS

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature ... ae AG nile yo, MOHD

Ditto = ditto Min. ditto, ae ; PE Ri

Mean duily range of the Temperature during thie month.,. wh 9.4

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month .., T37

Mean Dry Bulb Tliermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer 3377

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month Mra cen

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed m mean Dew- -point . ; 6.3

“Ina hes.

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month .., fy ae OSes

Troy grain.

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month - Ae Hes at 20D

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete s saturation ... 2°10

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity 0.82

Mean Efax. Solar radiation Thermometer for the month .,, 144.9

Inches.

Rained 12 days,—Max. fall of rain during 24 hours fr A PGES

Yotal amount of rain during the month peak es ee

Total amount of rain indicated by the Gauge* attached to the anemo-

meter during the month bas sas ee es Te

Prevailing direction of the Wind... ai SSHE&S- *

* Height 70 fect 10 inches above ground.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observat

Ixxxill

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutla, in the month of October 1870.

MontrHiy REsvUtts.

wons

hour any particular wind blew, together with the number of days on

lar wind was blowing, it rained.

iven

hour, when any particu

s on which at a gi

‘6

which at the same

Tables shewing the number of da

Meteorological Observations.

‘HO ULB

“mM 4q° NT aia <i AN |

‘HO We]

‘uo Uley

“MN oon en | Se NN Re em Re Ree

"dO Ue

“M°N'M EE

‘HO Uleyy ar

. . ret ec [oe | loom)

BNC .'\ iit

“UO ule

. eer re

| ee

WO WIR BNF Ly

ay yan = a =

9 Aq "MA ay

‘UO UIRyy

z are = ANDND

"MSM

"UO ULey

“aA == rate Aaa ONN NANAK AS

“U0 WIRY ie a

A aa NADMHAANTYIMMANMONAAAANANH

M ‘S'S

“uo ULBYy ae

= E MD ONANANNANNAH BAADMDN AMNMMMMMM

M 4q°g

"UO ULey Wa aES

“oI SF AAAAMWO AAO AGCNANMMAMMBMMMMM

K —— ——— —— - =

"UO UIVIT oo ee ae

“7 Ka ‘ay ZANANARS NMMMARANAAAANAAN

‘moO Uleyy a re ae Saat ee ee [|

ee SG WOOD DOOD AS ADIONNANAINNDOR DER ODD

HS ‘s} 2 deploclahn do —

"HO WIRY, Ay ORNS \i- ‘) ya

ee ek; OU SHL22 pe eR 69 Sa te ONMNANANH aes

“10 UIeY so = Ss aaa eS

“TSU DAA AMAA DANN ADANAAM MO OS

esr re

“UO WIRY]

: DAAAAAAAMAGATH BANMARMAGHS

2 a | (Males aetna chan se

INO F{ i

; fi of

ACS

Meteorological Observations. Ixxxilv

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generat’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November 1870.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” Hast.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the sea level, 18.11 feet.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

y |

dependent thereon.

Sinks,

| S 2 | Range of the Barometer | Be (Range of the Tempera-

\eea during the day. | "S| ture during the day.

Date. | ra | Ros | |

a eo Pa Pes so a 2 We le on

| ae Max. | Min, 2.) Duff. oA Max. | Min. ; Diff.

oe | | | an

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. ) Co) oo) oO

29 4929.852.| 29.916 | 29.789 | 0.127 | 81.4 86.8 | 76.5 | 10.3

2 805 865 745 120 $2.2 87.0 77.6 9.4

Pee 9! a65| 750| 115] 801 | 840 | 784| 5.6

4, 198 845 144 101 78.5 83.7 75.5 8.2

& pede | BTS |! te 106] 79.3 86.1. (78.5: | 106

a0) 826 899 TTA 125 89.9 86.2 76.7 G8

in 843 801 | 803 098 | . $2.9 86.7 79.0 (ees

8 GOL 949 848 101 81.9 86.5 78.6 79

9 9d | 30.024 we 103 80.7 85.0 77.5 7.8

10 967 033 807 126 80.0 84.6 76.5 8.1

11 956 018 .892 126, 762 | 62.0) 905 | Tha

12 976 052 924 125°) 74.5 80.8 | 68.3 | 12.4

13 970 O44, 913 sted | Fg B20): 170.5" ees

14 .860 025 908 20 75.9 81.8 10.5 eS

15 974 043 | 929 114 15.9 81.5 ¥O.0 1 TAG

16 992 OGF eta 127 75.8 82.0 42.0 | 10.3

17 30.009 O09] 956 135 TA.bi | Sto) |, GOO | Tak

Bs |, 229.977 10B5 | 0 O19 deer | houk 80.6 | 68.0 | 12.8

19 30.011 081 952 129 73.8 80.6 68.0 | 12.6

20 067 147 | 30.020 Beef 74.3 81.5 68.5 | 13:0

21 058 129 Ol 718 | 742 | $0.9 | 69.0) 1K9

22 29.988 O75 | 29.911 164 73.2 80.9 68.0 | 12.0

23 913 | 29.978 854 124 13.9 $2.0 68.0 | 14.0

. 24 |. 30.058 | 30.065 926 139 | 74.5 83.0 | 68.7 | 14.3

25 O43 120 HSH 123 70.5 79.0 63.7 | 15.3

26 O48 113 | 30.006 108 69.2 77.0 62.0 | 18.0

ae O84 087 | 29.975 SNe Seyi a8, 10:2) GoOn!. Tae

28 OL .109 996 113 Oe) 78.2 64.0 | 14.2

29 .039 102 .988 Aa | ZL 79.4 | 65.0 | 14.4

30 O41 105 096 199 | 70.5 78.6 | 64.0 | 14.6

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Means are derived, from the hourly observations, made at the

several hours during the day.

Ixxxv Meteorological Observa lions.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November 1870.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—(Continned.)

‘4 eae ee & 6 Pe |SSa]ee.

E BS ale ° eee: aa es

H Ee | s fi 5 Ss | 23a )2°s

2 oe |’, | & | 8 | ss |aaemeee

5 ot ees 2 #& |Eos | fae

a de er 3 | | = bp 2 —_"“o-| @ 8's

oe a = 3 5° "5.2 is) 62

D> ra ~ 43 =n > aes Gag

= =| 7 = | ma FS ES £2) HS

a8 FA a, 3 s E 3 oe ie bs

oe b | sag a s as eee =) a

i g t 5 erst a - a = ae 8 oO

pa a Oo | RR qm om <q =

Cee

0 to) ) 9) | Inches. | T.-gr:t Tea

1 | 72 | 42/743} 7.1 | 0.895 | 8.99 | 2.28 | 0.80

2 | 78.0 4,21 76.1 71 | .857 | 9.21 33 SO

3 | 77.8 |.23| 76931 3.9 | .887-|- .68°| “hae 88

4 | 764 | 21] 749| 386 | .851 21 |.) ie 89

5 | 773 | 20) 759) 34 | .879 61 | ae 90

6 78.2 2.71763 | 46 | . .890 | 59 ca .86

73.0 4.01 7529| 68 | .860 | .24 23 SL

; 732 3.7 | 736 63 | 871 | .37 07 82

9 73.0 27 \77aa) + 4.6 885 | .53 1.51 86

10 76.8 3.2/ 746| 54 | 843 | ll 70 St

11 69.8 6.41 653 | 10.9 | .623 6.78 | 2.88 70

72 | 685 | 60] 643| 102 | .603 | 59 59 72

13 70.6 5.1] 67.0| 87 659 | 7.17 BA 75

14, 70.7 62) 6711 88 | . Sal | 1 to 38 75

15 70.6 5.3 | 66.9 9:0 | 65% | Where 42 75

16 69.5 Fo ie Me OY a9 6.74 | -30 71

17 | 687 | 58| 646| 99 | .609 64 64 72

18 67.6 61) 633] 104 | 584 | 38 58 71

19 63.0 5.8 | 63.9 99 | 595 | 50 AS 72

20 69.3 5.0 | 63.8 85 | 634 | 91 21 76

21 68.5 5.7 | 64.5 9.7 | .607 | 62 AT 73

99 | 67,9 b. 6.3) 63.2 bo 95. 4, 891 46 36 73

23 68.3 561 644| 9.5 | 605 61 40 73

24 68.3 6.2 | 64.0} 105 | .597 50 68 71

25 62.8 7.71 56.6| 13.9 | .467 5.13 3.00 63

26 63.4 58/588 | 10.4 | .503 5A re | 71

27 65.7 5.3 | 61.5 te 550 6.04 te ie

28 66.1 4.8 | 62.3 : 565 20 03

29 63.6 4.9 | 62.7 8.8 572 27 nel 15

30 64.6 5.9 | 59.9! 10.6 521 5.72 Al 70

All the H ygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations. Ixxxvr.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

im the mouth of November 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

63 Range of the Barometer r= . |Range of the Tempera-

=e. for each hour during (ao ture for each hour

os 5 the month. 3 during the month.

ic) iee:

Hour.| & ar | Q : l

e423 | Max. | Min. | Dif. | #2 | Max. | Min. | Dif

as an

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. re) re) re) oO

Mid-

night.| 29.953 | 30.063 | 29.797 | 0.266 73.5 81.0 | 65.5 | 15.5

1 £945 053 18d .270 73.1 80.0 64.8 | 152

2 .936 O44) aril Sheet aye: | 72°6 (SRS 64.0 | 15.9

3 929 032 On| 1260 72.1 (9:8 | 638-0.)\. 16.8

A 931 038 156 282 reey: 79.5 62.8 | 16.7

5) 942 056 760 296 71.4 79.5 62.5 | 17.0

6 961 5079 792 287 71.0 TIO C220. | Ge

7 981 101 814 287 71.3 V9.2 | 620° AA

8 | 30.004 128 820 | .308 73.5 812° | 66.0 | 152

9 020 147 838 309 75.8 82.4 | 68.5 | 13.9

10 .020 142 843 299 78.0 84.0 70.8. | 13%

11 .OO1 119 823 296 79.9 86.2 | 73.2 3.0

Noon.| 29.973 087 804 | .283 80.8 86.5 | 75.0 | 11.5

i 943 061 175 286 81.4 86.8 | 76.0 | 10.8

2 .923 .038 153 285 81.6 SRO) V2.0" | Nee

3 .910 .029 “744 | .285 81.4) 86.3 C£.0.\ Ges

4 .907 .020 747 273 80.5 86.0 | 76.0 | 10.0

6 .918 031 762 | .269 79.6 85.6 | 75:0 | 10.6

6 .928 046 173 273 717.6 84.0 | 72.5 | 11.5

7 947 | .060 787 273 76.4 83.0 | 70.5 | 12.5

8 962 067 804 | .263 75.6 82.4 | 69.0 | 13.4

9 970 077 .809 .268 74.8 82.5 | 68.0 | 14.5

10 973 .080 809 win 74.1 82.0 | 66.8 | 15.2

11 .968 075 798 247 73.6 81.5 | 66.5 | 15.0

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as likewise the Dry and Wet Bulb

hours during the month.

IXxxvil Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Olservations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calculla,

in the month of Novemier 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—/(Continwed)

; oe i

‘ Ohne panes 24 | SB. las

Sih es [ep (3 | gs |S8a)gs

‘ eit aes Set a ae P's | Spel Hes,

= 2 h 2. ab ale 4p | ge See ge

= 2 @ ° fy as 2. | EEE | pa a=]

Hour.| 7 a Wie a3 eer ae ig es Ce ee ge

O Te ro o Bee oe 3°5 |e. @ } wes

es | 3 | 8 ts. | e423 |) Sees

| - > 4 = as | Rs FS | ¢28/5e38

a4 Fa es, aan: erie. a, | Seas ee

hee} e| 8] es) £2 | 2s | See

| & A |.o } Av alle. | Se

| |

0 0 o |Inches.| T. gr. | T. gr.

Mia. | |

night! 70.8 | 2.7 | 689| 46 | 0.701 | 766 | 1.24

1 | 705 | 26| 684{ 47 | .690 5A

2.) FOL) Sean ae eee’ | a

3 69.8 2.3 | 68.0 | 4.1 681 AT

4 606 | 22) 670) “38 .679 45 0.98

5 69.3 ZIT 67eT 38 | 672 38 f

6 | 69.0 | 20| 674| 3.6 | .668 33 9:

reka DE eRe oy ee AOD 9:

8] 702") 3.3) 679); 5.6 | .679%+ “d4e-| hae

9 | 71.2 | 46| 630) 73°] 6s) | —at | 238

10 | 71.8 | 621] 675|-105 | (670 |. 96 9:

ce Riv, a beck at 133 | 65 1) > Joe thee

oa | |

| | | |

Noon 72.1 | 87 | 66.0) 148 638 | 6.87 | 4.20

1 | 722 |>931] 656] 15.8°>| .630 765) ~ a

Bat) ne) Coes | Papal Tp. mbes 63

Sait, mie: ol Sis SaaNiaha Tae 619 67

A ee 69.8) BROS IBS 621 .70

Boil FRO OG: | Eek | 12.9 653 | 7.04 | 3.65

6 | (726 "| ol Soh” 8.5 706 64 | 2.43

We ee ee 672 31

Bo) 9heo |) Ga eee eS 711 74 | Sd

Qo: '| “FI | esa gowe® 68 704 67

TO FRO eae ee es 699 63

BE POG eee eae aed 692 57

Meleorological Observations. Ixxv vil

Abstract of the Resulls of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Geueral’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

3: tp : WIND. |

Aas 223 | oy os = |

| ee: a. 5 | evens j E | aoe | General aspect of the Sky.

S)58 |e_.0! direction. segs |

A FA eee ial Fa Ay be

o |Inches [by W)| ib | Miles |

1) 147.0, NE,EN#&N)... | 79.0) Bto 94.u.; “itodr. mw;

Ni afterwards.

2,140.0; ».. INE. & N. . | 64.2! BtodBa.m., \ito9a.m.,

| CWS NUtO OP. SES) then

wards. Lon S at 7 Pp. M.

122.0 |} 0:03 |NNE,ENE&SSH) ... | 87.4) Ni & “1itod5a4.m. Oto 6 Pp.

M.S afterwards. Shght R at

LO acy, 2, &.3 Pom.

4| 111.0; 1.22 |SH,EbyN&ENE.| ... | 59.5) Chiefly O. Rat 124.m.,&

from 5+ to 7 Pp. M.

6) 143.4) 041 ENE.& SSW. 1.2) 60.9) \Wito8a.m., “ito 4P.m.,

\i to 7 Pp. M., B afterwards

T at 13 P. m. Slightly foggy

lat 9:& 10 p.m. R at 2p. m..

6) 145.2) ... ISS W.& W. .. | 16.6) Bto7 a.M., -iafterwards. -

(Foggy from 2 to 7 a.M., Lon

IN at 6 P.M., Tat 62 & 7 P. M.,

Datli& m P. M.

7,145.5; ... \W.&NE. .. | 243] Chiefly +1. T at 43 4.m. D

at 3 & 4g A. M.

8137.8, .. HSE. & SE. tap Bd 83) & Nol to 12a, ae Or to A Pee

| B afterwards. Slightly foggy

at 7 & 8 P. M.,

9) 142.0; ... | Variable. ... | 44.21 \ni & 71 D at 45 Pp. uw.

16) 142.0; ... INN W& variable| ... | 61.6! “ito 4p.m., B afterwards.

11) 142.7 is NN Hide Weby Niele e258.) 1B to. 12 a. M., ™ to 6 Ph Me

B afterwards.

12) 135.0|. ... |WbyN&WNW.|... | 34.7) B.

Tayio5.0'|..... WN WregN Wt. | wine. Bto la. mai to 4 PLS

'B afterwards.

Misses) ... | NW. & Eby N.|:.. {| 502) Btolda.m., “ito4p.M.,

B afterwards. Slightly fogg

from 3 to 6 A. M.,

15) 139.5] ... NEE ,ENE&NbyW) ... | 58.2; Btoda.m., ~itoip.m.,

[byN. iB to 9 p. M., n-1 afterwards.

16) 142.3; ... |NbyW, Noy E&W Lee Sie). NIB ite Cae we 1 toe

p.M., B afterwards.

feos)... \WbyN.&S W. |... | 29.71. Btolla.m., “ito4 pP. m.,

'B afterwards.

18|140.0| .. SW&Sby W. |... | 242] B.

19} 145.0; ... |[Sby W. &S W. |0.2| 69.0) Chiefly B. Slightly foggy at

8 P. M.

20| 141.3) ... 5. Wi: | 743) B tolla.m., ito 4 p.m,

\B afterwards.

21) 135.6 SW,SSW&WhyS: ... | 58.5 | B. Foggy at 9 & 10P. M.

\i Cirri, —i Strati, “i Cumuli, \_i Ciro-strati, ~-1 Cumulo-strati, \._i Nimbi,

\ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, $ stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, L lightning

2 rain, D drizzle.

Ixxxix Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the ITourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calculla,

in the month of November 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

pa eS Winp.

as |FSs ir ies

é ys capt é Prevailing | 4 | b> 3 General aspect of the Sky.

3 SS Gb | direction. med lage oe

Alas “jes | a he

| o Inches! (S W.| tb | Miles |

22; 135.4; ... |Sby W,S,WSW& ... | 46.8; BtolOa.m.,\ito4p. m.,

| | B afterwards. Suey foggy

| from 8 to 11 P.

23).137.2) «...0 8 We SS we .. | 89.4] B.

241138.5) ... |ISSW,SW&WNW)... | 100.0| Chiefly B.

25| 134.8; ... INWa&Nby E. | 0.2| 165.1} B. Foggy at 9 p.m.

26, 128,8; ... INbyE&N by WG ost ERS fo fe

27'130.6| ... |INby W.&N 0.4/145.8| Btol0a.m.,\ito2 p.m.

B afterwards.

28) 194.21 ike, 9 i RY eae WoT. 80.0; Btolla.m.,\ito4Pp. m.

B afterwards. Slightly foggy

from 7 to 10 p.

29) 138 Os 4 aN OW. Gel, .. | 64.7] 3B. Foggy front 7 to 10 P.M.

Btoda.M., \itoll a.m.

B afterwards. Foggy from 7

‘toll p. Mm.

30/133.8| ... IN.& Nby W. |... | 76.8

)

Xi Cirri,—i Strati, ~i Cumuli, \_i Cirro-strati, 5_i Cumulo-strati, W_iN imbi, 7

‘ni Cirro-cumul, B clear, S stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, L lightning,

R rain, D drizzle. '

Meteorological Observations, xe

Abstract of the Resulls of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

am the month of November 1870.

Montuuy ReEsvutts.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month... hi we 29.956

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 9 a. M. onthe 20th. —... 30.147

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 3e. M.on the 4th. ... 29.744

KHertreme range of the Barometer during the month vhs eee O-A0S

Mean of the daily Max. Pressures... aa i a023

Ditto ditto Min. ditto ee 128.902

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month“... ey. ORT 2A

)

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month 75.9

Max. Temperature occurred at 2 p. M. on the 2nd. 87.0

Min. Temperature occurred at 6&7 a.M, on the 26th. 62.0

Extreme range of the Vemperature during the month 25.0

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature ... 82.2

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, ey 70.8

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month.. 11.4

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month ... 71.0

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thesmoncien 4.9

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month 3 ah 67.6

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed mean Dew- -point 8.3

Tunes

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month ... a na 0.670

Troy grain.

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month She pp oes

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation ... 2°25

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity 0.77

fe)

Mean Flax. Solar radiation Thermometer for the month .., 137.4

Inches.

Rained 6 days,—Max. fall of rain during 24 hours ve tio ee

Total amount of rain during the month oe 2266

Total amount of rain indicated by the Gauge* attached to the anemo-

meter during the month pp Ba 1.56

Prevailing direction of the Wind.. ey SW&N by W

* Height 70 feet 10 inches above ground.

x¢l Meleorological Observations.

1870.

Y) () .

General's Office, Calcutta, in the month of N

veyor

ESULTS.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations taken at the Sur

Monruty R

"HO WIByy:

cf HHGIOM AANA Noo aaa we

OD 6D 2D 69 00 99 oS 2 NAIA BN ONAAAAN MOM

ber of days on

FARA SSSA SO aN A

AANNANAAAAASHoaoao ANAANN,

+ ei Lon!

Soe oe oe Bl oe ee Boe Boe ee Be ee ee ee NaS ei

ANA ARR SA

a HAMNNRANSS

—

ew, together with the num

as blowing, it rained.

5 SOV SHSSaAANOMNASR HOTS IN 10 SF

r= a eee

EE NAANNAASTAMaH ANNAN AAN

= 5

cgd Moi:

338

ee -*

daa

o ©

tp &

(os A ee Ol coe Ol oe oe OS HS | Sst et wy

which at the same hour,

aS AMS ANT MMMAAIMMAAN Ss

NIANNN RR RMN N ASS AMAIMNANAANANA

ANN MON AMMA a

MOANA RS ROAM MAMMA

Tables shewing the number of days on which at a

mA Wino reOdQaOor

Pr)

Meteorological Observations. XR

Abstract of the Results of the Houriy Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutla,

in the month of December 1870.

Latitude 22° 83’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the sea level, 18.11 feet.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

ne 8 : | Range of the Barometer = x |Range of the Tempera-

ne 2 + | during the day. rigs ture during the day.

Ba 5 = > &

ic)

Date. | Bo | E Bat; ee; Pe ae

a 2% Max. Min. | Diff. ae Max. Min. | Diff.

Ss + | so |

1 30.058 | 30.135 | 30.011 0.124) 69.5 79.0 61.5 | 17. 5

a 065 132 .0O9 123 69.9 78.5 61.2; 17.3

3 094 164 .039 125 68.1 78.0 60.4 | 17.6

4, .086 149 025 | 124 67.6 17.3 OOL2. |) 171

5 .078 144 O1F | 127 66.2 74.4 | 60.0 | 14.4

6. 059 126 009 a 4 65.8 74.7 | 58.2 | 16.8

7. .082 150 -039 del 67.1 76.6 60.2 | 16.4

8 083 152 038 114; 66.4 75.8 GO.0 |) AUB

9 O76 157 O24 133 65.6 74.6 57.8 | 16.8

10 066 mE .020 101 65.8 75.5 58.6 | 16.9

11 051 125 | 29.979 146 65.4 74.5 75.6 | 16.9

12 .Q22 102 964 1388 | 64.5 72.8 57.5 | 15.3

13 .032 O91 988 108 66.0 74.9 58.5 | 16.4

14 083 152 | 30.038 114 65.4 16.2 57.6 | 17.6

15 100 184, 045 139 66.4 70D | 58.5 | 17.0

16 057 136 | 29.986 150 | 67.1 75.8 | 60.6 | 15.2

17 018 104 958 146 65.9 75.0 58.6 | 16.4

18 29.994, .068 927 J41 | 64.8 13.5 79.5 | 16.0

19 30.008 095 940 155 , 63.9 72.4 57.2 | 15.2

20 | 29.929 010 851 159 | 642 | 73.4 |, 57.0 | 164

21 .850 | 29.919 woo} 2130 Go... | “95 8) 1758.0 | Tire

22 .930 | 30.019 846 sie Ohake ra@a 0 59.0 | 18.0

23 | 30.043 126 91 jA35 | 664 | 75.5 1.59.0| 165

24 .058 As? | 30.015 122 66.7 75.3 | 60.6 | 14.8

25 .029 118 | 29.956 162 65.8 74.0 | 59.1 | 14.9

26 | 29.983 063 929 4014 66% 45 | S04 \ Tbk

27 982 052 | .932 12¢ 65.7 74.6 58.0 | 16.6

28 30.018 108 969 139 66.2 £0.9- -f58.5° | L74

29 004 .078 939 139 | 670 77.2 59.6 | 17.6

30 29.961 025 900 125 68.2 118 60.8 | 17.0

31 916 | 29.997 852 148 70.2 80.1 62.8 | 17.3

The Mean Height of the Barometer, as neat the Dry and Wet Bulb

Thermometer Means are derived, from the hourly observations, made at the

several hoyrs during the day.

xcill Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Resul/s of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December 1870.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—/(Continued.)

‘ Pe Te ge UP ‘3 pki: eS

= Se 2 ss | 33s lm "4

2 >) A = ° Gea 42 oon, Eee s he g

. 2 = : 2 22 = FS | OS to

Dae.| Oy | 3 ey Sipe : Se | lee | Bes

> 3 = 2 : Sh 8 | $8e1 #8

a Se 64 |8s | BS | some we

AO a 5 -aAy Aa = 38 ais

Sg bs = b Se 3, |S>S | Sue

al ° “+4 _

= fa oO a = = = =|

) ) ty) | o |Inches.| T. gr. | T. gr

1 63.3 6.2 | 58.3 | 11.2 | 0.494 5.44 2.44 0.6

2 62.4 6.6 | 57.1] 11.9 | .475 23 53 .67

3 60.7 741 564.8} 13.3 440 4.85 70 64

4 60.5 i | Ske. ae 440 | 88 59 65

6 | 586 | 7.6] 525] 18.7 | .407 51 61 63

6 59.6 6.2 | 546! 112 437 | 85 | 19 69

7 61.5 5.6 | 57.0 101g 473 | 6.23 | 09 71

8 69.6 5.8 | 56.0} 10.4 458 08 09 71

9 60.2 5.4.) 55.9 9.7 | 456 | .06 1.94 72

10 | 602 | 56] 55.7| 10.1 | 453 | 93 | 2.01 71

il 59.4 6.0 | 54.6] 10.8 437 | 4.85 10 70

12 59.2 5.3 | 55.0 9.5 442 | 92 1.84 73

13 60.0 6.0} 55.2| 10.8 | .445 94, 2.14 70

14 60.3 5.1| 56.2 9.2 | .461 5.12 1.83 74,

a5 | 0607 Br) 86.1,|. 10.3 | 459 | 10 | 2.07 71

16 62.0 5.1 | 57.9 9.2 483 | .39 1.93 74

17 60.4 5.5 | 56.0 9.9 | .458 | 08 .98 72

18 58.6 6.2) 53.6] 112 | .422 | 4.69 2.14 69

19 58.2 5.7) 63.1.) 108) Ale edt oe .00 70

20 58.9 BS tesa ot .429 | 78 1.90 71

21 59.9 6.2 | 54.9 | 11.2 AAL 89 2.21 69

22 61.3 5.8 | 56.7| 10.4 .469 | 5.18 14 71

93 | 60.4 6.0 | 55.6 | 10.8 A52 01 16 70

24, 61.1 5.6 | 56.6! 10.1 ABT AT 06 72

25 60.8 5.0 | 56.8 9.0 ATO | BI 1.83 74

26 60.5 5.6 | 56.0] 10.1 | .458 | 08 2.02 72

27 60.5 5.2| 56.3 9.4, A462 14 1.88 73

23 | 61.6 4.6 | 57.9 8.3 .488 .40 Vie 76

29 61.4 Fe boo? at 472 21 2.09 1

30 62.7 5.5 | 58.3 9.9 A94, Ad 13 ie

31 63.9 BS: Bee hs red hos | 504 55. 50° 69-4

Al the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants-

Meteorological Observations. xiv

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations”

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December 1870.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

‘Os Range of the Barometer r= . |Range of the Tempera-

23 for each hour during a8 ture for each hour

rb z= the month. oS during the month.

Ogee ESE eel

Hour.) = a Ag |

r=] SN : Py ro e ° .

seo | Max. | Min. | Dif. | $4 | Max. | Min. | Diff

ae 7 ao |

Inches. | Inches. | Inches.

Inches. fe) 3) fe) roy

Mid-

night. 30.029 | 30.108 | 29.864 | 0.244 62.8 66.0 60.2 6.8.

z 021 095 858 .237 62.1 65.2 59.5 57

2 013 088 855 200 61°5 65.0 59.0 6.0

3 - 006 O81 848 .233 60.9 64.0 59.0 5.0

4, 001 074 823 251 60.3 64.0 58.3 aoe

5 O11 O91 834 oF 59.8 63.5 57.4 6.1

6 .026 106 842 264 59.3 62.8 57.0 5.3

7 .050 124 853 Tilak 59.2 63.0 57.0 6.0

8 075 164 884, .280 61.7 65.0 58.5 6.5:

On. .096 181 .906 275 64.8 69.4, 60.8 8.6

10 .099 184, 919 265 68.5 “aa 64.0 9.2

11 081 120 894, .276 ies 75.5 66.7 8.8

Noon. .050 136 .859 QTT F3d TEL 69.0 8.1

; O15 100 825 275 74.5 78.5 69.8 S25

2 29.992 .063 .803 .260 75.4 79.5 TE 79 *

3 978 O51 789 .262 75.5 80.1 72.4, ToL

4 .973 048 .790 .258 74.2 79.5 70.7 8.8

& .979 .057 7956 261 72.7 78.0 69°7 8.3

6 -989 .062 .807 .255 69.8 74.0 67.4 6.6

7 30.008 .088 .829 259 67.8 (ase 65.8 5.7

8 025 .L00 845 £259 66.5 70.5 64.5 6.0

9 037 .110 .869 241 65.3 69.2 63.0 6.2

10 .040 .120 .876 244, 64.3 68.0 62.0 6.0

11 .034 119 .867 252: 63.5 66.5 61.2 5.3

STS EE ELS Se ores kee

The Mean ee of the EAreneyicrs as likewise ~ Dry and Wet Bulb _

“er Meleorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

a2 the mouth of December 1870. .

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—/(Continued.)

4 vr 45 | Ce og) Sef Ba ene gs

ble) ate.)e44s | See

A Pl ieee ae 8 Ss | Bus |e.

= - 7 F | : Se |'S.8 8) & oF

~-hB fe) e.g te) ge lee

mY 2 2 | cpr) oS tha.

Fi ig} 2|o, | as | ee | Seeees

~ ag FA a. Pee + ieee, = SRS) gig

so | plow pe | fs | 85 |e

e720 | ) ) Inches. | T. gr. |. T. ge.

Mid- | | 2

night.) 59.7 3.1] 56.9 5.9 | 0.472 | 5.26 1.15 0.82

1 59.0 3.1 | 56.2 5.9 461 15 12 82

2 58.5 3.0 | 55.8 5.7 55 | 09 07 83

3 58.1 2.8 | 55.6 5.3 A52 07 0.97 84

4 57.5 2.8 | 55.0 5.3 A412 4.97 96 84

5 57.1 2.7. | 54.7 5.1 438 92 91 84

6 56.7 2.6 | 54.4 4.9 34 87 .87 85

7 56.7 2.5) 544 4.8 ABA 87 0.86 85

8 58.1 3.6 | 54.9 6.8 AAL 93 1.26 80

9 59.7 5.1 | 55.6 9.2 A52 5.03 .80 74

10 61.5 7.0 | 55.9| 12.6 456 03 2.62 66

11 62.5 | 8.8 | 55.5 | 16.8 450 4.94 3.39 59

| ae

Noon.| 62.7 | 104] 544] 18.7 | ABA 53 4.06 54

al 63.2. | 11.3| 55.3} 19.2 AAT .88 .30 53

2 63.6 | 11.8| 55.3 | 20.2 AAT .87 56 52

3 63.4 | 12.1] 549] 20.6 AAL 79 .67 51

4 63:0 | 11.3] 55.3} 19.0 AAS 86 ‘2 54

5 63.4 9.3 | 56.0] 16.7 458 5.00 3.68 58

6 63.5 6.3 | 58.5} 121.3 498 AS 2.47 69

7 62.8 5.0 | 58.8 9.0 503 BS 1.93 74,

8 62.1 4.4| 58.6 7.9 499 53 .66 77

9 61.3 4.0 | 58.1 72 AQ AD 48 79

10 60.7 3.6 | 57.5 6.8 481 35 37 80

ll 60.1 3.4 | 57.0 6.5 A73 27 28 81

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich Constants.

Meteorological Observations. XeV1

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

am the month of December 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

Max. Solar

radiation.

| Date.

23] 129.5

24) 127.0

Rain Guage

13 ft. above

Ground.

BMG

oss em

{a>}

WIND.

Prevailing

direction.

Max.

General aspect of the Sky.

N by W & N by E

NNE&N by W\ ..

NbyW,NNWSN) ...

N & Nby E.

N&WbyN. [W_ ...

WNW.W byN & ...

W& WNW.

WNW& W byN,| ...

W & W by N.

WbyN& W

Ww.

W &W byN.

W byN.

W&WNQN W.

WN W &Niw.

WNWE&NNE.

NNE&WbyN.

WSW&WbyS.

WbyS&N W.

NW &NbyE.

N by E&N NE.

- “Pressure

. _—

B. Foggy at midnight and

from 7 to 11 P. M.

B. Slightly foggy at mid-

night & 1 a.m., & from 7 to

Il BM.

B. Slightly foggy from 8 to

ee:

Chiefly B. Slightly foggy at

Il P.M.

B. Slightly foggy from mid-

night to 4a.m.,&7 toll p.m.

yto 9 AeM.,. 1 toySh ip, me

B afterwards. Slightly foggy

from midnight to 84. m., &

7to9 p.m...& at 11 Pp. m.

B. Foggy from midnight to

2A. M.

B to7 a. M., \i to 6 Pp. m.,

B afterwards. Slightly foggy

from 8 to 11 P. m.

B to4a.M., \ito6p. m.,

B afterwards.

B. Slightly foggy from 8 to

Lip. Mr.

B to 64.M., \i to5P. m.,

B afterwards. Slightly foggy

at midnight & la. m., & at 6

P. M.

B to64a.M.,\ito5 Pp. M.,

B afterwards.

bi bd bd

B. Slightly foggy from 7 to

11 P.M.

es sh 10 e He \ni to 4p. M.

afterwards. Slightly fogg

pee ee

B. Slightly foggy at 6 & 7

P.M.

\i Cirri, —i Strati, ~i Cumuli, i Ciro-strati, ~-i Cumulo-strati, i Nimbi,

\ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, S stratoni, O overcast, T thunder, L lightning

R rain, D drizzle.

xevil Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December 1870.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &e.

a ee WInD.

38 |28- ae

MBS |i. § Big

J ei 2 ate |

S| oe |g e ser eee, Wee

oe are ei SS irection. 3

el 8# [az° a:

0) Inches tb

25,130.00; ... INNE&N. ss

26| 129.4; ... IN,NbyE&WNW/| ...

97|126.8; ... |WNW

99|:128.0)} ... WNW

99| 130,8 WNW. is

30| 180.0 | Sa OO,

9)| 134.8); ... (W& WNW.

Xi Cirri,—i Strati, ~i Cumuli, i Cirro-strati, »_i Cumulo-strati, ~iNimbi,

\ni Cirro-cumuli, B clear, S stratoni, O overcast, T ‘thunder,

R rain, D drizzle,

131.2

75.8

88.6

121.7

to 11 P. M,

General aspect of the Sky.

B to ll a.u., -ito5p.m.,

B afterwards.

B to 6 a. M., \Wito7 P. m.,

B afterwards.

B. Foggy at 11 p. m.

B. Shghtly foggy from mid-

night to 3 & at 7 a. mw, &

from 7 to 11 Pp. m.

B. Foggy from midnight to

7a.M. &7 toll Pp. M.

Bto3a.mu.,\nitolOa.m.,

\i afterwards. Foggy from

midnight to2 & at64. u., &

from 7 to 11 Pp. Mm.

Chiefly B. Slightly from 7

L lightning r |

Meteorological Observations. XeViil

Abstract of the Tesults of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

mm the month of December 1870.

Monruuiy REsutts.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month.. 4: 30026

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 10 a. uM. onthe 15th. ... 30.184

ze height of the Barometer occurred at 3 P. M. on the 21st. ... 29.789

satreme range of the Barometer during the month ders ja OBO

fein of the daily Max. Pressures... be Bie oO 1OL

Ditto ditto Min. ditto ‘a ... 29.969

Mean daily range of the Barometer during the month he Ho O.1S2

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month _,.. fe: 66.5

Max. Temperature occurred at 3 p. M. on the 31st. 80.1

Min. Temperature occurred at 6&7 a.M, on the 20th. 57.0

Extreme range of the 'lemperature during the month 23.1

Mean of the daily Max. Temperature ... 7a.6

Ditto ditto Min. ditto, 7 59.1

Mean daily range of the Temperature during the month. 16.5

cain Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month ... 60.6

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer 5.9

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month AS 55.9

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed 1m mean Den -point .., 10.6

Fae aa

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month .., wae ww. 0.456

Troy grain.

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month ; seat: Oe

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation... 2°14

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity 0.70 —

fe)

Mean Max. Solar radiation Thermometer for the month .., 130.2

Inches.

Rained No day,—Max, fall of rain during 24hours ,., ssa Se eal

Total amount of rain during the month au ff NL

Total amount of rain indicated by the Gauge* attached to the anemo-

meter during the month _. ae . NG

Prevailing dir ection of the Wind... ae WNW,W by N& W.

* Height 70 feet 10 inches above ground,

oe ie

Sex

ra)

(o's) =|

paar °

3 m

ou °

9 mo)

e §

a =|

7 ©

= 3

Bap

s Fy

~~ ued

.)) 2 | oa

= ~~

S fe

ae a oa

~ oF

8 r= 6

Tiere

.~ rS

Cty aq 2

o oa &

x EE

i.) urd

> 5

hse =

Nees

vn 2B

Sa Po

«3 fa eG

a ee

sees

S a, &

= Sen

WK 7A

2.9 2.2

~ o ®

SA 52

ap &

S so

‘=|

o 8

w 2

O;d ;

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observat

Tables shewing the numb

Meteorological Observations.

NANA RAR RAN NOAA AANA :

SE Me |

MEE DNDADDDAMMAARBHARAHDARGADDAAaS

_ _ :

— OD MMNANNAAN 4515 DDSDOMOMOOMOSD

OOSTHSSSBDOHAHDAHANAANAaS SS

aloe iee ek ee ee ee eT

No.of days

"4 ~ fey

an IN

NA GN 3 OD OD SI <I SF SH SH OD NAANDANAAN ANN

SVAN MAMWOATIMMAONAN FLD 2D UD 1D 19 19 4

NUNMAMANAAAA ATA MAANANANAAAAA

_ -

= SAN MAMI ONDAOKG

Bo a4

ae Ce ; ’

kos any a.

“hea Ba Rm a a

‘ Wy .

a q ta

yy 4

% it.

a iy aol

4 & ce

Re. j J Pare ;

“A may

- Fa ‘erie

: coe"

, ‘ : :

~ i re -*

P > ) led 10

7 ays °

Ey b rf ry

{ a, Ay

“> thie

. _ a

- e af

> <¢ eeu

mo - hi,

t ; !

F i i- ae

6 y 7

’ 4!

ad .

“

’ > "

. ae

yea

2 ‘

. 4

. 5 a

aA) .

~ \ y

> _

“ -

‘

- '

»,

o»

rrig ae

a3 5

‘=

sage:

wayne ha

uw a |

»)

re es

‘ ;

, .

e- 7 ie

44) >

» 4

. =

’

‘ ~~ 4

s -

; ~~

: rs ‘

, 2

ro ais

‘

_ .

° -

« i

»~

=. ‘

‘

’

‘

Js ee

- . ~ bf

* i. {

\ «

oa 7%

res 8

Re’ 2: = ¥

Le “1h

specie oe yoo ae coheed oo elt we npn

baer emp mm mam lt ee ale, (Age om ok Knee eee => _ ge

os Pelee she Ee tere Aa pee SE EES RT RETR CP SS OS en od ieee Ae ene

2 o bee

mia ae RE Se ROWE Fy o> -

Rae SCR rrmer py we fad ee CR sen pet eed poate bins or ren) fp ee pein SS ee nen RO oP iree DS PAT SERS S A — hee ees

14 wee. ae we) sae iota Fores te aap ln a aoa eae PaeneeeN ns Se Pw ee ss ma —

a3 ree exe Soma 5. tee $5 PSIND etoeidut dence bon deos “CLR PEF SCE ALPE LE b ALY FER ESE SUPERP ESCH (EE em So wr

+ = Pars fe mp peti rman or ee Ne Sete Gar re Se eee 6 ee ee ee Oe te Or oe bee te 8 ee oe

Pesendtt. 2 (ee eee t? METRES eae ta 2 OS CO ERE CEL ——T

SE sheet Saeed ler }oeS> . ars aw at hon dednckanbawtponkl,

pes ure eee akc entrees ers ann os eens w pirmee BARES

ie > et eee (LET eR eee A pen OT PETE POD pont patra om te im .

2 : a. BEF U EDR OREO Sa? Liraeeey Owe be sas RAP EIK 2 A PETE

on ae en : yepaan =

ENE EP LETT ORS DOES POTN

rte : wfepbopp dine at putin) eb tes ee pete ee

” ta i ES Exe EP BES X ee para? Dees ber

bE N I OR Tes

fear eney pene en ber sab Pe cinpor stm Bi Btosacsirenemeies spe

aed eee FEE REELS ROE BS OO ETE, OLR MoS

reed

FE. Ole ORI E oe4atEe

Br 6 ee Oe Oe eo Oren pre = eee Cee ae oe Pe a Se

enap one Sout ze ba - Re nee

FC a as ber fee eas Oe ree BE Bee ORE Oe EST

ee mr ee om a eT ee Cemees ieee eek

Ne en heal me et Be PS eT OE

De wD 2 et Cares Ne hE ern te pees Keck Is wert oe Bt epee

Coens Re ee Fe a

Seen hg eer ROLE e pt CSET ETRE PR TEE EET Te eee * FRETS FT

pete — —— -

OF KE BPE Stren A Ste PEO e

pee ent oer Se Bn pete ere pewtann bee tek oe

4 ia Se ae ey 8 CO as ween ae ED EPPS ) Pes eed ® oe"

oe rre ee Pw fOr REE EET SE ES Oe. MEE REE OS CONS BACT ORO

epee. ee td toad

LSS Se ees mee hye een no SNe Be re ak ee re he ren BY FOTO POH PALA OFS S> SS OS ESTO ee

ee enionicpleag haat bap ie rn ae (hes a errr eT hos red oper par ba = nytt er torment peer eran

ead ore Fee CPt > SAP RTA E CEES OTT eee 6 OSELDG RR ers WEES Oe Pee BEY CER A rE pares <hr CBee

Van perenne ee oe OY an PEER OT a mH Stee we es ae r

Sn Re te hte

Te eden died 5 ees PE rear rie tt She =e

Pe WAes 6 CT BA sree

—

Peep Fes Can a nes ohh wane See oS ms are

eek Gransiete v2= Sror ns pwetee enemies

Breve —

pomgon dd] sees aie hetero ses ins teen bee Rhee ew

Risse »” wingets? oP peeks ES xoedire 2

ex rexs Saas a > Sy recs ebarmen eam s re Ris TERRES Bets ee eS

Lag = Se SMES Sar

eS a rt hee see eee a Sh ewe Cr Brn ree wm Fe es

errr

spar sane rr’ 21 se PRES eS Doers PA ATS | TpeeesIT

—s ora ood a Beene Sj Sebi d eet ae Oe ad ae Sey meee a | ee mee eee

Peyre ¢ up recioass ') ad SE LOO BPE PERE GE OES ELPA OE

Wee ba Cet eee Ee Oe ee meee Scar pore bs PLES on Oe ENTS 28S pes oeren 5 TES PERETTI ES + Peerne § he

Fe ee ee EDS A ne ee pplemub at accel ture ergy OP waren So ee eee

pide

Sn re Te ee red er re

np 4 omepupert Finglas hanoanSa ol eee

2 deeded - Scetuaeeabis kcwaceare ~shanea® pe ER Se TL Se IE TE F

Pee TTA ICASICD PORTE PAS EH RIDA EORIN BED FEELS Peeees 8 PESTER noe Soe Pres sTRaR KTRAT Spires BE Toes we Y OSs? Swe

es ‘noverapate > K Sens pores 2 tee ene wey Be rn ee 4 po goed ee mF te ha tl pe ofa es pee eee ene

: process eur ey ae nd bg gpa peer ae 2 Pheer ke sear ere ts ant 6 oka cee GY eT Re Rest ee TR eee Fee 8 rer

Semen dre oF TRS OTS LETS SEINE Es Dre aoe St een eens mm ees AACR SES PETRA SPORE PREM EA TOES CEES Orn Ey ese Wt: bee

eee ee er ie RE RE PS AIT em od GS BE me Ad ie a ee ee nt Lane - be etpere. a ae eet ree —_—- = -

bk cad 7 wore s CB, ‘ore xe KA CPR S CAF SEEN ORAS +e 5 ese 3 ae ee ee eee ee > eer raerweres

Pe ee = rere, sop Ie - Fe oe Adel DLP VADWER KTS PSEA OTS ELEN ae ae Pwo et Fe eee st iw

ee lee ace ~ ask pews war fa =~ be Cd nn aE Ee Hoe eee OR me - aoe

an greg ates oa -~ Bere be be OLE REE Rd Ste Ee SRS TR ee ee Fee £ TEED

ment pawess es. Pt HETY Was POs Teer OP EF PO? Peewee BAe TESS Pers

et eySeTy ee Sit Se ee ere meen tae swap he ee re Brn ~~

Nek te Be rons

See ee we ee

EE LR

areks Bele ers RR re eee me

ne ee oe be oe a nes BS es >

Fee TPES SETS Ore SPX CPSP EBT S

eared

ERR e pene eet rw

Se Leng eh Pe 2%

popes eruey ee

Tarde & ed

» fener pet POET OES he punabdontetniatepenrhanyiud <n <aer eG

Piases ee Papa et-t-ptucge eae RTE Res ret rs ere met ee were cl ae

es ood np eat ed ee ON ke ermal wae b~ wee goed em we presse rere se

x el re peetR VP RRSP Te Pot = a dh Oe Se BA Er ee

Pht RR ees O42 EXD SAT ee ees 0! rs

Se et ne ee en ee & rn BR oe ee

RE re ped eS rae

= Fe terme pr aad Pro rma semen win wen 20 Pacers a nipi S NE es oS Te ~_— *

fo hae wr eh On wh ters eee HES PLE. OPS. ere 5 —_—e ——— & pee ee ee ere Cee EP OTE Tis eS BEE ELE

6 REPO PR BE ewe BERD Te EXD BE a Oe Fee BOER OT TT PRE er Foe

eee Stee ———

pp Pome OPS ewe Oa ee

PTS 1h ee duane

wervrts tet

— = RE Se en

eeaetx repel yom

Laer st emer eaegeomnigeinden 41

Ses Aa peed qroee pet as rs

—

ne ee Be

ATES ER OATS Pe

eee pet Rot on eee

en et a OR 8

paeene J

ree ss Grey ert) Pn 7

Pa ees Cer rr RAED

een § FAIR CED OES SA i Peer"

Te ee ee ene A nt Sa oe

eS st aneenantead werner ane tle sia hee ete

Pen eee OTs Tere Ki eae o eee PELE DA See PDE COS

KBE BEREAN CHEE A STE Aare eee

pore ren Peers Ginettshentens a steresterseeat ots Eee SE

FRIAR TS eats Be eed FREI BST . eee gr SEO FES hems np oa

ort tt ee LO TEA BRAK Egy es Poe , ee - Peet rept) EERSTE Pare reps cP Ere eed au ;

ie Kanes: cae TB AE COLES OO TE WT — peree=sse eee ee ee i one

a eaiinh hell yeres « eek eat eee EOE SOOPER Pe RTs Reet Ore Bat ame sae OC RP ew RD RPE Pee

eel - Sn ee he See eee oe ee OE reens A Lee Sie Pe RT Oe ae eer —— > ~—

ad eran 2 ee awe qe tp LP ere ey wend foe weet pe OFS eR ee Ow Ln hoe 20 te ORSE CD SSAOTTR BOP Pe ee

TS havguegeed Cee nee te ated eae a ee ee ee RE RE ET Oe ON — Pt Rh ee —_~

PER Ly ey ah ne ee ee rh oes

VES SOR: PKS

Ke Peo et ny Se O RS A

Erte APES

ee OEE AEs POTS OCP BE PRS OS SOE EE SPER Oe eRe ia ero 2 Ure»

” —Pr

ve eels CRE SA ene are rk

4 tomes FoF 4 Pe bea ee oe elm “> a —- a

4 foray bf irate y emo ee —- wie oe ee Pig npn - * peons ae en ee

spleens xereers Smee Rice teeene desma reer Laas i Waban see eee toe tame s on Reena gee SE TES Stas:

Peer es! ee bt ee dokebans ««

canoe DE ESTE OT ES PRREE TES INES BOT En en Ee BORE Beara Peaes wie Saree Sere beeen G eae ea ——

e ere + rei erwnn™ pens Fee pay ir oper yeee Ses Tae bees RE Cee ED RAS LE FS RICE ED EWS Be ee Se

Ce Ge?! HCA ES ETRE RTE BE Pe eeeks ® CPSU wee) cwet aS ree no oe Ree Be S 6 See PRS eo ere

ee ET Fn EE ee» men, es warns cern eS pote ae Sar ee

7 o, Se ree Sx viet ORK R TES RESP CEE Oe te eer ee heed Senter hse FP cere See Freee eee £h4 bP SLE Se

LRA KD SAO CAREC FLY WOR KE AS ENTS ES ESE een Ran Heme ee ht to a) | deecraduhenl Pe EEE EE PEE TOS ELY HEALS OO OOS

ita te eee Pe See oa a matieiaiied ee een a eet STS FN RAW Bene & ee Se ene Re ee

hbo ae Son i neenee a} earns cannes Paki Pes EN et err lnrra borne eas doen eS Sue

. tebaed ee geo HK wert asa pe apr CITE Pets Ree OPER ELE EF PRER POD ALE PERS A ES 2

we hap hat Sob oe 2 Geerinre econ OE BS Soe etd pert eee ee epee re hee See ayy a es hers a bs ne nen nope prem SS

wos spay cnsuret wenn are MBSE TTS Loree eres es Oe en preer s 8 hee = a eee .

S haccnsant-apedl pet BEL wee Sw im Ay eee Rar BSETER TEP Sete we ey PORTS OAL ESRD ONSET ST 6 ape poe UF

a XK owen rene Se en rk eee cite eh ae Ne eee teens = ern a — Ph ECE OT eee ere Re ee eee — ‘ oered en 2 ab eee ~ -

oem : Fe a ew ek: hn anmel fan ich Sree bt “ETS S| ors pr eee

SB eanrescserrses? Seo Sse pesee —— > wrens

em me Ae: = poe

EO RES OORT, Threw am, om

er donk d-caiseretinks ppereractte’ om

a $ A Ee PR arte oma A We ome Ae ens ! 4 _

ak Spawned Pare <i ech BREE RPE BOD pe orrwere Cnr e EE EPS _

Us Ed PE EY Oe ee ey FEE PRE RET RED ERTS” : Fedor * emecet Rr

ae —_ ae =e wen : —9 owe re

PS eR he a Re EER OO OS™

Leeanee

SENTRA GIRS Coe G rere Oe ht) a heeneeed

. PSR Te | SOON ToT woe) Sere ees PE Se A TERETE LEKES PST RD AST ESS .

eg hs Dear a ee Ne a ye eS ae Be og A > Se ek I ee ee ee . - -\- —

Piece vee neete es eee a nS LAPS TR ee? OSHS MS OWE hee we

> ee eae ree hee ee et ok reek Pen 56 OCPD eRe were EPS FEE

pi Shee BO ee OE ee

= rape tpt |

PELE LLP EES BT eee seegna i eors SWERY" . PT RE

223] ee ete Se ree we eee re at erm ee es nn a nF ee ee ee pene Hy

2 Ree AS UOTE TPES PS Oe 8

fp Red

CIC tee =

aes noon aan ep oe Ptr Oe a) Semen y wee ne

: -

re ereerrnct sh

e ba) Loe Ae ceatedinaiee ietiec?

perro Set

[ Pane PERLE GID PERL all Mee be RED Ee es EEE LET EIN « oe ey PE oT pee toweet Le PARDO Ger D ee Ox Cry POET ee

Lee Phas 2m 2B " eS cobain eee ee ng cared {Tere ae ee TLE TR BLE EOE BOER EES OOS ESOT ox.

prion apinccot sh om RES EPerts«

ow = ratty Larcbtenr =)

x gh Rr ees eee 4

Is ere RI kw

* nae

one re

p EPG TE ETL OKA SRD LI EX he Oe Pe

me ow a nA rary Senn me nme TY eke ee ee et ne Ie

$253 ound ee el Pe at ee

NT hE BEET ETE See

ae ee a 0 Pe ene es EO

RIO Sep ee eae ar Pe

yree

Naew renew ohh g.! ret he = on arn

peers bekn Eee

te ee

Preece bes 0 Dom een eat eee bend all apoapewel

Pett TESS TURRET MCE PRG TURD RE TWO EE OSs nS ETE

nee OR Oy ee A ee TD ee a ene ee Meed os Son Br Oo —, ee ee ae ee

oer ; PII Pak re ar me eee nares. one & ene wl Saree Pee ® Cen) ee ee? >

Lnahes@ewd PreK ES PS OSSD Story PER TOSID AAS WOH Pye >> ft URL PEY BPO PE) SE eee

1h ne = ere epee eT Ry a Cee ne

IE snl SR ER PE RYREATREL EYEE LEA ee er Oe ‘

Se Soexcsans ay hare eee perpen ee eg a Sppeaweren

me SS a Sa re teers see ETRE eee a

Dpwk ion Bop cone dese ree er ee ae =

SRT renee

pia rese oo

Pe SSF PRD rn ne ee

tres pers owe pees”

at Senge a ee Oe oe dee

— ee

eh eet FLERE EE PLES PERT EC PELLE pe TR ERT,

2p eRe ae oe ee FO ee Pee Re

CY STEP

pies petreyret: ae Pees ee ere 4

tere eeoere SeTCisise pee be kent eee ee -

ee ee do aaebgeackoned ae

pea aomntscaboans ft hohe BOY Soe eT een Soe cee ee een a errr :

Cat

o ccemne ECP OE neat Es Pee Pees PRTET MEN TR TBA TLE

tes aeaeal ~ eet Soh ck ere rere ee veRe

ie St ae ed ee 8 ei P64 eed SE regs Bes SPO

wie ee Ree Ee roo Ser Reqerembes ad

Gini Sasi etre es : ap Ro ek eee oN ee agp in

riche eonol Soot lich booeeb hegadapehe dh hecer eo mnet te ee en tee

eho a ne esti aareeen Spouses igeebe etree enews es iene

tel AONE RL ee Wi CIOS TR paidirpenntns soph ao 8-14 feerry, se

ed ae a

SETS ta eee Rees sphpeelosks

¢ Pte AP EO (SAS AT eR

mp tens me Ger es ar

Lge ert POO = clone Sar earaees

DPT EE EDR e en we eR eek Ee pe

DOL r sal 4 poppe nneei ctrentna be

Se ed ond

; Ne RN ee ey ee ween re Sah nae oven et ee PO A ek Ree

trotters 5 oe Die eo ers ePAr otters rio tem mi WSR TS bKe np een pen beeen awe, ireeeotin Spasrers migrates ”- Pe AERA E RIE Te OR eee) = eee one

Goethe utd bondchadodehnehtonaetctdbatiainteiatehemdh thet en owe haa ee XR. ‘ore Nira J $27 Bras o>

ee OD I Se es RN OO ee ee a i Gl pay Pom a pe rd Gene —< Port ae a ee ee Oe eer eee . Oe hae

‘eehars ee Ee WEE bt ory nw dnd ee oP ee od ee es Pe 6h roe Em Le re oreee eg Per Ot ORD wren

I PTB AERA Y bt EWRLE BETS BP LISTS RY Peer vee LTS ey Pere Mh ceceturt ecard trac teed seteerata 4 (Perr he oe

Ao eke pene ere Nes ahs peepee ae) eee ered eter Seeepeteed edge er 8 ee ee

+ an nr mene e Cerys tage es mat Peer ee resreerinna ee ak Las a re eh ORE Ere wee pimaedne wae nee > my me a oe TO 4 Sian

ois dandhd bdewanhrws haut biteonebaebebhds natmackone hponaieten diatom bmn sein nga A) ab ohehont aimer OED) pA TREE CR Ape ee 25> OPO Pree ET heed a ee wre

Et kl dh ee oy: er siren fees bog I ee an ae a ee lg at ee oe me es bien Vo ON me me “

ageless pon pets tte tej — led Re wen nett a OE ee re meen Sete te Nile CREE Me ee a nee ey og A EE ere ah) oe <“Kasere messy” =~

a Sb Siac Ce EN MARE LORE EE EPL TOE BED IY, rv . Deeb dnent te Seer ewe.

> oe Sore. euneer are V5 eee sen mt rome Soerg se ces es oe ae eae ed pe Le, . PET stant ot med ants ca item ren ae gt *,

<M Pal Rar CE Ne AA PARED IPS RON POLLO ee A na Oe vyr= wens ectinel oh dnadeuetaslessoos bevels, Seuan tetrantietatiedaedadte|

year

: a Oe" ** 7 aren ». wn Phone (eheorrae

3d wpe Sah german ee ear homa st erring ecg seer den gees SENN AYE isttttsee Meet fea

~ Pet are ore re or ee OEP RS A Pe oe’ pe at ieee mf stieest

Sse :

7 A A EK tee ooh ay ww! WER Edt Oe wee en Reet ees | non $2 bet bs fase +

oe a oe geet a en ane « orylr mS hemo SAiikinws ee ne rn sed Ss

Cee a neh ae RSA strat take ne nam RRL Pa wae prs OER EEA Oe aad

‘xetar seides tacit atest Scams pees prexeavepernreesesvepsencs oe -

a er Oe eenen fs pe ets pe ak = SIRS Ra TS ee nn) en 8 Oe ep ee titteot

CRe LAD aie x eee ree Cee Liter Den pas FEAL WP eres er Pah ane Saran

ct KE RPC a abe eTPGS omy Mepepory x eMy Fae bem aki tte Soe tena pcoepetcpas s reeceal Pet} tn deinloga Chapesed

A ee A eS me ot ee SOR ee eee pres a4 fe Duns tinwatwe) bind Ee OPS? We Seta ew P< Nodvatapone

Picheliepeass toned’ OR ry rw ee ee ee nk np ee eee + PAD 5 Oturtwtah 2 rare

7 ETM See Beers ERT PORES emer eK Re Sys SAOTE RK Win RO epee bin xe see Feet prs tee eer he

ot Bisa) wor neni pad bin G40 — fps sg gt 25 i bitsateeeass Tomers dares yom pore eee ee

= eyes Siew ead Paes) pL BA LT REO theresa oe

oe Son ew ore vy tee bee pn y+ wes Drenrae

ee ee ee a Obs in ere is

EL I OEE DOE OG I ee prnetitvperst Sittrdre eet

Raese Speiestrsatach: a

sw bene

ee SE

em et Ne peewee 9

ee eT I ee hn ee ek Ss RrY re Ay

AT RAL RADE 6a Pere re a) RA CPR

inate apa Mieadietipeados tol dane dt bead

CORI RELATE Ce ee ee ope,

nt he Re eh ee al a

~ ore tere 6 EY + ee C5 Seren weadobabeiae ied

OO Att tee OE IS ee Pe Orin FOG ees

On NI® Et Rare pees roe Pert wna hen Sans ane

cry ACs ge pares weer earenemterece Rees OO IETS Se vacates a 2 ened! wre

PPA Re se) brubere teemesess conate Leketlomentnsdaiinnmhidediton Lt ah. ds

book bap b-hr Geianteekthohahe tet inten’ micheal nee spew vn Eee ON Ree ee nm me ee oo

Seeelnasvaiesrmnans, Lepee Ledery opr) edn font 4 wee — , Mabie sien ded iahonmebaned Sz were ee hen

Se Mnienedl deal ‘wav dace wr<eeigr wate cwier wpnat- bos cat op (win fo op bana od Sa5e . nadetdieas tia

Caneel + ee. —p- ae

Serececcrapeeess pater reeprerareernenpenccee tie Pepe fo) 04

yoo ERR rs ener ee ares geniys: res

pam et aaeginet my aol Soret acy.

roe - este ion raed merece Creer esr ere 3 Pere

¥ I TR PLE TNS MAE OR ED A Lek; Spceburstertareeers seme esee ee Ferd

aay ah aaa pmo ee ee Ae ee Pee ~ea > ——

Keer yyy rere wsteraan ees Aan Kip ane nn ee, pene A RE RTL eeseans Speroaenen fits ars

(orn stew Re acme 4

> PRs = eal

oxi Sere tae b Shetundohesdotachtoneek dh tee ke) ears. eft « se

Se ene rns na natant Sad Om BORNE Se ROMP OS eee ee Pa eee EES SE BSE OEP

* +

See es ERS eR Sees SEER TR we hereon tee “vr 4 pence tts apne ee re ae Gree

2 ONE Bey pes peer ee Ren ochena Damen hdesabedaiasl Pees Giese) Omer MPT Smee, : 3 har xbhag A MOREE PEE TED Ae

easy pia wvpnan | erp faetan pat DA rh mobw wen bat fact Gort t mn hemes GO es An Drew perenempncesnereceete Petree eras ates apaieron

Spent SET Paebesergrermtere rls) tte : =

y epee tebems eeorbbted su-d-orch 4 = sprserseree

An Onan wae a ne S w aa

LITE eS AOE PRE nk oe

<P OE CPT EIT Rp

ee Oe en sre ne reat pose

Ae Le ener e eeramern aed sry

shed ne a ne ee les

Cee aetna ; erie ~ - Assails Steamed bd then bejomd peeeerepeet

tty aes DORE ek Lae wel rents Chart a | hoaedencel. are ese owdiobel dich Bechacecol Gecetertded r ree

~ (ortaonesen py bern my sphere = b Sohne) Sohbet temnc] amore} rah coh Qe pd sere tr okcbteena bo! bes

RietersasStreitante:

<i ee era & Ae Perret pores

rpeerepiene rin extepereeeny pr tonic Leet RSP aeeey hee

tp xche Lown he SzNACED PERI ee er

Pre Pepe et AXED reieeniateee k {EL ee Nery,

—e nS e a 8 ae ee ae ppl een fame = en ee

Ebebddegenemiondcn ten tate

Gebaaetebpraldurtncdytech an tlshes ones ER asachines tO-rdZoncal

a ore me tae ORB TK OES ek a ee A ry pn Se

eR ee ew

Sy ret Be &

SA ON oh er aes Sk ee Rares mas mes pewete

ork beldindeeienen ds —.

- - <P L8 ox mat a ee: :

- ae ~ - Woppeor ep ced Fase Yv, . - aN ow mee

Femara eo ~~ a) pon egos} pa ae fend nme ~ 3 ESSE Pe od pathtocetes ” Seppe sone Son ee eg eID Lk Oe = _— tt

Mf Deon s or ee rere Ta eat ee ees eeaty sipmpratiey eeseeeeat be face Renthob decent ceach terol 2, Seas sewer arr tee ee © ees Ba:

en end pa aero preter bene y Sohew Grrcap eben bre eet pre e eaee ee eet Se Se Overs ee oe —s

¢ beret renege Sestsesepieigteeiiess Ls a

ESSSSe SEs:

ieee ett ehh sapen

whe Se ae eae meee

Laas bad os : roress

ew oe r- are ~ * Ie ne ae . coed daduenehonee Npctul nee anntiende

GiGsis sees eases Sa sien (arene eee

" te cd paeedetont erties

ee Bex CRLRAN ESE veer rar roe peems senipereate pen tsseetee pisaen ping roereese tesa) a

PSE hee < re Rated . ene =

keener serreey Ronccae hone yzetr yas kaees tito GaeteeS Rasinerrsceeeshe nt eee wees tees: Davenyec py

eee bergneghace) ool SN perk et nO Oe erm Em, Spars * pobre ee

| decade alten otden toed bee a bert tpt etent pacwetveers tuaee apastierenieaice nade Rotators pir te a

x Perea arr nasengesay rans bein eek-A - riipts$ pee bi eaulmenseiesented Barer a. =

teh rm Pe ae Or ey eh Oe NE nl ne me ee BS BESRIP ANSE Sees 2; —

Shpedapsineretranrerheemiaes GSN Gee Ge eat Sod et bane ender wien do

2 bed 7

mE fai ow eg bt gharetesged eh ra pov fo pent bobrd frmmme sar frpmepaid molar fa} ere ef Spheres Seren pews ator Gai HO fa) Chee gp pmeeqrenh (4b) or sed

Oe oeaey AAENOLP PS Ames re OS Be ee Eee ee BOS

Sr eeaet eer orb eee ban wen Smear nemen Soh tamael PRC Pe RSL EAE PRR Bt Pwr 4 ee

ony a Ay ot, et a tit ers toa a ele ore een oe

oi peaen steaearseeeaes NEES nm wenn Stabe beans reese tin pe

oy FU i Cotes rr esters arering Get mag ees dh cod eres | teteated made = Frtesee res peace = ~ : tedialite’ _—

a Re Ne Poe LE KN ae > a Se Oe wet ene pap nt et ne oe ORE ER we me me rene ey , — Sobiope etal

2¢spibatwarwerna vs ere wee) 5 Eh ad donemed Se OA were OO Fr oe oe eens tore wee thier Peel ae * Pornseiw es anew s coaae wees Sap

85 Ow eee na me a 5 ex emss npeidtes PENDS PEERY Pee PGETH ASR ECES TRELR SHAG Pwr ee >

> Boe Dian wal ene eee eae Bn EE oe eae Bake :

habidocangebeuedveadch ideeteautd bloc Usetane te Seed NETS Sere 36 OP EAE rss PED ESAT SAS EO : tee, Ree Ce RELE ¥ 3

Spores >< og eemt # en a i morel toedobeatnap Og pia pend mad pede toe tapitegs aS ” me

PRT S) PRATER PRE Pt et pal aacee sored saoteanelemnatetien ncn ohdcmebe TORi Re ha e’s, edad 3

ERR SS eS rat YS detschoatebersd jas Sere teeneee es. —

—— tearm be SSS bene wie (Ub vere ent mee, SA en 8 re LR eee ee,

pe Ors paper \ ewan aw wee re SLD Oban Licwva soma emees / ledietoaaned a

Goebel aondcntbor osiecekree par eercirsets Nd fomnanoret pbentary iene yr) ode ed Got trecas ipod owl

23 peceresttetess phen ae eo ite pe nlp ala laae A ee ie ow 6 RT I 6 Net we RS 6 me en oy

8 Eee mene pdetpendamtbebhumdmsent <htl-tundeddrbemmtotees dune td at Ee 8 ee ee y Pn ee ape ee peeayet sem

2S Mune kid swt PPAR RERS Aarne oan ae eed goat Narr leh conse hen srcteyna-w ui weresne. pravppee? Pew perdes beecat | weer

ocbvefedensatl; tea ha ns Sod wae Serre pee ontetet aero AS Lt a ere we ha Oe ae tee ~

<itiraxnarh eres SOND 6) reg Eee nD ee ee sreted cs ato petesleatprrg spe S Se 9 pnd

vd endo hoor hel artes] Crop Reser tn gene teaans har vewebersee Rect stre we) ererersereey a Salcewreres os ores} re

~ em haat ih Mh gar meet hee Seep ental a agen he hen ane ne Pen = Bn agen P tee te eae y, Se ert Tes ee osteo ee ee Re pe ee ee

Ciaheeeg aes ener erey PCE ER I FEE Ve Cee RR AT ee be gun staple Gt derandaetuetrln tan ee tan

Syaaee pee pe ee ge Se POPE RE SE YONEe & res why pied wyony we en in OS oe Beira {eevee

miadineaaeedhter dt iecdeeionsoienen Ro rs ce oe ser or + ht pee =~ SG eybedte-hekentond > ys ane pomentactd

Pm’ RROD Fw Re A 5 ee ere ee er ae noretiehdiemeseaateke fe) abt onde Beret Grane) re, sane 5 Se atitemnaiel

ovide hentia test se ch sieeittet tire el eee ere eben ana a Seite eee

TN a ES ES PS RA pases > 7 — . ’ chtiws ven Sixetares

ey csicierses areas Omen : - sre Race pee : paerur > sver>s CRS macionek Ro ached ISSR

RO 8 re oe me = ae ee : Van SoS area Lae aes

wabazaseiaeene xe ernx reek (oe we) oad on ri mene Slayer i

SP te ee 8 ah SA OE SE ret en ey hme mae WY at vo igetei oelibons tient deaaekeel “

eae Pps Se ea EY OND RET EEN Ae atte Mpvvana ores tien peas sewtee settee reek “ a freee ees *ic

FOSS ae Be EPS Oo he pe er are + Ot pe Owe Pee. aeons “

AO At met» he Rpm, We ee

monn eth poe § Leen

- L eiedin ened

Lecboumtontedachenadh hd

wan agp mae Ad eto wane ane e OA Rah

wn Se a uA bury paar tone , - 3 2 Se 2 rs a

: ik Soleenl dhovter said dut-cso) ctehowndh tows i oe dash docetentehs Bal Moras Lyre ete

RET ATS Bone Crenh yet PALE perenne eee Sxneg ae zara STR Dyes on Gide caie Preise Shen ioe

ogumer tet ~~onag-a paint pal DO WHE DRA RDe pUb-e a Ae RAw Ee Rae aed eee - - 4 ree Othe pen cow ne VReK) ieee Nase Dae <

aendrhdblendstoascosscktcnhent desea. ; UPSET es he beene we 4ER Few] aamedoanteeha seemebesbsntaeeeey PEP y LITE CR 9 or ee

Po Mie 8 pen GE ANE ED re hl D hrs TS ey PY mere, ~ . . : aed e5 npn rn ey ek

O-- ES TRE reper’ > Kae Ae Re * as mavens bead - ite Sisean samndeeated are

SP EET ON ee RE TS ERTS nohd owes

nich deneedapenampertabieh-menhetiomens aebtiomeeh tn toca Teens ba pre eeerrey) Showed Leutdbasmatoh eds

et mee oe EE Oe Oe Oe a eRS Be fim och nowt omnes ere e he wae

wre re pee te ea erenak ott even Sr Sgt es been canner pimmens teeta are <7

eo pd aged diet awtibpind Geb aekrahen ) ociech 4peaaedendaeedeeaer ioe ad pian Oe hee ee ex A fre oh ™ Ate 2 pire ert ee ee nt ke ee

TS ASE Pe LEP Bers + Eise esa ame fe wees mg Ran ON er ee Ce Re Wa ad ateetdieds tha) Sree f Are ers Bee

Pe PEE Car. nop wae CRS EAN perehers Serre wre St RE 7eNT ap omer ema plete ror st eseehss nes Hiperses@i $i riottit nin nt haaarecona 7 ok ad {OFF Ape ere

A Oe PP ee pwd ee eee oe FA apes ae ey ed PN A ae tes bienenss poe eu epeend $s: — on eee ne ees

A Ne EO EE OR FON One ene oe N Sethe Ak) Ne Ciibe anpesaetmeschae cj reniverctieeeteerteestee aka a Pre wy

shhenenbenbentdhaduheathatbertantt Lcerstahiebthacsl eodieceme ete Lenn dh son onbene hen<erdohon Bor [ emt beer ee xetaere eee a a= Pat pie a

~~ . Pe Wh Ree 5 a? em tee Ta ee w> woe ee

pitts rere Salas hies ts beptgradareeal Pyogaes wasn ettespictgeettbse dee SRSIE ST ys pend grcewqeetreats

mre od, SOR Re rep wagner, oe a gn Serer x ax rep

os me meena mee md melange mt . et ae Strexas reece gery to: Sete eed pipet -- sekayt Grand meres

rene ste oe voto) DARA AD nt lt OE Pt pang tmp Samet +t TAO Pare wae br eare wrirer TRS 16RR eer

oo nee Sst wad SEK Toe Ka Kary er mrapeasves, TSR se Stents Mieke nkabanel <eag tage EDA ne ome TR oe 3 TOS EWR arnt

— reenter ye _ == rears pe Paw bed Se tem, Sepang omregepelsen ott 4g tetera Rw. oN ome ie as way

ot dere es bits ieteteiaely a re py So ES < ee wr, PaTESs SSSI aa acl ied ete mee pen toes rere ene dana

re Sigrras sats nsee reeeepegiee Spe icone sh be adabacnd p<-tebep eek caret bel germs peeve sobre mda | poate ffrt my hr fewer eee Eee -

Po em Vy e i eRe pees ok AS ow Real eh rhe eee ee Ne res Shion at pore PO Rew mee oe * ee? Ses eee eee

pe ee tee ar ke at Note ha SCN Wee te ape acpene rma, Fe Pa eagng Or eee es 2 ALES pep dit me opinmnin bar pape d mn) hee pm pisestentdion tahoe ee

splntustiiemdin bohteilienaeedelabicn no det toed o.2dad Ligohhcbapedoatuhastcoiscacd bendombelted Sayed Poe aLe res) ehyte beam RETA THES as paw B:

shandvel madel-ra gag onteb tas 475408 40nd Ad teldad dh mec tcode dane gearedmeteme tion amine tak. oes A eel ae ee —<— ee, 5 ppnemer> pap sore nares) SAI ¢

aiethabhat od dteedde deed tak pretua ot pereneaiuhtndathabedaenelawtsiitehdinded onde hbo ts tce tT eee , engd acbeed tees Rie oo = ew at Ae, :

CPM 2) Oe eer EVRY pei rere cre imotheencpadetereeetehertehint banat et) PRED breeert rari Pee SEP are bey beret bleep ard teenage pinot oh eh bapa

hm nes TN ON Re one el ee TEN bes EN Se eee SEN tieee we eke DAs eRe ae ee me pa ere Eee = = we ae Mts

Seb csbach-e heer ethoreSphGetdetandedatenddbinntbeaptonionnss beetieeent doen dht ce mek en ern Ca Stigens Sr ihkrs oun ores, ieee! wear &

Py AY ROP TL Sat ene ® watt peevant fepews dngchenigmoterine bbe TEASE SERS Sh pee Severe enipaorsess ae saeapee ophatpn Pes BAdaD

ite Naw Pe Nay Pee OR ee ee 8 De ee et on oe th tel og me ee ee ae we bene

Se ee ern a nee naae (ewan mee ~A Poh RARKPA SEDI S ALaTT Dae Ae TRadeeees TE eerslistoe

ors PED OF, leweaeny tnt Bip d ee va me rp semee 57s bee Satins ore pam wens ory yvi eran rawea s Pewegenay teers ror =

TRIAS BOR Fe eA a Pee Dnarah jowyern baicasel an a a ene en heees sda Sr Seo Ey

me SpES SESE at pepbst cemerseny tesa peso re murs [erste een feaesenes srotsecees

et aes eet ES FO PEN bees RRs meee rene fF ees Dae Pe beter metgetath prank seagh ited pietnb ets etgg tga seats >

(A cD S PEE PT meee ane SIN eS howrxrvsesorer ore Deere REE DOS } Sarcewers (eanigp reryreseere Lieve bpm mm pee em ins” rank sobes

= eter

Ee ert tpt ee Tn dete ee ie ee Ane Be

Ne te ne ee pend ér > tak Pimteg eordm. pba bertech-sccbapt eter pore botent od

Deteecectgetetuattacmssicite toh oan). tok tae ok PA Cee Or Caw wee few ene ree tee UR IW OPES tered wen POET, sPrteete

Ay AR OOM PS ree me Ree ey ree ee hd Pee b gence} degen b-bd oven oo Sense) nemen

oe Faw <p ES ae I oem Re rw a = ym ee Fee mete

he Re) 6 pee er acre oT ee rere hetenel erin ain amon a aieiiceetnetnaennn don sores aaeienaiieaiente were ee eens

Setteteiedind. Ae a Marenselcgdhqpante obenndosadhdrtemtdntes toh andl bel pean tate nbding atgeietahdanece Wt

teembeetctbon rt 2 payee AT as a ~

cetnat ohh eket andi tein oid ~ -_ Rp wpee SO we

SoAe EOC SWS SAP? Are cipro weeny eveers Seebteneah Settee Kipaseces srsareerg tees eras 7 are) >

Lobe 9 oA bennett Mra tere ne > pert pees am esa t3erke £m oh t ae ee

thin ap ote hoe ime Saw ah pale eras taees aeahews NY Eases aren es

CTR RE Kes Oat gh Peery Fe Pee Ag CONE whe Gun Eres Spore cotemieth Adinaeenaaatinanl pe ee Lint hemetablicsdebdied and

LA A OS Rn ee sores Seto a eo ——s ome wenn ek eed ony Or ea | ne eet gam dee WN pene

ee CVSS ee eee Pe ge oer prea hguaspaphcapebdvheperGeieaeneietbenenntenel on \lrwiecteead Surette ets Stace:

8 rk Cle Ree an NOMP Swen men Eco he MrT e LwRL ng rAerd? We PCE ERD mean oe Pharma Gobet BBS we pemirt —e— od 4h .

Ae et el OW Te NES a no at ee Oe RS SED eS pen ed Peeve pomare 4 pare ne an Lee et! wn eee eke — a me ey

bres ine he l= = ont fone TRIG et A OTR AK GK Se ORES CROPES COCK RZD TEETH pod wee Pee Cr ek ee Pe Bm ee rr eee = Ly re ——

te tl te VO ore Pe ERIE Rew et Bee EEE oF errs en ee shone ty bietongab bal Grd Pb pioptebartpdvaee foot --bparhied ich 4ua tobe bentoede eel eo ee nd wow Row

Se ee terior hee. oon eee en a et a et andied oudkdadumtibaediied nok om shebeoesont docs thae hha ett RA nage on mmm ne

catendioeet dl eenenh ented fbn i er arenes Ne co Sietinbe peeing: sarereraaeas CASTS UNSER pws Boe POP EE RD OO OE OER Li eee ORF Pipere wow ta cn> Anes «

pe be tend ast ebchdes oe derd-ohexipl borers fer dantntorl pantet “pen kat Apadacor tip hondaberdhwetipran hp come enc mn hah we eld _ CSS Sse yey eres

ee ne Ree he ae 88 SR ee Ree He AS Oe pone aw a § he IE Ren Gam ek thor by ome «

AE ERE ne Oe Pe NT PEE ee AP FR ey Ree “em 4 Ord FOR res pee oe = ~~ carne ntarapa ees Pxars

Sy ME TOE CE See Beh CPR. rs bese SEN ee at yercwa<.00e piapre ns

~ mah ome eeteeentiemaind ee ee Reta Reet te i RS na te RE ee et elt OR er eR ew me

Oe tt OE A ene Re elt DORAN ED PE eke + ORs en ee Ae a ee a OPE TE Oren TR aN PREP EE

6 OLE BY OOF FOO TEREST LIS Ob RSE Oe POT OE MRE 8 eee et Sareare 5 pyee peer MART AOE OT ver ee>

ee pe pee - a eS ee A ee be tere + Fe ee Pe Oe meg tet

We 6 = Ae ER ee PE FOOTED ee seen Gnaree

eR POSE WL ees Ree Phat <3 San preyrn KYSE) WA REeAD C ERROR

pan debans onder adedantieedeesad octal makotldilen ur cck cet Santo heen <- R rere ome : Se Pe Oe ae tenn ee we een oe

puitpdich-tetsaectmiatdbindivaen tial tence hae. th oe ele Rte PLES re whe Eee Ren EEE Oe ee rine eR ES SOOO OS Ro er mn ae ter et

AEROS wep ed SE wee RLM IIe Ree eet Pee, TOP ys < Fe Pee re ERIE S SP SETS Cou yess: | begenth art dinbaldi = ae percyes ress

ATR so Om ®ve OPO te os oe OE Oe ed wk Roe, ee Oe eg hee eee eae ee haere ee, ee eR St at ee he ame

oe RECS 00 rr eras eee PTO OOT NTS el OEE eels Pre 6 Peas orrent 2. ewes» wenn me -

hn oy ete tent and ind enintdns penton 4-entonh. bnborenapeernpaiane npial ee Es BC 8 er-ora 5 PEER DO Re Pe PAP OPE ALIS OR eae PCE NTD be LA mab pnd eyes wi San netd

: ra Fre ee ee Map paws suai aesis See. CSS are ee eats Sit

needinttetfiistaeenits ae eia kiitos te * mons parca Eaiet remTEAID Ere sa nem pee Seb sd te migtncana »

ee Preeti eee

2 st ETRE eee

Panto} iv: SfapenersGaprrrneee eee fF) pe ps capo

PM oe Pvt pente ere erwe rewres. Serene ash es 7h teen yeas

YrestRvth Ons > wa reeree paa2t- hte osboonG@ubc}ienanng-spehas

Hoty te eee Oe mee en me mS et

® - A i ee er ee ee ee eee ee ier

RALe wt Aca wee

TSS SSS ST Seesee es Teene orcas

aT ne ee am ae he Se gee pe

= SOP eee Se ta eee eee ee Pe

wre spastxpensinary re cartieateireeseet

Set te ore

Shain Vib i kacs cae Seats ee

a Pr Ee ot ree

beet coh niohereth eben cad

ane mo et ad An _

+ pet ey Fenn be a